Skip to content
FuchsiaWire
  • Fuchsia OS
  • Android
    • Samsung
    • Android 13
    • Android 14
    • Auto
    • OnePlus
    • Oppo
    • Wear OS
  • Nest
    • Nest Audio
    • Nest Cam
    • Nest Doorbell
    • Nest Hub
    • Nest Hub Max
    • Nest Mini
    • Nest Thermostats
  • Chrome
    • Google Chrome
    • ChromeOS
  • TV
    • Google TV
    • Android TV
    • Chromecast
  • Workspace
    • Gmail
    • Google Calender
    • Google Chat
    • Google Docs
    • Google Drive
    • Google Keep
    • Google Meet
  • Pixel
    • Pixel 7
    • Pixel 7 Pro
    • Pixel 8 pro
    • Pixel Buds Pro
    • Pixel watch
    • Pixel watch 2
  • YouTube
    • YouTube
    • YouTube Music
    • YouTube TV
  • Reviews
  • Exclusives

Latest

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |11 Jul 2025

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations are finally taking center stage. In a shift, YouTube is moving to more real-time, user-specific, and category-specific instruments to bring what is hot. 

With big changes to the way users discover popular videos, this update is a giant step further into an era. This is the time when videos are less generalized by their popularity and more personalized to the interests of the viewer.

The Era of Trending Page

To answer this question, we need to turn to 2015 when the YouTube-based channel launched a so-called Trending page. It was an endeavor to provide users with a pan-YouTube view into what was rapidly trending on the site. 

This intends to bring out video content and Shorts that interest a broad scope of demography. The thought behind it was to have a shared cultural space. It was because everyone would know what was considered as being hot at a particular point in time.

Charts and Recommendations

This step by YouTube is an indication of its strategy of being less discovery-based and more interested in the individualized interests of the viewer and content buckets.

1. Enlarged YouTube Charts

YouTube has also claimed that, in the future, it will increase the number of content categories on Charts. It means that it will act to target more fine details about different segments of content. Gaming videos that are trending on the internet will stay on the Gaming Explore page in the meantime.

In this way, the viewer can immerse themselves in trends that are pertinent to their particular interest. It will be offered, instead of a cluttered, frequently irrelevant list.

2. Improved P2P Suggestions

YouTube continues to run on the content discovery structure of an advanced recommendation system. As a result of the eliminatione, YouTube will further rely on its AI-rewarded algorithms. They customize the home page of a user, the Up Next line, and the Shorts stream.

Implications to Creators and Users

For Users:

More Relevant Discovery: The change will bring a more personalized content discovery process. This is because the trending videos in their favorite categories or subjects will be more easily available.

Less Clutter: The elimination of the somewhat irrelevant overall Trending page may cause the “Explore” section to become pleasantly minimalist.

More dependence on algorithms: Those people who loved the old Trending page may be more dependent on YouTube algorithms.

For Creators:

Change of tactic: There is no longer a focus on achieving a viral space that is general and all-encompassing. Rather, it is about creating something that can make a complete impression in a niche.

Opportunity in Charts: The creators of music or podcasts, and movie trailers can now have a clear path of pretenses. They aim to show that they are popular and rising in their area.

Audience Engagement: Knowledge will be a more and more important driver of success. This is because it becomes an input into the recommendation system.

Alternative Tools of Discovery: YouTube also encourages creators to utilize discovery tools, such as the so-called inspiration tab in YouTube Studio.

The Climax

The removel of the Trending page is a UI change. However, it is a marker in terms of how far the consumption of online content has grown over the past ten years.

Following the examples of Charts and Personalized Recommendations, YouTube is responding to the currents of contemporary viewing.

It comes with the aim of having a more relevant, efficient, and eventually satisfying content discovery encounter among its billions of users across the planet.

More on YouTube: YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Continue Reading

Featured

Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google Home Member Role

Google Home Member Role Introduced in New Access Update

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |10 Jul 2025

Google Chrome on Android still develops with small but significant changes. The most recent adjustments to the Tab Group Management are not an exception. 

The improvements are created so that users can run with multiple tabs with ease. It is more organized to browse while using your mobile. 

If you count on Tab Groups to organize your sessions, you will find the modification makes the process smoother and more efficient.

A Quick Refresher

Tab Groups changed the interaction with tabs both on the computer and the phone in Chrome. Users would be able to gang related tabs together in a single tab bearing a label of their choosing.

This tremendously enhanced organization, de-cluttered and helped easily change between various tasks/research topics without the context getting lost.

Tab Groups work well on Android, especially because of a shortage of screen space. They also enabled users to group sets of tabs and collapse them.

Adjustments on the Tab Group Controls

The Tab Groups features that recently have been added to Chrome on Android mainly deals with the interface (UI). The changes may be subtle in specific spots, but together, they make the working process more efficient.

Polished Context Menus: 

Context menus will be prettier, better organized. Additional options, such as Group tabs, Close group, Ungroup, Move tab to group, are acquiring a more significant prominence. These are more accessible with fewer taps.

Enhanced Drag-and-Drop Gesture: 

Google is improving it in terms of responsiveness and accuracy. This allows creating a new group or adding a tab to an existing one through performing drag-and-drop gesture. This simplifies ad-hoc organizing.

Grouped Tabs: 

Visual cues indicating that tabs have been grouped or moved may also be added. However, on a small scale, an animation which may create a more realistic picture to the user.

Improved Group Management in the Tab Switcher:

It may be that the design of the tab switcher grid. This is where you get to see all open tabs and groups, may undergo changes. The option makes it simpler to see, open, or collapse groups on a single click.

Possible New Quick Action: 

Google also does a lot of testing on new quick actions or shortcuts. This may possibly pave the way to future functionalities. It would allow groups to be saved, shared, or even the groups to be managed when using the address support.

Improved Process, Reduced Drag

The larger purpose behind these enhancements is to limit the amount of friction involved in managing tabs. In the era of multitasking, it is important to organize our tabs efficiently. To power users of Tab Groups, this will imply:

Rapid Organization: Owing to its speed, related clumps of articles, shopping lists, or work documents can be grouped quickly.

Instant Crossing: Bounce between two or more projects or tasks with fewer clogs along the way.

Less Clutter: Having numerous pages open is not a hindering ingredient when your tab switcher remains uncluttered in one place.

Availability and Rollout

As usual, with other Chrome features, it probably rolls out slowly. These changes may be introduced in Chrome for Android on the latest stable versions. Sometimes it can take a long time since Google usually experiments on a section of users before full release.

Finally, these targeted advances to Tab Group provisions render Google striving to improve how one uses Chrome on Android. Be on the lookout for such minor but significant changes on your Chrome app!

Conclusion 

There can be no doubt that any updates can create significant differences. The recent updates offered by Google to the Tab Group controls in Chrome on Android are no exception. With the optimized user interface, Chrome turns out to be a more efficient and user-friendly tool to navigate multitaskers. 

Picture yourself moving between research, shopping, and wor,k where having these minute improvements makes browsing less stressful and more systematic. There will be more efficient or rather, smarter Tab management than ever.

More on Chrome: Android 14 Arrives on Chromecast with Google TV Devices

Continue Reading

Featured

Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Find Hub

Chrome 136 Has Disappeared Some Dynamic Colors on Android

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |10 Jul 2025

Android 16’s Advanced Protection is an emerging phenomenon. Google is coming up with an even more potent update to its mobile security ecosystem. This aspect is specific to counter more sophisticated cyberattacks. It delivers the user a more reliable protection for the devices. 

Although it increases the system-wide protections, its specific effect on the key apps, such as Google Chrome, constitutes its peculiarity. It enhances more integrations and smart security measures on your browsing activities. This adds strength to Chrome as a secure door to the internet.

Enhanced Security Posture by Android 16

It is necessary to comprehend the fundamental improvements in the Advanced Protection of Android 16. They are fundamental enhancements that raise the level of security across all apps, including Chrome:

Intrusion Logging: 

Android 16 also creates more system-level logging facilities. They enable the logging of potential suspicious activity, which could signal a compromise. 

This inclusion of detailed logging makes forensics easier to create a more visible trail. It enables Google and security researchers to discover new ways of attack methods and be able to respond faster. 

Independent Stronger App Protection: 

This aspect further cements the sandbox of applications. They will further complicate the process of malicious apps escaping their isolated worlds and gaining access to valuable resources on the system.

Caution Signs: 

The concepts of AI-based mechanisms of content analysis for security may be expanded. Chrome might apply a similar on-device intelligence to detect very suspicious, before its complete execution.

Better Hardware-Secured Security: 

It implies that vital crypto keys and confidential browser information may be secured by a physically separated hardware element. So, they are very hard to intercept by software-based attacks.

Internal Advantages of Chrome

Chrome obtains certain additional benefits as it the less susceptible to phishing, problematic programs, and other web-based hazardous efforts browser:

Early warning: 

Android 16 has significantly integrated the so-called “Android System Intelligence”. It enables Chrome to utilize more on-device real-time browsing evaluation. 

This can strengthen the Safe Browse feature of Chrome and enable it to detect. It also blocks new phishing sites, malware downloads, and malicious scripts faster.

Secure DNS Resolution and Stack: 

Android 16 is a direct advantage to Chrome. Improved network stack at the OS level will provide an added defense, during which the traffic of Chrome would be less prone to interception.

Increased Credential defense: 

As hardware-based security is increased, password management and auto-fill features that Chrome provides gain even more security.

Chrome can store credentials in the same hardware used to store biometric data and device PINs. It effectively puts a high hurdle in place to defeat attackers who want to steal user credentials.

There is increased speed in security updates: 

Google introduced in Android 16, called System Services. It centralises the viewing and updating of the background Google apps. This will probably contain core components used by Chrome to provide its security features. 

It will offer a more efficient means of reassurance that these essential security modules satisfy the most recent revisions. In turn, it will deliver Chrome the capability to rapidly draw and depict patches to any vulnerability that is unearthed.

The Implications of This to the Users

To an average user, Android 16 Advanced Protection on Chrome means a much safer experience and feeling secure online. The technicalities are tricky, but the point is obvious:

Lower Phishing and Malware Risk: More powerful detection and blocking features will result in a lower risk of visiting malicious websites.

Stronger Protection: More secure, hardware-backed encryption will protect the sensitive information typed into or stored on Chrome.

More prompt Reactions to Emerging Dangers: The new speedier logging and simplified update systems permit Google to perform more quickly with regards to responding to new threats.

The Climax

Today, threats are moving faster than ever online. Android 16’s Advanced Protection is specially enhanced in Android 16. It provides higher levels of security to mobile developers, taking mobile security to a higher level, particularly for Chrome users.

This puts in place new robust defenses that not only respond to attacks but prevent them in the first place. 

The updates can be done faster, and hence, new threats are corrected within a shorter duration. All of this translates to the average user in the following way: more secure and hassle-free browsing.

Recommended: Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 ‘s Clearer Viewed Notifications

Continue Reading

Featured

System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Android Auto Spotify App

Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |09 Jul 2025

Google has a major new change to the Android settings interface, however, a dedicated window with the name System Services. 

This new hub should give users more control and visibility of background Google applications. It must provide services that most people view as a critical component of the modern Android experience. 

It is no longer necessary to sort through several menus, essential segments, and controls, and make changes in a single place.

Why a New ‘System Services’ Page?

The developed form of Android depends largely on very intricate Google Play Services and other background Google applications ecology.

They track the health of the devices and end-to-end secure communications. This is responded to by the new page of service called System Services:

Enhance Transparency: Provide users with an explicit list of the Google services running on their device.

Centralizing Management: Unifying information and options for updating that would have been disparate. It could have only been accessed through the Play Store.

Increasing the control: Providing a single entry point that allows seeing the state of these key parts and updating them manually where necessary.

What You Can Find on the ‘System Services’ Page

The new section will enumerate various basic services of Google, some of which lack a user interface. However, they are essential to the running of your phone. You may see examples of the following kinds of services:

Adaptive Connectivity Services: Provides control of your network connections to allow them to perform.

Android System Intelligence: Powers functions such as Live Caption and Smart Reply, as well as other context-sensitive features.

System Key Verifier: Necessary for security features, to be used in the future of Google Messages.

Android System SafetyCore: implements safety functionality such as Sensitive Content Warnings in Google Messages.

Cross-Device Services: Platforms communications Mechanism enables smooth device communication like Android application streaming on Chromebooks.

Device Connectivity Service: Processes devices during the enablement of different pairing and communication capabilities.

Device Health Services: Keeps a check on battery and device efficiency.

Google Play services: A wide umbrella that contains many APIs and services. It includes Fast Pair, Quick Share, and Unknown Tracker Alerts.

Google Play Services with AR (ARCore): Chrome Extension that augments reality.

Settings Services: fundamental services that coordinate numerous features of your device settings.

Simpler to update and Access Beta Programs

Most of the system services generally auto-update in the background, in the past. This has been simplified in the new page of System Services, as it is now possible to manually initiate updates.

In September, Google introduced early access to all Google system services to users who had signed up for the Play Services beta. This fresh page gives you a specific section to take care of and supervise your involvement.

Rollout Information and Access

This new System Services page is starting to appear on devices with Android 6+. However, most users who have joined the above-mentioned beta program will probably be the first ones to get it.

This release is done gradually. Thus, it might take a little time before it can be available on all the devices supporting it. Thereafter, the new page is accessible by going through an address:

Settings app > Touch your account (top card on Android 16) > All services tab > Privacy and security setting > System services.

Conclusion

Google is on the right track by making a new settings page as part of its new System Services. It will empower Android users and give them reality.

Now, you don’t have to search the menus. The users can see and manage the most important Google services in a single location. 

Enabling you to stay up to date, this new page allows you to check the service status, manage the updates, or investigate the beta.

 

More Insights: Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Android Auto Spotify App

Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |09 Jul 2025

Gmail manage subscriptions sick of having a filled inbox with newsletters and promotional messages that you do not even open? Gmail subscription management the unsubscribe feature in Gmail is where Gmail comes in with a new tool, ‘Manage Subscriptions‘. This will help to keep these subscriptions under control. 

In a few clicks, you will be able to unsubscribe from unwanted emails and clean your inbox. This upgrade allows handling email clutter more conveniently than ever before.

Centralized Sub control

Manage Subscriptions

In the past, unsubscribing used to be slow by searching through separate emails. Gmail unsubscribe feature 2025 this latest technology eases the whole process.

Ranked by Frequency: You will also be able to get the frequency of the emails you have received over the last few weeks. This will enable you to know the worst defaulters of your inbox.

Direct access to Emails: A tap on any sender in the list will provide you with direct access to view all the emails that they have recently sent.

Unsubscribe One Click Power

Manage Subscriptions

After you have found a sender whom you do not want to hear anymore:

Opt-Out-Complexity free: A large button with the word unsubscribe will be visible alongside the names of each sender. A click or a tap will help to send an unsubscribe request to the sender via Gmail.

Automatic Spam Routing: An automatic spam routing contains an unsubscribe link. These emails will have a banner, which will inform why they are in spam. You may report them as not spam at all times in case you want to receive them once again.

Where can you find ‘Manage Subscription’

In any platform, it is easy to access the list of managing subscriptions:

And on the Web: Click the navigation bar in the top-left corner of your inbox and then click “Manage subscriptions.”

In Android and iOS: You will open the Gmail application and go to the Menu. In mobile applications, we can find it right below the Trash alternative in the navigation drawer.

Availability and Rollout Schedule

It is possible some users could have noticed this feature during the initial test preceding. Google has now made it official that the company is rolling out this feature more widely.

Web: The slow rollout to web users commenced on Thursday, July 8, 2025. They can conceivably require up to 15 days to be visible 100 percent.

Android: On July 14, 2025, Android users will start being rolled out. They will take up to 15 days to be completely rolled out.

iOS: An iOS user can anticipate the feature to begin rolling out on July 21, 2025, gradually as well.

More Inbox Control by ‘Manage Subscriptions’

Google made this update as it continues on its mission to ensure something. It allows its users can have greater control of their inboxes and protect themselves against spam mail. 

The list of subscriptions to be managed is added to the already powerful spam, phishing, and malware blocker feature of Gmail. This makes it a huge step towards a non-cluttered and personal email experience. 

Final Thought

The new option, ‘Manage Subscriptions’ in Gmail, is long-awaited by those sick and fed up with being inundated with emails. Google made it simple to clean your inbox. This is possible by collecting all the active subscriptions in a single location and by providing one-tap unsubscribe buttons. 

No matter what platform you are using, this update allows you to focus on important emails without any distractions. It is quite a convenient and efficient weapon, which returns control over the inbox to you.

 More on Gmail: Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Continue Reading

Featured

Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Gmail for Android in Redesigned Menu

Adjustable Gmail Layouts Arrive on Android Big Screens

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |08 Jul 2025

Are you fed up with the experience of scratching around wherever you go because of cables? Gmail unsubscribe button the already well-proven, successful GetPairr and GetPairr Pro Wireless CarPlay and Android Auto Adapters are now on sale. Wireless CarPlay Adapter gives consumers a convenient and trouble-free way to go wireless. 

These adapters provide you with uninterrupted access to the features you like the most in your smartphone. They can also stream streaming-based applications from your smartphone to your infotainment screen. These devices make your daily drive a bit smarter and cable-free.

The Wireless Connectivity Freedom

Android Auto Adapters

These adapters become a game-changer for drivers whose cars do not have a built-in wireless CarPlay or Android Auto. Android Auto Wireless adapter This will not only clean your dashboard but also give it a smoother and faster interface how to unsubscribe from emails in Gmail.

No Hassles: You only need to do the initial set-up, after which the adapter is automatically connected to your phone whenever you start your car.

Full Functionality: You keep all the essential capabilities of Android Auto or CarPlay, such as voice control through Google Assistant or Siri.

Combined Streaming Applications

Android Auto Adapters

This also extends the capabilities of the infotainment option in your car. They give you more entertainment at your disposal than what you can get using your connected smartphone.

Included Entertainment: New model updates might have some changes to their available apps. In many cases, GetPairr adapters include Netflix, YouTube, and even other streaming services. This may be very helpful to passengers who go through long trips or who have parked their cars.

Standalone Mode: The streaming apps frequently run independently of your paired phone. They will make use of the Wi-Fi adapter connection.

It is time to Buy

The wireless CarPlay and Android Auto adapters by GetPairr are on sale. It is a perfect chance to obtain one of those convenient gadgets at less than the full retail.

Visit online and local retailers: The most direct way to get the exact sale information is by checking the local and online electronics retail stores. You can find the lowest price by comparing products and reading reviews before buying.

Try Different Models: GetPairr can come with models of adapters, possibly of different functions and prices. Look up studies to see which model fits your car’s infotainment system and your personal needs.

Is a GetPairr Adapter Right?

Before buying a GetPairr wireless adapter keep in mind the following:

Make sure that the adapter is matched to your car, make and model, and year.

See the page of GetPairr’s other product listing on their site.

The users should make sure their smartphone (Android or iPhone) is smartphone-compatible with wireless Android Auto or CarPlay.

Do not touch the streaming apps or complicated menus when driving.

The Extract

The Wireless CarPlay and Android Auto Adapters of GetPairr are an inexpensive but smart way to upgrade a car in search. Currently available, they represent a pretty low-cost and convenient alternative to anyone.

It only needs to make sure it is compatible with your smartphone and car, before buying it. The right configuration of GetPairr can give you a smoother, smarter, and more connected drive within your dailies.

More Insights: Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Android Auto Spotify App

Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |08 Jul 2025

Samsung has announced a potent combination of security and privacy enhancements with One UI 8. This is based on Android 16.One UI 8 features the significant release will enhance the security of users.

It considers the increasing on-device AI and the introduction of new risks, such as quantum computing. These improved capabilities will premiere on the newest Galaxy gadgets like the Galaxy Z Fold 7 and Z Flip 7 lines.

Knox Enhanced Encrypted Protection (KEEP)

One UI 8

Knox Enhanced Encrypted Protection (KEEP) is one of the base additions in Samsung One UI 8 update the security suite of One UI 8. This is a complete redefinition of how users can manage sensitive information on their devices.

App-specific encrypted Environments: This establishes isolated and encrypted storage environments on designated applications in secure storage space on the device. This will allow every app to access its sensitive information only. In this way, the breach of the information by one app is minimal.

Personal Data Engine (PDE) Protection: The new architecture offers protection to the Personal Data Engine (PDE) of Samsung. It forms the foundation for the AI capabilities of Sam, such as Now Brief and Smart Gallery search. These capabilities are based on individual perceptions like user habits and wishes.

Future AI Scalability: It aims to scale to future applications such as Smart Suggestions and Samsung Moments today. This is to provide any new on-device AI functionality that relies upon inputs unique to the user. By doing this, Samsung adds that privacy would then be an element of the system.

KME The Knox Matrix Evolution

One UI 8

Samsung is also working on the further development of its Knox Matrix system. This will offer more proactive and user-friendly protection of the whole Galaxy world of connected devices.

Automated Account Sign-Out

This measure will instantly restrict access to cloud-related services. In this way, the threat will not spread to your devices.

Unified Security Status and Notifications 

The user will get an alert on all the devices they have connected to the Galaxy on their notifications. This central information location gives a good background on the problem.

Early Warning System

Appliances are able to receive warning messages, which allow them to take early precautions before the exploitation of vulnerabilities occurs.

Secure Wi-Fi using Post-Quantum Cryptography

To overcome the possible future danger of quantum computing, Samsung is introducing post-quantum cryptography in the Secure Wi-Fi feature.

An expert-level encryption technique that enhances the key exchange procedure underlying encrypted communication in a network. 

It seems to protect against attacks in the form of a harvest now. Improving Secure Wi-Fi comes with several new privacy features:

Enhancing Core Security and Privacy Controls

In addition to the top activities, One UI 8 further fortifies current, powerful security protocols:

Knox Vault: It is a kind of secure zone controlled by a hardware module. This keeps the secrets of the user, such as PINs, passwords, and biometrics, safe even when the main operating system itself gets corrupted.

Auto Blocker: It helps to protect unconfirmed applications, stops payloads, and limits exposure to zero-clicks.

Fine-Grained Intelligence Controls: Users are also in charge of their data. They can switch off cloud-based data processing of AI so that their data is kept on-device.

Improved Theft Protection: The theft-resistant measures will prevent unauthorized access to personal information after stealing a particular device.

Conclusion

As Samsung officially announced One UI 8, it will further pursue next-gen privacy and security on its Galaxy devices. One UI 8 is designed to protect users in a world becoming more complex day by day. 

The post-quantum cryptography built into Secure Wi-Fi is more evidence of how Samsung is looking forward to addressing the issues. One UI 8 is not an ordinary upgrade, but a massive step into mobile safety and customization toward the future.

Also Read: Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Continue Reading

Featured

Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
One UI 8 vs. Android 16

One UI 8 vs. Android 16: Which Upgrade Wins?

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |07 Jul 2025

The company is releasing its new Google System Updates for 2025. Android system update July 2025 this time, it targets more dedicated stability, performance, and privacy on devices July 2025 Android Update.

These changes might not contain numerous visible functions. However, they are all necessary to keep your phone safe and functioning. 

They also enable your device to prepare for future advancements and services. Now that your Play System is with you, you will get the best and safest Android experience.

Core Android Services improvements

Google System Updates

Google System Updates July 2025 the majority of the July 2025 Play System Update aims at the core elements of the Android operating system. Google Play system update 2025 these enhancements perform in the background ensuring your phone runs better.

Android System Intelligence (Version V.31 / B.9) 

It enables a wide range of Android smart capabilities, including Live Captions, Screen Attention, and app predictions. Its features will become more responsive, and the performance will be seamless in general.

PCS (V.31 / B.9): Private Compute Services: 

According to this update, Private Compute Services receives “internal infrastructure and maintenance changes.” This is an essential element that makes sensitive features on your Android phone. They are powered by AI functionality without exposing your personal information. 

It serves as a secure bridge between machine learning models and your details. This means that your personal information is not directly visible when your ML models are updated. These new updates ensure that it has enhanced privacy-protecting functionalities and related background optimizations.

Essential Battery Management of Pixel 6a Gadgets

Google System Updates

A proposed software update will require the application for Pixel 6a devices. It resolves the possible issue of overheating the battery. We can see this as one of the most notable and specific updates in July 2025.

Automatic Android 16 Upgrade: Mandatory Android 16 upgrade will begin rolling out to all Pixel 6a on July 8, 2025. 

Battery Management Features: Battery management features will be on the list for Android 16 as part of the update on Impacted Devices. These characteristics will only come into use when 400 charge cycles are completed on the phone battery.

Support Program for Pixel 6a Users: Google is introducing support programs to eligible users of the Pixel 6a. Location and eligibility criteria mean that other support options might be available, inclusive of cash reimbursement or Google Store credit. 

Larger Google Android Developments

The July Play System Update is described as a major update deep in the core. One must keep in mind that Google tends to roll out its Android features constantly. Some features were already announced during other 2025 updates, like the June one.

These consisted of numerous upgrades to Google Messages, Google Photos, and Google Home. It focuses on the safekeeping of devices and data, using functions such as Intrusion Logging and Enhanced App Protection.

The Last Words 

Google System Updates in July 2025 are aimed at the improvement of the basis of the Android universe. It includes the correction of performance issues, increasing privacy, and device-related solutions.

Android upgrade behind the scenes is the Android System Smart and Private Compute Services. This will be smarter, faster, and more secure.

Related Reading: What is New in Android June 2025 Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google Home Member Role

Google Home Member Role Introduced in New Access Update

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |07 Jul 2025

A major update to the Android Auto Spotify App is offering a fresh interface design with a feature called ‘Jam’. Android Auto Spotify Redesign 2025 the new update aims to simplify the streaming of music in-car and make the process more interactive. Spotify Android Auto update it will allow both drivers and passengers to listen to shared playlists and collaborate in real time. 

The company prioritizes easy access and social listening. This means that users will enjoy listening to music on the road even more than they do now. Better responsiveness and less distraction are also a plus, which justifies making the redesign.

Rapid User Interface Makeover

Android Auto Spotify App

Android Auto new interface 2025 the redesign aims at reducing distractions. Now one can quickly browse through playlists, albums, and podcasts without having to shift gears. Spotify App Update for Android Auto important design advancements are:

Bigger touch zones: Ensuring greater ease in pressing the icons and buttons correctly when in motion.

Increased legibility: Larger and sharper fonts and contrast that would make them visible at night and during daytime driving.

Made simple: There are fewer steps in between to your favorite, or to find new pieces of music.

The Introduction of ‘Jam’

Android Auto Spotify App

The most interesting feature to many is the presence of Spotify Jam within Android Auto. A feature that is also real-time and that supports collaborative listening is a jam.

Nature of functioning in Android Auto:

All participants in the session are able to add songs to the queue. They can participate in voting on what will be played next. It makes the car a multi-user, interactive music center.

Benefit:

This aspect eliminates the requirement of sharing a single phone to control the DJ functions. It provides a lightweight, hand-free solution to enable all to participate.

It makes a broader, more engaging music experience for any passenger traveling on the road or going home every day.

Better Playback

The new version of the Spotify app in Android Auto is also likely to introduce minor yet significant changes in the main part of the functionality:

Smart queuing: The upcoming track can be accessed more easily. There are controls and options to reorder or take out of the queue.

Enhanced podcast experience: Navigation within episodes is easier and, possibly, podcast features are more distinguishing.

Individual relations: The new interface may focus more on the individual recommendations by Spotify. It allows searching for new music and podcasts quickly on the fly and is suited to your preferences.

Why is this important to your drive?

This is a major upgrade of Spotify to Android Auto. It can reflect the desires of Google and Spotify to make driving in cars much more entertaining. 

This is hoped to target the aesthetics of design and cooperative aspects. It includes ‘Jam’ to make car-based music listening safe, entertaining, and a communal endeavor. 

Occupants will be able to concentrate on the road. Moreover, the passengers can be more active in creating the best soundtrack to go with their journey.

The Climax

The new Android Auto Spotify application introduces a new, clean interface that provides a user-friendly experience. It allows users to involve more people in the music-listening experience through social options, such as Jam. 

The update not only increases usability but also stimulates immediate passenger communication. Nothing is more social than music, even when on the road, and Spotify remains the leader in the sphere.

Also Read: Upcoming Android Auto Features and Improvements

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |04 Jul 2025

Google Maps Notification Update Android android received the most significant changes in the Notifications for Google Maps. We know now how Google Maps is going to use these upgrades to make navigation for a better user experience Google Maps smart notifications.

These updates are aimed at creating a more appropriate balance. This is between being informed and keeping your attention on the road.

Smarter notifications will now be displayed just at the right moment, being more visual and less disturbing. Thanks to the updates and better voice prompts, ordinary users can drive safely and easily.

Prioritization and smarter Grouping

Notifications for Google Maps

Among them, one of the more important adjustments concerns the grouping and prioritization of Notifications for Google Maps. The Android system is getting smarter at recognizing important warnings on Google Maps. Android Enhanced Maps Alerts For instance, like turning left, route changes, traffic jams, or traffic progress. Android Google Maps update 2025 it is coming in a more prominent form. 

Other notifications may be clustered so that other critical navigation elements can be prominent yet not obtrusive to the user. That translates to reduced meaningless pings when you are on the road. As a result, you will experience a relaxed and concentrated drive.

Improved Sensing of the Environment

Notifications for Google Maps

Moreover, contextual awareness is at the center stage. The successor notification system in Android enables Google Maps. It aims to provide more contextual alerts based on what is happening on the road you are driving. 

For if you are at a complicated interchange, the system may ensure that turn-by-turn directions have a higher priority. It includes an alert tone that is more insistent or a bigger indication on the screen.

Enhanced Visual Aspects in the notifications

This might involve high-resolution images or more animated buttons right next to the notification shade. It allows one to get an at-a-glance view of some Maps information without going into the full app. 

An example can be a traffic alert; instead of saying simply Heavy Traffic Ahead, display a mini-map fragment of the area in question. The aspect is to effectively and quickly transmit important messages in the shortest time possible.

Reduced Communication to be Safe

Now, users will be able to deal with Maps notifications without opening the full Maps application. This is the point where users can act on certain notifications without leaving the notification shade. 

Android Auto and Google Maps will be an even more integrated co-pilot on your trips. It is because this streamlined interaction model plays an essential role in ensuring safety and inhibiting driver distraction.

Conclusion 

The new improved notification feature of Android is making Google Maps friendlier to a driver by being smarter and faster. Maps are smarter and can now present just the most salient information when you are driving. 

Together with simpler communication and better voice navigation, these developments lead to a safer and smoother process of navigation. The future integration of Android and Google Maps even closer together. Your morning commute will soon be smarter, informed, and without any interruptions.

Recommended: Material 3 Expressive Fetches a Look at Google Maps 

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google Home Member Role

Google Home Member Role Introduced in New Access Update

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Upcoming Android Auto Features and Improvements

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |04 Jul 2025

There are some upcoming Android Auto features on their way. Android Auto new features 2025 they all aim to make your driving experience safer, smarter, and easier to operate Android Auto New Features 2025.

Google continues to enhance Android Auto with regular updates—some officially announced and others uncovered through testing or code leaks.

The updates include improved design, improved performance, and new applications to help you on the road. Android Auto is getting more useful as it is getting easier to navigate and quicker voice commands for everything. 

Improved connectivity to Google Cast and Android Devices

Upcoming Android Auto Features

Android Auto update 2025 it gives the possibility to cast content by users who own an Android phone through the display of their car, even when they are parked Android Auto Upcoming Updates . 

In addition to the casting, it may become even more integrated with other Android devices. It possibly leads to easier, seamless interaction between your phone/tablet and car screen, perhaps media queues as well.

Further in-Car Communication

Upcoming Android Auto Features

Google is always trying to ensure that communication while driving is made safer. In the future, the updates would probably center on:

Better Group Messaging Control: It controls and responds to group messages with less effort compared to using scheduled means, and offers better voice dictation and quick reply.

Greater Contextual Responses: Smarter recommendations on replies based on the content of the messages received, and less use of manual typing.

Message support: Incorporation support for additional messaging applications beyond the existing core set of applications.

Ev & Precision Navigation Journey Optimization

Android Auto relies on navigation, and this area is in a constant state of improvement:

Further EV Functions

There will be more advanced routing considering battery level, locations of charging points, and being able to calculate more optimal routes in case of longer journeys. It is something Google Maps already prioritizes, and the increased incorporation of it with Android Auto is but an extension.

Enhanced Lane cognitive abnormality and graphics

Greater specificity and natural user interfaces to complex intersections, lane guidance, and turn-by-turn instructions. It possibly uses AR-like overlays where car equipment makes it possible.

Personalized Routing 

More intelligent navigation that is based on personal driving style, the flow of traffic in commonly travelled directions, and even the fuel optimization requirements.

Options for Customization and Personalization

The consumers usually want to have a stronger command of their in-car interface:

Increased Layout Options: The current interface is simplistic. However, users may have the option of adjusting the positions of some widgets, especially with a wider display.

Theming and Visual Tweakings: Small Vanity customization possibilities, including color accent or less complex theme-shaping, can be enabled to make it look less standard.

Gaming and Entertainment When Parked

Waiting times would then be transformed into more productive or enjoyable moments. This can be added by the likes of puzzle games, trivia, and even video streaming capabilities. 

Such characteristics would also serve the drivers and passengers during idle times. It marks the trend towards the smarter and more interesting vehicles, in addition to navigation.

Increased performance and stability

All the new features are based on the principle that Google is committed to stability, speed, and reliability, still. 

Look for unending background enhancements. It would result in Android Auto being smoother, faster to launch, and less subject to glitches.

Particularly given such a diverse variety of head-unit options, and the even greater variety of phones installed.

Wider-ranging Car Compatibility and Wireless Android Auto

The initiative toward wireless Android Auto will go on. Many new cars support it, but older cars or those that lack the required hardware may find third-party solutions. They aim to provide more mature and widely available third-party adapters. 

Google will possibly keep collaborating with carmakers. The company does so to naturalize Android Auto in more car infotainment systems.

A Smarter Future is Coming

Android Auto is an easy way to bring your digital lifestyle to the road. This is possible by imparting the right information and entertainment at the right moment. 

These interesting changes are expected to be launched on Google’s official announcements and your application update notifications.

Conclusion 

Android Auto is moving beyond just maps and music. It’s turning into a smarter and more helpful driving assistant that fits your personal needs. With new features like video streaming, in-car games, better messaging, EV-friendly navigation, and stronger device connection, it aims to make your ride safer, easier, and more enjoyable.

Google’s focus on stability, wireless use, and customization means Android Auto will keep getting better for all kinds of drivers. As features like Gemini AI, web browsing, and climate controls roll out, Android Auto is set to bring your digital life smoothly into your car.

Also Read: Android Auto 14.6 Expands to More Users

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |03 Jul 2025

The Android TV Homescreen will get a new look to facilitate content discovery made by Google. Android TV Play Next update the ad rows will now be replaced by promoted content within the standard “Play Next” row.

These suggestions are found according to your watching preferences and make it easy to locate shows and movies.

The second change with this update is that the Android TV feels even more brought to the content-first interface Google TV has had all along. This makes the interface less cumbersome and personal.

A Simple Yet Meaningful UI Update

Android TV Homescreen

The Android TV homescreen has long been a fairly simple interface. Android TV promoted content 2025 the row allows users to quickly resume the previously started content is currently expanding in its reach.

The users start to complain that new, promoted categories have started appearing right under their app shortcuts. In these new sections, there is:

1. Best Selling Films

2. Shows and Popular Movies

3. Top trending on Google

Making Android TV More Like Google TV

Android TV Homescreen

The update is a significant step taken by Google towards uniting the experience. Based on Android TV OS, Google TV would commonly promote titles on the home screen.

Although Android TV remains in use in a variety of older models of smart TVs and streaming boxes. The suggestion indicates that Apple will attempt to make its TV operating systems more cohesive and discoverable content-wise.

Details of Rollout and Response by Users

It seems to be a gradual rollout as users on other Android TV devices. This shows that this is probably either a server-side update or an update to the core Android TV application.

The first responses of the users have been mixed. Some love the extra discovery features and the convenience of the activity to view trending things at the home screen.

On the other hand, few say they are troubled by added clutter. The others see the opportunity to mix editorial recommendations with promoted ones. 

“Play Next” Evolution system

The developers have the opportunity to implement the apps with this row containing:

Resume viewing: It is the content that a user paused viewing in the middle.

Next Episode: The subsequent episode in series one is as follows.

New Content: Development of new content on a series or show that the user subscribes to.

Watchlist: Content that a user has positively expressed to his or her watchlist.

Impact on Android TV Users

This is an even more participatory and custom homescreen for the already existing Android TV owners. It might introduce a new type of content. This would not be relevant to them in their watchings at the moment. However, it is also a direct access to trendy releases that they would have otherwise not discovered. 

With Google still developing its TV platforms, it is apparent that content discovery. This is commonly driven by algorithm-based suggestions. Users are advised to keep on checking their Android TV home screens for such changes as the rollout advances.

The Final Thought

The recent Android TV homescreen update introduces modest, yet visible improvements. These changes allow catching up on the direction in which Google is moving.

With the integration, Google is attempting to simplify the exploration of new shows and movies. The additional recommendations might suit the needs of some users, and they could be unpleasant to others.

Nevertheless, this update demonstrates that Google desires to enhance the way we discover and consume the content of Android TV. It is not a big change yet, but it can certainly bring even greater changes in the future.

More Insights: Android 14 Arrives on Chromecast with Google TV Devices

Continue Reading

Featured

Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google TV Streamer Gets Latest Software Update

Google TV Streamer Gets Latest Software Update

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Home Member Role Introduced in New Access Update

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |03 Jul 2025

Google Home member access the latest add-on to the Home app is the ‘Google Home Member Role‘ that Google introduced. Google Home Member Role Update it assists families in having proper control over the control of the smart devices in the home.

Users have restricted access to this role. They can only turn lights on or off, set or adjust thermostat settings, or operate smart plugs. So, they cannot edit settings or create a new user.

It can be a handy addition to every household, particularly in cases when you need to allow children or visitors to use smart devices but not to get complete control over them.

Meeting the Demand for Detailed Control of Home

Google Home Member Role

Google Home Access Control 2025 before, adding a person to your Google Home “Home” was practically giving them full access to pretty much all the devices and services linked together Google Home roles and permissions. 

This was not subtle enough, as many people wanted it to be applicable, especially among the young relatives or visitors. 

The new Member role responds to it by providing a limited list of permissions. This makes it possible to provide certain individuals with an opportunity. It aims to engage in interactions with the smart home ecosystem in a secure way.

What the Role of a Member Can and Cannot Do

Google Home Member Role

The essence of the “Member” role is that it helps to perform the simplest interaction with smart devices. It allows for making basic settings and opening access to other members. Examples of what a “Member” can usually do are as follows:

Control Devices: The members can typically control such connected devices as smart lights, smart speakers, and smart thermostats. The particular devices available may be programmed by the owner of the “Home”.

View Device Status: Members are able to view the up-to-date home automation system state of devices.

Get Notifications: Members can get notifications of selected devices, such as doorbell actions.

“Members” can usually not:

Add New Devices or Services: They are unable to connect new smart devices. The members cannot integrate new services into the Google Home-based system.

Uninstall Devices or Services: They are not permitted to uninstall the current devices or services.

Home Settings: They are unable to adjust important home settings like Wi-Fi routines, settings, or the layout of the Home.

Ask to join or leave: The process of household membership management lies with the primary owner of the house. It may be possible in the presence of other administrators.

Access Sensitive Information: They are not typically going to be able to see particular account information or activity records past their exchanges.

Enhanced Children Support

The other important feature of the role of the Member is the increased advocacy for children. The parents will have greater control over the smart home interactions of the child. It enables children to use valuable smart home functions and protects valuable settings.

This aspect goes in line with the wider reassessment of Google to develop safer and age-appropriate experiences on its platforms. Those responsible (parents) should presumably be able to control the amount of exposure given to the “Member” page of their child. This can perhaps be according to the age and maturity level of the child.

Assigning the Role of a Member: How

The role assignment steps will most probably be as follows in the Google Home app:

Launch the Google Home App.

Go to Household settings.

Open an invitation to a new member.

Choose the Role called Member.

Pick the Prompts.

Advantages of the New Role

Having the new role of the Member introduces several benefits to the users of Google Home:

Greater Control and Security: This is a smarter means of giving access to smart home features without fear. Anything can be changed by mistakenly tampering with the settings.

Better Family Management: Family management is simplified in order to allow children to be incorporated into the smart home using a proper level of protection.

Enhanced Flexibility: This enables the homeowners to give limited control to the guests or residents. It occurs in cases of temporary living without giving them full administrative authorization for that account.

Improved User Experience: Helps the smart home management experience be more personalized and user-friendly.

Gradual Rollout Expected

The implementation of the position of Member in the Google Home app will be incremental and based on geography. The feature may grow with time to cover more users, probably on a rolling release. Google Home app users in other parts of the world are advised to monitor device updates within the next couple of weeks and months. 

It could be shown automatically after updating the application or server-side toggle by Google. Maintain your app up to date by using the Play Store or App Store. This step-by-step progression will assist Google in experimentation

The Extract

The Google Home Member Role is an important step towards an intelligent, pliable home management. This new position provides families and common households with more control over the persons.

The update comes with access to connected devices by providing restrictive entry and enhanced child support. 

It is part of the persistence of Google to ensure the security, customization, and ease of use of its smart home ecosystem for all.

Read as well: Google Home App Updates May Soon Get Easier

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Photos “Photo View Redesign” Brings UI Tweaks

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |02 Jul 2025

Photo View Redesign in Google Photos is in the process of providing users with the current version. Google Photos redesign 2025 the update will debut initially in iOS and release next in Android with a simpler and easier-to-use interface Google Photos UI Redesign 2025. 

The first important modification consists of the fact that the icon of the Google Lens has been removed. The new button that has replaced it is called ‘Add to’ and becomes the center of attention. 

The redesign is supposed to make Google more usable and make it easier to organize their photos of users.

A New Look at Photo Viewing

Photo View Redesign

The fresh photo view also brings a long-standing demand for a light mode. Google Photos UI update it is a point where the background of the app changes accordingly to the system theme of your device. Google Photos Photo View Update this makes the visual experience more consistent across your phone.

More importantly, the information about the date, time, and location is now shown at the top of the photos. It means there is no necessity to swipe to the top to see this information. This will enable you to identify easily and fast.

The Overflow Menu and ‘add to’

Photo View Redesign

One of the most significant ones is the new button called Add to ( + ). It appears at the bottom of the screen. The new dedicated shortcut gives the user the possibility to easily arrange their pictures in albums. The move is based on the focus of Google on easy photo management.

Google Lens has been moved into a three-point overflow display. It is visible on the top right of the screen, as the addition to the feature has taken over a prime position. It has become less visible, which indicates a change in the hierarchy of the user behaviors in the photo view. 

Better Photo Stack and Burst Management Incorporated

Contextual, when it comes to Photo Stacks and Burst shots, A Different Icon will Show Up. This will give fast access to such actions as changing the top pick and deleting the remaining photos.

It removes photos in the stack, unstacks, or selects several photos to perform all of them in one go. This makes work easier, especially when there are numerous similar photos to deal with.

Fast Action Badges Interaction

Clicking on these pill-shaped icons will enable the user to complete certain actions directly, such as:

Rearranging the category of the photo.

Starting or stopping a Live or Motion photo.

Download a common image to your library.

Clean up of a photograph or storage facilities.

Launch and What to Look Forward to

The Photo View Redesign is already available on the Google Photos iOS app. Whereas Android users will have to wait a bit longer to receive the update. They will face only the word soon currently available. 

The update shows that Google tends to enhance the experience. It also increases the overall level of photo management, which has an enormous number of users.

The Last Verdict

Google Photos’ ‘Photo View Redesign’ adds a more convenient and lighter way of looking at pictures. Arranging the memories in albums has now become possible in the shortest time possible, with the new Add to button. 

The company has shifted Google Lens to a less eye-catching position. It is possible to note that the general update allows Google to concentrate on streamlining the process. This is a smart and good update for the person who uses Google Photos regularly.

Also Read: Google Photos Adds Ultra HDR Editing Tools

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 Update Boosts Performance

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |02 Jul 2025

Google Nest Wifi Pro update 2025 the company is implementing the release of the Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 update. It aimed at enhancing stability and bug fixes of its router mesh system. 

This update has no significant new functions. It still helps to improve the overall user experience. Its performance is optimized, and a stable connection to a wireless network at home is guaranteed. 

No matter what you are doing, streaming, gaming, or working remotely, this update is meant to keep your network smooth in all connected gadgets.

What This Update Has To Offer

Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 update

Google has not published an in-depth change log of this particular July 2025 upgrade. Nest Wifi performance boost the major aspects that could be enhanced should be considered as follows:

Bug Fixes

This is one of the first points of most software upgrades. The July update is likely to accommodate numerous minor system bugs and glitches that users have faced.

It contributes to more uninterrupted and foreseeable network performance. These fixes may address problems such as connectivity issues with the device, network crashes during heavy traffic.

Performance Enhancements

The update may include minor changes to the router firmware in the form of optimizations. It could possibly increase data transfer speeds and increase the general performance of the mesh network. This has the potential to result in a more responsive online usage of all devices.

Security Updates

Security is never left behind as much it does not always appear indicated in small updates. It may contain fixes behind the scenes in the security area to address any newly found vulnerabilities. This will keep your home network secure against any threat.

Stability Optimizations

The main idea of this update is to increase the overall stability of your Nest Wifi Pro system. This translates to a reduction in the number of dropped connections and a more reliable network to support all the devices that you currently connect.

Making a Smooth Experience

Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 update

Such stability updates prove especially crucial to users. This is where the internet infrastructure and connectivity pose occasional problems of their own. 

A stronger Wi-Fi connection through Nest Wifi Pro will help to make the online experience much simpler. Whether at work or at school, or entertaining content, or maintaining contact with relatives or friends. 

These have facilitated cutbacks in dropouts, buffering, and unpredictable speeds that may interfere with daily activities. Regular updates, such as the Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 update, can add extra layers.

Find the Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 update

Google normally releases firmware for Nest devices in the background, behind the scenes, during off-peak time:

Install the Google Home application on your phone or tablet.

Click on Wi-Fi.

Click on the gear icon (Select Settings).

Select Network & General, and tap Router firmware.

Remaining Online and Safe

By updating Google Nest Wifi Pro in July 2025, the company makes a very good move. It goes ahead in the direction of providing solid and secure home networks to its users worldwide. 

Google does not stop upgrading its mesh Wi-Fi system. It is something that it can rely on in the current environment of modern homes, where Wi-Fi connections are getting more common. 

Most of the big functional changes can be expected during larger releases. Maintenance releases are critical in ensuring a generally good user experience.

Leave your Nest Wifi Pro plugged in, and leave the work to improve the experience behind the scenes to Google.

Conclusion

Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 update is not a big release on the face value. However, the effect is no less significant. This release adds to Google taking care of its mesh router system in this sense. It has some targeted fixes, some performance improvements, and probably some security features. 

These improvements in the background handoff will provide the users with a much smoother, more reliable, internet experience that is more consistent. 

Technology is growing to be even more fundamental in everyday lives. The minimal updates are great to make sure that your house is versatile, insofar as connectivity and security are concerned.

More on Nest Wifi: Google is Rolling out the Nest Wifi Update October 2024

Continue Reading

Featured

December 2024 update enhances Nest Wi-Fi mesh performance

December 2024 update enhances Nest Wi-Fi mesh performance

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google is Rolling out the Nest Wifi Update October 2024

Google Rolls out the Nest Wifi Update October 2024

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Googlе Homе App Rеdеsigns Nеst Thеrmostat Controls and Rolling Out Now

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Unpacking the Latest Google System Updates for Android

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |01 Jul 2025

Google System Updates do not require a complete upgrade to the Latest Google Android Updates version of Android. Google system updates Android 2025 you may think that these new features apply only to those companies that make Android devices Latest Google System Updates Android. 

In June 2025, Google released several updates that may enhance the work of your Android device, regardless of its origin. What is new in the June update? And how could it influence your experience? We shall examine this a little closer.

Basic System Services

These upgrades have their backbone in Google Play services and Google Play Store. Android System Update Features 2025 this is interesting in June 2025:

Find My Device Network Improvement

The June update is probably going to bring additional polishing and stability to the extended Find My Device network. 

It may imply a more accurate location of your lost devices. This may also support Bluetooth trackers, even in a location such as where network density is variable.

It should expect further acceleration in precision and battery performance of gadgets operating in the network.

Privacy and Security Updates 

Google System Updates

As usual, Google System Updates have a big emphasis on enhancing the Android System Updates 2025 security of the Android platform against security vulnerabilities latest Android system update features.

The June 2025 updates will address the vulnerability found since the last round of patching. They prevent possible attacks on your machine and its files. 

A certain description of such patches is under wraps due to security interests until their universal implementation. Their usage in ensuring a secure mobile environment cannot be overemphasized among all users across the globe.

Developer-Oriented Updates

Google System Updates

This has the potential to result in new capabilities and better experiences within your everyday apps. The details may be technical.

However, these under-the-hood improvements open the possibilities for future improvement of the app. It applies to the local experience, like increased support of local languages or localized offerings.

Wallet and Payments Tweaks 

Google System Updates

Google Wallet is another major part of the Android experience. The June updates may feature minor improvements in connection with its functionality, security, or be combined with other services. 

It may include a simplified way of carrying out the transactions. Or it may be more local options of payment that are gaining more emphasis in the digital space.

Connection and Net Stability 

Google is always trying to enhance the connectivity and network features of Android. The June updates may involve improvements made on Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and cellular network performance. It may result in more stable and secure connectivity for users on different network providers in the area.

Google Play Store

These updates are aimed at a better process of discovering the app, making it more secure and efficient in general:

Better App Recommendations: Look forward to enhancements to the algorithms of the Play Store. This aims to offer more contextual and quality apps depending on your behavior and behavior trends in your area. It might become simpler to locate helpful local apps.

Added level of security: Google Play Protect is updated continually, keeping ahead of such threats. It is expected that there will also be some June updates. They will enhance their scanning and real-time protection strengths. Thus, it protects your phone against malicious applications that you will download using the Play Store.

Easy Installation and Update: Google continues to strive to ensure that installing and updating apps are more efficient and smooth. The June updates could have carried some small niceties to the downloading and installation processes. They would use less data and battery during this process.

Account Management and Family Features: Possible updates may provide Google Account management of Google accounts in the Play Store. It may provide more control and safety to families that worry about their Android device and app use and management.

Device-Specific Enhancements

Core Google System Updates are universal; certain parts may be customized or released together with the device-specific update by your phone manufacturer. 

Such device-level updates will tend to go even further than the system updates of Google. It optimizes performance, as well as adds unique functions.

Watch out if your device manufacturer has activated any software updates. It could roll out with the wider Google System Update rollout.

The Ending Note

The Google System Updates launched in June 2025. They further enhance the Android experience to new levels through some substantial updates to central services, security, connectivity, and app management. 

This could be beefed up privacy protection, app discovery, and improved device performance. These background updates are essential in ensuring that your Android device is safe, efficient, and up to date. 

The more an Android is integrated into everyday life, the more you need to know about these harmonious updates. They provide you with the best of the things in your possession, from any location.

Related Read: What June 2025 Brings to Google System Update

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Keep Removed from Google Apps on Apple Watch

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |01 Jul 2025

Google has finally taken away its Google Keep application from the Apple Watch. Google Keep Apple Watch removal the former convenient app is also not available to download or use anymore on the platform. Google Keep Apple Watch Removal this Google Apps on Apple Watch removal also spells the alteration of the Google Wear Watch application strategy Google Keep Apple Watch Support Ended.

It makes direct, wrist-based access to Keep unavailable to Apple Watch users. There was no official declaration, but people started seeing the app go missing at the end of June. It is noteworthy how effectively Google will sustain its support in the long term.

From Handy Companion to Absent Friend

Google Apps on Apple Watch

Google Keep has been available on Apple Watch since 2019. Google Keep app discontinued Apple Watch this allows people to keep abreast of their notes and lists of tasks wherever they are. Google Keep Removed from watchOS this was such a precious device to many, where quick, essential activities were essential Google Apps on Apple Watch Changes. 

Its application was simple but effective for users. Yet, there has been an insignificant update to the app in the last few years. In contrast to the other Google Watch apps, Keep never added support for newer Apple Watch features. This obscurity was, perhaps, a precursor of its decline.

Why the Disappearance? 

Google Apps on Apple Watch

Google has not given its official description of why it has removed the app. Most probably, a combination of the following reasons influenced the decision:

Low Usage: It is conceivable that the number of usages of the Google Keep Apple Watch app was just not worth the cost of development. As with a lot of big technology companies, Google tends to simplify its products according to demand.

Modernization: As noted, there was no modernization of the application to take advantage of new features in the watchOS. Some people had to keep an old application in use, which may be more stressful.

Prioritization on Other Platforms: Google has wearable app resources, which may be on the platform of its own Wear OS. Google Keep could still be available and supported.

Native Solutions at Apple: Apple itself offers quite good note-taking and list-making features with its own native Notes app. This may alleviate the perceived necessity of third-party support.

What Are the Alternatives for Apple Watch Users?

This is not good news to those who were dependent on Google Keep on their Apple Watch. The gap can be filled, though, by some alternatives:

Apple Notes: The built-in Notes app also works fine within watchOS. A user can create new notes by dictating them and view the ones that were previously created.

Third-Party Note-Taking Apps: Bear, Todoist, Evernote, and Simplenote are among the apps that feature Apple Watch complications and features. They could be suitable for many note-taking requirements.

Siri Reminders: To make quick notes and simple lists, Siri on Apple Watch can make them directly through Siri Reminders. It will sync both Siri Reminders on iPhone and other Apple devices.

The Greater Perspective

The elimination of Google Keep further demonstrates Orientalism in the Google-owned Apple Watch. Compared to the lack of direct presence, some of its basic Google applications have some presence.

The recent release of the Google Calendar app on Apple Watch is a hint of further interest. However, the deprecation of Keep further serves to remind users. 

All users need to know that such dynamics are possible. This is because the companies are always reviewing their product strategies in various ecosystems.

The Extract

The ending of Google Keep on the Apple Watch is not a mere closure of a note-taking app. It could be an indication of a new focal shift on the part of Google in the wearables sector.

Although the app was good for making fast notes and lists, it had not evolved significantly in years. The fact that it did not have any modern watchOS features probably meant its departure. 

As an Apple Watch user, this move is a reminder that support for certain apps may change at any moment. Using an app with a lot of support could be the more stable way to go, in the long run.

More on Google Keep: Google Keep Text Formatting Available on Web App

Continue Reading

Featured

Google System Update

Google Keep Text Formatting Available on Web App

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google Wallet State IDs

Google Keep widget gets a redesign to match Android guidelines

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Text Notes by Default

Google Keep Adds Text Notes by Default Setting on Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Android Auto 14.6 Expands to More Users

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |30 Jun 2025

The Android Auto 14.6 is gaining access to more users. Android Auto 14.6 update this recent update on the in-car infotainment system is progressively spreading after an initial free rollout in the past Android Auto 14.6 Update Rollout. 

The new version is already visible on the screens of many drivers. It offers potential improvements and hidden behind-the-scenes remedies to make your driving more stable, fast, and pleasant. 

This version marks the further continuation of Google concentrating on reliability. The idea is to update its apps to get optimal performance on the road.

What’s New?

Android Auto 14.6

Android Auto new features 2025 google has not bothered to provide a detailed public changelog of everything that is now in Android Auto 14.6. These are some of the possible areas of improvement Android Auto Latest Version 2025:

Bug Squashing Bonanza: You can count on even the issues that were reported months ago. It includes problems with the connectivity of some of the phone models.

Performance Polish: The update is probably going to want to increase the overall responsiveness and smoothness of Android Auto by optimizing it. It can be done by reducing the time it takes to load apps, improving transitions, and allowing lag-free navigation.

Minor UI changes: A significant makeover of the user interface is not expected. However, there may be minor changes made to the structure/structure icons, layout.

Improved Compatibility: Many updates offer better compatibility with more Android smartphones and car infotainment systems. So that it is more consistent across configurations.

Check the update  

Android Auto 14.6

Begin with the Google Play Store app.

Tap on your profile image on the top right side.

Click on the Manage apps & devices.

Press on updates.

Find Android Auto among the list of available updates. In case you observe it, click the “Update” 

The Future Route

The details of the 14.6 version of Android Auto have been kept slightly secret. Google is not giving up on its destination-based platform and is developing it further. The updates are essential in ensuring that the drivers in the rest of the world can drive safely, comfortably, and with pleasure.

Online communities and technical forums will surely experience a rush of new users versed in the process of using Android Auto 14.6. A little bit of information from these sources can be very useful. Therefore, pay attention to the Play Store updates to possibly have a more enjoyable and consistent Android Auto in your next trip!

The Last Verdict

The further testing of Android Auto 14.6 indicates further improvements by Google. It will present significant under-the-bonnet upgrades that will contribute to the general reliability of the system. Such upgrades can consist of bug fixes, performance optimization, and optimization of compatibility.

The release of version 14.6 to more users indicates a few points. These are drivers that should be ready to encounter fewer connection problems. Overall, this rollout shows that Google aims to bring user satisfaction on a regular basis. In turn, it will result in making the time spent on the road safe and comfortable.

Related Category News: Light Theme Android Auto 14.7 Enhances In-Car Display

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |30 Jun 2025

The update, “Mark as Read,” will enable the user to more quickly mark the emails. Gmail mark as read notification thus, it helps the users manage their email on the run. Gmail Android Mark as Read Notification it can save time and make the process of working with email easier and quicker. 

This option comes in great use with non-urgent emails or when you want to remove pile-ups. Some of its users have already received the rollout, and more devices are likely to be rolled out shortly.

The Much Needed Advanced Function

Mark as Read

Gmail Android users have been experiencing functionality to “Reply” and select the option of “Archive”. Gmail Notification Action Button they may also take advantage of or “Delete” in email notifications that have been in existence over the years Gmail Android update 2025. 

There is, however, a key “Mark as Read” option missing that should not have been. This leaves the user with the only other choice of opening the email. This has resulted in a piling up of unread emails. However, one is not obligated to take any action immediately.

The advantages of Quick Response Handling

Mark as Read

The presence of a button has several essential benefits for the users:

Greater Efficiency: There is no need to be distracted by the entire Gmail application. One may decide which of the emails he/she has seen by merely discarding the notification of such emails. This saves ample time during the day.

Less Inbox Clutter: It aids in making the main inbox easier to clean and manage. Since it will instantly mark less important emails as being read, allowing users to see only the most relevant messages.

Better Workflow: This will help the workflow of those who receive lots of emails. It aims to process them in a better and more streamlined manner. In this way, the emails requiring actual reading may be read, and on the other hand.

Improved User Experience: It makes Gmail Android more responsive with the overall user-friendliness of other fabulous messaging and emailing apps.

Phased Information and Access

What is known as the “Mark as read” button is entering a phased release. It appears to a select number of users as part of an A/B test. It is reported to arrive as a server-side update. This means that in case your Gmail is current, you may not see the feature at once.

Gradual launch of features is one of the hallmarks of Google. So, it is possible that this button will not be offered to all Android users. The users can ensure that they have the most recent version of the Gmail app through the Google Play Store.

Looking Ahead

This is a little but significant change. It demonstrates that Google keeps on working to polish the user experience on the Gmail Android app. 

As the company works on such features, these core quality-of-life upgrades are also vital in everyday productivity. The already added feature of the checkbox to mark a notification.

Conclusion

It is a minor improvement most likely to go unnoticed. However, the new Gmail in Android notifications with a new ‘Mark as Read’ button has made life a little easier. It will allow users to control their inbox quickly. This is because they can mark their emails as read without having to open the application. 

This is more convenient, and it will help save time, particularly for individuals receiving a lot of email. It demonstrates that Google is paying attention to input. The company is trying to help users enhance the Gmail experience through easy, effective applications.

Also Read: Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Photos Adds Ultra HDR Editing Tools

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |28 Jun 2025

Google Photos HDR editing google Photos brings some new improvements with its Ultra HDR Editing tools. Google Photos Ultra HDR Tools the users have more flexibility and accuracy the working with high dynamic range (HDR) images. 

The update allows smooth conversion of standard photos to the Ultra HDR level. At the same time retains the detail and rich contrast characteristic of HDR. 

HDR photos could be ruined during editing. It results in dynamic range loss or invaluable metadata information. This update looks to rectify and make editing an HDR photo a smoother and more favourable process.

AI-based Editing HDR

Ultra HDR Editing

Google Photos new editing tools 2025 one HDR symptom that has severely vexed users is the possibility of HDR photography returning to Standard Dynamic Range (SDR) HDR Photo Editing Google Photos. 

Saved HDR Metadata: The vivid contrast, high highlight, and deep shadows so typical of HDR are preserved after your edit.

Continuous Quality: Your edited photos will still bring out the reality in HDR-capable screens. They would appear at their optimal best, with proper contrasts and highlighting.

New Ultra HDR Elite Tool and SDR Conversion

Ultra HDR Editing

Google Photos is creating a special feature inside the editing suite, which users can access called Ultra HDR:

Adjustable Intensity: The HDR effect can now be adjusted to the degree of being switched off (0) to being in full force (100). Before the change, the Ultra HDR effect was more of an on-or-off option: there was no degree of choice.

SDR to HDR Enhancement: This capability will now make available to your library of existing photos a new visual impact on modern displays with HDR capabilities.

HDR Tool to Tone: During this update, the former name of the HDR tool is changed to Tone. This is a better representation of its true purpose, 

Bigger Availability and Consequences

It includes the metadata needed to display them with high dynamic range. The new Ultra HDR editing tool is now being deployed more widely. 

It does not appear in every possible user at once due to a server-side launch. Its presence in official news media notes its wide-scale implementation.

Google wants to instill the wider adoption and promotion of the Ultra HDR format within the ecosystem. Google will leave the platform resistant to change. This is where an unnaturally bright default HDR picture would lead the user to turn off the feature altogether. 

Conclusion

Google Photos has also become a smart and able photo editing platform with the latest upgrade of Ultra HDR editing. Google addresses some problems that users have long been confronting. It also opens up fresh creative opportunities. 

The changes comply with the native HDR compatibility of Android. It also demonstrates the general tendency towards the implementation of high dynamic range imagery standardization overall. To the user, it has been presented as brighter, precise, and effective photos.

More on Google Photos: Google Photos Turns 10 with Editor Update and Easy QR Sharing

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Wallet Gets Material 3 Expressive Redesign

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |28 Jun 2025

Google Wallet Material You redesign the newest first-party Android app to get a significant visual refresh is Google Wallet. Google Wallet Material 3 Update google starts updating its application with a Material 3 Expressive Redesign. 

This update is a modernization of the interface of the app; the layouts are cleaner. The parts are more up-to-date, and the animations are much less jittery as well. These changes were made according to the new state of design that Google proposed. 

In addition to the aesthetics of redesign, there is also a goal to increase usability. It will be more consistent and easier to understand on various Android devices.

A New Face of Your Digital Wallet

Material 3 Expressive Redesign

Material 3 Expressive update makes several changes to the Google Wallet Material 3 Update google Wallet interface Google Wallet new UI 2025:

Revitalized homepage head: The word Wallet on the top left of the application home screen has been taken off. It aims to make way for the unique symbol of the Google Wallet app. This makes it a balanced visual scheme. It balances with the profile picture of the user on the other half of the screen.

Bigger Pass cards: Indi pass cards (credit cards/debit cards, loyalty program, transport tickets, etc.) are significantly larger and more visible. This will make them easier to detect, to read, and to tap, resulting in general user satisfaction.

New Archived Passes Pill: The button has been turned into a neat pill-shaped container, with an added icon. This makes it a sleeker and more efficient method of viewing your older or less-used passes.

Large Floating Action Button (FAB): It also uses a larger floating action button (FAB) at the center of the main screen. It will probably be used to easily add new passes or cards.

Redesigned Recent Activity Page: The recent activity page has had a neat makeover. Everything in transactions is now arranged in orderly containers. The first and last cards have more rounded corners to give them a completed and visually advantageous format.

The Partial Part of a Larger Design Change

Material 3 Expressive Redesign

We have already observed a similar expressive redesign on the applications. It includes Gmail, Chrome, Google Messages, Google Calendar, Google Photos, and so on. 

Material 3 Expressive lays its emphasis on more customization, flowing animations, responsive elements, and stylistic typography. These are expected to bring more originality and aestheticism to the Android experience.

Availability

Google Wallet is a function that is progressively being updated for Android users in a Material 3 Expressive redesign. Like most Google releases, it is a server-side release, so it might not come instantly to all devices. 

Users can guarantee that they have the most recent version of the Google Wallet application on the Google Play Store. This is one of the signs that Google is determined to improve the user experience.

The Last Verdict 

Material 3 Expressive Redesign is another milestone. The update is more aesthetic and functional, with more spacious components, simpler design, and intelligent improvement of visualization. 

Rollout ahead, users will be able to expect an improved experience. It will be more complete and consistent with the variety of Android interfaces. In this way, daily activities with the Google Wallet will be more diverse as well as intuitive.

Also Read: Google Wallet Security Tests Begin on Android and Wear OS

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gboard Rolls Back Emoji and GIF Picker Design

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |27 Jun 2025

Google has reverted major aspects of an earlier Gboard redesign that came to the Gboard’s Emoji and GIF Picker interface. Gboard emoji picker rollback the company is now launching a beta feature with an update. It aims to revert to some of the older and more familiar designs. 

The action follows the user’s reactions to some of the changes. These have been made during the earlier part of the month. The incomplete rollback will help to create a more equal approach to new looks and easy-to-navigate functionality.

The Reestablishment

Emoji and GIF Picker

In June 2025, prior, Gboard started a new emoji and GIF picker rollout. The primary goal of the redesign was to modernize the interface. But a few features of this redesign were unpopular with the user Gboard GIF picker update 2025:

Wide Rectangular Cards: The primary navigation carousel gives an alternative to switch between Emoji, Custom Stickers, GIFs, Stickers, and Emoticons. Such a design usually requires scrolling horizontally to see all their options. It was more noticeable with the help of AI Stickers.

Lost Delete Button: The focal delete button that was on the right side of the picker was over. This was changed to a Floating Action Button (FAB) that came out when text was typed. This new positioning proved cumbersome to many users. They did not like the fact that FAB could cover content below it.

Pill Design: The standard keyboard revision button, “ABC”, was in the form of a pill. It did not show the intuitive nature, nor as attractive to some people as the previous design.

What Is Reversing Back?

Emoji and GIF Picker

Google has heard the user complaints. It has bowed to pressure and is hence reverting to two of the main features of the redesign.

Default Navigation Cards: The default swapping cards were reduced by almost half in size. This will enable all the options to appear on one screen. There will be no need to have any horizontal scrolling; thus, it will bring back the ease of one tap.

Brought Back: The special delete key on the very far right of the keyboard is reintroduced. This is a direct response to the annoyance of the floating action button. The text deletion turns out to be much more familiar and convenient.

Adjustment of the “ABC” Button: This button highlights less on the general arrangement, therefore, less intrusive. 

So why the Backtracking?

The rapid change demonstrates the sensitivity that Google is trying to show with regarregardser input. This comes up with more popular core applications like Gboard. The first redesign was possibly due to alignment with Material You and to new features.

It is likely to have undermined the usability of an enormous number of its users. Reinstating these changes, Google puts in first place user familiarity and usability.

Availability

The new Gboard beta is with version being released. This is where the re-tweaked emojis and GIF pictures are being rolled out to the users. We expect this to be widely released within a few weeks. 

When it becomes available, it will restore some of the features of the older, more intuitive interface. It includes more visibility of the tabs, less spacing, and others.

The willingness to accept this feedback shows that Google is eager to adjust and deliver to user satisfaction. Android users can anticipate a more refined and convenient Gboard with the updated design landing on the stable channel shortly.

Conclusion 

The new Gboard emoji and GIF picker design is representative of how the company responds to community feedback.

The main idea of the update is to find a balance between the modernity of the design and the comfort of the user. It brings back many of the ever-present interface items and adds convenience in general. 

Android users will get a smoother and more natural feel when typing through the revised version. It becomes fully available in the beta stage to users and finally, in the stable channel.

Related Reading: Messaging Upgraded with Gboard AI Stickers Pixel Studio

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Docs Android addresses the search-status bar bug 

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |27 Jun 2025

One of the visual bugs that many Google Docs Android users remember has finally been taken care of. This search-status bar bug caused the app’s search bar to awkwardly overlap with the system status bar during scrolling. Google Docs Android bug fix it leads users to miss vital information such as the time, network icons, and even parts of the search text Google Docs Android Bug Fix.

This problem is resolved with the new release, and now Google provides a simpler and more convenient experience. This is a fix that is necessary to add some clarity to the interface consistency of the app on Android.

What was the bug?

search-status bar bug

Google Docs search bar issue this created several stylistic inconsistencies and readability issues:

Concealed System Buttons: The icons would cloud the button of the hamburger menu and the avatar of the account. Search Bar Issue Google Docs so they would be confusing to recognize.

Text Obscurity: Snapchat Periodically would be obscured by the alerts or other status bar items.

Graphical Artifacts: The search box would randomly be split on some devices. The clash between the display corner radius was very evident.

Dark theme Exacerbation: The dark theme Exacerbation was one loop that was often worse when the system had its dark theme enabled. It makes the contrasting colors of the problem stand out.

The Easy Way: A Stout Status Bar

search-status bar bug

Instead of having a transparent status bar, Google Docs merely makes the status bar solid. 

Such an easy modification has guaranteed that there is never any confusion over the search field. It is always evident beneath the system’s status bar.

It is still being announced on Google Docs right now. This update will spread to Google Sheets and Slides. Since they are the same application when regarding of the version number and used to have the same bug.

Other Docs Developments in the Recent Past

This bug fix is in the current other appealing improvements of Google Docs on Android. In recent years, Google has been increasing the functionality of the app. It does so by adding new features on an even more advanced level, especially regarding its AI potential:

Gemini Integration:  Google is enhancing Docs on Android with Gemini AI features. It offers users new ways to interact with content, such as generating summaries and more.

answering questions about a document, or even creating a first draft given a basic question. However, it can be enabled through a new icon, which looks like a star placed on top of the app.

Kotlin Multiplatform (KMP) Adoption: Google announced at I/O 2025 that Docs has been using Kotlin Multiplatform. It is a technology that enables code sharing on mobile, web, server, and desktop platforms. The action is meant to optimize the output of the Workspace team and provide more natural experiences across all platforms. 

The Update

Google Docs update 1 25. 252. 00. 90 was released progressively via the Google Play Store. In order not to miss the latest version:

Begin with the Play Store app on your Android.

Touch on your profile at the top right-hand side corner.

Click Manage apps & devices.

Look at the “Updates available” part of Google Docs.

When an update is found, tap on Update to install it.

Conclusion 

Version has come to Android to fix a problem, the search-status bar bug. It has bothered Google Docs users since time immemorial, and it is the overlapping search bar error. Google will also have a consistent appearance on all devices. Since they will implement an effective status bar. 

This patch joins a range of other improvements, such as the integration of Gemini AI or Kotlin Multiplatform support. It shows that Google is generally taking care of the functionality and design of its productivity suite. On the positive side, users will see a clearer and less turbulent image in the future.

Also Read: Google Drive Shifts Scanner to Bottom Bar for Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Docs new templates

Google Docs new templates, 40 fresh designs quietly added

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Imagen 3 Image Generation Added to Google Docs

Imagen 3 Image Generation Added to Google Docs

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Googlе Docs Adds Voicе Typing Support for Safari and Edgе

What You Need to Know About Creating an Outline in Google Docs

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Google to Prompt Android Users on Find Hub Privacy During Setup

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |26 Jun 2025

Google will include a set of prompts that will attempt to urge users to review and change their privacy settings. Find Hub Privacy Android Setup this change is related to the Find Hub (formerly known as Find My Device). 

The change intends to provide individuals with greater control and visibility. Google will be able to increase the number of users engaging in this type of setup. It will also enhance the effectiveness of device recovery tools.

The Evolution of Find Hub and Its Privacy Related Considerations

Find Hub

The Find Hub Network of Google is intended to assist users in finding their lost or stolen Android devices. Google Android Privacy Prompt 2025 it uses a huge crowd-powered network of Android phones to track the whereabouts of misplaced things.

One of the factors has been the default privacy setting on Find Hub. It has been more concerned with privacy because, although using multiple nearby devices had to verify a location before reporting it.

Such a precaution prevents careless use and any undesirable tracking. It may also complicate the structure of finding products in less densely populated or unused places.

Setting up a New Setup to Facilitate More Control

Find Hub

In their attempt to compromise between providing some privacy and being functional, Google is coming up with a new step in the initial setup of the device. 

According to the most recent Google System Services changelog, a user will now be explicitly requested to configure it during the installation of their new Android phone.

This new setup display has two obvious options on how your device will be connected to the Find Hub network:

Locatable in trafficked areas only: 

Google makes it clear that this might result in difficulties in finding the items in remote areas. However, it also implies the alternative, when maximum tracking matters, to be used instead. Such an environment provides more privacy and security in distant places since to report locations.

Findable everywhere: 

This option is the same as the earlier choice of being everywhere. By choosing this, your device will help to locate items both in the high-traffic regions and in the low-traffic regions. It may also make the Find Hub network more consistent in terms of a diverse number of situations.

The Find Hub Network implications

This transformation comes at a good time for the Find Hub network. Google is trying to encourage more gadgets. This would have a considerable impact on enhancing the reliability of the entire network. This increases the effectiveness of the network in tracking down the lost devices.

An important principle has been the privacy-centric approach of the feature. This is where location data is read end-to-end encrypted and is, by default, aggregated. The given new prompt means that Google is concerned about user privacy on the one hand.

This is a strategic move to ensure that Find Hub in the future. It becomes a much more competitive and powerful solution for Android users across the global market.

Availability

The feature is unlikely to be available to everyone right away, but it is listed in the changelog. It means its widespread implementation is expected shortly. 

Google puts consumers in a more informed position about the possible uses of their location. It also contributes to the growth of the Find Hub network. This is dependent on the neighbors’ Android devices to retrieve lost objects. 

This move would, over the long term, result in making the process of recovering the device much faster and more successful in the ecosystem.

The Climax 

The is no small step towards transparency and usability. Giving people clearer and better options in the process of greater trust, Google makes all the members more active in its device-tracking network. 

The transformation is likely to give Find Hub an advantage in expansions and low-traffic regions. Together with a privacy-first approach, it has a well-considered control versus providing functionality ratio. 

Android can become a more competitive solution because of its Find Hub compared to its competitors in tracking services. 

Also Read: Find My Device Rebranded as ‘Find Hub’ in Latest Google Update

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Material 3 Toggle and Weather Tweaks Arrive in Google Clock 7.14

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |26 Jun 2025

Google Clock 7.14 is now bringing with it a significant design update and, more importantly, better Pixel weather support. Google Clock 7.14 Update this will help you have this update through the Play Store. This means this update will bring the app closer to the Google Material Design language, which is evolving.

To Pixel users, it also develops the dependability and display of weather data in the alarm and bedtime communities. This generates an improved and harmonized experience, in general. These are further optimizations that bring Google closer to the goal of consistency.

The Process of Updating the Google Clock Application

Google Clock 7.14

To see whether it can be used on your device:

Go to the Google Play Store.

Tap on your portrait picture in the upper right side.

Open the Manage apps & devices.

Check if it has Google Clock.

Material 3 Expressive Touches

Google Clock 7.14

Examples of this on/off toggle can be seen in the Alarm tab and Settings. Material 3 Weather Toggle this is where they are pulled a bit taller and skinnier in comparison to their predecessors. 

The off-switch has its outlines even bolder now. It makes the app more in line with the new design language of Google called Material You. These components were introduced several years ago, but they have gradually been adopted in first-party applications created by Google.

Other users can find stronger text typography at times on the Alarms screen. This also adds to the better readability rate and a slightly more emphasized visual hierarchy.

Increased Pixel Weather Integration

Users of Pixel get a weather display elegance through Google Clock 7.14. The icons of weather conditions in the (world) Clock tab have been changed slightly but considerably.

Rather than being stylized in their traditional colors (e.g, a yellow sun), they are now monochromatic (in gray). This makes the aesthetic less distracting and muted, trying to make better use of the overall design.

This shift coincides with the new icon style of weather conditions. It should be consistent with the At a Glance widget in the revamp of the next Android 16 QPR1. With this update, the Timer Starter widget that was added previously is still a Pixel-only feature.

The Campaign to be More Fully Redesigned

Past leaks have revealed greater redesigns. It includes the presence of a floating action button (FAB) on the Alarm tab dropdown.

It seems that this update may be only the first step to some potentially significant design changes in future editions of the Google Clock app. Google keeps optimizing its Material You design language in all its Android-based devices. 

Google will still bring more visual and functional changes to Material 3 Expressive. Although on the Android side, so far, it seems future Android releases will pick up some of these changes.

Conclusion

New toggles, better clarity of the text, and weather integration are evidence that Google valued consistency, clarity, and polish in visual design. 

With Android still in the process of evolving, such considerate refinements can only be deemed. As the stepping stones towards a more unified, more modern user experience, applicable to all Google applications.

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 14 Arrives on Chromecast with Google TV Devices

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |25 Jun 2025

Google is once again releasing Android 14 to Chromecast with Google TV Devices, both in 4K and versions. Android 14 Chromecast Update this was after a prior release that had to be sporadically restricted by users. 

This rollout will allow Google to provide a more stable, reliable, and feature-filled experience. It also satisfies previous concerns, simultaneously introducing new and improved features to its Netflix-like products.

Road to Android 14

Chromecast with Google TV Devices

Chromecast with Google TV has had a rocky road in the journey to Android 14. Google TV Android 14 Features android 14 has long been delayed after Google started pushing it in March with a 2024 development date in mind. 

Nonetheless, this rollout was stopped owing to several bugs. It includes the challenges that were encountered with external storage devices and the instability of the systems. Google has finally re-released the update with some of these issues.

This Android 14 Update: What is New?

Chromecast with Google TV Devices

The new features in this latest Android 14 update are available on your Chromecast with Google TV:

Android TV 14: The most significant change in this update is an update to Android 14. The latest version of the platform is below. It offers both the latest platform changes and security updates.

Google TV Voice Remote features: This updated version brings with it the January 2025 security update. It helps to keep your device in touch with the most recent security measures.

System Stability and Enhancements: Google has paid special attention to solving the aforementioned problems with a view to making the system more responsive and snappy in the future. According to reports by early users, there are fixes to the issue of functionality and crashes of the external drives.

Critical Solutions and Unresolved Problems

One of the greatest things about this re-release is the fact that it tries to fix the bugs. Customers have noted that the problem of external drives and some settings to crashes has already been eliminated.

Nevertheless, there are still users complaining that there are issues with Ethernet adapters and USB debugging/ADB. Google is most likely still tinkering with these remaining issues.

The procedure to receive the Update

To see if it is possible to download the update, please use the following steps:

In your Chromecast with Google TV, go to Settings.

Go to the system.

Choose About.

Select System update.

Looking Ahead

The Chromecast with Google TV (4K) was canceled in the summer of 2024. Google promised to maintain its goals with older models, meaning this Android 14 upgrade keeps that promise. 

It remains unknown whether it is the last large-scale update of the Android OS on these devices. Android 16 on TVs has already entered beta testing.

Google will begin supporting a two-year update cycle on its TV OS. However, this update guarantees that existing users of Chromecast with Google TV to experience better streaming, which is more secure.

The Wrap Up

A timely release of the Android 14 update to Chromecast with Google TV is a big step. The ability to fix the previous problems and provide platform improvements is demonstrated. Google still supports 4K and HD models despite the emergence of new ones. 

It might have some minor bugs still. However, it has quite noticeable changes to its stability, responsiveness, and security. This is a good upgrade to make a user out of the Chromecast and get the best out of their experience.

Related Reading: Chromecast with Google TV Users Face Issues After Android 14

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Light Theme Android Auto 14.7 Enhances In-Car Display

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |24 Jun 2025

Light Theme Android Auto 14.7 provides obvious changes upon first look. Android Auto 14.7 Update it is a significant improvement, leading to a complete system-wide light theme. 

It is a long-anticipated feature that aims to improve visibility, particularly at high daylight driving scenes. The update also offers users more control over their in-car experience. 

Android Auto has held on to its dark interface that suited night drives and most infotainment systems. However, that is all about to change with the 14.7 version.

The Theme of the Long-awaited Light

Light Theme Android Auto 14.7

The biggest change that Android Auto 14.7 brings is the fact that we now have explicit strings. Android Auto Light Theme with this new environment, users will get to select between:

Automatic: It is probable that this setting will enable Android Auto to automatically alternate light and dark themes depending on your phone system’s settings, time of day.

Light: The new, brighter interface is applied to the whole Android Auto interface, and not only to Google Maps navigation.

Importance of the Light Theme Android Auto 14.7

Light Theme Android Auto 14.7

Better Visibility in the Daytime: The Light blue color interface may have a glare effect in full daylight. Properly prepared light theme with increased contrast can help a lot. This can result in better visibility and readability. Thus, it is safer and more comfortable to interact with.

User Preference: Not all want to have a dark interface. The given choice will help a user tailor their experience of driving to his or her preference.

Phone Themes Matching: Most of the newer phones based on Android will change their theme modes of light and dark by themselves. This consistency will be achieved by maintaining the same theme option on the car display, i.e., the option of automatic.

More on Android Auto

Android Auto 14.7, as well as the current changes in the platform, suggest other important capabilities: 

Climate Controls: That implies that users would no longer have to leave Android Auto to change temperature, fan speed, or heated seats.

Added App Categories: There are indications that Android Auto will get support to run apps in additional categories soon. More importantly, it is believed that those apps will only work when the vehicle is stationary.

Radio and Local Media Control: Efforts are underway to enable Android Auto to be able to directly access vehicle media sources. There is less need to switch back to the native infotainment system of the vehicle.

Support for Smart Glasses: There are hints of a future provision to allow smart glasses to be integrated with such products. It may be a possible new method of displaying navigation or information.

Virtual Displays: Incompatible cars could eventually be presented on virtual displays behind the steering wheel. This is a much clearer source of information immediately in the field of vision of the driver.

Android Auto Would be More Versatile and User-Friendly

With the light theme being completed and touchmeisters are still perfecting the range of application integrations.

It adds vehicle control features and fully integrates the driving experience. Google is slowly transforming Android Auto into an even more diverse, convenient, and unavoidable asset.

The Last Verdict

Android Auto 14.7 prepares the ground for the long-anticipated light theme. It is more convenient for the vision and provides more customisations to the users. This new update will explain the direction that Google is taking in terms of modernizing the driving experience.

These are done to improve comfort as well as safety. As a wider release takes place shortly, Android Auto is more intuitive and flexible than before. The era of a personalized driving interface has formally set off.

Also Read: Audio-Only Mode Coming to Android Auto

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

What is New in Android June 2025 Google System Updates

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |24 Jun 2025

Google began releasing Android June 2025 Google System Updates. The updates include a new set of security patches and useful enhancements to core Google services. Android June 2025 Update Features these changes aim to boost system stability, improve user privacy, and enhance functionality.

 The updates commonly belong to Google Play Services, Google Play Store, and Android System Update. This guarantees wide coverage of resources inside the ecosystem. Let’s see how!

Increased Security and Privacy

Android June 2025 Google System Updates

Google System Updates will enhance the security and privacy of Android devices:

Android Security Bulletin: The June 2025 Android Security Bulletin outlines a multiplicity of patches to vulnerabilities in several core Android components. Google System Updates June 2025 these patches play critical roles in counselling possible exploits, such as elevation of privilege and denial-of-service attacks.

Pixel Update Bulletin: Pixel devices get extra security updates addressing any unusual vulnerabilities detected in their proprietary components.

Find Hub Configuration: The introduction of the ability to set up “Find Hub” during phone setup would be a good user-facing addition. This makes it easier to set up the remote location of your device.

Android WebView Enhancements: WebView is updated constantly with more features and fixes in security and privacy. It makes browsing safer in third-party apps.

Updates of the Google Play Store

Android June 2025 Google System Updates

Streamlined Ability to Download Large Apps: One of the most requested features would be the ability to download large applications. It uses the cellular network with ease.

Renewed Download and Installation Components: They will probably redevelop the design of the download and installation programs. It may have fresher and more interactive visual hints.

New Ad Grid Format: An entirely new form of advertisement could be visible on the home page of the Play Store. This is the grid form of ads, which could potentially show an alternative method of revealing the promoted applications.

Sports Content Section: There will also be a new section on the Google Play search page with a focus on anything sports, such as information about the match and applications that stream sports.

Enhanced Webtoon Samples: The newly designed Webtoon samples allow interested fans of digital comics. It aims to have a more entertaining way of previewing their suites.

Improved Surveys: Google has also improved its survey options in the Play Store. The aim of the company is to garner feedback more efficiently.

Event Cards-View Button: Event cards on search results and in the app pages have a new search button, View. This is where the details of the event are easier to find.

Improvement of Google Play Services

Google Play Services serves as the backbone to most of the Android core features. Google constantly updates it to enhance its functionality and even add new features.

Better System-level Connection: It aims to enhance the connection of the devices to phones, Android Auto, PCs, TVs, and Wear OS.

Updatability and Stability: Externally, there is a general increase in system management services. It leads to better updatability and stability of the system in various Android systems.

Improving Device and Photo Backup: There should be a smoother and more confident process of device and photo backup.

Cast feature Happiness Tracking Surveys: Google now supports Happiness Tracking Surveys using the Cast feature. It can give the company feedback about its casting times.

Account Management: There are new functions designed by Google and third-party app developers. They aim to enable the account management features within their applications. In this way, they have easier and safer logins and account management.

WebView Android (v138)

Other than the security feature, Android Web View v138 introduces:

Features New to Developers: 

Google and third-party developers of apps acquired new functions. They aim to facilitate web-related functionality within the apps. There is a possibility of increasing the level of in-app web experiences.

Bug Fixes: 

The more general bug fixes are of increased stability and reliability in web viewing inside the apps.

The Final Thought

The Android June 2025 Google System Updates highlight Google’s ongoing effort. They seek to enhance and streamline the Android experience across all supported devices. Although there are no new big features released, these updates make users more performing, stable, and consistent.

Every part of the Play Store, Play Services, and Play System brings small but significant improvements. They also provide the framework on which future developments can be based.

The most secure and good car consumer experience, as usual, is always an updated device. People are asked to update to make use of the most recent advancements.

More Reading: What June 2025 Brings to Google System Update

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

The circle to search will come to Chromebook Plus

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |23 Jun 2025

Chromebook Plus devices are getting a feature called Circle to Search. It allows one to look something up without having to change apps. This useful feature was initially introduced in Android phones. Circle to Search Chromebook It works for you to search for anything on your screen through a few clicks. 

In Chromebooks, it is Search with Lens without using touch-zoom on a trackpad. So, we can say it is “Select to Search with Lens”. This update displays how many smart tools users have already used in Chromebook Plus.

The main Advantages of using Chromebook Plus

circle to search

The addition of Circle to Search is adding a slew of benefits to the Chromebook Plus use case. Chromebook Plus AI Featurest his makes it more productive, creative, and easy to use:

Fluid Workflow: The most notable one is the unperturbed workflow. There is no longer any need to switch tabs or applications to access information. Thus, it becomes more fluid, efficient.

Increased Research: A need to research the visual and written content of any application is also an easy task.

Higher Accessibility: Users who may find the traditional search method cumbersome find the direct selection technique. It offers an easier method of interacting with information on the screen.

Creative Potential: Some of the features can effectively enhance creativity flow, as one can unload information easily and quickly.

AI in Your Hands: One of the best examples of such an initiative is the ability to have high-performing AI tools right at your fingertips.

Chromebook Plus project- A Suite of AI Features

circle to search

Circle to Search is not the only new AI-driven feature targeted at Chromebook Plus computers. It is one of several new ones. These include:

Gallery: On select new Chromebooks Plus a new feature, AI Image editing, has been part of this game. This is where a user can now erase background or objects within an image directly in the Gallery app.

Smart Grouping: The second unique function we can say is Smart Grouping. The users should use it to organize tabs and documents in distinct desks. This is quite useful when a person has many open windows. Text Capture is an evolution of Select to Search. It lets you move editable text out of pictures, receipts.

Simplify: A feature, Simplify is an improvement of the feature of “Help me read.” It has the capability of taking complex and dense texts and paraphrasing them to make them easily understood.

Quick Insert Key: We can add an AI-generation image/photo/emoji to a text box on a new Chromebook Plus using a specific hardware key.

Google AI Pro and NotebookLM Integration: The new Chromebook Plus will primarily come with a subscription to Google AI Pro. It provides all the more advanced features of the Gemini. 

Compatibility and Availability

It covers new models such as the Lenovo Chromebook Plus (14”, 10) equipped with a MediaTek Kompanio Ultra chip. This is also older models of Chromebook Plus laptops that have the minimum specs. 

Users will be able to receive this update and all other new features powered by AI. By ensuring their ChromeOS receives the latest system updates, which will begin rolling out at the end of June 2025.

Closing Thought

Circle to Search integration and the set of other AI-powered applications is an important step towards Chromebook Plus development.

It supports the vision of Google for smart and intuitive computing. This is where many complex tasks are simplified by the smooth use of AI. 

Chromebook Plus is gaining more and more popularity among users who want to take the best of what Google AI has to offer.

Related Reading: Circle to Search Gets a Makeover with Transparent Navigation bar

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Meet gets ludicrously capacious buttons with Material 3 

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |23 Jun 2025

The visual change to Google Meet is a major overhaul in the making. Google Meet Material 3 Update adopting the principles of Material 3, the new platform is bringing on board a new, refined interface. This instantly demands attention with one element in particular making its presence known: ludicrously capacious buttons.

This update is not merely cosmetic; rather, it is an indication that Google wants to remain dedicated to usability. Even when that means using a radical design despite more subtle designs. 

The Evolved History of Material Design

ludicrously capacious buttons

Material Design by Google has always tried to harmonize user experience with its products. Material 1 presented the idea of the digital paper and digital ink and stressed constant visual hints and movement. Google Meet New UI Buttons this was perfected in Material 2 (2018), making it flexible and customizable with more rounded edges and bold colors.

It has a concept of dynamic color, where interfaces are able to change according to user preferences and wallpaper. More to the point of Google Meet, Material 3 takes into consideration the idea of an “Expressive” design. This aspect promotes more visual accent, humorist movements, and a higher degree of hierarchy in size and positions.

This Expressive philosophy is represented in the ludicrously capacious buttons found in Google Meet. They should be distinctive, very touchable, and able to capture the attention of the user on important actions.

Why So Ludicrously Capacious Buttons? 

ludicrously capacious buttons

First-time users can find the size of the primary action buttons, especially the mic, camera, and end call, very attractive: 

Improved Discoverability: The world we live in is growing in its digital clutter. The larger buttons can be easier to find. This is especially useful in extreme meetings where a user may want to mute his/her mic.

Enhanced Accessibility: Finger touch targets that are bigger increase accessibility to those with vision. Other attempts to make Google products more welcoming also fall in line with this research process.

Minimized Cognitive Load: When important things to do are obvious and shown instantaneously, one does not spend time looking for where the controls are. However, concentrates instead on the discussion. It has the potential to make the meeting process easier and less stressful.

Expressive and Playful Aesthetic: The Material 3 Playful aesthetic is expanded by the larger buttons than would be necessary in a pure utility case. They bring a bit of character and bravery.

Other components of the content

Dynamic Color Integration: Getting ready for background color changes to be a little different. This may go coherent with the theme of your smart device.

Improved Typography: The new fonts being introduced by Google will probably be more salient. So it will be easier to read and generate cleaner characters.

Fluid Animations: Material 3 focuses more on the natural and responsive animations. An instant switch of screens, a pleasant feel of pressing buttons, and visual signs to lead users should be anticipated.

Rearranged Layouts: The entire pattern of the meeting interface will presumably be rearranged in order to handle the space and information structure pertaining to these new, enlarged interaction units.

New Iconography: We can update the Iconography to match a more daring and fun style of Material 3.

Possible Objections and Prospects of the Future

Of course, such a drastic change of design does not come without criticism. Some users consider the big buttons too overwhelming, especially on the smaller screens. 

The play-expressive style is, according to other people, not very professional for business. Some even consider the redesign a waste, and they favor the more simplistic version of old times. 

Nevertheless, Google must have made such decisions by conducting studies and having a wider picture of better usability. 

Conclusion 

 The newly revamped Material 3 Expressive in Google Meet sends the message through ludicrously capacious buttons. Although they are not without criticism, these alterations increase the level of accessibility, clarity, and visual flair.

Google is seeking to enhance efficiency in the communication process by paying attention to usability and discoverability.

This change may disappoint those who preferred the old, simple design. However, this is an example of the bigger design plans Google has. 

More Reading: Google Meet Introduces Dynamic Layouts for a Modernized Grid

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Apps with the New Account Switcher

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |21 Jun 2025

Google is going to launch a New Account Switcher in its Android apps. Google Account Switcher Update the old pop-up card is transformed into a full-screen version of this redesigned experience. It provides a more intensive and comprehensive means of handling the accounts. 

The update offers a streamlined, revised appearance over the version it replaces that fits with the overall trend at Google toward harmony of design throughout its platform.

The Account Switcher Evolution

New Account Switcher

The process of switching was simplified with the help of a small, floating card. New Google Apps UI 2025 it was open when you clicked your profile icon.

This floating window has been replaced with a special screen. It appears as a slide-out; instead of the floating window, this full-screen account switcher takes its place. This design philosophy is consistent with Google’s greater Material 3 Expressive push, which focuses on:

Full-Screen Canvas: Displaying the full screen gives extra room to work with and to exchange information and interact. It is because the process of account management does not seem cramped anymore.

Easy to navigate: There is a full-screen interface. It takes them through different accounts without messing around. The user has no distractions from managing their account.

Visual Consistency: The new design is very similar to the account switcher on Google web properties. It adds a sense of cohesion across devices and platforms.

Dynamic Color Integration: The background behind the switcher of various apps consists of a brighter tint of Dynamic Color. It reflects the wallpaper selected by the user, as shown in a more customized manner.

Google’s Apps Embracing Full-Screen Account Switcher

New Account Switcher

Google will have been in the process of introducing the New Account Switcher to an ever-increasing range of Android apps. Although in many cases, rollout is typically server-side. It can be different based on the user and app version. Below, we list some of the most important Google apps:

1. Gmail: Gmail may be one of the first apps to start displaying such a redesign. Its New Account Switcher now gives a full-screen experience, as it does in the internet version.

2. Google Keep: The note-taking application has also used the new full-screen format to change the accounts.

3. Google Drive: Multi-drive management is easy in this cloud storage/collaboration program through the new account switcher design.

4. Google Docs: The document editing program is based on the same principle as Drive. It relies on having the entire account picker in full screen.

5. Google Slides: The slide app, too, has the familiar universal full-screen account switching.

6. Google Maps: A notable application that already benefits from the redesign because it has the same entrance point as all of the following. It includes “Turn on Incognito mode,” “Your profile,” “Your Timeline,” “Location sharing,” Tireless maps, and “Settings,” etc.

7. Google News: Notifications, activity, and settings are shown in the new full-screen account switcher. They have been added to the news aggregator.

8. Google Tasks: An updated version of the New Account Switcher is also found on the task management app; settings are easily reachable.

9. Google Translate: A New switcher enables users to communicate with multiple accounts in Translate to manage them faster.

10. Google Wallet: The account switcher in the digital wallet application now has Wallet tips, payment settings, ways to pay, and privacy settings.

User experience and projections Future

The New Account Switcher has its disadvantages. It has generated a bit of mixed reception with users having claimed that it is cleaner and more orderly.

In most applications, the fast swiping down on the profile photo continues to let you switch accounts at a high level. You can skip the full-screen view, provided you like that.

The successful use of the New Account Switcher demonstrates that Google is consistently trying to make the overall experience. We will see still more apps being subjected to this redesign.

The Wrap Up

Using the New Account Switcher in Google Apps, it is possible to see that Google has a bigger vision of providing a unified and easy-to-use Android experience. 

Google is changing the experience of managing your account by moving the old compact card to a full-screen view. This makes the experience more standardized, immersive, and visually consistent with the mature Material 3 Expressive design language. 

Users will have an easier time navigating between apps. Their apps will be more personal, and the design system should feel unified across all of Google.

Also Read: Fullscreen Account Switcher Arrives in Google Apps

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Drive Redesign Brings Modern Look to Android App

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |21 Jun 2025

Google Drive Redesign enhances the user’s uploading of files and video-watching experience. Google Drive Android Redesign it will also give more defined progress to the user in uploads and a revamped video player. This is easy to use. 

These changes make the app easier and its appearance more convenient and visualizing with the rest of Google apps. The update in general makes Google Drive Redesign appear more elegant, minimalistic, and trustworthy to use daily.

Smart Uploads of Files

Google Drive Redesign

Google Drive Redesign on Android is overhauling the mechanics of file upload in significant ways. Google Drive New UI 2025 they give the user greater levels of control and more in-progress information.

This new experience aims to make it more discoverable and descriptive. In particular, for users who have multiple files or individuals who want to arrange files.

Key improvements:

New Fine-Grained Controls: The file selection allows one to select files to upload. They are visible with a new “initial upload screen”. Here are some of the most important options on this screen, even before the upload starts:

Proactive Status Updates and Progress Indicator: A new bottom sheet or progress indicator is visible. It is visible once the basic information is verified. It is docked above the bottom-level navigation bar. This smooth new UI element provides:

Uploads Page: On the bottom sheet, clicking the up chevron will bring up a newly designed page titled Uploads.

A Smoother and More Modern Video Player

Google Drive Redesign

The Google Drive Redesign version of Google Drive is also finally getting the “more modern, smooth video player.” It was around on the online version of Drive last year. The update will synchronize the playback of the videos on mobile devices with the current design trends. It will also provide more natural commands.

Important points:

Playback Buttons: There are large and easily pressed playback controls with Material 3 buttons on the bottom right.

Aesthetically Pleasing video timeline scrubber: The scrubber is visibly at the bottom of the video player, which enables accurate seeking.

Swift Management of Baseless Controls: At the top of the timeline, the users will have convenient access to.

More Clean, Less Cluttered View: The new one shifts the playback controls at the bottom of the video area instead, and covers it. This is equally less cluttered to view and overall gives a more focused experience to the viewer.

Availability and the Impact

The updates will be available to everyone using Google Workspace or subscribing individually to Workspace. This is because the changes are gradually being launched. This wide coverage implies that many Android users will enjoy these enhanced functionalities in the near future.

Google seeks to offer more consistent, efficient, and visually pleasant experiences in line with the philosophy of Material Design. It gets increasingly integrated within its ecosystem. The users are advised to make sure that they have kept their Google Drive app current.

The Closing Thought

Google Drive Redesign is a significant step towards a better daily usability of Android. Google is making the experience of uploading and watching video files on YouTube. It is doing so with the help of a more modern interface of the video player.

The redesigns stick to the current Material Design standards. It confirms that Google is doing everything possible to make Drive more productive and convenient. Android users can anticipate an easier, cleaner, and more visual experience of the Drive application.

Related Reading: Google Drive Shifts Scanner to Bottom Bar for Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Scanner to Bottom Bar

Google Drive Shifts Scanner to Bottom Bar for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Google Drive Supercharges video search with transcripts

Google Drive Supercharges video search with transcripts

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google Drive File Picker Redesigned on Android

Google Drive File Picker Redesigned on Android

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |20 Jun 2025

The Earthquake Alert System will play a vital role in early warning for Google. Samsung Earthquake Alert Android samsung is currently developing its own better earthquake alert system as part of the One UI 8. 

This new system on the Galaxy phone offers more than what Google can already provide regarding several helpful features. This can enhance the user experience massively and save human lives. 

It shows that the idea of Google considering the comparable capabilities into the wider Android platform has a lot going on in its favor.

Android Crowdsourced Earthquake Alerts

Earthquake Alert System

An android Earthquake Alert System, as currently implemented by Google, is a piece of wonder with its embedded smartness. Android Emergency Alert System 2025 it uses the accelerometers in millions of Android smartphones as mini-seismometers. 

Google crowdsources the input of the internet-connected phones in a given area when the phones detect earthquake-like shaking. 

The phones in the immediate area are then alerted, and sometimes a few seconds before the seismic waves are sensed. This network has helped in delivering important early signals in many earthquake-prone areas in the world.

Earthquake Warnings on One UI 8

Earthquake Alert System

Samsung is also launching a higher-level earthquake notification system. This is based on Google with smarter controls on how to operate with One UI 8. The user can now have specific parameters to be able to set the seismic intensity. It provides the parameters that are day-night specific, depending on the day and at night as well. 

It also has a history of warnings and a preview. So, a user can know what actual warnings will sound and look like. The system goes so far as to offer nearby emergency shelter information. It is to present your emergency contacts and medical information to you, important safety and response information.

Why Google needs to embrace such features

Although the Android Earthquake Alert System in Google has a good international standing, Samsung’s improvements demonstrate its areas of improvement.

Custom alert thresholds, day/night settings, and other features allow controlling the problem of alert fatigue and being in control. 

The preview feature enables individuals to preview and listen to the alerts beforehand. It leads to improvement in calmness and faster reaction time. 

It is a life-saving feature, providing emergency shelter places and medical information other than the warning. Such a degree of actionability creates trust and adoption, which makes alerts more effective. 

The advanced UI implies that Google might improve its alert images. It does so by adding Material You to the design, and it should be more refined.

The Future of Seismic Alerts to Mobile Phones

Google has always made efforts towards ensuring the safety of Android. Through observing and with a possibility of incorporating the same, Google can take the Android Earthquake Alert System to a higher and more useful, user-specific.

The eventual outcome must be an integrated, resilient, and very flexible earthquake awareness experience. It can be offered to any Android user, irrespective of the phone manufacturer.

More to Read: Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
One UI 8 vs. Android 16

One UI 8 vs. Android 16: Which Upgrade Wins?

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Phone App Brings Redesign of Material 3 Expressive

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |20 Jun 2025

Google Phone is being updated to a huge degree. Google Phone App Material 3 this is arriving with the streamlined and modern Material 3 Expressive design coming to Android for the basic dialer. 

Google is also experimenting with new swipes to receive or decline calls. There is a strong emphasis on developing the fluidity and ease of operation of the phone. It is one more update in Google striving to align its applications in a single unified modern design.

What is Material 3 Expressive?

Material 3 Expressive

It is the latest modification of the Google Material Design framework, expanding the concepts presented in Material You. Material You was all about dynamic color themes based on your wallpaper. Material You Expressive Redesign the new Material 3 Expressive goes even further afield to provide a more personalized and ownable experience. 

It brings richer and more customizable color schemes, which makes the interface look customized. New contours and expandable elements are also an addition to Google. Concisely, Material 3 Expressive makes Android one more step closer to being finally personal, flowing, and user-friendly.

Key Changes

Material 3 Expressive redesign is an array of visual and functional improvements to the Google Phone app:

Redesigned In-Call Screen

The main scope of changes is presented in the active call screen.

Bigger UI Elements: Buttons, contact names, and the photos of the callers are much larger and noticeable. This became better during a call because it is easier to glance at.

Pill-shaped Buttons: The age-old call-to-action buttons are being changed to some more advanced types that are in pill shapes. These tablets are so good that even a mouse choosing them can change their form to plain rounded rectangles.

Large End Call Button: The end call button has been made wider and more visible. It becomes more accessible to find and press.

New Incoming Call Interface with New Gestures

Material 3 Expressive

It also involves a major change of functionalities, where there are options for getting incoming calls:

Single Tap Gesture: The choice allows clear, large Answer and Decline buttons. The users can easily tap in order to communicate during the call.

Gesture: Horizontal Swipe Gesture: This adds a pill-shaped slider to the incoming callscreen. The middle physics button can be swiped to accept or decline. This gives a more human and graphical feel to the action.

Shape: Even the screen of the incoming call can have a light, dynamic shape of scalloped material 3. However, it rotates until you do something on the screen, which is another way to have meaningful visual spice.

Information that is pill-shaped: “Urgent?” and the options of Message are installed, also, in clear pill-like containers.

Tab and list update

The tab is called Recents and has also got a facelift:

Rounded Corner Cards: Separate call log entries now appear in rectangular cards with rounded corners. It allows decreasing the clutter of the list and makes it more modern.

Textural contrast: The background of the recent calls list could be a minor textural contrast of color. It will aid in differentiating it from everything.

Community Consistency Between Sections: This style has also been extended to other sections of the app, including the dialer screen and especially the Favorites screen. So, visual language is used consistently across all sections.

More Caffeine and Settings

Subtle, but effective design changes go through to other sections of the application:

Newer Filters: Filters such as All, Missed, Contacts, Non-Spam, Spam, etc., are now updated. Especially in terms of design, it has been based on a more integrated version of Material 3.

Expression in Settings: The primary settings list follows the new design postulates as well. It creates a unified experience of aesthetics.

Availability and Rollout

Material 3 Expressive redesigned Google Phone app will be distributed soon to the beta channel users. This would occur through a server-side update, so not all beta users will be on it instantaneously. 

These changes are already appearing on some Android versions. They represent the wider Material 3 Expressive rollout that is expected in Android 16. Like most Google releases, a broader stable version is expected to be available in weeks or months to come.

The Wider Implication

Such redesign of the Google Phone application is a part of a greater movement. Google is gradually redesigning its most essential apps to match the Material 3 Expressive vision of design. 

We witnessed this kind of rollout with Google Maps, Google Messages, Gmail, and Google Photos, to name a few. 

This more consistent approach aims to have a more cohesive, modern, and amusing user experience across the whole Google environment on Android.

More Insights: Material 3 Expressive Fetches a Look at Google Maps 

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages Brings ‘Delete for Everyone,’ Snooze, and More

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |19 Jun 2025

Google Messages is releasing a pack of amazing, soon-to-be features. Google Messages Delete for Everyone they will give users much control over their experience. Some of the important additions are the option “Delete for Everyone,” Snooze Notifications, and the Rich Communication Services.

These features are here before mass rollouts, which increasingly bring Google Messages to near-parity with leading messaging platforms.

“Delete for Everyone” in RCS Chats

Delete for Everyone

Users have been clamoring for this unsend feature for quite a long time. Google Messages Snooze Feature this feature is already available in other apps such as WhatsApp and Telegram. 

Under this new feature rollout, the “Delete for everyone” option is now being rolled out widely. Through this, users will not only be able to undo the message they sent accidentally in a one-on-one RCS chat.

How Public Works:

Delete for Everyone

Long press-delete 

Choose your option 

Placeholder of “message deleted” 

Important considerations

App version-dependent: Messages displayed on older versions of the Google Messages app may still be visible. Thus, the need to keep the app up-to-date assumes value. 

Not observed that a strict time limit exists: Some users seem to have deleted messages way past that point. It suggests that immunity is greater for the time being.

Snooze Notifications

To solve this nasty problem of notifications pouring in on an active chat, Google Messages introduces a rather nice feature called Snooze notifications.

This Delete for Everyone lets users temporarily put certain conversations on mute without the inconvenience of fully muting a conversation or turning off notifications for the app altogether.

Enhanced RCS Experience and Group Chat Customization

Beyond eliminating messages and managing notifications, Google is now rolling out further improvements to the RCS experience: 

RCS Status Indicators: 

The “New chat” page was updated to indicate that some of her contacts have RCS enabled. It was along with a clear “RCS” badge next to their name. This saves the user from the nuisance of commencing a conversation to find out if there is any RCS compatibility.

Dynamic Color Theming: 

The “New chat” page and other app elements will see dynamic color theming. This is where supported devices will offer more consistency and personalization.

The Greater Picture

The latest updates demonstrate another of Google’s projects in its current endeavor. They aim to convert Messages into a full-scale competitor messaging app for Android devices. 

The new “Delete for Everyone” and “Snooze Notifications” features now apply to the app. The update fulfills what has habitually been voiced by users’ requests since time immemorial.

They have come up with their competitive features against WhatsApp or even iMessage. Users will be able to use these features when they have the updated version of Google Messages. 

Also Read: Google Messages Beta Crashes on Media Share

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gboard Comes with Pixel Sense and Smart Edits

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |19 Jun 2025

Gboard is about to become even smarter for the users of Pixel phones. Gboard Pixel Sense Features the keyboard is already full of useful features, and it is now undergoing big new updates. Gboard Pixel Sense AI features The newest beta unveils such upcoming instruments as Pixel Sense and Smart Edits. 

These characteristics are to help the typing and editing process be quicker and more user-friendly. Pixel Sense could give contextually oriented recommendations. Moreover, Smart Edits might give a chance to users where they could edit some text with the easiest voice commands. Combined, that makes Gboard more of an actual smart on-device assistant.

The Revealing of Pixel Sense

Pixel Sense and Smart Edits

The Pixel Sense and Smart Edits integration of Google Pixel Sense in Gboard seems to be an advanced feature. Gboard Smart Edit Tools it is mainly used to present the user with the information that is considered to be useful Gboard Smart Edit tools update.

Gmail: In a chat with a friend, they may potentially request your flight number. Pixel Sense may extract your flight number by scanning your Gmail. The data will later be available in the Gboard suggestion bar. It allows you to share that information within the Gboard in a single tap.

Keep and Calendar: Let us think you have been talking about an event or a note. Pixel Sense might show you useful information related to the event in your calendar.

Items and email details: Information about any items that have to do with your tasks would be smartly accessed and given as typos.

Messages and Screenshots: Pixel Sense will expand on the current integration of screenshots already on the Pixel.

It has launched Voice Smart Edits

Pixel Sense and Smart Edits

In addition to the contextual proposals, there is also the invention of a unique feature of Gboard named Smart Edits. This will enable the users to edit their text perfectly using just the voice rather than the simple voice dictation. This is currently restricted to just simple editing. 

Add words: Just command by saying words such as add quickly before responding.

Words to eliminate: Say, remove unnecessary words.

Replacement words: Command “replace bad with excellent.”

Computation on the Device and Generative AI

The strength of these new features is attributable to further technological progressions in on-device machine learning. Though some concrete information is still a secret, we know that:

Local GPUs: One of the major features of the Pixel Sense and Smart Edits is the capability of processing the information. It is useful directly on the Pixel device with the help of Google Tensor chipsets. This method improves on privacy and lowers latency.

Generative AI Terms of Service: The update in Generative AI Terms of Service points out that the voice editing feature is based on high-end AI models. It can comprehend intricate instructions and implement smart adaptations to the text. Google has also made this clarification by pointing out that there is no submission of audio.

Implications and Future Implications

The merging of Pixel Sense and Smart Edits to Gboard has implied several thrilling opportunities for Pixel users officially:

Improved Productivity: The text editing makes it possible to accomplish any task in less time with less energy.

Fluid User Experience: The specifications will enable the user to have a more natural and interactive interface with the phone. It is the point where the keyboard reads minds and helps proactively.

Democratization of the Advanced Function: The more general AI progress might, in the future, trickle down to a broader spectrum of Android products. It enhances the general mobile world.

Privacy Considerations: The fact that Google is focusing on on-device processing of such features is a welcome indication of the privacy of users. There is no need to send such sensitive personal data to a server.

The Concluding Thoughts

The addition of Pixel Sense and Smart Edits in Gboard is one of the most audacious steps. Google is also transforming the way we type, search, and handle information with Pixel phones. But all is made available by the on-device AI. 

The improvements provide the potential of faster workflows, fewer interruptions, and an intuitive mobile interface. The Gboard might become one of the first instances of how AI is revolutionizing mundane digital chores, safely and effectively.

More Reading: Messaging Upgraded with Gboard AI Stickers Pixel Studio

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Material 3 Expressive Fetches a Look at Google Maps 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |18 Jun 2025

With the Material 3 Expressive design, the Google Maps application on Wear OS is being clad afresh. Google Maps Material You 3 redesign the update introduces brilliant colors, vigorous shapes, and a more spacious feel to the smartwatch app. 

The new interface looks cleaner and is more user-friendly. The revamping was recently introduced in beta versions and is said to be in time for a wider release. The redesign is part of a larger overall plan to develop Wear OS put forth by Google.

What is Material 3 Expressive?

Material 3 Expressive

Material 3 Expressive is the most recent version of the Material system. Material 3 UI Update Google Maps it is essentially Google’s entire set of recommendations for visual, motion, and interaction design across platforms and devices. Material 3 Expressive UI update it follows Material You, which introduced the dynamic color theming concept, with the following features:

Fluid and Natural Animations: “Springy” animations and subtle motion effects that enliven an interaction. It provides a sense of being responsive. 

Customization and Personalization: Users would relish designs that offer richer, more nuanced palettes of color and malleable shapes for components. The update imparts to apps a distinctive and emotive sense. 

Improved Usability: Research-driven redesigns that highlight important elements, group similar items, and allow easy interaction within the interface.

Key Changes

The Material 3 Expressive embodies noticeable changes focused on optimizing the application for round smartwatch displays and user interaction:

Big Pill for Key Actions: Three side-by-side circles for mic, keyboard, and map are replaced by a two-row design populated with giant pills. The largest pill calls the map layer, followed by a search option (default: voice input).

Shortcuts for Home and Work Destinations: The “Home” and “Work” destination shortcuts are two compact pills. Google doesn’t even show the full address anymore, so as not to take up space and be efficient.

Teal Accent Color: The entire redesign incorporates a teal color accent into the interface. If this will ultimately respect a personal watch face theme is up for consideration. 

Why This Redesign Matters for Wear OS

Material 3 Expressive

This is the main highlight of the redesign on Wear OS. It integrates Material 3 Expressive into Google Maps for several reasons as follows:

Improved User Experience on Watches: The new design focuses more on glanceability and easy interaction on a smaller circular display. Featuring more spacious icons in the application makes it quicker and easier to find information and begin navigation.

A Common Thread Along the Google Ecosystem: This update aligns Google Maps in Wear OS for Material 3 Expressive. As a result, the consistent message from and across makes the user experience much coherent and intuitive across all the platforms of Google.

Living with the Power of Wear OS 6: This redesign might be on Wear OS 5 for some people. However, it does put one in a perfect position for when Material 3 Expressive comes fully implemented with Wear OS.

Modernizing the Interface of Wear OS: A lot of users say that the previous Wear OS Maps application felt a little outdated. This redesign thus gives it a needed modern aesthetic, making it much more refined and pleasing to use.

Availability and User Feedback

More improvements are being made to Wear OS and its apps by Google. The Material 3 Expressive design language is foundational for creating an emotionally engaging experience for smartwatch users. 

The full-fledged rollout of these changes can be expected later in the year. Google gathers feedback for the final version of Wear OS 6.

Conclusion 

By bringing a more modern, vibrant, and user-friendly interface to smartwatches, Google is prioritizing both style and functionality. 

This update not only enhances the overall usability of Maps on smaller screens but also aligns the experience with the broader Android ecosystem. 

As Wear OS 6 approaches, users can expect even more thoughtful UI upgrades. For now, this visual refresh sets a positive tone for the future of Google’s wearable experience.

More Insights: Material 3 Expressive revives the Android experience We enjoy

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Drive Shifts Scanner to Bottom Bar for Android

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |18 Jun 2025

A noteworthy change is the Scanner to Bottom Bar move in Google Drive’s Android app. Google Drive Scanner Update Android this shift aims to help users notice the document scanner more intuitively and access it with greater ease. Google Drive scanner bottom bar update it makes scanning faster and more convenient.

For users who commonly scan documents, placing the scanner within the bottom bar will streamline workflows. It will probably be one of Android’s better improvements for those using the OS to derive work-related productivity.

Where is the Scanner Now?

Google Drive Shifts

Up until now, reaching the scanner for documents on Google Drive on Google Drive Android UI redesign 2025 android devices required accessing the “plus” or “create new” floating action button (FAB). This is Scanner to Bottom Bar at the bottom right corner of your screen Google Drive Bottom Bar Redesign.

When clicked on this button, it opens several options to choose from. It includes “Folder,” “Upload,” “Scan,” “Google Docs,” “Google Sheets,” and “Google Slides.” It may be, this longer way could mean a couple of extra taps here.

Scanner in the Bottom Bar

Google Drive Shifts

Google is trying out an entirely dedicated “Scan” icon right in the bottom nav bar.Scanner to Bottom Bar Core navigation, usually like Home, Starred, and Shared, would populate this bar.

Modified by my own words: For super scanner users, it wouldn’t take even 1 or 2 taps away from the heavy usage of scanners to have a more efficient experience.

In Modern UI/UX Principles: Many Android applications today house their core functionalities in a bottom navigation bar. Thus, a document scanner occupying this real estate is a natural expectation.

More Possibility for Feature Discoverability: The scanner is not a hidden feature. Further visibility would discreetly enhance its discoverability by new users.

Potential Issues and Questions Open

So, while the benefits seem pretty apparent, there are a few things that Google will probably have in mind: 

Cluttering the Bottom Bar: An Extra icon in the bottom bar could probably make it more cluttered. Especially for small screens and for users with minimalist preferences. Keeping a clean layout intact is going to be heavy for Google. 

User Customization: Users have the option to customize their bottom navigation bar icons and perhaps remove or relocate some icons.

Conclusion 

The small move that could save millions of clicks involves the Scanner to Bottom Bar update. By placing this key tool right under the user’s view, Google is making scanning more immediate and accessible.

That single change could eliminate countless unnecessary taps and highlights Google’s focus on everyday usability improvements.

While some may view it as making the interface more cluttered, the convenience value probably outweighs this notion. The scanner-to-bottom-bar move could well become quite the welcome upgrade for many Android users. 

 Related Reading: Google Drive Supercharges video search with transcripts

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Drive Redesign

Google Drive Redesign Brings Modern Look to Android App

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Drive Supercharges video search with transcripts

Google Drive Supercharges video search with transcripts

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google Drive File Picker Redesigned on Android

Google Drive File Picker Redesigned on Android

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Google Play Store Unleashes Slide to Buy

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |17 Jun 2025

Google Play Store Slide to Buy Feature google has introduced the purchase process on the Google Play Store. It is the replacement of the much-revered 1-tap buy button with a new ‘Slide to Buy‘ action. 

It may not appear to be a sign of that change. However, this change will significantly decrease the number of unintentional apps, games, books, movies, and in-app item purchases. 

It encourages users to take a less habitual swipe. The company, by making it a focal point, helps people think more carefully about their purchases.

The Issue Behind 1-Tap Buy

Google Drive Shifts

This fast checkout method was convenient. Play Store One-Tap Purchase Update however, it had quite a bad side to it: it became too simple to accidentally start purchasing when using it. 

An erroneous touch, an overplayful phone user, or even an inadvertent touch may lead to an undesirable digital takeover. With the verification measures available at the moment, such as password or fingerprint confirmation, even the first “buy” button had the risk of being pressed accidentally.

Such a problem was especially common among those of the users who had their purchase verification frequency. Google Play Store realized this sticking point and has come to adopt a better solution now.

The addition of a “Slide to Buy”

Google Drive Shifts

Users will no longer see the ordinary tap instead. There will be a pill-shaped button with a circular handle. The user will be required to drag to the side to finalize the transaction. This is a new visual thing, which should be done intuitively:

Visual cues: The pill-shaped button usually has some animated arrows and minor effects which some call bounce. It tells the users how they are supposed to swipe the first time they use the new mechanism.

Distinctive intent: Swiping a horizontal button is more intentional than a quick tap. This will automatically decrease the chance of accidental pushes.

Broad use: It is not only the main Play Store app that utilizes this type of gesture: Slide to buy. It is being rolled on to every occurrence of the Google Play payment sheet in both purchases within the application itself.

Building User Confidence and avoiding Buyer Remorse

This shift is an indication of Google Play Store to enhance the experience of the user. It ensures the protection of the consumers regarding unwanted spending. Although the earlier purchase flow already contained two taps with the Slide to buy an element of physical interaction is introduced. This guarantees greater intent on the part of the user at the point of the transaction trigger.

It makes a possible rash decision into a more mindful action. Eventually, this results in more peace of mind and fewer buyer-remorse situations on the Google Play Store.

Conclusion

‘Slide to Buy‘ is a minor addition, but a very visible and deliberate touch. It will reduce the likelihood of purchasing mistake an item that can be useful to families and shared devices. 

This is not only an update in the visual context but also empowers users. It also trusts in the process of purchasing. The update offers a safer and much more comfortable experience of shopping for all users of Android.

More Reading: Google Rolls Out June 2025 Android System Updates 

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Rolls Out June 2025 Android System Updates 

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |17 Jun 2025
Android System Updates 

Starting this month of June 2025, Android June 2025 Update google is in the process of releasing Android System Updates. These changes are aimed at achieving better performance. June 2025 Android security patch update they enhance the existing functionality and make the user experience more stable. 

There are no noteworthy new features this month. The backstage optimization and minor interface adjustments are useful. It aims to keep the Android System Updates solid and well-rounded across devices.

Google Play services (version 25.21 and 25.23)

Google Drive Shifts

Android system updates June 2025 rollout this new update is mostly helpful to developers and the stability of core operations Google System Update 2025.

Account Management: The new developer features are of major importance in facilitating account management procedures of third-party applications. This is intended to ease the use of logging in and registration.

Google Wallet Bugs Patches: The bug fixes available specifically in the Google Wallet service tackle any bugs present. They aim to enhance the reliability of the service overall and merge any reported bugs.

Cast Feature Enhancements: The Cast feature includes some systems where they now support the Happiness Tracking Survey. It is because they want to get the user response based on their casting experiences.

Earthquake Tsunamis Epidemics: Wear OS will now provide significant safety alerts with early warning in case of impending disasters. Alerts will be on the Wear OS devices in case of a potential earthquake.

Better Device and Photo Backup: The backup of devices and photos has been enhanced with a view to avoiding all the hassles.

Version 46.7 Google Play Store

Google Drive Shifts

The Google Play Store also gets a new paint job as well as some functionality improvements.

Faster Large App downloads over cellular networks: Downloading large applications will also be easier with more flexibility of downloading them on the go.

Redesigned Download and Install Components: The graphical elements that one would see during the downloading. Installing of apps also have been overhauled to have more modern and interactive impressions.

New Grid Layout of Ads on Homepage: The Play Store homepage will now have an option of hosting the advertisements in a new grid layout. This could serve as an alternative method of directing users to popular apps that are promoted.

New and spruced-up In-App showing: The “featured in-app items” area is renewed in both telephones and PC. It is expected to enhance the capability and appearance of in-app purchases.

Improved Webtoon Preview and Event Card: To Webtoon fans, new sampling cards will make Browse less of a hassle. Also, new event card buttons are Viewed in the search results.

Enhanced Survey: Google has also recently improved its survey features. It is to be more efficient in obtaining user feedback in the Play Store.

Core components of the  Android system

Other components of the system are also updated besides Play Services and the Play Store in Android System Updates are:

System Management & Diagnostics Fixes: There are general bug fixes and enhancements of stability improvements to system management. The diagnosis services not only to phones but also to Auto, PC, and TVs.

Improved Usage and Diagnostics screen UI: The user interface of the screen controlling usage and diagnostics is updated on multiple platforms.

Accessibility and security improvements: WebView Android gets security and privacy improvements, bug fixes, and new ones displaying web developer features. A new option for security will enable the auto restart of the devices.

Material 3 expressive updates: Ongoing work is still in progress to build on the principles of Material 3 Expressive design. It aims to make Android more comfortable and eye-catching.

Security Patches

The June 2025 Google System Updates cover important security updates documented by Android Security Bulletin and Pixel Update Bulletin. 

These fix different vulnerabilities that include severe and high-severity vulnerabilities and strengthen the security state of Android devices. 

The users are strongly encouraged to apply these updates in time to ensure that their devices would not be threatened by any factor.

Conclusion

Android System Updates  of June 2025 might not be associated with some groundbreaking features. However, they are vital in polishing the basis of Android. 

As usual, being updated is the key to getting the most out of an Android experience. You will have the newest features and security adjustments in interaction.

Also Read: Google System Updates May 2025 Explained

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages Beta Crashes on Media Share

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |16 Jun 2025
Google Messages Beta

Google Messages Beta has a critical bug where the messages would crash. Google Messages beta crash issue it happens every time someone attempts to share links, images, and videos.

The bug causes massive inconvenience to many users who use media sharing as a day-to-day mode of communication. Thus, it is highly inconvenient in the beta-testing stage.

No official repair is given by Google Messages Beta. Yet those impacted are still waiting to have it repaired, hopefully sooner rather than later, within the next beta update.

The Gist of the Matter

Google Drive Shifts

The root of the challenge is on the screen of Google Messages Beta called Choose Recipients. Media sharing bug in Google Messages such a screen is intended to pop up when users are using the new forward button.

A crash occurs instantly when one proceeds to open this recipient selection screen, thus compelling the app to quit. This implies that they can still type and send message,s but the very fundamental ability of a modern messaging system.

Continuing Communication workarounds

Google Drive Shifts

Although the bug is disruptive, there are short-term hacks so that your communication will not stop:

On Links: A person can simply copy the link and then paste it into the specific chat in Google Messages Beta.

Images and Videos: In case the media was previously added to your device, you may simply attach the media directly during a chat by tapping the attachment (plus) icon. 

The Anticipation of a Swift Fix

Google must certainly know about this major bug, and it is most likely that a patch is already being prepared. All this is so that beta programs can be able to detect and rectify such problems. We are hoping to see a new beta version released very soon.

It is also subject to the risk of experiencing instability. This new bug acts as a reminder of how dynamic the beta software tends to be. The developers need to update their software promptly in order to bring about a seamless user experience.

The Climax

The recent crash bug on Google Messages beta highlights the advantages and limitations of early software testing. The users can use the newer features before they are released. The instability will also burden them, such as the to-share problem seen now. 

Fortunately, there is a workaround that has been temporarily implemented. The users can even cancel out of the beta in case of dire need. The beta testers can soon be relieved, and future developments can be more trusted.

More Reading: Google Messages adds a 14-line text fields for easier messages

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Material 3 Expressive revives the Android experience We enjoy

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |16 Jun 2025
Material 3 Expressive

Material 3 Expressive Design has been the underlying language of Android. Material 3 Expressive Android update it includes the shapes of buttons and transition animations over the past few years. Using Material 3 Expressive, Google is not iterating. However, it is also bringing a more expressive and personal age of Android experience. 

These are the times of strict conformity no more. Material 3 Expressive gives the developers more latitude and liveliness, as well as closer involvement in it.

The Enthusiasm of Personality and Emotion

Material 3 Expressive

Dynamic Color has been one of the most pronounced characteristics to bring the shift in this expressiveness. Dynamic Color in Material 3 Expressive will build upon the work started in Android 12. Android UI redesign Material You 3 it enables the entire system UI and compatible applications to switch their color palette. This depends on the wallpaper selected by the user. 

This leaves a very intimate and unified style with the device being a very perfect representation of the user. The effect will be a less discomposant and smoother-looking visual experience in which applications are harmonized with the overall theme.

It Is More Than Text

Material 3 ExpressiveMaterial 3 Expressive

The new guidelines bring opportunities to be more playful and unusual with the typography, despite being very readable and accessible. 

It enables brands and individual apps to bring more of their personality and character into the interface. It is possible to expect more font variety, and sizes with creative use in the expression of moods.

In addition, Material 3 promotes less rigid and fixed layouts. This is not merely scaling up and down to fit different screen dimensions. However, reconstituting the ways the content is presented in order to be more appealing and understandable. 

A Joy in Usage

The fundamental units of Material 3 Expressive Design and its components have also been the subject of major updates. It is not just buttons, cards, navigation bars, etc. 

Large and Raised/Filled Buttons: They provide a more noticeable visual hierarchy. These may be utilized in transmitting the degree of importance or urgency.

Superior Navigation: Bottom navigation and navigation drawers have been recreated to offer superior methods. They aim to navigate through apps with a more elegant and intuitive approach.

Motion and Transition: Such transitions are not just a cosmetic feature. They offer visual integrity and lead users through the process. However, such interactions will become less jittery and seem more natural.

Inclusivity and Access to It All

Importantly, the emphasis on expressiveness in the Material 3 Expressive does not undermine the factors of accessibility and inclusivity. 

Google has always dwelled on keeping the design language easy to use and fun to use by all people. The various ratios of color contrast, touch targets, and text scaling, will be well taken into consideration.

Future of Android

Material 3 Expressive is a major step in the Android ecosystem. It intends to help people feel closer to their devices by equipping the developers with a greater variety of tools to work. This assigns more individuality to the experience of the users. 

We are likely to experience a spate of new, colorful, and very personalized Android experiences. They really capture the various tastes and preferences of consumers in multiple corners of the globe.

The Android that we use now is undergoing some sort of changes. It becomes more than just practical, but rather expressive.

The Extract

Material 3 Expressive represents an ambitious step in the design of Android. It has been developing Android with a more unique and living experience by incorporating dynamic color, and fluid motion.

The update is not aesthetic but emotional and forms a stronger bond between the users and their gadgets.

The more apps adopt this language, the more Android is going to turn into the kind of platform. This is not only smart and capable but also quite pleasant to look at, and entirely your own.

Also Read: Google Messages Widens Material 3 Expressive Design Testing

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

How to Locate Missing Android System Updates

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |14 Jun 2025

A lot of Android System Updates users observe that certain system applications Find missing Android system updates google Play Services, are not presented in the list of Android System Updates. 

However, there is no need to fret, Android System Updates treats updates in various manners. System apps are usually not updated in the same manner as the apps that you normally download.

The Dual System of Android unlocked

Android System Updates

Standard Play Store update list has everything to do with the way Google packages its update delivery.

Default App Updates: 

Android System Updates

We can handle the updates automatically by the Play Store, courtesy of its Manage Apps & device section. Fix Android update not showing it will usually show here and you may update one at a time or in bulk.

Google Play System Updates: 

Herein lies a good portion of the confusion. They are security and privacy updates to core Android components. 

These updates are provided directly by Google. They do not normally appear as pending updates in the normal Play Store list of “Updates available”. 

Popular excuses for “missing” an update

In addition to the fundamental differences in how we handle updates, there are some other reasons updates may not show:

Google Account Sync Issues: In case your Google account is not syncing properly on your device, then it may conflict with the Play Store to check and show the available updates.

Network Connectivity: An unstable Wi-Fi connection may prevent the Play Store from connecting to updated servers.

Old Android Version: Occasionally, an old Android OS may create problems of compatibility with new updates of the app.

Common Play Store Trouble Shooting Steps

The following actions can help to fix most of the problems with the failure to appear updates:

Check Internet Connection

Clear Play Store cache and data

Cache and Data Clear Google Play Services

Reboot your Device

Temporarily disable VPN/Proxy

Conclusion

Google Play Store does not necessarily display all individual system app updates. This does not leave your device not cared for. 

These various types of update processes can be visible in the settings of your device. They are the main factors in making certain that your Android-powered device is as safe, and steady.

More to Read: Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 ‘s Clearer Viewed Notifications

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |14 Jun 2025

Google TV is still improving on the user experience. Google TV Setup Process the updated onboarding is built to be simple and fast, thus removing the burden of complex configurations. 

As a first-time user or a person setting up a new device, it now feels like a breeze to pair your device. It gets from unboxing to streaming in no more than a few swift steps.

New Beginning

Google TV

Even when you take your new Google TV device out of the box, it is all about being simple. Quick Setup Google TV 2025 connections of both power and HDMI cables are easy to do initially. Google TV easy installation you are presented with a very clear on-screen guide that is also concise.

The best part of this new process is that it works together with the rest of your Google ecosystem. It will automatically transfer preferences, applications, and account information, saving time and setup exhaustion.

Using Your Smartphone to Start Things Up Quickly

Google TV

The key to the faster setup is the possibility to use your smartphone. Rather than typing lengthy Wi-Fi passwords, you are encouraged to utilize the Google Home app on your phone. 

It is a game-changer. The application will automatically recognize your new Google TV device. This gives you the option of transferring your Wi-Fi passwords and Google TV account details with just a single tap.

This removes the most prevalent obstacles in the device configuration and dramatically reduces the time of set-up.

Usable On-Screen Instruction

The instructions on the screen are so clear. It is also easy to use even when you do not intend to use your smartphone. Step by step you are guided through large clear print and basic graphics. 

.It could be a Wi-Fi connection, a Google account connection, or a choice of preferred streaming services. Everything is presented in a very logical and easy-to-follow manner.

Simplified App installation and preferences

Google TV will smartly recommend some of the popular apps depending on your location and the general user favorites. You can also choose and install several applications at once, not downloading them individually. 

Moreover, your home screen and content suggestions can be easily personalized. Google TV experience will be customized to your watching patterns immediately after you start using the platform.

Integration Power of Integration

Google TV can automatically import your favorite languages and accessibility options. It can even be linked to other smart home devices should you want it to. 

Such a degree of hassle-free integration results in a highly customized and comfortable entertainment center.

Conclusion

The simplified setup process of the new Google TV setup is a testament to the commitment of Google to providing a hassle-free user experience. Google has removed the usual set-up nuisance by emphasizing speed, ease of use, and flawless integration with smartphones. 

The outcome is a fast and smart setup process. It allows users to begin watching their preferred content immediately Google TV is an even more attractive option. It aims to serve as the foundation of home entertainment in the contemporary setting.

Also Read: Google TV Kicks Off Easier Setup Experience with These TVs

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google TV Streamer Gets Latest Software Update

Google TV Streamer Gets Latest Software Update

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Pixel Magnifier Now with Real-Time Text Search

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |13 Jun 2025

Google is making its Pixel Magnifier app smarter by adding Real-Time Text Search capabilities. It can be of better use to people with low vision. This is also fit for anyone who wants to locate certain words around their surroundings. 

This feature is particularly useful when reading menus, signs, labels, or documents while in transit. It is a considerate move to integrate AI and accessibility in general functions.

The Evolution of Text Search

Real-Time Text Search

The find feature was previously available in the Pixel Magnifier app. This would enable the users to search text once they have captured an image. Although this was useful, this created an additional step and a slight slowdown in the process. 

This interaction is altered radically by the new update. The magic of real-time text recognition is now directly applied to the live camera picture.

How Real-Time Text Search Works

Real-Time Text Search

The procedure is extremely instinctive:

1. Start the Magnifier app 

2. Search Mode On 

3. Type Your Question 

4. Survey the Area Around You 

Deeper Integration and Accessibility Focus

The update highlights how Google has been working to ensure its Pixel devices. Its own Magnifier app has been an important accessible ability tool.

This adds such features as zoom control, flashlight support, color filters, and contrast settings. Its addition of real-time text search only serves to reinforce the notion that it is an essential tool.

In addition to this headline feature, the June 2025 Pixel Drop also includes other accessibility improvements. It includes LE Audio hearing aid support on the Pixel 9 and later phones.

Availability and Rollout

Pixel Feature Drop June 2025 offers the Real-Time Text Search feature of Pixel Magnifier. This is already being released through the Google Play Store to compatible Pixel devices. 

The update is usually staged. This means that it might take a while before it becomes available to all Pixel users worldwide.

The given upgrade of Pixel Magnifier serves as a good illustration of how AI may be used to develop sensible and empowering technologies. It makes daily chores much easier and accessible to more users.

Conclusion 

This is another journey towards making accessibility tools more intelligent and helpful. The update has come up with the introduction of the new real-time text search in Pixel Magnifier. 

Google is improving the convenience of such daily activities as reading, copying, or translating text in real life. It does this by enabling users to search and highlight text instantly using the magnifier. 

This feature is part of Google across Pixel devices as the company continues to integrate AI-powered smarts with useful tools.

Also Read: Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |13 Jun 2025

Samsung is picking up speed with the development of One UI 8. One UI 8 Beta Release it begins rolling out the Second One UI 8 Beta of its Android 16-based custom interface. This rapid update comes just after the first beta release.

It emphasizes the commitment of Samsung to provide a refined and easier user experience. In the update, crucial bug fixing, performance improvements, and expanded availability are brought, indicating gradual steps towards the final version.

An Extension of the First Impression

Second One UI 8 Beta

It does not make as dramatic a visual change as some prior One UI versions. One UI 8 means to provide a more refined, smart, and easier-to-use experience. Samsung One UI 8 Beta Update the update comes up with stronger AI integration and improved interactions.

The reactions of the first beta testers have been essential. Samsung had the chance to fix the reported problems and make the software even more stable.

Updates in One UI 8 Beta 2

Second One UI 8 Beta

One UI 8 Beta 2 update is a major branch on the way to a more stable release. Important new features and bug fixes in this second beta are:

Improved Interpreter Accuracy: The functionality of providing feedback is in implementation. It aims to enhance the accuracy of the interpreter tool in the Galaxy AI.

Now Brief Text Alignment Fix: It is a Galaxy AI element that makes personalized suggestions. This has been fixed, resulting in a neater visual presentation.

Battery Widget and Lock Screen Improvements: The battery widget icon has received an update to make it more visible and a bug. It would cause an increase in the size of widgets on the lock screen.

Fingerprint Recognition Improvements: Patches of recognition failure of fingerprints have been fixed resulting in a more secure and fluent authentication.

Galaxy AI Weather and Time Wallpapers: Galaxy AI features have had their non-functioning errors fixed.

Gesture Navigation Reliability: A problem that has been addressed, resulting in more reliable navigation in general.

Improvement of S Pen (S25 Ultra): When the S Pen is removed the Air Command icon will not be hidden anymore.

Increasing the Beta Program Accessibility

Samsung has also extended the One UI 8 Beta Program to additional regions. Although the first beta rolled out mostly in South Korea, Germany, the UK, and the US, India, and Polish users can now also participate in the program via the Samsung Members app. 

The increased access enables a greater variety of feedback, which is essential in eliminating bugs until the steady release.

One UI 8 The Road Ahead

The fast pace of the One UI 8 Beta 2 release highlights how Samsung has stepped up the release cycle of its Android 16-based interface. 

Samsung is putting in a lot of effort. It aims to make the user experience with One UI 8 stable, once it finally arrives. 

It is possible to expect additional optimizations when Samsung approaches the official release, likely to happen alongside the next generation of Galaxy foldables.

The Wrap-Up

Lock screen widgets and gesture navigation are among the aspects of daily use. By making the beta available in more regions, Samsung demonstrates its inclusivity in feedback.

With every drop, One UI 8 may be in refined and stable condition to roll out officially. We can expect more improvements as Samsung prepares to launch a stable release together with new Galaxy devices.

Related Reading: One UI 8 vs. Android 16: Which Upgrade Wins?

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
One UI 8 vs. Android 16

One UI 8 vs. Android 16: Which Upgrade Wins?

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 ‘s Clearer Viewed Notifications

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |12 Jun 2025

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 viewed notifications bring a subtle yet impactful visual update to the lock screen. Now this is rolling out to eligible Pixel devices. Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 the update enhances the user experience and makes it smoother.

Viewed notifications now appear with a transparent design, offering a cleaner, more polished look. This small change enhances the overall aesthetic and reflects Google’s ongoing focus on thoughtful UI improvements.

History of Lock Screen Notifications Developed

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 viewed notifications

This was in an attempt to clean up the main notification panel by pushing already-read notifications to a lesser-important position. Android 16 Clear Notifications it was a pill-shaped icon beneath new notifications. 

The rationale was to ensure that the lock screen serves only what is new and urgent. However, with the possibility of still accessing the alerts that one has seen earlier, in case of necessity.

With transparency comes a cleaner appearance

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 viewed notifications

The pill now appears transparent and could have contrasted with the wallpaper you selected. It is now part of the background. This minor design revision helps achieve a far cleaner and more unified appearance of the lock screen.

The clear pill not only contains notifications but also silent notifications. These are usually not as urgent and do not need to attract attention to themselves. 

The design decision can be explained by a larger trend toward a more harmonious user interface. This is where the wallpaper can be placed center-stage, and visual clutter is minimized.

Wider UI Improvements

The transparent notification pill is a significant addition to QPR1 Beta 2. It is not the only one since Google is working on the Android 16 UI refinement. 

Other minor changes also come with this beta, like the modification of the brightness and volume sliders. This points to the constant work on the Expression of Material 3 design principles throughout the system. 

It should be pointed out that the complete, system-wide Material 3 Expressive redesign is expected in future updates to Android 16. So the current changes can be described as an incremental transition.

Availability and What Next?

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 is now being released to support Pixel phones. It includes the Pixel 6 Pro to the newest Pixel 9 and Pixel Tablet. This might be a small update but it shows that Google will polish the details of the Android experience. 

The company works on minor things. It contains the presentation of notifications to make the operating system more polished, intelligent, and easy to look at by the user. 

We should expect more polish and eventually a wider release of the expected Material 3 Expressive redesign.

Final Thought

The version does not seem to have the splashy features that make headlines. However, Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 viewed notifications demonstrate a commitment by Google to a cleaner, more considerate user experience. 

These modifications correspond to a design ideology of clarity, simplicity, and comfort to the user. With subsequent betas, there will be more of such improvements, making Android flow better, feel smarter, and more unified.

Also Read: Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 Offers brightness and volume sliders

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Messaging Upgraded with Gboard AI Stickers Pixel Studio

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |12 Jun 2025

Google has started to implement a new service. This will allow Gboard AI Stickers Pixel Studio Integration directly in the keyboard. Gboard AI Stickers it makes all day-to-day conversations more entertaining and expressive with the generative AI potential. 

The feature incorporates an imaginative touch with convenience, as ordinary ideas are in transformation. It is a new step to smarter and more interesting communication experiences directly on your keyboard.

An Invisible Incorporation to Immediate Creativity

Gboard AI Stickers Pixel Studio Integration

In the past, users could make stickers using the separate Pixel Studio app. Pixel Studio Messaging Features the Pixel users can now create their stickers right in the Gboard interface.

This will allow creating and sharing personal stickers a completely seamless experience. It will not be necessary to leave the app.

Your personalized creations are right at your fingertips, whether you are in a messaging app, email, or social media.

Generative AI of Power of Pixel Studio

Gboard AI Stickers Pixel Studio Integration

The main component of this new Gboard feature is Pixel Studio. This is a Google generative AI tool that allows users to create one-of-a-kind and entertaining images on Pixel devices. 

Pixel Studio empowers the best AI models to make the creative process easy. Its combination with Gboard indicates that the strength of this advanced image creation is now immediately available.

Release and Access

This is a part of the Google June 2025 Pixel Feature Drop. It is starting to become available on eligible Pixel devices, especially the Pixel 9 and Pixel 9 Pro and later. 

The rollout process is usually staged, so it might be a long time before every user gets the update. It is recommended that users make sure that their Pixel Studio and Gboard apps are up-to-date to use this new feature.

Digital Communication Booster

Creating your stickers on demand using Gboard marks the dawn of a new era of expressive and personalized digital communications. 

It gives its users the ability to include a personal flair to their message. This shows their imagination and personality amusingly and interestingly. 

AI will only continue to grow and offer even more groundbreaking integrations. These changes bring cutting-edge potential right at our fingertips, accessible through the tools we already utilize daily.

Last but not Least 

Google is going to be making the process of self-expression easier by Gboard AI Stickers Pixel Studio Integration. It has done so by turning the process of creating custom stickers into an instant and intuitive experience. 

 Users are able to bring their ideas to life with a few taps- directly on their keyboard. It is quick, entertaining, and breathing fresh air to use.

With this feature becoming available, it preconditions even more intelligent and creative tools in the future.

Related Reading: Gboard gets updated emojis, GIF & Sticker pickers with a new look

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 Offers brightness and volume sliders

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |11 Jun 2025

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 is not only an update with under-the-hood fixes. Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 Features the new beta also has smoother, more refined brightness and volume sliders. They exhibit some of Google’s increasing utilization of the new Material 3 Expressive design.

It is a preview of the polished user experience that Google will offer in the stable version later this year. These minor visual updates contribute to Android becoming more contemporary and cohesive to people worldwide.

Some New Look to Essential Controls

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2

Some of the most common elements of the Android interface are the brightness and volume sliders. Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 gives them a sleek new look Android Brightness Volume Sliders. 

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2, these controls have a new updated look. It makes them much closer to the expressive and bolder nature of Material 3.

Redesign of a Volume Slider

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2

The alterations to the volume slider are very evident. This slight adjustment makes the visual flow cleaner. Moreover, the full-volume panel is similarly treated to Material 3 Expressive. 

The position of icons in this panel has also been changed in general. It occurs on the right side instead of the left side. It brings a more balanced interface.

This redesign follows through to the Sound & vibration settings in system settings in general. The individual volume sliders of this menu now have the Material 3 Expressive design prominently.

Brightness Slider Tweaks

The visual update also comes to the brightness slider in the Quick Settings panel. The sun icon will now have a darker background for users whose screen intensity is usually set to less than 100 percent. 

This is a subtle contrast improvement. It is meant to make the icon more salient, more visible, and more usable at a glance. 

Also, the brightness slider in the “Display & touch” settings has been changed. It was changed to a more modern design, making the system visually consistent.

A Fragment of a Greater Design Evolution

The changes to the brightness and volume sliders are not changes that exist in a bubble. Google has been working to bring the Material 3 Expressive design to Android. The complete visual refresh is likely to arrive with the stable Android 16 QPR1 update later in the year.

Beta 2 gives us an idea of this new look as it develops. It is going to be more dynamic, colorful, and intuitive user interface that will be more personal and exciting.

These tiny little changes help to make the Android platform a much more polished and visually harmonious one, for everyone.

The Wrap Up 

To sum up, Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 might be an unassuming update at first glance. The changes to the slider are an indicator that something meaningful is changing to an approachable Android experience. 

The renewed brightness and volume controls are not just a plus in terms of everyday usability. They demonstrate the desire of Google to follow visual consistency and careful design. 

These early changes provide a gentlemanly glimpse of where Google is going with it all, modern, expressive, and more pleasant to users worldwide.

Also Read: Everything You Need to Know About Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Everything You Need to Know About Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |11 Jun 2025

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 is available now. The update allows developers and early testers to get a glimpse of the future of the Google mobile platform. Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 Guide It is an upgrade to the first release of Android 16 with significant updates. 

It enhances a desktop-like experience when using an external monitor, refines the user interface, and refines system stability. Let’s get insights without further ado!

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2

Android 16 Beta 2 Features it has indicated the most recent substantial revision in the quest for the next stable Android release. 

This is mainly for developers and power users who love to beta-test applications and give critical feedback.

This update serves as an essential sneak peek at what is yet to come, with critical optimization and feedback possibilities before the subsequent broader public release.

Notable Changes

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2, has just arrived on compatible Pixel phones. It comes with a set of major improvements that are based on the original Android 16.

The main changes in this beta release are to strengthen the desktop experience. They also improve the user interface and offer important bug fixes.

The external display will have a desktop-like interface. It includes a taskbar to run and pin applications. Windows can be freely resized and placed next to each other.

The desktop session may even be extended to both the tablet and an external display. It serves as a single workplace for Pixel Tablet users. 

Bug Fixes Stability Updates

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 comes with a series of bug fixes and stability enhancements in tow. The update addresses various user-reported issues and hiccups found in the earlier beta releases. 

There is a fix for a problem where the auto-dark theme was not functioning as expected, and fixes crashed. It could take place in the Now Playing feature, and fixes issues where the camera could often fail to open. 

In addition, the update addresses the issues of missing app shortcuts upon installation. The fact shows that Google is determined to provide a refined experience.

Secret Features & Tweaks

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 2 is sprinkled with a variety of minor adjustments. Probably, these are experimental features that eager-eyed users and developers are already busy exploring. 

It may also include new developer tools with improved battery health monitoring or the new “Live Activities” framework. This allows them to optimize their apps in connection with these new features. 

Such under-the-radar additions frequently act as the lead-ins to bigger, more refined features. They will be published in future betas or the ultimate steady release of Android 16 QPR1.

Planned Future Release & Roadmap

It will be the initial significant feature decline to Android 16. It is where the long-awaited Material 3 Expressive UI is likely to fully debut. Smart locations Similar location-based automation for routines is also still in the pipeline. 

Android 16 is already looking like a landmark version, with its earlier-than-usual initial release. There is a firm plan to follow through with significant feature and design changes over the coming quarters via QPRs. 

Android 16 seems to be following a more continuous release model. It will deliver more updates during its lifecycle, and therefore be more frequent and significant. The idea is to give customers a more steady supply of innovation and developers of apps a more predictable development experience.

Conclusion

The beta is a preview of what the Android user experience will become. This is particularly, true with the expected release of the complete Material 3 Expressive redesign. 

Although this update is targeted mostly at developers and beta testers, technology-savvy users who own compatible Pixel devices. They can find it worth trying out the new features before everyone else. 

More Insights: What’s New in Android 16 Beta 1

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16 is set to officially roll out later today

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |10 Jun 2025

Android 16 is starting to be released to the public as confirmed by Google today. Google released this stable version earlier than usual. There is a change in approach to developing and deploying its Android system. 

The initial release focuses on core improvements and select new features. A larger visual overhaul using Material 3 Expressive is planned for upcoming quarterly updates.

Earlier Launch and Phased Rollout

Google relies on its Trunk Stable Development approach to fix bugs faster. It in turn makes development happen more constantly every year. Google used its Android Developer social media to officially confirm the release.

Samsung, OnePlus, and Xiaomi users will get Android 16 shortly after the original release. This is because the manufacturers need to update their separate interfaces. The new update will come as an OTA software installation and will be applied to devices gradually.

Key Features Arriving with the Initial Android 16 Launch

The device safety of Android 16 has been boosted through tools that prevent unauthorized access and theft. This includes:

Preventing USB Port Blocking stops anyone from moving data back and forth via USB without getting approved by the system. New technology helps users spot and avoid different kinds of conversational scams.

Checking the Health of Battery

Many users requested it, so Android 16 allows users to check their battery’s condition and level. 

Because of this, users get information on how long their battery will work. They can select the right time to purchase a new one.

Live Activities are now being offered on the system

Just like features on other apps, Live Activities will appear on your lock screen and the notification shade. So, users can follow up-to-date progress for events like meal deliveries, sharing rides, or sports from the lock screen.

Core Functionality Improvements

Apart from the main features, Android 16 comes with several improvements you may not notice so easily.

The Quick Settings have already been updated with useful changes because the main design will come in the future. With incorporated cloud support, you can now easily pick photos from services such as Google Photos.

New features support apps in handling and viewing users’ medical data, primarily their immunization records, after being approved by them. This feature lowers the sound of notifications when there is a quick burst to help you avoid spamming sounds.

With Auracast, Bluetooth LE Audio enables audio to be streamed to various compatible Bluetooth devices at once.

The Extract 

Android 16 is an important upgrade for Google’s mobile system, and it comes early to prepare for more updates. This first update mostly addresses important changes. It includes better stability, and tougher security, as well as introducing features for battery health and Live Activities. 

It helps Android to become even more visually attractive as new releases are added each quarter. Because of the new Trunk Stable Development model from Google, updates will now be released much faster and more often.

Dig Deeper: Android 16 is introducing a way to adjust HDR Brightness

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gboard gets updated emojis, GIF & Sticker pickers with a new look

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |10 Jun 2025

Everyone using Android devices will now be able to enjoy the updated design for Gboard’s Emoji, GIF & Sticker pickers. The change has made the channel more attractive and smooth Gboard Emoji Update 2025.

The update gives Google’s keyboard a new and refreshed design, so it is easier to explore and select fun elements. The upgrade is applicable through the server and seeks to improve the way users enjoy the platform.

A Better Arranged and Neat Interface

GIF & Sticker pickers

Along with this update, you will see some big changes in the game’s appearance.

Improved Ways to Show Content

GIF & Sticker pickers

In every section, the way the grids display emojis, GIFs, or stickers has been improved for a more even look. Gboard GIF Sticker Picker this could mean making each item a bit smaller and keeping more space between them.

This makes the layout look cleaner and simpler to read. Viewers in the country should also find it simpler to take in all the available options in the app.

They use friendly colors and a variety of design materials softly

More involved color choices were added, going along with Google’s main Material Design guidelines. This may include displaying this color in the background of the picker, choosing an accent color for chosen tabs, or changing the look of categories in the sticker and GIF areas. It gives the bookshelves a newer and visually harmonious style.

Clearer Categorization

It may help to arrange the Sticker and GIF sections in a way that shows the offers more clearly to users. We may achieve this by using different signs on the screen or by putting separators between the sticker and GIF packs.

This theme may speed up the time it takes for a page to load

Even though UI/UX updates are not about design, they often go along with performance enhancements. If users’ Internet is inconsistent, they will notice that loading GIFs and stickers in the picker is faster.

What Users Should Expect

It means that the updates are sent to users’ apps by Google itself. There is no need to wait for them to update the Gboard app on the Google Play Store.

For this reason, users not based in California may notice that the change happens gradually. Since you might not see the updates on the device just at the moment, it means that the update hasn’t reached you yet. The company will refresh the interface in the short term, so keep an eye on it.

A Welcome Touch of Freshness

The daily experience of finding and using emojis, GIFs, and stickers on Android becomes a little more enjoyable and eye-catching. 

Taking a cleaner and more organized approach, Google wants to help global users have more pleasant and easier conversations using meaningful content. 

You could say these changes in appearance aren’t major, but they add to the ease of interaction with the keyboard.

The Wrap Up

The new design of Gboard’s Emoji, GIF, and Sticker pickers makes it one of Android’s top keyboard features. Google helps everyone around the world to find and share creative pictures more quickly. 

Even though the features are unchanged, the macOS update gives keys a new look that boosts the experience of typing or messages every day.

During the rollout, more people will notice that using Gboard has become smoother and more pleasurable.

Also Read: Gboard’s New Emoji Kitchen Update

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages adds a 14-line text fields for easier messages

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |09 Jun 2025

The latest change in Google Messages makes it easier to write messages with more text. Google Messages 14-line Text Field around 14-line text fields can be seen in the message box now. So, typing doesn’t require scrolling. 

People using Android devices worldwide are starting to get this update, aimed at making long chats feel much easier.

Limited Text Field Height

14-line text fields

Before, users could only write a short message in the text input field since it had fewer lines to use Google Messages New Features 2025 . 

As a result, people may not carefully review their whole message before sending it. This could require them to scroll a lot because the box on the screen is so small.

The Changes in the 14-Line View

14-line text fields

In order to respond to this issue, the update makes the default text input field much taller. 

From now on, the area for writing will be able to show around 14 lines of text before users need to scroll down. When we consider this whole group, there are several real benefits:

When writing, users can now spot most of their messages, which is convenient for reviewing and fixing errors before sending. Such a type of writing works best when you are creating explanations, making details, or composing narratives.

Text can now be seen better. Therefore, the keyboard does not cover as much of what you see on the screen. People can keep track of their ongoing conversations and the message that is being written.

Writing is more natural in this app since it mimics the style of writing in a wider text editor. It lowers the anxiousness that comes from constantly feeling too cooped up.

Small yet Important Changes

The change is simple, but this update promotes a better way to read messages. It values how comfortable and efficient users feel, mostly for people who often talk for a long time. 

This little improvement can boost the efficiency of communication, make people less frustrated, and result in clearer messages.

Gradual Rollout

As has been the case with other Google updates, the feature may be coming out gradually. People around the world should regularly update their Google Messages via the Google Play Store. 

Still, we should note that these updates are always done on the server. So not everyone may see the feature right away, even if they have the same app version.

A Process in Constant Development

This change in the text input matches Google’s efforts to enhance how the Messages app helps users interact. 

Aside from larger and better media-sharing options, the taller text field makes Google Messages more useful and easy to use for Android users. 

With the new update, WhatsApp becomes a little easier and more comfortable to use in messaging.

Final Message 

Although the 14-line text fields look small, they greatly benefit people who tend to send long text messages. Because of the new design, it is now easier to see messages, scroll through them, and type without effort. 

It proves that Google is committed to making things comfortable and better for users. As the new features are introduced, Android users will find conversations in their chats more flexible and easy to use.

Also Read: Google Messages rolls out camera gallery redesign

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages rolls out camera gallery redesign

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |06 Jun 2025

Google Messages has updated its media-sharing feature for more people to enjoy. Google Messages Gallery Redesign the new camera gallery redesign is beginning to be released. It aims to notify regular app users on the stable channel. 

This update brings important changes to sending photos and videos. This gives users better control over their image quality. It also adds a user-friendly way to add media to the RCS-enabled messaging app.

Effective Method for Picking Media

If you open the option, you will quickly notice that Google camera gallery redesign has changed the way things are shown. Google Messages Camera Update now, the popup is gone from what it was before.

A large camera viewfinder takes up most of the screen space at the very top of the app. It gives people a bigger and more impressive way to catch new experiences.

After the live camera feed, there is a useful grid with your most recent photos and videos from your gallery. With this design, you can promptly choose the recent images and videos you have shot.

HD+ lets you stream in full, uncompressed quality

camera gallery redesign

For users who focus on quality, the arrival of “HD+” media quality on Netflix is a standout benefit. Earlier, Google often pressed images and videos so they would be sent quickly which made them look blurry. While the ‘Send photos faster’ set was offered, it did not give people enough control.

When you choose a photo or video, a preview screen comes up before you can send it. In the app’s menu bar, you can see a clear “HD” or “HD+” symbol. Clicking on this icon clearly shows the option available to you.

HD+ (Original quality) lets you send your photos and videos without making them smaller, thus keeping their high quality.

Better experience before you send the email

camera gallery redesign

The new media sharing process has improved the pre-send preview as well. The chosen media is placed in front of a blurry background.

For the first time, users can add a caption to their photos from this preview. This makes the process more straightforward. 

When you have many items to send, swipe on the item you want to see and add a caption to it individually. You can select items quickly using the trash icon which is placed in the bottom-left corner of the photo editor.

What is in the Next

Users in the stable channel are already getting the update to the Google Messages camera and gallery. People who use Google Messages can expect to get the feature. 

Most people who used the One Button Studio before will have to get used to the new screen layout. However, the updated quality and simplified pre-send functions make this a much better platform.

Google is showing its commitment to making RCS an effective and adaptable messaging standard in Android.

Conclusion

The newest version of Google Messages allows users to take, pick, and send photos and videos more easily. Because of the camera gallery redesign, sharing your photos and videos just became better and more convenient than before. 

Google seems to be devoted to upgrading the RCS experience for Android users. It gives them tools that are practical, clear, and easy to manage in their conversations.

Also Read: Google Messages Widens Material 3 Expressive Design Testing

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |06 Jun 2025
Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music is always looking for ways to make the app better. One main priority is revising the layout of the Now Playing Redesign. To keep users in the music streaming world, a user interface and experience that are easy to use is necessary. 

For some time, people have pointed out issues with the Now Playing Redesign. They hope for better toolbar management, clearer information, and a neater overall look.

YouTube Music is now following these suggestions, working to give listeners a more practical and pleasurable listening experience.

An Introduction to the Redesign  

Now Playing Redesign

 In the starting, YouTube Music began a big redesign of the Now Playing Redesign. It aimed to make the interface easier to use and more appealing.

The attention was mainly on presenting a cleaner style, so the art surrounding the album became simpler. Improvements were meant to streamline the homepage and put the main controls like play/pause, skip, and shuffle within easy reach. 

Making the flow smoother for users and helping them find similar music to the current song was the main goal.

Improvements & Feedback from Users  

Now Playing Redesign

The development team at YouTube Music is updating the Now Playing area using feedback from users. The developers have lately improved where the buttons are showing the progress bar more clearly.

People’s opinions about the technology vary. While some people enjoy the new, clearer appearance of the controls. Others point out that smaller album art in a few views seems less attractive. 

Future Improvements & Expected Changes  

They are constantly refining the Now Playing area to add more AI components. New features are being planned with advanced animation for album art. They allow you to make personal playlists and they will be named to match your preferences. 

The functionality that lets you share timestamps. Update live playlists have been made better for easier and smoother Android syncing. YouTube Music currently tops out at 256kbps AAC.

The company keeps making minor changes to YouTube’s UI so it fits the Expressive style of Google’s Material 3 design.

Final Thought 

Improvements to the Now Playing Redesign such as small upgrades and involving AI, make YouTube Music stronger and make users more satisfied. 

They demonstrate their aim to provide a smarter and more personalized experience for listening, above just playing music. 

More to Read: 5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube Music Adds AI Radio Tuning & Custom Thumbnails

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Google Messages Widens Material 3 Expressive Design Testing

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |05 Jun 2025

Google Messages Material 3 Update the vibrant Android is largely due to Google’s Material 3 Expressive Design. Now, many users are starting to see this fresh design in the Google Messages app.

 They provided more people with the chance to try out the new design. This reveals that Google wants to use the same style in all its main apps.

New Updates in Google Messages

Material 3 Expressive Design

Google Messages now features a new look with little details and helpful changes. Material You Expressive Design Testing these alterations mean to make messaging more interesting, well-structured, and enjoyable.

Important Aspects of the Design

Material 3 Expressive Design

Evidently, the biggest change in chat threads is how messages are now presented in separate, circular-edged containers. This thread’s top corners are curved which proves that it does not belong to the top app bar.

Tapping the ‘+’ button to get media or extra features now opens a new and improved menu called Plus Menu.

There is now a “Connected Button Group” where the pill for whichever tab you open changes to let you know which category you’re in. The search bar in the emoji menu is now one line below the previous one, making the layout look better.

The strategy used to put the product on the market

The main distribution of this update for Material 3 Expressive Design in Google Messages is happening to beta channel users. It requires a beta version first. This rollout comes from the company’s servers, so quick access to it depends on Google’s timing. 

A few times, users might have to go to Settings and find Google Messages. They must select “Force Stop” to access the new interface.

Rolling out updates slowly helps Google review the results. The process gets input from a few testers before releasing the changes to everyone. For this reason, some people using the beta version may notice changes in chat. However, other sections like the home screen or settings stay the same.

Looking Ahead

Its addition to Google Messages proves Google has a strong long-term plan to improve Android’s appearance. 

More first-party apps from Google are to follow the vibrant and smooth Material You design. Android and its Quarterly Platform Releases are available. 

Users of Google Messages experience a more appealing way to send messages. It blends in with the newer looks of Android. 

The Wrap Up

With Material 3 Expressive Design, Google Messages gives its users a fun and fresh messaging experience that is cleaner than before. By introducing it, Google can check how people use it and improve it ahead of the final release. 

Part of this update is Google’s effort to refresh the look of most of its apps. This is because Android has become more enjoyable for everyone to use.

Sooner or later, apps will give users better and more attractive interactions thanks to this new design style.

Related Reading: Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |05 Jun 2025

The Android version of Chrome gets a couple of new Chrome 137 updates. Google has made a few small design changes in this update. It includes giving menus rounded corners and placing the Tab Group button elsewhere. 

 Rounded menus add a more refined touch to the interface. The new location of the Tab Group button could make it easier and faster to use different tabs. This progress proves Google’s commitment to updating its interface for a better user experience.

Making use of Rounded Menu Corners

Chrome 137 updates

Context menus consist of rounded corners in the updated version of Chrome. Earlier, menus used calculations, now brief press brings about menus with smooth rounded edges.

This suits the broad goal of Google’s Material You design which focuses on smoother and more eye-catching interface features.

Because the tabs have rounded edges, they match and agree well with other Chrome elements. Even though it is just a small change, it helps give a sense of better polish and modernity.

A new place for saved webpage groups

Heavy Tab Group users will notice that the button for it has been moved in Chrome version 137. The control center button which was in the position at the bottom, is now in the toolbar.

With Chrome 137, you can access the Tab Group interface by tapping the tab switcher icon in the toolbar. With this action, your tabs are visible in a grid. Tab Groups are now available to you at the top of the window.

The Factors Behind the Relocation

Because it was always at the bottom, this feature could be a little bothersome. It is for those who rarely use Tab Groups. 

Placing the button in the toolbar can tidy up the bottom section. It possibly makes the main actions in browsing stand out more. 

Now, in Windows Chrome, tabs are in the Tab Group just like they are in the desktop version of the browser, by using the tab strip.

Chances for Changes to How Users Work

People who use Tab Groups a lot will have to get used to the new way they are placed. Even though the learning period could be brief.

It uses these tools inside the tab switcher is likely to leave you with more structure. There may be users who rarely tap the bottom button and they could enjoy the new look.

System core updates and security fixes released

Apart from its new appearance and enhanced functions, this version for Android is expected to offer updates for bugs, better performance, and improved security. 

While Google explains much about the smaller changes in its release notes, they help make the browser reliable, smooth, and secure. It is recommended to keep your Chrome browser up to date in order to make use of these improvements.

Final Thoughts

In short, Chrome 137 for Android brings small updates. They make browsing on Android gadgets more pleasant. The round edges of the menu make things look fresher.

It’s now much easier to switch between tabs with the Tab Group button now placed along the top. All these new features are part of Google’s effort to improve the way Chrome is used by Android users.

More insights: Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Find Hub

Chrome 136 Has Disappeared Some Dynamic Colors on Android

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

UWB Support Missing from Google’s Find Hub

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |04 Jun 2025
Find Hub

The “Find My Device” network by Google Find Hub UWB Support google is now called “Find Hub.” It offers new ways for its customers to locate their lost phones, accessories, and even people. Google Find My Device UWB Support tracing air cargo is now improved through support for satellites and advice from airlines. 

Another important upgrade is Ultra-Wideband (UWB), but it has not yet been included for most users. Because UWB shows you both directions and how far away you are, you can find lost items with more accuracy.

From “Find My Device” to “Find Hub”

Find Hub

The “Find My Device” app by Google originally sought to help find missing Android phones and tablets. Find My Device UWB Missing moving from “Find Hub” marks an effort to build a main location where all tracking functions can be found together UWB Missing in Google Find Hub. 

Additionally, this offers options for your devices, accessories, and the ability to share where you are with acquaintances. A huge crowdsourced group of Android devices offers encrypted location information. It offers the “Find Hub Network” to guide people in looking for items.

What makes UWB Unique

Find Hub

For a long time, item tracking has relied on Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE). However, it is not very accurate for objects nearby. It does not exactly locate an item in a room like your sensor does. 

The Role of UWB in Changing the World of Tracking:

UWB provides direction information for tagged objects which Bluetooth Antenna does not. There is an “arrow” feature, meaning you get a visual direction to the exact place where your missing thing is.

Using a wide range of frequencies, UWB experiences less interference than Bluetooth. Hence it provides more accurate tracking in areas with lots of devices.

The Current State of UWB in Find Hub

Google reported that May 2025 would be when UWB ads would begin. Both the device that is tracked and the smartphone need UWB chips to work with UWB precision finding. 

Now, several new top-of-the-line Android phones (such as the Pixel 6 Pro, Galaxy S21+, and newer models) have UWB built-in.

Yet, UWB being accessible to most people through Find Hub still appears to arrive slowly in a server rollout. Google often uses this phase-by-phase approach. So they can evaluate the service and correct problems before it is made available everywhere.

What is next to Find Hub and UWB?

Integrating Find Hub and UWB brings about a massive expansion in what it can do. It’s supposed to provide a strong challenge to Apple’s established Find My network and Samsung’s SmartTags. From looking ahead, we can anticipate:

With the rising adoption of UWB and Google’s Find Hub, more accessory makers are expected to bring out UWB-enabled trackers. So there will be a bigger variety of users.

UWB’s accuracy, though not specifically for lost items, could be used for very precise indoor wayfinding in gigantic buildings.

The Wrap Up

In short, Find Hub is making it much easier for Google users to find anything that gets lost. Satellite data and airline tracking are making it easier for the system to assist with aviation safety. 

A key problem at this stage is that Ultra-Wideband (UWB) has not yet been fully released. UWB becomes more widely used, Users will notice faster and more accurate device-finding with Find Hub. Android’s find-my-device service will be closer to real-time.

More Reading: AirTag-Like Trackers Now Support Android’s ‘Find My Device’

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16 is introducing a way to adjust HDR Brightness

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |04 Jun 2025

Android 16 is preparing to tackle an issue when watching videos that are very bright. Several users have said HDR makes content too bright for watching in a dark room. Android 16 will add a control for HDR Brightness to solve this problem. 

The function will let you control the brightness of HDR videos. It may be easier for your eyes than fully-honed videos. It will be available soon in an upcoming beta of Android 16.

The Problem: High Dynamic Range Material

HDR Brightness

Though HDR greatly improves picture quality. Using it on smartphone screens often makes the screen really bright when HDR content is seen. It can become disruptive while scrolling on social media, or watching brief videos.

Many users want to have more detailed settings. What they now get are basic app-level options or only an on/off button.

Main Functions of the New Control

HDR Brightness

There will be a setting to fully disable that function for Android 16 users. Therefore, HDR content will be downgraded to SDR brightness so everyone sees the same brightness level as before.

It allows you to pick how bright your highlights can be while keeping the rest of the display easily readable.

To show how altering “Enhanced HDR Brightness” affects the content, the page will have a live preview. Because users can see the impacts of their settings right away, they can adapt the settings to what they like.

What This Means for Users

It will give Android users a substantial improvement in how they use their phones. It addresses an ongoing issue and includes a high level of customization. This has not been possible in the system till now.

Smoother input is especially noticeable in intensive games.

Users are now able to adjust HDR for their individual likes and lighting situations.

Lowering how much HDR brightness affects the screen can help lessen eye strain if you watch HDR for long periods.

A way to control how your content looks on your screen

Android 16 includes a slider for adjusting HDR brightness. This gives more precise control over how bright the screen appears than Samsung’s current toggle. 

This update from Google is a part of their effort to give users control over how their devices display information. It matches Android’s ongoing improvement in user experience.

The control should become available with the next Android 16 QPR1 beta which should arrive in the following weeks.

HDR gets applied everywhere since it’s built into the system. It gives Android users an organized and reliable HDR experience for every video and picture they open.

Conclusion

Google has introduced the new “Enhanced HDR Brightness” setting for Android 16 showing it cares about common issues users have. 

Users will now be able to let HDR dim down during dark scenes. It should help them avoid both discomforts and having their apps adapt too fast, making everything feel more consistent. 

This setting impacts a lot and adding it shows that Google cares about little details that simplify smartphone interaction.

Also Read: Ultra HDR: Unvеiling thе Sеcrеts of Supеr Bright Photos

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

What June 2025 Brings to Google System Update

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |03 Jun 2025

During the Google System Update in the recent month of 2025, they enhanced several new features. It improved security with helpful updates across Android phones, tablets, smartwatches (Wear OS), Android TV, and Android Auto.

Monthly System Updates under Google ensure that Android devices are always safe, smooth, as well as up-to-date. However, do not require actual software upgrades. 

More improvements are revealed in making devices from this month more secure and easier to use. As well as it comes up with more useful tools for some of the most popular apps.

Enhanced Security & Privacy

Google System Update

Security has always been a prime goal of Google. They have rolled out many important features over time that can strengthen ways to protect the user against ever-evolving threats.

Mode of Advanced Protection: This is probably the most important security feature. It brings together overly converged and newer tools into a single environment.

Theft Detection Lock: Enhanced Anti-theft measures and the important ability to block USB transfers without explicit authentication.

Google Play Protect: Enhanced protection against applications trying to corrupt device memory or attack it. 

Network and Wi-Fi security: Automatically prevents 2G connections (except for emergency calls) and prevents automatic connection with unsecure Wi-Fi networks.

Android Safe Browse: Forces Chrome to create only secured HTTPS connections.

Caller ID & Spam Protection: Improved indeterminate blocking and identification of suspicious calls. 

Scam Detection & Spam Protection: Prevention against a more extensive range of scams in talks through advanced AI-powered warnings.

Sensitive content warnings: With the ongoing rollout of the aforementioned feature, every potentially explicit image is blurred. It can be deleted to avoid accidental viewing or sharing of any unwanted content. This process happens on-device to promote privacy. 

Identity check expansion: A feature that requires biometric authentication for sensitive changes in settings is looking towards more Android devices.

Enhancements to Apps and Ecosystems

Google System Update

Many agents of innovation and feature enhancements are coming into play in Google’s first-party apps.

Material 3 Expressive Update for Android Gmail (Slow Roll-Out) 

Material 3 Expressive design slowly but surely starts appearing with a rollout on the server side. 

The feature brings a card-based inbox, a redesigned compose button, vibrant theming, and pill-shaped swipe animations.

Google Maps New Logo in the Bottom Corner

This design aims to reduce geographical clutter and offer an uncluttered experience. Media is shared through one interface that would host a merged live viewfinder and the camera roll.

Giving the user even more options on image quality, they choose between HD. Users are now also allowed to manage their image quality by choosing either HD or HD+. 

System Management & Performance

Improved under-the-hood performance guarantees a more stable and efficient Android experience. 

Better Storage Settings: New storage settings help users understand and manage their storage. 

System Management & Diagnostics Fixes: Bug fixes and updates to systems management and diagnostics service running on the phones, PCs, TVs, and Wear OS devices, boosting their stability and performance.

Updated Usage and Diagnostics UI: A refreshed UI for the Usage and Diagnostics screen system-wide.

Reliable App Downloads and Installations: Optimizations aimed to enhance the speed and reliability of app downloads and installations from the Play Store.

Final Thought

June 2025 Google System Update presents a combination of security improvements, user interface refinements, and enhancements across the Android ecosystem. 

These changes gradually roll out across devices. Users should embrace the new enhancements made to security with Google System Updates.

Also Read: Google System Updates May 2025 Explained

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |03 Jun 2025

Gmail for Android is slowly welcoming Google’s awaited Material 3 Expressive design. It has come up with a promise of enhanced colorful, fluid, and tactile user experiences. 

Like any other substantial Google rollout, the deployment is sluggish, with even random server-side distribution. 

The slow deployment means that while some lucky few are enjoying Gmail’s fresh new look, others are still in line.

What’s Material 3 Expressive?

Material 3 Expressive

Material 3 Expressive is the next phase of the custom “Material You” view, meant to make the entire UI feel more dynamic, captivating, and appealing. Some of its key features include:

Vibrant Color Palettes: More emphasis would be placed on vivid and expressive colors. It also dynamically adjusts based on wallpaper colors chosen by the user.

Enhanced Motion and Haptic Feedback: Interactions feel more tactile and delightful through bouncier animations, a subtle ‘peel-away’ effect to dismiss notifications, and haptic nudges that respond to those actions. 

Card-style UI: It is a more visually appealing approach. It aims to display content blocks as clearly defined, raised cards, lending depth and visual layering to the interface.

Refined Typography and Shapes: Updates to font styles for hierarchy and readability, as well as more shapes. It often has pill-shaped or rounded buttons and UI elements.

Gmail Gets an Expressive Makeover

Material 3 Expressive

The inbox now appears as an elevated card, with soft rounded corners on the top side. The container has a clear segregation from the search bar as well as the bottom navigation. There is a clear indication of how the whole inbox looks.

Bright Theming and Layering: The update carries all the more tonal variations. Therefore a more multi-hued palette across the application so that it feels deep. Components like this search field or bottom navigation might receive brighter theming contrasting. It comes up with that lighter background card of the message list.

Updated Account Switcher: For some selected users receiving this update, the account switcher now appears as a separate, more easily accessible entity, out of the domain of the search bar.

The Mystery Around the Slow Rollout

Google keeps incrementally enabling the feature for individual accounts. This is because more and more people seem to be experiencing a fortunate luck-of-the-draw roll-out-the-new-update effect. 

Some people even using the same version of the app will have the new look while others will not. This is done so cautiously by Google, leaving them the chance to see how well it works.

What’s coming up next? 

In the months to come, users must await more such updates on other Google apps. It would take them to the new visual and interactive tenets of Android 16 and beyond. 

Until then, Android users have to sit tight and watch their Gmail app. See if they’re part of the next wave that gets this lovely, expressive makeover.

More to Read: Adjustable Gmail Layouts Arrive on Android Big Screens

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Gmail for Android in Redesigned Menu

Adjustable Gmail Layouts Arrive on Android Big Screens

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Maps Gets New Bottom Corner Logo 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |02 Jun 2025

Google Maps has made a small but visible change, the Bottom Corner Logo to its mobile map. The multicolored Google wordmark in this space has now been changed to a simple “Google Maps” label. 

All map views on both iOS and Android offer the new design now. Google mapped the looks of the Android app to iOS to create a clearer one without making the app Busy.

A Change to Simple Branding

Bottom Corner Logo

Before, the bottom-left corner of Google Maps showed the Google logo in four colors, often bordered in white. This Google branding is very popular. It could sometimes stand out too much, especially when the maps take up the whole screen.

Google Maps’ updated logo consists of monochromatic text spelling out the name. It reflects the user’s device theme.

The branding now matches with other Google software. It prefers to use product-specific logos in place of the main company logo where users interact the most with the app.

Reduces Distractions, Gives You More Focus

Bottom Corner Logo

The major advantage of this tiny tweak is a user experience that is both cleaner and less cluttered. In Google Maps, what you see on the screen reflects the whole look and feel of the app. 

Giving the Bottom Corner Logo a simpler look helps users concentrate more on the content of the map. The absence of the colorful company logo is a beneficial change for a lot of people.

The brand looks consistent across all platforms

Many people using Android and iOS devices have noticed that the new logo has rolled out. But Google Maps on the desktop is still using the classic logo instead of the new one.

Because of this, a staged launch might be wise, or deciding to improve the mobile app first since its screen is often larger.

Part of the Bigger Pattern of Design Changes

Google is taking to improve Material Design and keep its brand identity the same across many types of products. Google has recently added other updates to Maps, including having a simple navigational bar.

The main Google app’s “G” icon was updated in May 2025 with a new gradient appearance. It marks another step for Google in using one look across all its products.

The new Google Maps logo in the corner of the app was a choice. As the update rolls out, people can notice the change on their devices.

The Climax 

The updated Google Maps Bottom Corner Logo in the lower left seems small. It is part of Google’s push to tidy up its apps and emphasize each product’s brand image. The company wants the logo to be less distracting and enhance what the users see. 

Google upgrades Material Design for all its apps to help unify and polish the entire mobile experience. This design change will spread to additional devices after the update starts to be released more broadly.

Also Read: Google Maps Brings “full-sheet redesign” for Android 

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Mode Arrives in Beta

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |31 May 2025

Google is introducing Advanced Protection Mode for Android security. This change suggests Google is strongly committed to keeping users protected while threats change. 

Advanced Protection Mode is a complete set of security features. Putting together existing defenses with those that are new, ensures that users have better security sooner than usual.

How does using Advanced Protection Mode work?

Advanced Protection Mode

The main idea of Advanced Protection Mode is to bundle many security features. It streamlines the way people protect their Android gadgets. 

Using Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1, the new toggle we can now find in the “Personal & device safety” section of your “Device Settings”. 

Once you enable it, Windows Security sets up and uses the needed protection tools automatically. So the user does not have to adjust many security settings on their own.

Advanced Protection’s Six Pillars

Advanced Protection Mode

Using Advanced Protection Mode means your account’s security is robust. It supposedly defends smart devices with six main security methods.

To guard your phone if someone steals your cell phone, this feature activates your phone’s anti-theft alarm. It provides better theft prevention and it can prevent data theft from USB devices unless the authentication is on.

Advanced Protection steps up from the security of regular Play Protect scanning. It means to help protect your phone’s memory by preventing apps from harming it.

To prevent using unsecured connections, your device will block 2G networks. In this way, you can use only emergency calls. 

As soon as Advanced Protection is on, the Chrome browser stops visitors from browsing pages not using HTTPS. It resists phishing and malicious websites.

Phone by Google helps by making Google’s current caller ID and spam protection features better. This comes up with the Phone app to protect users from receiving unwanted calls.

Beyond the services

Though Advanced Protection Mode steals the show, Android 16 has many other security and privacy improvements:

Key Verifier: Users can now check the identity of someone they’re talking to in Google Messages. They can use public encryption keys which makes it difficult for others to impersonate them.

New call protections: Android 16 adds new measures. Those features stop certain risky steps while you are on the phone with people other than your contacts. This covers ensuring that Google Play Protect is not switched off.

Sensitive Content Warnings: It expands and blurs images sent that might show vulgarity. The pictures get hidden and we actively discourage users from sharing them.

ID Check Expansion: It is originally available on Pixel and Samsung phones. This is expected to come up with other Android phones.

Results of Releasing the Program Early

It is a planned strategy for Google to have Advanced Protection Mode available from the Android 16 beta. It helps ensure the critical security suite works well before it is officially released. 

For beta testers, the software immediately boosts device security, but it brings the common issues with beta programs.

Google is continuing to push for better security in mobile devices with the strong range of features included in Android 16. 

The Wrap-Up 

Instead of having each tool separate, Advanced Protection Mode gathers them into one place. This makes security easier and devices, apps, websites, and communication tools more protected. 

Google has included it in the QPR1 Beta 1, showing they want to make key security fixes as soon as possible. Over time, Android will get better at security all by itself, so users do not have to take extra steps.

More to Read: Google enhances theft protection for Android 15 release

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

New Google Messages Features Rolling Out in May 2025

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |31 May 2025

Google Messages is gradually developing into a safer and smarter way for Android users to text. In May 2025, Google focused on making several improvements in Google Messages Features like Rich Communication Services (RCS) and increased user safety. 

Google is enhancing its apps to keep them reliable, packed with features, and simple to use. So they remain competitive in the mobile messaging field.

1. Key Verifier

During The Android Show in May, the tool was presented because it helps people confirm the authenticity of the other party. 

Having this extra security measure stops unauthorized users from lying about their identities and fraudulent activities. Giving your secret PIN makes the app trustworthy and confident among users.

2. The status bar in ‘New Chat’ contacts notes your RCS settings

A nice new improvement is the updated “New chat” list for contacts. Google Messages is now placing RCS badges next to contact names as you view “New chat.” This is one of the most important Google Messages Features.

Using Color theming for RCS-enabled contacts, this hint clearly shows who you can chat with using the new features and who you’re limited to regular SMS/MMS. Through this, businesses can save time and help more RCS users to join.

3. ‘Delete for the Group’

One highly sought-after change is now available to more users—it’s called ‘Delete for everyone’. It is possible to unsend messages from all participants’ devices. It works in a way similar to unsend options on WhatsApp and other well-known messaging apps. 

Presently, only certain beta users are seeing this feature, mostly in bigger group chats, with a standard time limit for unsending their messages. It serves as an important buffer when accidents with your messages occur or if you immediately feel regretful.

4. Increased and Real-Time Scam Prevention

Google Messages is getting better at blocking scammy messages. The app will now detect the most commonly used scam methods from more kinds of scams:

1. Scams for toll roads and other billing fees

2. Crypto scams

3. Lottery prizes and gift card deceptions

4. Scams where users are targeted by technical support.

Users can receive real-time notifications on their phones because of this type of protection. They can take action to block and report anything suspicious before fraud can occur.

5. Notice of sensitive content

Rolling out is expanding Sensitive Content Warnings, making it a more valuable safety feature. It filters images that might show nudity and helps you to delete them before looking at them. It also lets users know the dangers of sharing nude photos and prevents mistaken sharing. 

No sensitive information leaves your device, because the safety component works inside the OS. Adult accounts need to opt in, yet supervised accounts have parental controls available through Google Family Link.

6. Bring together the Camera and Gallery app

The new version of Google Messages is working on how people exchange media, making everything much more convenient. The change is that when you tap Gallery in a chat, you now get both your most recent photos and the camera preview all on one screen. 

Because of this simple design, you can save and share things right away. It’s now possible to select the image quality before you send it. So you decide how much space to use and how good the images should look.

New Developments and Future Predictions

The app also keeps getting better by working on additional areas like:

Option to easily exit out of receiving SMS and RCS messages from unwanted brands.

Recent reports indicate that dual SIM RCS is available more reliably which could help spread RCS use globally.

More characters can be added to a message with the increased text field limit.

Adjusting the way that read receipts are shown to users.

The Climax

The May 2025 update is among the biggest enhancements Google Messages has had in recent times. The main feature additions are designed to now make Google Messages smarter, safer, and more user-friendly. 

Google Messages looks ready to hold its own in the Android messaging world. After Google Messages Features are globally available, chat users will experience better security, improved reliability, and a better chat experience. 

Also Read: Google Messages Highlights RCS Contacts in New Chat List

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

One UI 8 vs. Android 16: Which Upgrade Wins?

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |30 May 2025

One UI 8 vs. Android 16 has introduced its newest concepts for Android this year. Samsung’s One UI 8, developed using Android 16, and Google’s update to Android 16 with new Material 3 Expressive design, each introduce ways to style, manage, and personalize your device. 

Both promise to deliver better and smarter features. They each use unique approaches when it comes to style and feel. That’s why we need to study the features and special details of every model to find out. Let’s get started without further ado!

Android 16 with Material 3 Expressive

One UI 8 vs. Android 16

Material 3 Expressive is said to be a big visual update. It makes use of the current Material You style to deliver an animated, moveable, and “expressive” experience for everyone.

What makes Material 3 Expressive Unique

One UI 8 vs. Android 16

Thoughtful and precise animation adds weight to the user’s interaction by providing light haptic feedback. The animations of Elements respond to touch.

They shake a little when tapping on a Quick Settings tile and make a satisfying sound when you clear notifications. This goal is to ensure the interface appears lively and responds more readily.

It also adds different icon shapes and components. This shifts in the direction of rounded rectangles and a wider range of symbols. Now, users can adjust how large their tiles are to suit their personal needs.

The Wallpaper Effects feature includes new options. So wallpaper images can respond to weather conditions in your location by adding rain, snow, or sunlight.

Introducing Samsung’s Newest: One UI 8

One UI from Samsung has always been designed to allow users to customize things. It is to make the most of the features in their hardware.

One UI 8 which uses Android 16, emphasizes refinement and practical improvements after the big changes in One UI 7.

What One UI 8 Has to Offer:

With One UI 8, you can customize the screen split for multitasking like on some other Android skins. You can see a lot more in one app, without losing sight of the app you had open before. 

A large part of the new features in One UI 8 are found in updated Samsung apps. The Reminder app gets a new design with better sorting. Quick Share is improved for simplified file sharing and My Files now comes with more effective download filtering.

The latest version of One UI includes support for Auracast. This makes it easier to stream sound to multiple devices and improvements to Samsung Health Together for enjoying exercise challenges.

What Is a Better Improvement?

User preference and the key features valued in a mobile OS largely determine which upgrade is better. Anyone who wants a fresh design and stable Android layout will probably be more impressed by Android 16 with Material 3 Expressive. 

People who want an interface they recognize with helpful, useful features and many customization options will value One UI 8. What makes Samsung great is its year-round improvements and thoughtful changes to its hardware.

The Final Verdict

In short, choosing either approach will depend on users and their circumstances. Using Material 3 Expressive, Android 16 brings more life and a lively response to the user interface. 

On the other hand, One UI 8 gives users a simple but useful upgrade. It concentrates on improving old traits and including the latest AI abilities inside Samsung’s established technology. 

Whether you care more about a vivid One UI 8 vs. Android 16 or lots of choice features, Android or iOS will have something for you.

More Reading: Samsung Starts One UI 8 Beta for Galaxy S25 Series

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Adds YouTube Shorts via Lens

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |30 May 2025

This has the intention of using YouTube Shorts as a platform, already enjoyed by millions of people. It aims to offer them a more interactive and smarter experience. 

With Google Lens, users can now tap on any element they see in YouTube Shorts. This new integration makes Shorts a much more functional and informative site.

It is comprehensive for Google for AI and visual discovery. They are meant to make everyday experiences important, connected, and very personal to the individual.

A Visual Search Upgrade for Shorts

YouTube Shorts

YouTube Shorts has built up in very little time as the ideal stage through which creators can dispense quick-fire entertainment.

It has garnered billions of views across subjects every single day. It already stands as one of the very cornerstones through which YouTube would see itself reshape its strategy. 

And Google is looking to integrate Google Lens directly into this. It introduces a smart layer around how users interact with that content in Shorts. 

A Win for Viewers Creators 

YouTube Shorts

To viewers, this feature adds a strong layer of utility. Watching becomes much more interactive, and it’s much easier to learn about what you are watching with just a tap. 

For creators, it now offers new avenues. With Lens makes it easier for viewers to explore and identify products, places, or items in a Short.

As Shorts become more dynamic and more informative, that layer of visual context and interaction with the users could help. Thus, we may see improved retention and sharing for creators. 

Roll-out and Availability 

Google hasn’t indicated any specific date yet for Lens to integrate with YouTube Shorts. However, the feature is currently being tested in limited regions. It seems that the early access is rolling out on Android devices running the

The same thing happened with many other features that Google has introduced. It will start in the U.S. and select key markets before becoming more widely available around the world. Users should look out for excellent updates in the coming weeks with this feature.

Conclusion

By putting together a visual search, Google indeed rewrites the script about how users explore and connect with what they see on screen.

Indicate products, retrieve places, give object symbology, all this with greater chances of discovery and deeper connections provide ways for more intelligent and connected viewing experiences at YouTube Shorts. 

Also Read: Google Updates Android Search Widget with Custom Shortcuts

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages Highlights RCS Contacts in New Chat List

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |29 May 2025

Seeing who supports RCS became easier with the latest update to Google Messages. With this update, the New Chat List points out which of your contacts you can message with RCS.

This way, you can immediately see when it’s fine to use typing indicators. Check if messages have been read, and enjoy sharing high-quality media.

How is the New Chat List different now?

New Chat List

Before, if users created a new message in Google Messages, the contact list they could choose from was only simple and quiet. 

Both Google and Apple are including green checkmarks for any contacts who support the new RCS service. For example, icons or quick labels next to people’s names explain if they use modern chat.

This action is one of many by Google to drive RCS as the main messaging system on Android. Google is highlighting people who can use RCS messaging. It does so in order to promote using the richer features in the Messages app.

Why This Is Important for Users

New Chat List

Your experience is more effective with RCS than with SMS. You can now see when another user is typing.

Check to see when your text was read.

Ability to share photos and videos of high-quality

Users can enjoy texting by using Wi-Fi or mobile data.

Improvements in how we control group chats

Up to now, it’s not always been clear which people have RCS and which ones are missing it. With this update, you’ll be able to see right away who you can share media with through user profiles.

A Start to Better Messaging Technology

Google has been promoting RCS and teamed up with providers and phone manufacturers. It aims to get it launched around the world. 

RCS has gone ahead and crossed more than a billion active users. This is now said to be supported in most Android devices. Such updates help normalize and promote RCS in place of the far older SMS technology.

The new indicators for contacts are rolling out in the new beta version of Google Messages. It may soon come to stable versions of the app in the upcoming weeks.

Final Thought

This update of the New Chat List may seem light. However, it has brought one more additional improvement to the Android Messaging experience. The users can now directly see which contacts support RCS.

If you have, however, not seen the update yet, there is no need to worry. Google is gradually rolling it out, and it should hit your phone shortly. Overall, this minor update speaks volumes about Google’s mission to better communication and improve convenience on Android. 

More Reading: Google Messages Introduces ‘Delete for Everyone’ in New Update

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Photos Turns 10 with Editor Update and Easy QR Sharing

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |29 May 2025

Google Photos turns 10 with an Editor Update and Easy QR Sharing, celebrating a decade of helping users store and manage their memories. Google Photos 10th Anniversary Update to mark the occasion, Google Photos 10 Year Anniversary google has introduced a new look for the photo editor, making it easier to use with better suggestions and tools.

A new QR code sharing feature also lets users share photos and albums quickly, even without needing an app or email. These updates show how Google Photos continues to focus on making photo sharing and editing simple and convenient for everyone. 

A Story of a Decade

Easy QR Sharing

Google Photos QR Sharing Feature google Photos served as a basic storage app, but it has now become an AI-based platform enjoyed by billions worldwide Google Photos QR Code Sharing. 

It’s the popular way to back up photos, build personal albums, auto-edit themes, and remind users of moments they had forgotten.

Google is rolling out changes for its 10th anniversary. It aims to make sure creativity and sharing are big strengths for the future of the app.

Redesigned Editor for Android and iOS

Easy QR Sharing

The biggest update is the improved photo editor, now being launched on Android and iOS. The new design is both simple and smarter to use.

Google has made sure of the photo editing experience. It reflects their new material design, is more natural to use, and runs faster.

QR Code Sharing

Besides the editor change, Google is including a new method to share photos—QR code sharing. It becomes important when you simply want to show photos nearby and avoid fussing with messaging or email. 

The recipients can look at the QR code with their phone’s camera to view the content immediately. Since there’s no need for a Google account or app, it’s quick and easy for quick sharing.

Now it’s much simpler to share files in group situations. It is convenient for everyone who wants to avoid using messaging apps or cloud links all the time.

Other Enhancements and Future Updates

Google is letting people know that there will be additional updates in time for the anniversary. A new design for Memories could make this feature more interesting to use.

The AI that powers Google Photos will help choose albums, make edits, and apply effects according to what is in your content. Google is adding more integration across its Android and other platforms, making things better for users.

Conclusion

The 10th anniversary of Google Photos shows how far digital photo storage and sharing have come in only a decade. 

With a new editor and QR code sharing, the app is working harder to make remembering easier and more efficient. 

For both current users and those just using Photos for the first time, the new features give you more ways to enjoy and organize your pictures.

Also Read: How to Skip Google Photos Quick Edit Before Sharing

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Samsung Starts One UI 8 Beta for Galaxy S25 Series

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |28 May 2025

Only users of the new Galaxy S25 series will be able to use this One UI 8 Beta. So they can preview what’s coming in Samsung’s next Android experience. 

Samsung can collect information from users before launching an official update of the software with the Galaxy S25 in early 2025.

If you are one of the lucky new Galaxy S25 owners involved, you will be among the first to test and see the new changes and updates that One UI 8 includes.

What to Expect from the First One UI 8 Beta

One UI 8 Beta

Since this is the beta’s first release, the appearance might demonstrate some problems and rough features. However, we can expect to get a first look at the most significant changes. Because of how previous Android updates and the One UI have improved, we can predict where changes might be made in this beta.

All the key features of Android 16 will be found in One UI 8. No official details have been given as yet. However, they will likely cover privacy, security, performance, and new libraries for developers.

Samsung has kept working on and improving its One UI design. Apple is due to bring in new icons, fresh animations, and renewed system design.

With every major One UI launch, Samsung introduces updated features and improves its apps. During the beta, users may test early versions of the camera app, Samsung Notes, Samsung Health, and other applications.

How to Participate in the Beta Program (for Galaxy S25 Owners)

One UI 8 Beta

Generally, owning a Galaxy S25 phone from Samsung means you use the Samsung Members app to sign up for the One UI 8 beta. Let’s have a look at the whole scenario:

Download the Samsung Members app.

Review and sign up if you find the Beta Program.

Register to take part in the Beta. 

Download and put in the Beta Software.

Points Beta Testers Should Know

Beta software is more likely to have problems than stable public versions. You should expect some bugs, sudden crashes, and possible performance problems.

Before installing a beta version, you should back up your valuable data.

Bugs or issues can best be reported by beta testers through the Samsung Members app. The information allows Samsung to improve the 

Many regions do not have access to beta programs, since they are introduced in stages. Which Galaxy S25 model you choose can also determine if you are eligible.

Looking Ahead

The Galaxy S25 opening the One UI 8 Beta program is an important phase for Samsung’s software. It gives those who try it first a glimpse of what’s to come on Samsung devices. This helps the company adapt its software to what users use. 

With time, more characteristics will be unveiled. The software should become much more reliable, leading to the release of One UI 8 together with the S25 series. The company’s early preparations emphasize how committed it is to delivering a full and advanced experience for owners of its top phones.

Also Read: Samsung’s One UI 8 Might Be Your Next Running Coach

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Google Updates Android Search Widget with Custom Shortcuts

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |28 May 2025

Android users soon will spot a new Google Search Widget with Custom Shortcuts, designed. It aims to allow users to customize more and reach handy shortcuts more easily. The new server update on the Google app means to improve the search function right from your home screen.

Custom shortcuts like Translate, Weather, and Song Search are easier to access with a single tap. It’s a small but meaningful update that brings speed, personalization, and clarity to your daily search experience.

An Improved Appearance and Greater Functionality

The biggest difference in the new widget is how it looks. The old widget had a simple pill shape. The new one uses a larger, pill-shaped container.

Although Google’s “G” keeps its classic spot on the left and the microphone and Google Lens on the right, the main change is a new dedicated custom shortcut. Not long ago, this feature could be found on the main bar and sometimes remained unnoticed. 

Now, the function you can find in a lonely circle button is located to the right of the main search field. The separate view lets users find and tap the shortcut more easily. It leads them to make use of the new feature.

Customizable shortcut

The revamped widget draws extra attention to the custom shortcut feature Google introduced in the early part of the year. Now, users are able to pick any of several helpful tools to connect to this critical button.

Translate using (text or camera)

Song Search

Weather

Sports

Dictionary

Homework using Google Lens

Finance

Saved

News

AI Mode is currently available to US customers through Search Labs. Users can get to Google’s main features instantly without having to start the main app or look something up.

The Result for End Users

The plan is to give the Google Search widget a boost in features. This makes it uniquely suited to each Android user’s needs.

Google is promoting the use of the custom shortcut, encouraging people to find the features they use often quickly. Some Android users welcome the change of the slightly bigger visuals and better convenience.

Conclusion

Google’s new Search Widget with Custom Shortcuts looks good and is easy to use. Thanks to the new Material You theme and easier custom shortcuts, users can use more features directly from their homescreen. 

Enhanced widget in Google Search lets you translate, weather check, or deal with various tasks in a fast and personal way.

The ongoing update process is now giving Android users more opportunities to personalize and make things easier for themselves.

Also Read: Samsung’s One UI 8 Might Be Your Next Running Coach

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Samsung’s One UI 8 Might Be Your Next Running Coach

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |27 May 2025

Samsung is close to rolling out One UI 8. It will offer exciting upgrades meant for fitness enthusiasts—most of all runners. 

Samsung could create AI coaching systems that support runners in making improvements, running better, and staying motivated. 

You’ll now get helpful tips and insights from your phone or smartwatch. No matter whether you are running or checking your achievements on your wrist.

Smarter Fitness

It seems that rumors and code will reveal Samsung is including personalized fitness coaches in One UI 8. The features might adapt to how you run, your previous results, and what you want to accomplish health-wise. You may receive live audio updates as you run. The system should give you suggestions about your running style or speed according to how you run. 

Programs can be designed according to your present fitness level. It seems that everything will work in close collaboration with Samsung Health and Galaxy Watch sensors. If you have past workout data and on-device intelligence, One UI 8 could provide coaching. It gets better as time goes by—much like a real fitness coach.

The Galaxy means more families can benefit from Samsung Health

Samsung Health should see more Galaxy AI features in One UI 8. We could do more with this update than just present charts and logs. Fitness data is now able to give you helpful advice when you need it. 

It could suggest all kinds of helpful things such as adjusting the length of your steps to consume less energy. It might help boost your spirits when you’re so close to your best effort. 

Sometimes, the plan may advise a low-impact run when you are recovering. When these features are adopted, Samsung Health will change from just tracking to offering expert advice.

Meant for Runners

Runners may be the biggest users, yet these smart coaching tools can also apply to walking, hiking, and cycling. 

Running a couch-to-marathon program or simply wanting to stay fit, One UI 8 can enhance your exercise routine.

Updates to stats reviews, fresh goal-setting features, and motivational coaching modes are all possibilities for keeping users moving.

Important Integration

For those using a Galaxy Watch with their phone, One UI 8’s coaching features will feel both dynamic and immersive. Samsung’s current wearables already give detailed information on heart rate, VO2 max, and how you run. 

All your health information can be gathered in One UI 8’s single smart coaching system. You can get on-wrist prompts and vibration alerts while using the watch to guide your pace or stride. 

This way, users can watch the coach’s cues on their smartwatches. So, they no longer need to bring their phones to work out. So, the Galaxy Watch could work for everyone but may especially appeal to runners who need advanced help with training.

When will we see One UI 8?

Samsung hasn’t given a specific date for the rollout of One UI 8. However, it will probably be launched together with Android 15 sometime in 2025.

It starts with the Galaxy S24 and newer Galaxy Watch versions. Beta testing can start several months ahead for those involved and wishing to get a preview.

Final Thoughts

Samsung’s One UI 8 is looking like much more than a simple change in style. Thanks to AI-powered coaching features, this might be the first time you can use your phone.

The user may watch to help you in your fitness journey, at any level. Regardless of fresh usage, One UI 8 looks set to make a big difference for all fitness enthusiasts.

Dig Deeper: Samsung’s Now Bar Might Be Useful in One UI 8

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Fullscreen Account Switcher Arrives in Google Apps

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |27 May 2025

Google is updating the Fullscreen Account Switcher to give a better and more uniform way to use different accounts. Google Apps Fullscreen Account Switcher now, users find a whole middle panel instead of the old dropdown.

This panel helps make picking an account easier and more noticeable. This update is a part of the bigger effort to join the design of all Google apps and services.

What Does the Fullscreen Account Switcher Mean?

Fullscreen Account Switcher

If you tap your profile picture, Google’s new feature appears with a list to pick the account you want to use. Google Account Switcher UI Update rather than appearing as a dropdown list in the upper right, the switcher now pulls up a full-screen panel showing:

Your Google account you have right now

All other log-ins that are active

An option to manage your accounts

An easy way to access “Add another account”

All Google apps include the Fullscreen Account Switcher system 

Fullscreen Account Switcher

At present, this updated fullscreen account selection is available in the following Google apps:

1. Google Search App

The Search app was among the earliest to use fullscreen design. It gives both its Android and iOS users a more modern way to switch accounts.

The new version of the UI has bigger icons and clearer text so it’s easier to recognize. It also makes working with synced search histories simpler for each user.

2. Google Maps

Switching accounts in Maps now opens a large-screen interface. This makes it easy to view and manage your location and activity settings.

Users can now switch easily between their personal and work locations. Maps are especially helpful for anyone using the platform for business or public listings.

3. Google Photos

Photos users can now quickly switch between their personal and shared accounts, thanks to the fullscreen view.

It is very clear to users which configuration is managed with which account. As a result of the new layout, users will not mistakenly upload their photos to the wrong profile.

4. Google Drive

Thanks to the new switcher, it’s easy to see which account is open when you’re using Drive. Especially when you have both work and personal files stored.

Now, it marks the active storage limits and recent actions with files for each account. A new layout makes the game easy for anyone using the app on huge mobile devices.

5. Gmail

The updated account switcher looks a little different on different devices. A lot of users have noticed it in the newest updates.

The fullscreen display helps you reduce mistakes when you send emails using various email accounts. It also allows you to move between different inboxes in just one look.

6. Google’s official app store

Now, the Play Store shows its user interface in fullscreen. This helps you to handle your purchases, subscriptions, and apps for all of your accounts.

All information on the account’s credit cards and payment history is easy to see. This update is most valuable to families or people who take care of child profiles.

7. YouTube

On Android, YouTube is now using the fullscreen design when people access their account settings.

Changing the channel between personal, branded, and business options is now much easier. You can also access your video-watching history and preferences more easily.

8. Google Calendar

The newer versions of Calendar show account choices in a simple, fullscreen way. Synchronizing allows users to tell instantly which events are from which calendar profile. Plans become even simpler with easier-to-see label colors and sync options.

How the Analysis Will Continue

In the next few weeks and months, Google might introduce this new design in more apps. We can look forward to an update soon for Google Keep, Google News, and Google Contacts. 

Google Chat, Meet, and Admin may embrace the new design as part of Google’s wider goal. It aims to create unified experiences for people at home and work.

Final Thoughts

Switching to the Fullscreen Account Switcher is a useful update because it helps all apps work better and look consistent.

With this new interface, managing both job and personal profiles or using multiple Google accounts, is much more straightforward.

The clear distinction between accounts also helps to make everything less cluttered. If all apps use this UI, moving from one account to another will happen more quickly and consistently across the Google family.

Also Read: 5 Material 3 Changes in Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Audio-Only Mode Coming to Android Auto

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |26 May 2025

Audio-Only Mode is a function that will allow driving without video is being developed for Android Auto by Google. It aims to help keep drivers safer. Let’s see how in the following lines.

When video apps like YouTube, are found in more cars, drivers won’t need to watch the screen to enjoy audio content.  Google’s goal is to let vehicle occupants listen to their music or watch TV while driving safely.

What Does the Audio-Only Mode Do?

The new audio-only mode will hide videos from apps such as YouTube and similar video-streaming services while you drive. 

This new mode makes listening to music or podcasts safer and easier, even for apps made for watching videos.

The video only shows the play button. It might include a few basics like the episode title or how far it’s played—no pictures and no clutter.

The Reason Google Is Pushing Audio Ahead

The latest changes to Android Auto are focused on keeping your trips safe. People like to use more apps while driving, it is more important than ever to keep distractions down. As a result, Google is adding an Audio-Only Mode. So drivers don’t need to look at the screen and can still enjoy what they like to listen to.

The new mode makes it possible for users to enjoy videos simply through sound. Videos playback only the sound and the screen shows only the basic controls for playback. It’s an easy solution to use apps such as YouTube when you are driving. You’ll only be able to watch full videos when your vehicle is in park mode.

What Role It Has in Google’s Overall In-Car Future

This action is a step towards Google’s aim for Android Auto and Android Automotive OS. This drives infotainment displays in vehicles produced by Volvo, Polestar, and GM.

Google is making the platforms smarter. It includes Assistant voice control, easier media browsing, and new playback modes like playing audio only.

Which Apps Could Provide Audio-Only Calls?

A full list from Google is forthcoming. It appears on YouTube, YouTube Music, Spotify, and other top services related to podcasts, and music. The videos will all be available with RCS. 

We want to make sure that any kind of entertainment you use while driving never becomes a safety risk. A few cases illustrating this approach are described below.

YouTube may turn on your audio from video while you drive. It keeps your screen small so you’re not tempted to look at it.

On some platforms, like Spotify and Google Podcasts, you may find that your episode will switch to audio. However, back to the video after you are parked.

When Do Get for Chat Audio-Only Option?

Google hasn’t mentioned when this feature will be live, but we’ll likely see it in the next Android Auto update. The update may be gradually released to you either by Play Services updates or updates to your apps.

Before the full release, users may notice the beta version of new updates in certain channels.

The compatibility level between a vehicle and Android Auto depends on the manufacturer and which version you use. More details may be revealed by Google at a developer event or in blog posts shortly.

Final Thoughts

With cars getting smarter and better infotainment systems each year, making safety a priority becomes increasingly important. It’s good that Google has added an Audio-Only Mode.

This shows it cares about keeping drivers safe as they use Google Maps. If you listen to podcasts or audio on your drives, you can do so safely, thanks to this feature.

More Reading: AAWireless TWO+ Adds Android Auto and CarPlay

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

5 Material 3 Changes in Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |26 May 2025

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1 is now accessible. This represents a major move toward making the experience easier, more unique, and nicer to look at.  Compiled with Material 3 at its heart, Lollipop goes further in dynamic theming and user-specific changes.

It aims to design an individual interface. This version puts forward the idea that your experience with the OS is adjusted by it. Here are 5 changes that special aspects of Android that are exciting me.

1. New quick settings menu

Quick Settings has been modified in Material 3 to look nicer and serve more practical functions. Now, the toggles become rounder when off and square when turned on. This gives users a pleasant and meaningful visual indication.

Customizability is by far the most important improvement they now offer. Now, you can resize Quick Settings tiles, so they take up just half the screen. That means you can now fit 8 shortcut tiles in the smaller panel instead of four. It gives you much better access to your top apps.

2. With the new At a Glance Widget

Enjoying this “At a Glance” widget on the home screen was always easy for Pixel users. It would take up quite a lot of room there. 

The small change makes a big difference, so that we can showcase more apps and widgets in just one view. Although we don’t usually see all the home screen icons, those who do will be pleased with how easy it is to read the info.

3. Vibrant new animations

They don’t only look nice; they also help make daily interactions more pleasant. For instance, a notification you swipe away will cause the other notifications to react softly, just like a wave. If you swipe an app out of the recent apps menu and then drop it, the app flies back.

This makes the next card cards bounce fractionally. These short physics animations help the system feel smarter, so common tasks become little joys.

4. A Reorganized Lock Screen

You can now clearly see more information and updates right from the lock screen. With no notifications, the information on the date and weather is smoothly moved below the clock. This makes everything look more organized and neat.

If you’re using lock screen notifications, the new feature hides them. So, they are just small app icons on your lock screen. Google’s version of this matches Samsung’s One UI but goes a step further. Now, you can quickly spot if you have received alerts, without information that is not needed dominating the screen.

5. New Icons on the Status Bar for Easier Understanding

Your device’s status bar which is always there, has become even more interesting. The design of both Wi-Fi and mobile data indicators has switched from a solid, flat shape to distinct, segmented parts. 

As a result, it’s easier to tell where you are in the message. That way, you can quickly know how much power is left in your phone. These icons make it easier and faster to realize what your phone is doing.

Conclusion

The new Expressive changes in Material 3 bring a big change to the Android user interface. These visual improvements also result in a smoother, simpler, and more personal experience for users. 

Changes to Quick Settings, as well as the new visuals and adjusted status bar, help make Android more alive and enjoyable to use beyond looking nice. We look forward to discovering how these changes emerge and enter into Android’s total ecosystem with each beta update.

Also Read: Google App Gets ‘Activity’ Tab on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google App Gets ‘Activity’ Tab on Android

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |25 May 2025

Android users on the Google app can now easily see their digital history. Google introduces a new ‘Activity’ Tab for most users. 

To replace the Saved section, Google added a new button. This is available at the bottom of its app which puts search history and saved items together in one place. 

Globally, this improves how users can find saved searches, organize bookmarks, and monitor their Google activities.

More Convenient Viewing of Your Online Activities

Google’s new “Activity” tab on the app makes it very easy to monitor. This is for what you do online, placed near “Home,” “Search,” and “Notifications” at the bottom. 

Check your four latest searches and the sites you visited from them. All entries display the page’s name, the time it was saved, and the website link. This offers easy options to save, email, or remove pages. 

Every website, image, place,e or product you’ve saved can be found all together in one long scrollable list.

Helping manage your search history better

Previously, users had to go to their account and choose “Search history”. But now, they can view it much faster by clicking the icon at the bottom.

Having easier access allows you to monitor your browsing activities, and recover important information. They can also keep a better overview of what you do online.

Because of this integration, users can combine what they like and who they are, making managing their data more convenient.

When and how rollout happen

Activity has been being tested for months and is now being released to Android users all over the world. It replaces the “Saved” tab in the new version, but some users already encountered it earlier in test versions. 

Like other Google updates, some users may see the new feature before others, depending on their location. You can still find the old “Activity” tab in the “Saves & Collections” menu if that’s what you prefer.

With this update, Google continues to prioritize user control and greater transparency. This makes it easier and simpler to manage personal information inside the Google app.

The End

The new “Activity” tab makes your digital information much simpler. When different history, saved and collection items are merged, people can easily find and browse them more effectively. 

By adding this, Google is working to enhance how transparent and user-controlled the experience is for those using search. More Android users can anticipate improvements to the app’s performance as the rollout continues.

Also Read: Google App Getting ‘Activity Tab’ for Quicker Search History 

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Everything New in Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |24 May 2025

The Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1 update represents a key change in the way Android is used by users. Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1 features the first major release update is now available to beta testers sign up in the Android Beta Program. 

It provides plenty of improvements to how it looks and how it works. This beta helps Pixel users around the digital globe experience what Android’s future looks and feels like.

What is Material 3 Expressive 

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1

It’s not only about changing out some parts. Android 16 QPR1 update changes there’s a significant change to how Android appears and feels. Emphasis here is given to fast adaptation, distinct appearance, and helpful reaction from games.

The new system from Material 3 Expressive makes animations smoother and bouncier. When moving around icons, you will experience gentle shuddering. This ensures that every conversation feels more interesting.

Blur effects have been added to the panel for quick settings and the notification pane. This results in a design that gives surface and charm. Such visual effects are also repeated throughout other areas of the system.

Coloring of the notification cards is now tied to your system theme. It blends them better with the rest of your system. New color options make the themes more colorful.

You’ll now find that directly under the battery, it shows how much % power is remaining. Compared to other symbols, Wi-Fi is easier to spot and mobile data bars look much simpler now too.

Improvements to the Core System and App

Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1

In addition to the big Material 3 changes, Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1 includes improvements in both the system:

There’s a new half-sized circle style that takes up less room, helping to improve productivity. The system also has a small, flashing visual on the bottom to indicate which tiles within a group are unlabeled. You can now turn on and off the internet and Bluetooth with just one tap.

You can spot groups of related settings in the new Settings app by their clusters of colorful icons. Giving each category its section and making the buttons easy to see helps make it simpler to navigate the interface. 

Users of the Wallpaper & Style App can now swipe to change their lock screen or home screen much more easily. All settings for the lock screen clock have been moved to a new “Clock” area.

Magic Portrait adds a new option to Wallpaper & Style, enabling you to pick out one area of your wallpaper photo. You are allowed to tweak the shape, color, and saturation of the picture frame.

When to Visit and What Is Reproduced

We should keep in mind that this is still a test version. Even though it looks stable, it’s possible that very small issues can still be found. Not every feature shown here during the beta will be included in the official launch version later in the year. 

Regardless, the highlight of this release is how Google aims to make Android more attractive, simple to use, and expressive. Feedback from users is welcome through the Android Beta Feedback app to help improve the final release.

Final Thought

Google is prioritizing making Android more interesting and visually organized by improving animations and updating its system parts. 

Since it is in beta, the features you see now offer an impressive look at the software’s future. Users of Pixel testing and improving these features help Android move toward a simpler and more pleasant experience for everyone.

Also Read: Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

AAWireless TWO+ Adds Android Auto and CarPlay

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |23 May 2025

AAWireless provides Google Photos 10th Anniversary Update the preferred solution to Android users willing to refrain from the cord and desire a wireless Android Auto. AAWireless TWO+ Android Auto support it has now moved to provide solutions for Android Auto and Apple CarPlay through the new adapter, AAWireless TWO+.

This much-anticipated device is starting its line with a limited early access sale on Indiegogo. It signifies a great leap toward a truly universal wireless in-car experience for drivers and the rest of the world.

Advancing Wireless In-Vehicle Communication

AAWireless TWO+

The AAWireless original adapter was a trailblazer by allowing Android Auto usage without wires. AAWireless CarPlay integration then came the next one, AAWireless TWO, and brought a compact form factor as well as better performance Google Photos QR Code Sharing. 

But there’s one big wish from the part of the users: Apple Carplay support. The AAWireless TWO+ perfects this wish and shows concern on the side of families.

Revealing AAWireless TWO+

AAWireless TWO+

AAWireless TWO+ is intended for input into a current USB port of your car. It supports wired Android Auto or Carplay. Once plugged in, it creates a wireless link with your smartphone. Thereby, it projects your favorite in-car interface to your vehicle display. Major attributes of the TWO+ include:

Automatic and Seamless Connection: Once connected, the adapter connects to your phone whenever you start the car. So navigation, music, and communication apps can be used immediately without any cable fuss. 

Future-Proof with OTA Updates: The company will continue to develop over-the-air (OTA) firmware updates with the companion application. It means constant work on improvements, bug fixes, and possibly new features, thus making the TWO+ a long-term investment. 

Compact Design: The specifics of the dimensions for the TWO+ haven’t widely been elaborated upon yet. The design of various AAWireless adapters has been one to keep things as low profile as possible and easily stowed in the car console.

Critical Data Gathering

The AAWireless TWO+ is not yet broadly available for public purchase. Instead, the company has chosen to launch a limited run of 3,000 units via an Indiegogo campaign. Such a strategy will allow AAWireless to: 

Gather Verified Compatibility Data: This early adopter program will provide crucial data to finetune the firmware and ensure global compatibility.

Leverage Community Feedback: The Indiegogo platform has empowered the original AAWireless project. It allows for firing feedback and comments directly from early users. This is because the company can take such feedback into account and make changes as needed before wider distribution.

Early Access: The enthusiasts to get a dual-platform solution get the opportunity to become some of the first testers.

Conclusion 

After AAWireless TWO+, we start to imagine a future of pure convenience in the car behind-the-wheel experience. A wireless Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in one simple adapter make it truly universal for the modern driver. You are either Android, an iPhone, or in those multi-device households.

The limited launch on Indiegogo also represents AAWireless’s commitment to maintaining high quality through community feedback and real-world testing. The TWO+ itself represents a practical and stylish way to smartly and wirelessly drive into a future without wires. 

Also Read: Google Discover redesigns Site Name Visibility

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Discover redesigns Site Name Visibility

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |23 May 2025

Google Discover Site Name Update google Discover has received a small yet major refresh in terms of looks and site Name Visibility. The site name or publisher name now has great importance in the visual hierarchy of each content card Google Discover Site Name Update. 

The rollout of this update is to improve source transparency. It allows users to swiftly identify where their recommended content is coming from on the web and elsewhere.

Source Highlighting

Site Name Visibility

For years, the publisher name and logo in Google Discover UI Redesign 2025 google Discover have existed. Now, with this redesign, Google raises the profile of those important identifiers far higher Google Discover Redesign 2025. 

The individual cards now enjoy a separate graphical bar placed above the main cover image. It presents the site name in bold alongside a larger circular form of its logo.

With the site name and logo taking center stage, Google leads the way for users to pinpoint the source of the ads they might browse easily and to trust it. 

Publisher Branding Matters

This redesign ties neatly into Google’s overall agenda of causing more transparency. It enables more consumers to know where recommended content is coming from.

Enhanced User Experience: For the quick skim of the Discover feed, the more prominently placed site name serves to signal clearly the content’s place of origin. Thus, it enables users to a quick assessment of contextual relevance and interest based on their favorite publishers.

Publisher Benefit: The change is also beneficial for the content publishers. It brings their brand more into focus within the Discover feed. The extra visibility helps build brand awareness and may stimulate some extra direct response to the publisher’s content. 

In Harmony with E-E-A-T Principles: Although not explicitly stated, highlighting site names is in large part supported by Google’s E-E-A-T (Experience, Expertise, Authoritativeness, Trustworthiness) norms, wherein the origin of a piece of information greatly impacts content quality and credibility.

Shifting Elements, Maintaining Functionality

Along with the site name and logo moving to the upper bar, slightly various elements on the Discover card have in some way been repositioned. 

Where the publish time used to be in the bottom-right has also been moved into that corner. The heart icon for liking content and the three-dot overflow menu (for options like “Save” and “Share”) retain their familiar locations on the opposite side. 

Conclusion 

The new redesign of Google Discover is in line with the company’s ongoing push for transparency and user trust. Site Name Visibility is now more easily viewable, allowing users to see the content sources at a glance. 

Not only does this improve the browsing experience, but also it makes trusted publishers visible in their brand names.

Thus, Google’s repeated states about being restrained from relying upon a subjective springboard make antecedence responsibility very hard indeed. 

Related Reading: Google Wallet Security Tests Begin on Android and Wear OS

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |22 May 2025

To make viewing on mobile easier, YouTube has introduced a Redesigned mini-player. It is now being released for Android and iPhone devices. The new update is a result of user feedback on the previous floating design.

This tries to simplify and enhance the multitasking mechanism. Users all over the world are noticing these updates that tidy up controls. It offers different ways to manage video playing in the background.

Nice Looking and Better Controls

The main difference you’ll see in the new mini-player is that there is much less extra clutter on the screen. The old control strip on the mini-player, with play/pause and 10-second buttons, has been taken away.

The main menu has been hidden so viewers can now access key tools directly on the playing video. Most of the time, there’s a play/pause icon in the top-left corner and a close ‘x’ button just opposite it. 

After only a short time, the controls disappear, letting you enjoy your video without obstacles when it’s in miniplayer mode. The red bar you know appears along the bottom of the screen pops up after every finished video.

New Functionality

The new mini-player design lets you easily hide it beside your screen on either side. Users can see the video in the corner of the screen. The small handle makes it easy to slide the miniplayer off to the side and you can pull it back any time.

As soon as the mini-player can be visible again, the video will keep playing right where it stopped. Consequently, users can switch between tasks inside the app without missing anything no matter how quickly they navigate.

The Feedback

This update was created in direct response to the reactions we have seen since adding YouTube’s PiP-style mini-player last October. 

Even though watching videos while browsing was helpful for most, others complained about how busy the layout was and how the controls got in the way. YouTube’s fast launch of the feature reflects how much they value input from their viewers.

Ability to Use Multiple Apps

The development team has made the YouTube mini-player better by refining a loved feature. With controls made easier, YouTube makes it much easier for users to use the platform alongside other tasks. 

This allows you to look at, comment on, or navigate any video anywhere, with an experience. It is always fluid, in charge,e and not in your way. You’ll find this new update in the YouTube app soon, providing an easier way to use YouTube anytime.

The Key Takeaway 

YouTube’s Redesigned mini-player is now available for Android and iPhone users and helps all users enjoy a more polished experience. Because of better animations, the updated mini-player helps you to stay focused on your work even while watching videos. 

With this update, YouTube is trying to make its services easier to use. It wants to keep them looking the same across platforms. Users worldwide will notice smoother video browsing as they get the update.

Also Read: YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube's ongoing issues with new videos and Shorts

YouTube’s ongoing issues with new videos and Shorts

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |21 May 2025

Users may now access YouTube Premium Lite in more countries. Google is reported to have announced. Tests in Europe and some other countries have come to an end before this full launch. 

With Premium Lite, you can watch YouTube without seeing ads, available across your web browser, phone, and TV. 

Still, you won’t get the additional offers that come with the regular YouTube Premium subscription. With this initiative, users who want to enjoy a non-stop stream without all premium features can do so more cheaply.

What does YouTube Premium Lite involve?

It is made especially for those who want a cheaper service compared to the standard YouTube Premium offered. T Chapter’s main feature is that ads are removed from videos. 

It allows you to watch without having to watch pre-roll, mid-roll, or banner ads. You don’t see ads when you use YouTube across all platforms if you’re connected with your Google profile.

What Does It Have?

With YouTube, you get the great benefit of being ad-free when you watch. However, you should know which features you won’t get at the more affordable price point:

To enjoy ad-free playback, background music and downloads offline, you need to subscribe to YouTube Music Premium, not to Premium Lite.

Standard YouTube Premium enables you to listen to videos after locking your phone or using a different app. You will find this feature missing from Premium Lite.

Many users will only find downloading videos for offline access with the full subscription and not the Premium Lite account.

Only full YouTube Premium members can watch original videos and exclusive content, available outside YouTube Lite.

Creating Content for a Bigger Community

Reports show that Google is spreading YouTube Premium Lite to new places outside the first test markets. Reportedly positive reactions to Lite during the pilot phase encourage Google to develop the search app.

It aims to serve a broader user base with different needs and spending abilities. If you are in Pakistan, keep an eye out for Premium Lite under subscription options in the YouTube app and on the website.

Could We Have Easier Access to the World Cup?

Because of this, more people will be able to experience YouTube Premium Lite which comes without ads. 

If the full cost of the feature is more than some users are prepared to pay and what interests them most is ad-free viewing, Premium Lite makes an attractive choice. 

This could attract users in markets since they value movie entertainment at a low cost. However, also needs an unbroken streaming experience.

Conclusion 

Offering this in additional areas is part of Google’s plan to make subscription options that suit a variety of users. 

Lite isn’t as comprehensive as the full Premium plan. It does offer an ad-free way to view YouTube if videos are your main reason to use the site. With more availability, a growing number of users can stream more cleanly and cheaply.

Related Reading: YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube's ongoing issues with new videos and Shorts

YouTube’s ongoing issues with new videos and Shorts

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |21 May 2025

Google is starting to blend its renewed Material 3 Design with TV screens, particularly Google TV. It means broader wider design change across its services. Android phones are getting a bold new makeover. Android OS 16 for TV is starting to adopt the same style. 

This is the first step in Google’s effort to make the design of all its products more similar. It enhances consistency of look and use and makes it more modern. The users can notice smoother switches, better content organization, and an upgraded look.

What is Material 3 Expressive?

Following Material You, gives the interface brighter colors, plus more pleasing and customizable animations. 

For phones, it offers jumping icons, clear typography, and beautiful colors that respond to your wallpaper. The goal? Make sure that devices are fast, fun, and easy to handle.

What updates are coming to Google TV?

While phones see big changes, Google TV has an update with a new, lighter look. Rounded rectangular highlights now show above the Settings section titles for greater clarity.

They are easier to spot as they are now darker and set within circles. The switch design has been updated. So it matches Android 16 on phones, rather than the look from previous versions of Android TV OS 14.

Gradual and steady updates

Google is proceeding with changes to the TV interface step by step. Right now, the home screen and main menus have not been altered.

The gradual way the company is introducing this is to allow Google to test and refine the interface for use on TVs.

Android TV should get the full OS 16 update later this year. Yet, Chromecast with Google TV and similar devices could get the update at different times.

How to Prepare for What’s Next

It’s clear from these changes that Google wants all of its devices to look and feel more unified. When Material 3 Expressive hits more devices, we can expect Google TV to experience some exciting design updates too.

For now, Google TV users both in and outside the US can experience an updated look in their settings, signaling that bigger visual changes are on the way.

The Closing Thought 

Material 3 Expressive on Android TV OS 16 looks simple for now. It is an important step in Google’s shift of design focus. 

Google is gradually adding these updates to the platform, using the Settings menu as a starting point. It aims to match the look of its phones and watches. 

Google TV will increasingly use this expressive, user-focused design style. It aims to create a familiar and updated feeling on your TV screens.

Also Read: Google Rolls Out Android 16 QPR1 Beta with Material 3 Redesign

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Streamer Gets Latest Software Update

Google TV Streamer Gets Latest Software Update

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Rolls Out Android 16 QPR1 Beta with Material 3 Redesign

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |20 May 2025

Google rolled out Android 16 QPR1 Beta. It enables the first adopters to try out the exciting new Material 3 design. Now, Android is starting a new visual era by accentuating animations.

The new look polishes how text looks, and makes colors stand out more. Those signed up for the Android Beta Program on eligible devices can test the new user interface. Let’s get started without further ado!

Material Design Over the Years

By extending the concepts of Material You, Material 3 Expressive enables the creation of interfaces. They work well and align perfectly with a user’s emotions. 

Unlike a simple reskin, this redesign uses new principles that change the way users interact with their devices. Some key characteristics of Material 3 Expressive are present in the beta version.

The trend of every component within the app will feel more reasonable and easy. Dismissing pop-ups, and closing the app will have animated effects and a gentle vibration. It makes it feel smoother to interact.

What to Expect in Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1

The new design includes changed font types. These are stronger and bigger in the main parts which makes it easier to find essential information and follow directions.

Dynamic color theming, based on Material You, allows your phone to match the look of its wallpaper throughout the system.

Material 3 Expressive includes new items such as special loading indicators. These indicate a brief wait and it also revamps regular UI elements. It includes button groups and toolbars, expanding the options for customization.

Availability and Future Outlook

Most Pixel devices enrolled in the Android Beta Program will first receive Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1. Keep in mind that Material 3 Expressive is available in this beta. The full introduction of the design language on all Android 16 devices should come later.

Google intends to roll out this design to Gmail, Google Photos, and Fitbit. So its products have the same look and feel as Google Originals. Anyone eager to see the newest design from Android can preview it by joining the beta program. 

The Last Thing

With the release of Android 16 QPR1 Beta 1, Android is moving forward in both its looks and user experience. 

Thanks to Material 3 Expressive, Google is updating the way we interact with our devices. Improvements in appearance that make the game better on mobile. 

Although future versions will reveal more, early adopters can now access Android’s most polished and emotionally engaging interface. 

Also Read: Android 16 Beta 4 Coming Your Way Tomorrow

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google’s ‘Find Hub’ Feature Begins Android Rollout

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |20 May 2025

A rebrand of Google’s ‘Find Hub‘ is occurring, and Android users have started reporting the update of this app. Google Find Hub Android this marks a shift toward a more unified device-tracking experience.

It was initially revealed at The Android Show: I/O Edition. The new name meant that the application would handle more functions such as tracking phones, tablets, and other things. 

A Name That Highlights

Renaming Find My Device as Find Hub allows the app to better reflect its growing abilities. Find My Device Hub Rollout eventually, Google introduced features such as letting people share their location. It uses third-party Bluetooth trackers with the Find My Device platform. 

This new name captures the fact that Maps is used to organize locations of items and people associated with someone’s Google account. On the app home screen, Find Hub will now be displayed instead of Find Device Briefly.

Which changes are introduced by the ‘Find Hub’ update?

Locating lost devices is still its primary purpose, but the ‘Find Hub’ updates come with a few noticeable differences.

People can now use the real-time location-sharing feature on the People tab, as it is no longer in testing mode. It suggests that this is a well-developed function for coordinating family and friends.

The app’s menu for settings has been improved. After selecting “Settings,” both “Find Hub” and “Google Location Sharing” appear together on a list, separated by other features. Previously, the app would take users straight to their Google Location Settings.

Progress and growth are coming in the future

Google has given us a glance at some thrilling features coming to the app soon.

From April, you’ll be able to use precise UWB findings with ‘Find Hub’ through Moto Tag and similar devices. 

As a result, users will get better directions and distance readouts as they look for their Bluetooth items nearby.

In 2025, ‘Find Hub’ will start supporting satellite connections. Now, users will be able to locate and show their location anywhere. This tool works when there is no cellular or Wi-Fi connection which helps people.

Extended Tracking Control

By adding the Find Hub update, Google is making its tracking system on Android easier to use for all users. 

With the addition of UWB and satellite connectivity, the ‘Find Hub’ app is set to be a must-have for tracking your belongings everywhere in the world. 

Anyone interested in the changes and future features should update their app on the Google Play Store.

The Final Thought

Google’s new ‘Find Hub’ feature for Android positively affects how users track their devices and enjoy using them. 

With the improved app, Google allows users to locate their devices more conveniently without needing several apps. 

The more users receive the update, the clearer it becomes that Google is still dedicated to making things easy, secure, and efficient.

Also Read: Find My Device Rebranded as ‘Find Hub’ in Latest Google Update

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |19 May 2025

Google Chrome will be getting changed. The well-known Tab Search button is reportedly about to be moved. Chrome is testing relocating this button to the far-rightmost section of the tab bar.

This is the shift found in the latest Chrome Canary builds at this time. It has the potential to completely change the way muscle memory. The users have learned to manage their many open tabs within and outside their countries.

A Familiar Friend Gets a New Address

For many Chrome users who always open dozens of tabs at a time, Tab Search is becoming an important button. 

By clicking here, they can open a dropdown menu. This makes it easy for them to find a particular tab. It is possible by typing on some keywords of the title or content. 

However, this frequently reliable location seems to be changing right now in the experimental versions of Canary Chrome. This is at the bleeding edge into which the browser development brings new features and UI tweaks.

Relocation Rationale 

Although Google has not issued any official statement, some theories could explain the new movement of the Tab Search button.

Future UI Considerations: The relocation could be an indication of a larger UI overhaul in Chrome. Whether Tab Search is moved to the right for ergonomic purposes, or changes applied to the tab strip.

Accessibility or Ergonomics: The left positions, may have statistical analysis from Google showing that the right offers better accessibility.

Reduce Visual Clutter: The argued relocation states that Tab Search will also remove some visual clutter. This helps to make those tabs open feel more prominent. 

Affect on User Workflow

The move could naturally frustrate users for a while. This is because they have colored their browsing habits with learned locations of the Tab Search button. 

In our everyday lives, muscle memory tends to quite profoundly dictate where our eyes and the mouse cursor land instinctively.

A sudden shift in a commonly used control disrupts workflow and slows down navigation, at least in the short term.

What Users Can Do

If the relocation of the Tab Search button proves inconvenient for its users on Chrome Canary, that kind of feedback could have great bearing. Google is actively soliciting opinions from users regarding experimental features. 

Feedback can be channeled through the Chrome browser via Help > Report an issue. These are points where you might want to discuss how the new location is affecting your browsing experience.

The Evolving Browser Landscape

The prospective relocation of the Tab Search button in Google Chrome exemplifies a changing world of web browser interfaces. In this way, although not a large change, it reflects a constantly dynamic set of considerations.

A constant change for Chrome to suit the ever-changing needs of web browsing will require users around the globe. Look for further Chrome updates to see if this experimental shift is here to stay.

Related Reading: Chrome 136 Has Disappeared Some Dynamic Colors on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Find Hub

Chrome 136 Has Disappeared Some Dynamic Colors on Android

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Wallet Security Tests Begin on Android and Wear OS

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |19 May 2025

Google is testing stronger Google Wallet security on Android phones and Wear OS watches. This shows that Google is paying closer attention to protecting users from various types of internet fraud and unauthorized logins. 

The details of these tests have not been finalized yet. However, they help suggest several steps to keep your digital wallet safe.

Embracing Security When Using Digital Technology

Since digital wallets include payment cards and transit tickets, their security is very important. 

With Wallet, Google makes sure to test extra security measures to ensure users’ sensitive data is safe and reliable. 

Since digital scams and cyber threats are becoming more advanced, it is important to update the system often.

Improvements to Security Being Tested

Many experts and beta users have already pointed out a range of possible security issues being looked into by Google. However, the company’s official stance on security is uncertain.

Improved Systems for Biometric Authentication 

Apart from fingerprints or faces, Google Wallet could introduce tougher biometrics. It could also request frequent login when making payments or adding new cards. It may require better facial recognition or even several methods of biometric authentication.

Better identification of malware 

Google might do more to spot malware within the Wallet app to stop dangerous programs from viewing. With this, cyber security could be improved against attacks such as phishing.

Increased Encryption Security 

It is probable that Google keeps regularly improving the ways sensitive information in the Wallet app is kept secure, both locally and online. Turborgo may introduce new, stronger encryption to better secure the data of its users.

Checks the integrity of the devices involved 

Google Wallet could be verifying that the device and its operating system are not only genuine but also fully secure. As a result, malware hidden in the system cannot view or reach the data in your Wallet.

Bringing Things Online Slowly 

Bear in mind that these security measures have not yet been approved for use. Certain features won’t be included in the official version of Google Wallet when it comes out. 

The performance and comments from users will likely guide Google in selecting the features worth rolling out globally. With this approach, any additional security is effective, helpful to users, and does not ruin the experience within the Wallet.

How to Secure Your Digital Records and Information

Google Wallet users everywhere appreciate Google’s decision to improve security on their Android and Wear OS devices. 

With more transactions and access to vital information handled online, keeping digital wallets safe is extremely important. 

Google hopes to protect our valuable information in a time when everyone is connected digitally. Make sure to learn about new versions of the Google Wallet app as they will introduce enhanced security.

More Reading: Where Google Wallet State IDs Are Available on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

How to Skip Google Photos Quick Edit Before Sharing

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |18 May 2025

Using Google Photos, we can handle and share the photos we care about. A recent update has changed things. So the ‘Quick Edit’ screen is automatically displayed before you send any photos or videos. 

Some users may feel that having to add an extra step to share is unnecessary. You can avoid this new screen and start sharing your media easily.

Here, you’ll discover how to get past the ‘Quick Edit’ screen and save time sharing pictures in Google Photos.

Understanding the New ‘Quick Edit’ Screen

The newly implemented ‘Quick Edit’ screen pops up immediately after you tap the share icon on a photo. You can edit your photo by enhancing, warming it up, cooling it down, or cropping it.

Instant edits are useful for anyone in a hurry. People who share their media straight away. Or you may edit it with other tools built into the app may dislike having to deal with this screen before sharing.

The Simple Method to Skip the ‘Quick Edit’ Screen

Open the Google Photos App

Select the Photo or Video

Locate and Tap the Share Icon

Ignore the ‘Quick Edit’ Screen

Choose Your Sharing Destination

Why This Method Works

This method works because the list of sharing destinations is still the primary way users intend to share their media. 

On this page, people can tweak their slides before they share them. Choosing who to send the image to will change Google Photos to share the image, rather than editing it.

The Sum Up

The new ‘Quick Edit’ screen in Google Photos might be helpful for some users. It’s good to know that Google has provided a straightforward way. The way to bypass it is for users who enjoy a more direct sharing experience. 

Select your quick editing tool and once done, decide where you want to share your photos and videos from the list below. This means you are free to post your photos and videos how you wish.

Also Read: Google Photos Resolves Magic Editor Save Issue

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Circle to Search Reviews your Whole screen for text

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |17 May 2025

The way Google handles text-based searches through its Circle to Search Reviews your Whole screen for text is significantly improving. The system is now rolling out for all users across the planet. 

Rather than presenting a pill-shaped bar for searching at the bottom, the entire screen is now useful for displaying suggestions and search results. 

This noticeable improvement was devised to make the interface more intuitive. It was important in the first few versions of Circle to Search for the user. It aims to make a coarse gesture. This circled a big portion of the display to start the search. 

Following this, the system would automatically search for answers using Google, attaching the screen image as part of the query. 

As a result, those who counted on the feature as a fast way to reach Google might see this tweak as decreasing their workflow. 

It would be interesting to notice how users respond to the new version of Circle to Search once it is available to everyone through the stable release of the application.

The Final Word

Having Circle to Search highlight all text on your screen makes it much more powerful and accessible. As an upgrade, now you can carry on quick contextual searches on anything you can see on the display.

While you’re watching, surfing, or reading online, you can look up the text you need without interruption. The aim is to use AI to make it effortless, instant, and effective for you to communicate with your phone on any topic at any moment.

More Reading: Google Enhances Circle to Search with transparent navigation bar

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |17 May 2025

YouTube TV is looking to enhance Custom Multiviews, making it useful outside of sports broadcasts. The business is planning to offer Multiviews for any type of content. This makes it easier to see different channels on one screen while subscribed. 

The update is designed to help users keep up with their favorite news stories. It also follows several programs and even does different things at the same time. Success in sports broadens the perspective of how Multiview could be used.

Multiview’s Sports Success Paves the Way for Broader Application

Many people found this feature useful. Especially during busy sports times, since they could keep up with everything without switching between stations. 

Now, YouTube TV plans to make Multiview available for more types of programs to meet the needs of its users.

What is the significance of Custom Multiview for Non-Sports?

Look at various news channels all at once to learn about events from different viewpoints. Monitor different entertainment channels to find out what they are showing at the time.

Keep track of several kids’ channels at once and change them quickly. It aims to show something that will appeal to a young audience. Open new channels in your streaming player that seem interesting to you.

Why Emphasize Other Areas? 

YouTube TV makes it possible for users to watch multiple channels at once by offering Multiview outside of sports programs. 

Many viewers follow networks like this for sports, but they enjoy other kinds of videos and information as well. 

YouTube TV wants to appeal to more viewers with Custom Multiviews for non-sports events. It makes watching multiple live channels more convenient.

Making live TV more enjoyable for everyone

Because of its easy-to-use multiple live feeds, this platform is becoming more appealing to users than traditional cable or satellite TV. 

This service allows people to locate the TV content, news, and matches they seek, set limits for using the TV, and do so conveniently and pleasantly. Keep track of the tests and the eventual launch of this progress.

Conclusion 

Enabling Multiviews tailored to non-sports content on YouTube TV signifies a big leap. This is useful in the personalization and diversity of live television. YouTube TV offers global users all over the world the option to stream channels from different categories at the same time. 

The feature will move toward broader availability. It is expected to benefit user engagement and secure a strong position for YouTube TV.

Related Reading: YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube TV Offers Starz Free for 30 Days to Subscribers

YouTube TV Confirms Outage for Select Channels, Fix Being Rolled Out

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |14 May 2025

Fans of football around the world who want to watch the NFL 2025 first international game are in for a digital-first experience. National Football League has released a news. It states that the much-awaited match will only be streamed on YouTube. 

The latter is the only medium to witness the event live. The silver lining for fans? It will be possible to stream the game for free without charge.

International NFL Action had a Digital Launch

The NFL’s decision to team up with YouTube is an important step. This demonstrates the heightened significance of digital platforms in feeding sports viewership has a huge significance. 

It breaks with the traditional television broadcasts for such a marquee event. It could indicate a changing of guard in how the global audience will be viewing NFL games in the future. 

Although the teams and places that are going to witness this groundbreaking game are not officially in revelation yet. The fact that it will take place only on YouTube remains firm.

Free football for a global audience

This means that all over the world, people have a YouTube Premium membership or not. They will all get to come to live NFL 2025 action free of charge and without any paywalls. 

This step dramatically increases the audience of the game. This is very important, increases the number of NFL followers worldwide.

Why YouTube? A Strategic Play for Engagement

NFL’s partnership with YouTube for this exclusive free stream is probably a strategic move. It could have many advantages including, but not limited to:

Massive Global Reach: YouTube has billions of active users across the globe. And this is a viable platform for the NFL to have access to such a large and varied global audience.

Engagement and Interactivity: YouTube has interactive capabilities. It includes live chat, polls, and likely as well fan interaction itself that traditional television transmissions perhaps do not utilize to the extent that they can.

Data and Analytics: Streaming via YouTube offers the NFL critical information and insights into viewers’ demographics and the extent of the viewers’ audience in various foreign markets.

Future Broadcast Opportunities: Such a partnership may be a pilot test for future deals. It may be possible to transition to more digitally-exclusive NFL content on a worldwide basis.

What Fans Need to Know

Accessibility: The game will be streamable at no cost on the main YouTube platform. It uses web browsers, the YouTube app on multiple devices as well as maybe the dedicated YouTube TV app.

No Subscription Required: Differently from some other sports streaming services, there will be no YouTube Premium fee. Or there will not be any other paid-for-possible to watch this particular international game live.

Potential for Ads: Since the stream is free, one can expect that viewers will face the advertisements between the games. One would receive if watching on regular broadcast TV.

A New Age for NFL Worldwide Broadcasting?

The choice to make the first NFL 2025 international game on YouTube could have indicated a significant directional change.

The NFL has the opportunity to reach out to a much broader and easily accessible global audience. It may be compared to previous years by exploiting the massive reach of YouTube. 

This move is representative of the increasing significance of digital platforms to reach and engage fans across the globe. 

Conclusion 

YouTube will be the only streaming service that will be broadcasting the NFL’s first international game of the 2025 season. However, viewers will not have to pay to watch. 

YouTube is taking a brave step in increasing its sports audience and demonstrating its increased position in live event streaming. Such a decision may be a first step to embracing inclusive and digitally-centered sports coverage.

Latest News: Find My Device Rebranded as ‘Find Hub’ in Latest Google Update

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
YouTube's ongoing issues with new videos and Shorts

YouTube’s ongoing issues with new videos and Shorts

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Find My Device Rebranded as ‘Find Hub’ in Latest Google Update

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |13 May 2025

Google has renamed its “Find My Device” app with a new name “Find Hub.” This name change, which can be noticed in recent updates, is not just a cosmetic change. It indicates the app’s ever-broadening capabilities horizon.

The feature also signals its position as the industry leader in Google’s ecosystem. It aims to locate not only Android phones and tablets but an entire range of other devices that help people stay on top of their possessions.

A Conventional Tool with a Different Persona

For the past years, the “Find My Device” app has been a powerful tool for Android users. This would help them locate a lost or stolen smartphone or tablet. It provided the users with the ability to ring their device and lock it remotely.

Now that Google has expanded its device ecosystem. It rolls out new tracking technologies, and the app takes on a broader scope. This means the name comes to reflect that too, which makes it the “Find Hub” app.

Why ‘Find Hub’?

Find Hub

The name, ‘Find Hub’ implies that it is a central place or a ‘hub’. It will deal with the location of the various types of devices. This rebranding is in line with several of the recent developments and things that are expected:

Support for Bluetooth Tags

Google has been aggressively building its network of looking for lost things with the help of Bluetooth tracker tags. It is similar to AirTags from Apple. The “Find Hub” app is likely to be the main way of managing and finding such tags. So, users will be able to trace keys, wallets, luggage, and other expensive items.

Integration with Wear OS

The application has already provided the opportunity to find one’s Wear OS smartwatch. The “Find Hub” name is there to emphasize that it is a single platform. This allows you to manage the location of all of your connected Google devices.

Future Device Support

 While Google is venturing into more hardware offerings. It includes possible future smart devices, and “Find Hub” offers a scalable name for trackable items other than just phones and tablets.

Gradual Rollout

The switching from “Find My Device” to “Find Hub” is predicted to be a process of slow process. Users might begin to notice that the new name starts to feature in app updates on the Google Play Store.

It is also likely that Google is going to update its support docs and site to reflect the new branding. 

Watch out for the updates to the “Find My Device” app for your device. It may come with the new “Find Hub” name of the service.

The Wrap Up

The change of name from “Find My Device” to “Find Hub” is representative of Google’s desire. It aims to develop a universal ecology for your devices. 

With the implementation of Bluetooth tags, there would be further expansion regarding the network of trackable items.

Such an evolution holds promise of a more versatile and integrated experience for Android users and the world at large.

More Reading: Pixеl Watch to Gain Find My Dеvicе Nеtwork Support

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Gives Its ‘G’ Icon a New Look After a Decade

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |13 May 2025

This is an unprecedentedly tiny and important change. It came to the Google Search app for iOS. The beta version of the Google app for Android hints at a transition to a more neuromorphic and modern feeling. In this way, Google is going to present its ‘G’ icon after 10 years.

It hints at a unified branding approach. Google is blending AI more deeply into its products and services around the world. Let’s get more insights without further ado!

What’s New in the ‘G’ Icon?

‘G’ Icon

The new design offers a softer and more modern feel that matches many of today’s popular design trends. The update seems minor at first glance, especially on tiny icons. 

It gives Google’s branding a more polished and layered look. The updated logo helps make sure it looks current and fits well on all sorts of devices.

Gradual Rollout

The new ‘G’ icon is starting to appear gradually on Google’s different services. Reports say that the new design for the ‘G’ is already visible. It was available to some users of the Google Search app on iOS devices. 

Meanwhile, most websites and regular Android devices are showing the unchanged, solid ‘G’ mark for the time being. 

It hasn’t been announced by Google when the new design will be fully implemented. This came up with a phased approach, likely over the next few weeks.

What About Other Google Logos?

No updates have been announced by Google yet for the main six-letter ‘Google’ wordmark. Or for product icons like those used in Gmail, Chrome, or Drive. 

Considering the company’s overt visual shift to embracing gradient styling. This aims to illustrate its AI ambitions; we could well see further design improvements across its entire product suite. 

A minute change with much meaning

It is a huge example of artificial intelligence not only in its technology but in its design philosophy as well. The new visual identity reflects Google’s commitment to seamlessly integrating AI across every user experience

Google expands the use of AI tools such as Gemini within its ecosystem. It is possible that this updated ‘G’ is just the beginning of a broader visual rebranding.

Last but not Least

Finally, this minimal but major makeover to Google’s ‘G’ icon, its first in a decade. It does not seem like just a cosmetic change. This change looks necessary because no change has been made by the company over the last decade.

This refreshed ‘G’ slowly gets deployed to devices around the world. It acts as a quiet visual indicator of how Google’s priorities and destiny in the world of AI are changing.

Read More: Google System Updates May 2025 Explained

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |12 May 2025

Google is madly deploying a short feed straight inside the YouTube TV App for smart TVs. This brings the popular short-form video format to a bigger screen.

It is simultaneously driving frustration for some users who notice their subscriptions. This is also for those who prefer channels ending up farther down the home screen.

Shorts Take Front Stage on Your TV

YouTube TV App

After achieving success on mobile, YouTube is fielding its short-form video format, Shorts. It is based prominently on the main UI of the YouTube app on smart televisions. 

This new feed usually comes up at the top of the home screen. In most cases atop the standard rows of recommended videos and most importantly the user’s subscriptions.

Where You’ll Find It

The dedicated shorts shelf is being worked into the main home screen of the YouTube app. This position guarantees visibility, turning Shorts into a key part of the browsing process. 

The interface replicates the mobile app. That’s why people can scroll up and down through an infinite amount of short, watchable videos.

The Subscription Problem

The coming of Shorts to TVs may be attractive for people who love bite-sized content. However, it’s receiving backlash from those who chiefly use YouTube to track particular channels and creators. 

By putting the Shorts feed front and center, the rows of new videos from subscribed channels are relegated further and further down the scroll. This shift makes the process of finding and viewing the content they actively search for through their favorite creators inconvenient.

User Feedback and Limited Control

At the moment, there seems to be no in-built function for the YouTube TV app in place to switch off or rearrange the Shorts feed. 

This lack of control on behalf of users is the major argument. It is against those who would want a viewing experience based on their subscriptions and longer-form content. 

A lot of users are announcing their anger at having this prioritization of Shorts forced upon them in online forums and social media.

The Sum Up

YouTube will keep tracking user feedback. It will also introduce customization features with further updates. This allows the viewers to choose the customization level that they like when opening their home screen. 

This change explains the current underlying tension between platform strategies to broad public outreach. The desire of individual users to personalize their viewing experience.

Also Read: YouTube Celebrates 20 Years with TV App, Multiview Tease

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube TV Offers Starz Free for 30 Days to Subscribers

YouTube TV Confirms Outage for Select Channels, Fix Being Rolled Out

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Samsung’s One UI 7 Issue Goes Beyond Just the Delays

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |12 May 2025

Samsung’s process of introducing One UI 7 has been full of obstacles. The launch of One UI 7 was delayed initially. Then it was suddenly terminated owing to a critical bug. This halted the unlocking of the updates that frustrated a global user base. 

The delays and then the stoppage were big issues. However, Samsung’s greatest flaw with One UI 7 is not in these immediate technical gaffes. 

However, the biggest mistake is that Samsung did not communicate effectively and consistently about the fundamental shifts in user experience.

The Technical Troubles

Samsung’s One UI 7

The delayed release of One UI 7, which is built on the foundation of Android 15, no doubt, frustrated many users. Technical glitches made it hard for users to receive or utilize the latest software release. 

After having fixed the software bug, Samsung went ahead with the rollout. However, many were still skeptical about the reliability of the first phases. These software delays were significant, but they are common problems encountered throughout the testing and launch phase of major updates.

The Silent Overhaul

One UI 7 comes with a series of important interface changes, from shifts that radically alter established workflows to superficial modifications to visual designs. Note-worthy examples of this concern include

For several years, users were able to access notifications by swiping down on the Samsung device. By default, One UI 7 breaks this functionality in that a swipe down from the left will reveal notifications.

Such division can make some users happy, but it is a drastic alteration for many who have adjusted to it. Samsung rolled out these changes as standard, obscuring the option to revert to the previous mode in the settings menu.

Moreover, the transition occurred automatically rather than by a specific decision. It meant that users did not receive an apparent notification about the shift. So, only a few options were available to go back to the pre-transformation state.

The Decline of Understanding

Samsung’s user experience has resulted from the brand’s desire to provide a predictable and recognizable interface with One UI. Change is inevitable, but sudden and unannounced changes create a risk of disengaging user based on their experience. 

This lack of clarity as to why such radical UI changes were required suggests that the development team at Samsung is perhaps not 100 percent in sync with user expectations. It aims to create a successful and easy-to-update environment.

Glancing Forward

One UI 7 is bringing new features, the things that most users will remember are the aggravating holdups and sudden, hard-to-follow adjustments to the user interface. 

In future, Samsung needs to pledge to inform the users about important interface changes in a clear and proactive way. 

This communication gap needs to be closed to ensure the next One Ui updates are well accepted by the users. The features are adopted naturally and are not confusing.

Related Reading: Samsung Halts One UI 7 Rollout Globally Amidst Bug Reports

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Google System Updates May 2025 Explained

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |11 May 2025

Google releases a new lineup of Google System Updates devices regularly. It enhances the operations system as well as its key services. These updates to the Google System follow this pattern. 

The release brings out new user options, developer tools, and essential security patches to Android devices all over the world. Let’s take a closer look at the most desirable shifts users can expect.

Furthermore, this update is aimed at increasing overall device reliability and enhancing performance. This month’s update provides helpful improvements for both casual users and developer enthusiasts.

Focus on Security

Google System Updates

Due to its importance, this vulnerability will enable remote attackers to run malicious code on your device. They have access to it – non-interaction or privileges deemed required not necessary. 

Google highly advises its users to immediately update the May security release to resolve the vulnerability.

In addition to tackling the active vulnerability, the May bulletin has eliminated a total of 46 security vulnerabilities. It is intended to strengthen the security of Android devices for users against privacy escalation risks.

Enhancements for Device Connectivity and Wearables

The May 2025 Google System Update provides additional improvements for device connection as well:

Expanded Cast Functionality: Users can expect Cast support to emerge for Android phones in a lower-power-standing mode. With this feature, the users can enjoy seamless and high quality casting options for smart displays.

Wear OS Visual Improvements: Wear OS watches will have enhanced visual interfaces on their operating systems. Although these advances lie under the surface, the intention is to make the Wear OS watch interface more useful.

Google Wallet Updates

And with the updates in May, the Google Wallet has also received an additional upgrade:

In May, Google Wallet increased its global market reach. So that its service could be used by people anywhere in the world. Google Wallet will likely make it easy for new global users to use it for payment transactions.

The roll-out of Wallet and payments APIs, aimed at strengthening third parties’ application provisions. And Google is already offering new developer tools. It aims to improve the way digital wallets and payments are being managed in conjunction with third-party applications.

This might indicate further progress in payment integration in the user-facing interface of AAndroid-compatible applications. Contactless payments are getting better and are faster with the improved compatibility of NFC readers in Google Wallet.

Google Play Store Improvements

A lot of significant changes have been made lately on the Google Play Store:

Video Previews in Search Results: Currently, those who are exploring the Play Store can see app features demonstrated in video previews. By providing video previews, prospective consumers may get to know an app better before actually using it. They can drastically change the promotion and experience of the app.

Promotional Notification Opt-In: New users within the Play Store when using a new device will be able to accept to receive Promotional Notifications. This functionality enables people to customize the notifications they have from the Play Store to suit their personal settings.

Under-the-Hood Enhancements and Developer Focus

The May 2025 Google System Updates implement major underlying optimizations aimed at increasing system stability, security, and Android TV, Auto, and PC platform development support. 

They are key blocks for the creation of new, efficient assets and optimization of the performance of the Android ecosystem. 

To achieve better performance on cutting-edge devices starting on November 1, 2025, the developers should start making their apps compatible with the 16 KB page size needed with Android 15+ smartphones.

The Wrap Up

From the Google May 2025 system updates, the updates show that Google continues to make every effort that improve bolstering. 

These updates remember important security updates and changes in connectivity, Wallet and Play Store all making these updates provide a safer, user-friendly, and complete experience to the users around the world. 

Keeping up-to-date with these monthly updates means that you will reap the benefits of the new features and upgrades in your Android.

Dig Deeper: Google Messages Introduces ‘Delete for Everyone’ in New Update

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages Introduces ‘Delete for Everyone’ in New Update

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |10 May 2025

Google Messages is set to introduce a much-awaited feature for its users, Delete for Everyone. The capability to remove messages, such that they do not show up on any device.

This update enables you to delete messages you sent from both your phone, as well as your recipients’ phones. 

Users the world over have now been given the ability to exert more control. It offers a sense of reassurance over their message history in Google Messages.

Important Considerations and Potential Limitations

Time Window: Most messaging platforms have a period that limits the removal of a message on all sides. It seems that Google Messages can also have the same time frame in which parties can delete the messages for each other. Users can only remove it from their sending.

Recipient Awareness: Some messaging platforms let recipients know that a message has been no more. However, the message is no longer visible.

Functionality for Different Message Types: The “Delete for everyone” option is in the queue to extend to text messages and photos, videos and any other iterable media.

When Will You See the Rollout?

Google features often appear gradually, step by step, “Delete for everyone” in Google Messages. In some places, it is possible to see the option after updating one’s app.

Ensure that your Google Messages app on the device is up-to-date. The latest update installed from the Google Play Store can increase your chances of seeing “Delete for everyone” earlier. 

The Extract

The introduction of the “Delete for everyone” function in Google Messages provides its users with a new instance of independence. This long-awaited update allows users to experience improved privacy and provides them with a powerful tool to manage digital exchanges. 

By extension, in as much as the functionality only sponsors the whole of the world’s users, over time we may expect that it would foster a more conversant and personal messaging world within Google’s ecosystem. Keep your app updated for you to be in a position to recover those messages when necessary.

Also Read: Google Messages Rolls Out Custom Group Chat Icons

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Keep Text Formatting Available on Web App

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |10 May 2025

Google Keep text formatting is making its way onto the web. The company is finally deploying a much-awaited feature to its popular note-taking app in the web version. 

The update can now be used to format notes directly in their web browsers. It provides an easier way to organize, highlight, and emphasize important information on a larger screen.

Now, instead of navigating out of the browser, users can do so easily without the need to leave the browser. This improvement increases productivity, as well as involves more consistency within platforms.

A missing feature on the Web for a long

Google Keep Text Formatting

For a long time now the absence of even the most basic text formatting on the Google Keep web app. Especially those who constantly switch between their phones and computers. 

In comparison to the web, the Android app acquired the functionality to bold, italicize, underline, and use headers. This update hopes to close that gap and create a more joint experience.

Synchronization Across Outlets

This implies that notes prepared by the Android app will now appear properly on the web. The same is true with formatting a note on the web. The notes on your Android device should have the styles. 

This cross platform consistency will make Google Keep much more user-friendly. This is for users that use it on many different devices.

A Nice addition to take Notes better!

The appearance of text formatting in the Google Keep web app is always a pleasant and long-awaited addition. It gives users more freedom of play with respect to how they organize and present their notes. 

Whether for writing up to-do lists, or generating thoughts, the ability to format text will certainly make Google Keep even more valuable. Look out for your Google Keep web app in the next few weeks and this useful new feature will appear.

The Keytake Away

This is good news for Google Keep users who do use their computers. They can now turn your notes into a more appealing online version than it would look on your phone. You can boldface, italicize, or underline words. You can also use bigger headings to make your longer notes organized. 

This makes it easier and if not possible in some cases to read and understand the notes. Moreover, if you format a note from your computer, you will see it looking the same way on your phone.

Dig Deeper: Google Keep Begins Rolling Out Redesigned Widget on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Apps on Apple Watch

Google Keep Removed from Google Apps on Apple Watch

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Wallet State IDs

Google Keep widget gets a redesign to match Android guidelines

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Text Notes by Default

Google Keep Adds Text Notes by Default Setting on Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Messages Rolls Out Custom Group Chat Icons

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |08 May 2025

There’s a fun new feature coming to Google Messages, Custom Group Chat Icons! Not too long from now, you’ll be able to make the group chat pictures more interesting for you. Customize by using a photo of your friends, a funny emoji, or just pick one color to differentiate each group.

It will be much easier to find the right chat when you are browsing through your messages. Guessing whether a group is A is over! This is a small change that will make your use of Google Messages a little nicer.

Enhancing the Way Your Group Chats Look

Custom Group Chat Icons

If you belong in many group chat, it can be sometimes tricky to tell some apart in your message list. By default, it often displays a generic silhouette or profile pictures mashed up together that can get monotonous. 

With this new custom group chat icon feature we aim to solve this problem. This is possible by giving users a way to visually represent each group conversation in a way that is more personalized. This will make it much faster and intuitive to find the chat you seek.

What Can You Use as a Custom Group Chat Icon?

Custom group chat icons are available in a host of new features:

Choose a Photo: You get the option to pick any image from your phone’s gallery as the group icon. That could be a picture that relates to the group’s theme, a memorable picture of you participating.

Pick an Emoji: This enables quick and expressive visual identification of different group chats.

Select a Color: If you like a more minimal aesthetic then you can use a solid color group icon. Chances are you’ll have the choice of selecting from a list of pre defined colors.

A Gradual Rollout

This is typical with most new features from Google. The rollout of custom group chat icons for Google Messages should also be slow. 

Not all users in other regions may see the option right away after that recent app update. However, the option should be made available to them in the near future. 

Small Change, Big Impact on User Experience

Although it may not sound like much, the ability to customize group chat icons in Google Messages has the potential. It aims to make a major impact on the user experience. 

The thing adds some visual clues between different group conversations. So your inbox becomes easier to navigate, and less likely to accidentally open the wrong chat. 

The Key Takeaway

This is a step in delivering exactly what users would want in their messaging environment. It provides them with more control there. 

This new feature lets you personalize your group chats with a favorite photo, fun emoji, or a simple color. Your inbox looks a bit more organized and showcases your tastes. 

Also Read: Features in Google Messages Start Rolling Out (May 2025)

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Samsung’s Now Bar Might Be Useful in One UI 8

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |07 May 2025

Samsung’s Now Bar is a dynamic lock screen widget, which we introduced at the bottom of the display. By its nature it reminds me of Dynamic Island but in a different, less prominent location. 

Initially promising, AI-driven contextual information has been somewhat limited to showing basic information. It includes battery levels, sports scores, and morning briefs. 

The latest leaks about One UI 8 reveal that Samsung might be opening up the true potential of the Now Bar. That potentially turns it from a subtle widget to a truly useful tool.

One UI 7

It was billed as a smarter layer of interactivity, the Now Bar. And it suggests context aware suggestions and that it lives seamlessly in with other phone functions. 

We first considered a dynamic panel. It might have been able to infer user needs, to suggest travel playlists, for instance, when it tracked movement.

In One UI 7 however, the implementation felt more like a basic info ticker. Many Galaxy users wondered if the promise of its initial release would come to fruition. 

However, another detractor is its placement at the bottom of the screen, where it’s less obvious than Apple’s Dynamic Island.

One UI 8 Leaks Suggesting Meaningful Upgrades

New exciting leaks from the early builds of the upcoming One UI 8 give rise to a more promising future for Samsung’s Now Bar. 

Online screenshots and videos show Samsung is actively investigating ways to load more practical and interactive features into the widget. 

There have been two important additions in these leaks concerning phone calls that are active and Do Not Disturb mode.

Look at Active Call Details

The most potentially useful enhancement is probably that the Now Bar can show details on ongoing phone calls on the lock screen. 

This would allow users to easily keep an eye on their calls quickly and easily. It does not need to unlock their device or even leave the lock screen. This could prove to be a great convenience to those who place or receive calls quite often.

Quick Access to Do Not Disturb

Do Not Disturb is also quite simple. This can also be accessed by tapping on the clock and dragging it away from the center of the device.

You’ll also apparently be able to see a toggle or indication of the device’s Do Not Disturb status from the Now Bar itself in One UI 8. Although we are still unsure of the exact functionality.

Having a way to quickly toggle Do Not Disturb directly from the lock screen would easily streamline dealing with notifications and interruptions.

Consistency Across Foldables

In addition to the new capabilities, reports indicate that Samsung is gunning for more design unity for the Now Bar across its foldable device lineup, including the Galaxy Z Flip family. 

Such an arrangement would make for a unified user experience. The Now Bar would show up and behave the same way on the main and cover screens on these special devices.

A Truly AI-Powered Hub

The leaked additions of active call details and Do Not Disturb are welcome improvements. However, they do not come close to the billed AI-powered contextual hub. But they could also be foundational work for more advanced features in future One UI iterations. 

It seems like Samsung is reconsidering the use case for the Now Bar. These practical additions may be a way to get there toward what many Galaxy users have been hoping for.

Looking Ahead to One UI 8

It’s important to note that One UI 8 is still in the pre-beta, with the official beta wave slated to roll out in mid-June. But the fact these practical additions to the Samsung’s Now Bar are coming does in the end bring with it the faint gleam of hope. Samsung is starting to realize the Now Bar’s potential. The company wants to make the OUI part of the Now Bar experience. 

If Samsung is going to continue on this path, then the Now Bar in One UI 8 could finally grow beyond a static dynamic pill feature into something truly valuable for Galaxy users all around the world.

Related Reading: One UI 8 Rumored to Boost Virtual RAM on Samsung Phones

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

YouTube’s ongoing issues with new videos and Shorts

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |07 May 2025

Share-worthy video creators and beyond are currently running into frustrating roadblocks. This happens while attempting to post their most recent videos and Shorts to YouTube. In the following lines, we will come to know how we can resolve YouTube’s ongoing issues.

In an official acknowledgment, the platform has confirmed that some users are struggling to successfully upload long-form content. The hugely popular short-form video upload format.

The Reported Problems

A lot of people have discovered that their upload progress seems to stall out indefinitely at the very start. It means no upload ever completes. Some have upload process stall at some point in the suitability check. 

This is a very crucial step. It’s where YouTube’s systems go through its content to check that it complies with advertising policies and community standards. At this stage stalling occurs before the video gets fully processed and published.

But with this widespread impact, creators who rely on their ability to consistently upload content to keep the audience. The channel momentum is seeing significant disruption.

YouTube Responds to Creator Concerns

Numerous reports from creators experiencing upload failures abound. TeamYouTube support on social media platform X (formerly Twitter) has confirmed the problems. 

However, the Twitter teams that support creators are aware of the situation and are working to fix it, they stated. 

This official recognition offers proof of the numerous upload problems that have been spreading across the YouTube creator group thread.

The Impact on Creators

For creators everywhere, these upload issues can be hugely disruptive:

Missed Upload Schedules: A lot of creators work hard to keep their upload schedule very consistent. They aim to always keep their audience in the loop. This throws all those schedules into disarray.

Lost Momentum: For growth and maintaining visibility on the platform, consistent uploads are important. As you may have guessed, delays result in a fall of views and engagement.

Wasted Time and Effort: Planning, filming, and editing your videos and Shorts takes a lot of time and effort from creators. It is a frustrating waste of some hard work that they can’t upload this content.

Communication Challenges: It would also make it difficult for creators. It aims to communicate with its audience about any more delays and the reasons for them.

The Unknown Scope and Timeline

For the latest, it is unclear exactly how many creators are affected. Furthermore, YouTube has not specified when a resolution can be expected. 

As a result of this lack of clarity, creators don’t know when they will be able to resume their typical uploading activities.

What Creators Can Do

In the meantime, however, affected creators are essentially left with few options:

The important thing to do here is to stay patient. Watch out for any updates or announcements from the situation via social media. Interacting with other creators in online forums or creator communities can show others.

If the problem is widespread, and if any temporary workarounds have been found. However, it’ll likely end up being an official YouTube solution.

The Final Thought

YouTube’s ongoing issues with confirmation for videos and shorts are surely worrisome for the global YouTube creator community. Posting is a major sufferer on the platform.

YouTube has acknowledged the problem and is addressing it. However, creators will no doubt be keen for a speedy solution to these annoying interruptions.

So they can put their content back out to the world. Keep checking official channels for updates about this unfolding situation.

Also Read: Google TV Streamer Gets Latest Software Update

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google TV Streamer Gets Latest Software Update

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |06 May 2025

Google has recently initiated the rollout of a new software update to its dedicated Google TV Streamer device. The new version comes as a fairly large download of 187MB. It importantly raises the security patch level of the device to April 2025. 

This is a rather significant jump in security, moving forward three months from the previous January 2025 security patch. Thus, it enables users worldwide with the latest protection from potential vulnerabilities.

Security First, Stabilization Second

The official description of this patch provides a brief overview of its features. It briefly mentions “other bug fixes and performance improvements” along with the critical security patch. At this time, Google has not released log notes on the specific changes. However, in many ways, this update represents the company’s perspective. 

The move to the April 2025 security patch is particularly significant considering that they contain all the critical security fixes. Thereby it protects the users against those threats that might have been discovered during that time.    

What Else Is New?

Based on what we have seen with past updates, other improvements meant to enhance the functioning of the device may be included in this update: 

Better Stability for the System: 

The update will probably do more to stabilize the software underlying the operating system. Thus, it prevents freeze-ups and crashes, as well as other ill-timed software glitches that may occur.

Optimized Performance: 

These performance enhancements will translate into a smoother and more responsive UI. This may suggest faster menu transition, faster app load, and overall improved system responsiveness. It would further enhance the fluidity of interaction with the Google TV platform.

Resolution of Specific Bugs: 

Bug fixes probably refer to specific software bugs or glitches that the users may have come across. These bugs can be any form of visual merriment to major malfunctions in the operating system or pre-installed applications. 

Potential Background Improvements: 

There may have been some background optimizations added as well for network connectivity, power management, and compatibility concerning some streaming services.

Centralized Smart Home Control

Do keep in mind that another, software update passed on the very handy Home Panel to a wider range of Google TV devices. It includes the older ones and the Chromecast with Google TV.

This capability allows customers to work on a central platform controlling connected smart home devices right from their TV screen.

This allows easy setting up or adjustment of lights, thermostats, cameras, or any other compatible device. There is no need to switch apps or require a voice command, featuring even more convenience and value.

The Extract

The most recent software image update by Google TV Streamer comes with the April 2025 security patch. This has indeed come out as a boon for users all around the world. Since it improves the extent to which users may enjoy a more secure, stable, and polished streaming experience. 

While it leaves some things unclear in terms of non-security-related changes, the timely security updates. Users are recommended to update their devices to access all the greatest features available. It comes up with the security comforts expected from this latest version. 

Also Read: Chrome 136 Has Disappeared Some Dynamic Colors on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Chrome 136 Has Disappeared Some Dynamic Colors on Android

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |06 May 2025

The recent version of Google Chrome 136 has made some modifications to the way Dynamic Colors on Android works.Chrome 136 Android Bug dynamic Color allows the apps to change their color schemes according to the wallpaper the user has selected Chrome 136 Android UI Changes.

This makes it an even closer integration into the overall system and personalized user experience. Chrome has supported Dynamic Color for quite a while. This most recent update might have led to some deductions in the color treatment. 

What Changed?

Dynamic Colors on Android

Very much like before, the address bar, tab strip, and menus would blend with whichever wallpaper the Chrome Dynamic Colors Issue user had set. Dynamic Color Issue Chrome Android chrome used to adapt its color scheme to this factor across various user interfaces.

With Chrome 136, some have noticed slight variations. This is the point where certain elements do not seem to pay attention to the wallpaper anymore. 

Some changes have turned to an improved reduction of color variations into this area. This comes up with an aim of having an overall cleaner and consistent look.

Why The Change?

Dynamic Colors on Android

Officially, Google has not provided comments on why the changes were implemented. Possible reasons include:

Consistency: Fewer color variations might yield a much more uniform visual experience on different websites and within the Chrome work. 

Performance: A cleaner look can give a performance boost to the browser, though that is pure speculation. 

User Feedback: Could it be that Google listened to the users who complained about the previous scheme?

User Impact

Effects on Users Changes would heat someone differently at some point considering different individual preferences and behavior in using them.

Some might indeed say that it will still enhance one’s experience. This will make the used feel much more refined and modern with much easier access to its surface. 

These users might think of aesthetics as being rather more professional or less distracting, particularly when it comes to everyday use.

Alternatives and Customization 

Chrome 136 may offer fewer varieties of Dynamic Color. However, they have some options left to set the browser to their liking. 

Themes provide a path for the individualization of colors in the browser. This is because these themes do not change with the wallpaper as Dynamic Color. Users can check the settings option under “Appearance” in Chrome settings to access the themes. 

The Key Takeaway

Changes that Chrome 136 introduces to Dynamic Colors on Android are nothing less than a step into streamlining. It requires consistency as far as visual experiences with the browser on Android go. 

Some users may complain that it lacks color vibrancy. Others might be interested in colors that go beyond what is already available.

Also Read: Chrome for Android gets bottom address bar, updated settings

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

YouTube Tests New Premium Subscription for Two People

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |05 May 2025

YouTube Premium Duo Plan youTube is testing a new tier of the Premium Subscription for Two People, serving as a more economical option between an individual and a family plan YouTube Premium Duo Plan. 

This new plan is presently being Googled in select regions and looks to provide cost savings for couples, roommates, or any two people living under the same roof.

Availability and Pricing

Premium Subscription for Two People

Prices in other regions are not confirmed but are expected to be less YouTube New Subscription Test than two individual subscriptions YouTube New Subscription Feature 2025. 

For instance, two individual YouTube Premium memberships in the US would be priced at about $28 per month.

Thereby, it suggests that the two-person scheme would be priced somewhere between $18 and $19 per month in the case it becomes available in the US. 

Benefits

This new subscription tier offers the full benefits of YouTube Premium for two different accounts, which are listed as:

Ad-free videos

Playback in the background

Offline downloads

YouTube Music Premium

Comparison with Family Plan

The existing family plan allows up to five family members residing at a similar location to share the subscription. 

While it adds benefits for much larger families, the two-person plan will add much value for households of two.

The Google Family Group lets you share your subscription with other members.

People titled Google Families

The two-person plan would require the following from both account members:

At least thirteen years old

To own a Google account

To register themselves into the same Google Family Groups

Future Availability

No official date has been released for this two-person plan in other regions or for other users. Let’s wait and watch when will it be rolling out!

Since other similar features have stayed longer in the position of beta testing, it seems likely that this plan would take some time to reach beyond the initial testing markets. 

The Wrap Up

Essentially, the new YouTube Premium for two persons makes the plan cost-efficient halfway between the individual and family plans and targets smaller households such as couples, or roommates. 

Currently, the plan is under very limited testing but brings all the benefits of YouTube Premium to two users under one subscription price, cheaper than would be paid for two separate individual accounts. 

Availability beyond this test remains unclear, but this is one more step in YouTube’s changing goal of diversifying the subscription model to serve better the needs of a changing user base.

More on YouTube: YouTube Experiments with Blurring Video Thumbnails for ‘Mature Content’

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Features in Google Messages Start Rolling Out (May 2025)

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |05 May 2025

Google Messages has been improving with time. This May 2025 it brings new functionalities and updates targeted to reform the communication experience in the Android world. 

From improving the safety and easy sharing of multimedia to renewing the user interface and adding nifty shortcuts, here is your guide to what is rolling out to your Google Messages app.

Safety First

There is the ongoing rollout of Sensitive Content Warnings, whereby this user-centered feature for adults relies on on-device AI powered by Android System SafetyCore.

It aims to proactively identify and blur images that may have nudity. This gives you a better position in handling the images that you encounter in your conversation. 

Further, the system warns you loud and clear, thereby helping prevent accidental sharing of such images. Thus you can control this feature in Messages Settings > Protection & Safety > Manage sensitive content warnings.

Expanded Text Field to Allow Longer Messages

It has become much easier to type and read longer messages. Google Messages is topping the expansion of the text input field with the view of seeing up to 14 lines of text before scrolling is necessary. 

It is nice to have this when dealing with long URLs, and detailed directions. Or even those times when you find yourself trying to say more in a message.

Media Made Effortless

Sharing pictures and videos has become less of a hassle. Now a unified interface for your camera and the gallery are provided together. Pressing the familiar “Gallery” icon will now show a live viewfinder on top of your most recent captures. 

One big enhancement is the introduction of an “Original quality” option for sending media. It allows you the choice to send images and videos along the lines of the existing “Optimize for chat” for faster, data-friendly means of sharing. 

Subtle Yet Informative

The visual cue for read receipts is undergoing another refinement. The status of your messages is now elegantly displayed within a concise circle. It is located at the bottom-right corner of your message bubbles and images. 

For a more detailed breakdown, simply swipe left on a message bubble to reveal precise timestamps for all recipients, along with the end-to-end encryption status for that conversation. 

Seamless Across SIMs

For users, Google Messages is continuing to improve its support for Rich Communication Services (RCS). More users report that both their SIM cards are shown as “Connected” under Settings > RCS chats.

Therefore, more conducive to a smooth and reliable RCS experience regardless of which SIM you’re actively using. This is particularly interesting because so many more.

Smart and Speedy Replies 

Specially designed for making contextual responses, Magic Compose has made its way into availability. 

It’ll be visible consistently in the suggested replies row. This gives smart quick taps to do so to respond to any incoming messages.

Taking Control of Your Inbox

The long-awaited feature that most of us have been waiting for is rolling out. This is a dedicated ‘Unsubscribe’ button for SMS and RCS business messages. 

This handy option would show up within that annoying busy three-dot menu of the chat or sometimes directly at the bottom of the chat. 

Besides, you would be able to set the sender with spam and block them for additional control over your inbox. The feature becomes available in several regions for RCS Business messages and the United States for SMS/MMS. 

Conclusion

The new wave of updates of Google Messages indicates the ongoing effort of Google. It makes a feature-rich and secure communication stage that is user-friendly for Android Natives and beyond. 

Targeting these primary areas, Google is making it easy and enjoyable to connect with the people who matter most to you. 

So check if your Google Messages app is updated through the Google Play Store and click all those cool new features as they get rolled out in your device. 

More Reading: 5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |04 May 2025

YouTube Music, with its unique fusion of audio and video, holds a distinct position in the streaming landscape. But to fully blend with user desires and outperform its peers, it could adopt a couple of already proven features. 

Here are 5 of the features that have been taken from the other platforms. They are instead enhancing the YouTube Music experience for users, both in and outside of the United States.

1. AI DJ’s Choice

The playlists on YouTube Music are excellently curated radio stations. An AI-powered playlist generator such as that on Spotify would take the service’s music discovery to an all new level. 

Then YouTube Music creates a related Playlist for you right away. This is through ingesting all the existing Audio and Video content of the platform. 

Much of this would open up another form of discovery of sorts, away from radio format box constraints, for these new favorites.

2. The Collaborative Sound Stage

However, the ability to create a collaborative playlist on YouTube Music is something that feels rudimentary. 

Less than an optimized collaborative playlist system like the platform could take inspiration from. Imagine friends all around the world simultaneously contributing songs.

This could be the capacity to embed music videos that are relevant right into these collaboration sound stages.

3. The Seamless Sonic Transition

Transition between songs can make a huge difference to the listening experience for audiophiles as for casual listeners. As of now, YouTube Music does not have granular crossfade control. 

Spotify’s feature lets users adjust the crossfade allowing them to determine how much overlapping between songs makes sense as a feature for Android Auto as well. It provides an even more continuous (or less continuous.

4. The Universal Sonic Bridge

In today’s globally bound world, being able to share and share music seamlessly anywhere is becoming very important. 

Universal sharing links from Deezer could be something YouTube Music could take note of. They allow users to generate links that can simply be opened.

With this, the forum silos would break and let you share music easily from the channel with everyone if they want.

5. The Podcast Powerhouse

YouTube Music’s dedicated podcast integration is more like an afterthought than an addition. YouTube Music can leverage what it knows in turn about how to do podcasts.

This could be adding a little more robust playback controls podcast recommendations tailored to you, and unorthodox podcast content only available on the app, plus separating music with podcast that lives in the app. 

Rather, leveraging YouTube’s audio podcast first move could make it into a true all in one audio destination.

The Wrap Up

Finally, by carefully combining and adjusting the successful features of its competitors, YouTube Music has put itself in a good position. It aims to enhance its position as a leader in the music streaming platform. 

This enables it to bring a completely unique, extremely rich and user friendly experience in streaming audio. Also, videos that play well locally and around the world both at the same time.

More on YouTube Music: YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube Music Adds AI Radio Tuning & Custom Thumbnails

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Here are Upcoming Features for Android Auto

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |03 May 2025

Android Auto has been adopted by users everywhere, and across the world. This is an essential part of driving today as it brings smartphone functionality to in car infotainment systems. 

With time, trends are changing and so is Android Auto. It grows and transforms into what promises to be a safer, more convenient and more entertaining thing on the road. 

There are no specific timelines but a rush of exciting advances is coming. This gives a sense of what comes next for connected driving.

A Smarter In-Car Assistant

The most integrated in-car assistant replacing Google Assistant is also one of the most awaited upcoming features. According to Android Auto, this transition already caught a glimpse of a series of recent Android Auto updates.

It should deliver a smarter, more emotionally aware voice interface. As usual, Gemini is expected to go farther in natural language understanding. 

However, it can give more complex and nuanced commands in the area of detecting voice for navigation. Early previews indicate that there is a way for ‘Gemini Live’ to be present in the car. It aims to provide immediate assistance and info.

Enhanced Climate Controls

It will almost certainly introduce more complete and more direct climate controls. That will enable drivers to change the settings for temperature, fan speed, and ventilation.

It does not need to leave the Android Auto environment and talk to the car’s native system. All things we expect to be less cumbersome and more integrated with modern in-car comfort controls.

Local Media and Radio Control

Having local media and FM/AM radio controls integrated on Android Auto, Android Auto is also reportedly working on it. Typically, accessing these sources involves going out of Android Auto. 

In future updates, you may see a ‘Car Media’ application. It makes switching between streaming services and local radio channels or music on USB drives connected to the car seamless for users not in the car.

Smart Glasses Integration 

There seems to be no explicit code aimed at smart glasses. The earlier findings indicated a future integration with smart glasses for navigation. 

The rationale behind that was that looking away from the road and at the car’s central display to view directions could be eliminated.

This was via smart glasses that are compatible with the driver’s field of vision. But the future for this feature is currently unknown, but it is a very interesting possibility for the long term.

Refinements and Underlying Improvements

Those are the defining features of Android Auto updates. In addition, they always arrive with a steady stream of bug fixes, performance gains, and tiny UI tweaks. 

For instance, this was also what recent Android auto 14.0 was focused on, namely backend preps for Gemini and under the hood tweaks to make Android auto more stable and compatible.

A Glimpse into the Future

We do not yet have specific release dates for these features. However, the direction of Android Auto development sees the development coalescing into becoming a more intelligent, more integrated, more user-friendly experience for drivers and those around the world. 

All are integrated and geared toward making the connected drive safer, more convenient, and more enjoyable. Gemini’s inclusion brings expanded media options as well as improved vehicle controls. 

More Reading: Google Home App Updates May Soon Get Easier

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Home App Updates May Soon Get Easier

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |03 May 2025

This news is great for users across the globe who are using the Google Home app. It aims to orchestrate its smart ecosystems. It means you will no longer be in the dark about any enhancement in the Google Home app. 

By streamlining the way users can navigate and understand home app updates. Google seems to be preparing to reveal a tighter integrative approach. This presents the possibility of having your smart home management tool more transparent and user-friendly.

Seeking Update Information

Right now, users find out what changes occurred usually resulting from listing Google Home on the app store. The app store often contains a condensed version of the story. Sometimes, the details of new features and fixes might be hidden.

They are also scattered across the web in pages on Google’s support pages or tech blogs. As a result, users might miss out on crucial information, or could not be able to understand the new functionalities.

A More Integrated Approach

Apparently, Google is now braving to present users with a more immediate and reachable way to hear about updates. This simplification relies upon the reported addition of an in-app shortcut. It will open a browser, complete with an in-app element. This will connect the user directly to the official release notes for the Google Home app. 

In other words, this means users and elsewhere will be able to search within the app to get comprehensive information about the latest build. It may or may not be available via a settings menu or through a separate “What’s New” section.

Proactive and Clear Release Notes

Along with this in-app, Google is also said to be working on making sure later official Google Home app. They are more clear and concise on what changes and fixes are brought in the every new build. 

An approach in this proactive manner will allow users to quickly discover the benefits. This will greatly increase the understanding and adoption of new features using clear and informative release notes.

Simplifying App Navigation

We also want to add that Google has also been working hard. It is working on improving the navigation and the user interface of the Google Home app. 

The company also brought in another more intuitive five tab layout – Settings, Activity, Devices, Favorites and Automation.

The focus on usability matches the efforts to make it easier to access the latest information. It improves the whole experience.

Benefits of Simplified Update Information

This makes it convenient to get updates about the Google Home app more easily and benefits users globally.

More Access to Information: Users are open to more information on what new features are available for them.

Improved Troubleshooting: Knowledge of the bug fixes can lead users to find and fix the issues they might face.

Conclusion

A positive step Google steps to accomplish is to simplify how an end user keeps updated on Google Home app updates. 

Making the most of smart home ecosystems is a reality. Thanks to the fact that Google is enabling users around the world.

This aims to know exactly what is coming in the next release of their apps. It comes up with direct in-app access to clear and comprehensive release notes. 

More Reading: One UI 8 Rumored to Boost Virtual RAM on Samsung Phones

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

One UI 8 Rumored to Boost Virtual RAM on Samsung Phones

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |02 May 2025

Samsung could be preparing to expand its “RAM Plus” feature. It means extending virtual RAM even further for its capable Galaxy devices. Samsung One UI 8 RAM Boost: One UI 8 would reportedly open the floodgates of this functionality incorporated within the Android framework. 

Furthermore, this virtual RAM that utilizes a chunk of internal storage along with its original RAM would very likely surge into smoothness. 

One UI 8: Ready to Further the Reach of Virtual RAM

One UI 8

Reports from recent hands-on experiences also point out that Samsung is about to raise its maximum virtual RAM allowance. In One UI 8 virtual memory settings, we have already spotted a new 12GB option in the RAM Plus settings. 

This means that users with devices having 12GB or more physical RAM might add a further 12GB of internal storage. It effectively doubles their RAM in some instances.

Benefits of Increased Virtual RAM

For Samsung Users and globally, a larger virtual RAM allocation in One UI 8 could mean several immediate advantages:

Enhanced Multitasking: With more virtual RAM, devices could potentially keep many more applications active in the background. They do not need to reload upon switching back, leading to a smooth, quasi-buttery multitasking experience.

Improved App Responsiveness: Most frequently used apps may have extra speed in launching. Their chances of being kept in memory increase, leading to enhanced device responsiveness.

Less Lag and Smoother FPS With Gaming: Resource-hungry games might take advantage of this memory with a favorable gain to smoother FPS.

Future-Proofing: The higher physical and virtual RAM levels will help a device run great. This is because applications continue to become more demanding.

Considerations and Caveats

While the idea of adding more virtual RAM is appealing, we should consider a few things:

Not a Substitute for Physical RAM: Virtual RAM uses slower storage; hence, its performance cannot be compared to that of physical RAM. It works in conjunction but doesn’t replace physical RAM altogether.

Storage Drain: Allocating too much internal storage to virtual RAM consumes space available for apps, media, and other files. Users will have to rationalize their storage needs in contrast to their desire for extra virtual memory.

Device Compatibility: The 12GB virtual RAM scheme is presently reported to be on a device with 12GB of physical RAM.

The Road Ahead for One UI 8

While what seems a surge in virtual RAM pavement may strike one as a singular addition, other new features and changes are sure to crop up in the final build. 

Given that Samsung usually announces its major One UI updates next to its flagship device launches in the latter half of the year, more of the inner workings of One UI 8 will likely unfold in the coming months.

Conclusion

From the reported bump in virtual RAM available with One UI 8, it is apparent that Samsung’s relentless quest for higher performance and usability for its Galaxy users continues.

Samsung is looking to provide at least 12 GB of virtual RAM. This should smooth multitasking and response time for users. It aims to extract the best performance possible from their devices in a truly demanding mobile environment. 

Related Reading: Samsung Halts One UI 7 Rollout Globally Amidst Bug Reports

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google TV Kicks Off Easier Setup Experience with These TVs

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |02 May 2025
Google TV

How to set up Google TV faster there are some smart TVs that require tedious setups, and only then may you get to enjoy streaming. Google has initiated a plan to have the setup process drastically simplified for all Google TV devices.

Now, this is something that promises to get you and for the rest of the world from unboxing to your favorite content much faster. This is going to change the experience of enjoying set-up time on selective models of television. It is paving way for a more user-centric entry into the Google TV platform.

Areas to Improve

Google TV

Google TV setup usually involves these steps: turn on Wi-Fi, sign in to your Google account, and install a few applications, mostly being created. The hassle though doesn’t come in the turning on and signing portions. However, rather in downloading apps, is sometimes a lengthy process. 

Some users are waiting as their many applications download onto the device. Eager ones can get into the streaming game. The objective is to drive that number down so that there is less waiting time for the immediate path to entertainment.

Setting It All Simplified

Among the many key reasons Google TV smart setup update has advanced in the process of setting up the new Google TV would be to restrict the process to some models before extending it to other devices later in the year. 

The key areas targeted by the changes are cutting down on steps. The time it takes to have your Google TV set up and running: 

For users who already own Android phones, the initial installation experience would be different depending on the specific device. Further, simplify for iPhone users. The setup begins right away by setting up the connection and login. 

Faster Install Process for Apps:

Google is rethinking the installation procedure for apps during the first setup. This probably means background installation will be faster. It gets the user to start using their TV quicker without waiting for the installation of all apps completely.

Google might even manage to minimize the necessary files for installation; this would help alleviate worries regarding storage space later. 

The Pioneer TVs

This new, simplified setup experience will not launch across all Google TV devices at once. The Hisense 2025 U7 series and 2025 U8 series televisions will be the first to incorporate this streamlined onboarding process. This means that users elsewhere will be among the first to experience the faster and easier setup.

Benefits of a Streamlined Setup

This simplification of the Google TV setup process offers several key advantages for users:

Reduced Frustration: Quicker and easier setups will, therefore, minimize all the initial frustration that always comes with new technology.

Faster Time to Entertainment: The sooner this can be set up, the sooner the users can start entertaining themselves with the streaming services and content.

Better First Impression: A smooth and hassle-free setup creates a great first experience with the Google TV platform.

More Accessible: This simple process allows a wider range of users to get started, particularly with Android phone notifications and iOS QR code scanning. 

Conclusion

The program for streamlining the Google TV setup, starting with Hisense models, is an important move towards providing convenience for users.

With these developments, Google seeks a faster login procedure, quicker app installation, and seamless device integration that will favor the users in making their first experience with the smart TV platform enjoyable and time-efficient across the globe. 

As this easy setup is rolled out to even more devices in the future, the journey from unboxing to streaming on Google TV is bound to enjoy significantly smoother waters. 

Also Read: Google Voice Unveils Calling UI Redesign on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Voice Unveils Calling UI Redesign on Android

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |01 May 2025
Calling UI Redesign

Time for the call experience to get some fresh paint for Google Voice users across the Android ecosystem. The new Calling UI Redesign has started to roll out for the Android version of the Google Voice app.

The results include an excitingly fresh interface. This is clean and modern and offers functionality with ease of use in its calling experience. It is more intuitive and visually in line with Google’s Material Design principles.

Old Calling Interface

Calling UI Redesign

The old calling UI in Google Voice for Android does some work. However, it has historically been rather basic in its design approach. In terms of usability, the UI provides basic call controls.

It includes mute, speaker, keypad access, and call recording. The design has certainly not been updated in quite some time. This means it might feel a little outdated among the present-day calling interfaces.

What Is Being Redesigned?

The new calling UI incorporates the most obvious visual and possibly functional changes addressing clarity and ease of use. The most prominent interface items are listed as follows:

The Contact Name in Focus: The name and profile picture of the contact you are calling. Or who is calling you is now displayed more prominently at the top of the screen. This makes it immediately clear who you are communicating with.

Streamlined Button Layout: The call control buttons (mute, speaker, keypad, etc.) have been visually refreshed and reorganized. They often appear larger and more clearly labeled, making them easier to tap.

Advantages for Users of Google Voice 

This calling UI redesign offers several good benefits to Google Voice users on Android interfaces: 

Enhanced Beauty: The call experience therefore becomes more updated and more pleasing to the eye. It comes up with a cleaner and more contemporary design.

Better Usability: These larger and betterlabeled buttons, as well as a cleaner layout. They are likely to make it easier and faster to manage calls, such as in conditions with quick actionsneeded.

Lesser Confusion: Information contact denotes knowing who you are talking to always. 

Similarity to Other Google Applications: By introducing Material Design principles, a more even and common user experience is fine throughout the Google ecosystem on Android. 

Possibilities of Future Improvements: These changed UI underpinnings can also make it easier for Google. It aims to develop new features for the calling app through subsequent updates. 

Rollout and Availability 

Like most Google app updates, the rollouts of this new calling UI for Google Voice on Android are likely to be gradual. Before being fully visible throughout devices and on various Android versions, the updated interface might take some time. 

Keep your Google Voice app updated to the latest version. You may find it in the Google Play Store to catch the redesign as soon as it is available to your account.

Conclusion

Its new calling interface has been elegantly redesigned for Google Voice users on Android. It produces a much-needed visual upgrade that promises to improve the entire user experience. 

Cleaning up an interface, and giving it a more modern feel, will not only streamline the interaction with innovative features on the sending side. It also promises to ease interaction on the receiving side with call continuity.

Also Read: Where Google Wallet State IDs Are Available on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Experiments with Blurring Video Thumbnails

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |30 Apr 2025

YouTube is testing a new feature, Blurring Video Thumbnails. YouTube mature content update It would give users in ability to decide what kinds of content they want to see on their homepage. 

This experimental feature has signs and video thumbnails that the platform’s systems optimizations think of as potentially containing “mature content” to automatically be blurred. 

It is further evidence of YouTube’s constant efforts to walk the line between free expression and user tastes. This makes a safer browsing experience. Especially for those who may want to do away with some potentially explicit or sensitive visuals.

The Challenge of Content Discovery and Viewer Sensitivity

Blurring Video Thumbnails

In a lot of cases with YouTube, navigating the seemingly endless video thumbnails takes scrolling. This is especially applicable to younger shared device users. YouTube thumbnail blur test Content creators naturally have a more implanted commitment to label their videos appropriately. 

The current system largely relies on the content creators being active about correctly tagging their videos. The problem the new test is trying to solve is to be a more proactive test approach to handling ‘potentially sensitive’ visuals.

Blurring as a Preemptive Measure

The nature of this test is based on YouTube’s algorithms picking out video thumbnails flagged for being about adult-type themes. If such a thumbnail is seen on a user’s home page, it will be automatically blurred.

The thumbnail will have a blurring effect that will occlude the visual content of the thumbnail. The user will have to take some action to reveal it if they are interested in seeing the video.

How the Blurring Might Work

Automated system: The system will most likely be automated. However, videos marked with mature content by the content creators may be more likely to feature blurred thumbnails.

Blur: The blurred thumbnail requires an action from the users to unblur and reveal the content and video title. An additional step allows the conscious choice to see potentially sensitive material.

In the future, it may be a potential User Control on this feature. This is the point where users could adjust the sensitivity of blurring or even decline the blurring.

Potential Benefits for Users Globally

Such an experimental blurring feature could benefit YouTube users in several ways.

Less Visual Explicit: Users who want to avoid potentially bush browsing will have a less visually explicit experience.

Prevent accidental exposure: Blurring acts as a filter to prevent accidental encounters of thumbnails that might be offensive or hidden.

For example, the required action for revealing the thumbnail forces users to be more informed in their decision to view the content.

Potential Considerations and Questions

So the concept, on first look, seems good, but there are also some possible mind and thought questions on this experiment.

Accuracy Detection: This is the key to ensure that the AI is able to identify mature content accurately without marking non-offensive thumbnails as mature content. Aggressively doing so may prevent legitimate content discovery.

Creators: Content that is properly labeled as mature for sure will see a dip in initial click-through rates as blurred thumbnails precede the content.

Friction: While the extra step of clicking to reveal thumbnails may provide setup for a better browsing experience, there is potential for some users’ experience to become more frustrating.

The Final Thought

YouTube’s trial of Blurring Video Thumbnails to designate mature content is the latest instance of the struggle. It aims to harmonize wide accessibility and allowance of information with varying sensitivities of its worldwide end-user base.

For this feature to be successful and, to a large extent, the future, depends on its accuracy. This is the question of how much it would impact creators, and how users around the world would take it. 

Throughout the experiment, there is the evolution of the YouTube landscape to create a new way to present visual content.

Related Reading: YouTube Celebrates 20 Years with TV App, Multiview Tease

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Where Google Wallet State IDs Are Available on Android

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |30 Apr 2025

A digital wallet is not merely a storehouse of payment methods. The new Google Wallet State IDs on Android are turning more and more into a secure repository. They aim to host all kinds of digital credentials, state-issued identification included. 

There is a growing need to store and use digital IDs. The May 7, 2025, deadline comes for REAL ID enforcement. It may prove more relevant for domestic travel or other needs requiring identity verification. 

Current status of state IDs in Google Wallet

Google Wallet State IDs

About late April 2025, Google Wallet would support the inclusion of state IDs into its system as follows: Driver’s licenses. Android device manager android device manager It states identification cards from these U.S. states would now be added to Google Wallet: 

Arizona

California

Colorado

Georgia

Maryland

New Mexico

Future States and Territories 

Google is always going to work with availability in other states and territories regarding this area. The company has, in fact, already announced that states will be residing there soon.

To access the Google Wallet app on your compatible Android device, here are the things that you need to do.

Press “Add to the wallet”.

Select “ID” followed by selecting either “Driver’s license or state ID”.

Next, select your state from the available states listed.

Scanning both sides of the physical ID, taking a video of one’s face as part of identity verification.

When your ID has been verified and approved by your state for the application, it will be found in your Google Wallet with your various payments and other passes.

Where Can I Use My Digital State ID

Digi-state IDs in Google Wallet are currently talking about domestic travel – TSA checkpoints. Discover those businesses now implementing digital IDs for age verification when selling age-restricted items.

Google is considering extending the use of digital IDs in Google Wallet for an even wider number of purposes, such as:

Recovering online accounts (e.g., Amazon). Accessing online health treatments (e.g., CVS and Epic’s MyChart). Verifying profiles on platforms (e.g., Uber).

Things to Consider Since digital state IDs 

Currently, this feature is restricted to selected states, but more are expected to be featured soon. For residents, this information should be worth noting. Alongside the fact that this feature is presently targeting the U.S. market. 

Google Wallet has high encryption and person-specific authentication security features to guard digital IDs. Your digital ID can be erased remotely if your phone is lost or stolen. 

Conclusion 

The Google Wallet integration of state IDs on Android is exciting, essentially digitizing. It modernizes the process through which identification will be proved in the future.

More states accept digital IDs for different use cases. Hence, residents allowed by states like traveling to the U.S. can expect an easier, possibly safer, way to manage their identification in the future. 

It is very much the case that the physical ID is important. For the time being, Google Wallet is going to indicate a clear direction of travel toward the most significant change in how we might prove our identity going forward.

More to Read: Google Wallet Application to Have Real-time Status in Train Tickets

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Updates from Android Auto Get New Climate Controls Feature

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |29 Apr 2025

Android Auto users should prepare to have a cooler and more comfortable driving experience. This is because Google is finally rolling out a New Climate Controls interface. It will be available right inside Android Auto. 

Easily adjust a driver’s HVAC settings directly within Android Auto without going away from any navigation. The integration provides a convenient and safer mode to manipulate in-car comfort.

Their Current Climate Control Dilemma

Most cases require exiting the entire experience of Android Auto. It has an interaction with the manufactured infotainment system or even buttons. 

It is a distraction and hampers the very thing Android Auto aims to integrate within one’s vehicle. Users have raised boredom with the lack of such direct, on-screen controls well into Android Auto itself.

A Breathe of Fresh Air

This upcoming update is purely in response to this shortcoming. It will bring the most basic climate control capabilities right up into the Android Auto interface. 

The real layout and features would normally vary barely depending on the car’s works and model. However, early glances and reports are already urging toward an easy-to-use and convenient interface.

Key Expected Features

Direct Access: A button or section on the Android Auto interface for switch-on.

Temperature Control: Easy to go up-and-down temperature settings.

Fan Control: Control intensity of airflow.

Ventilation Mode Control: Control the direction of airflow (face, feet, windshield).

Defrost and Defog: The front and rear defrost buttons should be one-press quick-access buttons.

Zone Control: Different temperature settings for different zones (if supported).

Voice Assistant Possible: Google Assistant may accept commands.

Benefits for the Android Auto User 

Reliable climate controls within Android Auto deliver numerous edges. Besides, this enhances safety, as it does not take the driver’s concentration away from the road.

Under the regular Android Auto interface, temperature, fan speed, or ventilation modes can be adjusted quickly and easily. 

Such a feature ties more of the car’s critical functions into the Android Auto ecosystem. It provides a more cohesive and intuitive in-car experience. 

By keeping the necessary controls on the Android Auto before display, distraction is minimized. The driver can stay alert to navigation and media information, establishing a more modern and expected user experience. 

Rollout and Availability

The feature has already been visible to the world by Google. All we need now is an exact date for when it will be available publicly to Android Auto users.

They will be working on pushing this feature forward, one could guess that this will be seen in a very near update to the app.

Certain features might also link to how this will be set up. It will depend on the car’s power on the level of integration offered by the car maker. 

The Closing

The fate of New Climate Controls features is a great and welcome addition to users inside and outside. Such an opening to the Android Auto interface solves an important usability issue. It promotes convenience and safety for the in-car experience. 

The consequential result is now a driving experience that affords easier climate control for the driver. There is no need to exit their favorite Android Auto screen for the task.

Keep an eye on upcoming Android Auto updates so that you get to see this refreshing new feature in action!

Related Reading: Android Auto Update Hints at Navigation Support for Smart Glasses

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Quick Share will replace Samsung in May

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |29 Apr 2025

Users of Samsung Galaxy around the world must take note of future changes. Google has now said that beginning in May 2025, Quick Share will replace Samsung with Samsung’s proprietary Quick Share solution. 

The smooth transition seeks to create a seamless file-sharing experience within the Samsung ecosystem. Thereby, it places the file-sharing features directly under the Samsung umbrella for its laptops and desktops. 

Backdrop

This occurred after the previous unification of Google’s Nearby Share. Samsung’s Quick Share for Android devices in early 2024, merged both services into one for a more coherent.

Moreover, user-friendly file-sharing experience across the Android ecosystem-almost as AirDrop on Apple. 

Samsung retained its own Quick Share for Galaxy phones and tablets; for Windows PCs. Google was in charge of the Quick Share experience, including Samsung’s Galaxy Book series. 

The Impending Change

The latest update of Google’s Quick Share Windows app release notes indicates that support for the app supplied by Google for Samsung PCs will be discontinued on May 28, 2025. 

On that date, any use of the Google Quick Share app on Samsung PCs would redirect users. It aims to install a Samsung-developed and maintained Quick Share application.

What This Means to Samsung PC Users

Replacement of the App: You have to download the Samsung version of Quick Share. They may find it from the Microsoft Store and install it.

Continuity of Functionality: File-sharing between Samsung Galaxy phones and other Android devices will have full continuity with Samsung Galaxy Book PCs. 

Better Streamlined Ecosystem: Samsung ecosystem means a more integrated and consistent file-sharing experience. 

Google’s continued interest: Google will support Quick Share on Windows PCs built by other manufacturers.

Transition Preparations

Samsung Galaxy Book users across the world need to start preparation measures for an easy transition. The first step is to see which Quick Share application users can install on their PC. 

Action is required from users of “Quick Share from Google.” The next thing is to open the Microsoft Store on your Samsung Galaxy Book. 

We can download this version and install, it as it becomes the supported application effective May 28, 2025.

Advantages of having one Samsung experience

By having direct control, Samsung is in the position to offer customized support along with timely updates for its other devices. This could lead to improvements occurring faster and with greater integration.

Moreover, this unification gives Samsung the chance to pursue a possible deeper integration of Quick Share.

This stops the potential of having two Quick Share applications from different providers. Thus, it establishes a much more friendly environment. This proves even more advantageous to remain in the Samsung family of devices. 

Conclusion

In short, Quick Share will replace Samsung version in May 2025 and seeks to unify. It provides a streamlined file-sharing experience specifically for Samsung users. 

This means a one-time replacement app for Galaxy Book users. The overall effect will encourage better user experience across the spectrum of devices.

More on Quick Share: Quick Share Safety Feature to See Before You Accept

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

What Google Messages New Feature Rolls out in April 2025 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |28 Apr 2025

Google Messages April 2025 update is upgrading including April 2025 for Android users such as that in the world. In rollout this month, safety comes first with optional sensitive content warnings and Media Smart Sharing.

It presents read receipts in a smooth and useful tweak to make details easier to access. The real-life applications of both of these features are in the queue.

They will promise the highly anticipated wider rollout of Dual SIM RCS support for users with multiple phone numbers. 

Improved Safety with Sensitive Content Warnings 

Google Messages

Google Messages media smart sharing one of the most interesting features rolled out is Sensitive Content Warnings. An opt-in measure, it is intended to offer enhanced control of potentially explicit materials received through Google Messages.

It allows “Remove preview” which gives you a later option for re-blurring the image. When disabling flagged content sending or forwarding images, the system will ask you to reconsider.

The most exciting aspect is that detection happens entirely on the device using Android’s SafetyCore. For users below 18, the feature comes automatically enabled.

The improvement in Media Smart Sharing

Google Messages also represents a change in the way one shares multimedia now. It is more intuitive and offers quality choices. 

The system presents a live viewfinder made available along with the recent media. It does so by merging the access to your camera and gallery within a conversation. 

In addition to the existing “HD”, it has added a new “Original quality” or “HD+” option. It allows you to send pictures and videos at their full resolution.

Newly Designed Read Receipts

This serves to bring a fresh view of how read receipts are displayed. It is possible by allowing them to appear as a circle at the bottom-right corner of message bubbles and images.

When swiped left, this will lead to timestamps for all recipients and end-to-end encryption status. This is a great feature that makes the journey overall smooth and intuitive.

Continued Rollout of Dual SIM RCS Support

These wider RCS-capable multi-SIM devices are being launched. They aim to allow users with more than one SIM to have RCS functioning on all their numbers.

For some users, Magic Compose suggestions might now appear directly within the suggested replies row. Double tap to heart or thumbs up: A very convenient shortcut for reacting quickly. 

Continuous and Recently Introduced Features

It should be borne in mind that feature rollouts are gradual, with some features. It includes a redesign of the text field, improvement of media receiving performance, real-time scam detection, and screen effects. 

Keep your app updated for the latest Google Messages feature updates at this time. Patience is the essence of feature rollouts. However, for Google Messages, the month of April 2025 will be featured on user safety, media sharing, and user experience in messaging. 

Conclusion 

April is to be the month when Google Messages will be endowed with a significant upgrade. It unravels the in-depth commitment from Google towards bettering Android messaging. The elevated trust in terms of safety using warnings related to sensitive content.

The new features will be rolled out differently with time. The series of upgrades most likely point to a future platform whose messaging forms are much safer, more efficient, and user-friendly.

These features will significantly influence how Android-using people connect and communicate in their daily lives as they increasingly become available. 

More to Read: Google Messages Adds Sensitive Content Warnings for Nudity

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

How to use Emoji Kitchen

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |28 Apr 2025

Pixel phone users worldwide get to enjoy yet another expressive way of communication. Google has rolled this fantastic feature into Gboard on Pixel devices. How to use Emoji Kitchen the ability to browse through the often surprising and limitless combinations of New Emoji Kitchen at will. 

This update allows transforming the way users discover and apply these delightful mashups. It ranges from being mere suggestions to unveiling a whole universe of creative emoji expressions right at the fingertips.

What is Emoji Kitchen, and Why is Its Popularity So Great?

How to use Emoji Kitchen

This is a unique Emoji Kitchen browse feature of Gboard able to combine two different emojis to create entirely new sticker-like creations. It could be funny or, on certain occasions, strangely appropriate.  

In days gone by, mainly in predictive suggestions when typing. Or by tapping on an individual-supported emoji of limitation, Emoji Kitchen creations were accessed and applied.

This often felt quite limiting in itself, resulting in a huge majority of possible mash-ups going unappreciated.

The “Browse” Revolution: Unlocking Entire Welfare

The entire game has changed after Browse came in. Instead of waiting for suggestions, a Pixel user can now manually search/sample the vast plains of Emoji Kitchen creations. It forms another interface within Gboard where you can:

See Categories & Themes: Google probably would have organized all these combinations into meaningful categories and memorable balls. This makes it easier to find relevant mashups suitable for your current mood or the object of conversation.

Scrolling Through an Endless Body of Combinations: The interface will allow browsing in a more leisurely way. It scrolls through tons of pre-generated Emoji Kitchen stickers without having to first type in specific emojis. Encouraging serendipity, no telling what combinations might catch your eye! 

Select and Send in a Flash: This makes it all the more effortless and quick to send a little spirit into your chats. Tap an Emoji Kitchen creation, and boom: It’s instantly inserted into the message, ready to be sent.

Potential Search: “Browse” could mean a precursor to a possible search option in the future. It allows users to search for specific emoji combinations if they have any kind of mash-up in mind.

Why This Will Matter for Pixel Users 

This update gifts Pixel users several major things:

Expanding Fun and Engagement: It creates and discovers new and quirky combinations of emojis that can add a sense of fun and playfulness to all conversations.

Enhanced User Experience: The associations of “Browse Interface” make Emoji Kitchen more accessible. It is also user-friendly to be used frequently, as this unique feature offers.

Pixel Exclusivity: This feature further makes apparent the unique software experiences that come along with Pixel devices. Thus, this makes it an edge for users in and outside of the country to turn themselves in favor of the Pixel ecosystem.

The Future of Emoji Communication 

The feature is quite an innovative move. It explores a more powerful visual language than was previously possible. Now when Pixel users unearth the borrows from around the world. It adds a unique Pixel flair to these digital dialogues. 

It’s a playful update that shows again how Google is bringing the world to the Pixel with its innovations and user-friendly features designed for its devices.

More on Gboard: Gboard Brings ‘Flick’ Typing to iOS with Fresh Design

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Adjustable Gmail Layouts Arrive on Android Big Screens

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |26 Apr 2025
Adjustable Gmail Layouts

Gmail Adjustable Layout Android google has rolled out a major update to the Gmail app, introducing Adjustable Gmail Layouts. They enhance viewing and interaction on versatile devices Gmail Layout Update Android Tablets. 

With this update, users are now able to customize the display of the inbox and individual emails for better multitasking and a more personalized workflow. 

Advantages of the New Layout for Users Table and Foldables

Adjustable Gmail Layouts

Gmail Big Screen UI Features with the adjustable layout, several key advantages are offered to Gmail Big Screen Features gmail users on larger Android devices. 

Better multitasking: With a possibility to see the inbox and open email together in varying proportions, it facilitates easy multitasking. While composing, users can refer back to the inbox or quickly switch between different conversation threads. 

Enhanced information density: By enlarging, users can view more subject lines, senders, and snippets without opening every particular email. That way, they can quickly scan and prioritize their messages. 

Maximized reading comfort: Enlarging the conversation view enhances reading comfort, especially with lengthy emails. Thus, this makes it good to digest information on a larger screen. 

Greater flexibility: This frees the Gmail layout for adjusting to individual workflows and preferences. People can change their layout depending on whether they are triaging emails or concentrating on focused reading and writing.

Rollout and Release

Adjustable Gmail Layouts

Both personal Google account users and those that fall under Workspace domains have access to this update.

This one would likely be rolled out gradually meaning that it would take a little while before all compatible devices have the feature enabled. Users are advised to keep their Gmail apps updated from the Google Play Store. 

Let that new tangible thing come to the next new adjusted layouts in Gmail for Android tablets. The foldable seat is a welcome and significant step towards larger screen app optimization.

The Wrap UP

This user-centric feature allows Android users to customize their email workflow depending on their needs and the capabilities of the device. Thus, it enhances productivity and overall experience using Gmail on such versatile form factors. 

The user can now look forward to the fact that Google while improving its functions for all screen sizes. It will eventually provide even more different possibilities for keeping a user connected and productive on Android devices. 

Also Read: Google Rolls Out Gmail’s Material 3 redesign for iPhone

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Google Rolls Out Gmail’s Material 3 redesign for iPhone

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |26 Apr 2025
Gmail’s Material 3 redesign

Gmail Material You Redesign iPhone it was rolled out to iPhone users around the world today. Gmail’s Material 3 redesign for the email client began to trickle out from Google for iPhone users. 

So this update brings the iPhone experience in a bit. It offers the Material Design you already have on Android and the web. It has come up with a more streamlined and visually coherent interaction with your inbox.

A Unified Design Language Across Platforms

Gmail’s Material 3 redesign

First, it hopes to build a Material Design language by which to view everything from Google: Gmail iOS Material 3 Update 2025 websites, apps, and everything in between. That means a Gmail experience similar to that to be found on users’ iPhones, Android device, or the web. 

Important step in this direction is the Material 3 redesign of Gmail for iOS. So that on whichever operating system it always looks and feels the same the Google way.

Key Elements of the Material 3 Redesign

Gmail’s Material 3 redesign

Material 3 introduces color feeling, a principle-based around dynamic color; your iPhone’s wallpaper will affect what colors are featured in the app. This will bring a more vibrant but harmonious use of color throughout the interface with a personal flavor to it.

Redesigned Buttons and Shapes: 

This is likely to be part of the design. It reflects a more rounded corner and also a softer kind of visual style to use buttons and other interactive elements. These are part of the Material Design idea of a current look.

Improved Typography: 

You’ll notice some small changes in the choice of font and the scaling of it for better readability. The hierarchy that your inbox provides when you scan on it or open an email.

Bottom navigation bar: 

Like the Android version, the iPhone Gmail app is likely to have an enlarged bottom navigation bar. It aims to help users switch between Mail, Chat, Spaces, and Meet with a single tap. The purpose of this is to simplify navigation and to change the communication mode more easily.

Improved multimedia: 

As mentioned earlier, with Material Design, the multimedia included in the app should be improved. This means that it may become more visually pleasing, clean, and elegant.

Benefits for iPhone Users

There are a few potential benefits for users in the world from the Material 3 redesign of Gmail on iPhone.

A Fresh and Modern Look: With such a level of fashionability in its visual design, the Gmail app is now in line with the new trends of the current design. It offers a fresher and more modern look.

More Consistency: Being aligned with Material Design principles makes it more consistent with its experience. This is for users who see other Google services in different contexts.

A Better Navigation: The bottom navigation bar provides quicker, clearer faster access to key features. It also reduces the number of tap transitions between sections.

Improved Usability: Various minor improvements can make email management a little less painful and more enjoyable.

Rollout and Availability

This Material 3 redesign for Gmail is now rolling out on iPhone. Still, as always: it may take some time before it reaches all of the users globally. 

Then glance at the Gmail app in the App Store for updates to it. After installation, the visual changes should begin to show up gradually inside the application.

Embracing the Evolution

This round of Gmail for iPhone redesign is another attempt by Google. It aims to make its ecosystem feel more general and user-friendly. 

By applying the latest Material Design principles to iOS, Google is helping everyone on the planet to enjoy a modern, beautiful, and color-harmonious interface. This option is for their email, chat, and collaborative workspaces. 

Users can expect the update to roll out. They are looking forward to an inbox that brings a fresh new look and continues to include the familiar functionality.

Dig Deeper: Google I/O 2025 Offers Material 3 Expressive, Android 16 TV, and More

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google TV’s Freeplay App Returns with a Redesigned Look 

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |25 Apr 2025
Google TV's Freeplay App

There is a piece of good news for a worldwide audience of Google TV device users. Google TV’s Freeplay App has returned after a serious overhaul. Google TV Freeplay App Redesign freeplay is back in business after a long-winded limited feature fix.

This edition of Freeplay offers a more streamlined and interactive experience. It is for users to discover as well as enjoy scores of free movies and TV shows. It indicates that Google continues to invest in variety to add to the loveliness of its smart TV offering.

Need a makeover

Google TV's Freeplay App

Freeplay App Relaunch 2025 the first Freeplay app released on Google TV is supposed to bring free ad-supported content under one roof. However, the implementational scheme has made the whole effort feel out-of-joint.

This is not straightforward enough to find its way around discovering content. These factors are responsible for disappearing into the short absence from some interfaces. Google has now brought Freeplay out of the closet with an apparent promise of much better usability.

What’s New with the Redesigned Freeplay App

Google TV's Freeplay App

This all comes thanks to the major redesign. Specific visual details may vary slightly depending on the Google TV device and software version: 

More User Friendly: Expect a visual refreshment for the layout on clearer categories of content, making it easier to navigate through available movies and TV series. This might include more visible carousels, curated collections, and genre-oriented navigation. 

Improved Discovery of Content: New enhanced search at least much smarter recommendations would comprise the redesign. It implies assisting guys at home and people who move around a lot looking for things. This could interest them without going through a very long scrolling process.

Seamless Integration: The revamped Freeplay will therefore come well integrated into the overall architecture of Google TV experience. It may mean easier access from the home screen and a more streamlined experience for playback.

Potentially Expanded Content Sources: Freeplay might just see this relaunch have an enlarged selection of free content. It likely broadens partnerships with ad-supported streaming services. The redesign puts forth an even wide variety of movies and TV shows to viewers in the world and worldwide.

Going Forward with Free Ad-Supported Content on Google TV

The reinstatement of a robust and user-friendly Freeplay app is a big win for the Google TV audience. With OTT rising in prices, ad-supported content can provide entertainment options. This applies even more to cost-conscious users in the world. 

In addition, the tighter integration of the Freeplay app only strengthens the value proposition of Google TV as a smart TV platform. While free content on Google TV makes for an entertainment hub for every type of viewer.

Future Outlook

Now that the redesigned Freeplay app is making its way around the world on Google TV devices. Users can expect much more enjoyment and a simplified way to discover and view free movie and TV show content. The success of the relaunch is likely dependent on the quality. 

Google’s efforts to rejuvenate Freeplay show that it understands the significance of free streaming services in the smart TV platform. Its return is a leap in ensuring a more wholesome and consumer-centric entertainment offering with Google TV.

Users are encouraged to try out the updated app. They can see all the free content available with a newly found ease of access on their devices.

Also Read: Leaked Google TV Box Aims to Fill Chromecast Void with 16GB Storage

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Maps Brings “full-sheet redesign” for Android 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |25 Apr 2025
full-sheet redesign

A complete visual transformation would be offered by an Android gadget to enable its users to navigate the world. Google Maps won’t stop improving: Google Maps Full-Sheet Redesign it recently rolled out another full-sheet redesign, an extensive update purported to further user-friendliness.

In this way, it introduces a more consistent and intuitive interface for accessing information and features within the app. The update intends a Seamless experience for users around the world.

Historical Back Ground

full-sheet redesign

This is rather one of the aspects of introducing full-sheet redesign on Android. Google Maps Android UI Update 2025 the latest add-on to the entire evolution of Google Maps is its user interface. 

User have seen many changes such as the redesigned Explore tab. It also follows a sheet format in imparting information without completely blocking the view of the map. 

Thus, Google is moving toward having a more modern interface across all applications, which will be commonly experienced by users. 

Key New Features of Redesign

full-sheet redesign

Below are the most important features of the Google Maps full-sheet redesign for Android done in points:

The Updated ‘You’ and ‘Contribute’ Tabs: Now they are available for the full sheet layout. This comes up along with other redesigned parts in the app. 

Persistent Map Visibility: Visibility of some parts of the map while interacting with sheets to keep the context. 

Minimize Options-Dock Full Sheet: A complete sheet can be stationed. It is situated at the bottom navigation bar for quick access and hence more multitasking. 

The Change in Search of ‘Contribute’: There aren’t search bars anymore in the ‘Contribute’ tab. This is dedicated to the full sheet view unless docked.

User Experience Improvements 

It is the purpose behind this entire sheet redesign in Android Google Maps. This aims to have a more seamless experience when navigating through most features. The constant view of the map provides enough context. 

The new update is however still going to be available on iOS devices very soon. It shows that Android users go first, adopting change.

User Reaction 

The response among Android users towards the new full-sheet design of Google Maps has been mixed. Some have appreciated persistent map visibility. 

Some others have found the change to be a change. It requires getting used to, especially longtime users of the app before the changes.

A number of contrasts with the old versions of Google Maps emphasize both the alleged advantages of the new design. For example, it’s more flexible multitasking linked with the bottom sheets. The probable disadvantages, like the changed way of searching in the ‘Contribute’ tab.

The Final Thought

The full-sheet redesign indicates a strong commitment on the part of Google. This goes towards a comprehensive vibrance in the use of redesigned full sheets on Google Maps Android. That is to define a flatter and better-integrated experience for the user himself.

Persistent map visibility with dockable sheets allows users worldwide. It focuses on experiencing new ways of using the features of the application by keeping spatial context.

More on Goolge Maps: Google Maps Expands ‘Suspected Fake Reviews’ Globally

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google I/O 2025 Offers Material 3 Expressive, Android 16 TV, and More

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |24 Apr 2025

Tech fans from all walks of life are bubbling with excitement. They do so over yet another Google I/O 2025 showcase, the developer’s main yearly event.

Although the major keynote is yet to take place, preliminary clues are already teasing the audience’s anticipation. 

Perhaps the most talked-about updates involve a new look with “Material 3 Expressive,” an explosive upgrade for Android TV with Android 16, and new features across the range of Google products.

Material 3 Expressive

The new version, dubbed “Material 3 Expressive,” by Google could facilitate letting these designs show some personality and flair. The one-word handle “Expressive” suggests apps may have many opportunities to speak their identity with loud colors. It engages fonts and fluid animations.

With the arrival of Material 3 Expressive, developers will be able to take their applications. They can express themselves more according to their brands and what their users want. In parallel, they should still maintain the core tenets of being simple, accessible, and usable. Such a move may flip the lid on a whole new interpretation. 

Smart TV Gets an Upgrade with Android 16 TV

Smart TVs change with the times, really, and yet Android TV still is the major actor. It causes people to buzz about possible changes to the render and operations of the system.

Expect a performance overhaul; apps load much faster; menus respond quicker and Android 16 TV might amp up Google Assistant-based voice controls. The new, more sober look might help in discovering anything worth watching, and bring entertainment.

What Else to Expect?

Besides the bigger updates for Material Design and Android TV, I/O 2025 is expected to showcase improvements across Google products. We might see Gemini AI being implemented in more Google apps, in turn. This makes them smarter and more helpful in what you’re doing. 

There are probably updates with an AR/VR theme to continue some of the work with Project Doing the wearables. Developers, look for interface updates across devices in the Comments section of I/O.

The Final Verdict

Google I/O 2025 brought exciting future updates for Android and smart tech. Material 3 Expressive offers a more innovative and personalized design. 

Together, it shows how Google intends to create more intuitive, user-friendly tech. Success will ultimately depend on how well these features are rolled out. Nevertheless, the outlook is bright for developers and users, both in this world and beyond.

Also Read: Google Assistant’s Driving Mode Disappears from Android Maps

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Assistant’s Driving Mode Disappears from Android Maps

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |24 Apr 2025

Android Map is experiencing many changes. These changes like not having Google Assistant’s Driving Mode seem so freaky. This formerly-so useful voice-assisted support for ensuring safe driving has really made many wonder why it had to go.

This sudden disappearance of Driving Mode has induced lots of conversations among many who were asking with skepticism. This is about the real-time accuracy of the mapping portal themselves. Well, now, this warrants an investigation in understanding the reasons and ramifications due to these virtual disappearances.

Background

Designed for Android phones, this is a voice interface. It was to offer a safer in-car experience to people from whom Android Auto has been installed. First, this function was launched as Driving Mode in late 2020.

Driving Mode provided a dashboard and an app launcher available for tasks associated with driving. The changed features of Driving Mode indicate a change in the Google strategy for in-car experiences using phones.

The shrinking of Driving Mode features comes in parallel to the general move of Google. The old Google Assistant is phased out from most devices by 2025. Therefore, one should view any disappearing feature in Google Maps on Android from this perspective. 

The Disappearance 

This disappearing news was circulating in several online forums and communities. Significantly, no formal announcement or public statement has been made by Google on such unpublished reports. This vacuum of affirmation leaves users really in the dark about.

People who used to rely on Driving Mode to mute notifications find this disappearance particularly difficult. It was a kind of security touch under which the user interacted with the phone. This diverts attention from distractions and displaying information and controls clearly. 

Possible Reasons 

The most probable cause of what we now see disappearing actually is Google’s long infection. The general phenomenon of pruning features here. It is an implicit strategy to scale back in light of pushing its next-generation AI capabilities forward, so to say. 

On its own, Google Assistant is functional provides a much smoother, glanceable interface into car systems. This conversation shows what the users value most in the now-missing ability and emphasizes the need for an explicit communication from Google.

Conclusion

The recent changes within Google Maps, departing Google Assistant’s Driving Mode on Android. It presents a very new stance on how the company will design user experience inside cars. 

This missing feature had become the crutch for many drivers’. It attempts at keeping hands free from distractions in checking alerts and playing music. 

We will have to wait and see whether Google will implement something that will directly effect an equivalent functionality or not. 

More Reading: YouTube Celebrates 20 Years with TV App, Multiview Tease

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Celebrates 20 Years with TV App, Multiview Tease

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |23 Apr 2025

The website that would change the internet forever for good was a humble launch of YouTube twenty years ago. Starting as a simple platform for audiovisual sharing, this was a global town square. Now, the company YouTube Celebrates 20 Years in 2025.

It was the the portal where billions learn, create, entertain, and connect. In the middle of a week in which YouTube counts itself 20 years old. The company isn’t looking back on its path. However, instead ahead to the future with a new TV app and first glance at custom Multiviews.

Journey From “Me at the zoo” 

The pre-YouTube epoque must have been a challenging concept to comprehend. Before its inception, it was no fun to share videos online. Anyone who managed to get their hands on a camera and internet connection was empowered.

18 seconds into a top video, “Me at the zoo,” published on October 22, 2005, was the first video. It was ever uploaded from the platform that would quickly become a global, seismic juggernaut.

Over the past few decades, YouTube has grown exponentially. Today it has transformed into a hot chakra point. It is now suitable for music videos and movie trailers, educational content, DIY tutorials, vlogs, gaming streams, and breaking news. People who wouldn’t have been anywhere without the Internet, they became famous overnighton YouTube.

A Fresh Look for the Big Screen

The company is redesigning its TV app ahead of more and more people leaning back to their televisions. Specific details of FaceID are still under wraps. However, it has become a seemingly more intuitive and visually appealing interface.

This refresh is probably to simplify the navigation and make the content discovery better on bigger screens. YouTube needs a modern TV app as it competes harder for the living room entertainment.

Introducing Custom Multiviews

The most interesting of the announcements is soon to be custom Multiviews. But this feature is being glorified as a genuinely revolutionary way. If you did that in real life and watched your favorite sports game watching a news broadcast next to you.

However, to be fully explained, the ways that customization will appear are still not known. In Multiview layouts, users may be able to select which channels or videos they would like to see.

For sports enthusiasts, this feature could be a game changing since it would provide a truly customized and dynamic viewing.

Looking Ahead

During the third decade of YouTube the commitment remains the same. The teased TV app redesign and the idea of providing custom Multiviews indicate that they are committed to improving the user experience. They have a strong will power to find a direction in changing viewing habits.

Issues like content moderation, creator landscape and video platforms compete for business are on the way for the platform. Indeed, all of us at YouTube find ourselves marking 20 years. There’s no doubt in the air that YouTube’s next chapter will be as dynamic and soon as the last one.

Dig Deeper: Google Clock 7.13 Update Begins Play Store Rollout

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Clock 7.13 Update Begins Play Store Rollout

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |23 Apr 2025

Google official Clock app’s version 7.13, is rolling out to users through the Google Play Store. With the update, we are being given the new version of the Google Clock 7.13. 

The update is arriving now on Android devices. Initial eyes on the experience indicate that this one is an under-the-hood update without any immediately apparent major user-facing features.

No Sign of the Timer Starter Widget Yet

The “Timer Starter” widget, created in the previous year by Google as a Pixel device default item alongside the Pixel Tablet, notably does not appear in this update. 

This is a widget that eventually became available on Pixel phones in March 2025. It allows users on their home screen to start one of their three most used timers. 

However, that Clock app on non Pixel devices already features different widgets the Timer Starter widget is still exclusive to 

Google hardware for the time being

The update looks more like a continuation of the process of sorting out the many bugs, performance and under the hood optimizations. There are no obvious new features to see upon first installation. 

Although, these types of updates are key both to the stability and the reliability of the application across the wide range of Android devices. 

This helps smoothen and make the experience a little more consistent as compared to previous versions since it can fix bugs. They may have taken place in older versions as well as optimizing the app’s performance.

Gradual Rollout via the Play Store

The Clock 7.13 version is likely to arrive to your device through Google Play Store in a gradual manner. Staged deployment lets Google monitor how the update works on a somewhat small set of devices before broad release. So, it can fix any potential problems they didn’t see. 

However, they may not see the update immediately if it is not available in the Play Store itself yet. These will have to wait for it to be propagated across various regions and device models. 

The Potential for Future Server-Side Updates

The Timer Starter widget is not part of the initial app update. However the probability of a server side release exists at some point in the future. 

Server side updates were previously used by Google. It aims to add features to its apps without having to push a full app update via the Play store. 

If they take this approach, they could later be able to release the Timer Starter widget to a wider set of Android devices in a later 7.13 version without including it in the inital version.

The Final Word

The latest Google Clock 7.13 release had barely arrived on the Play Store. However, it seems to have come as a maintenance one focused on enhancements in app stability and performance.

The promise of the possibility of a server side update to make it available. In due time, as the update continues to roll out, users will be treated to seeing Google’s official clock application worked out with less flaws.

More to Read on: Gmail’s “ Manage Subscriptions” Simplifies Email Unsubscribing

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gmail’s “ Manage Subscriptions” Simplifies Email Unsubscribing

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |22 Apr 2025

Gmail is rolling out a thoughtful new feature, which is a dedicated “ Manage Subscriptions” page. Gmail’s unsubscribe feature simplifies inbox cleanup and puts you in charge of what goes into your inbox. The Gmail app has a centralized page that shows all the active subscriptions of email subscriptions. It allows users to unsubscribe with a single tap from the unwanted sender. 

The new button is the result of Gmail’s latest effort. This aims to make your inbox less cluttered, extending the existing “Unsubscribe” button shown on individual emails. That aspect of the old feature meant that users had to open one message after another. This new page will pull together all of your subscription senders in one single glance. This is because it’s much faster and easier to keep an inbox from being overrun.

Simple, One-Tap Unsubscribing

“ Manage Subscriptions”

The new Gmail Manage Subscriptions page will show you a simple and easily scanned list of all the senders.

There is useful information like the account holder’s name and the number of emails the same account has received recently. It helps users make decisions to store email or unring them.

Above each sender, there is a prominent Unsubscribe button for each mailing list that allows you to opt out. Usually, unsubscribing is automatic inside the Gmail app itself, and all you need to do is one tap.

How to Use the Feature

Open the Gmail app on Android.

Search for the menu icon in the left corner of the top side.

Select Manage subscriptions.

Browse your list of subscriptions.

Tap Unsubscribe next to that sender’s name.

Key Details to Know

Easy to identify subscriptions from sender names and addresses.

View how many emails you’ve recently received sent to you from each source.

WIP: This feature is a work in progress and may not be fully working in all cases for many more days.

Available only in the Gmail app for Android now, but nothing has been said for iOS or the web yet.

The unsubscribe ‘stops’ marketing emails, whereas the block ‘blocks’ all future emails from a sender into spam.

Final Thoughts

It is a thoughtful and user-friendly addition to the Android app. It manages to streamline the occasionally tedious task of email cleanup. This works because it centralizes all the user’s email subscriptions in a single handy place. This is a continuation of Gmail’s long history of helping to keep users organized and in charge of their communications.

This intuitive tool will soon become more useful to your everyday Android users who don’t want to drown in emails. With this feature, users can quickly and easily get rid of all this clutter from their inbox. The small change will have a big impact and aligns with making Gmail a productivity-focused email service.

Related Reading: Gmail Now Syncs Desktop Signature to Mobile Devices

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Gboard Brings ‘Flick’ Typing to iOS with Fresh Design

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |22 Apr 2025

Gboard is preparing to roll in a useful and can be quite time-saving ‘Flick’ Typing to iOS. Gboard flick typing iOS. The app’s latest beta versions would greatly speed up the process of typing numbers and symbols. This is possible by simply swiping the keys in a quick downward motion.

Thus, this design choice lets Google communicate its plan to further better the typing efficiency. The overall user experience for iPhone and iPad users who prefer Gboard.

Unpacking the ‘Flick’ Functionality

‘Flick’ Typing to iOS

The main feature of this highly anticipated feature is that it has its own intuitive, gesture-based input method. The new “flick” functionality will allow them to simply swipe downwards on a key. Gboard iOS update 2025. It aims to directly input the symbol or number displayed on it.

The first discovery indicates a possible symbol input. However, it’s yet to be seen whether Google will bring that ‘flick’ functionality to the number row, too. This makes it even faster to input numbers.

Beyond ‘Flick’

The latest Gboard beta (version 15.3.02) for iOS isn’t just the ‘Flick’ Typing to iOS, as other improvements are brewing too. Keen-eyed users and developers have also scouted out hints of other fascinating insertions.

This contextual appearance seeks to optimize the screen real estate on smaller iPhone displays. It gets rid of the cluttered keyboard layout when numerical typing isn’t necessary to provide a more concentrated typing experience.

This adds on to Gboard’s existing AI-powered writing tools to lend an interactive element. That’s our understanding of what we’re hearing. Such an evolution could make Gboard a more sophisticated writing companion than basic spell correction and predictive text.

Looking Ahead

This is the fact that the “flick” gesture is here, along with potential others. For instance, contextual password number row, interactive AI writing tool, and optional rounded keys give hope to Gboard for iOS in the future. 

Google’s commitment is to continue enhancing Gboard’s features and creating a thoughtful, efficient, and increasingly versatile typing experience. These features will undoubtedly bring the anticipation from the iOS Gboard community of users.

More Reading: Google Messages Adds Sensitive Content Warnings for Nudity

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages Adds Sensitive Content Warnings for Nudity

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |21 Apr 2025

Google Messages aims to protect users by deploying Sensitive Content Warnings. They provide blurred views of potentially nude images while users transmit content inside the app through an upcoming update. 

Adult users can select this option to create an additional defense against accidental disclosures while promoting safer media sharing practices.

Blurring Potentially Nude Images

Sensitive Content Warnings

This feature automatically identifies images with perceived nudity, which gets blurred for the user’s view before images become visible. When a user receives such an image, a warning message appears while a blurred preview displays for their viewing. 

Users can select to read more about nudity risks. They are followed by the ability to block the sender or to see the image by accepting the warning. 

The speed bump function grants users complete control over selected images by asking them to confirm before viewing such content.

Warnings Before Sending

The device provides outgoing message content awareness through its “Sensitive Content Warning” setting. The system presents an alert.

It notifies users about dangers linked to sharing potentially revealing photos and prompts responsible distribution to their intended recipients. 

Users must specifically approve image transmission after receiving this warning before sending or forwarding the content.

On-Device Processing for Privacy

Google executes the image classification process inside user devices exclusively through Android System SafetyCore. 

The SafetyCore program operates within Google Messages specifically to classify content while the feature is active. Therefore, images remain unseen when the feature remains disabled or inactive within the application.

For adults, Opt In, default for minors

For a user of age, the rollout of the sensitive content warnings has different default settings. By default, the feature is disabled for adult users (18+ years). By default, the feature is turned on for supervised users.

Unsupervised teens can turn it off in their Google Account settings, parents of supervised children can control the feature with the Family Link app, giving another layer of safety to younger users.

How to Enable/Disable the Feature

For adults who wish to allow or deny the “Sensitive Content Warnings” feature to be used.

Open the Google Messages app.

Click your Profile image.

Select Messages settings.

Tap Protection & Safety and scroll down to it.

Tap Manage sensitive content warnings. You will be sent to your Google Account to the “Sensitive content warnings” setting.

Limitations and Future Potential

The feature known as the “Sensitive Content Warnings” in Google Messages currently only works for images and not for videos. 

However, Google has also noted that the detection is not perfect. There will be cases where it does not detect nudeness and cases where it erroneously detects one. This feature is likely to get more accurate and extensive as the technology develops.

A Step Towards Safer Communication

The concept of ‘Sensitive Content Warnings’ in Google Messages is a good move. It is towards the formation of a safer and more responsible communication space. Google is offering tools for users to manage their exposure.

It also provides value as a layer of protection in the messaging app itself. The feature has at once the power to do quite a lot for safer online interactions.

Also Read: YouTube Bug Wipes Homepage, Google Investigating

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Bug Wipes Homepage, Google Investigating

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |21 Apr 2025

Recently, many YouTube users have been baffled due to a YouTube bug. YouTube homepage bug 2025 they are frustrated by the fact that their homepage no longer seems to have any of its usual recommended videos. 

The users are not greeted by a personalized feed of content specific to what they have been watching. However, rather a fairly empty screen or a much-reduced number of video suggestions. 

Based on this affecting users across both mobile and desktop platforms, it appears to be a problem with YouTube’s core recommendation algorithm or content delivery system.

Limited or Irrelevant Suggestions

Youtube Bug

Some of the homepages are not completely naked. However, the video suggestions presented are far from what the typical user wants to watch. YouTube not loading issue, this adds another pointer to the personalization engine that usually runs the YouTube homepage, as follows. 

Users are reporting seeing generic videos. Or videos that are not about their watch history, subscriptions, and previous preferences. 

For creators, this bug is particularly bad because the homepage recommendation system is a large driver of traffic and viewership. Home pages that do not function properly can result in your visibility and the number of people who see you.

Google Acknowledges and Investigates

Google has responded to a growing chorus of complaints from social media. The YouTube Help forums accuse it of pointing YouTube clips to rivals. 

A post on the official community forum from a TeamYouTube moderator reveals that they are aware of the bug on the YouTube homepage that leads to fewer or no videos appearing. We assure users that the teams are currently looking into the cause behind this disruption.

No Fix Yet, Patience Requested

There is no specific time frame in that post for a resolution. Currently, there is no quick fix for the barren homepage that users are experiencing. 

Because YouTube is not owned by the individual provider. It would not have deliverable or algorithmic involvement if the failure occurs.

The YouTube team is trying to figure out the root cause of the algorithmic. It implements a solution to get the personalized recommendations back so that users can continue to rely on them. 

For affected users, this is a bit of a headache. They are advised to be patient and monitor the official YouTube channels for Help updates on the status.

User Experience & Creation Impact

This bug also has an impact beyond sheer inconvenience. And for users, the homepage is the typical first stop to see new content and visit their preferred content channels. When the homepage is broken or empty it disrupts their usual browsing habits. It is harder to find videos that they might be interested in. 

Lack of a good homepage can result in a vast drop in views and participation. Hence, can affect their income and growth on the platform. The connection between creators and viewers is a big part of an algorithm. This works on the homepage because it means more viewers for new viewers here.

Temporary Workarounds

Some users have reported workarounds to the problem. However, their effectiveness may not last until Google offers an official fix:

Temporarily clear your cache & cookies: Some folks have reported that clearing your cache and cookies within your browser can additionally assist in occasional instances. This is the place you’ll be able to obtain the reside stream feed.

Directly to subscriptions or watch history: Users no longer have to land on the homepage before bailing directly to their subscriptions feed or watch history to seek content.

Search using the search bar: Users searching for a particular video or channel can directly go to it using the search bar.

Conclusion

But a barren YouTube homepage due to a bug is a major disruption for the user and the creator. It prevents yoga discovery and viewship and breaks the website. 

This is positive news from Google’s part who have acknowledged this and are investigating. The community will be patiently waiting for a fix. So that the personalized and engaging homepage experience it normally enjoys with the product is restored. 

More Reading: What’s fresh in Android’s April 2025 Google System Update

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

What’s fresh in Android’s April 2025 Google System Update

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |19 Apr 2025

April 2025 is when this Android ecosystem is still moving at Google’s monthly cadence. The Android April 2025 update features Google System Update has come with several security, UX, and development improvements that are important and worth noting. 

They took a comprehensive update on the Android platform by covering various pieces of core security protocols. However, to understand what April 2025 Google System Updates will bring, let’s see the main highlights.

Enhanced Security Measures

Google System Update

Security is a robust focus of the April 2025 Google System Update. Android 2025 security patch details A strike of 62 critical vulnerabilities is what is handled in the April 2025 Android Security Bulletin.

However, this still befits well within Google’s flawless record when it comes to ensuring that user data remains protected. Google strongly urges all users to install the security patches available under security patch levels 2025.

Improved User Experience and Functionality

In addition to the basic security upgrades, the April 2025 updates add various user-generating enhancements to the Android experience. It aims to simplify and make more friendly the Android experience.

Quick Share Preview 

Quick Share will also improve file sharing. It does so by allowing users to preview the content of files to be transferred before doing so. So, making it clearer and more manageable.

Automatic Security Restart 

Android devices that remain locked for a continuous period of three days will now automatically restart. It aims to ensure that it does not remain vulnerable to unauthorized access.

Google Wallet Pass Customization 

In order to address this, users now have the ability to include custom nicknames to their stored passes within Google Wallet. So, they can be recognized and managed faster.

New Features and Tools for Developers

Another set of valuable updates and tools related to Android ecosystem innovations are also available by The April 2025 Google System Updates.

Android System Intelligence V.26: Related to the function ‘People Who Matter’, and contains free and internal API changes for internal improvement of the data storage mechanisms.

It’s Android WebView v135: Developers will see improvements in both the security and privacy aspects of the WebView component. It includes new developer-centric features in displaying web content within the Android apps with minimal fuss.

Conclusion

The Google System Update scheduled for April 2025 is quite a milestone concerning the Android evolution. Google has continued to prove its dedication to making its mobile operating system more secure. 

Although these latest advancements may differ across devices and regions. This is because of the normal phased rollout, users are encouraged to constantly update their device settings.

The fact that Google is keeping up with this continuous cycle of updates. It shows that Google is fully committed to delivering a safer, simpler, and feature-rich Android experience to its users all around the globe.

Also Read: Bug Breaks Long-Press on Android 16 Lockscreen Shortcuts

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Bug Breaks Long-Press on Android 16 Lockscreen Shortcuts

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |19 Apr 2025

The pathway of Long-Press on Android 16 has recently sprung up. Android 16 lock screen bug It comes with the much-anticipated release of Beta 4. This brings developers and early users one step closer to the final manifestation of the operating system.

Stability and refinement have prioritized this phase, yet one specific bug has appeared. It has brought attention due to its effect on the function and reliability of lock screen shortcuts. 

The intent behind Long Press

Long-Press on Android 16

The first was to ensure that nothing could be accidentally activated when lock screen shortcuts are activated. It was a convenience to have much-used tools like a flashlight. Android 16 shortcut issues. Yet it could easily trigger because of the slippage of touch while the device was in a pocket or bag. 

The second reason for the prolonged press was that it would prevent accidental activation of the shortcuts. It only allows the opening of the shortcut when the actual user engagement is useful to the user. 

The Redelivery of Single Tap 

An odd bug has emerged in Android 16 Beta 4, reverting from long-press activation of lock screen shortcuts to single tap.

Once again, the camera, flashlight, or other designated shortcuts can be in a launching position. It comes with just a brief touch on their respective icons displayed on the lock screen. 

This peculiar change happens to have some very significant changes to the user experience. This sudden change converts their muscle memory. It may end up unintentionally launching the shortcuts whenever they tend to just have a look at their lock screen. 

User Responses 

The first reaction from the users was that they did not like it much. A few testers have even joined the list of numerous users who are bombarding various websites and social platforms. They aim to register their displeasure against this regression of sorts. 

For example, the incidence of the camera being activated in the user’s pocket. Or the flashlight simply turning is very much akin to the very features the long press is aimful. 

Google’s Reaction

There has been no official recording from Google regarding the single-tap activation bug. The long press was introduced purposely to ensure usability by minimizing accidental activations. It served to conserve battery, reverting to single tap on this uses those benefits straight away. 

Google’s history is one such that they actively involve themselves with the beta testers in the report of issues. There is a good expectation that this kind of bug will never appear again.

The Final Thought

We can say that reverting to a single tap for activating lock screen shortcuts was a temporary setback. The bug here hurts the overall intent of an accidental activation safeguard. 

Such beta-testing is the solution to find these bugs and polish the final product release. Hence, users of the Android 16 beta program should be the first to keep reporting every hitch.

This lockscreen shortcut regression some feedback remains invaluable to the quality and stability of the forthcoming Android operating system. 

Related Reading: Google Ends Security Updates for Android 12

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |18 Apr 2025

YouTube Music app for Android and iOS is getting a new Consistent Volume feature. YouTube.com locate it aims to ensure a smoother audio experience with less intrusive listening. 

This was a much-anticipated update to one of the major irritants. It is for someone who has songs at utterly different volume levels in the same playlist or radio station. 

YouTube Music would instead prefer to keep tracks evenly loud. It would also treat its users to a pleasant flow of music without disturbances. 

The Problem of Inconsistent Audio Volume

Consistent Volume

For most music-streaming enthusiasts, sudden volume jumps from one song to the other could give a rocky listening experience. Youtube. com/locate It may happen while enjoying music from a curated playlist or radio station. 

This inconsistency can often be attributed to several factors, which include differing track mastering between individual productions. 

The frustration factor could then lead to constant volume adjustments. It proves troublesome while you are, for instance, driving, exercising, or simply relaxing. 

The Solution by YouTube Music

In efforts to mitigate this problem, YouTube Music has begun implementing a Consistent Volume switch. It has done so in app settings on both Android and iOS platforms. 

The program adjusts and analyzes the volume levels of the songs played under the consistent loudness levels. It was aimed at a listening session. 

The quiet songs are accordingly boosted, while loud songs are reduced to give a balanced and consistent audio output without glaring discrepancies. 

How to Activate Consistent Volume

Users should navigate the settings of the YouTube Music app to activate the new feature. The toggle function is usually located within the Playback/Auditory sections of the settings menu. 

Once activated, consistent Volume will apply to all playback audio, whether personalized playlists, curated mixes, or radio stations. Any user wishing to draw on the feature can do so depending on preference by simply toggling it on or off. 

Benefits Consistent Listening Could Provide

The introduction of a Consistent Volume feature could offer myriad potential benefits to all YouTube Music users:

Less Manual Adjustments: Listeners can peacefully enjoy music. They dont need the constant reaching out for volume adjustments against the level discrepancies between various songs.

Smoother Transitions: Less jarring transitions between songs make the entire experience seamless and relaxing. 

Better Enjoyment While Engaged: When commuting, working out, or relaxing in general, a consistent volume level boosts the whole listening pleasure while freeing from distractions.

Potentially Lesser Listener Fatigue: Constantly variable volume levels could somehow fatigue a listener’s subconscious. Therefore, a more uniform output could contribute to less tiring listening over extended times. 

Rollout in Gradual Stages

Like many features, the rollout of Consistent volume in YouTube Music is expected to be gradual. Android and iOS users should look into their app settings for when the feature will arrive. 

In its initial rollout phase, the app’s availability may also differ slightly by region. It is better to be on the safe side. You must check that YouTube Music has been updated to the latest version from Google Play.

A Welcome Addition to Audio Playback Control

The Consistent volume feature is welcome for getting playback controls in YouTube Music. It at least addresses one major grievance that has afflicted many music listeners for ages. 

YouTube Music takes a big step in the way of refinement and user ease. This allows listeners to better focus on the listening experience than on volume adjustment. 

Conclusion

With the rollout of Consistent volume on YouTube Music, considerable advancement in the listening experience has taken place. 

With a smart solution, users can now float away with their favorite tracks. It may be possible in a much smoother, less intrusive, and genuinely pleasurable embrace. 

This thoughtful upgrade reflects YouTube Music’s continuing journey toward improvement. It enhances user comfort; certainly an item that brings welcome consistency to the mad-hatter land of digital audio playback.

Also Read: Google Revives Do Not Disturb mode in Android

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube Music Adds AI Radio Tuning & Custom Thumbnails

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Google Revives Do Not Disturb mode in Android

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |18 Apr 2025

For those who use Do Not Disturb mode, this is good news. For it suggests that Google is bringing back a dedicated shortcut for Android. 

Indeed, this is a reaction to an update to Android. It replaced the old one tap toggle with ‘Modes’, adding an extra step for anyone wanting to just silence notifications.

User Discontent

Do Not Disturb mode is introduced in the form of “Modes”. It paired with other customizable profiles such as ‘Bedtime’ or ‘Driving’. The change that included more flexibility in handling interruptions. Of course, it came with the downside that users had to go through the “Modes” tile in Quick Settings. 

It replaced users’ single tap on the dedicated Do Not Disturb tile. This resulted in a lot of users becoming frustrated because they use the shortcut quite often for quick silencing. Some had spoken their mind, posting their displeasure online about the extra hassle for a prevalent, usually needed function.

Acknowledging User Feedback

To this clear user feedback, Google is now using this opportunity to develop. The dedicated Quick Settings tile that will toggle Do Not Disturb mode itself. 

The latest Android 16 beta has introduced this new tile. It seeks to bring back one tap functionality that’s a favorite among users. 

This suggests that Google is willing to pay attention to its user base. It makes desired interface changes to result to the same usability issues that are pertinent since it changed its interface.

Alongside “Modes”: Offering a Choice

It offers users a thoughtful opportunity to select their method of choosing whether they wish to manage or ignore interruptions. 

We continue to support those who value the majority of customization options in ‘Modes’ while providing them. However, we are also pleased to offer a direct on/off switch for ‘Do Not Disturb’ to users.

The users who are looking for practically no delay between an incoming call notification and the immediate silencing of the device. 

A Glimpse of the Future

Google hasn’t yet formally announced that the feature is on its way back. This presence in the latest beta build that squarely puts an end to rumblings about the feature’s return.

However, the absence of visible signs didn’t suggest that the feature would return. This appears as a concrete coupling of a much missed shortcut with an anticipation of a return in future Android updates.

Restoring One-Tap Control

It is a big move for many Android users who take the time to turn on their Do Not Disturb. This proves that Google is meticulous on user experience. This feels comfortable if it discards the changes to the interface based on user’s direct and responsive feedbacks. 

This prioritizes ease of use of a key feature that is used frequently. It brings a simpler, more efficient way to silence the digital world to more easily regulate time spent completing tasks with focused intent. Most of the Android user base will probably welcome this small but very important change.

The Extract

The decision by Google to bring back a dedicated Do Not Disturb mode in Android is a big move for user experience. It so rightly should be, responding to direct feedback from users. 

With the return of the one tap toggle, the addition of “Modes”, users now can get the most out of both: quick silencing the sound and customization regarding audio interruptions. 

With the Android 16 beta, its appearance is forward thinking in the attempt to silence user concerns. It puts the ease of use of a frequently used function on top.

Related Post: Android 16 Beta 4 Coming Your Way Tomorrow

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16 Beta 4 Coming Your Way Tomorrow

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |17 Apr 2025

Google officially announced that the Android 16 Beta 4 will land tomorrow, April 18, 2025. This represents another milestone in the development of the Android operating system. The announcement puts developers and early adopters closer to a stable final release expected later this year. 

Similar to past beta releases, the announcement has been made through social media channels of Android developers. This wastes no time in building excitement in the Android community. 

Refinements Become Key Focus During Beta 4

As is typical for a beta development program, the later it gets into the Android 16 development cycle. The more the beta program focuses on the aspects of stability and refinement. With Platform Stability achieved during the previous Beta 3 release, the APIs and system behaviors are largely locked down. 

Thus, there will not be any expectation for new features that are relevant to users during the 16 beta phase. The primary focus of this build could be fixing the existing bugs. This phase is very important for ensuring that the final product will be smoothly and reliably executed in public. 

What to Expect in Beta 4

There will not be any major new features at this period. However, improvements and fixes are expected from the Android 16 Beta 4 testers. Among them:

Bug Fixing: Fixing bugs, inconsistencies, and issues reported by developers and users in respect of the previous beta releases. It aims to allow for a more stable and reliable system.

Performance: Additional optimizations related to battery, speed, and performance level of the system.

UI/UX Tweaks: Small changes to the UI and UX based on suggestions.

Compatibility Testing: Developers to use a near-final build for extensive compatibility testing of their applications against the forthcoming Android 16 release.

Published for Pixel Devices and Beyond

Like previous Android beta releases, Android 16 Beta 4 will first be available OTA. It has factory images for Google Pixel devices that qualify. Typically, these are the modern Pixel smartphones.

As expected in following the Android 16 beta program, it is also likely that select participating devices from another manufacturer.

Users will automatically receive notification once the Beta 4 update is available for download and installation.

The Path to Stability

Android 16 Beta 4 is definitely the phase that takes you closer to the stable OS release. It is supposed to come later in the year. After this build, there may still be some beta or release candidate builds with a focus on bug finalization. 

The feedback from developers and early adopters during this beta phase is as good. Users interested in trying out the latest features and helping shape them. The future of Android have to be encouraged to take part in the beta program with a compatible device. 

Dig Deeper| Google Wallet Application to Have Real-time Status in Train Tickets

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Wallet Application to Have Real-time Status in Train Tickets

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |17 Apr 2025

With a new addition of Real-time Status updates, Google Wallet is enhancing its use in travel. It aims to accommodate passengers by notifying train ticket customers of their tickets saved in the app. 

Users can now be informed in real-time about their journey by the availability of an easy integration of Google Wallet interface. It regards making their travels much smoother and understandable. 

Your Journey Information Now At Hand in Real-Time

This innovation has made it possible for a user to see the real-time status of a train right. It is the next on the digital ticket in the Google Wallet app. 

Because the information about the travel journey status will no longer be viewed as On Time. For cost-effective and maximum convenience, that was accomplished to give a clear picture of the travel journey. 

How Will the Real Time Updates Work

The application will interact with the train service provider and grab live information for the ticket saved to Google Wallet.

Current status: Whether on time or experiencing delays. 

Adjustment in Expected Time of Departure: Where applicable cut or longer time before the originally scheduled time of departure. 

Arrival: Possible estimated arrival at the destination or any of the intermediate stations. 

Notifications: At times, there could also be notifications to users on their phones in regards to major changes in status for their trains. It includes the beginning of delay announcements. 

Through this smooth entry of real-time data into Google Wallet, most travel-related panic is going to be melted down. It enables commuters and travelers to better plan their onward journeys or make adjustments in the event of a disruption. 

Initial Focus on Geographies and Local Providers

The reality of this ambitious gaze suggests that the initiative will see the feature rolling out, probably across the world. However, instead focuses on the initial rollout of real-time train status onto Google Wallet for select regions and train service providers. 

This limited first stage deployment is for Google’s testing of the feature before rolling it out to the rest of the countries and railway operators.

Further Broadening of Travel Features of Google Wallet 

Real-time train status integration into Google Wallet came as a logical extension. This is into the app in terms of further dimensions in making it possible to encompass the various life aspects of the user.

For travelers and commuters, Google Wallet will ultimately become the best friend. Thus, this feature further complements the existing functions.

Final Statement 

The introduction of real- time train status updates in the Google Wallet app has come as a boon to Android users. Infact it is for the users who often travel by trains, especially in India and Canada, as of now. 

The real-time updates provide the users with easy and timely information on their journeys. It is part of Google’s efforts to reduce stress. This creates convenience in the undergoing stressful experience of traveling by train. 

Also Read: Google Ends Security Updates for Android 12

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Ends Security Updates for Android 12

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |16 Apr 2025

Security updates for this version of the Android operating system will no longer be provided by Google. Starting with the release of April 2025, there will be an end to Google’s support. This may be specific to these specific Android versions, like Android 12.

That’s in tune with Google’s usual practice of supporting an Android version for around three to three and a half years. It’s doing to previous versions like Android 11. 

Implications for Users

These devices will not only experience an exponential growth in vulnerabilities and threats as well as malware. However, it also cannot have key updates that would prevent users from facing new vulnerabilities and new threats. 

Gradually, over time, these security breaches and compromised personal information begin to increase in risk of happening. Having Android 12/12L devices is both good and bad. Therefore, users need to have an option to upgrade if the security of their devices is a problem.

Impact on Manufacturers

They must decide to dedicate resources solely to keep their old version of the software. For these products, it can be too costly and complex for many smaller manufacturers to backport security fixes.

This puts the customers of these products at risk of security hacks. However, it is a reminder that makers must provide timely operating system upgrades for their products. In this way, their products will work and be secure.

Encouraging a More Secure Ecosystem

Google’s strategic push to protect its Android ecosystem has been this. The newer version in Android are iteratively improving every year. 

The newer versions often increase security, architecture, and privacy-focused features. They are not going to roll back to any older version. The result of that is to bring you a more robust and safer experience for the majority of Android users.

Taking Proactive Steps for Security

Take actions to prevent yourself if your smartphone or tablet is still running on Android 12 or 12L. The first thing you should do to solve the problem of no Google Play Services is to check if there is any available system update. 

While Google does not provide longer support, in some cases, some manufacturers may still offer updates for some time. Secondly, if you are a technically advanced user, you can try to seek apps for custom ROMs of newer Android versions. However, it is not a good idea as it’s highly unstable and full of risks. You need to do a lot of research and understand the flashing process as well. 

The most reliable way to get long-term security is to secure new hardware. The users should buy a device that will run a newer and more actively supported version of Android.

Conclusion

It’s a part of the Android ecosystem that needs to constantly be updated and secure. So the end of Android 12 and 12L security updates isn’t necessarily positive news for users. 

This shows the life cycle of software support, which further emphasizes why it had to be continued. This seems to be because newer capabilities and security upgrades include more. 

With this end-of-life announcement, users would be able to take the correct actions. It may have a safer, more consistent mobile experience on their supported version of the Android device.

More Reading: Chrome for Android gets bottom address bar, updated settings

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chrome for Android gets bottom address bar, updated settings

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |16 Apr 2025

Google Chrome for Android is getting a major visual refresh in hopes of making it easier and more accessible. This update brings two improvements: moved bottom address bar out of the way for easier reach. The second one is rewired settings altogether to be better and clearer. 

By making these updates, the browsing experience on your Android device is supposed to be more intuitive and user friendly.

Why the Change?

This redesign was inspired by the previous interface of Chrome for Android, which included some challenges. Often, it was inconvenient for users to place the address bar at the top of the screen. 

Common practice in many nice Android apps is the bottom placement of key navigation elements. This is for the very reason they offer access for one-handed use. 

Claiming that the pain points laid bare in this release are directly addressed by the community is rooted in reshaping a core interactive element. As well as reorganizing the settings to clarify and simplify use.

Exploring the Bottom Address Bar

The direct answer to the one-handed usability problems of larger displays. When you are navigating with one hand. 

The feature that has the address bar accessible is a huge improvement. By putting it right within your thumb’s range, you can conveniently type a new web address.

Revamped Settings Menu

Riding along with the new address bar position is a major update of Chrome’s Android settings menu. It knew that the previous structure was getting somewhat cumbersome.

Google is, therefore, taking a new approach. It aims to simplify the experience and reduce the number of steps needed to go to any feature or option. 

A clearer and more intuitive layout with more intuitively and logically grouped related options has replaced the earlier settings menu. This reorganizing aims to diminish clutter while making finding a certain setting much simpler for users.

These Updates Improve Your Browsing In The Following Ways

That leads to a significantly improved browsing experience on Chrome for Android. It is because of the combined effect of the new bottom address bar and the revamped settings menu. 

The bottom address bar is an enhanced accessibility feature since it settles the troubles of handling a massive screen. 

With these improvements, physical strain is less, and the browsing flow is more fluid and natural on the go.

Initial Reactions

Early users and reviewers have so far been somewhat mixed about the changes to Chrome’s address bar look on Android. It points out on one hand the good news on the other. 

Generally, the bottom address bar is seen to have had improved ergonomics on larger smartphone screens, in particular. As the design principles of other popular mobile applications, many users say they can feel the difference.

This placement has also proved more natural to reviewers. It also reduces the ‘finger gymnastics’ that can often be necessary to reach the top of a display.

Final Thoughts

The latest updates on Android will be processed for Chrome’s thinking about a thoughtful evolution. It aims to enhance the core browsing experience. A big shift of the address bar to the bottom of the phone addresses another ergonomic challenge of modern smartphones.

To check these out, just open your Google Play Store, ensure you have your Chrome app up to date. Users may start to use the new bottom address bar as well as the change in the settings menu. They are to see how it can simplify your daily browsing tasks.

Dig Deeper: Quick Share Safety Feature to See Before You Accept

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Quick Share Safety Feature to See Before You Accept

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |15 Apr 2025

A new important update for Quick Share Safety is focused on user protection. The goal of this update is to provide the users more confidence when accepting a file from any other user. 

It enables the ability to view the contents of the incoming files before the transfer is committed. Such a small change can minimize the risk of picking up the wrong files by mistake.

Ensuring Content Is Safe

One of the biggest improvements that the updated Quick Share opens up is now file previews. If someone tries to Quick Share an image or a video to you, you will now see a small thumbnail. Or it may be a glimpse of the content inside the acceptance dialog box. 

Previously, when you hit ‘Accept, ’ the dialog would show just the file type and the name of the sender. It only shows the content after you hit the button. With this new preview feature, it is just a matter of a quick verification of the file’s contents. 

App Information for Shared Files

In addition, the updated Quick Share will give you more context about the shared file’s origin. Now, this information will show in the receiving dialog. 

For instance, let’s say you see in the transfer source some piece of content got sent from your Gallery, you’ll see the source of the content from that app before accepting the transfer. 

This transparency helps you assess the file coming in for trustworthiness. If you don’t know the app from which a file is being shared, the knowledge can be of real value when deciding whether to accept a transfer.

Greater User Control

Forus, the security aspect to file transfers using Quick Share has improved substantially with the intro of previews and app information. This reduces the risk of accidently accepting malicious. It does so by allowing users to see it first by looking at it. 

This proactive approach allows users to act more proactively. As a safety measure, it prevents assigning that URL to any potentially risky locations. It is like social engineering or the accidental sharing of inappropriate content. It helps to make the Android ecosystem’s file sharing more secure and trustworthy.

Gradual Rollout of the Update

As a part of Android’s gradual rollout, this security focused update to Quick Share is being distributed to Android devices. This implies that the update will not reach all users at the same time. It seems that this update is part of a Google Play Services update. 

To ensure sufficient functionality, keep your Google Play Services and any Quick Share app dedicated to the latest version in the Google Play Store. 

Most users should see the update download and install in the background automatically. You can also do this manually in the Play Store.

A Step Forward for Quick Share

Rapidly becoming a go to method for Android device fast, easy file sharing between devices, Quick Share. However, this comes at a very good convenience and speed. This is a new step in taking care of security and user control for this popular feature. 

Quick Share is empowering users to take safer decisions by allowing them to preview what they accept. This just solidifies its place as a nice and reliable file sharing solution on the Android community. 

Conclusion 

Such an update in this Quick Share Safety is a milestone of making file transfers safer during the user’s priority. In this manner, it completely avoids any risk of accidentally allowing in harm or unwanted file. 

The rollout of the update will offer users a more secure and safer file sharing across the Android ecosystem. The Quick Share service develops as it balances out convenience with higher levels of user protection.

 More Reading: Google Rolls Out New Auto-Restart Feature for Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Rolls Out New Auto-Restart Feature for Android

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |15 Apr 2025

Google has always shown a will to reinforce the security of the Android Operating system. Security updates are a standard, and you have incorporated many robust protection mechanisms. Google has seen fit to roll out a really large new security feature: an Auto-Restart Feature. 

This Auto-Restart Feature serves basically to reduce the period of vulnerability. This is between the time a necessary update is ready to be applied in the device user’s hand. When the operation of the update takes place, with more resilience and security in the experience of Android.

Background

Auto-Restart Feature

The multi-layered security model for user data protection has been there for a very long time for Android users. It includes an application sandbox that separates apps from each other. The core system that allow users to govern app access to secretive data and device items.

There are features such as device encryption, while verified boot enables to ensure the integrity of the operating system during startup. Important baseline for Android security are these existing measures.

Components of the Auto-Restart Feature

Auto-Restart Feature in Android forces a device to automatically restart if it doesn’t unlock from the lock screen for three (3) continuous days (72hrs). 

If there is no user activity of that long duration, it will trigger the above automatic reboot. It allows for security benefits but with little interruption to usual usage.

Benefits of the Update

One of the major new security features present in Android is for automatic restart security feature. It will bring several good things that will take the protection of user data to the next level.

Another plus is the increased security of inactive devices. The digital is forced into the Before First Unlock (BFU) state by automatically restarting after three days of being locked.

Besides, this feature helps decrease the risk of unauthorized access in case of theft or loss. Additional security is enforced if a device is stolen and is locked and inactive for three days.

Rollout and Availability

Google Play Services is a system-level service that runs on the vast majority of Android devices. Therefore, this method of distribution is significant. 

The Google Play Services updates rollout is gradual, which means not every user at the same time gets it. Yet, since it’s a server-side update managed by Google, it would eventually spread to most of the Android devices with Google Play Services. 

The Final Thought

This is a major and proactive step by Google, and it has introduced the automatic restart security feature. This new security measure is encouraged for users to understand that this subtle background is working actively.

It aims to provide a safer and more secure mobile environment. In a broader sense, it eventually enhances an environment in which the digital world is safer for all.

Read More: Samsung Good Lock Goes Global with Play Store Launch

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Samsung Good Lock Goes Global with Play Store Launch

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |14 Apr 2025

Samsung users around the globe who have eyed resale customization through Good Lock need to rejoice. Samsung Good Lock is currently undergoing a global rollout, being available on a wide scale through the Google Play Store. 

Good Lock’s listing on the Google Play Store signifies a major push from Samsung. It aims to publicize its powerful customization suite simultaneously with the early days of One UI 7. 

Good luck on the Play Store

Samsung Good Lock

Previously, Galaxy participants were required to download Good Lock from the Galaxy Store, and module regions were restricted by availability.

Thus, people located in unsupported territories would often feel excluded from all the extensive personalization Good Lock provides. 

A Gradual Expansion: Check Your Region

Samsung has made clear that the rollout could be phased. This is because availability can vary depending on your assigned country, region, and even carrier.  

Those running One UI 7 or above are encouraged to check the Google Play Store in their region. They can see if Good Lock is available for download. The Play Store listing has been updated to show a new interface that incorporates new One UI 7-esque design elements.

What is Good Lock, and why is it So Famous?

Good Lock is an incredibly powerful modular application. This allows the user to customize almost everything possible in the UI and functionality of their Galaxy device. It generates a set of individual “modules” that can be downloaded separately, each tailored to a specific area of customization. Some of the most common modules are:

Sound Assistant: Limit volume control and customize the volume panel. 

Theme Park: It creates custom themes, including wallpapers, icons, and system colors. 

One Hand Operation+: Allows users to set custom actions on edge gestures to navigate easily.

Home Up: Advanced customization for the home screen and app drawer.

Lock Star: Free-style lock screen arrangements and widgets. 

One UI 7 Door Stalled, But There Is This One Silver Lining

Around this period, One UI 7 was forced to stop its rollout. It was supposed to coincide with the famous app’s obsolescence.

The reason for putting One UI 7 on pause is still being investigated. The band-aid provided to the bleeding and hurting Samsung enthusiasts gives a little comfort during this dark window period.

The Wait Is Over for Galaxy Users Everywhere

The global launch on the Google Play Store for Samsung Good Lock has finally happened. It puts an end to years of anticipation. This is a great win for Galaxy users all over the world.

More and more people will be able to modify devices according to their personal tastes and preferences. This opens doors to the next level of personalization within the ecosystem of Samsung. 

Some areas in the globe may have to wait, hopefully not long, for the final version to come around. The movement toward customizable Galaxy-Good Lock ‘space’ for everyone has indeed been initiated.

Conclusion

The worldwide arrival of Good Lock on the Play Store truly begins the mass customization trend. Being freed from the shackles of its limited regional availability, Good Lock now casts a very wide net. It brings many more people the ability to personalize their devices in unparalleled ways.

This is a good consolation that helps boost Good Lock accessibility. It also gives Samsung users an imprinted, richly personalized Android experience. So, bless them. Onward goes the personalization chapter for the global Galaxy community. 

Also Read: Samsung Halts One UI 7 Rollout Globally Amidst Bug Reports

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Samsung Halts One UI 7 Rollout Globally Amidst Bug Reports

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |14 Apr 2025

Samsung has now put an end to the global rollout of One UI 7, which is based on Android 15. This action came shortly after the update was rolled out. It belongs to some flagship devices in South Korea, Europe, and North America.

Users worldwide were taken by surprise with the immediate stoppage of the launch. Now, they are questioning the status and availability of the new software.

Severe Defect Makes It Essential to Halt One UI 7 Activation Globally

At the start, the users were from South Korea. The reports were about Galaxy S24 series users who were unable to unlock their devices normally. It was due to a bug after the update.

The seriousness of the problem made Samsung quickly manage the issue. Therefore, they decided to take the global update down from the servers in all the territories.

Affected Devices and Global Consequences

Samsung has chosen to take the step of stopping the update globally to all eligible devices. Whether they are running Snapdragon processors in countries like the United States or not. 

This worldwide hold also means that in regions where the issue had not yet been introduced to the market such as India and China. The users are now left in the middle of nowhere and cannot switch the phones on.

Reasons for the Problem

It seems that the inability to unlock the smartphones is the main cause of the sudden stop. However, no additional information has been provided concerning the bug-related issue. 

Early opinions had proposed that the Exynos 2400 chipset in some models of the Galaxy S24 might be possible.

However, this does not explain all the facts. This is because if it were so, they wouldn’t have to stop the distribution to Snapdragon-powered devices. 

Disappointment Among Users

Having designed the software, the appearance of a serious bug at such a late stage calls into question the thoroughness of the testing process. 

Users are in doubt as to when the stable version of One UI 7 will be made for their devices. The timeline pushback also indirectly puts a spotlight on the shift of other good potential Galaxy devices. It may have their One UI 7 arrival delayed even later. 

Awaiting a Proclamation

Samsung users are expecting a statement and potentially a new release date from the brand as the case opens up. Although some reports mention the possible recommencement of the rollout earlier this week, Samsung, as of now, has not verified any date. 

Certainly, Samsung’s primary objective will be to find the source of the problem. Moreover, it should get the issue fixed reliably. By all means, it must confirm the update’s stability.

The Wrap Up 

Finally, the sudden stop of the Global One UI7 rollouts also outlines the complications contained in the major software updates. The discovery of an important bug that users out of their devices require this alert approach. 

Now, the focus turns to Samsung’s Swift Identification and the solution of the issue, followed by a clear communication about a modified rollout schedule. Till then, users will need to be patient as Samsung works to give a stable and perfectly functional UI7 to its global customer base.

Related Reading: Broad Rollout of One UI 7 Begins In Europe

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Google Messages Expands Text Field Beyond Four Lines

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |12 Apr 2025
Text Field

Google has started a small but potentially impactful update to its Messages app. Google Messages 14‑line text box Users are noticing the appearance of a taller Text Field. This can dynamically rise beyond that of having four lines. 

The planned change is to give a more comfortable and more efficient typing experience. It provides longer messages in a text box, reducing from high scrolling on the text field.

A Generous Canvas for Your Thoughts

Text Field

The text input field in Google Messages had a fixed height to accommodate roughly 4 lines of text before. Users did not need to scroll within the box to read the entirety of their message. Expanded message compose field Android You’d feel cramped when composing long replies or long messages. 

More so, the new update is introducing a more dynamic approach. Now, as you type, the text field vertically expands as text to accommodate more and more lines of text. This makes your ongoing composition clearer.

Enhanced Typing Efficiency

Indeed, the expanding of the text field will introduce many advantages to users, such as:

The first advantage is the reduced clicking required to scroll within the text box when creating long messages. You can thus see more of your current thought process glanced.

Better Visual Overhead: A taller text field enables you to see your message better before sending. It can allow you to not have a small window restriction and to proofread in order to make things clear.

More Visible Space: The visible space you have to compose longer messages feels more natural. It is also less confined than compared to what you used to have with more cramped screens. It might help you see the flow of the text easier, hence making the writing process smoother.

Gradual Rollout

Various users are starting to report on this taller text field, so it’s a rollout at some point now. 

But it seems to be a server-side update. This means that Google is enabling it remotely and not due to a built version update of the app on the Play Store. 

That said, change may arrive on all users of the Google Messages app worldwide over time. You may notice this change automatically.

Significant Improvement

This expansion of the allowed text will help to alleviate a common complaint. If you use Google Messages to chat for long periods frequently, this can feel like a small but useful tweak. 

Google makes the whole usability and comfort of the messaging platform a bit more spacious and dynamic. This is possible by giving it a more spacious and dynamic typing area. This kind of change is in response to an increased emphasis on user experience. It leads to further refining the smallest details within the app.

Looking Ahead for Google Messages

Current Google Messages updates have focused on the text input field. There are still other ongoing developments to the app. 

Even though the platform has been busy gaining new functions including new organization of tools. And additional means of communication, all these improvements are kept hidden from the user. 

With this latest change, Google Messages can become an even more developed and easily manageable messaging app for Android users.

More users will enjoy this enhancement of the typing experience as this is rolled out. It will add to the conversations in the app, making users feel just a little bit more comfortable and efficient.

Also Read: What are the Latest Google Messages Features Rolling Out

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

5 Best Android Keyboard Apps for Typing Style

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |12 Apr 2025
Android Keyboard Apps

Typing on your Android phone is a constant activity, and selecting the right keyboard app can significantly enhance this experience. AI keyboard Android 2025 Android Keyboard Apps play a crucial role in this regard.

The Google Play Store offers a diverse range of excellent options, each catering to different typing preferences and needs. Here are five of the top Android keyboard apps, each discussed in its paragraph.

1. Gboard

Android Keyboard Apps

Gboard, developed by Google, is a highly versatile keyboard suitable for most users. Its clean and intuitive interface makes it easy to use. It also offers multiple typing methods, including gesture typing, voice typing, and traditional key presses. 

A key advantage is its seamless integration with Google services. Best Android keyboard 2025 this features built-in Google Search and easy access to GIFs and emojis. Gboard supports a wide array of languages and allows for theme customization. This makes it a reliable and comprehensive choice for the majority of Android users.

2. SwiftKey

SwiftKey, now a Microsoft product, is renowned for its exceptional predictive typing capabilities. It learns your unique writing style over time, providing remarkably accurate next-word predictions and autocorrecting errors with precision. 

Beyond its predictive prowess, SwiftKey offers a fluid typing experience with SwiftKey Flow. This is a useful clipboard history feature. It has a variety of customizable themes and the ability to type in two languages simultaneously without manual switching. This makes it ideal for those who value speed and personalized accuracy.

3. Grammarly 

The Grammarly Keyboard acts as an integrated writing assistant across all your Android applications. 

It goes beyond basic typing by offering real-time grammar, spelling, punctuation, and even style suggestions as you compose text. 

This makes it an invaluable tool for ensuring your written communication is clear, concise, and error-free. It can even detect the tone of your writing to help you communicate more effectively.

4. Chrooma

Chrooma Keyboard distinguishes itself with its unique adaptive color. This is a place where the keyboard’s theme dynamically changes to match the color scheme of the app you are currently using.. It provides a visually harmonious experience. 

Alongside its aesthetic appeal, Chrooma offers solid typing functionality with gesture typing, a convenient night mode, and customizable fonts and sizes. This makes it a fun and functional choice for users who prioritize visual customization.

5. OpenBoard

OpenBoard stands out as a free and open-source keyboard application with a strong focus on user privacy. It does not collect any personal data, offering a trustworthy option for privacy-conscious users. 

This may not boast all the advanced features of some other keyboardsHowever, it provides a clean, reliable, and customizable typing experience with gesture typing, various themes, extensive language support, and adjustable vibration.

It has sound settings, crucially operating without requiring network access to ensure your typing data remains private.

The Mile Stone

In short, the landscape of Android keyboard apps offers a diverse range of options. It aims to cater to every individual’s typing style and priorities. 

Whether you value the comprehensive features of Gboard or the privacy focus of OpenBoard, there’s a keyboard app designed to enhance your mobile typing experience. 

Exploring these top contenders will allow you to discover the perfect tool. It aims to make interacting with your Android device faster, more accurate, and ultimately more enjoyable.

More on Gboard: Gboard for Android Rolls Out Undo and Redo shortcuts

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |11 Apr 2025
Short Scrolling

YouTube is working on a set of new features like Short Scrolling. YouTube Shorts time management They are also part of a wider campaign to encourage healthier watching habits and prevent the common scrolling through forever. Thus, it facilitates excessive screen time. 

Not all the details have been explained for certain. However, the tools are scheduled to include reminders, how much people use, and possibly new limits. 

The updates are in hopes of giving users more control over the way they consume content on YouTube. They aim to use them as a means of fostering a more mindful experience with content on the platform.

Coming features to limit short usage

Short Scrolling

There are several tools being tested by YouTube. One potential feature is reminders. YouTube shorts scroll bug After a user has scrolled through the Shorts for a given time, these reminders will pop up.

A second idea is a daily cap for Shorts. They would allow the users to set how much amount of time they are willing to spend watching the Shorts each day. 

A “take a break” prompt may also be introduced by YouTube. It appears periodically as users watch Shorts. This would compel them to stop and do something else.

Motivation Behind Limiting Short Consumption

YouTube likely has several of these potential reasons. Tech companies are beginning to worry about user well-being. Excessive screen time is also often recommended to be reduced.

In which case, endless scrolling can also result in user fatigue. At heart, YouTube could hope to increase that overall user satisfaction.

Also, it may give reasons based on its business. Making endless users watch short-form content will lead to less engagement from longer-form videos. 

Current Tools for Managing YouTube Time

There are some currently available tools for managing watch time on YouTube. There is the ability for users to set reminders to take a break during regular video watching. In addition, they can view their watch history.

In particular, these new features would be aimed at Shorts. The consumption structure of shorts is different from that of regular videos. So they are meant to quickly and continuously view it.

User Reaction and Potential Impact

Individuals will have mixed reactions to these potential changes. And some users might like tools to patronize them when it comes to screen time. These features might be intrusive to anyone else.

Also uncertain is the impact on usage on Shorts. That will depend on how theses features are carried out. It will also rely on user adoption. If users use these tools, then endless scrolling may be reduced.

Future of Short-Form Video Consumption

The efforts of YouTube are part of a larger trend. Short form video is becoming very addictive, making many platforms question how they should approach short form video. 

Such potential features can be important to other platforms when they start to consider short-form content. It may change the way users consume and use time on these platforms. But responsible design in short-form video could be made more of an experiment by YouTube’s experiments.

 Related Reading: YouTube’s UI Update Speeds Up Access to New Channel Content

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Android 15 Update Comes with Pixel Improvements 

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |11 Apr 2025

Google has officially started to roll out its April 2025 software update. Android 15 Update comes in the form of features aimed mainly at the Pixel. This month, the release is mainly designed to fix and improve functions of areas that define the Pixel experience. 

Specifically, the update affords important fixes and enhancements to the camera system and display performance in these devices. Users can expect a refined and reliable overall experience on their pPixelphones after this update.

Stability and Performance Enhancement 

The update arrives as a relief to Pixel users. Some of these users in the Pixel community encounter reports whereby the camera application is illustrated as unstable. It results in sudden crashes when taking photos or recording videos. 

This update specifically addresses the aforementioned concerns, hoping to provide a much stronger, stable camera experience.  This likely means faster launching times, faster autofocus, and overall faster, smoother shooting. So, users will not have frustrating interruptions while capturing their moments.

Display Fixes for Pixel Devices 

Some people have experienced problems like flickering screens, which can be humorous and impact one’s viewing experience. In addition, there would probably be other possible display irregularities.

It may have cropped up, resulting in inconsistent visuals or unforeseen behaviors. These fixes mainly aim at giving Keyboard users a more stable and reliable display output. 

These visual glitches would now be resolved. So, the update’s effect would probably be clear, consistent, and most enjoyable for all users.

System Stability and Security 

The April update will almost certainly comprise a boatload of other general improvements and bug fixes for Android 15 on Pixel’s devices. These less important but equally significant sophistical improvements often jointly contribute to the overall stability of the system. As such, the device would make less strenuous and more reliable activities. 

Some possible improvements would also come under performance across various aspects of the operating system. Hence, these might lead to the snappier launching of apps as well as improved functionality during multitasking. The most important though standard core of all these updates every month are precisely the security patches. 

Steps to Get the Android 15 April Update 

Follow These Steps:

Open the Settings on your Pixel device. 

Scroll down and tap System.

Tap System update. 

Check for an update.

Gradual Rollout

Users must be aware that the April Android 15 update will gradually roll out. It may not simultaneously be available to all users and all Pixel device models. 

Google often rolls out such updates in stages. This is because they can monitor the process for anything unforeseen. It has to ensure that the whole process goes smoothly. 

So, if you haven’t seen that notice, there’s no reason to worry about it. Google intends to let all eligible Pixel devices get this update eventually. It means everyone will be covered with improvements and fixes included.

Conclusion

This development adds to Google’s commitment to refining the Pixel ecosystem by resolving the reported issues of camera stability.

Furthermore, the aberrations in the display as well as performance improvements in the system and the much-needed security patches. 

Even though the rollout is gradual, soon, Pixel owners will be accessing a more reliable and safe device.. This makes regular software updates extremely important in holding within the high mobile experience. 

Related Reading: Android Auto Update Hints at Navigation Support for Smart Glasses

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android Auto Update Hints at Navigation Support for Smart Glasses

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |10 Apr 2025

The code analysis of the latest Android Auto update has been causing quite a move. Android Auto smart glasses navigation There’s evidence of groundwork setting Navigation Support smart glasses. 

This development means the possibility of drivers being given turn-by-turn directions right at their point of view. It is potentially a safer, more intuitive driving experience.

Android Auto Update of Navigation Support

Navigation Support

Recent probes of the most current Android Auto update reveal strings of code and resources. Android Auto glasses support feature They strongly point to Google trying to integrate navigation features into smart glass technology. 

These indicators exist inside the framework of the application. While official announcements still have to be made, their presence within the framework suggests that the area of development is being actively worked on.

Potential Benefits of Smart Glass Navigation in Cars

In the case of smart glasses integrated with a navigation part of Android Auto, drivers could benefit from several advantages:

Reducing Distractiveness: Moving desired directions straight into a driver’s line of sight without picking up. The mobile phone screen could reduce distractions and increase road awareness.

From Intuitive Guidance: Visual cues over the real world view might make a more natural and easier to follow navigation. It is more than traditional maps and voice prompts.

Other Potential Information: Given basic directions, smart glasses could display other contextual information. It is relevant to the driver but may not obstruct their vision of the road and traffic ahead.

Inherent Android Auto Ecosystem: Navigation on smart glasses is likely to be seamlessly integrated into other existing in-car features.

Existing State and Future Prospects

This feature is very likely still in a very early development phase. Still no official confirmation on putting it out for general consumption. So, it is really difficult to say if the implementation will at all resemble what the present code states.

Notwithstanding this finding, there is a lot more interest in augmented reality. Its possible uses are in various fields, including the automotive. Several companies have been investigating making HUDs that project information onto the windshield.

The smart glasses are designed to provide future driving experiences with a strong sense of interconnectivity with Android Auto. If that happens, the technology will give a whole new experience in aiding drivers with information. It enhances safety and comfort, and the overall driving experience. 

The Final Thought 

The recent Android Auto update shows pale signs of being very faint. However, significant smart-glass navigational support gives a captivating outlook on the future of vehicular technology. Although still in their infancy, a possible application for AR overlays is in promoting a safer, more intuitive, and contextually aware driving environment. 

This zone of research appears creative and develops into possible fronts where boundaries fade between wearable technology and in-car systems. It may redefine how drivers receive and interact with navigational information regarding the road ahead. 

Read as well: Broad Rollout of One UI 7 Begins In Europe

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Broad Rollout of One UI 7 Begins In Europe

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |10 Apr 2025

One UI has been a hallmark of the Galaxy experience. One UI 7 rollout Europe It added a custom-created combination of customization that blended flawlessly with the Galaxy experience. Today, the time for European users is a very big step for them. They became the first to receive the latest official version of the operating system, One UI 7.

The system is based on very up-to-date Android 15 rolled out in a wide manner on the continent. This major update is going to give you the following new things: new functionalities. It includes fancy UI and AI features. These are going to change the way millions of Samsung users use their Samsung devices.

Background

One UI 7

Since the first release of One UI in 2018, Samsung has been promising to deliver a powerful but friendly experience. All previous versions have moved away from one UI. One UI 7 bug lock issue The interface tries to declutter the UI, making the UI hands-free. It gives a visually viable and intuitive vocabulary of UI elements.

Since then, this base has been constantly improved with consecutive updates. It brings new features and improves more of them, integrating the Android advancements while sticking with its Samsungian flair. 

Key Features of One UI 7

Undoubtedly, one of the things that One UI 7 brings is also brings some nice changes on the design side. These are redesigned widgets, better animations, and a new contextual Now Bar offering simple, fast access to quick information. 

Writing Assist to help with communications and maybe Drawing Assist for self-expression are among the AI improvements as well. They will have greater customization options regarding their home, lock screens, meaning a truly personalized mobile experience.

Rollout Details

The One UI 7 update to Samsung’s latest flagship in Europe began today, April 10, 2025. It started rolling out to the company’s devices already in Europe. But before that, most of these first get the same major upgrade. It includes the Galaxy S24, S24 Plus, S24 Ultra, and the latest foldables, the Galaxy Z Fold 6 and Z Flip 6. 

The update is available in some European countries, including Germany, Poland, the UK, Belgium, Croatia, France, Italy, Montenegro, Portugal, Romania, Serbia, and Switzerland, in a phased approach. It starts rolling out over the coming weeks and months to a broader set of eligible devices.

User Reactions and Feedback

The future of the next one of Samsung’s smartphone operating system, One UI 7, rolling out across the European Continent. Amongst many other things, such early impressions mention that the refreshed visual design is a good touch. A big focus is also being given to separating notifications from quick settings.

The Now Bar is a genuinely interesting way to access contextual information quickly. Its application is of questionable value unless it relies on certain apps.. A similar mix of excitement is building in users who, similarly, want to see in the real world the promise of features like Writing Assist.

Conclusion

Samsung’s other innovations fall in line with the simple, creative, and personalized user experience that they were looking for. European users begin digging into One UI’s new wealth of features and minor upgrades. They will be generating the most value from their feedback as they encounter its development. 

We want everyone to try out the new interface. The experience will make each device and the Samsung ecosystem all the more intuitive.

More to Read on: Google Home bug loops Set up Nest Cam features on Nest Hub Max

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Home bug loops Set up Nest Cam features on Nest Hub Max

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |09 Apr 2025

The Google Home app is causing an agonizing service glitch with Nest Hub Max owners. Nest Hub Max setup loop It repeatedly asks them to ‘Set up Nest Cam features’ on their device. Even if these features are already configured, this becomes a very disruptive experience. 

And those around that depend on the app to appropriately manage their smart home situation. This clutters the app interface and makes it unsmooth to use the Nest Hub Max.

The Annoying Repetitive Prompt

Set up Nest Cam features

As an issue, notification appears persistently in the Google Home app. It prompts users to carry out the setup of Nest Cam features on the Nest Hub Max. 

When tapped on, the notification takes users through the setup steps. Google Home Nest Cam bug Again, after having gone through the setup successfully, the notification pops up shortly afterward and turns into a repetitive loop.

After users went to online forums and social media platform to express their annoyance with this recurring bug. But many say they get the notification multiple times per day.

Affected Devices and Scope of the Issue

This bug appears to be mainly affecting the Nest Hub Max. The Nest Hub Max integrates a Nest Cam to feature live viewing, person detection and activity zones, among others. The bug seems to involve only that setup process within the Google Home app for those functionalities.

Not yet known how far the problem has spread. However, as more and more Nest Hub Max users reported it, it probably affects a good number of the users. We’ve not had reports of this specific bug affecting other Nest devices.

Potential Causes of the Bug

The cause of this recurring prompt is not known exactly. 

Synchronization Issues 

It may be that the Nest Cam features on the Nest Hub Max were successfully set up. However, the Google Home app is suffering from an issue. It may result in the app repeatedly checking the status and falsely prompting for setup.

Google Home app glitch 

If the Google Home app is incompatible, it might be the reason for the notification loop.

Issues with the User’s Google Account 

Sometimes, the problem could be related to having problems with the user’s Google account. It may be with the linking of the Nest Hub Max to the Google Home app.

This bug appears to be present after installing both the latest Google Home app update and the latest Nest Hub Max firmware update.

Temporary Workarounds Reported by Users

Google has not yet actually come out and given its visitors a permanent fix for this issue. However, some users have posted workarounds that work at times, which may help.

Users have been reporting that the gap has been temporarily filled by force-closing and reopening the Google Home app.

Resetting the Google Home App using Clear Cache and Data: This more frontal approach would require users to sign in again to the app. For some users, rebooting the Nest Hub Max itself has been reported to solve the issue.

Setting up the Nest Cam Features One More Time: Some have noted that this must be done again. Even though the prompt appears repeatedly, to serves as a temporary fix for stopping the notifications.

Google’s Response and Expected Fix

Google has not yet officially mentioned this particular bug nor provided some kind of comment on it. Nevertheless, considering the rising number of user reports, it is almost certain that the company is aware of the problem.

Most are hoping for a quick fix by updating the Google Home app. We advise affected users to keep their Google Home app up to date. They must have a fresh version in the Google Play Store. 

Conclusion

The ongoing ‘Set up Nest Cam features’ prompt within the Google Home app signifies an unwelcome halt for Nest Hub Max users. 

While temporary fixes offer limited relief, the community eagerly awaits an official update from Google. It aims to eliminate this annoyance and restore the seamless functionality expected from their smart home ecosystem.

Related Reading: YouTube’s UI Update Speeds Up Access to New Channel Content

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube’s UI Update Speeds Up Access to New Channel Content

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |09 Apr 2025

This comes packed with very serious updates where the whole of YouTube’s UI might use refreshing. It causes a lot more discoverability and ease in the interaction with the complex unit. 

It’s not only about elegance; it’s a layered overhaul making all the most important key elements of functionality easily accessible and discoverable. YouTube UI update the empowers you to experience the platform with greater efficiency and confidence.

Background

YouTube’s UI

As before, navigating through the channel would be time-consuming and cumbersome. New channel content access Even if channel searches are available, usually they lack the granularity and options for efficient discovery. 

Users mostly found things to be restricted. This is like a default keyword search that ends with tons of irrelevant lists of videos. Therefore, this makes it difficult to track down content.

Details of YouTube’s UI

The last channel search interface offers a bright, visually appealing, and much more efficient means of finding content. It immediately presents the newest uploads. The UI eliminates the previous inconvenience of going through all the older stuff to find what’s fresh. 

Users can now swipe through the latest additions. This eliminates the need to perform a search only for the channel it is in before sorting. It simplifies the task of keeping up to date with a channel’s activity.

Along with this improved content discovery is an enhanced design on channel cards. The cards now have subtle but impact-adding color accents dynamically drawn from the channel’s profile picture. It adds a little more visual personalization and makes each channel feel more individual. 

The layout within the channel card has also been modified to better suit different video formats. Shorts were put in a more compact and easily digestible grid layout, which lets you scroll through short-form content easily.  

Benefits of the Update

YouTube’s UI carries a slew of benefits that ultimately aim to improve experiences for viewers and creators alike. 

Quicker Access to New Content

The very first benefit is this rapid access to a channel’s new content. The most visible horizontal scroll list for the last videos enforces a kind of forward inertia. 

Users can now know what’s new from their favorite channels instantaneously, which enables a more immediate, immersive experience of consumption. This prioritized access will certainly ensure that viewers are qualified to watch and interact with the newest videos.

Better User Experience 

The refined interface provides a profoundly better user experience that emphasizes cleverness and functionality. The lightweight color accents from profile pictures are quite personal and decorative, making channel browsing worthwhile. 

The clean layout allows users to identify the content and navigate purposefully. Such considerate design prioritizes honest and clear information, making the whole channel-exploring experience enjoyable and efficient.

More Discoverability for Creators 

The UI refresh serves to enhance discoverability indirectly for the creators and content being viewed. By promoting new content and recent uploads, subscribers are more likely to check them out, promoting initial viewership and engagement. 

The visual appeal of channel cards may also contribute to a more professional look. Making it easier for viewers to interact with and discover new content will equate to higher visibility and growth for creators on the platform.  

Official Rollout and Availability

The refreshed channel UI is in the process of being rolled out gradually for iOS and Android devices. Users can expect to see an update to the new design gradually in a matter of weeks. 

This new look and feel are to be supported on the beta program. This is for YouTube as well as the stable release versions of the app. Beta users can have a slightly prior experience. Their feedback will be very helpful before the update reaches the stable version. 

User Feedback

User Opinion and Feedback Overall early feedback on the refreshed channel UI is laudably positive. An important point has been the horizontally scrollable list as a significant time-saving feature. It now does not require any extra clicks and scrolling.

The soft color touches now have clear meaning as visual methods of distinction on the demarcation of Short and long-form videos.

The Wrap Up

In conclusion, this channel page UI refresh is a giant step in enhancing the YouTube user experience. Stressing speedy access to new content and a well-designed, pleasing interface, the update attempts to alleviate older grievances while simplifying content searching. 

Users are thus encouraged to make the most of the revamped channel search feature. This kind of advancement is destined to create a smoother and happier way of staying connected with everything new in the YouTube community. 

More Reading: What is New in Android’s Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

What is New in Android’s Google System Updates

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |08 Apr 2025

Google has made available its newest set of Google System Updates. Android Live Updates notifications It introduced a series of security patches and user-focused feature enhancements. The fundamental bug fixes are aimed at further developing the Android experience on a broad scope of devices.

It ranges from smartphones and tablets to wearables, smart TVs, personal computers, and even automotive systems based on Android. The continued initiative reflects Google’s dedication to keeping a strong and dynamic platform for its users.

Securing Device Security

Google System Updates

The overarching theme in this release is a concerted effort to bolster the security posture of Android devices. Android 16 Advanced Protection Mode this release brings fixes to a large number of vulnerabilities discovered, reflecting Google’s active response in protecting user information and device integrity.

Notably, this release addresses essential security vulnerabilities that may be taken advantage of in order to hack devices, making it essential for users to have updates at all times. These security features are integrated across several levels of the Android system to establish a stronger and more reliable platform.

Increasing User Interaction and Functionality

These updates reach core Google services and apps, making daily operations easier and more intuitive.

Google Wallet: Customizable nicknames for passes provide a functional means. Users can better categorize and easily locate their multiple cards, tickets, and loyalty schemes on the Google Wallet app. Such a feature with small but strong potential can enhance the ease of handling several digital entities.

Ask a question: The development of the “Ask a Question” feature to feature video-based responses is a huge leap. This is towards giving more in-depth and interactive information. Visual demonstrations and explanations are sometimes better able to communicate information than text. It enhances the user’s capacity to learn and grasp different subjects.

Google Play Store: The changes to the Play Store are geared toward personalizing and streamlining app discovery and management. Customized app content suggestions strive to bring relevant applications to the top of mind of a user.

Foundational System Enhancements

These Google System Releases also feature critical enhancements to the foundational elements. They run the Android operating system. These lesser-known modifications are vital for sustaining the stability, security, and overall performance of the platform.

Core Android Components

Changes to core services such as Android System Intelligence, Private Compute Services, Android System Key Verifier, Android System SafetyCore, Android TV Core Services, Android WebView, Device Health Services, Settings Services, and SIM Manager tend to include bug fixes that deal with particular issues and enhance the overall stability of these important system functions. 

Optimizations for performance within these components can result in a smoother and more responsive user experience. In addition, these changes tend to provide the foundation for future functionalities and features that will be included in future versions of Android.

Google Play Services

Being a core foundation for numerous Android features and third-party apps, Google Play Services updates are crucial. These updates tend to contain a broad spectrum of bug fixes and performance enhancements. They indirectly improve the functionality and stability of millions of apps and services that users use every day.

Google Play Store

Aside from the changes on the face for the users, Google Play Store updates also include the core enhancements to the performance, stability, and efficiency of the app store in serving and handling applications on users’ devices.

Android WebView

As the component that renders web content within applications, updates to Android WebView are critical. They are for ensuring a secure and consistent browsing experience within apps.

Security and privacy enhancements within WebView help protect users from malicious web content, while new developer features can enable app developers to integrate web content more seamlessly and effectively.

Deployment and Accessing the Updates

The availability of these Google System Updates may differ based on the device and manufacturer. Google’s Pixel phones generally get these updates promptly.

However, the rollout to other manufacturers’ devices depends on their own testing and customization cycles. Users should check for updates regularly in their device’s settings menu, generally under sections such as “System” or “Software Update.”

Besides, some of these updates fall within Google Play system updates. Frequently, users may have access to this information through a specific section of the device’s “About phone” or “Android version” settings.

The Extract

In conclusion, the latest Google System Updates for Android are continuous efforts at improving the security, usability, and overall performance of the platform.

By closing key vulnerabilities and adding significant enhancements to important features and underlying system elements, Google seeks to offer a more secure, seamless, and richer experience to every Android user in their varied device portfolio.

Keeping current with and applying these updates is a serious step toward maintaining the security and best performance of your Android environment.

Related Reading: Android’s March 2025 Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Keep Begins Rolling Out Redesigned Widget on Android

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |08 Apr 2025

The popular note-taking application Google Keep is introducing a set of Redesigned Widget with more visual harmony and more ability. Of note, this update is meant to address how users interact with their notes and lists.

This makes it all more streamlined while providing a quicker route from their home screen, and in a more modern look by appealing to the Android design shape of things.

Background

Through the use of the Google Keep Redesigned Widget, they tended to be somewhat out of step. They had sharper corners, a less dynamic color palette that, on devices with newer Android versions. 

For function, they presented notes and allowed one to take advantage of existing widgets. Additionally, the quick action buttons could have been not placed quite so quickly or as visibly obvious for truly fast note capture.

It would have added up less smoothly for those users who relied heavily on the placement of these home screen shortcuts.

Benefits of the Update

In addition, the Google Keep widget redesign offers several advantages to users. It first provides a better usability and accessibility of common notetaking tasks. By pinning the quick action buttons to the bottom of the screen, the process of creating new notes is streamlined. The cleaner look and readability of the note previews from the home screen. It also improves the ease of quickly scanning and accessing the information when needed.

By adopting Material You theming, they bring a more modern and good-looking look. It also fits smoothly into the rest of the Android interface. Finally, the widgets are redesigned to retain some valuable customization options like resizing. So that users can make them have any shape to best fit the layout of your home screen.

Rollout and Availability

To do so, Google Keep rolled out the redesigned widgets server side across all devices. The widgets may even go through an app update without a manual app update itself.

Server-side rollouts require the same amount of time as other global rollouts. This means it will take time to spread to all users worldwide. Rather likely, the rollout started with a smaller segment of users, which is being expanded as time goes on. 

User Reactions and Feedback

The feedback and user reactions to the redesign of the Google Keep widget have been positive so far. Early impressions noted the positive contribution of the Material You integration for visually harmonising the design. 

The pitch to users and tech reviewers. It’s appreciated by users and tech reviewers. The cleaner aesthetic and quicker action buttons contribute to a fasterand more intuitive experience of taking notes.

Conclusion

Finally, the redesign release of the Google Keep widgets for the Android platform is a meaningful update. In embracing principles of Material You design and functionality improvements, Google has made it for users to interact with their Notes and Lists in an easier, more streamlined way.

Besides making the look and feel of the widgets more modern, this update simplifies common note-taking tasks. It puts you on the road to a more productive and smoother using of Google Keep on Android. As new widgets features became available on their devices, users are highly encouraged to explore them. 

More Reading: Google Maps Expands ‘Suspected Fake Reviews’ Globally

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Maps Expands ‘Suspected Fake Reviews’ Globally

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |07 Apr 2025

The ‘Suspected Fake Reviews’ warning about reviews appears on Google Maps. The goal of this rollout is to make a more transparently cautious layer around potentially unreliable reviews. This gives users all over the world the ability to make more informed decisions regarding the businesses and services they are interested in on the platform.

Up until now, Google has been working and perfecting its knowledge to discover and handle the things that are not up and genuine on Google Maps. One that is now taking a key step forward in the kind of global expansion of the so-called ‘suspected fake reviews’ warning system.

The impact of the fake review

Reviews can be fake in more than one way. It happens from biased sources who write glowing endorsements to malicious negative critiques arranged. 

These deceptive entries can skew the picture of a business’s real quality so badly that unsuspecting customers will most likely be misled and suffer unfair damage. 

However, fake reviews are not only an issue of individual transactions, but undermine the integrity of all online information ecosystems and hinder fair competition in marketplace.

The Global Rollout of ‘Suspected Fake Reviews’ Warnings

A warning of suspicious reviews from Google continues to gain in size, with the ‘suspected fake reviews’ system now rolling out to worldwide audiences. Strategically, this fools the algorithm, which notes that they seem unsavory, by placing a visible notification next to the review. 

Google’s push for a trustworthy and reliable platform for its users has been strongly borne out by this global expansion. It is a constant tuning of their detection capabilities and staying on top of false manipulations of online opinions. A wider access to these warnings allows users to have the must-have context when interpreting, with care, reviews.

The Benefits of Expanded Warnings

The global deployment of “suspected fake reviews” warnings grants a pack of benefits to Google Maps users around the world:

Better Global Decisions: Such enhanced indicators of potentially inauthentic reviews provide users all over the world a better guide to make better and more informed decisions on what businesses and services they engage with, greatly reducing the risk of being suspicious by misleading information.

Reliability and Integrity Strengthened Worldwide: As Google frames suspicious review activity and flags it on a global scale, user trust in the reliability of Google Maps as having an overall reliable and integrity local information resource will increase massively around the globe.

Making Google a Fairer Place for Legitimate Businesses: By distinguishing and possibly getting rid of fake positive evaluations worldwide, Google offers a more fair competitive environment for businesses that are honestly entitled for a decent status with their satisfied clients. Aside, the flagging of possible fake negative reviews is downright crucial for giving businesses freedom against malicious attacks to their online profile.

The Enduring Challenge

It is important to note that the battle against fake reviews is are ongoing and continual process. However, Google is continually producing new methodologies to detect attempts at manipulation, and in turn, those people doing this will eventually adapt their tactics. 

Google’s continued expenditure on creating and growing its warning systems on a worldwide basis whilst relying on the vigilance and participation of its user base to maintain the reliability of online reviews.

The Nutshell

This represents a big day in how Google users will lean on its ‘suspected fake reviews’ warnings all over the globe. By giving them clear and intelligible signals, Google is putting together a worldwide community of people, able to make better decisions. 

As users globally become more attuned to these warnings and continue to exercise their critical judgment, the overall quality and trustworthiness of online reviews will undoubtedly improve, ultimately benefiting both consumers and legitimate businesses striving for genuine customer satisfaction on a global scale.

Deep Digger: How Do You Make the Most of Android App Shortcuts?

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

How Do You Make the Most of Android App Shortcuts?

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |07 Apr 2025

Android App Shortcuts take a large step forward to making the mobile experience more intuitive and flat. They are far from just a nice add-on making applications look pretty, they are powerful time savers. These shortcuts give you instant access to the core elements of the applications you use in any given application. 

Think of getting to the very act you wanted to perform without having to navigate there. In this article, we are going to take a microscopic look at the Android app shortcuts. They aim to give you an in-depth understanding of it and help you leverage to the fullest extent.

Deconstructing Android App Shortcuts

Android app shortcuts are context-aware mini menus materializing themselves on a prolonged press on the application icon. They amount to much more.

These are a curated path to some features, a section buried in the app’s architecture. They are almost pre-programmed entry points for your most common tasks. 

For instance, a continual press of your go-to messaging app might bring up an option. It aims to make a new conversation or instantly motivate your camera to file and share a moment.

The Compelling Advantages of Embracing App Shortcuts

In other words, when you adopt the use of app shortcuts, it all translates into real benefits. What makes them typecast nurses is their power to deliver breathtaking speed and convenience to your workflow. Consider the following advantages:

Reducing the Time That Navigates To A Feature

With that, app shortcuts will offer a direct crane to it. These shortcuts eliminate all the friction of manual navigation for composing a new email. They pick up where you left off in a novel and start a workout.

Optimizing Every Interaction

In the fast-paced digital landscape, every second counts. App shortcuts can save a good amount of time. They do so by allowing you to do something you want to do with a fewer number of taps. Previously, opening the app, migrating to a given section, and then triggering the action might have taken more steps than this—namely. These seemingly small savings add up throughout a day, putting a relatively large dent in overall efficiency.

Seamless task initiation

Mobile users will find that using the shortcuts offers huge workflow efficiency improvement. They give you an immediate access to key functionalities. You can seamlessly switch between tasks without interrupting your navigation in app interfaces. On the flip side, this fluidity makes it feel sheer and fluid, hence less formal and cumbersome.

Finding Hidden Gems

App developers resort to shortcuts to uncover more hidden gems for users. You can likely find shortcuts in the shortcut menus of your installed apps. This can reveal how you interact with and benefit from the app. As a result, such an understanding can be richer and more comprehensive.

Elevating Accessibility

Android allows you to store the shortcuts you tend to use so most. You would consider creating an alternative app that just contained the shortcut for use. They become single tap entry points even more so, elevated further.

To Initiate the shortcut menu as previously described, a long press on said application’s icon should produce the shortcut menu.

The Drag-and-Drop Maneuver involves moving the selected shortcut away from the shortcut menu.

Give your fingertip a release to finally anchor it to your home screen.

Understanding Shortcut Availability

The availability of app shortcuts is dependent upon individual app developers implementing the app shortcuts on their app. This is what the Android operating system offers, which provides the framework. However, it is the developer’s responsibility to implement them and also to define them for their applications. 

You’ve installed on your device will also have to provide you with app shortcuts. But many of the most popular and commonly used applications, from those in communication, social, photography, note taking, and media playback categories, to name a few, in some way employ various shortcuts in some form or another.

Navigating Potential Issues

Systematically, app shortcuts are usually reliable; however, sometimes, you will come across instances when the shortcut fails to behave normally:

If an app icon is long pressed and brings up no shortcut menu. It is probably because the developer of this particular app has not written support for app shortcuts yet. All this is a limitation of the app rather than your device.

There can be slight fluctuations in how app shortcut behaves or work based on the exact Android version. The most up-to-date version will allow you to get the latest features and provide it with optimal performance will always be worth updating.

Concluding Thoughts

Android app shortcuts might be a negligible feature. However, they are a wonderful push towards a more effective and more person-centered mobile operating system.

They facilitate instant and direct access to the functionalities you rely on most often. It enables you to move around your device at a faster speed, more consistently, and overall more conveniently.

The time-saving array of shortcuts you might get pleasantly surprised with just waiting to be discovered will make for a smoother, more productive, and ultimately more enjoyable Android experience.

Also Read: Google Photos Resolves Magic Editor Save Issue

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Photos Resolves Magic Editor Save Issue

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |05 Apr 2025

For many users, Google Photos’ Magic Editor has become an essential tool. It is for the improvement of their cherished memories taken in photographs. An innovative feature allows powerful yet intuitive image manipulation, fun adjustments, and getting rid of distractions can be done. 

However, in recent days, a serious and annoying irritation has arisen. Users reported that the edits created with the Magic Editor were not being saved reliably. 

This came to be a huge disappointment. It is a wasted effort for those who have truly invested time and creativity to make their photos perfect. This makes one question the credibility of the editing tool.

Google’s Prompt Response

Magic Editor

A critical update of the Google Photos application has now been released. It is with the express intention of eliminating the very root cause of this trouble. 

Such quick intervention speaks volumes about its aim toward providing its large customer base. This is with a user experience that is both seamless and robust within the photo management arena.

The update also constitutes a direct confirmation response. It aims to the feedback from users and provide a chance to protect the features of an application.

Magic Editor In-Depth

Magic Editor

The Magic Editor in Google Photos stands apart as a superior display of artificial intelligence. It converts the high-tendency tasks of photo editing into its simplest forms.

Contrasting traditional editing tools requiring technical know-how, the Magic Editor keeps the controls simple for advanced manipulation. 

It smartly relocates objects present in the photo, filling up the empty spaces, such that the results are natural.

It can also delicately remove unwanted items, like distracting background objects. The simple usage and classy result make Magic Editor a highly demanded feature.

The Significance of the Editing Tool

The Magic Editor has proved itself as something special to people. It offers them a much stronger hand in a picture’s storyline. The feature changes such shots into standard pictures with more class and aesthetics.

Composing a landscape, taking out an object from a portrait, or just putting some touch on the overall composition.

All made easy with the Magic Editor, which does not require the need to make use of complicated applications. Such accessibility has made it part and parcel of many users’ working ways for photo management.

Assured Fix

The clear solution Magic Editor edits is to make sure they update their Google Photos application to the latest version available. 

Usually, updating is a straightforward process through the respective app store from each device affiliated with that specific device.

For instance, Android users may visit the Google Play Store. And those with iOS devices should check for updates on the App Store for the Google Photos application. 

After the installation of the latest version, the bug from the fact that saves will now be fixed. Users can resume their editing without worries.

Continuous Improvements by Google

This incident goes beyond restoring confidence. It is, in itself, very much in line with Google’s ongoing endeavor to continually improve. This develops the suite of features offered in the Google Photos application. 

Google Photos’ prospects of continued prominence as the best photo storage, organization. Furthermore, editing means evolving in keeping with a schema of change for new expectations.

Final Thoughts

This great intervention by Google to solve the Magic Editor saving glitch in Google Photos will certainly appeal to all its users. With the most recent updates now in place, losing edits is no longer a pain. 

Users can again freely express themselves with the creative potential offered by the Magic Editor. It aims to beautify their pictures and put their memories at stake without the fear of their works being discarded. 

This repair supports and affirms Google’s commitment to building and maintaining a robust yet user-scalable photo management platform. This is because everyone can enjoy the art of digital photography.

Also Read: Gmail Now Syncs Desktop Signature to Mobile Devices

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gmail Now Syncs Desktop Signature to Mobile Devices

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |05 Apr 2025

Gmail’s New Feature is Very Valuable. If you create a Desktop Signatures in Gmail, it automatically uses those signatures when one sends emails via the phone.

The tiny update helps to make emailing easier. This makes it easier to rest assured that all emails, whatever the place, will be professional-looking.

What is a signature on Gmail?

The Gmail Signature is a little piece of text inserted into your email. This is at the end of your emails sent outside the office. It’s kind of your virtual business card.

It includes your name, designation or profession, and organization. This is where you work and usually other contact slike phone number or website maybe added.

A professional-looking signature will make identification easy for recipients and all the information required to connect with you available. It runs professionalism through each of your messages.

No More Duplicate Work!

If a common Desktop Signature like the other ones is needed, separate and independent setups have to be done on all devices. 

Signature arrangement is made at the Gmail settings of the home computer. It is again arranged in the Gmail application on the phone. 

This haggling has been especially annoying on the occasion when you needed. It aims to change your details at some point in time.

Now, Gmail simplifies this for you by automatically syncing the signature you have designed on the desktop version of Gmail. This means setting up and maintaining your signature in one place only.

What Benefit is It Offering?

Automatic syncing of email signatures gets a lot of benefits. Firstly, time precious with efforts will save you from having to set your signature manually for various devices. Secondly, communicating through emails becomes uniform. 

No need for you to bother yourself thinking whether your mobile signature is the latest. This consistency matters in creating professionalism in your identity through electronic communications.

Easy to Use

The really good news of this latest update is that it will most likely happen automatically. When you have a Gmail account on your computer, chances are that you will soon find it appearing within your Gmail app on your phone. Most probably, you do not need to do a thing to activate this feature for you.

If you ever want to change your signature, one modification in the Gmail settings on your computer will enable you to do that. The changes will automatically be synced to the Gmail app on your mobile. In this way your contact information is always current and correct on all devices.

Good for Everyone 

This new function is made for the benefit of all Gmail users. This is for those who regularly check their emails on desktop and mobile devices. 

Be it a business person sending important emails to clients. A student working on assignments with peers, or simply someone who uses Gmail for personal correspondence, will find this update to Gmail will make it even more amenable to the user’s email needs.

Corporates especially would love the convenience of keeping their brand face consistent through email communication. An individual would find it useful to keep his/her contact information always available in the sent message.

The Extract

This new significance, wherein Gmail automatically syncs its desktop signature with the mobile application, greatly enhances the user’s experience. It also facilitates the management of his/her neutral email signature.

It saves time, reduces room for error, and guarantees the polished presentation of all digital communications. So, take a moment to head over to your Gmail app. You should check out your synchronized signature in action- one less thing you will need to worry about keeping updated.

Go Deeper: Android Auto Now Supports In-Car Gaming

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Leaked Google Tv Box Aims to Fill Chromecast with 16GB Storage

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |04 Apr 2025

A new Google TV Box has surfaced online, aiming to fill the gap left by the discontinued Chromecast. The device, reportedly called the Onn 4K Plus, offers a generous 16GB of storage, twice that of most budget streamers.

This leaked Google TV box is expected to support 4K playback, Dolby Vision, and Wi-Fi 6. This makes it a strong contender in the affordable streaming market. With a full-featured remote and a likely price under $30, it could be the next go-to option for budget-conscious streamers.

Google tv box

Last year, Google announced the discontinuation of its popular Chromecast streaming device. It leaves a gap for users seeking a straightforward and affordable entry point into the Google TV ecosystem. 

The Chromecast with Google TV (4K) and the newer, more premium Google TV Streamer remain available. Walmart seems poised to capture the segment of the market looking for a capable yet budget-conscious alternative. The leaked “onn. 4K Plus” appears designed to do just that.

Leaked Details: Power and Storage Boost

Google tv box

Recent leaks have provided a glimpse into the specifications and design of the upcoming Walmart “onn. 4K Plus.” The device maintains a similar form factor to previous “onn.” streaming boxes but with subtle design refinements. Key upgrades highlighted in the leaks include:

16GB of Storage: This is a significant step up from the 8GB we can find in the standard Chromecast and Walmart’s previous “onn.” 4K box. The doubled storage will provide users with more space to download apps, games, and other content directly onto the device.

USB-C Power: The power cable has reportedly been upgraded to USB-C. This is a more modern and versatile connection standard compared to the micro USB port on older models.

Updated Remote: The remote is expected to feature the “Free TV” button that debuted on the higher-end “onn. 4K Pro” box, offering quick access to free streaming content.

4K, Dolby Vision, and Dolby Atmos: It comes along with HDR formats like Dolby Vision and immersive Dolby Atmos audio. This ensures a high-quality viewing experience for compatible TVs and sound systems.

Under the Hood: It suggests a potential performance improvement over previous “onn” models. The device is also on the list with 2GB of RAM.

Targeting the US Market

Interestingly, the leaked packaging includes a “US compatible only” disclaimer, along with a manual specifying that Google TV services will not be supported outside of the US and Puerto Rico. 

This suggests that Walmart is initially focusing this device on the North American market, potentially enforcing a software-based region lock similar.

Implications for the Streaming Device Landscape

The arrival of a more powerful and storage-rich budget Google TV box from Walmart could have significant implications for the streaming device market. 

With Google seemingly shifting its focus towards higher-end streaming solutions, Walmart is strategically positioning itself to cater to the value-conscious consumer. 

The “onn. 4K Plus” with 16GB of storage could become a compelling alternative for those seeking a feature-rich Google TV experience without breaking the bank.

Conclusion

The leaked “onn. 4K Plus” Google TV box from Walmart appears to be a well-timed and potentially impactful entry into the streaming device arena. 

By offering a significant storage upgrade and modern features like USB-C power and Dolby Vision/Atmos support at an expected affordable price point, Walmart is directly addressing a segment of the market left somewhat underserved by Google’s recent product strategy. 

As consumers await an official announcement and release, the “onn. 4K Plus” shapes up to be a strong contender for those seeking a capable and budget-friendly Chromecast replacement with ample storage for their streaming needs in the US market.

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Android Auto Now Supports In-Car Gaming 

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |04 Apr 2025

Android Auto has been dedicated to giving mobile users a more convenient way in the shape of Supports In-Car Gaming. It aims to navigate their smartphones on the go. So, you can always make a phone call or listen to the radio without looking at your handset while driving. 

But now, Google is completely entering new territory with the ability to dole out games. Granted, the thought of in-car gaming during long journeys or maybe ‘downtime’ at the petrol station. For example, it would not go amiss for passengers, but there’s a key requirement that sadly puts off drivers immediately.

The Dawn of In-Car Gaming on Android Auto

Supports In-Car Gaming

Tapping into gaming on Android Auto is a big step in the capabilities of the platform. In keeping with what’s spoken to be a developing pattern in the auto business of essentially blending more entertainment choices into vehicle infotainment frameworks, this move falls. 

In the past, Google has run demos of games running on Android Auto. However, it has been experimenting with the idea for some time. This functionality is now officially rolling out to users who will have a new type of in-car experience opening up.

The Crucial Requirement

Supports In-Car Gaming

But the in-car gaming for Android Auto has real excitement attached to it. You can play Games can when the vehicle is in the parking. 

On the contrary, this is a critical safety measure by Google. It aims to prevent driver distraction and responsible use of the platform. 

To enforce Android Auto’s main focus on safe driving, you can disable the gaming functionality. This is the point when the car is in motion.

How In-Car Gaming Works on Android Auto

At the moment, the feature is very new. It seems the first implementation of gaming involves the touchscreen display of the car. For users, they’ll likely be able to navigate through game menus and indeed the gameplay on the infotainment screen. 

While this amount of games at launch might not seem like much. You can take it as an indication that the games are dwindling. The developers adjust games for Android Auto and we see games appear over time. It may also be that some games have simplified control schemes that are applicable for in car context.

Potential Use Cases and Benefits

Parking is a requirement for in-car gaming using Android Auto. There are several potential benefits to putting it in the vehicles themselves.

Long road trips: They can get tediums for passengers, in particular children. Games on the car display can be an excellent source of entertainment if you are waiting at a destination.

Games Opportunities: Whether you are waiting for someone waiting for an electric vehicle, the large infotainment screen can be beneficial.

In Car Gaming: The drivers would have more downtime if they were driving autonomous vehicles. It may gain relevance in the future as in car gaming.

Limitations and Considerations

Also, there are other things to keep in mind besides the parked requirement:

Game Availability

Games would only be available that are more or less optimized for Android Auto’s in car environment. The existing games will allow the developers to see success on such a platform.

Control Schemes 

Not everything that makes sense for mobile translation will fit the touchscreen-only capable car displays. Games that have only simple touch controls will be the most appropriate.

Data use

Mobile data may be useful when downloading and playing games as the car isn’t connected to Wi-Fi.

Battery Drain (Phone) 

The car might still be using an attached smartphone for processing and the data. These could use batteries even though its being used in the car.

Conclusin

We now have gaming on our Android Auto. This is an interesting step forward for the platform as it further expands the use of its primary control: driving. 

Because passenger safety is paramount. The crucial requirement of parking cars means this new capability extends the possibilities for passenger entertainment. 

Realized in-car games in Android Auto might get a boost as the library of compatible games enlarges and technology improves. However, all the time there is a constant belief that it is reserved for when the vehicle is securely stranded.

More to Read: Google Discover Introduces Controversial Full-Width Layout

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Discover Introduces Controversial Full-Width Layout

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |03 Apr 2025

The Google Discover feed on millions of Android home screens has had a dramatic renaissance. This update includes a Full-Width Layout for Discover cards to make the experience more immersive and visually pleasing. 

But for whatever reason, such a dramatic shift has met with varying reactions, with some questioning the design decisions. Whether it is a good or bad thing that the aesthetics are ruined.

The Full-Width Layout

This update’s core change lies in the switch. It ranges from a traditional card layout with rounded corners margins to a full width, as it is presented now. 

In other words, Discover cards now take up the size of the whole screen. It does so by eliminating the old visual separation and making the flow more continuous, edge-to-edge. 

Along with changes to the visual hierarchy, titles and images are usually given more room in this redesign. Though they may appear more prominent.

User Reactions and Criticisms

They have been met with a wave of feedback, with many users expressing their dislike. Common criticisms include:

Elimination of margins and full width presentation have some users feeling the feed visual clutter. Although there are no clear visual separations between cards, this makes it more difficult to easily identify individual content items.

This may make some users’ titles and images appear larger than they normally would. Some of these users may prefer a more lightweight appearance. This is particularly true when you are using a full-width layout. Since this makes it hard to scan headlines and to quickly get the gist of each card’s content.

The New design is less pleasing to the eye compared to the card layout used in the previous product. According to them, the newer design lacks the visual polish and refinement of the older design.

Many have questioned the usability of this design when used to view the feed on bigger screens. The full-width layout also contributes to less efficient focusing on content items and navigating through the feed.

Potential Motivations Behind the Redesign

However, the reactions of users have been overwhelmingly negative. However, it’s good to think of the reasons behind Google’s introduction of this redesign. Some possible explanations include:

More visibly prominent and immersive

It may be that Google is trying to increase user engagement with Discover cards being more visually prominent and immersive. However, a wide layout may lead users to spend additional time in the feed.

In Line with Other Google Products

Consistency with other Google products could be Google’s aim to achieve a more consistent visual look on its different products and services. This full-width design could tie in with a bigger effort to sync Discover with the rest of Google apps.

Focus on Visual Content

Some people have speculated that the redesign is indicative of Google’s growing attention to focus on visual content. There is more room for images and videos to be noticed in the feed.

The Future of Google Discover’s Design

Whether or not Google will address the fears expressed by the users. It update the full-width redesign remains to be seen. The strong feedback for the negative causes Google to iterate on the design.

Typically, the company conducts A/B tests to assess how users feel about its products. So familiarity with user opinions is something that’s bound to factor into the future of Google Discover’s design.

The Wrap Up

With all its full-width redesigns, Google Discover is a bold visual experiment that not everyone has welcomed. It’s not clear why the company is making this change. It will offer a clutter-free visual experience. This will be more readable and thus more aesthetically pleasing to the eye. 

But there are always new things to learn about. User feedback from Google along the way means that Google Discover’s design will remain uncertain. The point of this redesign is that even insignificant changes can have a huge influence on the user experience. User feedback is essential to shape the future of digital products.

Dig Deeper: Google Expands Discover ‘Space’ Carousel to More Android Devices

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Expands Discover ‘Space’ Carousel to More Android Devices

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |03 Apr 2025

Google Discover Space Carousel the expanding availability of the ‘Space’ Carousel feature is a great addition for Android users. Google Discover Space Carousel Update it brings a new way to personalize the device’s home screen. 

This innovative expansion is initially visible on some devices with a visually dynamic and easy-to-reach widget hub. 

It also provides smart suggestions and potentially other contextual information. This feature offers a more tailored glanceable experience for a larger spectrum of Android users.

Backdrop

'Space' Carousel

The ‘Space’ Carousel in Android refers to the dedicated space. Discover Feed New Feature Android 2025 we can see it at the top of the Google Discover feed. Or, it could be any customizable home screen element in some devices. Google Discover Android Expansion characterised by showing information in the form of easily swappable cards, sometimes referred to as widget cards. 

These cards let you glance at them, update them. Furthermore, they check out various kinds of content like news, games, or shopping deals for instant access.

Historically, this ‘Space’ Carousel was available only on select Android devices. Pixel phones are among them. It’s possible that the type of cards the “space” showed could’ve been different based on the device.

Components of the Expansion

'Space' Carousel

Now, the ‘Space’ Carousel is a more exclusive offering that you could have only on your Android phone. However, it’s seeing a broader rollout to a larger array of devices now. 

Surprisingly, the feature is also said to be headed to other phones. For instance, the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip 6 is a way to make it available in more places, even on a small, folding smartphone.

This ‘Space’ Carousel will be encountered by users most often in 1 line and less often in 2 lines. The cards inside the carousel are of the types that are meant to contain relevant and time-bound information. 

The feature wants to expand the information. It matters most to an individual user into a more personalized and more readily accessible overview.

Enhanced Elements

Two of the card types are improved, along with the expansion of the “space” carousel. Notably, they are upgrading the ‘Daily Listen’ podcast card with brief descriptions on what the recommended podcast episodes cover. 

Users can thus have a better idea of what the podcast is about before deciding if they want to listen. This makes it a lot easier to discover new podcasts that are about what they are interested in.

The update also strives to elevate the overall functionality and make design changes across the carousel. There are smoother swipes between cards, faster loading times for information, and nicer visual layouts within each card. 

Benefits of the Update

The ‘space’ carousel lends itself to being one of the most advantageous features of the operating system. This first allows for easier availability of this useful information hub on more types of devices.

This makes all those updates available on the home screen or within the Google Discover feed. So more people can access that key information all the time. 

Carousels enable users to stay informed without opening and sorting through multiple apps. It does so by providing a glance format.

The Core Findings

The availability of the ‘Space’ Carousel opens up a favorable upgrade for more of the Android target audience. Now, they have a personalized, easily accessible current serving of vital information at the tip of their fingers. 

Making Android more intuitive and informative at a glance requires Google to extend this feature to more devices. It also includes tablets and foldable phones, and adds useful improvements such as podcast topic descriptions. 

In particular, they are strongly encouraged to go through the ‘space’ carousel on their updated devices. They should start exploring this dynamic hub of widgets and smart suggestions to find out how this can simplify their daily routines.

More to Read on: Google Keep widget gets a redesign to match Android guidelines

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Keep widget gets a redesign to match Android guidelines

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |02 Apr 2025

For the avid note takers and click-through lovers who depend on Google Keep, a fresh visual affair is underway. The Google Keep widget gets a major revamp. Google Keep Widget Redesign 2025 this makes it Google Keep Widget Redesign bring its looks and features in tune with recent Android design standards. 

This update aims to bring in a smoother and better-looking mix of the overall Android experience, more user-friendly. The feature provides a consistent look and feel across the device.

Embracing Modern Android Design

Google Keep widget

The redesign of the Google Keep widget is a clear indication. Google is ready to take the Google Keep widget by adopting the evolving visual language of Android. Android Material Design Update Google Keep that means the users might find elements and styling as per other updated Google apps and the Android Widget Design Update broader Android ecosystem. Probably key aspects of this design shift include:

We may expect widgets to fully embrace Material You theming for devices that are running Android 12 and later. This means the widget’s color palette is being rendered on the fly. So it will dynamically look to fit based on whatever wallpaper you currently have on your phone. You should be expecting subtle color accents and a common visual identity.

The users shall follow Android trends, which are more pronounced rounded corners and softer aesthetics, as the redesigned widget is intended. Such an interface is modern and approachable.

What to Expect in the Redesigned Widget

Google Keep widget

Regardless of the minute details in the redesign, we have an idea of what to expect by looking at.

Improved Resizing: This updated widget will likely improve resizing. Users can customize not only the size but also the amount of information they want to show.

Easy access to Quick Action buttons on the widget: On the widget, you are going to expect to see quick action buttons for the most common tasks, like creating a new text note. These new buttons are likely to be redone based on the new visual style.

Based on the size of the widget, users may get more options for previewing their recent notes. These could include more lines of text or thumbnails of image notes.

New Themed Icons: Since the icons will be themed to match the overall app theme, those icons will very likely see a makeover along with the rest of the Material You theming.

Redesign: It could also facilitate Scrolling to increase the widget size. It can be dedicated to displaying multiple notes without having to open the app. This could be a good step to implementing smoother scrolling functionality within the widget itself.

Benefits of the Redesign

The benefits of this visual overhaul of the Google Keep widget for the users are:

Immediate Benefits: From the aesthetic perspective, the more immediate benefit is brought about by a more pleasing and cohesive experience. Specifically, the Material You integration offers a personalized and harmonious way.

Redesign for Improved Usability: Optimization of layout and spacing of elements across elements is anticipated. It aims to make notes easier and faster to reach the key features.

Better Visual Cues: A Major visual cue update will further improve the widget interface into a more intuitively used one.

IoT Version: This will help the Google Keep widget look more modern and up-to-date with the latest app design trend in the market.

Rollout and Availability

A redesigned Google Keep widget will roll out over an incremental period to Android users. This is possible through an update to the Google Keep app on the Google Play Store. 

To receive the update, ensure that you have the latest version of the app installed. If you have a newer Android device and version, the availability may be slightly different. And full Material You theming is reserved for Android 12 only.

The Key Takeaway

It is good news for Android users who use the Google Keep widget. They are going through the process of taking notes on the upcoming redesign of the Google Keep widget. 

By following the latest Android style guidelines, the widget will provide a more advanced and visually consistent, and user-friendly experience. 

Keep an eye on the update in the Google Play Store. This is important to take the pleasure of this new look of the quick access to notes and ideas.

Also Read: YouTube Disables Ad Revenue for Fake Movie Trailer Channels

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Apps on Apple Watch

Google Keep Removed from Google Apps on Apple Watch

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Update

Google Keep Text Formatting Available on Web App

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Text Notes by Default

Google Keep Adds Text Notes by Default Setting on Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

YouTube Disables Ad Revenue for Fake Movie Trailer Channels

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |02 Apr 2025

All the excitement of an upcoming movie starts with a teaser and then with a trailer. It provides a captivating taste of the cinema. But increasingly, fake movie trailers are being used for this anticipation. This is oftentimes a huge misrepresentation and sometimes even pushes out malicious content. So, YouTube Disables Ad Revenue for them.

YouTube has taken a huge hit and recognized the practice and potential harm of doing so. The policy targets channels that are primarily set up to display such fake trailers. It disabled ad revenue on those channels to try and curb their spread and protect its user base.

The Problem with Fake Movie Trailers

The problem of fake movie trailers originates from promotional videos created and circulated. This is a fake report of the upcoming films or even made-up non-existent movies. 

These fake trailers have a great reach. It can mislead the viewer to believe that something is in production.

They can cause disappointment or unwarranted anticipation. In addition, there are ethical implications when it comes to the creation and distribution of fake trailers.

YouTube’s Response

In response, YouTube has since taken some serious measures by disallowing revenue from major channels. This follows reports about how these channels made a lot of money by posting misleading content. 

They also cited ‘monetization policy violations,’ citing issues. It covers duplicative or repetitive content, not been significantly changed from the source material, created only to generate views. However, this action reflects YouTube’s commitment to its platform rules.

Industry and Community Reactions

The YouTube demonetization of channels has prompted various stakeholders to open up and give various reactions. And while the official action took place, Hollywood studios have mostly stayed silent. 

But before the demonetization, reports emerged that studios have been accused of allowing the fake trailers to remain online.

Generally, YouTube’s decision to ban the community has received a positive response. The majority of users complained about a lot of misleading, fake trailers. 

Conclusion

Also, YouTube’s move to take away the ability to monetise channels which have fake movie trailers amounts to a major step. The channel correctly deals with misleading content on its platform.

YouTube Disables Ad Revenue and underscores the platform’s ramping up of awareness of how deceiving previews have the power to damage. 

In the end, this action is intended to improve the YouTube experience for users, thus more trustworthy and informative.

Related Reading: YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Gmail Aims to Streamline E2EE for Businesses

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |01 Apr 2025

Businesses are getting one step closer to end-to-end encryption (E2EE) with the help of Gmail. Given the Gmail E2EE for Business rising demand for secure communication, Gmail is trying to simplify the process. It enables companies to keep their email exchanges secure with greater ease and control. 

In line with this initiative, it aims to eliminate the traditional hassles of email encryption. The update eases the adoption of the same as a practical and useful tool for organizations of all sizes.

Challenges with Traditional Encryption Methods

E2EE

Traditional encryption methods while crucial for secure communication. They often present significant hurdles for widespread enterprise adoption. End-to-End Encryption Gmail secure Internet Mail Extensions will provide a robust security solution. However, implementation and management across a large organization are notoriously complex. 

The complexity of using strong encryption demands it requires have typically excluded such strong encryption from the reach of many companies. Especially those whose IT infrastructure and corporate security teams are not well developed.

Introducing Client-Side Encryption (CSE)

E2EE

Gmail’s new approach to enhanced encryption leverages Client-Side Encryption (CSE). In contrast, CSE offers encryption of email content before the content is sent to Google’s servers. 

That means Google or any third party has no access at all to the original content of emails. They are in transit or while they are stored on Google’s infrastructure.

User-Friendly Features for Seamless Encryption

In order to solve these complexities of encryption, Gmail’s CSE is designed for a smooth experience for the users. Users are within an organization, they will see a prominent lock icon as part of their compose window. 

That specific email will be switched to end-to-end encryption (E2EE) by clicking this icon. The clear visual indicator also lets users know when their communication will be secure with CSE. It is for those who need to go to the firewall to change settings and when their communication isn’t secure.

The motivation behind this approach is to be able to communicate securely. Recognizing that outside parties are potentially not able to communicate securely with us if we use this method.

Expanding Accessibility Across Platforms

Gmail is currently undergoing an update. With this, organizations can start taking advantage of the advantages of customer-managed encryption keys for their internal communications.

Looking forward, Google plans to expand the range of people that this enhanced encryption can be accessed by. In the future, we would be able to support encryption for all email inboxes.

Conclusion

This move by Gmail is a forward step to the secure communication world. Gmail is addressing the long-standing issues with encrypted communication. It has traditionally cost money as a service offering a user-friendly implementation. 

E2EE also provides organizations in regulated industries a means to enhance the layer of privacy and control of their sensitive email communications with an extra layer of protection. 

Especially, companies are strongly recommended to explore. They should adopt these new encryption features to strengthen security posture to gain further trust in digital communications.

More Reading: What are the Latest Google Messages Features Rolling Out

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

What are the Latest Google Messages Features Rolling Out

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |30 Mar 2025

Google Messages is becoming smarter and more helpful with lots of changes. These updates will make it more fun and easier to use your chats. You will see the Latest Google Messages Features like emojis, and make your whole screen glow with animations. 

Also, you can now create entirely custom emojis from your image. New visual effects that let you send voice messages will also happen. They allow you to know that you’re sending them at a good time. All of these are changes that are only about making your conversations more lively and expressive.

Enhanced Expressiveness and Fun

New Screen Effects 

There are also new Screen Effects in Google Messages. They are triggered by sending a message that contains a certain emoji. 

This is an extension of existing text-based Screen Effects. Sometimes, a message with two matching emojis will produce a nice visual surprise in your chats. 

This takes the Screen Effects feature introduced earlier and expands it into an easier-to-use and discover way to funk up your messages.

Popular Photomoji Features 

The Photomoji feature is still a fun way to make any favorite photo a crazy custom emoji reaction. It improves any conversation. 

We can expect further refinement and the development of new ways to make and share these one-of-a-kind reactions.

The Best Animated Emoji & Reaction Effects 

Animated emojis and reaction effects continue to add life to your messages in Google Messages. 

Now, sending a simple thumbs up can engage funny animations that appear to be around the message bubble.

Voice Moods 

The Voice Moods feature enables you to animate voice message audio to convey the feeling of the voice message.

Improved Communication and Convenience

Rich Communication Services 

Google continues pushing for its Rich Communication Services (RCS). This is the next big messaging platform. It includes more modern group chat features, more HD media sharing, and more typing indicators. You should expect regular improvements to the RCS reliability and parity between devices and carriers.

Google’s Text Input Field Redesign 

Google never ceases to experiment with the layout of the text input field toward s more efficient and easy-to-use design. 

Some adjustments may be expected to the placement of buttons for emojis, Magic Compose, and media attachments.

Attach Photos and Videos 

Camera and gallery integration means the live viewfinder can join your most recent roll of camera for easier access to media. Also, there are options for sharing media in its original quality for higher fidelity.

Enhanced Safety and Security

On Device Machine Learning Models 

Google Messages is equipping the bot with better and better on-device machine learning models to better detect spam and scams.

With users in mind to also protect them from phishing and malware, the Google Messages is rolling out intelligent warnings for suspicious links that are received from unknown senders. The app can even prevent the messages with suspicious links from being sent in some regions.

Conclusion

Google Messages has been constantly improving and introducing new features. It changes at a fast pace to make communication more pleasant. 

You’ll find fun, expressive tools, crucial security enhancements, and the promise of more smart AI integration. 

Always make sure to keep your app up to date by going through the Google Play Store. Experience the latest innovations for richer, safer, and more engaging messaging experience in your Android device.

More Reading: Google Meet Introduces Dynamic Layouts for a Modernized Grid

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Meet Introduces Dynamic Layouts for a Modernized Grid

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |29 Mar 2025

Consequently, get prepared for a new vision of how you arrange and display your content. A new ‘Dynamic Layouts’ that will bring a more flexible and adaptive way to arrange the information is coming.

This unique addition seeks to come out of the passively static structure. One that content can strategically intervene and rearrange themselves in response to many circumstances. Thus, it improves the visual appearance and user experience.

Understanding the Previous Layout

The Static Grid 

The platform is used to display the content and participants in a traditional grid layout. There is a certain order to this static structure. It also had some limitations of its own when it came to fitting varying numbers of active speakers.

Challenges of Modern Meetings 

The rigid grid was hard for many users in hybrid and remote meeting environments. In an improvised meeting, remote participants are positioned in less prominent, less visible tiles.

How They Transform Your View

Dynamic Arrangement uses AI-enabled active speaker detection to prioritize and magnify the tiles of the persons who are talking. Doing this would ensure the flow of conversation is more natural and engaging.

It would also maintain the focus of this hour on the active conversation. Different participants contribute at which point the system dynamically adjusts the placement of tiles.

Features for Comprehensive Participation

Individual Tiles for In-Room Attendees 

Dynamic Layouts understands the significance of collaboration from people in the room. It can give different tiles per each individual in a meeting room for a more balanced representation.

Visually Cohesive Tiles 

The feature also includes color sampled tile. It themes to makes the visual experience more harmonious, creating very slightly different color accents between the participant tiles.

Expanded Focus

Increased pin limits will allow users to keep an eye on a greater group of key participants or content, regardless of their pin status.

Customization Options 

Defining individual preferences, Dynamic Layouts are the ones that allow users to customize their viewing experience.

It includes the capacity to stop the automatic cropping of videos. It is because all participants are visible during the meeting. This means you can switch between various layout modes that fit the meeting context.

Elevating the User Experience

Dynamic Layouts contribute to an enhanced user experience by giving a more modern. It will be adjusted to the dynamics of the interaction.

Improved Visibility for All: Both the in-room and remote participants get more visibility and participation. In remote attendees they get more of an individual recognition. Importantly, they are more likely to be brought into focus when speaking, especially as they are not in the room.

Enhanced Accessibility Features: Some accessibility improvements are also provided for scenarios involving sign language interpretation. Their consistent visibility for people can be achieved through the ability to pin interpreters and prevent cropping the video.

Availability

The rollout of Dynamic Layouts to users is currently happening. The timeline on this will vary by account type and region. They will be updated in your platform.

Available to Google Workspace customers, the feature will be widely available and accessible to a broad sweep of users.

User Perspectives

User feedback on the initial use of Dof ynamic Layouts has been overwhelmingly positive. Many great comments have shifted the direct focus to interested speakers.

It has a big potential to have an impact on hybrid work and remotely collaborating. Dynamic Layouts can lend to better communication, understanding, and in general, better effectiveness of meetings. This is possible by creating a more engaging and equitable visual environment.

The Future of Visual Collaboration

Finally, I cannot overemphasize the importance in introducing the Dynamic Layouts and how it increases the quality of visual collaboration. 

This feature moves beyond a restrictive static grid. It also goes into the world of a smart, adaptive approach and more efficient meetings for everyone. We encourage you to give them a try and see the new way of the world of team collaboration.

Related Reading: Google Keep Adds Text Notes by Default Setting on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

ludicrously capacious buttons

Google Meet rolls out Material 3 control sheet redesign

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Meet's Live Captions Now with 30-Minute History!

Google Meet’s Live Captions Now with 30-Minute History!

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google Meet for Android will shortly get AI-generated backgrounds

Google Meet for Android will shortly get AI-generated backgrounds

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Google Keep Adds Text Notes by Default Setting on Android

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |28 Mar 2025

With the new “Text Notes by Default” setting, Android users are set to be gifted with a convenient update. Google Keep update 2025 It is for those who are diamond in their tipping ideas or reminders within messaging apps. 

This super simple feature will simplify writing your notes in the note format of your choice. It allows users to designate plain text as their preferred way to quickly write quick notes. The update aims to put into their messaging conversations— at the speed of thought without the visual clutter.

Background

Text Notes by Default

Previously, to jot down a quick note, you usually needed to go to a dedicated app like Google Keep. Android note taking app For example, to make a new note, you have to open the app, press the ‘create’ button, and choose a note type. 

This multi-step process detailed notes could be bulky within the flow of a messaging conversation. It aims to capture very concise thoughts or pieces of information.

Details of the New Feature

On the note-taking application of Android devices, there is a new preference called the ‘Text Notes by Default’. From there, the behavior of creating a new quick note will become plain text input. However, only if a simple toggle is enabled.

In other words, if users press on the first button that creates a primary note in the app. The users will be able to begin typing their thoughts without the need for a note type to pick first.

A long press over here for them will likely result in a menu or a few icons. They can pick what format of notes they want to use. This is a clean, discoverable path to whatever notes they want to use.

Benefits of the Update

In more, it is now possible to benefit from several notable benefits regarding Android users.

Faster and More Streamlined Note-Taking Experience

Capturing quick thoughts and reminders is the most significant advantage since it releases the conflict. Users can just start typing by default without navigating menus or picking a note type.

The streamlined process mentioned above is especially useful when writing within the context of messaging conversation.

Improved Usability for Users Who Primarily Create Text Notes

This update brings significant usability improvement. It is for people whose use case is quick notes and involves simple text entries. For instance, things like grocery lists, short reminders, or brief ideas.

This tailored default behavior serves to make their note-taking experience feel a bit more intuitive and efficient for how they are using the note-taking feature.

Accessibility Enhancements

“Text Not by Default” is, in fact, a dedicated accessibility setting. It may provide subtle accessibility benefits for some. The direct input of the text into a text field is easier to navigate for people.

In addition, the restoration of the dedicated audio note shortcut is indeed an advantage to those who need to primarily create notes via voice input.

It also helps to have a clear separation of default text entry. And a long press for other note types to create a more predictable and less overly busy user interface.

The Final Thought

We’ll conclude with the point that introducing the “Text Notes by Default” setting on Android is a user-designed approach. It aims to simplify the quick note-taking experience. 

This update prioritizes the most common use case: creating simple text notes. As a result, it brings a faster, more intuitive.

Ultimately, this is a simpler way for users to capture their thoughts and reminders during their messaging flows.

More Reading: Google Tasks Shows Incomplete Task Counts on Android & iOS

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Apps on Apple Watch

Google Keep Removed from Google Apps on Apple Watch

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Update

Google Keep Text Formatting Available on Web App

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google Wallet State IDs

Google Keep widget gets a redesign to match Android guidelines

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Tasks Shows Incomplete Task Counts on Android & iOS

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |28 Mar 2025

Now, what needs to be better is a little easier to keep track of. Google Tasks update 2025 In this regard, there is also a new feature rolling out. It will ensure that you can check the number of Incomplete Task Counts on your lists. 

Adding this simple thing will go a long way when you are managing your projects and organization. This feature makes you see what to work on at a glance and increases your overall productivity.

Core Update

Incomplete Task Counts

The new ‘Incomplete task counts’ feature means to present you with a clear and instant look. It simply has it tally up the amount of tasks within a list that aren’t complete. Task count feature Android iOS Finally, this count is then prominently displayed in the app interface.

Beyond the benefits it provides for users – delivering an easy and fast way to quickly understand the work remaining in each list without reading line by line.

This has the benefit of improving task tracking, prioritizing better, and allowing the user to stay on the outstanding items. It lets them know they have more control, in a better sense, of their tasks.

Rollout Attributes

As based on current information and as have been typical issues related to feature rollouts. We may expect Android and iOS platforms to support the expected incomplete task counts feature.

To use this new feature, users will probably need to make sure that the latest version of the app.

iOS: Open the App Store and then tap on your profile picture. Then, finally, tap Update All.

Generally, the app should be compatible with devices running recent versions of the app’s target Android and iOS platforms. But it’s always advisable not to overlook updating your operating system. This which ensures good performance and access to new features.

User Responses

It is predicted that initial reactions of users to the introduction of incomplete task counts in lists will be varied. This will likely mean much to many users who will quickly look at the remaining tasks.

It is prominently located in a top level carousel. The addition surely facilitates quick prioritization of workloads and immediately clears images as to how many more tasks are. 

Potential challenge or criticism however may arise. Some of the users might find persistent counts visually distracting and dislike seeing it on the UI. They may want an option to disable this feature. 

More Comprehensive Implications

Google’s broader goals are neatly and smoothly heralded in with the introduction of incomplete (un)task counts. Mostly they work towards making the program more efficient, organized and user friendly. 

This feature directly supports users in monitoring and managing their time better. It is possible through providing a more immediate and visible metric of outstanding work.

The Last Judgment

In light of this, we conclude that incomplete task counts is a very useful addition. It aims to offer users a more immediate and actionable view into the work that would be left in lists. 

This feature could provide an opportunity for better task tracking, improved prioritization, and higher productivity. This new functionality users are highly encouraged to dive in. They must explore, try to insert this new functionality into their existing workflow, and use the at-a-glance.

More Insights: YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |27 Mar 2025

If you want to watch live TV from anywhere, without cable, is there anything you need other than a computer? You’ll find the most people watching YouTube TV. YouTube TV discount 2025 They have a special offer, YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount. It is that you can pay half price for the first half a year. 

This allows you to pay less than the regular price, and also, they won’t change their price during this time. However, this deal is expiring next week. So you’re on the bluff of using YouTube TV if you’re considering it.

Navigating the Evolving Streaming Landscape

YouTube TV's 6-Month Discount

This is precisely the time when a discount arrives in the streaming space. YouTube TV promo ending The ability to lock in stable pricing against the background of the increasing cost of most streaming services is valued. 

Price adjustments in the past have been seen by YouTube TV itself. This is a strategic offer for viewers to attempt to avoid future price increases.

That makes for a predictable and cheaper entertainment option than that of the month-to-month fluctuations associated with streaming services costs.

Beyond the Budget

An Extended Trial of Comprehensive Features

This six-month discount is not just about the finances. It is an ideal time for individuals and families to take full advantage of the all-inclusive YouTube TV offerings.

Exploring Channels and Innovative Functionality

This is a trial period for new subscribers. They are to browse through the stationary of the platform channel selection. It is generally major broadcast networks, popular cable channels. It also includes news, sports, lifestyle and entertainment, and premium add-ons. 

Additionally, they can be acquainted with YouTube TV’s exceptional features, like unlimited DVR storage. The capacity to stream on several devices all at the very same time.

Making an Informed Decision

Over six months, this immersive experience can make it a certainty whether YouTube TV does what it advertises. It is justified to be a subscription worth the money regardless of the promotional period.

The Urgency

The Ticking Clock

A ticking clock is a critical factor, however. Sellers have the deadline next week to act and get subscribers to take advantage of this cost-saving opportunity.

Withdrawing the decision for an additional six months could result in missing out on the opportunity to lock in the discounted rate.

A Compelling Incentive for Switching

This limited-time offer represents a good reason. It is for those who are thinking about cutting the cable. This may be the best option for those looking for something different to simply switch to YouTube TV. 

So, if you are able to save for half a year it can be substantial savings. It frees up some of the budget for other expenses or other things to do etc.

The Climax

All in all, YouTube TV’s 6-month Discount is a good opportunity. This is for new subscribers to access a premier live TV streaming service at a discounted price.

It temporarily protects them from potential price hikes for a considerable period. The surge in the price is a chance to indulge in the full host of YouTube TV’s offerings. It makes the move to give the service a try.

More Reading: YouTube Music Adds AI Radio Tuning & Custom Thumbnails

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
YouTube TV Offers Starz Free for 30 Days to Subscribers

YouTube TV Confirms Outage for Select Channels, Fix Being Rolled Out

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

YouTube Shorts Introduces New View Count Method for Creators

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |27 Mar 2025

YouTube Shorts is also evolving, now in some big ways, over. YouTube Shorts view count update For instance, how to use the View Count Method for its most popular short-form video format. YouTube Shorts algorithm 2025 It is a significant change in the way creators view the platform’s view-counting methodology. 

This may influence the way their posts’ performance is measured & understood. It also affects broader dynamics of engagement in the YouTube Shorts ecosystem in general.

Key Changes to View Count Method

View Count Method

In a YouTube Shorts view previously, a viewer had to allot a certain part of the short. The minimum watch time threshold. This minimum threshold was designed to enforce a level of engagement before counting an impression. 

In this case, it aligns more with how view counts on other popular short-form video platforms. YouTube Shorts algorithm 2025 It includes such as TikTok and Instagram Reels usually work.

These are the channels where a view can be applicable on initial play. YouTube view count update This marks a shift to a less strict measurement of the first reach and popularity of short content.

Impact on Creators

It’s good news for creators on YouTube Shorts. The upside is that the chances of having better view counts will increase. It potentially makes your video appear more visible, have more attractive overall engagement metrics at a glance. 

There might be less relation between views and real interest or sustained attention. Monetization and participation in the program will be determined based on the main metrics. It is for more meaningful interaction with the content, the Engagement Signals.

Analytics Adjustments

On YouTube Shorts, it’s attempting to offer creators a bump extra nuanced understanding. This specific metric is phone-for-views. 

The ‘total views’ count is of Shorts creation in a view using the new method of counting. In addition to ‘engaged’ views retrievable in the YouTube Analytics section of YouTube Studio. 

By navigating to your Shorts content analytics, you will be able to find a total breakdown of these two metrics. To get a number for a total number of times a Short, we see “Total Views” as a way to report a high level. 

The Climax

Moreover, the new View Count Method on the YouTube Shortcut is quite a big change for the platform. This is exactly why creators are expecting to adjust their strategies. They also aim to focus on both the broader sense of total views and the deeper sense of engagement. 

Creators learn how to improve their content in a way that draws in brief interest at first. However, it keeps providing in newer interest to acquire more influence and spread in the realm of short video. 

More Reading Material: YouTube Music Adds AI Radio Tuning & Custom Thumbnails

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

YouTube Music Adds AI Radio Tuning & Custom Thumbnails

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |26 Mar 2025

In March 2025, YouTube Music will showcase the newest evolution of your favorite audio streaming platform, AI Radio Tuning & Custom Thumbnails. YouTube Music AI features 2025 These enhancements are meant to elevate your listening journey.

It contains a delivery of a set of improvements based around discovery, personalization, and overall user satisfaction. Prepare your journey to the more enriched, smart approach.

You will discover and interact with the music you’re passionate about. Users will also find all the latest gems out there on YouTube Music.

Personalize Music with Fine-Tuning

AI Radio Tuning

With AI Radio FineTuning, you can now now pick your very own, perfect soundtrack on YouTube Music. AI radio tuning YouTube Here this innovative feature allows you to rearrange your AI stations in accordance with your mood.

If you want happy music to get you in shape, you have to fine-tune your loved music through your YouTube Music on AI Radio TikTok.

Include Some Personal Touch with Custom Thumbnails

Custom Thumbnails on YouTube Music let you express yourself and what you choose in your music collections. Get to view the latest and coolest new features on Android. This is the point where you can add a personal touch to your playlists by uploading custom thumbnails. 

You no longer have to rely on automatically generated images for your playlists. However, you can instead choose the perfect visual representation for each of your playlists. So they will be instantly recognizable and specific to your taste inside the YouTube Music app.

Feature Availability

AI Radio FineTuning and Custom Thumbnails are new exciting features being rolled out progressively to YouTube Music users. Users of the latest version of the YouTube Music app will be able to access AI Radio Fine Tuning globally on both Android and iOS platforms. 

However, Custom thumbnails launch exclusively on Android devices. To enjoy these improvements, first check that your YouTube Music app is up to date. Check whether it has the latest version available in the app store of your device. 

A specific Android version is not strictly required. However, using a relatively new Android operating system will generally provide the best and most stable experience. These personalized music features are available to keep an eye on your app updates.

The Bigger Picture

AI Radio Fine-Tuning and Custom Thumbnails are some of the latest beauties from YouTube Music. They represent a huge leap in the music streaming competitive space. 

By giving more fine control to users, YouTube Music is trying to enhance user engagement and boost user ownership of music. It directly responds to the rising need for personalised and personalised digital experiences.

Wrap Up

Lastly, AI Radio FineTuning and Custom Thumbnails are billing the arrival of YouTube Music. It offers levels of personalization and creativity that have been unheard of in the past. 

We encourage you to explore the innovative features in our AI radio stations. Also, let your AI radio stations alter with your every mood and style your playlist with unique thumbnails. 

As a direct result of these updates, YouTube Music continues to evolve. It promises to become richer and more engaging for music people around the globe.

Related Reading: YouTube Music adds MultiSong Radio Creator Feature

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Messages Rolls Out Text Field Redesign

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |26 Mar 2025

It is regular with Google Messages evolving much more to make the experience of user better and look great. This latest update, ‘Text Field Redesign,’ brings about a big change to the text input field: it has been redesigned. 

That presents some weighty implications for the way the messaging platform feels and looks to the user. The goal of this refresh is to diminish the process of composition. This lends to a cleaner, more contemporary looking interface on Google Messages.

Key Changes

Google Messages reimagines its text field by giving a larger left-aligned input area that shapes the block for composing messages. 

Other buttons accompanying text field are now arranged more subtly. They are along side the text field, rather than in separated bar down below like earlier. 

This contrasted with the previous design that usually had a much more centered text field. The buttons might be a tad cluttered or misplaced, not very intuitive. 

The limitation of the old design could be the visual imbalance of the text field on the right aligned text. It might look less anchored. By making the new left-aligned design, the people now start to have a consistent starting point.

Rollout Details

Rolling out now is the text field redesign for Google Messages. The initial appearance of it may have been in beta versions to some users. However, the fact that it is actually deployed means that Google is confident in the stability of the new design. 

This is compatible with a wide range of Android devices. Often there’s no further need for the user to take any action other than make sure their Google Messages app is up to date. Once the app is installed, the changes are often automatically applied. 

User Reactions

The change to the Google Messages text field has generally been well received by initial users. The idea of it always being natural and intuitive to add messages is like the standard experience for the majority of platforms to enter text input. 

The revised button arrangement is also commented on by users. The fewer number of buttons seem less cluttering and allow quicker access to features such as the emojis and attachments.

The more subtle integration of the action buttons also helps to clean things up a bit. However, it also means that a few users initially had to spend a bit more time scouting out.

It also offers some feedback on visual consistency with other Google apps. However, generally speaking, this reflects the broad approval of the redesign — of a simple, more usable design.

Broader Implications

Google is taking a route that perfectly suits Google’s Material You design philosophy. It is all about personalisation, mobility, and a cleaner and more intuitive user interface. Since the text input area is focused on a left aligned text input area, they mimic reading and writing patterns. They also encourage visual consistency and ease of use. 

Material You’s principle of reducing visual clutter and prioritising content is subtly applied by integrating action buttons. Thus, the redesign helps devise a more harmonious, user-centric experience within the app. It is also in the line of thinking one can suppose from Google’s aim of creating natural Interfaces.

Conclusion

And so, the redesign of the text field in Google Messages is a useful refinement. Its subtle touch also captures the spirit of Google. This seeks to subtly enhance the Android messaging experience with well-thought-out design updates. With the fresh interface, users are urged to navigate through and the simple way of sending and composing messages. 

Moving forward, Google Messages will probably see more feature additions. It includes likes of rich media sharing, cross-device syncing, and perhaps a closer link with other Google services. They aim to leave an indelible mark in Android and beyond as a leading messaging app.

Also Read: Android’s March 2025 Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android’s March 2025 Google System Updates

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |25 Mar 2025

The March 2025 Google System Updates is a step in Google’s continuous effort. It seeks to cultivate a more fluid, secure, and smooth user journey in the Android Ecosystem.

Hand in hand with March 2025 comes one big wave of Google System Updates. This will unlock the doors to a bunch of new features. It also perfects the Android experience on a variety of different devices. 

With these updates, the Google operating system gets updates to support security measures and simplify device connectivity. It also adds day-to-day touches to the Google Play store and Google Wallet. 

Key Features

Android phones were indeed safer. You can now have new ways to control your privacy. It also removed some of the harmful apps that were problematic.

Better Cast Device options meant my sending from what was on my phone to my TV was easier. Secondly, Thread network makes Android compatible with more smart home devices. It lets its smart lights and other devices communicate better with each other.

These days the app reviews in the Google Play Store will appear in two columns. Thus, they are easier to read. Additionally, if you observe an app, you can view a new bar. It lets you know how that app is installing.

Developer-focused Updates

Also, there are some new things for people making apps. With new tools to assist them in connecting their apps to other devices more easily, they arrived.

In addition, they can use new means to discover how the people are using their apps. The way the phone’s main systems work has also been updated. 

It will also help bring apps down from being device-specific, not just Android phones. This simplifies the process of creating apps that can more and in more places.

User Benefits

The good is that these March 2025 updates will bring a lot of useful information to Android users in general. However, you’ll most probably discover that using your devices has become smoother and more convenient to use. Apps found in the Google Play Store and installed should also be a more enjoyable experience. 

The important thing is that you’ll be able to control more ways to protect your personal information. Your data will be private, and you’ll have more say on what apps can and cannot do. As a whole, these are changes that will render your Android devices even more helpful, user-friendly, and secure.

The Closing

Finally, with the March 2025 updates, both Android users and developers are stepping forward. Users can expect to have a safer, connected, and friendlier experience on all their Android devices. They have better privacy control and more convenient interactions with apps. 

The new tools and system service updates enable the delivery of more innovative and integrated applications for the developers. Google System Update is likely to become more comprehensive in the future focusing on more frequent feature drops.

Related Reading: What’s New in Android’s February 2025 Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

AirTag-Like Trackers Now Support Android’s ‘Find My Device’

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |25 Mar 2025

AirTag-Like Trackers have changed the way we’ll ever find our lost items for Apple. In our always-mobile lives, it gives us peace. Android is taking a step up with the move to blowing the content of its ‘Find My Device’ network. It aims to scale up on the robust scope of the ‘Find My Device’ from iOS. 

However, this update represents a massive leap forward in terms of Android users. That says, it promises to have more capabilities to locate lost devices or lost personal goods. This fills a big knot in the Android ecosystem.

Feature Overview

The way that AirTag-like trackers integrate with Android’s revamped ‘Find My Device’ network is an enormous Android device network. These trackers once paired, begin to emit Bluetooth signals.

We can read by any Android device in the range of a similar network. From there, the location data is anonymized and securely returned to the owner of the tracker. Thye aim to allow them to pinpoint the location of the item on a map. 

Some of its key features include: precise location tracking, and audible alerts whenever other devices display nearby items. They mark items lost to create notifications when this same item is found by other devices. In other words, the benefits of having this are easy to see.

Supported Devices

The “Find My Device” network is a growing range of AirTag-like Bluetooth Tracker. Brands that have announced trackers include Chipolo and Pebblebee. It will work in sync with the network. There we may expect more manufacturers to join the ecosystem this coming months and increase variety, players have available trackers.

Users running Android 9 or later will need devices to take advantage of these trackers. That means access to the required Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) and location services APIS. 

Also, the users will have to install the latest version of Google Play Services. The “Find My Device” app is available on most Android devices. Updating the app regularly is also important since Google will keep fine-tuning the functionality of the network.

User Guide

Confirm if you have the latest version of the “Find My Device.”

Open the app, put your tracker in pairing mode and connect following the instructions.

You can then name your tracker (i.e. “Keys,” ”Wallet”).

Users may utilize the ‘Find My Device’ app to find the location of the item.

Advantages and Limitations

What it offers is primarily in enhancing tracking capabilities. These enable a more accurate location of where items may sometimes go missing. With millions of Android devices, the chances come higher to locate any stolen object. This makes for a very strong, community-driven tracking system which raises recovery times dramatically.

Nevertheless, there are several current limitations and challenges. For now, however, compatibility is restricted to particular tracker brands, but this should be expanded. The density of Android devices in a particular area is also an important factor in the effectiveness of the network.

Often, tracking might be unreliable in sparsely populated areas. While Google puts much emphasis on privacy, user confidence in the security and concealedness of location data remains an indispensable factor. 

Broader Implications

We believe that the expansion of the ‘Find My Device’ network has a rather large impact on that. 

An Android tracking solution is robust. It provides native tracking to a greater variety of tracker manufacturers and possibilities to reduce prices and expand consumer choice.

Apple’s position in the tracking area is challenged by this move. Both companies have to develop and offer better products. The ‘Find My Device’ network takes the stage ahead. It can be useful to make future updates and improve it in terms. 

Final Thought

In conclusion, the way of item tracking is shifted by the ability of the Android ‘Find My Device’ network to support AirTag-like trackers. This update takes Android to a whole new level by giving users a complete. It secures a place for people to find their lost belongings. 

This new feature is strongly recommended to be tried out by Android users. So they can experiment with the peace of mind and the ease it brings. This advancement looks forward to changing the future of item tracking and inventiveness anticipated in the market. 

More Reading: Pixеl Watch to Gain Find My Dеvicе Nеtwork Support

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Fixes Low-Quality Playback Issues on iOS

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |24 Mar 2025

People who have iPhones and iPads are not able to watch YouTube videos due to Low-Quality Playback Issues. Regardless of whether the videos were good or not, they were still blurry and bad. 

As YouTube knew about this problem, they said they have now fixed it. To explain what happened, and how YouTube fixed it. Moreover, what it means to those of you who watch the video on your Apple device, read on.

Root Cause Analysis

An iOS user’s recurring problem is that YouTube videos play well below the resolution you selected. Regardless of whether YouTube is connected to a fast Wi-Fi or cellular network. 

As a result, the videos started blurry, pixelated, and at worst all-around terrible quality. This just added to the fact that the whole viewing experience was unwanted. However, of the resolution settings that the user had chosen within the app, the problem seemed to persist. 

Users reported that the video would sometimes resort to 480p or lower even at 1080p or higher. They claimed it can never be worse than what YouTube and most similar platforms offer you.

However, this issue affected a wide range of iOS devices. It seemed to be associated with the YouTube app’s treatment of video streaming on the iOS platform.

YouTube’s Workaround

The case with low-quality playback on iOS has been addressed by YouTube with a server-side fix. So it should be fine for users not to update their app manually. These fixes are meant to be used on the app’s video streaming algorithms, and the app’s interaction with the OS. 

As reported by YouTube, they have optimized the way the app handles the resolution selection. The video buffering on iOS to make sure that the selected resolution has consistently remained throughout playback. It is supposed to prevent the app from reverting to lower resolutions as soon as network conditions fluctuate.

Development and User Consequences

This is rolled out server side so it should automatically be applied to most iOS users. The YouTube app must be used by users. They must confirm that they are using the latest version of it.

If users notice an immediate improvement in video playback quality, with videos playing at selected resolution from now on.

This should help the frustration of continuously requiring to manually redefine the resolution. It creates a more pleasant, more enjoyable viewing experience.

User Reactions

The earlier reports from users looks like the fix covered the low quality playback issues. Many have seen a considerable difference in video quality as videos finally playback to their chosen resolution. 

YouTube has gotten the core of the problem right. This positive feedback means that YouTube has successfully fixed the issue and brought back the viewing experience that people expected.

Roadmap Ahead

The fix will solve the immediate issue. However, it brings to light the need to continually have a YouTube app optimized. A positive sign is that YouTube has been working quickly to resolve these problems and respond to user feedback. 

For this reason, YouTube is set to optimize its app’s performance on iOS in the future. It aims to provide all users with a consistent and high-quality viewing experience. This may reinforce video buffering optimizations, resolution selection and network handling.

Closing Statement

YouTube has resolved the low-quality playback issues on iOS. This is for users who have been experiencing poor video quality, this is an improvement. YouTube has fixed the core of the problem by shooting a server-side solution. It makes sure videos play at the given resolutions consistently. 

This is Youtube’s effort to give users a good viewing experience. The company aims to demonstrate that it’s important to always optimize and maintain its app on a different platform. With this available to iOS users, they are able to enjoy their favorite YouTube content with the intended quality.

Related Reading: YouTube Music adds MultiSong Radio Creator Feature

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Enhances Circle to Search with transparent navigation bar

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |24 Mar 2025

Transparent navigation bar update comes to Android, a major shift in the Android user interface is in the process. What appears to be a very trivial change is something of great importance. It is meant to improve the user experience and the overall aesthetics of the design of the Android applications. 

This update will include a seamless blending of the navigation bar with the content of the app. It provides a more immersive, and visually appealing interface towards a cleaner, more modern mobile experience.

Feature Breakdown

transparent navigation bar

By following a transparent navigation bar, the bottom of Android screens receive a seamless integration with the app content. The bar design included in the new design is completely different than the previous one. This is because it typically bears a solid, opaque bar.

However, the updated version offers the background content to bleed through to make the writing smoother and continue. 

The main benefit for users is higher visibility because the navigation buttons are positioned to float over the app’s visuals. As a result, the end result is a cleaner and more aesthetically pleasing interface.

It greatly increases the user experience by taking away all the visual distractions and making content consumption bliss.

Implementation

transparent navigation bar

The transparent navigation bar update is pushed gradually. It gets rolled out to the control deployed across the entire Android ecosystem. The phases implemented allow Google and the developers to track performance and fix any further problems if they arise. 

This feature is compatible with devices running Android 10 and higher. They come with the appropriate APIs for transparent navigation bars. The update, though mostly at a system level, will appear to users in the updates to individual apps. 

User Feedback

The new bar has received good feedback from users. Most people seem happy to see the cleaner and more modern look for their Android experience. 

In addition it also mostly residues the modern design trends that give emphasis on minimalism and entity. 

There are many users who are expecting this update to be a standard in more Android applications. It results in the overall user interface to be improved.

Future Outlook

The transparent navigation bar itself offers a hint of Circle to Search. The transparent bar helps achieve visual fluidity. One could perhaps use the bar as inspiration to enhance how a user skims Circle to Search over on-screen content.

We could make the search results window more transparent — meaning more transparent than the initial context. However, in such a way that the user can still keep watch over the originating context, thanks to the885search results. 

The Last Verdict

Finally, the navigation bar intro is a tremendous transition into the visual interface of Android. It provides an appealing visual appearance as well as user absorption. This update perfectly indicates the company’s dedication to maintaining the aforementioned. 

Google has managed to integrate the navigation bar so well. With the app content, the result resembles a more modern and aesthetically engaging interface. 

Android is evolving and striving to provide a more fluid and visually engaging user experience. Moreover, Android Oreo encourages users to just explore their favorite apps.

Also Read: Circle to Search Gets a Makeover with Transparent Navigation bar

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Missing Maps ‘Timeline History’ is Fixed by Google

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |23 Mar 2025

Google Maps’s ‘Timeline History’ has provided users with a facility for a very long time. It has enabled users to track their past movements. But a major problem appeared that some users have had gaps or even completely lost their Timeline history. 

It doesn’t just reduce the utilities of the feature but it is very inconvenient. This feature is for people relying on it, such as for personal records for travel logs. This problem needs some valuable steps to regain users’ trust and stabilize Google Maps Timeline.

Problem Explanation

Timeline History

The user started seeing the missing location history on Google Maps’ Timeline feature. In some cases, days or even a week of travel data would disappear. However, this appears to be a problem that has become increasingly commonplace in recent months. It made a dent in the user experience. 

The missing history also made the feature unreliable for memory assistance of previous trips or logging travel itineraries for travelers. People who were using Timeline for tracking work-related travel or mileage faced challenges with their records. 

Google’s Solution

Timeline History

The missing Timeline history problem has been dealt with by Google via a server-side fix. In particular, they focused on enacting changes in the processes of synchronization and data storage. The crux of the solution was the enhancement of bureaucracy to retrieve and reconstruct Timeline data deriving from available backups.

More importantly, Google has allowed users to restore their wiped Timeline history from these backups. In most cases, the restoration process happens automatically.

However, in some cases, you may be advised via updates to check for the latest Google Maps app version. The Timeline should then be filled with restored data, and should look like it did up until that conversation gap.

User Instructions

If you have had missing data in your Google Maps Timeline, then restoring this is usually not too hard. The first thing to check is that your Google Maps app is up to date with the latest version.

As this update is the one containing all fixes carried out by Google, this one is very critical. First, ensure that the Location History was on during the period of the data loss.

Since this information is necessary for the restoration. Open Google Maps and access your Timeline, if you have opened your profile settings. 

A Step-by-Step Guide to Fix the Issue

Make sure your used app is the latest one.

Confirm Location History was enabled.

Ensure a stable internet connection.

Navigate to ‘Your Timeline’ in Open Google Maps.

Observe if missing data reappears.

Clear the app’s cache if that doesn’t solve the problems.

Verify your Location History settings.

Broader Implications

Data recovery is not the end of it when it comes to the resolution of the missing Timeline history issue. 

Google gave back the sense of trust and peace of mind, restoring lost information and improving the feature’s reliability. Finally, Timeline can now give users the confidence to record their movements without worry. 

The fix makes the point that preserving a strong and trustworthy location history is critical. This potent tool should stay relevant for personal and professional use.

The Final Verdict 

To sum up, Google’s swift response to fixing the annoying missing Timeline history problem in Google Maps has paid off in spades. It guarantees of restoring precious data and restoring user trustworthiness. 

This resolution also gives users a sense that their data does indeed hold some value to the company. It will be taken care of. It’s hence reasonable to expect that Google will still tweak and enhance Google Maps.

Related Reading: Google Maps Adds Support for Android 16 Live Update Notifications

Continue Reading

Featured

Gmail for Android in Redesigned Menu

Gmail Now Syncs Desktop Signature to Mobile Devices

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

2024 for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Customizable Car Icons

Police Reporting Feature Google Maps introduces an update

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Google App Getting ‘Activity Tab’ for Quicker Search History 

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |23 Mar 2025

Having always refined its Android app experience to facilitate user interaction and make it available, Google is working on it. A new tab, ‘Activity Tab’ implies that one will soon be added to deal with activities in the app. 

This feature promises to give users an efficient, faster, and easier way to navigate through the search history. It stands to be much more superlative to the existing ones. 

This article delves into the details of this upcoming feature, its potential benefits, and its implications for Android users.

Current Search History Management

Activity Tab

At the moment you have to navigate through several menus to access your Android Google search history. 

Usually, users have to open the Google app and then tap on their profile picture before choosing “Search history.” Then browse through the entries.

It can be an unmanageable process, especially to find a certain search without knowing where to look quickly.

Key Features and Potential Benefits

Activity Tab

Faster Access: 

Yes, the ‘Activity Tab’ itself is the best benefit of having fewer steps to visit search history. This direct access will g help to users save their time and effort.

Improved Organization: 

The assumption behind this feature is to have an ‘Activity Tab’ for them. It aims to choose the apt searches more easily by a mix of date, time or keyword basis.

Enhanced Privacy Controls: 

This might also enable users to delete certain entries or clear the entire history of searching.

Integration with Other Google Services: 

The idea of the ‘Activity Tab’ can be over other Google services. It includes Google Discover and YouTube, etc to summarize the user’s activity in Google Universe.

Visual Enhancements: 

You can also create a tab for the search history itself with all enhancements. It includes a cleaner, better, and sensible interface for surfing the search history.

Implications for Android Users

The opening of the ‘Activity tab’ signals Google’s effort to make the user experience better. This also makes it easy for the user to access its services. 

For people who often use search history, it will be useful for them to utilize the search history to refer to or revisit a past search result. For those who ‘have to’ always visit to search history, it will add efficiency to the ‘Activity Tab’.

Potential Future Developments

The first area of focus seems to be in search history. However, the “Activity tab” could come to that and over time to other actions with the Google app. 

Whatever it is user interaction of the browsing history, app usage, etc, it will provide you with a clear vision of user interaction.

The Extract

The main new ‘Activity tab’ in the Google app for Android is a big step towards a more user-friendly, and efficient experience. 

This means that the company has agreed to make its services better. It creates faster access to search history and other features that could help improve organization and privacy controls as well. 

This feature will advance gradually and is highly possible to give a smooth user experience for the users. It enables them to take care of the digital footprints they create.

More to Read: Gboard for Android Rolls Out Undo and Redo shortcuts

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gmail rolls out AI-powered ‘Most Relevant’ search update

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |21 Mar 2025

This challenge is recognized by Gmail which has made its way to a new AI-powered ‘Most Relevant‘ search feature. It would transform how someone pulls information from inside their inbox. 

This is a massive move towards email management. It aims to simplify the search process and increase user efficiency with intelligent and context-aware retrieving.

Background

Most Relevant

Gmail search relies on a rigid chronological order. It is a sad part of the precision guessing game. Frequently, users will have their search terms at hand. However, filter through irrelevant emails because the system has difficulty with subtle language and context. 

This limitation becomes more of a problem to deal with. It is critical to evolve beyond simple keyword retrieval in the inbox management. 

When the number of emails is simply enormous, you need a more smart way to ‘search’ for the email. It will understand the intent behind a search and get you relevant results quickly.

Key Features of the Update

Most Relevant

AI-powered “Most Relevant” search results:

These distinguishing features go beyond the simple matching of a search. This is possible by relying upon machine learning algorithms to understand the context and intent of a user.

The main advantage of it is that it can analyze many other things. It aims to find the emails most likely to be useful to the user.

Gmail can now understand emails’ connections with one another, and identify users’ behavior patterns, giving more intuitive and accurate search results.

Factors considered:

Not the only benchmark: Recency of emails is not the only factor. Recent emails are often of more relevance. That is why they were the first to be passed on and prioritized by AI. It, however, balances it out with other factors.

Frequency of clicks on specific emails: In other words, the system learns which emails the users open most frequently, which are important ones. It adds higher weight to these emails in search results.

More or less frequent communication with specific contacts: More frequent communication with specific contacts implies a higher likelihood of relevancy. It is a reason for prioritizing the emails from this contact.

Benefits

The AI-powered search prioritizes more than a million related emails by user behavior and context. It minimizes the time spent wading through useless messages by quite a lot.

Users can save time and effort in quickly finding what they need. For example, crucial information, attachments, or even important conversations, without needing to exactly search their questions.

Rollout Attributes

This enhanced functionality gives it immediate access to a very large user base. This update works natively across the web interface and Gmail apps for Android and iOS devices. This makes sure that people can have the same consistent and good experience for search irrespective of the platform used. 

This AI-driven search capability is expected to expand to business accounts from Google. They continue to streamline email management for anyone, where professional and personal considerations are concerned.

The Final Verdict

The last is that the preface of Gmail AI-powered” Most Relevant” search is a precedent in managing e-mails. This update also puts forward the empowerment of users by prioritizing context, user behavior, and relevance.

It can be able to present quick access to the most important information. In this regard, it occurs not only to boost the daily email experience of millions of Gmail users but also as a hint of how email platforms might get smarter and more personalized.

More Reading: Google Replaces SMS with QR Codes for Secure Gmail Account Creation

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

YouTube Music adds MultiSong Radio Creator Feature

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |21 Mar 2025

YouTube Music Radio Creator the feature “Quick Picks” provides a small, easy-to-access starting point for internet radio musical enjoyment. Now with the “MultiSong Radio Creator” upgrade this convenience reaches a new high in terms of power to its users. 

It’s more about how you’ll experience music – available as an update to the iPhone, and the iPod touch. The iPad gives you power over personal radio creation that was never before possible. Let’s discuss it in detail without further ado!

What is the MultiSong Radio Creator?

MultiSong Radio Creator

The MultiSong Radio Creator is a powerful new feature that completely changes the way Quick Picks works. YouTube Music New Feature 2025 it lets the users be beyond the preselected playlists and make their playlists by mixing different songs as seed tracks. 

In particular, this enhancement raises the bar of the Quick Picks experience to a far higher standard of personalization. It allows users to tailor listening down to the very finest levels of definition. The feature is based on a particular mood, genre, or even retro favorites. 

How It Works

MultiSong Radio Creator

Start your radio and choose 2+ songs you love.

Usually, it will be ‘MultiSong Radio Creator‘ (around Quick Picks).

Input your chosen songs into the creator.

Customize (Optional):

Adjust genre preferences.

Select mood filters.

Add or exclude specific artists.

Click “Create” or “Play.”

Make an effort to listen to your customized radio stream.

Comparison with Previous Features

Before that, Quick Picks had a minor catalog of pre-made radio stations. It meant users had very little control over what station they listened to. By extension, the way they listened to it – and had no way of drafting a truly unique stream. 

This gap is directly addressed by the MultiSong Radio Creator. It provides users with the ability to make their radio stations. This is possible by combining many seed songs and filters by genre, mood, and artist preference. 

User Experience

With the MultiSong Radio Creator, there is a great amount of innovative usage. It can help a user with their overall listening experience. Fundamentally it affects a listening habit from passive consumption to creating: this level of personalization. 

As a feature, it introduces listeners to related artists and the chosen seeds. It creates a rich mix of artists and tracks that broaden horizons and add to your musical palate.

Future Implications

YouTube Music is postured by the MultiSong Radio Creator to be the leader in personalized audio streaming. This is a start to future expansions like collaborative radio making, more sophisticated mood, and activity-based filtering. It provides a deeper integration with its expansive video library on YouTube. 

The specific future updates can’t be known yet. However, early beta testers’ feedback has found the creator to be intuitive, with a much better sense of personalization. It might indicate an early positive reception and a solid future for this innovative feature.

The Wrap Up

In short, the MultiSong Radio Creator changes the Quick Picks equation. It does so by granting you the ability to create personalized radio without any effort. This upgrade lets you build the ideal listening experience for any moment with ease, discovery, and as personalized as possible. 

We encourage you to explore the possibilities for creating the music you love. Your feedback as usual is valuable and can help guide us forward in building the future of YouTube Music. So please do not hesitate to share your experiences with us through the comments below.

Also Read: YouTube Music Expands AI Radio Feature to iPhone

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Gboard for Android Rolls Out Undo and Redo shortcuts

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |20 Mar 2025

The new Undo and Redo shortcuts signify that the company is working to improve user interactions across various digital platforms. These seemingly basic additions have the power to turn day-to-day workflows. Manual corrections, boring work, and accidental deletions or edits are all gone. 

Through these features, it is evident that the design of such commands is relocating towards a user-centric approach. It is the point where efficiency and ease of use matter a lot. This makes a digital experience more seamless and efficient. Let’s how!

Feature Breakdown

Now with the Undo and Redo shortcuts, they are truly easy to reverse and reapply moves. The Undo command is specific to the action done most recently. The Redo command, specifically, undoes an action already done.

In mobile, such shortcuts are usually provided through on-screen gestures, and dedicated buttons, according to the notion of the touch-based interface. 

The goal of this transformation is to maintain the core functionality of Undo and Redo. It optimizes them for mobile capture in the sense of limitations and affordances of mobile devices. This aims to retain a smooth and efficient user experience across platforms.

Key Advantages

With these shortcuts, we have several noteworthy things in mind. Particularly whenever a user is engaged in mobile text editing and correction. These shortcuts, primarily, do reduce the amount of time that’s needed to correct errors. Users can easily undo accidental deletions, typos, or formatting corrections without having to make (re)adjustments manually. 

They also offer the opportunity to reduce frustration when working with lengthy and very complicated documents on mobiles. The shortcuts make mobile typing smoother and simpler. Focusing and saving speed for users were minimized. They were also rectified by a simple method, which increases productivity and makes the writing experience more pleasant on mobile.

Enabling the Features

To enable these features you have to follow these straightforward steps.

1. Find and open Gboard settings.

2. Go to Search To find Undo/Redo and enable it.

3. Either use the allocated gesture or button.

4. Works with recent Gboard/Android versions.

Final Thoughts

In short, adding Undo and Redo shortcuts in Gboard is about faster and more seamless typing for mobile users. It addresses a common complaint for mobile users when they have to enter a new address or email.

They only receive a response that reads three of four digits entered incorrectly. Besides helping to streamline the process of editing, this can also make Gboard an additional essential and widely used. This is an important tool in mobile communication and productivity.

 More on Gboard: Gboards Evolving Look Circle and Pill-Shaped Keys

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Home Camera History Adds ‘DoubleTap to Quick-Seek’

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |20 Mar 2025

The ‘DoubleTap to Quick-Seek’ video playback is the new enhancement introduced by the latest update. This intuitive feature dramatically speeds up video navigation. It does so by allowing your users to just touch a video twice to jump forward. 

This will help in the overall video playback experience. It promises to be as straightforward as possible in dealing with video content. This innovation is set to unravel online video spaces.

Feature Details

The ‘DoubleTap to Quick-Seek’ feature brings in to get to the desired part of the video. A quick double tap of the video screen skips over the video. It does so by a predefined interval of 10 seconds, either forward or backward.

This replaces the previous double-tap feature which was mainly used to zoom in and out of videos. Moreover, the feature provides users the more useful and frequently required control. 

Users can participate in the Public Preview program. It offers early access to experimental functionalities to access and use this new feature. Opting into this program allows people to test and feed this ‘DoubleTap to Quick-Seek’. If it’s good enough, the chance to share the refinement with more audiences before release.

Benefits

Integration of the double tap quick seek feature has several notable advantages. The combination would improve the overall user experience and video navigation. It allows for faster forward such as YouTube, where these sorts of gestures are the norm. It is this consistency in user interface design. The transition is so intuitive for users already familiar with such a navigation method. 

On top of that, this function also contributes a great deal to the usability of reviewing recorded footage. This makes it faster and easier to find a specific part or time anywhere on the footage. There is no need to have to painfully scrub the timeline or hit any precise framing.

How to Access the Feature

Start using the Public Preview.

This may be the latest version.

Play any video.

Tap twice to seek.

Available on Android and iOS.

The Extract

Finally, in a nutshell, this is a good step forward for controlling video playback with the Google Home app. This is possible only by introducing double-tap quick seeks. 

This feature offers a better, more intuitive way to navigate through video content in the Google Home app. The feature potentially makes the user experience a lot better for the users who are watching the recorded footage. 

As you can imagine, having better streamlined navigation will surely be a better more seamless, and user experience.

Also Read: Android 16 Beta 3.1 Released with Battery and Crash Fixes

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16 Beta 3.1 Released with Battery and Crash Fixes

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |19 Mar 2025

Android 16 Beta 3.1 has landed a critical mid-cycle update. Android 16 Beta 3.1 Update it aims to address significant bugs, Battery, and Crash Fixes that manifested in the previous Beta 3 release.

In the domain of beta software where testing and tweaking are paramount finding and resolving these issues is imperative.

This minor update reveals just how crucial it is to maintain things in working order and stable while Android 16 heads towards its final stable build.

Major Fixes in Android 16 Beta 3.1

Android 16 Battery Fix below is a summary of the major fixes in Android 16 Beta 3.1:

Settings App Crashes

Problem: A large bug caused the Settings app to crash. It occurs when users set their system language to anything other than English. This disrupted things for users who require support for more than one language.

Solution: Beta 3.1 adds enhancements to make them more stable for users of multiple languages. This update addresses the issues that were causing the crashes. It ensures the Settings app runs smoothly regardless of what language you use.

Battery Drain

Issue: Users complained that their batteries were draining too fast as the CPU would operate in overdrive. The issue made devices drain much faster than they normally should. This made it hard to use them during the day.

Resolution: Android 16 Beta 3.1 has a performance effect. It is designed to reduce CPU load. This update fixes the processes that cause excessive power usage. As a result, it increases battery life. This gives users a more stable experience.

Screen Brightness Oscillation

Problem: Users encountered a frustrating problem. Their screen brightness would change randomly. This is because the system had a hard time keeping app brightness settings in balance with what users required.

Solution: Beta 3.1 solves this to offer brightness control consistently. It fixes the contradiction between app and system preferences. The update offers a stable screen brightness. This puts an end to distracting changes.

Memory Leaks

Problem: Some of the users experienced their applications slowing down and crashing. Memory leaks happen because the system retains memory it is no longer utilizing. This consumes all the memory resources.

Solution: Android 16 Beta 3.1 provides better management of memory. This solution caters to the major causes of the memory leaks. It makes the system server free of the memory it no longer requires. This change leads to a better and more responsive user interface with fewer performance problems.

Rollout Details

Google is launching Android 16 Beta 3.1 as an Over-the-Air (OTA) update patch for the Android 16 Beta-eligible devices. This encompasses supported Pixel devices like the Pixel 6 series, Pixel 7 series and Pixel Tablet. The OTA update patch guarantees users the seamless installation of the bug patches.

The upgrade will arrive at different times depending on the device and carrier. However, the users will get update reminders within the next several days. Google releases the upgrades in phases, so all registered devices will take some time to get upgraded. 

Impact on User Experience

The Android 16 Beta 3.1 fixes like Battery and Crash Fixes should improve the user experience. By patching the Settings app crashes, and draining battery life, the update resolves some of the most annoying issues beta testers griped about. Users will be able to enjoy the operating system as more stable, reliable, and efficient.

Early beta tester feedback for this update indicates a dramatic improvement in these areas. It is said that the Settings app is smooth for international users. Battery life is now normal, screen brightness is stable, and overall performance is more snappy.

Final Verdict

Lastly, the release of Android 16 Beta 3.1 indicates how crucial it is to manage bugs like Battery and Crash Fixes. By solving problems, Google has proven its commitment to delivering a solid and stable final product.

This positive move offers beta testers a better experience. However, it makes them impatiently wait for the stable release of Android 16. It is said to be an extremely polished and refined operating system for all users.

Related Reading: Android 16 may introduce color-coded battery indicators

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Chrome’s New Context Menu Will Help Manage Open Tabs

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |19 Mar 2025

A New Context Menu feature has been rolled out by Google Chrome. With this, you will gain a protocol intended for sharing instead of transporting information. 

This feature tries to give users quick access to relevant actions and information given by the user’s current context. There is an excessive need to navigate through multiple menus or search for individual functions. 

This context menu aims to enhance users’ experience by providing shortcuts that prepare for user needs and are intuitive.

What is the New Context Menu?

It is just a pop-up interface in a new phase of the tab switcher menu. This is the case here for a long press on a tab in the tab switcher menu. 

The expectation is to have quick access to the actions that are relevant to the selected tab. It reduces cumbersome common tasks. 

This context menu serves to bring these frequently used functions into reach without having to go deeper into settings. Concretely, it gives users a concise list of tools long-pressing a tab in the tab switcher. 

Benefits of the New Context Menu

Benefits the new context menu brings are mainly useful for users under heavy tabs juggling activity. First of all, it does this by making tab management considerably better. It cuts down on the time and effort that it takes to perform certain tasks. 

The second, the easy access to features such as bookmarking, sharing, and closing tabs. It helps in making overall navigation easy, thus making browsing effective. 

On the topic of tab management comparison, it was found more direct and more intuitive. They ordinarily require users to go through some menus or multiple taps. This decreases the number of steps to perform normal actions and decreases tab management speed.

Accessing the New Context Menu

 Access New Context Menu:

Get Chrome Canary: Install it.

Go to Chrome.

Search “Tab Switcher Context Menu”.

Enable it.

Relaunch Canary.

In the switcher, long-press a tab.

Potential Impact on User Experience

The introduction of the tab switcher context menu could turn Chrome usage upside down. It would affect users with a large number of open tabs. This also grants direct access to some high-quality-of-life actions.

This is a natural progression given Chrome’s focus on improving the user experience and simplifying browser interactions. The feature also aligns with Chrome’s current release making it a mainstream release.

The Wrap Up

Overall, Chrome’s new tab switcher context menu is an important new feature. It is the best for managing tabs and provides a more efficient interface for interacting with open tabs.

This feature facilitates saving time by allowing quick access to actions as long as they are pressed once. Thus, it reduces the amount of time each action takes as it is performed. 

To get users to experience this improvement firsthand, we encourage them to try it out in Chrome Canary. The users must give feedback, which will be critical in the potential adoption of this in the stable version of Chrome.

Also Read: Google Chrome Gets a Tab Search and Tab Group Sync

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

‘Update Google Play Services’ Bug Affecting Some Android Users

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |18 Mar 2025
Update Google Play Services

A problem presents itself now with an Android user circle. Google Play Services update bug it is often a disruptive notification telling them to Update Google Play Services. 

Although users try to upgrade using the Google Play Store, the notification often returns a new one. It leads to a loop of frustration and a barrier to the proper working of their devices. 

In this article, we covered this “Update Google Play services” bug in detail. We will also discuss what are the possible causes of this. Moreover, the steps to temporarily fix will be in this write-u[for users who are facing this bug.

The updated Google Play services bug

Update Google Play Services

Android update error 2025 the underlying issue is that the app has a recurring notification to simply update Google Play services. Key parts of core functionality, like location and security, cannot be useful if Google Play services aren’t running. 

In general, Google Play services are fresh in the background on Google Play Services through the Google Play Store. Yet, in this bug’s scenario, the update process stops or fails.

The symptoms that Affected users report include:

Update Google Play Services

Recurring Notification: If you see the notification to Update Google Play services, it comes up frequently. It may occur sometimes, several times a day, sometimes in short intervals. The notification returns shortly after tapping the “Update” button.

No Genuine Update: More often, the model of the Google Play services happens to be the same on the device. So the update isn’t being installed properly.

Some impact on Functionality: Some users have encountered problems with apps that primarily depend on Google Play services. It includes location-based apps, Google Maps, or apps that use Google Sign-In.  

Potential Causes of the Bug

It happens because the bug ‘Update Google Play services’ may have many times causes.

Temporary Android OS Software Glitches: For example, Android OS software glitches result in part of the Android operating system itself.

Cache and Data Issues: In some cases, the corrupt cache or data is related to the Google Play Store. Google Play services may cause an issue with the installation processes.

Incomplete Downloads or Failed Installation: If the internet connection is completely unstable, it is possible to experience downloads or installs not complete fully.

Possible Recent Update Bug: In addition, a recent update of the Google Play Store. Google Play services itself may have a bug that is causing this issue on some devices or configurations.

Official Acknowledgment and Future Updates

Google may not have officially recognized this particular bug. However, as per the reports, Google might have information about the same and working on the resolution. 

Watch out for updates related to this bug in official Android and Google Play Store social media channels as well as support forums. Such issues will be fixed in future updates to Google Play services or the Google Play Store app.

Conclusion

To be clear, the ‘Update Google Play services’ bug’ is absolutely a frustrating experience for affected Android users. It is for the users who are forced to experience these pesky device disruptions every six hours on the dot.’ 

They can hopefully learn what potential causes of the issue. They must try out the provided troubleshooting steps to resolve the problem on their very own devices. If not addressed promptly by Google, this bug will make Google apps feel un-smooth and unreliable for all Android users. 

Those who are affected by this annoying problem, in the meantime, should stay informed and actively try the given fixes.

More Reading: Android’s March 2025 Google System Updates: What’s New

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Music Expands AI Radio Feature to iPhone

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |18 Mar 2025

YouTube has always been a dominant video streamer on the internet. This music streamer has launched since, YouTube Music, has slowly started growing. The platform is leaping to the future of personal audio experiences. It is going to launch an AI Radio Feature for its iPhone app. 

This feature will help bring a different and enhanced listening experience for users. It will replace traditional radio stations or even algorithm-based playlists. Let’s see how!

What is the AI Radio Feature?

The AI Radio Generator is a tool that uses the outputs provided by an audio file as input. It aims to generate new evolved audio files that follow an established template.

The AI radio generator that was released in the YouTube Music iPhone app is brand new. It takes advantage of the power of artificial intelligence to make unique and developing radio stations based on user-specified prompts. 

Unlike genre stations pre-programmed, this constitutes an active participation in the user’s experience of listening to music.

Key Features and Functionalities

Dynamic Station Generation: The variety of radio stations generated will be unique to the particular prompt. It is to provide a personal listening experience.

Continuous Adaptation: The AI continuously learns from user interactions. It adapts the station’s selection over time to get closer and closer to each preference.

Easy Access: The feature is seamlessly integrated into the existing YouTube Music interface, with ease of access being one of its features.

Potential: There could be a potential as attempting new things regarding specific prompts will help users discover new music.

Benefits for YouTube Music Users

For YouTube Music users on iPhone, the AI radio generator has several benefits.

User control over listening experience: 

Users have the never-before-seen power to create stations based on their emotional state, task, or preference. The feature encourages you to explore past established preferences and find new artists and genres.

No hard work. Creating playlists is not an effort. Every user has to do is provide a quick buzz about their desired vibe. The AI will create it for you.

Continuously Adapted Experience: 

The listening experience remains fresh and exciting due to the continuously changing nature of the AI radio. Interface and Natural Language Processing make it convenient and easy to use. They are fit for any individual to make their perfect radio station.

Effect on the Music Streaming Industry

The creation of algorithmic playlists has become the norm. What truly defines YouTube Music is the fact that users can physically guide the creation of radio stations with natural language prompts. 

This is an innovative feature. It could potentially set the standard for other music streaming platforms on either personalization or music discovery.

The Final Thought

The arrival of the AI radio generator on the YouTube Music iPhone app also introduces a promising new phase of personalized music listening. On YouTube Music, users have the empowerment to build highly tailored and dynamic radio stations through very simple natural language prompts.

New feature holds a promising possibility of changing how the radio will be in the digital age. This is the cementing the position of YouTube Music as a great player in the crowded field of the music streaming market.

More to Read: YouTube Music Adds Descriptive Titles to My Mixes

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

YouTube for Android TV Expands Availability of Podcast Tab

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |17 Mar 2025

YouTube has grown from only uploading clips to becoming a complete digital entertainment platform — is growing yet again. This is another way that YouTube is responding to the continued growth of podcasts. YouTube is going to expand a new feature Podcast Tab.

With this move, YouTube is aiming to offer a complete service to a wider spectrum of content consumption habits. It delivers easy access to their favorite audio content directly on television screens.

Feature Highlights

Android TV’s ‘Podcast’ tab brings all podcast content to a dedicated space within the platform. It does not disrupt the current flow of its interface. Such functionalities as key to the enhancement of the podcast listening experience on television are: intuitive playlist organization. This proposes the possibility for users to select their best episodes or shows based on it. 

You can tell from a distance when looking at the tab which podcasts are available. First and foremost, ease of navigation must come first, with the perfect layout. It will facilitate the user to browse, search, and manage his subscriptions to podcasts. They don’t need to leave the Android TV user interface.

User Benefits

Podcast fans will have easier access to their favorite audio content. This is because the audio content will now be available to watch on their television. It breaks the boundaries of processing mobile devices and computers. 

Such a streamlined interface improves a lot the user experience as it becomes much easier to discover and manage podcasts. Additionally, podcast browsing and management are optimized for users to easily access these services on large screens.

Impact on Creators

Android TV offers a dedicated ‘Podcast’ tab. It provides great opportunities for content creators to expand their reach and market their podcasts. This promotes the discovery of audio content on YouTube by publishing the episodes as videos. 

This therefore means that audience engagement can only increase because one can easily use and enjoy podcast content on the television screen. Thus more viewers and listenership can be expected.

Comparison with Previous Setup

Until recently, Android TV users had to search the general video content library for specific podcasts. This usually resulted in a disjointed.

By introducing the Podcast Tab, this setup drastically improves with the dedicated space focused on the podcast content. Therefore, the centralized and organized setup.

This special tab helps boost discoverability, makes it easier to navigate, and provides a more focused listener experience. This addresses the limitations of what it was before and that of the podcast support on Android TV in general.

Closing Thought

The launch of the YouTube Podcast Tab on Android TV represents a noteworthy phase in YouTube’s ever-expanding cycle. This is an adaptable digital entertainment system. 

YouTube empowers enthusiasts and helps new creators open up new audiences. It does so by providing a streamlined and easy-to-use space for podcast content. 

As a way to encourage all Android TV users to explore this new tab. The users must find the wealth of podcasts available on their television. We urge Android TV users to check out this new tab and enjoy it.

More to Read on: YouTube Bug: Shorts Auto-Playing on Open – Fix Here

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube for Android TV Gets Dubbed Tag for AI-Translated Audio

YouTube for Android TV Gets Dubbed Tag for AI-Translated Audio

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google's reduced RAM requirements for Android TV may risk performance

Google’s reduced RAM requirements for Android TV may risk performance

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
YouTube TV App

What Is Android TV?

Author AvatarKashif Saleem

Latest

YouTube Bug: Shorts Auto-Playing on Open – Fix Here

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |17 Mar 2025

Recently, there has been a frustrating bug, Shorts Auto-Playing on the YouTube mobile app. This is the point where short videos will automatically commence to play as soon as the app opens. 

This unexpected behavior disrupts the desired user experience and viewers. In most cases, they are forced to pause or exit the unwanted Shorts feed immediately. 

The purpose of this article is to help you find clear and simple solutions to this problem. It should have control of your YouTube viewing again.

Understanding the Bug

This bug arises in the form of a YouTube mobile app automatically starting Shorts Auto-Playing. It happens as you open the app, despite your previous viewing preferences or intended navigation. 

In essence, the home screen or Subscription feed is skipped and the app navigates to the Shorts feed by default. This could be due to a change of default settings as a result of a recent update to the app. It is a common occurrence possible server-side error.

The official acknowledgment of this specific bug on YouTube is still unclear. There are widespread user reports of a serious problem. These reports show that this type of behavior requires immediate solutions and immediate response from YouTube developers to fix this disturbing behavior.

Steps to fix the YouTube Shorts autoplay bug

Go to settings on the YouTube app.

Check whether the account has autoplay or Shorts preferences and turn them off/adjust them.

You’re in the app settings of the device and you need to go to YouTube.

Search in your app store for YouTube updates.

If that does not work, uninstall and reinstall the app.

The in-app feedback feature can be used to report the bug to YouTube.

Preventive Measures

Therefore, users need to put more importance on proactive app management to prevent similar disruptions from happening in the future. A simple way to keep bugs and glitches to a minimum is to update the YouTube app. 

In addition, getting to know helps you to gain more control. The effort provides you with the chance to adjust your preferences at your desired time. 

Keeping your app updated to the latest version will help shield against any undesirable autoplay troubles. It will also maintain a more custom YouTube experience.

The Bottom Line

To sum up, many users face frustrations the short videos appearing when the YouTube app opens its center screen. To solve this problem, we have proposed some solutions. It includes tweaking app settings, clearing data and cache, reinstalling the app, or as a last resort, directly sending feedback to YouTube. 

Users are therefore encouraged to follow these fixes and their experiences or other fixes they discover in the comments below. They are to build up a complete list of fixes for the YouTube community to use.

More to Read: YouTube Premium Lite rolls out ad-free viewing for $7.99

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Android 16 may introduce color-coded battery indicators

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |15 Mar 2025

Android 16 is going to add a potentially big, tweak to the UI: color-coded battery indicators. A seemingly minor change could go a long way towards recognizing at a glance battery status. This provides an easier way for users to grasp the power levels of their devices. 

Moving beyond the usual monochrome icon opens the door to color coding. It might give us a less indefinite, less oblique visual cue around running out of power. This is another indicator that Android does not intend to stop improving the smallest details of the user experience.

Let’s introduce Color-Coded Battery Indicators

With color-coded battery indicators, the battery status is made much more intuitive in a visual manner. This concept attempts to communicate an immediate and glance understanding of an individual’s device battery. 

We may denote a full or high charge with a green indicator and we have a moderate level of power we may get with a yellow color. And lastly, critically low power would signal with a red indicator. 

Active charging may be indicated with a blue color, with possibly differentiated (even) visual differentiation of charging speed. They would be brought into the status bar’s battery icon, with the ability to instantly recognize these color changes.

Why This Feature Matters

The introduction of color-coded battery indicators in Android 16 holds significant benefits for users. This improvement reduces the hassle that comes with needing to figure out small percentage numbers. It gives an immediate notion of battery level. 

Keep in mind that the current in stock for the Android 15 battery indicator mostly relies on one pattern graphic. The color system will have a much brighter and faster to understand how the battery is left. Moreover, it lessens the possibility of missing low battery alerts and also helps the general utility of the device.

Technical Details

These findings of insights from Android 16 Beta 3 point to the development ofcolor-codedd battery indicators. Hidden in the beta is evidence that it will have a color scheme, with red for critical low battery, and green for full charge. 

The technical details also indicate the possibility of an integration with other UI changes. This indicates a broader attempt to unify and bring the Android visual language into modern times. 

Speculations and Expectations

Some experts offer insights into the speculations and expectations ahead of the color-coded battery indicators in the Android 16.

Consequently, these observations point to the possibility of a deliberate means to increase the visual communication of battery status. But, of course, as with all beta features, there is a chance of delays or even postponement. 

The Extraction

At that point, the introduction of color-coded battery indicators in Android 16 was likely a significant step forward. It aims to achieve a glance battery status recognition. This is a more intuitive and user-friendly way of doing so. 

However, we think that it’s always a good idea to keep up to date with Android 16 news. On the other hand, we wait for the release and discover how this feature will make Android a better OS.

Also Read: Android 16 Beta 3 Prepares Notification Summaries

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16 Beta 3 Prepares Notification Summaries

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |15 Mar 2025

With the development of ‘Notification Summaries’ Android 16 Beta 3 is introducing a significant improvement to how you manage notifications. The goal of this feature is to act as a consolidation of this flood of alerts. It also aims to reduce these as concise views of how many notifications have been collected. 

This concept is similar to Apple’s rendition of notification summaries. However, Android’s execution will have its own set of obstacles. It intends to consider the balance of brevity with most information without clogging users in.

All about Notification Summaries?

Notification Summaries are a new way of handling the flood of alerts. Their purpose is to reduce the amount of notifications that individuals receive.

They enable them to quickly evaluate the most pertinent information without being continuously interrupted. 

These reduce the breaches that traditional notification systems do by repeatedly delivering each alert individually. 

Android’s Approach

Notification summaries are very far off from becoming a real thing on Android 16 Beta 3. We may expect a core component to be customization options.

It will let users customize summary frequency and content like app selection and detail levels with priority settings for different apps. 

Additionally, since Android is an open development environment, user feedback is likely to have a large role to play. With the use of AI-driven summaries, they will be more useful than just grouping.

Apple’s Challenges

Apple’s attempt to tame the notifications flood with “Scheduled Summary” failed. Inaccuracies have been reported with some key notifications missed or delayed; the algorithm determining less urgency has been deemed inconsistent. 

Other causes of user dissatisfaction include incomplete summaries and time customization being flexible. These experiences can guide Android in prioritizing accuracy. This is because summaries need to be granularly customized to content.

User Experience and Benefits

By consolidating alerts into organized overviews, users will be able to consume information more efficiently. They will maintain a calmer notification shade which allows them to have a higher peace of mind. In this way, they will not miss out on vital updates. 

The utilization of this feature would be quite handy in several cases occurring. Users now have a more manageable and less overwhelming notification experience. It is possible by customizing options with customizable options so that grasp summaries to their specific needs.

Concerns and Criticisms

Nevertheless, Android’s notification summaries raise all kinds of concerns and criticisms. Another primary drawback is the chance for slight errors.

Privacy is also crucial since the AI relies on accessing the content of the notification to perform its analysis.

It means the AI’s use of that data must be well and transparent data handling practices must be in good observation. 

Final Verdict

Overall, ‘Notification Summaries’ on Android is a great move forward to having a less overwhelming and more friendly notification system. 

Android attempts to solve the problems of the previous implementations with the help of AI and customization. How accurately, reliably, and controlling this feature can be will determine if users will find this feature successful. 

Related Reading: Here is Everything new in Android 16 Beta 3

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google’s Find My Device ‘People’ update has been released

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |14 Mar 2025

It is just time for Google’s Find My Device app to get a big upgrade. The latest version of the People app has more to it than just monitoring your device. It gives a new dimension for searching and staying connected with one’s loved ones. 

With this enhancement, Find My Device is becoming a more fully functional safety and connectivity solution. It provides an extra level of security and serenity for users.

Key Features of the ‘People’ Update

For this post, we are going to fit it down and speak about Google’s Find My Device ‘People’ update.

Setting up location sharing: Users choose between initiating location sharing through a selection of contacts from their Google account. Afterward, they send an invitation, which gets accepted and location sharing starts.

The duration that location sharing is allowed: Users have liberty in the term of location sharing. They are allowed the period they are seeking as well as the period whereby location sharing has to occur continuously. It offers on a temporary or continuous basis location tracking in line with the user’s needs.

Viewing your shared locations on the map: Your shared locations are also displayed within the Find My Device app. This makes it very easy to see where all your friends and family are.

Advantages of ‘using’ Google Maps integration

Location information from Google Maps is highly accurate. This is because it makes use of a very extensive network of data sources, including satellite imagery and on-the-ground data. This means that users see the precise location of their shared contacts, therefore reducing ambiguity and reliance.

Additionally, the integration gives users detailed map data including street names, building outlines, and other important landmarks on a map. It provides users with a full context of the surrounding environment.

It offers real-time traffic updates to the user who will learn about the travel time and the potential for delays. Google Maps real-time traffic information is the real-time information about traffic conditions based on users’ contributions and other sources. 

User Interface Changes

The addition of a “People” tab in addition to device tracking and location sharing. It further separates the app’s grouping and makes it more organized. All options regarding people sharing can be found in this dedicated tab.

The shared contacts management, view locations, and location-sharing settings in this tab are available to simplify their user experience.

With a split view, users can easily switch between managing their devices. It looks at shared locations without having to find their way through several menus. This is a more efficient user experience.

Potential Issues and Solutions

The ‘People’ update does offer generous recompense for the bugs and limitations in its current state. Some problems include a persistent white background on the map. It potentially obscures the location details and therefore hinders usability for the user. 

These issues are expected to be addressed by future updates by Google of the matrix. Although development will continue to refine the user interface and make the whole system more stable. 

The Climax

In the end, the Google Find My Device “People” update to the app is a huge improvement. Since it integrates seamlessly with friends and family to share location. This revealed the power of Google Maps for the best accurate and easy location tracking.  

This update that comes with more safety and connectivity renders peace of mind. This step is a significant improvement that we strongly recommend users try out, experiment with, and enjoy firsthand with the latest features.

Get More Insight: What is Google Find My Device exactly?

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Here is Everything new in Android 16 Beta 3

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |14 Mar 2025

Google’s next major mobile operating system, Android 16 Beta 3 has come. This latest beta release is important for developers and early adopters. This brings us close to the final version. This gives us a preview of the work to be done on Android 16. 

A critical step in the platform stability phase is when Google begins signaling the start of the Beta 3 phase. This is where all APIs and hardware behaviors are taken on as final. The version is ready for more very real users on day one.

New Features

Auracast Bluetooth Technology

The Android 16 Beta 3 brings a groundbreaking Bluetooth broadcast audio technology called Auracast. It enables a Bluetooth audio source like a smartphone. This aims to send audio to an infinite number of Bluetooth audio devices simultaneously.

Auracast is also a significant accessibility improvement for hearing-impaired people. Auracast broadcasts over the public venue, handing clear and direct audio out of hearing aids or Bluetooth equipment. This negates the headaches from background noise and distance. It means that we are providing more inclusive and accessible audio in places where real-time audio systems cannot be heard.

Outline Text for Accessibility

In Android 16 Beta 3, we bring “Outline Text for Accessibility.” This is a feature that gives an outline around onscreen text to help make it more readable. It does so by separating the text from the background with a clear line. 

While Outline Text takes a slightly different approach from the previous ‘High Contrast Text’. It characteristics a physical delineation between text and surrounding elements via a visual border. 

Particularly useful for low-vision users it greatly improves text distinctness and reduces eye strain. It is better at helping you process written text enhancing the user experience.

Local Network Protection (LNP)

As we are on Android 16 Beta 3 let’s break down the Local Network Protection (LNP) feature.

Local Network Protection (LNP) is a new Android 16 Beta 3 security feature. It is designed to increase user privacy and local network control by protecting user network connection data from apps.

This feautre includes show advertisements, anti-malware services, personal GPS sharing, health monitoring, and other similar cases.

It introduces tighter permissions and controls for apps wishing to interact with the same local network’s devices.

How It Enhances User Privacy and Security:

App access to the local network is under the control of LNP. This deploys more granular control over what apps can get to it. It stops apps from quietly scanning or accessing devices on the local area network without the owner’s consent. 

It protects against such privacy-related abuse as unauthorized device discovery or data sharing. Additionally, it enhances network security by ruling out the probability of app malversation. It aims to create havoc with vulnerabilities in local network devices.

Compatibility and Availability

 Most of the Android 16 Beta 3 is released for Google’s Pixel devices. It should check the latest Android developer site for the minute list. 

Eligible Pixel owners can enroll on Google’s official website, log in with a Google account, and choose a device. They will then receive over-the-air updates. 

Google offers new Android versions and multiple beta versions before the final stable version. So if we stick to the historical approach, Android 16 will be available in late summer or early fall.

The Wrap Up

Overall, the Android 16 Beta 3 brings in many notable improvements. It includes the awesome Auracast Bluetooth feature for better audio sharing, the outlook-oriented Outline Text feature, and the safer Local Network Protection. 

Together, the individual updates here try to make the Android experience more accessible and secure. With these new features and, we encourage our users with supportive devices to experience these new features in our beta. 

More Reading: What’s New in Android 16 Beta 1

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chromecast with Google TV Users Face Issues After Android 14

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |13 Mar 2025

Android 14 update for Chromecast with Google TV is set to pool more performance and new features. Sadly it has been received to a wave of user complaints. 

According to numerous users, the update was expected to render the streaming experience faster and more responsive. It enables access to the latest Android TV features.

A less-than-smooth transition is often signaled by a range of frustrating issues that many users are now reporting. Let’s get started without further ado!

Background

Every Chromecast with Google TV has had a unique update history. It alternately tries to improve performance and features, only to be diminished by user complaints.

It’s not quite normal that the transition ran from Android 12 to Android 14 directly skipping Android 13. These issues right now because of compatibility issues and unforeseen bugs on such a huge update. 

This means that the complexity is increased by Google’s strategic move of introducing the Google TV Streamer as their main hardware focus. This could mean that the original Chromecast with Google TV devices is neglected for the support and resources.

Reported Issues

 What follows is a roundup of listed problems following the Android 14 update for Chromecast with Google TV:

Local Media Playback Problems:

Users are reporting persistent ‘low power’ warnings when playing local media. It is when connected to a 30w power brick, which should be more than sufficient power.

It’s moving to disrupt playback and make use of locally stored content impossible for users.

USB Drive Detection Failures:

Users are hit with frequent failures in USB drive detection. Multiple reboots and reconnections of the Chromecast with Google TV are of no avail: connected USB drives cannot be recognized. Therefore, it will not play media, nor extend storage.

General System Stability:

Users are also getting general complaints about system stability and performance issues. They go beyond particular playback and drive detection problems.

These include a report of latency increases, frequency of app crashes, and slowness in general, which degrades the user experience.

User Reactions

 A flood of complaints on social media has confirmed that a surge of users are not happy with the Android 14 update.

A terrific number of users are exceedingly pissed and worried about Google’s quality control. There needs to be a patch or rollback immediately to resolve the issues at hand and make the device at the very least partially usable.

Google’s Response

According to Google, Chromecast with Google TV now recognizes the issues related to Android 14. Although the official statements have confirmed that the company is investigating a large number of complaints from local media playback.

The engineering teams at Google have declared that they are working to figure out and curtail the bugs. However, with a reminder that they are committed to delivering a stable and dependable user experience. 

The specifics of when a solution or update may be reached have not been revealed. While these disruptive problems continue, users are called upon to watch official Google support channels.

The Final Viewpoint

 All in all, the Android 14 update for Chromecast with Google TV has landed on a rough patch for many. It is due to issues with local media playback, support of USB drives, and the overall system stability. 

To make the user experience better, Google planned this update. However, it has led to huge disruption as the users are making it known to Google what happened.

If you are in the process of updating your firmware, it is advised to take this with caution. You should wait to see if anything goes awry before actually disturbing the device.

Also Read: Chromecast Bug Shrinks Time and Weather in Ambient Mode

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

How to add your passport to Google Wallet

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |13 Mar 2025

We have transitioned into the digital world. The ease of using digital wallets has become our way of life. So now, Google Wallet is again taking that convenience one step further. The app is going to allow you to add your passport information securely. 

This newest feature makes travel simpler for the user. It makes passport details quickly available on an app. So, it minimizes the chance of physical passport loss or damage for a safer, more worry-free experience for travelers.

A Guide to Add Your Passport to Google Wallet

Check to see whether your Google Wallet app is up to date.

Search for “Google Wallet” and tap ‘Update’ if it is available.

Get the Google Wallet app on your phone and open it.

Next, find and tap the ‘Passes’ section.

Then tap the “+” button.

Choose “Passport” from the list.

Scan the photo page of your passport with your phone’s camera.

Verify that all the details already scanned are correct.

Tap and edit to fix any mistakes.

Save Your Passport:

Also, add your passport to Google Wallet by tapping ‘Save’.

Security and Privacy Concerns

There are security and privacy concerns when putting your passport into a Google wallet, naturally. Being a part of Google, it has a comprehensive security system.

On this platform user’s data is encrypted with it to stay safe. If you are also adding such information, it is important to understand that Google systems so designed to minimize risk.

But, the users should take the proactive step to secure their devices and accounts by themselves. Users can save their digital passports considerably secured and they can prevent possible privacy risks.

Advantages of Having a Digital Passport

The main advantages presented by having a digital passport in Google Wallet are convenience and security. The portability of your passport information on your smartphone grants you access to the information.

There is no need to carry the document in your possession. The feature provides a minimal risk of misplacing or damaging the document while traveling. 

Additionally, a digital version is less anxiety-provoking as compared to a traditional paper passport. This is a practical and reassuring way to store the information on your device. Therefore, more secure than losing or being robbed of your document.

Key Takeaway

The ability to add your passport to Google Wallet is a huge leap ahead of travel convenience and document security. This gains instant access to your most vital information. Whereas decreasing any potential risks of having your physical passport on you. 

We are an encouraging sign for you to adopt this new technology and enjoy the seamless travel that it brings. Perhaps today, you should try adding your passport to Google Wallet.

More Reading: Google Photos for Android Adds ‘Undo Device Backup’

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chrome Policy Update Restricts Shady Affiliate Extensions

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |12 Mar 2025

To make these changes, Google is limiting Shady Affiliate Extensions. It might track users or make shopping change links without permission.

One item, Honey, has even been hit by this update. The objective is to protect user privacy, increase transparency, and stop misleading practices.

By using these new rules, Google hopes that these new rules will help keep all people safe and secure while using Chrome extensions.

Background

Within browser extensions, affiliate marketing has fertile ground. It allows the seamless incorporation of promotional links in users’ browsing experience.

Honey (now PayPal Honey) is a prominent example of a company. It has under scrutiny its data practices and transparency about its affiliate relationships. This shows the risk in the affiliate-based browser extension ecosystem.

Details of the Policy Update

With Google’s Chrome Policy Update, some changes will, at least from a browser extension perspective, limit deceptive affiliate practices. It adds the main controls on affiliate links, codes, and cookie manipulation.

This makes the extension bring real benefits like discounts, cashback, or a donation to charity. There’s no more continuous background injecting of affiliate links with no user interaction or consent.

Impact on Extensions

Applications for existing extensions that practice affiliate marketing will require significant adjustments to cope with the Chrome Policy Update.

The serious repercussions include the removal of the extension from the Chrome Web Store can cost revenue streams.

Reactions and Responses

Stakeholders have had different reactions towards Chrome Policy Update. The update, Shady Affiliate Extensions has been placed solidly in the necessary realm by Google.

It is designed to protect user privacy and preserve the purity of the Chrome Web Store. Overall, privacy advocates and consumer protection groups have been happy to see the changes. 

The developer community has mixed responses with some concerned. The adaptive part of this is auditing current extensions, and clear disclosures on how data is useful and has affiliate relationships. 

 Conclusion

Last but not least, the Chrome Policy Update is a crucial move towards finding a better and more open environment. 

The fact that Google is reinforcing stricter regulations on affiliate marketing practices for extensions in the browser. This is in favor of user privacy, security, and overall browsing experience. 

The fact that this initiative reinforces the need for a continued watch on browser extensions. It ensures such extensions help users is key. 

Also Read: Google Photos for Android Adds ‘Undo Device Backup’

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Photos for Android Adds ‘Undo Device Backup’

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |12 Mar 2025

Google Photos remains dedicated to providing features that make things easier for its users. Google Photos users now benefit from the eagerly awaited “Undo Device Backup” function because of its popular backup benefits. 

With this latest update, users attain superior management over cloud storage. This is because they get easier methods to reverse their recent device backups when they upload items inadvertently.

What is the ‘Undo Device Backup’ feature

This tool enables users to handle their cloud storage system. Its backup function runs independently from the local files that stay on their devices. Through this function, you can cancel the backup of your recent device. The ‘Undo Device Backup’ serves as an excellent solution for fixing accidental backups of unwanted images or videos. 

The cloud backup is the sole entity affected by this operation since the actual files are stored on your phone. Update separate backups of cloud storage together with local storage to provide greater user flexibility for photo and video backup management.

How to Use the ‘Undo Device Backup’ Feature

The following steps will show you how to use the “Undo Device Backup” feature.

Open Google Photos. 

Tap on your profile picture or the initials of your Google account.

Users can navigate to the Photos settings through the menu. 

The Backup settings page features the “Undo backup for this device” option which you should tap to access.

Users should select the button that contains “Delete Google Photos backup” to move forward with the process. 

Benefits of the Feature

When users activate the “Undo Device Backup” feature in Google Photos they gain the following advantages for their Android system

Improved Control Over Media Storage: 

The tool gives users advanced capabilities to organize their Google Photos library effectively. Users benefit from better cloud storage organization because the feature enables them to eliminate unwanted or incorrectly uploaded content.

Ability to Manage Cloud Storage Without Losing Local Files: 

Cloud storage management stands as the most valuable advantage because users can operate it separately from their local storage devices.

Users can safely eliminate items from Google Photos because this function keeps original photos and videos protected inside local storage.

Enhanced Privacy and Data Management: 

The “Undo Device Backup” tool assists users in better controlling their privacy together with data management system. 

The feature allows users to control their cloud storage better. Since they can erase media files they prefer to keep them out of the backup system. 

The ability to control backup decisions generates a more tailored and safe environment across the Google Photos platform.

User Experience Enhancements

With the “Undo Device Backup” feature of Google Photos users obtain a modernized method. It aims to manage cloud storage through a better user experience interface. Through this solution users gain better digital memory management and overcome frequent storage problems that they encounter.

The system enables instant photo removal to eliminate unwanted images that otherwise create cloud storage disorder. The storage management features of this tool help users save time because users no longer need to perform manual deletions. 

The feature provides users with the confidence to reverse backups because important media remains intact. Users gain better management capabilities while cloud organizations become smarter through this system.

The Climax

Users need a valuable tool for cloud storage management through the “Undo Device Backup” feature found in Google Photos for Android. 

The feature enables users to construct their Google Photos library with assurance while maintaining digital security and order. 

All users of Google Photos should try out this new feature to obtain better control of their important photo collections.

More Blogs to Read: Google Rolls Out Pixel Camera 9.8 with Minor Tweaks

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Rolls Out Pixel Camera 9.8 with Minor Tweaks

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |11 Mar 2025

The latest version of Google’s Pixel Camera 9.8 is now available to download. This powerful update coincides with the appearance of the March 2025 Feature Drop specially made for Pixel devices. In particular, this update takes aim at improving user experience and enhancing creative capabilities on the Pixel ecosystem. 

This shows that Google is still pushing to enhance its camera software even with incremental updates. It will just integrate itself with bigger feature releases on a timely basis. It ensures that Pixel users always have the best of the latest camera and video advancements in mobile photography.

Key Changes in Pixel Camera 9.8

Astrophotography Animation Toggle: 

We added a new toggle in the “Settings > Advanced” menu, that when enabled will allow Astrophotography captures to not play their animation. This allows more control in terms of shooting while the animation is on by default.

Palm Timer Clarification: 

The description of the Palm Timer feature in the camera settings has a completely changed. It now expressly spells out that we can trigger the timer by displaying your palm to either front or rear facing camera.

March Feature Drop Integration

The Pixel Camera 9.8 works with the March Feature Drop. IT has more exciting new camera-related features to be integrated into Pixel devices.

Pixel 9 series feature

The Pixel 9 series is this innovative feature, whereby users can connect their devices with other cameras like GoPros to capture footage from different angles. This is particularly useful while live streaming or vlogging.

Pixel Fold users can now also make full use of the screen with a dual-screen preview while recording videos. Dual Screen Preview on the Pixel 9 Pro Fold is now compatible with this feature called “Add Me.” It will automatically add the photographer to a group shot.

Availability

The Google Play Store now started to distribute the Pixel Camera 9.8 update to all Pixel users. However, delivery is happening stage by stage, not all in one go. 

Google can gradually release out the software to monitor how easy it runs, find and treat any bugs. They might have been there, as to prevent bugs from affecting a third-party larger-scale user. 

Additionally, the speed with which this rollout happens is subject to multiple factors. It includes the particular Pixel model being rolled out. The user’s geographic location, and customized versions of Android that mobile carriers have implemented in their own Pixel devices. 

The Closing Thought

Meaningful upgrades related to refining and improving a user’s camera experience are rolled out in the Pixel Camera 9.8 update. The Astrophotography animation toggle and the clarified Palm Timer description show that Google is being attentive to details and reacts to users feedback. 

What’s more important is that Camera 9.8 is completely integrated with the broader March Feature Drop, a bellwether. Google is willfully and vocally pursuing the limits of mobile photography and videography. 

By constantly introducing innovative features on its handset Pixel devices, Google highlights its position in the field of mobile imaging innovation. It aims to allow users the best technologies to capture and share their moments.

More Reading: Android Auto Users Grapple with Annoying Scrolling Bug

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android’s March 2025 Google System Updates: What’s New

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |11 Mar 2025

Google is excellent at adding more strings to its Android ecosystem with the March 2025 Google System Updates. The updates are considered a cornerstone of the platform’s evolution. There is a wave of updates to enhance user experience, improve security, and enhance functionality across the Google ecosystem. 

This latest release is a confirmation that Google is committed to giving its users a seamless and secure digital experience. It is possible through integrations such as in the new groundbreaking AI on Pixel devices along with the larger improvements in the new Wear OS 5.1.

Key Updates for End Users

Pixel Feature Drop: 

The Pixel Feature Drop is packed full of AI-driven innovations. They take the use of a smartphone to the next level. 

With on-device AI is used to proactively detect and warn users about advanced scam detection. It also enables emergency connectivity for reliable communication in that situation.

Gemini Live:

Gemini Live gives you new ways to communicate with Pixel 6 and newer devices. And yet, users can now embed images, files and YouTube videos into their conversations without any hassles.

Pixel Screenshots: 

Pixel Screenshots make it very easy to manage screenshots. It analyzes the information in the screenshot intelligently and offers to save and organize them. This also simplifies managing receipts, and expense reports, and memorably.

Pixel Studio:

With Pixel Studio, users can send their images an inspirational message in simple text. Then they have the image tweaked according to personal preferences.

Generative images of scenes or people can be generated by describing them, creating new ways for creative expression.

Real-Time Scam Detection Powered by Gemini Nano:

The power of Gemini Nano in understanding and identifying scams in real-time through call pattern analysis and message content analysis helps to alert users of possible scams with an extra layer of security. 

Satellite SOS: 

With satellite SOS, the tethers expand to new regions. It includes Hawaii, Alaska, Europe and Canada and gives the users a critical emergency connectivity. This has the result of providing help to users in areas that might have limited or no cellular coverage.

Security Enhancements

When Google System Updates in March 2025, there has been a major emphasis on strengthening the security of the Android ecosystem and safeguarding Android users from increasing threats.

Security Patches: 

This improvement reduces the effort required for new and future users of Quick Share to begin. It also makes the entire process more clear and straightforward.

Bluetooth and Android Auto: 

Bluetooth and Android Auto fixes specific to particular Pixel devices will benefit Pixel users. Such improvements are aimed at addressing reported problems and boosting the overall performance. The reliability of these services offers a smoother in-car and wireless experience.

System Stability: 

This update is a core component of general improvements to system stability and performance. These refinements bring responders to provide a more responsive, and stable, along with a faster Android expertise.

It does so by alleviating crashes, lags, along other performance concerns. This results in a better experience for use on a more platform across the board.

The Key Takeaway

Google System Updates in March 2025 are due to bring a major wave of changes to the Android ecosystem. From AI-powered features like Gemini Live and advanced scam detection to crucial security patches and system stability improvements, this release demonstrates Google’s ongoing commitment to delivering a refined and secure user experience. 

These updates collectively contribute to a more seamless, intelligent, and secure Android environment. We strongly recommend that all users verify for updates through the Google Play Store and the device settings. They must take a look at what the new features and improvements offer. 

Also Read: What’s New in Android’s February 2025 Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android Auto Users Grapple with Annoying Scrolling Bug

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |10 Mar 2025

Most Android Auto users are frustrated with a persistent Scrolling Bug that also pops up everywhere. Several apps like Google Maps, Spotify, and YouTube Music are affected by this problem. This problem makes it impossible to use them while driving, listening to music, or any crucial function.

This is not for the sake of convenience but for issues of safety. Without the fix from Google to restore reliability and use ease of Android Auto is a challenge. The problem also affects more than one brand of head units has more or less sealed the deal.

The Nature of the Scrolling Bug

The Scrolling bug seems to crop up in one or two ways. The problem at the root is in the Android Auto app where scrolling is unresponsive or simply rigged. Users report:

However, scrolling makes for a less smooth action that does not feel smooth at all. There are noticeable delays and jumps at places that could have been very significant. Users can’t scroll through the list or menu in the app.

The first one is Ghost Scrolling where scripts display scrolls automatically and without any input from the user. Secondly, the glitch behaves randomly from so much as slightly different apps and even different vehicles.

User Experience and Safety Impact

The scrolling glitch against Android Auto is very disrupting UX especially driving. The main cause of distraction because having a screen readily available to be viewed. Instead, the road itself immediately attracts a driver’s attention away from his or her hands on the wheel. 

But for those who happen not to get it right too quickly, it’s not just a usability issue. But also, to say the least, a source of frustration from erratic scrolling behavior. It just takes users, new or impatient commuters, eyes a few paragraphs more chasing.

Affected Apps and Vehicles

Android Auto’s scrolling glitch is not limited to just one app or car model. Some of these apps that get disrupted are the apps. It includes Google Maps, Spotify, and YouTube Music; where the problem lies not in Android Auto. 

Additionally, it appears to damage many car manufacturers and head unit models. As it is, Google has to come up with a general fix to make all the systems smooth and reliable. However, people are still affected by the problem in every setting possible.

Potential Causes and Troubleshooting

Google does not have pinpointed the root cause of Android Auto’s scrolling glitch yet. However, they do have several possible contributors. It could have been nothing more than software bugs.

Android Auto or any other related app may have psyched through a new update accidentally. It caused some glitches aimed at the scrolling component. 

Another—is performance inconsistency, because not all car head units can work with the latest Android Auto software can potentially affect the performance because there can be hardware issues too.

Users then try the following steps:

Simple restart of Vehicle and Phone.

Keep them up to date, especially Android Auto and any other app affected.

This particular problem with corrupted data can be cleared by clearing the app cache and data.

Check if the Bluetooth or Wi-Fi is connected.

Google’s Response and Future Updates

The problem is something that Google knows about and they’re presumably working on fixing Android Auto’s snappy behavior afresh. 

Google Support channels advise those users to stay in the loop and check official ones frequently for any patches being released. There will be pop-ups to notify them once they are out. 

Updating software applications and software ensures they are up to date. Therefore, it helps ensure that something is done to upgrade them with fixes and improvements once those fixes and improvements are made available.

The Sum Up

Recent attempts to move on from the scrolling glitch have failed. This is because so many users have tried. By doing so, it tears apart an easy and reliable experience that the platform should give. This is also a possible safety hazard, even if it is a bad thing for usability. 

That is why Android Auto is a reliable and safe solution. Therefore, Google must do every thing to fix this problem fast. In this way not only the user’s trust is intact, but the distraction free driving experience.

Related Reading: Google Rolls Out Android 16 Beta 2.1 to Fix Pixel-Specific Bugs

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

The Future of Android Lock Screen Widgets

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |10 Mar 2025

The lock screen in Android has historically been uncomplicated. However, it is important to present the most basic information including time, date, and notifications. With the arrival of widgets, users can now have a lock screen designated. Lock Screen Widgets aim to be more than just a simple piece of glanceable details.

However, this raises another important question, which widget would improve the lock screen experience? As Android gets more into the habit of making the lock screen more customizable. The future of the lock screen may morph into a truly interactive and personalized experience.

The Current State

For quite some time, Android lock screen widgets had been somewhat limited. Usually, it presents a basic media control, a notification preview, or just a clock. While these features are convenient they are missing much of what a fully functional lock screen could do.

Widgets could become increasingly sophisticated. The lock screen evolves into a personalized hub for key bits of essential information. Also, the speedy actions with the introduction of more advanced widgets and dynamic, AI-driven updates. 

What if this lock screen went beyond showing calendar events, weather, and fitness statistics? It makes itself available to the user by showing him relevant widgets based on time, location, or routine. 

Envisioning the Ideal Lock Screen Widgets

Widgets should start prioritizing to revolutionize the lock screen to the maximum.

Digestibility: The information should be easy to digest at a glance without unlocking the device. Widgets should work by catering to individual preferences, and should only show those objects which fit one’s needs.

Security: Data and information on patients should have facial recognition and anti-counterfeit technology.

Potential Widgets That Would Elevate the Lock Screen

Weather at a Glance:

A dynamic weather widget displaying current conditions, hourly forecasts, and severe weather alerts. Quick access to detailed forecasts could be provided by way of means of interactive elements.

Quick Task List:

Simple to-do list widget with quick and easy task addition and completion. Synchronization with common task management apps could be simply implemented.

Smart Home Control:

Essential smart home devices such as lights, thermostats, and locks can have their controls in the form of widgets. This would ensure quick adjustments without unlocking the device.

Personalized News Feed:

A new feed of curated news with the headline and summary of articles related to output. The categories and sources should be customizable with personalized content.

Fitness Tracking Summary:

A widget displaying daily activity summaries, such as step count, heart rate, and workout progress. It would give quick access to fitness data without unlocking the device.

Communication Quick Actions:

A basic widget that shows the most frequently contacted people (including actions to message or call). This would therefore enable very fast communication.

Calendar Snippets:

A widget that displays the next few appointments, or a summary of the day’s events. One can easily access the schedule.

Challenges and Considerations

To implement lock screen widgets, you have to keep in mind several key factors. They aim to achieve seamless and efficient usage. Battery Replenishment is one main fear, Consuming power through real time widgets constantly refreshing is too much. For the sake of the device longevity, proper optimization and resource management will be important.

Another extremely important aspect is security. Since presenting some private information right on the lock screen may cause some privacy issues. Users must be able to see what information is being displayed and what they share.

Furthermore, the user interface has also to be designed. It will be integrated smoothly so that the interface will have a beautiful look.

The Bottom Line

With the smartphone getting more and more powerful, the lock screen can become a dynamic, interactive hub. It provides up-to-date information and fast access to tools. The goal is to make a more intuitive and efficient user experience. 

The personalization and usability of lock screen widgets are the future of it. For users, they should be able to display widgets on their lock screens based on their daily needs. Android can take these advancements and restructure how end users interact with their devices even without unlocking them.

More to Read on Android: Find My Device adds sharing and Android Auto upgrades gaming

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Calendar Introduces Gemini AI Side Panel

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |08 Mar 2025

Introducing Gemini AI Side Panel to Google Calendar will make it even smarter and more effective. Although this new feature may not seem exciting, it uses Google’s advanced AI to simplify scheduling and deliver context. The feature will help people be more productive from within the calendar itself.

The latest and most impressive AI item from Google is a building block ready to understand. Including Gemini on Google Calendar is Google’s attempt to bridge the gap between the app and the schedule. This makes it an active recommendation tool that knows your needs before you know you want them.

Functionalities and Key Features of Gemini AI Side Panel

Contextual Insights

Gemini will scan your email, events, data, and other unseen items, and you will get contextual insights. For example, it Could assist with summarising meeting agendas, providing background information about the participants, or suggesting relevant documents.

Smart Scheduling Suggestions

They can support studying your availability. It is when your time and place work best and your past scheduling pattern. This suggests the best time or place to meet you. It also helps find the times when all attendees can be present and eliminates the back-and-forth schedule.

Automated Task Management

Gemini can use your calendar events to create a reminder or task. In some cases, you can make it happen automatically on Gemini.

Meeting Summaries and Action Items

Moreover, Gemini could summarize the meeting’s outcome to provide direction and list the main action items.

Benefits for Users

It is now the time for users to raise productivity.

Finding a meeting time becomes easy and faster. Your preparation and follow-up will be better with contextual insights and meeting summaries available.

Tasks are automated, and important information is provided to reduce the cognitive load associated with managing a busy schedule.

Potential Use Cases

Busy professional: Gemini has a central task manager, which is useful, especially for busy professionals. A project manager can use Gemini to keep track of progress and tasks during meetings.

Gemini improves scheduling and teamwork by providing status updates and high levels of synergy on shared schedules, meeting summaries, and action items.

The Future of Google Calendar

Google is taking important steps toward a more intelligent, proactive, and efficient scheduling experience. 

The goal is to simplify things and events, help with event planning, and automate task scheduling. This provides artificial intelligence-driven smart recommendations based on users’ needs. 

It integrates some of the users’ manual work and predicts their availability. This proposes a good time to meet and even shows schedule conflicts before they occur.

Final Thought

Here comes a taking over the time and schedule bite, changing how we use Google Calendar. 

Gemini can use artificial intelligence to establish real-time contextual insight, provide schedule intelligence recommendations, and automate the task completion process. 

This AI-enabled approach allows users to shape their priorities, save them from stressful schedules, and actually use their time.

Related Reading: Google Calendar Gears Up to Introduce New Background Options

Continue Reading

Featured

e-Iink Display

Google Calendar Displays Event Visibility for Shared Calendars

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

2024 for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
How Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks on Android

Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Maps Timeline Location History Not Showing for Some Users

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |08 Mar 2025

Google Maps Timeline records the user’s movement and produces a personal visual record. People can revisit previous trips and their movements and see certain things. You need the device location services to get the Timeline Location History feature right. You also need Google account settings to log in and display your travel history.

Several factors decide the timeline’s functionality. First, users must have the Location History setting of their Google account turned on. The device also requires GPS and location services to be on to track accurately. Certain data will be held offline, but you must have web access to sync and update the timeline. 

The Reported Issue is Missing Location History

First, some users have reported such location history instances when they feel that their location history for some time is incomplete or missing. This can be quite confusing and distressing. An example of this issue can be seen. For instance, if a timeline has some spaces or has no recorded history on any particular day or timeframe. 

For example, some users have lost the storage of entire chunks of data about where they go without any explanation. Some locations were logged badly because they were wrong or logged partially. That isn’t very pleasant, especially if you use Google Timeline to track travel, memory retention, or business purposes.

Potential Causes of the Glitch

Still, Google has not officially named any root cause of it as of yet, but it could be because:

Bug in Google Maps app: This issue might stem from a bad bug from which the Google Maps app.

Google Server Problems: Since stored data cannot be obtained properly, the cause might be on Google’s server.

Data discrepancies: If your account syncs with the Google account, that data will become inconsistent.

User Error: if it was accidental, you can turn off location history and data.

Impact on Users

Consider, for instance, if the feature that allows users to track a location’s missing history stops working. In that case, the missing location history may be disconcerting and even frustrating for users who use the location for other purposes. 

Google Timeline Location History also serves as a personal memory-keeping tool for people to remember past trips and experiences. It is also handy for frequent travelers as a journey-tracking tool and an expense manager. Some businesses track mileage for work-related reimbursements. 

Troubleshooting Steps

If you face it, here’s the simplest way to solve the missing location history problem.

Click on Change at Check Location History Settings.

Finally, you can wipe out the application’s cache and data to see if this solves the syncing issue.

A simple reboot can fix a large portion of temporary glitches.

Make sure to check if you have a proper connection with the internet.

Check Google Account Activity

However, if the problem persists, you can contact Google support for help.

Looking Ahead

This implies that Google may correct this problem and improve the user experience. The company usually resolves the servers due to the possibility of unpredictable software bugs. This issue should be reported through support channels.

Users should also utilize the app’s feedback option to report any errors or malfunctions on Google’s part. Giving the device model can reduce the time it takes to abstract the trouble. Being proactive will keep users informed about what is happening.

The Closing

It’s an inconvenient Google Maps Timeline Location History glitch. However, it also indicates some problems with tracking people and aggregating and managing data from location tracking. 

In both cases, users should proactively respond to the problem themselves. They must defend their data while Google attempts to solve the problem. 

This feature is very valuable in location history for many users. This means that Google has to keep it working most of the time.

More on Google Maps: Google Maps Adds Support for Android 16 Live Update Notifications

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android Auto Update Teases Built-In Temperature Controls

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |07 Mar 2025

The temperature controls on the latest updates and code analysis are quite close to Android Auto’s interface. This could increase enough that users could adjust through Built-In Temperature Controls. It does not need to physically interact with the car’s buttons or other climate control user interface.

This feature allows users to enjoy an improved, safer driving experience. It allows the control of the level of a driver’s vehicle’s temperature through voice commands. By integrating the basics into a single screen-based friendly interface, you can create more convenient interfaces. 

The Current State of Android Auto and Climate Control

Android Auto primarily involves navigation, communications, and entertainment. A built-in, standard temperature control feature has been absent.

On the other hand, most vehicles integrate Android Auto to provide basic climate control access within proprietary systems. The limitation is that we switch from the car’s native interface to Android Auto, interrupting the flow.

What We’ve Discovered

Code and update analyses for Android Auto have found strings and references to controls related to temperature. 

However, these hints suggest that Google is working on telling climate controls to display on the Android Auto user interface. Although this could be implemented, the references are not extensive.

Benefits of Integrated Temperature Controls

Convenience: Android Auto will bring users convenience, and the different truck brands can be in control on one screen.

Direct Climate Contro: It enables the team to be safer because there will be fewer distractions. Because less gets executed, there will be more user experience.

Expanded functionality: To this extent, covering the expanded functionality here more or less equals Android Auto as an inner platform and Android Auto as such.

Challenges and Considerations

Integrated climate controls must maintain vehicle compatibility, which is crucial for the user interface of the temperature controls. The safety restrictions would prevent distractions from driving.

This means that Google wants to send temperature control signals to Android Auto. We can expect the platform’s rolled-out feature will go far from them. Having a more conceived and integrated in-car experience would be good here.

The Extract

The random updates hint at what Built-In Temperature Controls would look like in Android Auto. However, whatever the case may be, such a feature would greatly benefit the users if it could be implemented. 

It is a less complex, more connected way to control the vehicle’s climate. Though Android Auto is not yet mature, fans can confirm that it will continue to add features and become more usable in cars.

Also Read: Find My Device adds sharing and Android Auto upgrades gaming

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Maps Adds Support for Android 16 Live Update Notifications

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |07 Mar 2025

Google Maps is a navigation tool that helps users navigate local and international routes. As Android 16 launches with Live Update Notifications, Google Maps will make better navigation possible. 

Through this development, Google Maps will send users real-time navigation alerts directly to their devices. Even when the app runs in the background, ensuring its leading navigation status.

What are Live Update Notifications?

Live Update notifications in Android 16 present fresh real-time updates on active procedures to Android users running this version. 

Static notifications from the past are different. Since Live Updates dynamically adjust their display with process changes to show continuously useful data. These updates display details automatically without demanding user interaction to see an app interface.

Explanation of Live Update Notifications

Seeing Google Maps directions on your screen works as an example here. The program needed constant attention to show navigation status and traffic conditions on the screen. By allowing you to view Live Updates notifications, these updates change automatically as the process progresses.

The notification takes a fresh form as your task develops across its timeline. Navigation notifications keep displaying real-time updates about travel distance left, estimated arrival, and all future turns.

The live updates stay displayed in the notification area to offer ongoing information without your added attention. The system lets users control ongoing activities through simple buttons during their experience.

Users need not always open the application to check information since the information remains available persistently.

How They Provide Real-Time, Progress-Centric Information

Live Update notifications concentrate on reporting the advancements of existing operations as their main purpose.

These devices send and show data in real-time as it arrives from the source.

Notifications adjust step by step with each update that changes the status of the running activity. During downloads, the notification displays three updates for percentage completion remaining time and download speed while the process continues.

The notifications display important details that match the current development phase of the activity. For example, a ride-sharing notification will show the driver’s exact location, projected arrival time, and ride condition.

Availability and Rollout

Users will gradually access the Android 16 Live Updates feature. Google introduced this step-by-step update to the market to maintain stability. Before offering the update, Google first releases preview phases so that users can test and help improve the product. 

The full Android 16 update is likely to become available to users in the second half of the year. People can track Google News. They also can monitor system updates to determine when Android 16 and Live Updates become available for their devices.

Closing Thought

Google Maps takes navigation technology to the next level when Android 16 connects its Live Updates system to the service. Users gain better safety and convenience when navigating online by showing progress updates in Android notifications. 

Drivers will stay better focused with easy access to important navigation information. Users should use this modern system. It becomes available because it will forever change navigation, improving and speeding up trips.

More Reading: Google Maps, Shrinking Pins into Small Dots

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gboards Evolving Look Circle and Pill-Shaped Keys

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |06 Mar 2025

Gboard is about to be given a makeover. At first glance, it will evoke a strong reaction from its base and delight casual and professional users. Recent leaks point to Circle and Pill-Shaped key designs on Google’s keyboard, which may spice up the typing experience. 

Google appears to be devoted to improving Gboard’s interface. It offers users more control over appearance options, offering a more personalized and visually pleasing typing experience.

A Departure from the Traditional Square Keys

Gboard has been following the regular square key layout for years. Although not functional and perhaps a little uninspired, this design works well. 

A major advancement is the introduction of circular and pill-shaped keys. They may have a more visually pleasing, more contemporary look.

What We Know About the Testing

Google has been testing the visual transformation of key shapes on Gboard. The company’s key focus is in that regard. 

They introduce circular keys, which have a softer appearance. Also, pill-shaped keys provide a slight elongation and rounded rectangular appearance. These are purely cosmetic changes to better the keyboard’s look and not much else.

The testing has been put in a limited rollout. Only a few users can access the changes in the design. Google can learn from this controlled release how the new key shapes will affect the product overall.

Potential Benefits of the New Key Designs

Modern Aesthetic:

Circular and pill-shaped keys lend a more modern, nicer-looking way to organize the keyboard interface.

Improved User Experience:

The changes appear to be cosmetic. It reduces the effort required to strike a key. The unpleasant feel of your fingers can enhance the typing experience without adding complexity.

Increased Customization:

If these new key designs are used, users can choose key designs they love.

Considerations and Potential Drawbacks

Learning Curve:

Also, those users of the traditional square key layouts must adapt to the new key shapes.

Accuracy Concerns:

If you type fast or have large digits, you should be concerned that changing the shapes can impact typing accuracy. Google will have to maintain accuracy.

Consistency:

This means that Google will have to create new key shapes. They will be incorporated into the existing Android design language.

The Future of Gboard’s Design

Gboard is constantly tested with Circle and Pill-Shaped keys as Google wants to perfect the keyboard’s design and navigation. Let’s face it: beauty and usability are always welcome. These potential changes add to that by improving beauty and usability while affording the function on which these depend.

It is still unclear whether these new key shapes will become a standard here to stay. However, the fact that they are currently being tested implies Google’s constant experimenting and innovation. Gboard has always been on the edge of characterizing and improving user interaction.

The Wrap Up

For the popular keyboard app, the idea of Gboard moving from rectangular to circular and pill-shaped keys is a big visual change. 

It’s still in the early stages of testing. In this messaging, Google’s choice of words suggests they’re trying to transport users to something slightly more modern and flexible. 

As a Gboard grows and matures, users will see more and better Android keyboard experience improvements.

More Reading: Gboard Surpasses 10 Billion Downloads on the Play Store

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Introducing Wear OS 5.1 for Pixel Watch

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |06 Mar 2025

The Pixel Watch’s Wear OS 5.1 will now be found among the leading smartwatches. This makes it trustworthy and filled with features that can be used on ever-changing wearable tech.

This update focused excessively on performance improvements and more refined functionality. A better interface makes everyday interactions smoother and more intuitive. 

What is Wear OS 5.1

Wear OS 5.1 continues to focus on perfecting the current user interface rather than making leaps forward. This update is not an entire overhaul of the platform but an evolution of Wear OS 5. It focuses solely on user-centered improvements for everyday usability, adding more stability and efficiency than its previous iteration.

The version strongly emphasizes improving battery life optimization, performance, and system stability. It aims to ensure Pixel Watch users’ smooth and reliable wear experience.

These refinements enable better power management, extended usage time, responsiveness, less disruption, and system optimizations. These changes reduce power down and lower noise.

Wear OS 5.1 for Pixel Watch keys features and enhancements

Enhanced Battery Life:

Optimized power management is one of the most important changes that have been made.

This latest update to Wear OS 5.1 includes refinements. They help increase the wear time of the Pixel Watch. It enables you to keep it for a longer period between charges.

Doing this enables us to achieve more efficient background processes and continuously reduce power consumption under different activities.

Go to Settings > System > System updates on your Pixel Watch. Then check for updates if you want to check them for your Pixel Watch manually.

The Future of Wear OS on Pixel Watch

Wear OS 5.1 is a good step towards making the Pixel Watch an experience that deserves its attention. It helps reinforce Google’s commitment to perfecting its smartwatch platform.

This update focuses mainly on battery life, performance, and stability and lays the foundation for future improvements. Together, they will better the device experience.

With Google’s continued refinement of Wear OS, there will be more improvements to make the system leaner, more responsive, more efficient, and more user-friendly.

Conclusion

Overall, Wear OS 5.1 doesn’t introduce groundbreaking new features. However, its battery life, performance, and stability improvements make it the perfect update for the future Pixel Watch. 

Keeping that in mind, Google also delivers a smooth experience and polish via the assurance of efficiency and reliability. 

Still, they further solidify Google’s ongoing efforts to build a better Wear OS platform. This ensures that the Pixel Watch will become more dependable and pleasant to use over time.

Also Read: A Comprеhеnsivе Guidе to Wеar OS 5.1

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Simplifies Play Collections Launch with App Shortcut

Private Space issues on Wear OS with Android 15

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
A Comprеhеnsivе Guidе to Wеar OS 5.1

A Comprеhеnsivе Guidе to Wеar OS 5.1

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Enеrgy Scorе fеaturе on thе Samsung Galaxy Watch

Enеrgy Scorе fеaturе on thе Samsung Galaxy Watch

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Premium Lite rolls out ad-free viewing for $7.99

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |05 Mar 2025

YouTube Premium Lite is rolling out an ad-free viewing opportunity. This is cheaper for users who mainly want an ad-free viewing experience. For \$7.99 a month, this is a dedicated alternative for People who don’t need anything beyond uninterrupted video playback without extra cost.

YouTube Premium Lite’s introduction is just an example of how YouTube creates more flexible subscription models within a budget. YouTube wants to attract a larger audience, so it is offering a lower-cost alternative.

Key Features and Benefits

Premium Lite’s Removal of Ads: Premium Lite’s main component is removing ads from most YouTube videos.

Cheap Price: It is much cheaper than YouTube Premium, with a monthly subscription price of $7.99.

Automatically Resume: This feature resumes video playback automatically from the location without interruptions. So that users can continue enjoying their viewing pleasure.

Good for People Who Hate Ads: Premium Lite is a cheap alternative if ads bug you.

What You Don’t Get with Premium Lite

We recommend ensuring Premium Lite isn’t as capable as full YouTube Premium. Premium Lite snips out advertisements but does not have a couple of the heavy hitters from the full bundle.

Background play is disabled, meaning videos will stop playing when you minimize the app or turn off your screen. You also don’t receive YouTube Music Premium, which comes with standard Premium.

However, the absence of these functions turns Premium Lite into a cheaper yet woefully cut-down version of Premium YouTube. This is for people who want ad-free YouTube without the bells and whistles.

Target Audience and Positioning

More Lite Premium is targeted to users who:

They view YouTube on their phones or their actual computer.

Ads are boring, and one wishes to eradicate them.

They are watching their budget and do not require the additional fluff YouTube Premium provides.

Snag this option in between ad-supported free and the whole premium suite.

Looking Ahead

Premium Lite might eventually change, according to YouTube. They could make new features, change prices, or sell them elsewhere.

You can enjoy an ad-free viewing experience for less than traditional YouTube Premium. Google may improve its attractiveness based on what users love and do.

The company listens to subscriber feedback, monitors competitor work, and analyzes user needs to refine its approach. Depending on what users demand, that could mean everything from adding the ability to download videos.

To Wrap Up

This option is even cheaper for those who want to watch YouTube videos without ads but want to pay a premium lite. So, it lacks many of the full YouTube Premium package features.

But it caters to a niche audience that wants an ad-free video-watching experience. This fresh feature highlights YouTube’s desire to offer customized subscription options for its 2 billion active users.

Related Reading: YouTube podcast now reaches 1 billion monthly listeners

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Find My Device adds sharing and Android Auto upgrades gaming

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |05 Mar 2025

Find My Device and Android Auto are two significant updates to the Google ecosystem. They lift the boundaries of user connectivity and user experience, respectively. Find My Device has been revamped from a simple tool for finding lost phones to having a ‘People’ tab. The expansion fits nicely into Google’s broader picture of helping to expand personal connections and safety across its ecosystem.

Google makes drivers ‘ lives easier with a more intuitive interface, better-integrated apps, and voice controls. It allows drivers to remain connected while keeping their focus on the road. These updates are a strategic move to develop a more fluid and connected experience between devices and products.

Find My Device

For years, the idea of using the “Find My Device” app to track down lost, stolen, or misplaced smartphones has been a famous feature of the app. However, the app is becoming a much bigger, more involved location-sharing service. 

Beyond its initial function, Google announced a new ‘People’ tab. It allows users to publish their real-time location with their trusted contacts without effort.

The main intent of this feature is to enhance user safety and smoothness of location tracking. Friends and family can track each other’s locations in real time. The so-called “People” tab aims to bring some integration, ensuring a loved one arrives safely or stays connected.

Essential People Location Sharing Feature

Live Visibility of Real-Time Location: Friends and family members opting to share their data will have their vertical movements live. It allows the users to see their real-time locations.

Both map and list-based: The app will offer map and list views so users can view shared locations more flexibly.

Granular: Users can still control the sharing duration and define the contacts with access to their location information.

Enhanced Safety and Convenience: This can be a lifesaver in coordinating meetups, assuring loved ones, and feeling comfortable.

Key Elements of Android Auto Gaming

Android Auto will deliver more diverse game options than the expanded gaming library.

Games are available only when the car is parked: This will help prioritize the driver’s safety.

This feature enhances the use of time when charging or in the car.

Optimized for In-Car Displays: The games will have been optimized to work on those in-car displays. It enhances the experience while in the cars.

It shows how Google now embraces the car display as a versatile entertainment hub when idle.

Further Android Enhancements

Other noteworthy updates are rolling out across the Android ecosystem, including those from Google.

Google Messages

Texts will be scanned in real-time for potential scams through on-device AI as part of the Google Messages analysis. This offers users additional security.

Chrome: Price Insights

It will also add the ability for Chrome to offer users price insight to aid in informed purchasing.

This also shows continued efforts by Google to make the Android experience better through security, convenience, and entertainment.

The Bigger Picture

As you can see, these updates are an invitation from Google into a more connected and versatile ecosystem around Android. 

With these two features, Google is building a platform that works well in a person’s life, whether simply going or willing.

As Android technology progresses, we will see more advances in the Android experience so that it remains an integral part of our day.

Also Read: New Find My Device Tracker with e-Iink Display

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 15 QPR2 Update Rolls Out with March 2024 Security Patch

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |04 Mar 2025

Today, Google released the Android 15 QPR2, the March 2024 security patch. This update is for eligible Pixel devices and focuses on improving system stability and responsiveness with many under-the-hood improvements.

This is usual with QPR’s updates. Google uses this phase to gather feedback, tweak features, and squash bugs, among many things, before the Android launch has fully rolled out into a successful Android launch.

What is QPR2?

Quarterly Platform Releases (QPR for short) is Google’s mechanism. It aims to keep Pixel devices running exactly as they should. Ongoing updates containing new features and bug fixes between major Android releases.

Android 14, QPR2, is a testing stage for new system capabilities expected to come to Android 15. What QPR2 accomplishes through squashing bugs and perfecting the functionalities to their core is a strong base for the developer to switch to Android 15, which is quicker and easier for the end user.

Key Highlights of Android 15 QPR2

This is the most important part of the update; your device is prevented from having a potential threat.

However, QPR2 also narrows down a few reported bugs and stability issues. They expect improvements in such areas as. 

System stability

Connectivity (Wi-Fi, Bluetooth)

App performance

User interface responsiveness

QPR2 stands for Little Adjustments. QPR2 may not be a huge change and may include refinements in the minor user interface based on user feedback.

Android 15 Training: QPR is used to test and retest the code base for the Android 15 release.

Who Gets the Update?

Pixel devices that are eligible for the Android 15 QPR2 include:

The Pixel 6 series

Pixel 7 series

The Pixel 8 series

Pixel Fold

Pixel Tablet

And newer Pixel Devices

How to Get the Update

The update will be installed, and most users will know an OTA update.

This can be done as follows: Settings > System > Update system.

Advanced users can get factory and OTA images from the Google developer website for manual flash.

Importance of the March Security Patch

The most obvious reason to update to the March 2024 security patch is because it recently discovered vulnerabilities. 

These vulnerabilities range from system issues to exploits that give unauthorized access. So, it’s in your interest to update as soon as possible. 

That is, you keep your personal information safe. Maintaining a secure and reliable Android experience is important for a reason.

If you postpone the installation of security patches on your device, you increase your chances of being exposed to potential threats.

Looking Ahead to Android 15

Having QPR2 is an important step in developing Android 15. These quarterly releases will allow for testing and refining of the platform. They assure us of a stable Android 15 experience upon its release later this year. 

Watch for subsequent developer previews and beta releases that will bring you closer to the launch of Android 15.

In Summary

Eligible Pixel devices can download the Android 15 QPR2, the March 2024 update, for essential security, bug fixes, and performance improvements. 

This update includes newly discovered vulnerabilities better protected from possible threats and exploits. It also contains some system bug fixes, which make the device more stable and pleasant to use.

The update brings with it performance optimization, making UiBrowser more efficient, responsive, and battery-conscious.

It also includes security updates that prevent nasty bugs and bug fixes. Pixel users are encouraged to install it, as the latest improvements and security features were made in the last update.

Related Reading: What is new in Android 15 QPR2 Beta 2

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Amplifies Android Widgets with New Play Store Filter

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |04 Mar 2025

Google is devoted to broadening the usage of the Google Play Store by adding a widget filter. This new feature, Android Widgets, aims to make it easier. It is more accessible for users to locate and install apps that support widgets. 

This way, Google is simplifying the widget identification process for users. It aims to let users know which apps have widget functionality built-in.

Therefore, Google offers users the ability to personalize their apps. This makes it more efficient and provides quick access to frequently used tools without switching screens.

The Resurgence of Android Widgets

Android widgets have been a feature of the operating system for years. They allow you to glance at information and jump directly from your home screen to an app’s functionality. 

But they have gone in and out of favor, as many of their users never engage them to their full capacities. This is Google’s latest move to bring back widget love and bring them wholeheartedly into Android’s ecosystem.

The New Play Store Filter

Google added a Play Store filter to help users find apps with widgets. Apps can improve home screens, so this new category makes the search easier.

Better Discoverability: The filter tackles the main issue of finding apps with widgets.

Boosting Widget Awareness: Google aims to make more people understand widgets and how they can help.

What This Means for Users 

Personal Home Screens: The new widget search helps users find more options that suit their needs and likes.

Fast Info Access: Widgets give rapid access to private data, such as weather updates, calendar events, and news headlines.

More Productive: Widgets let users do tasks faster and work better by giving quick access to app features.

What This Means for Developers 

More Visibility: Developers who make widgets will now get more attention in the Play Store.

More Users: The filter helps more people use apps that have widgets.

Widget Development Motivation: The growing focus on widgets will encourage developers.. It aims to invest more resources in creating and fine-tuning widget features.

Quality Checks: More visibility also means more eyes on the product. Developers need to make widgets that work well and look great to do well.

Google’s Widget Plan

Google’s new Play Store filter is part of their plan to improve Android widgets. This move fits in with other recent changes like:

Better Widget Design Rules: Google has updated its guidelines to help developers create good-looking, easy-to-use widgets.

Stronger Widget Functions: New Android updates bring fresh features and tools that let developers build more advanced dynamic widgets.

Material You Fit: Widget design now aims to blend better with Material You, Android’s system for changing themes.

The Road Ahead

The new Play Store filter is a helpful feature that could boost the popularity of Android widgets. Google continues to work on its widget plan. We’ll see better widget experiences that help users make their home screens more personal and useful.

Google is all about giving you an Android you can customize and make your own. Widgets are the key to getting info at a glance and quick access to important features.

The Verdict

Google’s new Play Store filter for Android widgets makes home screens more personal and easier to use. By making widgets, Google is helping you make your device easier to find. It provides quick ways to use the main app features.

This means Google is working to create a more fun and usable Android world. As more people see and use widgets, they’ll become a bigger part of what makes Android Android.

Related Reading: Google Password Manager May Soon Offer ‘Delete All Data’ Option

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Password Manager May Soon Offer ‘Delete All Data’ Option

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |03 Mar 2025

A big update on Android is about to happen with Google’s Password Manager. This must-have app helps you manage your online credentials. Reports suggest a ‘Delete All Data’ option is in the works. 

The tool provides users with smoother password storage and access. This is an important justification for adding this potential capability. It aims to address a growing need for greater privacy and control over personal data in online security.

The Current Landscape of Password Management

There is a problem with Google Password Manager. It allows users to easily save and autofill passwords across all the websites and apps they have installed on their devices. 

It has features like editing and deleting a single entry. However, a conspicuous absence is not a ‘Delete all data’ option. 

It can be laborious for users wanting to reset their password vault from scratch or have security reasons.

Why a ‘Delete All Data’ Option Matters

Normally, we would not argue with such a simple “Delete all data” option for users who need a fresh start or are nervous about data breaches.

When switching Google accounts or handing over a device, it is essential to clear all stored passwords easily.

It also provides certain security improvements. For example, if you lose or have your device stolen, clearing the stored passwords would minimize the risk of unauthorized access to the device.

This provides a more tractable level of data control, which aligns with Google’s work to improve users’ privacy.

Potential Implementation and Functionality

The ‘Delete all data’ option will most likely be available in the settings of the Google Password Manager app.

Clear and prominent confirmation prompt: This will be even more crucial as a confirmation prompt to prevent accidental deletion.

Data Synchronization: Considerations must synchronize data from devices and Google accounts. The delete all function should clearly state its effects on synced data.

User and Security Practice Impact

However, a ‘Delete all data’ option may encourage users to ensure their online security proactively.

A Possible Password Expiration: This could help users try to expire old and insecure passwords.

Raise Awareness: The feature could help increase people’s awareness of the vital role of password security and the means of maintaining it.

Better control: Users who can exert some control over data will be more confident in using Google’s Password Manager.

Looking Ahead

The complete version of the “Delete all data” option is still being developed. It strongly demonstrates Google’s dedication to fostering user privacy and security. As online threats evolve, the need for better, more user-friendly tools to manage users’ digital credentials increases.

The update that is set to be released will be a blessing to many Android users. This is because it will be more optimized and offer a more secure way to manage users’ online passwords. As is the way of security, deleting all stored data for users should be taken with a grain of salt.

The Final Thought 

The option will greatly empower Android users to protect the data they keep on their digital devices. This approach helps dramatically simplify clearing stored credentials, which is crucial for greater privacy and easier account management. 

The feature’s future incarnation may yet come. Still, its availability indicates an end to practicing user-driven security, in which passwords are managed proactively, and overall internet security is optimized for Android users.

Also Read: Google Play Store introduces the Collections app shortcut

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chrome 135 for Android Embracing the Edge-to-Edge Experience

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |03 Mar 2025

With the upcoming Chrome 135 update, Google’s Chrome browser for Android will provide a more immersive and modern user experience. One main highlight of this release is arriving ‘edge-to-edge’ support. 

This lets the websites extend their content behind the navigation and status bars without any difference. The Chrome interface gives a cleaner, more visually pleasing look consistent with the contemporary Android design style.

Understanding Edge-to-Edge

For years, Android’s web content has been effectively constrained to what is drawn in the safe area. This leaves the status and navigation bar as distinct, frequently opaque elements. 

Weakened slightly, as a somewhat fragmented appearance can result, especially on devices with larger screens and small bezels. 

Immersive mode, edge to edge, allows websites to use the entire real estate screen beyond these system bars.

What This Means for Users

Visual Immersion: Users will experience precious visual immersion when viewing pictures, videos, and full-screen web applications.

Aesthetic: Edge-to-edge brings Android’s modern aesthetic forward by aligning Chrome with it and forming a much more polished look.

Increased Screen Utilization: This high screen utilization allows a more expanded view of a web lookup.

What This Means for Web Developers

Sites are considered because being an edge-to-edge layout means that in the assumption that the developer is creating a site. This includes:

Use system bars and ensure your content is not cut off by providing correct padding and margins.

You should install viewport meta tags to set the scale and fit of the website inside the screen.

Make sure that rendering is the same on all Android devices by doing a complete test.

The relevant Web APIs will let you rebuild layouts if you have a CSS function based on the device’s safe area insets.

This can give implementation an edge. It boosts user engagement and visual pleasure, which are crucial for user retention and interaction.

Implementation Details and Future Considerations

There is still no decision regarding Chrome, version 135, which follows the Android standard edge-to-edge. This should be as easy as possible to perform in web development using the existing website development techniques. 

Consequently, now is a better time to start this transition since Google will have many documents and developer resources. 

Some extra features will appear in Chrome Update, making Chrome more convenient, ready, round corners, etc., similar to edge-to-edge.

In Summary

This would bring us closer to a more modern, immersive browsing experience. The latest version of Chrome for Android does provide edge-to-edge support for Android.

It also supports Android running Windows and Mac. However, the real power of the Android display for browsing the web is in Chrome, which is visually engaging and fun.

Related Reading: Google Chrome Gets a Tab Search and Tab Group Sync

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google rolls out Android Auto 13.9 update

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |01 Mar 2025

Google can roll out Android Auto 13.9 quickly enough, less than a week after the release of Android Auto 13.8. The fact that Google is moving rapidly in addressing user feedback. It improves things with quick fixes and enhancements, which means this is a quick update. 

Android Auto is critical to millions of people’s in-car experience. Google’s dedication to constant evolution is evident in how quickly it has released version 13.9. Version 1.9 is a quick follow-up to 13.8, which implies improving the user experience and correcting any remaining gaps.

Addressing Potential Issues from 13.8

This batch of updates is primarily intended to roll out Android Auto 13.9 rapidly.

Bugs Fixes: Look for bugs or glitches that could cause crucial problems in version 13.8.

Stability Improvements: Enhancing the overall stability and reliability of the Android Auto platform.

Performance improvements: Orchestrating the performance improvement of the software to make it more responsive.

Here is what’s likely new in Android Auto 13.9

According to typical Android Auto update patterns:

Internal Improvements: Most of the changes may be focused on under the hood and improvements in bug fixes. It will ultimately provide a smoother and better gameplay experience.

Fixes: Connectivity issues, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, and USB connectivity, as well as issues regarding device pairing and data transfer.

Why the Quick Follow-Up?

New information shows that Google is:

Triggers User Feedback: For instance, a report of bugs and issues is quickly addressed.

Order of Priorities: Stability is the most important one.

Agile Development: Demonstrating a commitment to rapid iteration and continuous improvement.

How to Get Android Auto 13.9

The Android Auto updates are rolling out gradually. To check if you have the latest version, use the following specifications. 

Open the Play Store, search for ‘Android Auto,’ and tap ‘Update’ in the Google Play Store if available.

Set the reminder to turn on automatic updates on your device so you will know about the new generation of the admin app as and when it is released.

The Importance of Staying Updated

It is important to keep your Android Auto up to date for:

Improved Stability and Performance: Enjoying a smoother and more reliable experience.

Security Patches: Protecting your device from potential vulnerabilities.

Latest Version: The newest version has leverage enhancements and improvements.

The Closing

This rapid release of Android Auto 13.9 demonstrates Google’s commitment to shipping great in-car experiences. Built on Android Auto 13.9, it continues our efforts to mitigate Car crashes. 

Of course, specific changes will be subtle, but they will probably concentrate on fixing bugs and improving stability. 

Further updates and revisions are needed to improve users’ interactions with their system while a car is in motion.

More Reading: Original AAWireless Adapter Android Auto Solution is Back

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Chat Expands Markdown Support and Gemini Summaries

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |01 Mar 2025

Google Chat is getting a ton of upgrades, including Markdown Support and Gemini Summary. These improvements aim to organize communication and increase productivity in the platform, which has successfully become a more functional device for teams and individuals.

However, Google Chat has become necessary for workplace communication over the past few years. Google introduced two updates: the expanded support of Markdown and Gemini summaries. These features allow users to communicate more effectively and quickly.

What is Markdown? 

Markdown is a markup language whose syntax monitors something easier than a normal language. This is easy to write and read and perfect for quickly formatting messaging platforms. 

Because of its simplicity, you don’t need complex formatting tools to do your job. A simpler workflow is promoted.

How Gemini Summaries Work

Gemini analyzes shared content, such as documents or videos on YouTube. The feature summarizes it in a short form, highlighting the important points. 

When we prioritize chat, they can see summaries within the chat explaining the content without digging into the source.

Benefits of Gemini Summaries

With the help of AI-powered summaries, efficiency, and information processing are enhanced.

Incorporating AI-powered summaries into your digital tool has so many benefits that the users’ experience as they interact with and digest the information becomes vastly enhanced. 

They also enable us to stay productive, conserve time, and absorb the deepest insights from various content structures.

1. Increased Productivity

However, AI-generated summaries allow users to rapidly grasp the essence of shared materials without actually reading them all.

In the case of a long email thread or a long discussion on a project, summaries help professionals focus on the most important points. It enables them to reach conclusions quicker and handle the workload more efficiently.

2. Time Savings

The main benefit of summarization powered by AI is not spending excess time reading long reports or watching hours of videos only to extract significant points. 

These are summaries that show the most relevant information upfront. They help users prioritize tasks because the time they save can be used for more strategic work or critical decision-making.

3. Improved Information Consumption

AI-powered summaries ensure that excessive details won’t drown users and that they can quickly understand the gist of the information. This is very useful in a fast-paced environment, especially when you need to be up-to-date with discussions. 

Together, these benefits help make the workflow more efficient and streamlined. Users remain organized, well-informed, and ahead of their tasks with little effort.

Continuing economic issues and increased competition among companies will all fuel improvements in productivity through AI-driven summarization technology.

User Experience Enhancements

By providing additional Markdown support, messages become clearer and more expressive. This reduces the need to carry more strings through the application.

The Gemim summarization allows efficient information consumption, keeping users aware of minimal information.

Getting Around on the New Features

Ensure your Google Chat application or web version is up to date.

There are ways to start formatting your messages, one of which is by using Markdown syntax.

Gemini summaries will automatically show up when shared content is eligible for summarization.

The Wrap Up

These include expanding Markdown support and introducing Gemini summaries, which enhance Google Chat’s ability to enhance communication and productivity. 

This is where Google makes Google Chat an even more useful tool for modern communication and collaboration. It does so by increasing the formatting options and using AI to summarize. 

These new features provide a wonderful opportunity for users to explore them independently and see the benefits firsthand.

Latest on Google Chat: Google Chat Adds Group Renaming and New Board Tab

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Chat Automatic Translation for Workspace Users

Google Chat Automatic Translation for Workspace Users

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google Chat Adds Group Renaming and New Board Tab

Google Chat Testing Audio Huddle Backed by Meet

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
search-status bar bug

Googlе Chat gets Sidеbar with Custom Sеctions

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Rolls Out Android 16 Beta 2.1 to Fix Pixel-Specific Bugs

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |28 Feb 2025

Google has officially released Android 16 Beta 2.1. The company is particularly targeting bugs that affect Pixel devices. The software update focuses on boosting performance and rectifying the problems discovered.

It aims to stabilize the system for Android 16 beta edition participants. This update on Google advanced the user experience even before its final launch to Android 16. Since it intends to improve device performance with more reliable beta tests that use less likely disruptions.

The Importance of Beta Updates

Beta programs are crucial to Google’s electronic software development. This is where Google can get valuable feedback from customers.

This process updates the service, bugginess, performance, and other aspects with new feature functionality.

Since the beta software may contain new problems, developers are obliged to release incremental updates, such as Beta 2.1, to fix them.

Focus on Pixel Device Fixes

In mainstream terms, Android 16 Beta 2.1 aims to fix bugs presented by Pixel users and solidify Google’s flagships’ image. 

The fixes in this version do not fully disclose their nature. However, they contain fixes for platform stability and connectivity problems.

More importantly, the system suffers crashes (with freezes and unexpected system rebooting) in addition to crashes.

Connectivity: Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and cellular network issues.

User Interface: Glitches, visual anomalies, and responsiveness problems.

Key Improvements in Beta 2.1

Google generally has concise official release notes, and Beta 2.1 most likely contains those features. This update brings some important bug fixes for Pixel devices to solve the identified problems.

Stability Enhancements: Improvements to overall system stability and performance.

Minor Refinements: Small tweaks to the user interface or system behavior.

How to Get Android 16 Beta 2.1

Intending to roll the new update out through over-the-air (OTA), users of Pixel devices compatible with the Android 16 beta program can hope for the latest update to dial them so automatically. Users can 

They can check for software updates by Settings > System > System update and stay put for OTA notifications on its Android 16 Beta 2.1 updates.

Settings > System > System update.

Why Pixel Users Are Prioritized

To Google, the Pixel device line, made under its brand, is what they want to deliver the perfect user experience. 

This is very important because Pixel users adopt new Android software features too early. So we have to collect and resolve their input to improve the quality of the software before its official entry.

What to Expect in Future Beta Updates

Updates will be rolled out throughout the long time of the Android 16 beta. It is currently fixing program issues and ensuring an ideal consumer experience and framework execution. Future beta releases might include:

New Features: Introduction of additional features or enhancements.

Performance Optimizations: Further improvements to system performance and battery life.

Security Upgrades: Incorporate Solutions for All Recently Found Security Issues.

The Importance of User Feedback

Feedback in the Google beta program is an important part of product development since Google values user feedback. Android 16 Beta 2.1 won’t be available in your Play Store. You should report bugs, performance issues, and glitches using Google’s app designed for reporting them.

Preparing the feedback process helps Google spot and fix problems before the actual release. This provides a better and more refined user experience for all users. 

Participating in the beta program helps both Google and its users. Users contribute to improvements in performance and stability, which help define the future direction of Android development.

The Final Thought

Pixel beta users will appreciate the desirable update released as Android 16 Beta 2.1. Google is dedicated to solving user complaints by maintaining a steady and dependable system experience. 

Google is working on essential updates, including critical fixes while enhancing performance to finalize the official release of Android 16.

The beta program will continue optimizing the system through enhancements, producing a refined and feature-packed official release.

More Reading: Pixel’s Battery Health feature is getting refined in Android 16 Beta

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Adds Song Search History to iOS, Android Users Wonder

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |28 Feb 2025

Google has released a Song Search History option specifically for Google app users running iOS systems. After the application update, iPhone users can directly access previously identified songs through Google’s “What’s this song?” service. 

Android users are uncertain about receiving the same music-searching capabilities. This section evaluates the new iOS functionality, workings, and projected Android user advantages.

The Power of Google’s Song Search

Google’s “What’s this song?” feature allows users to use the microphone icon on the Google app. It aims to identify nearby songs in their environment. 

The tool proves extremely beneficial when you become aware of a great song that remains unidentified in your mind. The same capability has been available on iOS and Android platforms for a long time.

The New iOS Song Search History

iOS operating system users now benefit from a dedicated log-in, which saves their song searches. Users can find their music identification queries in a dedicated history log within the Google app. 

Users can now easily find their saved song search history directly inside the Google application. It is where they can access it according to their needs.

You can revisit songs you’ve identified through several options. It includes listening to previews, adding them to playlists, and accessing artist information.

How to Access the Song Search History on iOS

The process to view song search history on iOS devices can be accessed through these steps:

To view the feature on iOS devices, there is a simple process:

Open the Google App on your iPhone by launching the application.

Tap the Microphone Icon: Tap the microphone icon in the search bar.

Open the song search interface to locate a section that contains your previously identified music in their historical log.

What Android Users Can Expect

Like Android users, the song search history functionality might appear in a subsequent Google platform update. The company pursues identical feature sets in all of its software products. Android users can:

Users should maintain their Google App with its latest release version installed.

Subscriber should use the feedback function in the Google app to notify Google about their desire for the feature.

Users should track official Google statements for updates.

The Extract

Users who love music can find the new song search history function in the Google application useful for iOS devices. Google will probably release identical functionality to Android users in upcoming software versions.

During this period, Android users must use different approaches to monitor what songs they discover. Music discovery within Google applications becomes simpler through the newly integrated feature.

Also Read: Gboard Surpasses 10 Billion Downloads on the Play Store

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gboard Surpasses 10 Billion Downloads on the Play Store

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |27 Feb 2025

Google’s Gboard has downloads that exceed 10 billion. This is another achievement of Gboard’s ubiquitous nature. It’s proof enough that the app is popular and essential. This is 10 Billion Downloads for the entire length of the Android platform.

Gboard’s reaching this record-breaking milestone. It lends a lot of trust and reliability to the idea that Gboard is a foundational part of the Android ecosystem. It helps shape how billions and billions of people interact with each other.

Gboard’s Journey to 10 Billion

This impressive figure has since started with the app. The Gboard launched as a standalone in 2016, upon which the Google keyboard was developed. Due to its simple design, advanced features, and seamless work with Google services, it quickly became known as the Gboard. 

One of the reasons big companies invest in the Android platform is that it is evolving. Adding features such as GIF search, voice typing, and multiplicate support made Evernote one of the go-to keyboards for millions of Android users worldwide.

Factors Contributing to Gboard’s Success

The reasons for Gboard’s popularity (10 billion downloads) and numerous downloads cannot be overlooked.

With its widespread adoption on most Android devices that can be preinstalled, Gboard has become quite popular.

Very clean and intuitive: Gboard is easy enough to use. You can use it properly even if you are a first-time smartphone user.

Many Features: Gboard doesn’t disappoint with graphics, emoji, GIF search, voice-to-type, glide type, and more in many languages.

Gboard integrates other Google services, providing a better and more convenient experience.

Continuous improvement: Google improves Gboard constantly and updates it. That is why Google gets the better of the Bonding Factor through its image.

Gboard offers various customization options to customize your keyboard experience, including themes, layouts, and application settings.

The Significance of 10 Billion Downloads

The number of downloads is big for Gboard’s app, which has reached 10 billion across mobile phones. It fulfills the mobile communication need and shows that many Android users have already downloaded the app to their phones. This milestone also:

Gboard is an unmissable feature, but its use on Android proves it useless. Google has constantly improved its functionality and user experience. It signifies mobile communication: It indicates the function of keyboard apps in mobile communication.

What This Means for Users

Gboard has 10 billion Android downloads, proving it is a reliable and useful app. Hundreds of millions rely on it; it is a keyboard and a fast, feature-filled app. It offers auto-correct, glide typing, voice input and emoji suggestions, and multilingual capabilities.

This huge number of downloads means it’s popular. The app is seen as reliable, well-integrated, and always lives up to its anticipation. Gboard will certainly depend on its success in becoming the preferred number-one choice for the clicks of billions of Android users.

Looking Ahead

Gboard is growing, and we hope more innovations and enhancements will come. Future developments might include:

Their AI-powered Features Increase. Further, they Incorporate AI by adding predictive text, voice typing, and so on. It will also maximize Multilingual Support in many languages and dialects.

Optimization of the user’s energy consumption level. It is also integrated with new technologies, such as augmented reality.

The Final Verdict

Gboard’s 10 billion downloads on the Google Play Store make it popular among users. It works great with the latest technology and has a user-friendly interface. 

Android’s leading keyboard app can make it an important mobile communication by being strong. As Gboard is an ever-evolving, innovative engine, it will always be a major player for millions of Android users worldwide.

Also Read: Gboard for Android Gets a Subtle Dynamic Color Theme

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube podcast now reaches 1 billion monthly listeners

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |27 Feb 2025

YouTube podcast has reached a major milestone, revealing that the platform now has over 1 billion monthly podcast listeners. This achievement is even more decisive in cementing the company’s role, eliminating any distinction between video and audio-based consumption.

With this upsurge in podcast listenership, YouTube ensures that the industry evolves. This debunks the old platforms and alters how audiences open and interact with the audio content.

It’s a sign of a shift in consumer behavior and of YouTube’s rapid growth in podcasting. Users are catching on to video-enhanced podcasts and AI-suggested playlists and engaging with a community. 

The Rise of YouTube Podcasts

For a long time, YouTube became synonymous with video content. Despite that, the platform has excelled since its incursion into podcasting. 

With massive potential viewers, strong search engine algorithms, and seamless device integration, YouTube is the first platform where podcast creators and listeners come together.

Why YouTube is Likely to Win in Podcasts

Some factors contribute to YouTube’s quick growth in the podcasting arena.

YouTube already has more than two billion monthly active users, a vast audience to which to pitch your podcast.

However, many podcasts are now recorded as videos or have static images. That said, YouTube is the natural home for this visual podcast format. Let’s discuss what advantages YouTube has:

Recommendation: YouTube’s recommendation algorithms and search recommendations can easily aid users in discovering new podcasts related to their interests.

For all of which, accessibility: YouTube is available on various devices. It includes smartphones, tablets, smart TVs, and computers.

Monetization: YouTube has also opened up lucrative monetization options for podcasters, including advertising, Channel Memberships, and Super Chat.

The Impact on the Podcast Landscape

The emergence of YouTube as a major podcast platform is having an impact on the podcast landscape.

Increased Competition: Competition has risen between traditional podcast platforms like Spotify and Apple Podcasts while YouTube competes with them.

Video on the Up: Creators are turning to video podcasts because YouTube’s visual poverty makes it look less refined than it once did.

YouTube to Broader Audience: With YouTube promoting podcasting to its larger audience, not everyone has to be listening to podcasts.

What This Means for Creators

YouTube’s billion listeners have a large open door for those who own podcasting networks. Creators can easily get their podcasts published on YouTube by:

Let It Reach a Wider Audience: YouTube boasts a large user base.

Make it discoverable: Use YouTube’s search and tag recommendation algorithm.

The Future of YouTube Podcasts

We think YouTube’s success in podcasting will continue. Future developments could include:

Improvements in the playback controls: Enhanced audio playback controls and features.

Dedicated Podcast Sections: More prominent podcast sections within the YouTube interface.

Advanced Analytics: More detailed analytics for podcast creators.

Seamless Integration with YouTube Music: Tighter integration between YouTube and YouTube Music for podcast content.

The Closing

YouTube’s claim of 1 billion monthly podcast listeners proves that the YouTube platform has enormous power and flexibility. With the seamless podcasting integration, YouTube has become a leading player in the audio content space.

On the other hand, YouTube will be a key player in the trajectory of audio content in the future. It will continue to push bounds in innovating and creating new podcast offerings.

More on YouTube: YouTube for Android TV Gets Dubbed Tag for AI-Translated Audio

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Original AAWireless Adapter Android Auto Solution is Back

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |26 Feb 2025

The AAWireless Adapter is a compact yet game-changing device. It puts your mind at ease if the Android Auto owner is a scaredy cat regarding cables. Its buzz had faded into the general background a year after its release. It was lauded for promising seamless wireless connectivity when it launched. 

But in a change of turns, the original AAWireless adapter is back on the scene. Now, users who have had the AAWireless adapter for the first time. This surprise return is an encouragement for those who would like to improve in-car connectivity but with the restrictions of a cable connection.

A Brief History of AAWireless

AAWireless entered the scene with an Indiegogo campaign that raised funds. It brought an affordable version of Android Auto wired to wireless, and because it was easy, it became popular soon. 

Although production challenges and rising competition have threatened the Galaxy, its retail comeback doesn’t seem permanent.

The Comeback

The Android Auto user can continue their routine while the adapter reawakens. But the mystery of why people like this small device and how it is good for them has been the hassle-free reason for its return.

The evidence of this unexpected revival suggests that the manufacturers have previously had to iron out any problems. They prove that they did this. They are ready to bring their product back to a larger audience. 

Why is the AAWireless Adapter Still Relevant?

Despite the availability of other wireless Android Auto adapters, the original AAWireless holds a special place for some users. Here’s why it’s still relevant:

Ease of use: AAWireless’s ingeniousness made it such a good product that it was easy to use. All users needed to do was connect their phone and Bluetooth using their phone. Then, plug it into their car’s USB port.

Performance: The wireless connection performed great. Many users used an AAWireless adapter, and there were almost zero connection drops or lag.

Users Help: A user community also provided a lot of help. They shared hassle-free tips regarding troubleshooting.

The Wireless Android Auto Landscape

The wireless adapter returns to the market along with another Android Auto adapter. Although other adapters are already available, AAWireless’s comeback gives users more choices. It means that Android Auto fans still have more options when looking for the right adapter.

In addition, the release of microprocessors could create new competition between manufacturers to improve performance and increase features at lower prices throughout the industry.

More and more brands are focusing on their wireless solutions. It leads to more innovation and features for consumers in terms of user experience. Any chance to actually update an in-car connectivity is welcome.

The Final Thought

So, Android Auto users are left with the pleasant surprise that the original AAWireless adapter appears to have returned unexpectedly. 

It brings back a popular, reliable wireless connectivity solution, offering those who want to cut the cord a choice. 

The return of the AAWireless also demonstrates that there is still a strong appetite for simple, good-enough, very inexpensive solutions in this growing Android Auto wireless scene.

More on Android Auto: Android Auto update resolves issues with the SiriusXM app

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

What is the ‘SafetyCore’ app on my Android device?

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |26 Feb 2025

If you’ve browsed through your Android phone’s app list, you probably came across a SafetyCore app. This differs from third-party apps that you install yourself. It is a crucial system component in improving your device’s safety and emergency response capabilities.

The essential Android service is designed to help with several security, emergency, and safety-related functions. So that your device can provide critical assistance in an emergency. Although Google hasn’t released all of its features, it is thought that this is part of an emergency location, safety alert, and other security features.

SafetyCore

SafetyCore is not an application you interact with directly. It is a framework or service that other apps, especially those related to safety and emergency services, rely on. 

In other words, the underlying engine powers these safety features. This one is responsible for managing and coordinating safe-related functionalities.

What Does SafetyCore Do?

SafetyCore’s primary focus is to provide the safety apps the required environment for them to function properly, including:

Accurate and reliable location determination for emergency services to find you meaningfully. Location permissions and access are being managed for safety apps. Facilitating Emergency SOS features that let you call for help in one press of a button or gesture.

Auto emergency assistance: In conjunction with sensors, Crash Detection automatically alerts emergency services in case of car crashes.

Other Personal Safety Features include sharing your location with trusted contacts and receiving a safety alert. The non-monopoly integration with Emergency apps gives third-party emergency apps a common way of accessing emergency app-dependent information and functionalities.

Why Can’t I Find a SafetyCore Icon?

You will probably not find the SafetyCore icon in the app drawer because it is not a normal, visible application. However, rather than being direct, this is a background service. It works quietly away in the background without any interaction from you. 

Unlike regular apps you can open and use, SafetyCore runs automatically. So, these essential safety and emergency components work as they should. That’s because it is integrated into the Android system; it stays out of plain sight. It does only what it needs to do without affecting your daily usage.

Is SafetyCore Safe?

Yes, SafetyCore is a genuine and safe feature of the Android system. Google developed it to play a significant role in the Android ecosystem and provide security and emergency functions. 

As an official system component, SafetyCore has been made secure. It is updated regularly to handle potential vulnerabilities and maintain performance. It is part of Google’s continuing improvements in its safety features, which operate unnoticeably in the background.

Can I Disable SafetyCore?

You should generally not suppress SafetyCore. It is a vital system part that guarantees the correct performance of your Android device’s safety. 

It is crucial to provide security and location-based emergency services. Other protective services are more effective; disabling one may prevent you from using important safety features when needed. 

SafetyCore is enabled to keep the device on and ready to support in any emergency. It is an important part of Android’s overall security framework.

What is the Need to Use Location Services?

SafetyCore will need access to the location to enable safety features like Emergency SOS, crash detection, and location sharing. These features are effective only when location information is accurate. 

But SafetyCore will not access your location unless you use these features. It does not constantly trace your location. Using your phone’s settings, you can manage location permissions for each app utilizing SafetyCore.

In Summary

This is why SafetyCore is a useful background service on your Android phone that powers some safety features. It is not an app that you will directly interact with. However, it’s important to have it to protect your safety and well-being. 

This is safe and legitimate and should not be disabled. It is like the unsung hero of your phone’s safety system’ working behind the scenes to keep you safe.

Related Reading: Pixel’s Battery Health feature is getting refined in Android 16 Beta

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Play Store introduces the Collections app shortcut

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |25 Feb 2025

Google is introducing a new app shortcut for the Play Store called Collections app shortcut. It aims to allow users to quickly access curated lists of apps and games. 

This feature is intended to help users discover apps. It does so by categorizing content thematically into collections of themes. This update lets Users locate the applicable apps based on their likes, needs, or trending recommendations.

This rollout will eventually be applied to all users in stages. So, if you do not see it yet, ensure your Google Play Store app is updated and wait for future improvements.

The Challenge of App Discovery

The Google Play Store has millions of apps and games, so selecting the right ones can be difficult. However, a search is one of the only options users have for finding new and interesting apps.

They are often reliant on curated lists and recommendations. However, navigating these curated sections can be a several-step process.

The “Collections” Shortcut: Streamlined Access

The new “Collections” app with a shortcut addresses this problem by letting you access these lists directly. Users will notice that they can add the ‘Collections’ option next to other shortcuts.

They can also add ‘My apps’ or ‘Games’ by long-pressing the Google Play Store icon on their home screen. Upon tapping on “Collections,” they will go straight to the curated lists section of the Play Store.

What are “Collections”?

The collections within the Google Play Store are lists of apps and games grouped by theme, category, or suggestion. These collections can be created by Google Play editors, developers, or other users. They might focus on:

These are genres: Best RPGs, Top Puzzle Games, and Essential Productivity Apps.

These include themes such as “Apps for Travel,” “Games for Kids,” and “Apps for Learning.”

Another aspect of the repo is its seasonal events, which include “Back to School Apps” and “Holiday Games.”

Benefits of the “Collections” Shortcut

This new shortcut offers several key benefits. Users can be efficient, as the curated app and game lists are available directly on their home screens.

Better App Discovery: The collections shortcut helps you find new and appropriate apps and games much more easily. It depends on your interests or needs.

Curated Lists Accessibility: Increases user experience by streamlining access to curated lists contained in the Play Store.

More Engagement: Curating the content should make it more convenient for users to discover more apps and games in the Play Store.

How to Use the “Collections” Shortcut

It’s simple to use the new shortcut.

Long slide over any of the icons of the Google Play Store on your Android home screen.

A list of app shortcuts will be available. Tap on the “Collections” option.

Click this to be directed to the Play Store’s “Collections” section.

Rollout and Availability

Google has gradually rolled out the “Collections” app shortcut for Android users. It allows a seamless way to find and use curated content in the Google Play store. Like many of Google’s updates, this feature will be introduced in steps so that some users will have it sooner.

If you haven’t seen the ‘‘Collections’’ shortcut in Google Play yet, check the Google Play settings for updates. Other than new features, keeping your app up to date can improve your track record of receiving new features.

Future Possibilities

But this new shortcut is another step towards more innovation in app discovery inside the Play Store. Future developments might include:

Personalized Collections focus on user preferences and interests compiled by the user, a friend, followers, designers, etc. Dynamic Collections reflect the most recent apps, user activity, etc.

Having the ability to integrate ‘Collections’ with other Google services. It includes Google Search or Google Assistant. This will make it easier for people to discover apps.

The Closing Thought

An improvement to the way noobs discover apps is that the Google Play Store is getting the “Collections” app shortcut. 

Curated lists of apps and games are fast to access the provision of Google to users quick access to the relevant content. The potential of a worldwide world of applications because users can now access the needed things quickly. 

This small but significant change further pertains to Google’s ongoing efforts. It aims to improve the Play Store and make it a more useful resource for Android users.

Also Read: Google Replaces SMS with QR Codes for Secure Gmail Account Creation

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Drive Supercharges video search with transcripts

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |25 Feb 2025

Google Drive is taking an enormous step forward in indexing video search functionality, such as video search with transcripts. The update allows users to find specific points within video files and interact with stored video content differently. This eliminates the need to review long recordings and locate interesting information individually.

Google’s efforts to integrate more AI-driven search improvements across the body have been expanding. By making video content searchable, Google Drive allows users to streamline the workflow and have a better user experience. 

The Challenge of Video Search

Finding a specific piece of information in a video is very time-consuming. Users previously had to look at file name descriptions or search through every video. 

This is an inefficient and frustrating process, especially if it’s for a long recording or something. You need to find a particular keyword or perhaps a phrase.

Transcripts to the Rescue

The solution from Google Drive is here. The automatic generation of uploaded video transcripts—does a lot of legwork for those users.

The videos are then indexed as transcripts. They enable them to be searched across all YouTube content using the YouTube search box. 

Instead, users can search by word and phrase with the new feature. Google Drive will show when the text is said within the video.

How it Works

Google Drive integrates seamlessly and does not affect your workflow. Users upload their video files to Google Drive like any other video file storage service.

Google Drive: Google Drive automatically generates the transcript of the video’s audio. This process may take some time, depending on the length of the video.

Indexable: The generated transcript is indexed, and the video content is indexable.

Features: Google Drive introduces a new function. It is where users can now perform keyword searches on the files present on their drive, including video transcripts.

Benefits of Searchable Transcripts

With this new feature, many benefits come to Google Drive users:

1. Finding specific information inside videos becomes much easier and faster when videos are specified.

2. It improves users’ Productivity; users can quickly find the relevant parts of video recordings.

3. Transcripts even make video content accessible to those who are deaf or hard of hearing.

4. Searchable transcripts can aid users in better organizing their video libraries.

5. This allows collaborators to easily find the information they seek by sharing the videos.

Supported Video Formats and Languages

Google hasn’t disclosed an exhaustive list, but the video transcript generation probably includes many commonly supported video formats. 

Transcripts might be accurate but also inaccurate; likewise, they can be available, but they aren’t. 

All of this depends on the audio quality and language used in the video. The more technology does, the more likely Google will add support for more formats and languages.

Future Enhancements

This is the first important step; however, further improvements can include the following:

User Manual Transcript Editing: Ability to edit and correct the automatically generated transcripts.

Transcript Download: The transcript is a separate file for those who prefer it.

Seamless Integration with Other Google Services: Another aspect could be seamless integration with other Google services. This includes Google Docs for better collaboration and productivity.

Transcripts with Speaker Identification: One more feature that can be included is speaker identification in transcripts. This makes it even easier to follow conversations in the video.

The Final Thought

Adding searchable transcripts to Google Drive’s video search is a game changer for anyone who works with video content. It makes the usual tedious video search easy. 

This update proves that Google is dedicated to making its productivity tools even more powerful and user-friendly.

It will reshape how users can consume video content in the cloud, greatly saving time and revealing the wealth of information often uselessly trapped in video files.

More on Google Drive: Google Drive File Picker Redesigned on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Drive Redesign

Google Drive Redesign Brings Modern Look to Android App

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Scanner to Bottom Bar

Google Drive Shifts Scanner to Bottom Bar for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Google Drive File Picker Redesigned on Android

Google Drive File Picker Redesigned on Android

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Google Replaces SMS with QR Codes for Secure Gmail Account Creation

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |24 Feb 2025

Google is settling for more secure new Gmail account authentication methods, namely SMS with QR Codes. The company is moving away from SMS-based verification — though it may not be obvious. 

It represents a meaningful step towards dealing with the security threats SMS authentication presents. It includes SIM exchange attacks, burglaries, and phishing frauds. With QR Codes, Google hopes to simplify the process of creating a new account. This makes it secure, efficient, and convenient.

The Vulnerability of SMS

SMS verification is a common security measure that is used, but it has shortcomings. For example, SMS can be intercepted in many ways: SIM swapping, a third party taking a user’s telephonic number, and phishing, tricking a user into giving away their phone number. 

SMS-based verification is less reliable, and users are more sensitive to being hijacked in their accounts, which makes these vulnerabilities.

The QR Code Solution

QR code verification is a much stronger alternative to Google’s shift. New Gmail users who enter their email address and password won’t get an SMS verification code. Instead, they will be given a QR code they need to scan. 

For instance, they will scan the code using a QR code scanning app on their cell phone. The app does not force them to type the code; it verifies their identity and finalizes account creation.

How it Works

This process is user-friendly and has the highest efficiency level.

The user has begun to create a Gmail account on his computer.

The screen will show you a unique QR code instead of asking a person to enter a phone number.

If the smartphone’s camera is opened to scan the QR code, it is obviously on the computer.

A Gmail account is created because the user’s identity is verified using the scan.

Benefits of QR Code Verification

The major advantages of the transition of QR code verification are:

Security: QR codes are almost impossible to intercept compared to SMS messages, so they are a more secure verification method. This helps reduce the outcomes of SIM swapping and phishing attacks.

Scanner Faster than Manual Input: Scanning a QR code is more rapid and convenient than manually inputting the verification code. It streamlines the account creation process.

Decreased Reliance on Phone Numbers: Reducing the reliance on phone numbers for verification is useful. It is for those who do not want to disclose their number or cannot easily get an SMS.

The Future of Account Security

Google’s latest authentication step, using QR code verification for account creation, signals a trend towards more secure and easier ways for users to authenticate themselves. 

With technology advancing constantly, more account security innovations will arise, eventually replacing SMS as a less secure method.

It aims to authenticate accounts with more robust mechanisms, such as QR codes, biometrics, or even more advanced techniques.

The Climax

Replacing one of the weakest points in user security—SMS verification of the order to create a Gmail account—with QR codes is a giant leap towards better security. SMS authentication’s built-in vulnerabilities make it a more secure and convenient option. 

It signifies Google’s commitment to protecting its users and sets a precedent for others in online services. Proactive steps are necessary as online threats are constantly evolving. User accounts must be protected to contribute to the trust digital platforms have.

More Insights: Google brings call history filters and Material 3 Search Bar to Phone by Google

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube for Android TV Gets Dubbed Tag for AI-Translated Audio

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |24 Feb 2025

YouTube is introducing a new Dubbed Tag on Android TV. A label will appear on videos where the original audio has been replaced with an AI-generated dub. Adding this feature on YouTube allows you to give the viewer a sense of what they are hearing.

This update is especially important because it’s for a multilingual audience. It relies on dubs to get content in their preferred language. Additionally, this fits into YouTube’s overall campaign to make content more accessible and clear across different devices.

The Rise of AI Dubbing

In recent times, we have made great strides in the production of AI-powered dubbing technology. It renders video translation in numerous different languages at an affordable rate. 

In the long term, this will unleash other possibilities for content creators to reach a wider audience. This also means that viewers need to know when they are listening to a voice generated by AI.

The “Dubbed” Tag: Transparency for Viewers

Also, YouTube for Android TV brings the “Dubbed” tag to YouTube, which is an evident pointer to transparency. 

While the video uses AI dubbing, this tag will be highly visible next to the video title or other metadata. 

Viewers can quickly identify which videos have been dubbed. Thus, they decide whether to watch the content with AI-generated audio or without.

Benefits of the “Dubbed” Tag:

This would be seemingly small, but in fact, it has a lot of benefits:

The original audio between the scenes should be recognizable. Any artificial intelligence-generated audio dubbing should be clearly in the background; the viewers can completely change it.

As AI dubbing has quickly gained popularity, the voice of AI sounded very different from that of a human. The tag sets expectations and provides insight into the audio that will be heard.

For Quality Purse: “Dubbed” will enhance the AI dubbing technology. The more viewers hate the audio, the more the devs will have to create entirely more natural, expressive AI voices.

How the “Dubbed” Tag Works

When you list the metadata, like the ‘Dubbed’ tag, the Video Resolution Closed Captions will be listed. This can be shown clearly and simply with another icon or color that distinguishes it from other tags. 

Suppose we focus on using AI dubbing consistently regardless of the video. In that case, the tag will be the same across all the videos that use AI dubbing, uniformizing the viewers’ experience.

Looking Ahead

The ‘Dubbed’ tag is a great way to include some transparency in online videos. This makes it relevant to discern whether or not there are concerned versions of the audio. With the advancement of AI dubbing technology over time, we could notice more developments.

In the future, such tags could be language-specific, e.g., “Dubbed (Spanish)” or “Dubbed (French).” The viewer can view it to determine what audio is there. 

The Extract

The transparency that the “Dubbed” tag on YouTube for Android TV provides to the viewer allows them to know what they are watching. 

It underscores the use of AI dubbing in online videos and the need to mention audiences to ensure that. If creators use anything that sounds like AI, they must make it explicit that it’s AI. 

This is a small but important step towards creating more AI-enabled translation. It provides all the content in a linguistically accessible form.

Also Read: YouTube Fixes Bugs for the Mini-Player on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Google TV BoxExpands Availability Podcast Tab

YouTube for Android TV Expands Availability of Podcast Tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google's reduced RAM requirements for Android TV may risk performance

Google’s reduced RAM requirements for Android TV may risk performance

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
YouTube TV App

What Is Android TV?

Author AvatarKashif Saleem

Latest

Circle to Search Gets a Makeover with Transparent Navigation bar

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |23 Feb 2025

Today’s world is digital, and people want that information faster. Google’s Circle to Search tool has become a powerful way. It aims to immediately identify and quickly search anything displayed on a user’s Android screen. But now, Google has improved this feature with a subtle design change: a Transparent Navigation bar. 

This update is all about creating a more seamless and modern search experience. A transparent navigation bar splits the search experience in the middle. It has become the modern search experience for the bottom sheet and the full-screen search page results.

What is Circle to Search?

Circle to Search may seem trivial to some. However, it allows you to identify and search the screen’s content easily. The feature can be turned on by long pressing the home button or navigation bar (as per your device’s setup). 

From there, you start circling the object you want to know more about on Google Search. The next step is to highlight that object on the image or scribble over the object. This eliminates the need to type search queries manually. It is very handy if you want to search for an object, translate text, or view other information about the object from your screen.

The Navigation Bar Refresh

When Search is used with Circle, the bottom navigation bar stays opaque. It visually separates the search results from the underlying app or content.

Google is now ready to remove the bar from this oversight. This should better enable the search results to match the below. It brings together elements into a more cohesive and presentation-friendly one.

Why the Change?

Modern aesthetics dictate that transparent navigation bars be featured in contemporary app design. Overall, their use assists in creating a cleaner and more sophisticated user interface on mobile. This makes Circle to Search more presentable and updated.

Space Optimization: This is obviously slight. However, a transparent navigation bar sometimes allows a few extra screen real estate pixels. That tendency can be useful for devices with smaller displays because it shows more search results. 

How it Affects Different Navigation Styles

Each case above differs slightly depending on whether you use the traditional 3-button navigation system or gesture navigation on Android. The transparent bar is more obvious to users with 3-button navigation, replacing color with see-through. 

The change may be more subtle for gesture navigation users. It will add more polish and a modern look to the interface. Regardless of how you choose to navigate to an object, the overall appearance will remain slightly more streamlined than before.

A Step Forward for User Experience

The transparent navigation bar seems like a small change. However, it emphasizes Google’s desire to improve the user experience of its products. 

This small thing helps Circle to Search, in general. To make a more polished, modern, and immersive search experience of discovering what is to know. 

Given its incessant improvement, we are bound to make more subtle but impactful design choices to improve users’ journeys through its search features.

Conclusion

Implementing the transparent navigation bar in Circle to Search is an elegant way to evolve the feature. It isn’t just for aesthetic value; it is about enhancing interaction seamlessly and visibly. 

This update reinforces Circle to Search as a strong tool. This is for quick and easy information access, demonstrating that Google is still committed to making mobile search as easy as possible.

Related Reading: Circle to Search Update: Enhanced Long-Press and Haptic Feedback

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Music Adds Descriptive Titles to My Mixes

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |22 Feb 2025

With descriptive titles for ‘My Mixes,’ YouTube Music shows users what type of music is contained within. The old playlist mixes were usually thrown using titles of ‘My Mix 1’ and ‘My Mix 2’. However, it did not communicate precisely what songs were in them. 

This YouTube Music update will enable mix titles to better represent users’ musical styles or moods. It simplifies how users discover suitable playlists for their activity or mood. YouTube Music gives users direct access to the appropriate music playlists.

The Problem with Generic Mix Names

Previously, YouTube Music users did this by giving their playlist numbers without giving hints about the playlists’ contents. 

However, users found the numbers problematic as they did not provide contextual information among users with multiple personalized mixes. 

The problem of undistinctive playlist labeling made it cumbersome to seek appropriate playlists ‘on the fly.’ This, in turn, induced an inferior user experience during musical activities.

Descriptive Titles

Descriptive mixes solve this problem since descriptive titles expose the necessary information about what is in the mixes. With genre, mood, activity, era, artist, and theme labels, the new system allows mixes to acquire labels for what is in them.

Genre: “My Pop Mix,” “My Indie Rock Mix,” “My Electronic Mix”

Mood: “My Upbeat Mix,” “My Chill Mix,” “My Workout Mix”

Activity: “My Commute Mix,” “My Study Mix,” “My Party Mix”

Era: “My 90s Mix,” “My 2000s Mix”

Artist or Theme: “My [Artist Name] Mix,” “My Summer Mix”

Benefits of Descriptive Titles

Users will be able to locate suitable mixes rapidly as there are no open, separate playlists. In addition, improved Mix Management titles help users gain a comprehensive overview of Mixes. It also organizes them at will, providing better organization and management.

This modification, in turn, made the “My Mix” section less complex and, thus, more enjoyable for the user. The purchase title is descriptive, and the user gets the experience they like when each personalized mix is realized that it was indeed created for the user.

How the Titles are Generated

The titles created by the particular process that YouTube Music uses to create them are not shown. However, the titles tend to employ several factors.

Based on its history, users listening to the music are most predicted. Playlist Creation displays the kinds of playlists the users have created and stored in their collection.

Likes and Dislikes was about user feedback on songs and song artists. Genre and Mood Classifications: YouTube Music’s internal classifications of songs and artists.

Looking Ahead

Of course, it can potentially add improvements and further improvements in future versions. Therefore, these customization options should be able to change the default names that come with mixes by options. 

You would get more specific descriptive elements. They must identify specific musical genres, artists, and mood patterns within each mix’s music content. 

Technological improvements that come with the platform’s evolution will make it more convenient for users to find suitable music mixes that they require.

Conclusion

While this change may be modest, it will substantially value YouTube Music. It improves playlist discovery and organization by providing extra contextual information.

This enables playlists to be better discovered and organized. It means better discovery and richer organization, improving the discovery feature and making it easier for users to use. 

The system is now more specific—in that the numbers are, most importantly, generic. So, it lets users pick what they feel like doing. The music experiences will heavily depend on digitally enhanced music experiences in future music streaming competitions.

More on YouTube Music: YouTube Music Turns Up the Volume on “Ask Music”

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Meet rolls out Material 3 control sheet redesign

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |22 Feb 2025

The most noticeable change is Google Meet’s upgrade to the Material 3 control sheet redesign. It brings a modern, more refined, visually designed, nicer look while remaining consistent with other Google apps. The redesign not only adds aesthetic improvements but also includes more forward functions.

The new layout likely improves and makes buttons more accessible. It gives users easy access to common actions such as muting, turning the camera on and off, and managing participants. Google Meet’s evolution as it adopts Material 3 reinforces the goal of embracing a more gorgeous and intuitive look.

What is Material 3?

Material 3 is Google’s newest design system. It aims to create more dynamic, personalized, and adaptive ways of interacting with a user. Dynamic Color is one of its important features because it will change the interface’s color scheme. This makes the entire experience look better visually. Updated Typography also brings a more modern, readable font to the UI, with text clarity on the improved UI. 

Additionally, the system includes redesigned components. These refine the interaction’s buttons, menus, and other interface elements to provide a more consistent and intuitive user experience. These changes will improve Material 3’s picture of a more beautiful and user-felt digital world.

The Google Meet Redesign

Among the noticeable changes on the Google Meet’s Material 3 control sheet redesign are the following:

Updated Looks: The control sheet, buttons, icons, and menu have been revamped using the Material 3 design language. This also entailed retaining the concept of dynamic color and newer typography.

Reorganization: The identified key controls are probably in a redesigned format for better organization and ease of usage. It could mean that the frequently used functions will be displayed in larger sizes.

New Features: Icons: Updating icons is to provide a better unification with the Material 3 visuals.

Improved Movement and Transitions: The control page looks more refined regarding the interaction’s movement and transitions.

Particular Modifications 

Roundness: Look for more round-shaped corners on the buttons, among other interface components, which Material 3 already has.

Relating to the theme Color: This control sheet’s color might change depending on the users’ Android or iOS background.

Lack of Organization: This narrows down to the design of controls, which may be easily reorganized for enhanced efficiency.

Benefits of the Redesign

New features proposed in the Material 3 version are beneficial for Google Meet users in the following ways:

New Interface: It makes the app more presentable and easier for the eyes to use.

Increased Efficiency: When controlling and navigating, modifying the current layout might improve efficiency in handling meetings.

Integration with Other Applications: Material 3 helps Google ensure a uniform interface in its other applications.

Better Accessibility: Material 3 may contain accessibility enhancements favorable to users with disabilities.

Conclusion

Although it’s an aesthetic upgrade to Google Meet’s control sheet played as the Material 3 refresh, the change is welcome nonetheless. 

It will bring some functional improvements, improve usability, and make working with meetings more efficient. 

We expect Google to continue refining and enhancing the Google Meet interface as its design language evolves.

Also Read: Google Home Camera History Gets a Double-Tap for Quick Seeking

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Meet Introduces Dynamic Layouts for a Modernized Grid

Google Meet Introduces Dynamic Layouts for a Modernized Grid

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Meet's Live Captions Now with 30-Minute History!

Google Meet’s Live Captions Now with 30-Minute History!

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google Meet for Android will shortly get AI-generated backgrounds

Google Meet for Android will shortly get AI-generated backgrounds

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Google Home Camera History Gets a Double-Tap for Quick Seeking

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |20 Feb 2025

This time, Google has enhanced the home camera history by adding the Double-Tap for an easy-seeking feature. This new functionality facilitates fast-forwarding or rewinding recorded videos, which users can easily do by tapping. 

This update greatly simplifies finding the specific portion of a video. This is interesting when it is unnecessary to scroll or rewind through the video poorly. It is part of Google’s goal to make smart home integration smoother. The feature facilitates the use of security and monitoring systems.

The Challenge of Reviewing Camera History

Watching recorded video sequences taken by security cameras might be rather tiresome. It becomes quite monotonous to slide through long timelines. This may even scrub to get to a certain position in the timeline. 

Sometimes, users must determine something that occurred at a certain period of time. For example, when a specific individual got home or movement was recorded. It becomes very difficult for the user to scroll through the entire history.

The Double-Tap Solution

The new double-tap feature aims to streamline this process. Regarding navigation within the recorded footage, double-tapping the timeline in the Google Home app allows users to fast-forward or fast-rewind. This helps to achieve better navigation and faster movement to specific points.

How it Works:

The elements of such a system shall be presumably determined in the following way:

Select the Google Home app and

Go to the camera for the operation for which you want to see the history.

For the iPhone, go to the middle of the screen.

Double-tap to zoom forward / backward:

Benefits of the Double-Tap Feature

These components are easy to implement and provide the following advantages:

Faster Navigation: Quickly jump to different points in the recording without manual scrolling.

Navigational Convenience: It makes reviewing the camera history more convenient and not time-consuming.

That is why using search tools is so efficient: They help you quickly move through footage and locate one event or another.

Time-saving: This will save time that would otherwise be spent searching for such recordings.

Beyond Double-Tap: Other Improvements to Camera History:

Looking Ahead

The feature that enables customers to double-tap on the Google Home camera history has been incorporated. Because of the advancement in smart home technology, we can look forward to more improvements in the handling and review of security cameras. 

It will not be surprising to realize that such functions as the fine-tuned selection of events to track will only develop. Artificial intelligence integration will thus make it no difficulty to observe our homes and loved ones.

Conclusion

One minor enhancement is the ability to use the double-tap gesture. It aims to fast-forward or rewind the history feature of the Google Home camera.

This shows that Google strives to polish and stir up smart home applications, making them easily accessible and congenial.

Users can control their homes and enforce security measures effectively by simplifying the procedure of previewing the recorded clips.

Also Read: Google Tasks Gets Dedicated Website, Streamlining Productivity

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Music Turns Up the Volume on “Ask Music”

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |20 Feb 2025

There are clear signs that YouTube Music’s ‘Ask Music’ feature will be much more integrated into YouTube Music. This shift lies in applying artificial intelligence in the interface to establish YouTube Music as an assistant. It guides users in discovering and deeper engagement with music through the tool referred to as feature.” 

Although it is still unclear how changes will happen, the enhanced feature will be a fitting addition to YouTube Music. Using the conversational component might attract more users to engage with the service. This gives it an advantage over rivals and provides a unique experience, such as user interaction recommendations.

What is “Ask Music”?

As such, “Ask Music” is a tool for using voice and text queries to navigate the existent features of the YouTube Music app. What is more, it is not limited to the artist search. 

This conversational approach will increase the chances of music discovery and playing more naturally. It also uses Google NLP systems to parse user queries and return the right results.

Why the Increased Prominence?

There are also diverse factors that probably influenced the channel’s decision to promote “Ask Music.”

Improvement in User Experience: Conversational search can provide a better experience as a search query compared to standard keyword search.

Experience: Apple must establish its competitive advantage in the music streaming market, where differentiation factors are a core strength. It is another distinguishing feature, and it works for YouTube Music in the following manner.

AI and NLP: Google is another strong component of using AI. The company is at the forefront of developing these technologies. Thus, the new option lets it showcase this expertise and provide users with innovations.

Opinion: Based on the analyzed data, YouTube Music recommendations can be more personalized in terms of the proposed songs.

Accessibility: voice is usually a preference for some users, which increases the possibility of using the portal.

How This Product Is Becoming More Prominent

Therefore, the feature “Ask Music” could form part of the following elements. Even though the specifics of how it would be so might differ:

Dedicated Button or Icon: The YouTube Music application can provide users with access to the feature through a small button or icon.

Additional features: To enhance the feature, YouTube Music might provide users with tutorials or onboarding that demonstrate how to use it.

Advertisement: It might initiate an ad to promote“Ask Music” and inform people of its utility.

Benefits for Users

It eliminates the necessity to go back to the main menu to search for another song. Once the feature has more related content, it can provide several advantages to the users.

Improved Navigation: Navigating through it becomes easier and more natural. Unlike the standard mobile application, which requires a manual guide and tutorial.

Additional Features: There are options to create playlists based on mood, activities, or even the preferred music.

Fully Integrated with Voice: One of the wonderful aspects is that voice integration controls the music playback without using hands.

Conversational search: This interaction with the search can be even faster than entering a few keywords.

Challenges and Opportunities

All in all, there are several issues with ‘Ask Music’:

The AI agent should precisely interpret a request that may be ambiguous or paradoxical. Improving the platform’s ability to estimate the context of users’ requests is crucial. In essence, it is critical to cooperate with other YouTube Music features when implementing this feature.

Conclusion

Making “the Ask Music” section more integrative is part of simplifying the search. Moreover, using conversational search to stand out in the limited music streaming market. 

With the improvements in AI, enhancements of the feature and other such options are also possible. They would change how consumers interact with and consume music. 

Knowing how users respond to this conversational approach and how YouTube Music enhances and diversifies its features will be compelling.

More on YouTube Music: YouTube Music May Replace the Song/Video Switcher

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Meet’s Live Captions Now with 30-Minute History!

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |19 Feb 2025

Google Meet is among the fundamental tools for communication in virtual meetings, webinars, and teamwork. The best element is that practically anyone can enjoy the benefit of live captioning. They can now use it to either improve the quality of Google Meet or stay engaged with the session. This is another accessibility advancement Google has made. The chosen implementation is a 30-minute Live Captions history.

Finally, users have access to a 30-minute scrolling button. It allows them to scroll through previous conversation points during meetings without losing important messages. This is crucial to developing remote collaboration and enhancing team productivity in the expanding world of hybrid work arrangements.

Why is Caption History Important?

The importance of live captions includes the following significant benefits:

The technology makes the platform usable for people with hearing or deaf impairments. Different people interpret captions in different ways. They are helpful to hearing-capable people and others when chaos or unclear conversations with foreign accents are needed. Reading captions gives readers two benefits: it keeps them engaged and focused.

The caption history does not produce a full written transcription. It constitutes an important document of important meeting topics to maintain. Captions ease language acquisition because they help those learning the language for the first time.

How the 30-Minute History Works

When participants meet, they can view the last thirty minutes of captioned text via the 30–minute history protocol. This means you can:

Through this function, users can easily check the previous contents if some users joined this meeting late. The captions allow for backward review, so viewers can scroll through previous information to read the caption. This feature allows participants to look at discussion highlights one more time.

If you have doubts about what content will be provided, check the current caption displayed. Specific steps can be taken on the Google Meet platform to let customers access the caption history. 

Benefits of the Update

Many advantages are introduced by this update that users can benefit from.

The update makes it easy for the participants to revise complicated discussions, allowing them to see and understand them better.

Because live captions increase their value, users with hearing impairments benefit from increased accessibility.

Thanks to the meeting caption history, participants can explain things more clearly, which helps avoid misunderstandings and mistakes.

Looking Ahead

The caption history feature added by Google Meet has now improved the live captioning capability. It is an action that repeats Google’s commitment to supporting the user – with better user experience while being accessible. Future enhancements could include:

For specific keyword searches, the caption history provided, users can use Searchable History.

Users can also save their transcripts using available options for hybrid capture capabilities to be used whenever needed.

Real-time Translation Integration: Combining caption history with real-time translation for multilingual meetings.

The Closing Thought

Google Meet now offers a 30-minute live caption history to help users participate more effectively in online sessions. 

This tool gives the parties involved in the conversation complete control. So they can understand what is being said without misinterpreting it. 

New capabilities will be introduced due to the technological advancements in communication between users and their colleagues.

Related Reading: Google Meet for Android will shortly get AI-generated backgrounds

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Meet Introduces Dynamic Layouts for a Modernized Grid

Google Meet Introduces Dynamic Layouts for a Modernized Grid

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
ludicrously capacious buttons

Google Meet rolls out Material 3 control sheet redesign

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Meet for Android will shortly get AI-generated backgrounds

Google Meet for Android will shortly get AI-generated backgrounds

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

Google Tasks Gets Dedicated Website, Streamlining Productivity

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |19 Feb 2025

Google Tasks is widely used to manage to-do lists and tasks. It is now available on its dedicated website for a smoother, single experience. This is how we have introduced access and usability.

With the new website, they can more effectively manage tasks without needing third-party integrations or other Google services. It has a clean, useful user interface for creating, editing, and organizing tasks.

It is a productive tool for personal and professional task management through task categorization, due dates, and reminders.

A New Home for Your To-Dos

Google Tasks previously interacted mostly via other Google Workspace apps, including Gmail, Calendar, Drive,e or the Google Calendar web interface. 

Although the integrations came together nicely, the idea of integrating often felt like a secondary feature. 

Google also had a special place on its new dedicated website tasks.google.com (part of this move).

Familiar Interface, Enhanced Focus

Products running within the new website have the same clean and easy-to-use interface as the Tasks mobile app and website. 

That means from a user’s perspective, existing users will see no difference. They will continue to use the site and, for those users, a better environment for managing to do just that. 

The website allows users to create them, sort them in lists and reminders, and mark them as completed. 

Streamlined Productivity

There are some advantages to having a dedicated website for people’s productivity. The first is that it eliminates the need to travel to other applications to understand the tasks, which saves time. Second, the interface has a better overview of functions and lists on full screen. 

Therefore, they are easier to prioritize and to keep a firm hold on. The dedicated website finally states that Tasks may expand with improvements or add-ons. This is because Google writes it is committed to Tasks as a standalone productivity tool.

A Welcome Change

Launching the dedicated Google Tasks website welcomes news for users who require that platform to manage and organize their activities. It is easy to manage tasks and makes concentration easier, and Google continues to work to improve its productivity tools. 

The dedicated website is equally helpful if you’re a long-time Tasks user or new to the platform. It’s a convenient and efficient way of managing your doss and achieving your goals.

The Final Verdict 

Finally, the arrival of a Google website is a major development for the platform. Google has done this with a centralized and focused environment. It does so by streamlining the task management process and empowering the users to work more. 

Without any loss of functionality, the new website makes it simple to keep things organized and conquered on your to-do list. 

This is a sign that Google doesn’t plan to let Tasks go away any time soon. It signals that the platform has a bright future ahead and that more features and integrations will come.

More to Read on: Google Tasks May Soon Receive Visual Upgrades

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Simplifies Play Collections Launch with App Shortcut

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |18 Feb 2025

Google is introducing an easy app shortcut within the Play Store. This aims to make it easier to get to Play Collections, Play Collections’ curated lists of apps and games,

This new shortcut is intended to offer quicker and simpler means of gaining access to handpicked apps and games without trimming the needle. 

This update can encourage users to interact with the Play Store’s curated content. The feature simplifies navigation and offers a better overall user experience. 

What are Play Collections?

Play Collections

Play Collections are specially curated lists of apps and games selected by Google Play editors. So that users can discover apps and games curated by them. These collections cover many themes, such as productivity apps for students, fitness tools, creative apps, and more. 

Play Collections organizes apps in thoughtful groups to help users find apps that fit their needs and tools to help with their daily tasks. This is a simpler way of discovering apps. However, it also allows the user to see top-rated and relevant apps.

The Problem

Play Collections

Certainly, Play Collections are a good resource. However, finding them on the Play Store has not always been the most straightforward task. 

Usually, the collections were found by users navigating through various menus or from recommendations. 

The limited easy access to these curated lists helped prevent them from having a wide enough reach and making a needed impact.

The Solution

Now, Google has remedied this discoverability problem through a new Play Collections-specific shortcut app. 

This shortcut, which is probably available if you press the Google Play Store icon, might lead to the entity Play Collections section of the store without any fuss. 

This simple change drastically reduces the number of steps needed to browse collections, making it much easier.

Benefits of the App Shortcut

Improved Discoverability: The app shortcut makes Play Collections more discoverable and easier to find, increasing the number of users who visit It.

Streamlined Process: The shortcut gives users quicker access to the feature, especially when the workload grows. It enhances the user experience on the Play Store, as it automatically shows shortcuts to discover.

More open to Engagement: Google may also experience more engagement with the curated lists of Play Collections. They are made more accessible to users and developers with apps within those lists.

How to Use the Shortcut

The exact method of accessing the shortcut could vary slightly depending on the Android version and launcher. However, they will typically follow one of the following:

The shortcut should appear when you long-press the Play Store icon on the home screen or in the app drawer.

Tapping the “i” (info) icon on the Play Store icon might also offer access to app shortcuts in the app info menu.

Looking Ahead

A small but important change to this app shortcut for Play Collections may help discover. It may also engage with Play Store apps. 

It represents Google’s continued push to tweak the Play Store experience and simplify the process of finding a good app or game. 

If Google introduces some of these other shortcuts for other Play Store sections in the future, app discovery could become even simpler.

More Reading: What’s New in Android’s February 2025 Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

What’s New in Android’s February 2025 Google System Updates

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |18 Feb 2025

Keeping your Android device up-to-date with Google System Updates is vital. Android users tend to discard phones every year or two. They have to deal with the inevitable bugs, problems, and other hazards that result February 2025 Android System Update. 

Meanwhile, these updates are not part of those for the full OS. They concentrate on core system components and services to maintain a consistent experience for Android devices. 

System Updates that roll out in February 2025 have a set of improvements. It fixes to help security, performance, and developer tools. Let’s take a look at what’s new this month.

Key Updates for End Users

Google System Updates

Google System Updates are Among the significant Android improvements introduced to end users this month Google Play System Update 2025.

Simplified Factory Reset Flow: The factory resetting process was improved and made more intuitive with the Android device. This should allow users to reset their devices when needed, such as troubleshooting, selling the device, and more. 

Sponsored Suggestions Enhancements: When you search within Android, sponsored suggestions have descriptions. This gives users more context surrounding the apps/services the app suggests. It might help them make more informed decisions about what to explore. 

You can now find Play Collections Expansion: Play Collections, specially curated lists of apps and games on Android 10 and since on the US devices. This expands the reach of this feature and allows more users to find new games.

Quick Share Refinements: Quick Share, Android’s feature, gets refined in the setup and onboarding process. That should make it easier for new users to start with Quick Share.

New entry point: With a new entry point, you can now more easily manage family groups with Family Link. 

Developer Features

Google System Updates

By the February 2025 Google System Updates, Android developers have introduced new features to build more robust and feature-rich applications. New developer features are included to help with utility-based processes within apps.

These can be APIs or tools to manage system resources and improve performance. Users may also get access to device-related information that utility apps can use.

Bug Fixes and Improvements

In addition to these new features, the February 2025 Google System Updates include plenty of bug fixes and performance upgrades.

Fixed the issues associated with the Device Connection services. This should likely fix bugs that may have affected connectivity through Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, NFC, or similar. 

Quick Share significantly improves reliability. Now, transfers that use Wi-Fi or mobile data will resume if one device loses its direct connection with another.

Pixel devices share Bluetooth and Android Auto fixes. These are important because they are necessary features for in-car connectivity and hands-free communication. 

Availability

The Google System Updates for February 2025 are released in phases, even not over the Google Play Store. However, Google doesn’t typically specify when a feature will become more general.

The update’s rollout speed varies greatly depending on the gadget manufacturer, Android version, and region. It is always recommended to keep the device updated with the latest system updates to achieve maximum performance and security.

The Climax

The February 2025 Google System Updates are a great addition to the Android ecosystem. While the updates don’t go into great detail, they cover tweaks to the Android experience. These range from a streamlined factory reset process and improved Quick Share to more developer tools for utilities, wallet integration, device connectivity, and AI. 

Please check out the new features and improvements. Updating your device helps provide the most secure and current information available, along with Android’s smartest performance and most exciting functionality.

Related Reading: Android’s January 2025 Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google brings call history filters and Material 3 Search Bar

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |17 Feb 2025

Google is controlling a big one for its Phone, the Google app. It presents call history filters and a Material 3 search bar to make the app more efficient, usable, and consistent. These improvements make call log management more intuitive and organized. 

This lets users filter their call history quickly, and looking only for a call doesn’t require scrolling through several pages. This is Google continuing its promise to simplify user interactions and keep its app as one piece.

A More Organized call history filters

call history filters

It’s a good thing history filters are soon to be popular. Since managing call logs is about to become so much easier, users will now be able to filter their call history by missed calls.

This feature is especially helpful for people servicing high call count workloads. It minimizes clutter and speeds up the location of call records.

It also simplifies the overall calling experience. This helps by replacing long call log scrolls with just one tap for the interactions most relevant to a user.

Material 3 Search Bar for a Modern Look

call history filters

Along with the material design 3 (or M3), google is updating the search bar in the Phone by Google app. Now, this new search bar will be obvious and more useful; it includes:

1. The edges are rounded, and the theming is dynamic and adapts to the system colors.

2. Improved accessibility with a cleaner layout and larger touch targets.

3. Faster and more intuitive search for contacts and call history entries.

User Experience

The latest Phone by Google app update has increased the user experience by making call management more efficient and visually appealing.

Introducing call history filters for users to go through their call logs quickly and easily, this kind of user experience saves a lot of time that would otherwise be spent searching for specific calls. Then, the Material 3 search bar improves accessibility even more, helping with a cleaner interface and intuitive navigation. 

These updates follow the company’s lean approach to a seamless and user-friendly design within the app so that it feels rich, organized, and visually consistent with the rest of the Android ecosystem. By accounting for functionality and aesthetics, Google helps make everyday communication easier and effortless.

The Finding

Call history filters and a Material 3 search bar have been added. These features take a major step towards improving the Phone by Google app’s experience. 

Google has improved call log management and search functionality. Users can now easily access their call history and have a modernized interface. 

With Material 3 still in its fledgling stages, the new Google apps, like the new Pixel Pass, will gradually adopt the Material 3 family of design principles.

More insights: Google Maps for Android Rolls Out Customizable Car Icons

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Pixel’s Battery Health feature is getting refined in Android 16 Beta

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |17 Feb 2025

The Android 16 Beta program continues to give a peek into what will be with Google’s mobile operating system. Pixel Battery Health Android 16 it is particularly about Battery Health for Pixel devices. 

The ongoing beta releases suggest that Google is committed to perfecting and improving Pixel users. It is all about understanding and management of their battery health.

A Focus on Refinement

Battery Health

This is the most important part of the user experience. This is because it relates to the device’s lifetime and overall performance. The beta version of Android 16 continues to improve the battery health features of Pixel phones. Android 16 Battery Management Feature: This likely involves:

Greater accuracy and reliability: The algorithms for estimating battery health are likely improved for accuracy and reliability. Refining the battery usage data points, the estimation models could include some possibilities for improvement. This will also give users a more accurate picture of their battery’s health.

UI/UX Polish: The feature’s user interface will likely be overpolished. It may mean a simpler display of the battery health percentage and easier navigation to the feature in the settings menu. A well-designed UI allows users to understand and act on that information easily.

Potential for Expansion

Battery Health

Specifically, most of the focus is on improving existing functionality. However, the beta phase also allows for possible expansion of features. While it’s not certain, there is a possibility that Google will be testing more battery health features. These could include:

Detailed Usage Breakdown: Detailed insights on the battery consumption of the multiple apps and system processes.

Optimization Recommendations: Usage patterns will be useful in purposefully exposing your battery at the right times.

Proactive Alerts: Notifications about potential battery issues or degradation.

Nevertheless, it should be noted that such things are purely speculative, as is typically the case with beta testing. The features explored in the beta program do not always end up in the final release.

Beta Testing and the Future of Battery Health

These improvements will undergo crucial testing in the Android 16 Beta program, serving as a base. Google will use user feedback and data from the beta period. It aims to bolster the feature before the stable release of Android 16. 

This continuing flow will improve the battery health information for Pixel users. So that they have the most precise and useful information.

What to Expect in the Final Release

The details might vary from one public beta release to the next. However, what is clear is that Google wants Pixel users to have a robust and informative battery health experience. 

Nexus CAF is testing changes in the Android 16 Beta. These changes indicate that the final version will be more accurate and easier to use. It also potentially provides a more effective way to manage and understand battery health on Pixel devices. 

As the beta program progresses, we expect further refinements and some surprises from Google. It is well popular for gaming the system in some of its developments.

Related Reading: Android 16 May Include a New Toggle for Time Zone Change Alerts

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Chrome Gets a Tab Search and Tab Group Sync

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |15 Feb 2025

Google Chrome for Android is adding two highly anticipated features for tab management: Search in Tab and Tab Group Sync.

Tab search eliminates the need to scroll through several open pages. It lets the user quickly look up specific tabs by typing some keywords.

This feature is especially helpful for anyone who routinely works with several open tabs. It allows them to find important web pages easily.

Find Your Tabs Fast with Tab Search

Not many mobile users can navigate through the number of open tabs they have. This is a common frustration while scrolling through some seemingly endless list of tiny webpage previews. 

The idea of tab search is to avoid this “tab chaos” by finding a particular web tab with alphabetical popularity. This offers to search for it by typing keywords related to the page’s content or the website name.

This simple yet powerful search function eradicates the need to go through the scrolling manually. Tab search helps you find any article, social media post, or online shopping cart in seconds.

Tab Groups Stay with You on Any Device

The second major feature is a game changer for people who read on different devices. It lets you synchronize your tab groups with your phone, tablet, and desktop computers.

With one device, you can organize your tabs from groups. Those same groups will be immediately accessible on your other devices. It means that everything will always be in sync, no matter what device you use. 

This is made possible by the magic of Tab Group sync, which helps improve productivity and ease of cross-device workflow.

How These Features Enhance the Mobile Experience

Along with existing tab management features, these new features make Chrome a king for mobility experience.

Facilitates Increased Efficiency: Tab search saves customers time and decreases frustration. It does so by providing a fast solution for locating specific tabs.

Seamless Access to Tab Groups: This helps in easier workflows and better multitasking with enhanced productivity.

Easy to Use: Mobile browsers with these features enjoy greater convenience and ease of use. They have an additional advantage over their desktop counterparts for people multitasking.

Availability and Rollout

Tab search and Tab Group sync with Chrome are gradually being rolled out on Android. These new features will only be available to users who have installed the latest version of the Chrome app. 

Google usually doesn’t announce when these updates will be widely available, but most are used within a few weeks.

Looking Ahead

Improvements to the mobile browsing experience are signs of Google’s dedication to making mobile browsing more engaging. 

Therefore, Chrome enables users to browse more efficiently and effectively by focusing on organization and cross-device functionality. 

Google will definitely play with and develop these features further in future updates and further secure Chrome’s mobile browser position.

More to Read: Google Chrome Sync Will Stop Working on Outdated Versions

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Gmail Redesigns Summary Card for Bills on Android and iOS

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |15 Feb 2025

Feeling tired of managing bills isn’t a problem. Gmail Bill Summary Card Update don’t worry! Gmail helps you with bill summary cards on Android and iOS, which are easier to manage. It will organize and clean up the information extracted from billing emails.

It provides a quick overview of the big details. It includes the amount owed and due date without opening the full message. This enhancement makes it easier to manage the bills you get from your inbox.

What’s New Gmail Redesigns Summary Card?

Gmail Redesigns Summary Card

So, let’s explore what is new with Gmail’s redesigned bill summary card. These cards gave a generic feel of the time, amount, and due date. Gmail Redesign Android iOS 2025 unfortunately, the presentation was sometimes cluttered, and option actioning was often inhibited. The new design addresses such shortcomings by making it more readable and actionable. 

The card also has a visually better, more contemporary look for the bill amount . This makes it easier to locate specific details for information. This may include direct links to pay the bill and view your account statement. It also contains contact customer support directly from the summary card.

Redesign Features of the Card

Gmail Redesigns Summary Card

Gmail’s redesigned bill summary card includes several important features that make it easy to manage bills. The Bill Name and Month appear clearly at the top, immediately giving the impression of being in context.

The due date is clearly shown in a large, readable font to avoid missing deadlines. The Total Amount due is highlighted visually. It aims to help you understand the sums at play at a glance. The feature also lets you know how much you spend so quickly.

User Experience Enhancements

Gmail redesigns bill summary cards for the user experience, making bill management much easier. The major benefit is the improved glanceability. You can quickly assess the key details. It comprises the total amount and due date without reviewing the entire email text. This is especially useful when multiple bills have to be dealt with concurrently. 

The second game changer is having actionable items directly on the card. These features make the card a management tool that does not inherently make information visible but rather active. Such a streamlined workflow saves time and decreases friction from paying bills.

Availability

The new bill summary cards are available in the redesigned Gmail bill summaries. They are rolling out to a wider set of G Suite users. It contains all Google Workspace customers, including Google Workspace Individual subscribers, and the use of personal Google accounts.

Even if Google doesn’t reveal an exact timeline for when it will become completely available worldwide, it will take a couple of weeks. If you have not seen the new bill summary card, ensure your Gmail app is current. The new cards should surface shortly in your inbox.

The Final Thought

 The newly designed Gmail bill summary card improves our money management. It is cleaner, more organized, and, most importantly, contains working shortcuts. They allow you to manage bills from within your inbox. 

Having key information and actions in one place and enhancing the glanceability of the process encourages faster billing. Upon arrival, try out the redesigned bill summary card and see how it simplifies your finances.

More Reading: Gmail for Android Gets New Menu Redesign

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

YouTube TV May Lose CBS and More Amid Paramount Dispute

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |14 Feb 2025
CBS

A dispute between YouTube TV and Paramount Global threatens the future of several popular YouTube TV channels. CBS, however, is only part of the reason YouTube TV CBS Removal 2025.

The dispute could lead to a potential blackout that would diminish YouTube TV’s lineup by substantial content. Meanwhile, it points to the existing conflicts in the streaming landscape and could be important to subscribers.

The Crux of the Issue

CBS

The dispute centers on YouTube TV’s negotiations with Paramount Global over the terms. Paramount YouTube TV Dispute the negotiations reportedly have stalled as both sides accuse the other of bad faith.

They say that YouTube TV demands ‘unreasonable, unfair, and one-sided’ terms for the channels. It provides these terms to its subscribers in an attempt to maximize its financial gain.

On the other hand, YouTube TV claims it is determined to reach a ‘‘fair agreement’’ for both sides. However, more than that, it would not involve subsidizing increased costs to its subscribers by passing them on. YouTube TV delivers a message about its position as speaking for its customer base.

More Than Just CBS

While CBS is one of the largest networks. This is one of the channels Paramount Global owns that has the most ripple effect from its removal.

The dispute goes beyond CBS, encompassing networks owned by Paramount Global. It includes MTV, Nickelodeon, Comedy Central, Paramount Network, and Showtime.

The Paramount-Skydance Merger

Then come the negotiations between Paramount Global and Skydance Media, which is merging into Paramount Global. 

This is a very big corporate event for Paramount. It could affect the parameters that define its stance as a newly welded entity. 

However, the merger could bolster Paramount’s ability to negotiate better terms regarding YouTube TV. This is because that would make it harder for the streaming service to get better ones.

What Is on the Line for YouTube TV Subscribers?

If a Channel Blackout occurs, viewers will immediately lose access to the Paramount company’s affected channels when the blackout begins. This would result in the readers filling this giant hole left in YouTube TV services. YT TV users will start to pay more attention to some of the services they get from YouTube TV.

Whether or not a Paramount deal is a good deal, any redundancies YouTube TV makes will have to be in some way paid for by some—or many—increases to subscribers’ rates. Consequently, YouTube TV would become weaker in the crowded streaming market.

The Future Remains Uncertain

Nevertheless, the conflict is not yet over, and we don’t know the channel’s fate with YouTube TV. No one cares about the so-called dispute; it’s just some stupid thing that’s got to be ironed out. However, neither of them is ready to bend and allow this to go away. 

They’re excited and praying that soon, they will buy their favorite content in a simple, polite transaction. This will allow them to use it for as long as possible while continuing to spend their real money bankrolls.

Also Read: Google Teases Android 16 Beta 2 Release Tomorrow

 

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Chat Adds Group Renaming and New Board Tab

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |14 Feb 2025

Google Chat introduces fresh features that help team members work more effectively in group conversations. The system now lets you change group chat names and provides the New Board Tab feature. The updates improve Google Chat for real-time teamwork and project tracking.

Over time, group chat users in Google Chat depended on a list of usernames as identification. Yet, this did not enable them to recognize what the chat was about. The issue becomes difficult for bigger firms dealing with multiple projects at once.

New Board Tab

With the New Board Tab, people in group chats now have an efficient tool for collaboration. A single place on the platform lets group members share and find documents, links, and work assignments. Users can find important data faster, which prevents time-wasting hunts through previous messages. The Board option delivers these benefits to chat groups:

1. Place all main resources in a single location that members can easily find.

2. Group members find and exchange important data faster, which leads to better teamwork.

3. Members save time searching for items, which helps them handle work tasks better.

4. The team can manage tasks and deadlines directly inside the group chat window.

How These Features Work Together

The new features combine to help users manage their chat groups more effectively. A project team can greatly benefit from using Google Chat as its main workspace. The team can now transform its group discussion area into “Project Phoenix—Q3 Planning.” 

Inside the ” Board ” section, they can create project documentation, note meetings, set work tasks, and link to useful materials. This way, everyone participating in the group can easily find and use the necessary details at the right time.

Looking Ahead

It has advanced substantially by changing from a basic chat platform into a featured collaboration environment. Google assists teams in working better by letting members shape group chats and manage important details in one place. 

Google will introduce more updates to Google Chat. This will improve the application while ensuring its success against team communication platforms. It focuses on creating Chat improvements based on user demands. The feature ensures the platform can help current teams better accomplish their tasks.

Latest on Category: Google Chat Automatic Translation for Workspace Users

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Teases Android 16 Beta 2 Release Tomorrow

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |13 Feb 2025

Google will release Android 16 Beta 2 tomorrow. This announcement excites the Android community. This is because Beta 2 has generally brought about better system improvements, fixes, and even optional new features.

Google continues improving the operating system with each subsequent release of the beta version of Android 16. It is to ensure a smooth and error-free system until its public release. Beta 2 will upgrade the ongoing set of changes and characteristics from Beta 1 with more enhancements.

The Teaser

Google has already generated hype around the Android 16 Beta 2 update. The company’s developer channels and social media accounts released the exciting teaser. The precise update information becomes available only at the release time. This announcement shows that continued work is still being carried out. 

The notification continues to advance Android 16’s development toward its stable version through Beta 2. Excitement builds for users who wait eagerly for Beta 2 so that new features and quality enhancements can be delivered.

What to Expect from Beta 2 

Beta 2 is expected to follow the same pattern as past Android beta releases and continue the development path of Beta 2.

Beta 1 exposes problems and performance deficiencies that were solved in Beta 2. The reported issues are settled by Beta 2 and its updates, which have kosher stability and reliability sounds.

How to Get the Beta 2 Update

The Android Beta Program makes the upcoming Android 16 Beta 2 update available for qualified users. Using your compatible device, you will receive quick update announcements on how to install the latest version.

You can sign up on the Android developer website. It explains the eligible devices and provides updates for upcoming beta releases. In this program, users can see what comes before on Android. Google also collects useful user feedback and helps define such features.

The Importance of Beta Testing

This is critical to beta testing because Google likes to fine-tune the Android operating system before launching it. Google’s system bugs are shortened with the support of its real-world user comments. It aims to improve the software’s performance and user experience. In its best form, it is continuously developing into a continuous cycle for actual release.

The spotlight on new releases opens part of the beta program to focus on fashioning forthcoming features to free their vision for the next releases. Google uses user feedback to overcome possible obstacles and boost operational performance. The contributions of the beta testers directly improve the Android software user experience for all the people on the platform.

Looking Ahead

Android improvements will continue in the beta versions after Beta 2. It includes additional native improvements based on user input, enhancements, and fixes that will make them fresh to existing users.

The final release of Android 16 will occur within a particular time period. Otherwise, it will be after some final adjustments, according to the tested outcomes. 

After completing the full version, Google deploys several beta phases to be publicly available. While the rollout is ongoing, it offers better stability. The more features it includes to make the devices more compatible, the closer the launch date will be to the official date.

The Extract

Regarding moving forward toward Android release advancements, Android 16 Beta 2 is a huge step in the right direction. 

As the release date approaches, we will present more details about this in the next update. Android community users and developers are waiting to research the latest updates to the platform.

More Reading: What’s New in Android 16 Beta 1

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gmail for Android Gets New Menu Redesign

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |13 Feb 2025

The huge update for Gmail for Android has just landed with a New Menu Redesign. This update adds clearer icons, specific organization of features, and an actual menu alignment. It aims to enhance navigation, readability, and general user experience.

This article will discuss what has changed, the advantages of the updates, and how you can get the new look. The new design overhauls one of the most used apps on our phones. This gives it a new look and improved functionality.

What’s Changed?

The old Gmail menu was workable. However, most text labels could be hard to parse quickly in the mobile environment. Google has made some major usability improvements.

To prove that, we‍ first added iconography to each menu item. It helped users quickly navigate actions without relying on text. Second, they use thematic organization. It combines a collection of related menu items for a more logical and less cocked-up experience.

Finally, line separators have been added so components are easier to distinguish in sections. This allows you to use or navigate your tool or platform securely and efficiently on mobile.

Enhanced Readability

In addition, icons make the menu more readable. They allow the user to scan the menu quickly for the desired action.

Composing these visual elements together is useful. This is a clear way to group them horizontally more aesthetically and friendly for the user. They can be used together in conjunction with icons, a thematic group class, and line separators.

Menu Organization

The menus that appear in the new menu structure have been designed for better workflow and accessibility:

Overflow Menu (Single Messages):

In an open conversation, each message has its overflow menu (available by hitting three dots). These menus list actions that can be useful in messages, including replies, forwarding, and deleting.

Inbox Overflow Menu:

In the main inbox view, the overflow menu only shows apartment actions related to the inbox (e.g., refresh, settings).

User Experience Improvements

The repackaging greatly simplifies the searching and retrieving of the appropriate menus. Instead of sifting through menus, it uses visual cues and logical organization to devote more time to email. Its additional usability and improved robust and pleasant email experience make this navigation.

Troubleshooting

If you do not receive an update after some time, you can manually check the Play Store for updates.

As a final option, force stop the Gmail app and try to launch it again. This can cause the app to check for and download the latest update.

Conclusion

Google has made Gmail for Android much more useful by redesigning the menu. The perfect inbox will be a place to work. It is easier and more efficient to interact with, full of icons, a logical menu layout, and thematic organization. The new Gmail app can all be useful today, and you can see the difference yourself.

Also Read: Google Updates Gmail for iPhone with Material 3 Redesign

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

YouTube TV Confirms Outage for Select Channels, Fix Being Rolled Out

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |12 Feb 2025

Some users have trouble with YouTube TV because a single channel is down or lost due to an outage. They have fixed the issue, and some users are back up.

None of those services is an advantage, nor can it be convenient. Its technique of live television streaming services has problems.

The channel list was the source during the last few weeks when YouTube TV subscribers were frustrated with missing some channels.

The Outage: What Happened?

The outage affected part of the channel lineup for other YouTube TV subscribers, who could not stream some networks. 

The exact reason for the outage has not been stated yet. However, it is usually attributed to a technical error, server problem, or network interference.

YouTube TV’s Response

However, YouTube TV confirmed the issue shortly after via its support and social media channels. 

It agrees that the engineering teams are working on a fix and are working on it. 

Users will be able to access the service through the channel. Meanwhile, its users also reported that an issue was being resolved.

User Reports

Other users have complained that their service was reset after YouTube TV was announced. Reports say the fix is being rolled out, and the outage is being repaired. Still, their rollout will be phased, and not all regions or devices will have the fix until now.

The Impact on Subscribers:

It will be painless for consumers who’ve subscribed to YouTube TV. This aims to access live sports, news, and other timely content.

What’s more, the infrastructure of streaming services near the line is so reliable that speed becomes essential when this is mentioned.

What Users Should Do

Here are a few solutions to this problem.

Check YouTube TV’s official status page or social media channels to see if it is out.

There are some troubleshooting options. Sometimes, restarting your streaming device (smart TV, Roku, etc.) or your internet router can temporarily resolve connectivity issues.

Assure that your internet connection is working fine.

Contact the channel’s customer support if the problem continues.

Preventing Future Outages

Even so, outages are a given, and even streaming services try to improve their infrastructure to reduce outages in the future. 

It often involves investing in redundant systems, raising their monitoring capacity, and increasing their ability to quickly diagnose and fix technical problems.

The Closing Thought

While this recent YouTube TV outage was a huge disruption, it is ending. Prompt communication and progress made on rolling out the fix are good signs. 

In conclusion, such events are appropriate reminders of the reliability of such provision and the need for improvement in the infrastructure and customer support.

More on YouTube TV: YouTube TV Offers Starz Free for 30 Days to Subscribers

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

YouTube Fixes Bugs for the Mini-Player on Android

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |12 Feb 2025

YouTube mini-player is a useful feature inside the app. Users can minimize a video they’re watching into a tiny, movable window. It keeps playing in the background, so you can leave it browsing other videos and navigating the app. Unfortunately, the mini-player was not completely bug-free, similar to any other software feature. 

A new update to YouTube for Android addresses several bugs in the mini-player. The handy feature that lets you play a video even while you balance other stuff on the screen. These fixes assure a smoother, more dependable mini-player experience on the platform. It eventually led to an improved mobile viewing experience overall.

The Bugs

Some YouTube for Android users previously reported a variety of issues regarding the mini player, such as:

Freezing and Crashing: 

The mini-player would freeze or crash the app. Users faced playback issues with video in the mini-player. It includes stuttering during playback, a display of incomplete buffering, and even full failure. Visual glitches and inconsistencies in the mini player’s UI were also reported as UI Glitches.

Unexpected Closures

The mini-player would unexpectedly close, interrupting video playback.

The bugs took away from the mini player’s intent and frustrated multitaskers who relied on it.

The Fix

These problems with the mini player also affect the latest YouTube for Android update. It primarily means to fix performance and stability issues. 

However, Google’s release notes may not always discuss every little fix. The version update will most likely fix the reported freezing, crashing, UI, and playback issues.

How the Fixes Improve User Experience

Less Crashes & Unexpected Closings: The bug fixes should increase the reliability of the mini-player. It reduces the chance of it crashing and unexpectedly closing.

Smooth Playback: Users can play smoother videos in the mini-player, and swords out buffering and buffering problems will be less.

More stable mini-player: Users can more effectively multitask with a more stable mini-player in the YouTube app. It does not affect their viewing experience while searching for new content.

Contributes to better Overall Experience: Combined with other improvements, these improve the overall feel of YouTube on mobile.

How to Get the Update

The update is supposed to emerge slowly into Android devices, assuming it has made it in one piece. Most of the time, users will be able to confirm if there are any updates in the Google Play Store. This is possible by searching for the YouTube app and checking that the app is set to update automatically.

In the Last

It’s also worth noting that the latest YouTube for Android has mini player bug fixes, which users will find useful if they use it for multitasking. 

It is reported that YouTube has dealt with the problems of the mini player to make mobile watching easy and smooth. Such a step is necessary for users to browse and watch videos simultaneously on their Android devices.

More Reading: YouTube Music May Replace the Song/Video Switcher

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

AAWireless TWO Restocks—But with Limited Availability

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |11 Feb 2025

The AAWireless TWO is back on sale at Amazon. This popular device allows wireless Android Auto capabilities in compatible vehicles. However, the latest run of the device is notorious for fluctuating in stock. 

This is welcome news for those who want the same cordless Android auto experience. However, it also reminds consumers of the difficulties of obtaining this highly sought-after device.

What is AAWireless TWO

The AAWireless TWO is a small powered device. It plugs into a car’s USB port to convert the wired Android Auto connection to wireless. This eliminates the need for a USB cable, offering a more tidy and clutter-free setup. 

With its relatively easy setup and fast and reliable performance, the AAWireless TWO has become very popular among users seeking to upgrade their in-car experience.

The Stock Situation

While a popular item, the AAWireless TWO frequently has stock issues in big online retail shops like Amazon. The device is regularly out of stock quickly, which means many potential buyers get frustrated. 

As the high demand forces production issues supply chain disruptions, this can be considered a scarcity.

AAWireless TWO Availability

The AAWireless TWO is available for purchase on some platforms. It includes the AAWireless website and select retailers, but the outlook is precarious. 

Rapid stock changes can occur, and warnings could be unavailable without warning. The availability of this “now you see it, now you don’t” means a sense of urgency.

Why the High Demand?

There are several reasons that the AAWireless TWO and similarly named devices are in such high demand:

Android Auto: More folks are taking advantage of the convenience of not dealing with cords. The demand continues to grow as new ones find it.

Very Limited Built-In Support: Even newer models of vehicles still only have wired Android Auto support, requiring some aftermarket solution.

Customer Demand: Combined with the majority of positive reviews, it is just what most customers were searching for. Moreover, its popularity has driven much demand.

Alternative Solutions and Considerations

Other wireless Android Auto adapters are available, but the AAWireless TWO is one of the most popular. If it proves elusive, users may want to explore these alternatives. 

Before purchasing any wireless adapter, consider compatibility with your vehicle and specific smartphone.

The Future of AAWireless TWO

Because wireless connectivity is increasing in cars, the wireless Android Auto adapters market should continue to grow. 

With features and performance usually improved, we should see more devices with functionality similar to the AAWireless TWO.

The Last Verdict

The current availability of the AAWireless TWO is something to remember, as stock levels can suddenly rise and fall like a yo-yo. Those who plan to buy this device shortly should act soon before being disappointed. 

Manufacturers need to solve supply challenges to meet consumer demand. The high demand for wireless Android Auto solutions means such stock challenges will continue. 

Cordless Android Auto is a constantly evolving market, so who doesn’t want to pay attention to what’s available and alternate options?

More to Read: AAWireless TWO is now available again in stock 

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Circle to Search Update: Enhanced Long-Press and Haptic Feedback

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |11 Feb 2025

Google’s innovative Circle to Search feature, which identifies objects inside images, has a notable update. This update adds Long-Press and Haptic Feedback for a better intuitive and responsive user experience.

Circle to Search functionality has become useful. We may use it to collect information about images in your camera roll from screenshots or viewfinder.

This feature eases the visual search process and makes it accessible to a larger audience. The latest update further enhances user interaction with a more seamless, intuitive experience.

The Current State

Circle to Search allows users to find objects on images by drawing a circle around them. Then, Google’s AI analyzes the image and shows relevant search results. 

Previously, starting this feature would have been accomplished with a relatively short press-and-hold gesture.

The Update

The new update has brought about two important changes:

Long Press: A small extension in the duration is in need for the long press gesture to activate Circle to Search. This change reduces accidental activations, where we should start the feature intentionally.

The Haptic Feedback: This is useful when beginning and finishing a Circle to Search query. We may improve it. It is clearer for the user’s tactile confirmation, and the interaction feels more responsive and satisfying.

How the Changes Improve User Experience

Extended Long-Press: The extended long-press helps prevent accidental triggering of Circle to Search, which can annoy users. Therefore, this feature is more reliable and less susceptible to misinterpretation.

More Immersive: The haptic feedback was in better condition so the user could receive it more immediately. This makes the interaction more responsive and ambiguous.

Deliberate and Intuitive User Experience: This combination makes the solution more intentional and intuitive when interacting with the sensor applications. As a result, users are less likely to activate the feature accidentally.

Potential Use Cases and Benefits

Adding these updates strengthens the use cases already currently present within Circle to Search, including:

Product Identification: Replaces products and supply chains search.

Points of Interest: Details about the points of interest to be learned.

Translation of Text: Translate images.

Find VisualSimilar Items: Search for visually similar items in an image.

Availability and Rollout

In other words, this update should be rolled out gradually to Android phones. It will depend on the device manufacturer and region. 

The latest features were designed to be available to users who update their Google app and related services.

Looking Ahead

A good example of this is Circle to Search. As Artificial Intelligence technology advances, we can expect to have a more sophisticated and less intrusive visual search experience. 

Circle to Search is just one of the features shaping a more intuitive and visually driven interaction with our devices.

The Extract

The latest Circle to Search update features extended Long-Press and Haptic Feedback. This shows that Google is dedicated to improving its visual search capabilities. These tiny changes help explore the world with a smartphone lens a little more polished and enjoyable.

Related Reading: Circle to Search Feature May Soon Support Videos search

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Wireless Android Auto: Benefits, Drawbacks, and Future Trends

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |10 Feb 2025

Thanks to its popularity, many people desire Wireless Android Auto. It provides a cleaner and more convenient car experience, but is this right for everyone? 

This is called Android Auto, and it has changed car infotainment, essentially treating your phone as your car infotainment. This would have to be wired until it made a huge impact with its debut. 

What is Wireless Android Auto?

This enables you to attach your Android smartphone to your car’s infotainment system without a USB cable.

Pairing via Wi-Fi and Bluetooth transfers the phone screen onto the car’s screen. So you can use navigation, music, communication apps, etc., just like any other driver interface.

The Pros of Wireless

The easiest would be the convenience of not having to use cables. And it was as far as trannies felt esprit. A wireless connection also helps with a cleaner dashboard and performs, in general, a much clearer dashboard.

Less time: Connecting to your phone does not require any cables. You would have to use it, but it is easy to set it up. Your phone should assume automatic connection mode if you get in your car.

It removes Constant Plugging and Unplugging of Cables: Constantly plugging and unplugging the cables will lessen wear and tear on your phone’s charging port and the wires used.

The Cons of Cutting the Cord

The device is compatible with both the car and with Wireless Android Auto. Nevertheless, this feature is not supported on all vehicles and some Android phones.

Heavy-aided navigation applications: When the wireless connections occasionally lag or drop off, it can be unpleasant if the navigation requires heavy-aided applications.

WiFi & Bluetooth Wireless Connections: To keep the battery charged, a wired connection may let you send and respond to data while charging at the same time.

The Current State of Wireless Android Auto

With increasingly newer vehicles likely to come equipped with wireless Android Auto, it’s certainly available but not yet globally. 

Old models, like modern Android smartphones, also support many features. However, sometimes, the function is integrated into some aftermarket head units.

The Future of Wireless Connectivity

Android Auto is evolving quite rapidly, and it deserves much better because of it. This could include:

Wireless Android Auto will likely become more compatible shortly. This should eliminate the lag when using a wireless connection, improving your radio’s performance.

Your needs and priorities will dictate how useful wireless Android Auto will be. If, for instance, you want a clean dashboard device compatibility convenience, for example, is important to you, they are available. 

Relying on a wired connection will still be preferable if you’re concerned about battery drain or the absolute reliability of life-saving navigation.

The Closing 

With wireless Android Auto, you get more convenient and easier in-car connectivity. It has its limitations, but they are reducing. We are confident it will be a significant amount of the time. 

Wireless Android Auto hits a great balance between convenience and peace of mind. As gateway hardware becomes cheap enough, it will become the most affordable and useful way to link your phone to your car.

More on Android Auto: How to Fix TomTom Go Missing on Android Auto

.

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16 May Include a New Toggle for Time Zone Change Alerts

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |10 Feb 2025

If you frequently travel across time zones, you may be bothered by many Time Zone Change Alerts from Android. Automatic time adjustment is essential in repetition traveling, and personal perpetual zone borders must be adjusted accordingly.

With Android 16, this might finally become more common. Google could fix this issue by introducing a dedicated button to mute time zone change notifications. In this case, the user would be able to silence unnecessary notifications. There is no need to stop the time updates from automatically running in the background.

What is the New Toggle?

Android 16 will allow Android to show that it wants to change users’ time zones and how Android will do it. For travelers, the device’s time zone must be set automatically by Android according to the location. 

These new notifications are enabled. A new toggle allows users to turn them off. It also lets users choose what messages to receive, when, and how to receive them.

Why is This Feature Important?

Being in constant notifications and never stopping, it is annoying for frequent travelers to cross different time zones. The toggle allows these users to silence the notifications without minding the time zone. This makes the travel experience far more peaceful and not so irritating. It allows anyone tired of being distracted by alerts when nothing can be done about them. 

The notifications are always useful when there is a point of failure and everything goes down. However, eventually, they are always redundant. This is a very apparent sign that user preference matters here. This toggle supplies that key choice. In doing so, we allow users to choose how they will be notified about time zone changes. This could result in a more pleasant relationship with the Android system.

How to Enable the Toggle

Head to System/General Management and go to Find Date & Time.

Then, go to the Time Zone setting(s) (or Date and Time Notifications).

The rest is “Time zone change alerts toggle.”

Turn it on and off, or for the alerts, turn it off.

User Experience Enhancements

The potential time zone change alert toggle in Android 16 offers several key user experience enhancements. First, it gives granular time zone message control. To give the users the option of Notification they get for automatic time zone updates. Doing this solves a pain point people have, or better, a less disruptive or personal experience. 

Secondly, time zone management is reduced by the hours these people spend on it. Rather than getting buried, users can Turn on teleprompter alerts. First, the actual comment should make sense for the enabled toggle. Second, the toggle is still not considered, as it controls the show/hide of the exact content of the time zone change. Last, it is not the whole thing, as it is still interactive.

Availability and Rollout

Based on the early release, they released this list and the date when this feature will be available and updated. Early versions of Edge showed its appearance, but the feature was still in development.

So, most of the time, Android 16 primarily releases with a yearly release cycle for Android 16 itself. All of this is, however, just a well-educated guess. According to Google’s official announcements, what will be the most accurate timeline?

Conclusion

In summary, the potential addition of a dedicated toggle for time zone change alerts in Android 16 promises a welcome improvement to the user experience. Android rolled this out to reduce the number of notifications, help users focus, and give them some control over them. 

This little change will greatly affect people looking to reduce the number of notifications. They appear on their screens or for frequent travelers. When Android 16 is ready, we ask the users to go through its settings, turn on its time zone alert, and tweak notification preferences to their liking.

Latest on Google Map: Google Maps, Shrinking Pins into Small Dots

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Maps, Shrinking Pins into Small Dots

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |08 Feb 2025

The Google Maps application is always evolving. It explores new features and tweaks the design to ensure it serves the user better. One experiment being tested is Shrinking Pins into Small Dots.

So, changing the map raises questions about its impact on usability. No matter whether it declutters the map or complicates location points of interest.

The Current State

When it comes to traditional Google Maps pins, they are teardrop-shaped pins colored red that mark a location. 

Users associate this image as a typical symbol of map markers. With multiple pins, the standard pin size tends to get oppressive.

The Experiment

Google is currently running a new visual update in Google Maps, replacing standard location pins with smaller dots. This change aims to make the map interface more visually streamlined and less cluttered, particularly in areas with a high density of points of interest (POIs).

This feature is still in the testing phase and can not be available to all users yet. That a wider rollout has not yet occurred perhaps suggests that Google is assessing feedback before releasing things further. Users who have received the update can beautify a more slick way of interacting with locations on the map.

Potential Benefits

The benefits of this change can be potentially:

Smaller Dots: Smaller dots and fewer points will also reduce the normally heavy visual clutter on the map if there are many points of interest to cover.

Cleaner Map: A cleaner map could help users fasten down the specific data they crave.

Better overall view of points: Dots could visually represent how points of interest are distributed over a bigger area.

Potential Drawbacks

Nevertheless, there are disadvantages to be mused upon as well.

Smaller dots: For people with visual impairments, smaller dots are likely to become harder to see on a quick peruse.

No Defined Pin: A lack of a defined pin shape could make it more difficult to quickly identify certain points of interest.

Less Intuitive for Users: The new dot system might seem unintuitive if the users are used to the traditional pin icon.

User Reactions and Feedback

The initial user reactions to the shrinking pin experiment have been mixed. Either the cleaner map view of the traditional one that users are accustomed to is pleasing to some.

It is believed that Google is keenly watching how users have reacted to the change and receiving feedback to ascertain whether it has any value.

Looking Ahead

The shrinking pin experiment demonstrates the process of developing a digital mapping interface. With more complicated and data-rich maps and data, clear information presentation and simplicity are becoming increasingly key. The dot system, or a variation of it, could become a standard Google Maps feature.

The Closing

The transition from pins to dots in Google Maps addresses the need to declutter the map but not lose its visual cues. The prospect of having a cleaner map view is very appealing. However, the fact that the map view needs to include points of interest is paramount. 

Finally, adopting this change will be successful only if the experience improves or worsens. Google’s further testing is on Shrinking Pins into Small Dots. The user feedback will result in future map markers.

More To Read on: Chrome 135 Enhances Autofill with Third-Party Password Managers

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chrome 135 Enhances Autofill with Third-Party Password Managers

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |08 Feb 2025

In version 135, Google Chrome on Android is slated for a big and much-needed update. It aims to allow it to further integrate with Third-Party Password Managers. This should make users’ password manager experiences smoother and more secure. They now rely on password managers to manage login credentials.

With browsers like Chrome, an integrated autofill feature helps you fill in the login credentials you already saved. Many third-party password managers offer a robust and secure way to store passwords for websites and devices. Changes coming in Chrome 135 will close the gap between these two essential tools.

The Current State

Chrome’s built-in autofill has worked well. However, its integration into a third-party password manager on Android hasn’t been smooth. 

Users have occasionally faced compatibility issues, and they were asked to select the password manually or wait for autofill suggestions. The friction may discourage adopting unsound best practices in password management.

Chrome 135

As of Chrome 135, it should be possible for third-party password managers to integrate with the autofill system on Android more efficiently. It does so via a more robust and efficient request system for them to send. 

If this improvement arises, Chrome will likely need to change how it detects and interacts with these apps (there will be faster, more reliable autofill suggestions).

How It Will Work 

As Google hasn’t detailed what to expect in Chrome 135, it is fair to assume that it’s simplified and standardized. Streamlined API will make it easier for password managers to communicate with Chrome. This could involve:

Better Detection: Chrome will get more accurate and understand that a password manager is there and ready to use.

Optimized Information Exchange: This will help in faster autofill suggestions, as the information exchange between the password manager and Chrome will be quicker.

Less Reliant on Picks: If a third-party password manager is installed and active at the time, Chrome’s chances of giving suggestions from its built-in autofill options will be less.

Benefits for Users

Key benefits to Android have been brought in this update:

Better Password Habits: The browser strengthens security, and third-party password managers are becoming more convenient. It does so by reducing the possibility of password reuse and security breaches.

More Convenience: An easier autofill process saves users valuable time and energy when logging in to websites. Consequently, the online experience becomes smoother.

The user experience is better as the better is integrated well. It is relatively not as painful and tiresome as logging in details. It simplifies the interface on the internet in general.

The Impact on Password Manager Adoption

Chrome 135 also removes the integration process, which is great for spreading the adoption of private password managers. 

The more of these tools become accessible and convenient, the more of their security and organizational benefits we will begin to use by more people.

Looking Ahead

It is one step in the ongoing process of streamlining password management in Chrome. 

In the future, autofill can be more deeply woven into the password manager and offer more robust autofill features.

Conclusion

On Android, having built better third-party password manager integration in Chrome 135 is a good sign that should boost users’ security and convenience. 

Chrome promotes better password hygiene and browsing by making it easier for people to use these essential tools.

The Latest on the portal: Google Messages Preps “Delete for Everyone” Feature for RCS Messages

Continue Reading

Featured

ChromeOS 131 Simplifies Chromebook Reset Process

ChromeOS 131 Simplifies Chromebook Reset Process

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
ChromeOS Android Integration redefine seamless multitasking

ChromeOS Android Integration redefine multitasking

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Chrome 131 for iOS Introduces New Google Drive and Maps Integrations

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages Preps “Delete for Everyone” Feature for RCS Messages

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |07 Feb 2025

Google Messages is continuing to launch a “Delete for Everyone” feature for RCS messages. This much-awaited feature would tighten the functionality of this platform to another of the most popular messaging platforms. 

This feature would give users more control over what they send and retract messages even once they have been delivered and read by the recipient. This indicates that Google cares for user privacy and control regarding its messaging app.

The Need for Message Retraction

Since we live in a digital world, the capability to withdraw sent messages has become an anticipated feature. For any reason, the ability to delete a message ‘for everyone’ is a great way of handling communication. 

The good news is this feature is already available on some messaging apps. Google Messages has been sorely missing, with only the delete for me ‘delete’ option. It deletes the message from the sender’s device.

The Current State

Google Messages currently has the “delete for me” option. It removes the message from the receiver’s history but leaves it on the sending device. It can be used to declutter your conversation history but has no control over what the recipient can see. 

A feature some users have craved with Twitter for 15 years is a ‘delete for everyone’ feature. The ability to remove a message sent, even if it has reached a wider audience.

The Upcoming Change

Reports show that Google is considering including a ‘delete for everyone’ feature for RCS messages in Google Message.

In this case, users could step back on a sent message from their device and the device of another person to whom it was sent. This removes it from the conversation history for all participants. 

This feature would slot Google Messages in with other popular messaging apps as a fairly popular messaging app. It includes WhatsApp and Telegram, where the functionality already exists.

How It Might Work

Although the specifics of implementing the delete-for-everyone feature remain unclear, we assume it will utilize a time limit like other messaging platforms. 

Users would then have a specific time window after they source a message to repatriate it. The recipient may also receive a notification that a message is no more. However, that is another kind of notification and may be delivered in various ways.

Benefits of “Delete for Everyone

Several key benefits for Google Messages users would be in the list with a feature to ‘delete for everyone’:

Less Public Attention: Users would receive less attention. The slice of their public communication is less than on normal messaging apps.

Zero Miscommunication: It would help reduce Miscommunication. You can remove a message you sent to the wrong person or that is incorrect.

Greater Peace of Mind: Users know that if they need to retract their message, they will have greater peace of mind while communicating with Google Messages.

The Impact on RCS Adoption

In addition, RCS messaging would feature a ‘delete for everyone’ option. As RCS becomes more popular, users will demand services comparable to those offered by other messaging platforms. This feature could attract Google Messages users who are more concerned about privacy and control.

The Final Thought

A decent announcement to users waiting for even more control over the messages they send in Google Messages is the arrival of the ‘delete for everyone’ feature. It has been anticipated for some time now for messages. 

If implemented, Google Messages will match other prototypical messaging companies, improving user privacy and security. As RCS develops as a communications medium, features like this will be critical to ensure users have the right communication tools.

Also Read: Google Maps for Android Rolls Out Customizable Car Icons

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Music May Replace the Song/Video Switcher

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |07 Feb 2025

YouTube Music’s Song/Video Switcher is a great option. This exquisite feature will perfectly suit those with distinctive musical tastes. For this reason, they considered how this potential change in the platform could affect the user experience and modify the platform’s future music video content. 

The current Song/Video switcher is ‘on/off’ to show a track’s Song and Video version. However, the trigger can be accidental or clutter an open user’s interface. 

What is the Song/Video Switcher?

Using YouTube Music’s Song/Video switcher allows you to switch between songs on video and audio only. In other words, you can toggle or button a song and simultaneously see the official video of that song. 

Switching streams is easier because you do not have to search for the video on YouTube. If the song’s information screen is detailed, there will often be an icon in the playback controls.

Reasons for Replacement

In truth, YouTube Music might remove the present Song/Video switcher for many reasons. You may not have an official reason for doing it. However, we can reason based on industry trends, user interface design principles, and an idea of the platform strategy.

User Feedback Data: 

YouTube Music may collect public behavior and feedback. Suppose we cannot interpret the data; most users will not actively use the SongVid switcher. It might be useless or even harmful.

Streamlining the Interface: 

In many new modern app designs, simplicity and clarity are best. While the Song/Video Switcher is OK, it could add another element to the controls. This can help remove or simplify them for an easy user experience.

YouTube Music is one application that heavily uses algorithms to make personalized content recommendations. Based on users’ listening habits, time of day, and so on, the platform may explore ways to uniquely serve the preferred version (audio or video) automatically. That could be smoother and more personalized.

The music culture of YouTube Music: 

Music videos are undoubtedly part of music culture. The only weakness of YouTube Music (as the name states) is that it is a music experience. If the video switcher is in the top position because of this, then that would be the highest priority for the audio experience.

YouTube Platform included: 

You are closely tied to YouTube and YouTube Music. At the same time, changes in the Song/Video switcher might be part of larger efforts to align YouTube’s two platforms.

Potential Benefits of a New Design

Cleaner Interface: It could improve User Experience by making the app interface cleaner and easier to follow.

Algorithm-Driven Content Delivery: Algorithm-based content delivery can enrich a user experience by anticipating the user’s preference for audio or video.

User Engagement Improvement: This could improve user engagement with the platform. Users can consume the content in their desired format more easily.

User Experience Improvements

The Song/Video switcher in YouTube Music is a potential replacement that raises user experience considerations. The change would also simplify the interface and recommend it through an algorithm. However, this could allow better access to a user’s content and less clutter on a user’s screen. 

It would also remove established habits and make direct switching less convenient for those who use it constantly. The new design will be subject to extensive user feedback.

Conclusion

Overall, the design of YouTube Music has changed from a dedicated Song/Video switcher into a new one. A more integrated system might be an interesting way to move away from the music streaming interface. 

Once the new features are updated, we encourage users to experience them. They can give us feedback to help define the future of music-streaming interaction.

More Reading: Google Calendar Displays Event Visibility for Shared Calendars

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Calendar Displays Event Visibility for Shared Calendars

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |06 Feb 2025
Shared Calendars

For a long time, Google Calendar has been a powerful tool for scheduling, coordinating, and sharing events with others. One area that could improve was the visibility of shared events: exactly who could see them? Google Calendar has clarified this—now you can see who else can see Shared Calendars.

The Visibility Challenge

Shared Calendars

They must be shared in Google Calendar to collaborate and coordinate. Before, it wasn’t immediately obvious who could see the details of a shared event. 

The insufficiency of clarity can lead to one of these misunderstandings. Particularly when it involves one person or multiple parties interacting with each other, especially if the information is sensitive. 

Sharing permissions was not always intuitive, as users would have to dig into event settings to see each consent.

What’s New?

Shared Calendars

Google Calendar has now streamlined the process of understanding event visibility. This update also gives a quick visual indicator of the event details.

It tells you who can access the event. This method removes the guesswork and makes it easy to confirm if you have sharing abilities.

How it Works

When you open the details of Shared Calendars in Google Calendar, a section for people accessing the event will also be available. 

The list can include feature names, group names, or another combination. The more ways the event was shared (individual invite, group invitation, etc.), the more level of detail.

Benefits of Increased Transparency

This feature will help you better understand how others can see your events and better control who can see them.

The new visibility feature makes it much easier to be certain that no legitimate person who should know about an event doesn’t.

You no longer have to be confused about sharing inside the menu when you will. The information is readily available at the event. You lose the confusion of whether you can see who can easily get to an event with ease and little time and effort and communicate easily.

How to Use the New Feature

It has been seamlessly integrated into the current Google Calendar interface so that users can use it to stay focused regularly. They can also find out which people can access a shared event.

Open Google Calendar (web or app).

Open details of a shared event.

The names or groups with access are displayed in the visual indicator (the section). 

The location will change slightly on a web vs. Android vs. iOS platform.

Conclusion

However, Google Calendar recently launched a feature called Shared Calendars that allows you to control what others see in visible event settings. This feature guarantees increased transparency and management of shared events. 

This small change will go a long way in decreasing confusion and increasing collaboration. Additionally, it will solidify Calendar’s position as a top leader in the scheduling space. With the easy way, it is now easy to see who sees event details.

Also Read: Google Calendar Gears Up to Introduce New Background Options

Continue Reading

Featured

Gemini AI Side Panel

Google Calendar Introduces Gemini AI Side Panel

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

2024 for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
How Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks on Android

Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

New Find My Device Tracker with e-Iink Display

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |06 Feb 2025

With life’s fast pace, tracking what we own can be difficult. Thankfully, networks such as Google’s Find My Device are vital for locating lost phones, tablets, and other devices. A new tracker aims to take loss prevention to the next level. It combines an e-Iink Display with a crisp, power-efficient one. This device represents an innovative way to track your values more reliably and easily. It promises to track your keys, wallets, bags, and pets.

What is the New Tracker?

PhotoTag is the new tracker that is making waves in loss prevention. This compact and handy device uses the power of the Find My Device network to help you find things easily. 

However, the E-Ink display makes PhotoTag stand out, integrating into an otherwise featureless device. Let’s explore its key features and specifications for deep insights.

Key Features and Specifications:

Specifications

PhotoTag’s e-Iink Display is its most featured one. This low-power read display allows for visibility of the item’s name or a custom image in bright light. It is something that traditional trackers require you to hear beeps or get notifications on in the app. None of this gives you the information that the item was trackable.

PhotoTag is an application that seamlessly integrates with the Find My Device network. The Find My Device app lets you view your tagged items on a map. It uses the Android device network to help find lost things anonymously and securely.

Key features

Energy efficiency: E-ink displays have a reputation for long battery life. This provides long battery life with months, years, and more potential.

Customizable: The e-Iink Display can display the tracked item’s name, a picture, or a short message. This makes your tagged items so easy to find at a glance.

Small and Lightweight Design: PhotoTag is small and lightweight. So it will not burden your important items such as keys, wallets, bags, car key chains, or even pet collars.

Versatile Attachment Options: PhotoTag’s versatile attachment options include key rings and adhesive strips. It contains clips that users can set up for various use cases.

Compatibility

PhotoTag is intended to be a standard tracking offering consistent with the major mobile operating systems.

Cross-Platform Compatibility:

The PhotoTag is compatible with the iOS Find My network and the Android Find My Device network. This means that you can track your tagged items with these networks. 

This cross-platform compatibility is an important feature. It allows users to switch without losing the capacity to track belongings from iOS to Android. Therefore, PhotoTag is also a great compromise for families or residents who want a mix of Apple and Android gadgets.

Versatility in Usage:

Its compact size, durable design, and multiple attaching methods make it versatile and suitable. Here are just a few examples:

PhotoTag also comes in Luggage Tags. These tags allow you to attach them to your suitcase or backpack. They aim to identify your bag if it gets lost while traveling easily. If they find your bag, your contact information will appear on the E-Ink display, and they can return it.

Finders: Put PhotoTag on your keychain and let the Find My network locate that person. The customizable display can show a photograph of your keys so you can recognize them instantly.

PhotoTag: Attach it discreetly to your wallet and view automatic tracking on the ColorTag Photos App. For whatever reason, you can track its location if so.

Limits to Pet Trackers: PhotoTag is meant for pet tracking. However, it should be considered a limitation of dedicated GPS pet trackers. The Find My networks are used to locate lost items in proximity to other devices in the network.

Final Thought

Finally, PhotoTag introduces a novel personal tracking technology. PhotoTag combines the power of existing Find My networks with a novel. The customizable e-Iink Display provides a unique and versatile solution for tracking valuable things. 

PhotoTag is a reliable and user-friendly way to reduce the anxiety of lost items. With a long battery life, cross-platform compatibility, and a customizable display, it is a powerful feature for anyone. Explore PhotoTag and feel the peace of mind that your prized belongings will never be out of reach.

More on Find My Device: What is Google Find My Device exactly?

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube TV Offers Starz Free for 30 Days to Subscribers

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |05 Feb 2025

YouTube TV users can enjoy high-end entertainment due to a special service benefit. For 30 straight days, YouTube TV subscribers can temporarily receive Starz premium channel service at no charge. 

Through this special offer, YouTube TV users receive thirty days of Starz premium material with zero payment. The promotion lets you find hot TV shows while watching Starz premium material at no upfront cost.

Offer Details

YouTube TV lets its users try Starz premium content without charge for an entire month. The offer lets users access all Starz content. It includes hit series and movies while enjoying the complete programming library during its limited timeframe. Look through Starz’s content to see if the service fits your viewing preferences perfectly.

Once you choose the offer and begin your subscription, you will receive free Starz service for the next 30-day period. The trial extends 30 days, so you can research the content and decide whether to subscribe after your free period.

Any present YouTube TV subscriber can now enjoy this opportunity. The free Starz trial is available to all its subscribers regardless of membership length. The platform ensures premium content access to show gratitude to subscribers.

What You Get

During your 30-day trial on Starz, you will find a wealth of first-class entertainment. The free trial will allow you to see everything Starz offers.

This includes its quality original shows and movies, plus additional content. During your free trial experience, you can view this selection of Starz content.

This trial offers access to Starz’s high-profile dramas and comedies, such as Outlander, Power, and The Spanish Princess.

How to Activate the Offer

Follow these steps to get Starz for free through YouTube TV:

Start your YouTube TV sign-in process.

Go to “Add-ons.”

Select the Starz choice that is available and start using the service.

Benefits of Starz

Adding Starz to YouTube TV provides several benefits. These improve how you watch content. You can enjoy better viewing by watching Starz’s high-caliber selection of programming, which includes remarkable originals and big studio hits. Finding high-quality entertainment becomes faster because you no longer see many choices.

Starz provides users with perfect streaming without commercial interruptions. The commercial-free viewing transforms your time with entertainment into smoother and more pleasurable.

You can access Starz content on all devices that support the YouTube TV platform. You can also use Starz streaming services on all supported devices. It includes smartphones, tablets, smart TVs, streaming devices, and desktops.

The Closing

YouTube TV offers users a perfect chance to try Starz premium content for one month free of charge. This special offer allows you to experience premium Starz content. 

Catch this deal. You can find new content with the benefits of ad-free entertainment, but the offer ends soon.

The Latest in this catogory: YouTube TV’s Guest Mode: A Shift in Access, Not Removal

 

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Maps for Android Rolls Out Customizable Car Icons

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |05 Feb 2025

Google Maps has always been our go-to for navigating the world. It shows us points of interest, estimated arrival, turn-by-turn directions, and real-time traffic updates. Google Maps has added a dash of personalization to your journey by introducing customizable car icons.

It is a powerful tool that greatly reduces the hassle of traveling from any distance. Hence, you no longer have to cruise the digital roads with the generic arrow.

What’s New Google Maps Feature? 

The new customizable car icon feature added to Google Maps injects personality into your navigation experience. Rather than the average, you may choose a selection of assorted car icons. It aims to signify that you’re made in the image of your made-in-the-image virtual car on the map.

Of course, it is great to have the capacity to personalize your navigation. However, the new car icons are a lesser but nicer touch to the experience. They also offer visual interest in the navigation screen, making it more engaging. 

Access and Using Customization

Open Google on your mobile device.

Start Navigation.

Tap on your car icon.

You should select your icon menu from the available car models.

Select your preferred color.

Once you have assembled all options, your ‘customized car icon’ will be displayed on the navigation screen.

Benefits of Customization

Customizing your car icon in Google Maps might seem futile and cosmetic, but it has several advantages. These advantages can improve, personalize, and enhance your navigation experience.

Improved Personalization and User Satisfaction

Customization features, however small, can give users some sense of their personality through their use cases. For example, by picking a car icon and color, people can embody some ownership of the experience. They can make it more enjoyable.

It helps increase app user engagement. If you can customize something, you are more likely to make a connection with it. Features like customizable car icons help to yield a positive overall perception of the app.

Enhanced Navigation Experience

At a Glance, Navigation Improved: Finding your car’s icon on the map in a complicated situation is critical. If you have a bright or contrasting-colored car, it is a definite car icon that will make it much easier.

Finding your way in an unfamiliar area can be challenging. That load can be reduced by making the visual information on the screen. Therefore, having a clear, readily recognizable car icon. You do not need to search for a generic arrow; your personalized icon appears.

Better, more personable, intuitive, and personalized navigation can boost drivers’ self-confidence, especially when driving in tricky conditions. As you become familiar with the interface, you can concentrate more on the road and less on the app.

The Climax

Finally, this feature may change your navigation experience by providing fun and practical ways to personalize it. In addition, it helps to enhance the overall navigation experience.

You can express yourself when choosing a car model and color because we have many to offer. Therefore, when you use Google Maps next, we advise you to dive into customization features and discover the perfect ride for your digital trips!

More on Google Maps: Google Maps rolls out on-device timeline history notifications

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gboard for Android Gets a Subtle Dynamic Color Theme

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |04 Feb 2025

Google’s popular keyboard app for Android Gboard is getting a subtle but notable tweak to Dynamic Color Theme. Although the update has slipped out of the first batch of new features being rolled out to the latest release. 

Dynamic Color has been available for a while, promoting the adapter of keyboard color to the user’s wallpaper. Still, the update makes it much better, including a more consistent UI integration with Android’s Material You design language.

What’s Changed?

The essential idea of Dynamic Color remains the same. Gboard analyzes the wallpaper our user uses and stylizes the different elements of the keyboard. It includes keys, background, and accent. 

The updated version seems more selective with the color palette used. Unlike before, Gboard now appears to use other complementary and contrasting colors extracted from the wallpaper. Thus, the color scheme becomes more nuanced and less overwhelming.

The Effect of the Change

Dynamic Color softens and becomes more graceful overall. It enhances the experience by integrating more seamlessly with the overall design of Android 13. The keyboard and user interface blend seamlessly. 

Also, the refined color selection ensures that the keyboard elements are far less likely to clash with the background. Thereby enabling better readability and lessening the eyes.

How to Access Dynamic Color

If you aren’t used to the feature, as so often, Dynamic Color can be toggled in Gboard settings:

Either tap Gboard (or open Settings < System < Languages & input < On-screen keyboard then Gboard).

Tap on Theme.

Choose a theme using Dynamic Color. They are usually labeled with these themes or the color palette icon.

Availability

Gboard is now getting the updated Dynamic Color theming. It is gradually being pushed to all Gboard users to automatically apply a more personalized and adaptive visual experience. 

This is now updated with the Material You design language. It looks like Gboard. Moreover, the visuals are aligned to match the Material You experience of being responsive.

Since the rollout was somehow server-side, simply updating the Gboard app to the latest version won’t necessarily trigger the feature immediately. As a result, it will be available based on region and device, depending on how they have released it.

This is in stages; availability will depend on the account. Some users will still need to wait for the update because not ever have received it

Looking Onwards

Here, Dynamic Color is getting more refined. This means that Google is putting more effort into its Material You design language. It wants to provide a better user experience with small but significant refinements. 

Eventually, the update could get even more features in a future Gboard update to make this feature more customizable. It helps integrate with other areas or features of your phone.

The Climax

The Dynamic Color theme in Gboard’s updated Design is more refined and beautiful than the previous one when it’s integrated with Android’s Material You theme. 

This is because Gboard chooses colors from the user’s wallpaper, which are more consistently and attractively arranged. It’s a small change but still a good one that slightly improves the keyboard experience.

More on Gboard: Gboard is Trialing New Dynamic Color Themes  

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google TV Trims Freeplay channels Lineup in February 2025

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |04 Feb 2025

To be clear, Google TV has dropped many Freeplay channels. Some users are curious about why the content offering has changed and its impact on their viewing experience, so content offerings have been adjusting format.

Particulars of the Removal

9 free channels were no longer from Google TV’s Freeplay in February 2025. The software affected the following channels (among others): The Bob Ross Channel, The Dove Channel, and Dog Whisperer with Cesar Milan.

These channels were included in the 171 free channels, spanned art instruction to faith-based programming and animal-themed shows. 

After the removal, the number of free channels is reduced to 162. This change is mostly due to licensing agreements. These agreements deal with content providers renewed at certain periodic intervals, some of which may lead to channel removals.

Mark on Users

So, directly removing these channels impacts the users that used to visit there. The viewers who loved watching the removed channels for the content they offered now must find other sources for the same content. 

While the change adds little to the overall free channel count, it reduces the variety of content provided and could disappoint people who use those channels.

Google’s Response

However, Google removed the channels. They explained briefly that the changes were in the design of standard content licensing agreements. 

They didn’t say how many or what they’d add in the future, but they said they’re constantly working to refresh and enrich the freestyling channel on Google TV. This encourages users to reload pages or visit frequently to see the latest shared channel.

Alternative Content Options

Despite removing these nine channels, Google TV has many free channels in several unique categories. Most of the content will resemble what you see on other free-play channels. 

If, for example, an onlooker is looking for art instruction, other art channels come to the fore. If he or she seeks out faith-based programming, alternative religious channels become visible. Pet and animal lovers can also avail of other channels related to pets and animals.

The Sum Up

The Freeplay service is a useful Google TV feature that allows users to browse free, ad-supported content. Removing nine from the offering is tiny, although it reminds you that streaming platform content is finite. 

Like every other channel, users should be encouraged to check it now and then for free channels and keep updated on future updates and additions to the Google TV platform. Also, it is best to have alternative streaming options or platforms available in case some content is no longer visible.

Related Reading: Google TV offers 170 free channels for holidays

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

YouTube TV’s Guest Mode: A Shift in Access, Not Removal

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |03 Feb 2025

Just last week, YouTube removed a barely noticeable but unforgivable new change in its TV application interface. It’s incessantly that the Guest Mode option was dropped. At least this confused people when users came with an already functioning ‘Guest’ button. 

However, browsing and watching YouTube will still work as they did before. The article covers the details of the change. It will explain how users can use guest mode now and what it means.

The Interface Adjustment: What’s Different?

While the login screen in the YouTube TV apps still carried a more explicit, solid Guest version, it was visible. It was easy and fast for users to obtain the content without requiring a Google account. It proved very handy for those wishing to enjoy uninterrupted viewing without being linked to their credentials. 

YouTube TV has no more specific “Guest” button or option. Instead, users must use a Google account to use YouTube TV. This can affect them, but it also makes sense because Google is taking the right approach.

Accessing Guest Mode: The New Approach

That’s precisely why we’ve never had the old ‘Guest’ profile removed. YouTube is fun to play without signing up. The main distinction is that you must get some hold of that thing. 

First, you don’t choose to log in as a “Guest” profile; your profile is never “Guest.” When the login screen presents itself, do not sign in.

Normally, the app will occur after a pause on the instant and be transferred to a guest browsing experience.

The Rationale Behind the Change

The reason for this change, which is unclear, is still unknown to YouTube. However, several theories exist:

This can assist in simplifying the interface and UI. Hence, this could also be an attempt to proceed further with simplifying the interface.

You can also simplify YouTube TV’s login by removing on-screen options. One way to drive sign-in with a Google credential is to first remove the ability to create a ‘Guest’ profile. 

What Users Can Do During the Transition

On the other hand, if YouTube TV does not allow access with a limited login, the login page will be in guest mode.

However, if you want something like the system, leave feedback in the official support channels. At the very least, we can use user feedback to encourage future updates on restoring guest access.

The Future of Guest Mode 

It is still unclear whether YouTube will be more direct regarding guest browsing. Users still need to be on the current system to log in to the login screen without logging in simultaneously. 

This is appropriate because user interfaces are always changing, sometimes in unexpected ways. Embedding the design is important,, so user feedback helps dictate how these options will be shaped.

The Extract 

The good news is that the ‘Guest’ profile was removed from YouTube TV apps. This means that the real name of the profile cannot be changed. More importantly, you can still watch the platform without signing in. Though guest browsing is still possible, a user must be logged into the login screen to access it. 

This minor change has already caused some disorientation. Hopefully, YouTube will soon explain the change less opaquely and provide a better way to access the guest mode.

Also Read: YouTube Tests 4x Playback Speed for Select Premium Users

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

How to Fix TomTom Go Missing on Android Auto

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |03 Feb 2025

Many users have searched for answers since the TomTom Go navigation app suddenly vanished from Android Auto. If you’re one of those drivers without your preferred navigation, then you shouldn’t worry.

It was taken off while the app was removed temporarily due to a technical issue. The fix is apparently in the works.

This guide will cover potential workarounds and other navigation methods until TomTom Go officially returns to Android Auto.

What Happened?

There is no explanation for why the TomTom Go app was no more. It is stored in the Android Auto app store. 

The good thing was that if the users were already using the app, they could continue using it. However, new installs or re-installs were impossible. 

And this went down. Users started commenting on social media that they were puzzled on their online forum and saying this happened.

TomTom’s Response

However, shortly after this grew concern, TomTom later announced its app removal was ‘temporary.’ They said the removal was because of a technical issue. 

Unfortunately, TomTom did not reveal the exact problem with the technical problems. However, they said the fix was coming, and the TomTom app for Android Auto ‘will be reinstated soon.’

Impact on Users

removing TomTom Go for the time being must have affected the users who need it for navigation. Those who already had the app on their phone could keep using it.

Everybody else who had a new phone or uninstalled it missed out. As such, we must abandon their preferred navigation app, even if it entails breaking their navigation experience.

Alternative Navigation Options

There are a few alternative navigation apps Android Auto users can use to await the return of the TomTom Go app.

Navigation, Google Maps apk with comprehensive apk, real-time traffic updates, and the possibility of places of interest.

Real-time traffic reports, incident warnings, police presence, and advertising, in addition to navigation and additional assistance services, Waze is powered by real-life experiences of the community.

What Users Can Do

Meanwhile, users can do the following to proceed:

Search TomTom at TomTom, Facebook, Facebook, Monica, and the support forums for Some updates on the app’s return. To Check the App’s Availability.

Until then, learn to use Google Maps or Waze as an alternative so you won’t miss a single step of the journey.

Ensure your Android Auto app is current to prevent problems with Android Auto compatibility when TomTom Go reappears.

Looking Ahead

Software changes and glitches sometimes occur, reminding us to remove ways to use TomTom Go. A positive is that TomTom responded so fast and committed to a fix. 

Users hope they will soon return to Android Auto, where they can access their required navigation app. This situation exemplifies how important backup navigational options are if something unforeseen happens.

Final Thought

The inconvenienced users were the ones who noticed the temporary disappearance of the TomTom Go navigation app from Android Auto. The good news for users is that TomTom has confirmed the app will return soon after a fix. 

Other navigation options are also steed; it pays to be informed with TomTom’s on the official news. This bad incident proves that developers need to react quickly when the trouble hits and that the software is not stable enough.

More on Android Auto: Android Auto update resolves issues with the SiriusXM app

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Samsung Rolls Out First Monthly Update for 2025

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |01 Feb 2025

Samsung is influential in securing Galaxy devices and performing up to the mark by offering regular Monthly Update for 2025. These devices are vulnerable, and all issues must be updated monthly with patches on vulnerabilities. 

They increase the dosages of stability and overall experiential dough when we defeat ourselves and agree to all the user terms and terms of use. If you want to protect your data, regular security patches to expel incoming threats are necessary.

What are the Additions in Monthly Update of 2025?

Monthly Update for 2025

The January 2025 security update mainly deals with fixing the potential security hole and stabilizing the system. With all of these updates, Samsung’s detailed changelog is always rather short.

However, these updates usually fix Android and Samsung’s One UI. They may also improve by addressing vulnerabilities that bad actors can exploit in specific cases.

Devices Receiving the Update

Monthly Update for 2025

Starting January 2025, those Galaxy devices will begin to update rollout for the January 2025 update. According to the initial reports, the following models are some of the very first to be updated :

Galaxy S24 Series (S24, S24+, S24 Ultra)

The Galaxy S23 Series (S23, S23+, S23 Ultra, S23 FE)

Galaxy Z Fold/Flip Series (Z Fold 6, Z Flip 6)

Security Enhancements

The January 2025 update addresses a range of security vulnerabilities. These are important as they close loopholes hackers could use to compromise your device. 

The update also contains Samsung-specific patches to fix vulnerabilities in One UI and critical fixes for core Android OS bugs from Google. 

This security enhancement will help you keep your data secure and prevent malware infections, so it is important to keep your device updated with these enhancements.

Updating your Galaxy device is an easy process

Go to your phone’s settings menu (normally a gear-shaped icon), and open Settings.

Tap Scroll down and tap on Software update (wording may vary slightly).

Click “Download and install” or “Check for updates”. It will then seek available updates from your device.

If an update is available, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install it.

The Closing Thought

Keeping software up to date is very important for the security and performance of the Samsung Galaxy. Though this seems like a small step, the January 2025 security patch can be considered the most crucial step towards your data security. 

This update helps address potential vulnerabilities to keep Samsung’s users safe and ensure that the devices are maintained optimally by improving the system’s stability.

The best defense against the ever-evolving digital threats is up to date, which allows you to continue enjoying your Samsung device’s full potential.

To dig deeper: Google Updates Gmail for iPhone with Material 3 Redesign

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Google Prompt 2FA: Secure Login with Fingerprint & PIN

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |01 Feb 2025
Google Prompt 2FA

It is important to keep your online accounts safe. Secure Login with Fingerprint and PIN is increasingly included among these account-protecting methods. Google Prompt 2FA offers a second form of security over a password. 

Whether you followed your account creation or set up 2FA on your account, Google Prompt 2FA is a simple, secure way to add 2FA to your accounts. 

This can make login very easy. The feature gives you a tougher and more secure account without changing your password daily.

What is Google Prompt 2FA?

Google Prompt 2FA

Google Prompt 2FA is a two-factor authentication (2FA) system. It uses very simple “yes” and “no” prompts from trusted devices such as your phone to confirm login attempts. It is a coded login that is different from all the other codes sent over SMS. Google Prompt notifies your phone and asks you to verify by tapping to confirm the login. 

Typically, it is safe behind the scenes using your device`s fingerprint or PIN as an added layer of security. When you enter the wrong password or untrusted device, Google verifies that you have also logged into a trusted device. 

New Security Features

Google Prompt 2FA

Now, Google Prompt 2FA supports fingerprint and PIN. This new feature provides an additional layer of security to the previous system. You can confirm a login attempt on your device. You will be asked to do it by entering your fingerprint or PIN.

Its change is meant to make it practically impossible for unregistered users to reach your trusted device. To do that, Google requires a confirmation, a biometric or PIN verification to verify that only you can authenticate login attempts. 

Setting Up Google Prompt 2FA with Fingerprint and PIN

Nevertheless, it’s time to examine how to configure and use Google Prompt 2FA with fingerprint and PIN authentication.

To use, you will also need to have an active Google account.

Click on the profile picture in a Google service and select 

“Manage your Google Account”). Then, find the “Security” section.

In the search bar, enter “2-Step Verification” in the Security section.

If it is not on already, click to turn it on. The password will likely be confirmed.

What to Expect During the Authentication Process

Google Prompts are most often very fast. It will usually appear seconds after being sent.

Prompt: A very secure 2FA method due to the combination of the prompt and the required fingerprint/PIN.

Convenience: It is far more convenient than entering codes and does not slow down gas stations.

Your device’s connectivity determines it. If your device is offline, you need to use another 2FA.

This 2FA From Trusted Device Occurs Occasionally: However, Google occasionally asks for 2FA on this trusted device. Especially if we notice something different from your usual login routine or if you’re logged in from a new location. 

Benefits of Enhanced Security

The enhanced security features of Google Prompt 2FA with fingerprint and PIN authentication offer significant benefits:

Increased protection against unauthorized access: 

No matter how often criminals hack away to access your Google account, they will never have access to it if they don’t confirm a ‘Yes’ and verify your PIN more thoroughly.

Improved overall account security: 

New features to the Google Prompt 2FA system enhance the existing system, making it more secure and robust. This shields your credentials against various threats, including account takeovers.

Enhanced user experience: 

Such a fingerprint and PIN authentication process allows faster and easier identification and access to your account, offering a better experience verifying your identity. It is also convenient for users with two-factor authentication. 

Alternative 2FA Methods

 Google Prompt with fingerprint or PIN is a great and secure 2FA method. However, it’s also important to consider other 2FA methods and when they are relevant.

Phishing-resistant 2FA method: Passkeys are the latest and greatest form of logging in without entering a password. They scan your biometrics, such as a face unlock or a PIN tied to the device. Passkeys sync can be used on any gadget signed in with your Google account. 

Security Keys: You plug Small hardware devices into your computer’s USB port and connect wirelessly over NFC or Bluetooth. They are super for high-value accounts and, more importantly, people at such a high risk to be targeted.

The Sum Up

In the current world, it is important to secure your Google account. An excellent way to achieve this is through Google Prompt 2FA. It closely ties into anyone accessing your account. 

Therefore, enable Google Prompt 2FA immediately because these advanced security features strongly suggest you should.

This straight forward step makes a huge difference in securing your online life. It gives you a sense of security that what you do online is safe and better than anything else.

Also Read: How to turn off Gmail Two-factor authentication (2FA)

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Updates Gmail for iPhone with Material 3 Redesign

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |31 Jan 2025
Material 3 Redesign

The Gmail app on iPhone and iPad has finally received Google’s Material 3 Redesign. This update designates an entirely new look for the app. It aligns with Google’s latest design language and delivers a more consistent platform experience. 

After Android users had had it for some time, iOS users finally tasted Google’s updated design philosophy, Material You.

Key Features of the Redesign

Material 3 Redesign

Several changes to the Gmail interface are in line with the Material 3 update:

Search bar pill: The search bar on the homepage has been transformed from a rounded rectangle to a much more prominent pill search bar.

Bottom bar updated: The bottom bar has a pill-shaped indicator for the active tab.

Updated the overflow icon: The overflow icon in the top right of emails has been switched. Now it is from three vertical dots to three horizontal dots within a circle.

Material You Differences on iOS

Material 3 Redesign

Android’s Material You can also dynamically change its color theming based on a user’s wallpaper, a feature iOS lacks. Google can introduce an account-level color picker or sync the color across devices from Android to iOS. Google has not yet implemented this capability for iOS. 

Since this omission, iOS users won’t get to taste Material You’s dynamic, personalized look. However, whether Google will add the same features for iOS users in future updates is unknown.

Other Workspace App Updates

This Gmail update underscores Google’s efforts to update its apps with a more uniform design language. Backing this up, Gmail and Google Chat have been overhauled completely in visual effect. Other Workspace apps like Drive, Docs, Sheets, Slides, and Meet have yet to be updated on the new design. 

These apps, known as Material 3 and Material You, will take some time to be rolled out across all of Google’s productivity tools. So, users will continue using apps with a familiar interface.

Availability

The Material 3 redo of Gmail for iPhone and iPad has started rolling toward the App Store. With this update, users will see the refreshed interface on the app. This will improve their navigation while using iOS devices. 

Users will find a cleaner, more modern user interface. It matches Google’s current design language, allowing for more intuitive and seamless email management.

The Final Thought

With Material 3 redesign for Gmail on iOS, the communication app has a more modern and streamlined interface. They feature a visually refreshed interface, making it more usable. The update gets the app closer to Google’s wider design ethos.

These apps have a consistent look and feel with the rest of the company’s apps. All these changes will make the app more intuitive and stay in line with the current Google design language.

More on Gmail: Gmail Unveils Redesigned Calendar Card for Mobile

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

YouTube Tests 4x Playback Speed for Select Premium Users

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |31 Jan 2025

YouTube never stops improving the experience of YouTube Premium viewers by introducing new experimental features. The latest addition is the 4x Playback Speed option. The feature allows users to watch videos at four times the normal speed. 

This feature is now available to YouTube Premium members and is being tested. However, it is only accessible through YouTube’s ongoing efforts to refine playback controls.

What Is the 4x Playback Speed Feature?

4x Playback Speed

Now, users can super-speed video playback by playing back videos at more than seven levels. The range is from 0.25x up to 2x, and the newly introduced option is 4x.

This feature is useful for users who want to consume content faster. It includes watching videos on educational topics, online courses, academic lectures, technical tutorials, or detailed discussions. 

It allows users to play back faster and optimize their learning or content consumption experience. This option is also suitable for professionals, researchers, and students who want to review materials without losing comprehension.

How to Access the Feature

4x Playback Speed

You must opt into YouTube’s experimental features, which bring you 4x playback speed as a YouTube Premium subscriber. Here’s how to enable it:

Make sure to have an active YouTube Premium subscription.

Scroll down on your YouTube, click on YouTube settings, and visit YouTube’s experimental features page.

If it is available for your account, opt into the 4x playback speed experiment.

If you use Android, iOS, or desktop, update your YouTube app to the latest version.

Pick a video, tap the settings icon, choose “Playback speed,” and 4x.

Benefits of 4x Playback Speed

Here are some important benefits of the 4x playback speed option.

Faster content consumption: This method presents information more efficiently by letting users acquire main points from videos without watching them live.

Improved productivity: Medically important when used by students and professionals, specifically to revise educational material, academic lectures, or long talks.

Custom viewing experience: Users can choose how fast to watch for rapid information intake, decide to slow things down and watch details, or give control over what to play.

Limitations and Availability

This feature is still experimental, so it may not exist in all YouTube Premium users yet. Features on YouTube are often rolled out in phases so YouTube can get their usability, take user feedback, and make any fixes to a wider rollout.

Moreover, while 4x playback speed helps consume educational content, long-form presentations, and discussions, it may not always be the best option for all videos. The faster we go, the less we may understand the content because it utilizes a lot of dialogue, subtle explanations, or music.

YouTube will continue to refine this feature as users give feedback on it, which will, in turn, help YouTube decide on the final implementation, availability, and potential changes needed concerning the content types.

The Extract

This is part of YouTube’s attempts to improve the user experience and provide better playback controls. This feature is still being tested but may become permanent if users like it. Premium users interested in faster playback should try it until it’s no longer available.

Also Read: The Devices You Need to Run YouTube TV

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Max Drops TopScreen Menu in Google TV Redesign

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |30 Jan 2025

The biggest change on Google TV is the new Max design. The streaming service has made several changes, including dropping the TopScreen Menu. 

This update is as big a change as it is for Max users using the platform. It changes how they navigate, browse, and discover content in the app. 

So, knowing its use of the new layout and features is very important for Max users to continue smoothly utilizing the service.

Redesign Highlights

TopScreen Menu

New Sidebar Menu

The most prominent change in the Max Google TV redesign is replacing the TopScreen menu with a new sidebar menu. 

With this shift, Max coheres to the navigation style of many other popular streaming services, such as Netflix. 

This sidebar has all content category browsing, settings, and account management tasks in one place.

Enhanced Navigation

Another enhanced navigation feature in the Max redesign on Google TV is to make content discovery more intuitive. Two key sections were introduced: ‘What’s New’ and ‘Categories.’ 

Finally, ‘What’s New’ lets users stay updated with what was recently added to the Max library. On top of just titles, a constrained category section makes it easier to look for something specific you’re in the mood for. 

In addition to these improvements, the new sidebar helps improve content discovery and makes suggestions to the user.

User Interface CleanUp

The Google TV Max redesign features a cleaner user interface with better looks and usability. Featured content suddenly has fewer distractions. It is now front and center on the top carousel image, showing the cinematic visuals. 

GreaterCollective focuses on creating a better look with cleaner visuals than competitors. This allows you to become more immersed and involved with the browsing experience of Max’s awesome content library.

Gradual Rollout

TopScreen Menu

Google is gradually rolling out the Max redesign on Google TV. After a phased approach, Max can monitor performance and deal with any potential problems. 

It starts with connected TV platforms, like Apple TV, Google TV, Roku, and other such devices. 

Using this strategy, Max can create smoother transitions for users. It adjusts the redesign based on feedback and performance data.

User Experience Improvements

Overall, the Max redesign on Google TV primarily brings several user experience upgrades related to easier navigation and content discovery. The new sidebar menu and adding “What’s New” and “Categories” sections make browsing the Max library much easier. It helps you find something to watch. 

The cleaner interface facilitates the user to focus on the visually appealing display of the featured content. The causes of these changes help streamline the entire streaming experience without the users wasting time detouring.

Developer and User Feedback

While the aim is generally an improvement, the Max redesign on Google TV must withstand user and developer scrutiny. 

The initial reaction of the users to this redesign will probably be various. Despite that, some users will appreciate the sidebar navigation system’s benefits. Other users will miss TopScreen or might find some of this new design less intuitive than the former interface. 

For example, developers will prepare for the app’s technical performance testing and update it. This ensures it works well and as it should and is compatible with various Google TV devices. Max will undergo a redesign at the end of April. It may be tweaked and changed according to what its users and developers feel. 

This iterative approach allows Max to keep improving the user experience and the pain points. It leads to a better user experience while consuming the app and bettering streaming. Future updates to the Max app on Google TV will be based on user feedback under surveys, social media, and the app store reviews.

Conclusion

So, in summary, Max has essentially changed Google TV entirely by replacing the TopScreen menu with the new sidebar and the zoomed-in navigation. The overall tidying up of the user interface to be a much more cinematic kind of interface for the TV. 

Content discovery will improve, streaming will be more intuitive, and the release will merely boost the viewing experience. So far, it has been gradually rolled out from connected TV platforms. 

To help expose users to the new design and solicit feedback, feedback on the latest design will largely influence how future updates will be shaped.

Also Read: Google Search has a new game, Block Breaker

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Search has a new game, Block Breaker

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |30 Jan 2025

Google Search has quietly added a fun diversion for users: a “Block Breaker” game. This classic arcade-style game joins a growing collection of Easter eggs. Furthermore, built-in tools on Google Search show that Google isn’t just making information available.

It’s going the extra mile to create engaging and fun experiences right in Search. They help to make a richer user experience with random moments of fun. The tools show one of the many functionalities of Google Search beyond just finding information.

Game Overview

Block Breaker

This is a modern take on the classic Atari game Breakout, recently added to the Google Search as “Block Breaker.” Like the original, the game’s object is to clear all the blocks on a level. It advances to the next by bouncing a ball upward by controlling a paddle at the bottom of the screen. Google has added some unique touches while keeping the core gameplay identical. 

These visual elements typically have a heavy Google color quotient. The game can involve different blocks with varying resistance levels. Other power-ups that players will encounter include increasing the length of the paddle. Although these additions bring a refreshingly new feel to the Breakout game.

How to Play

Block Breaker

‘Block Breaker‘ is a super easy game in Google Search on both web and mobile.

Desktop:

Open Google Search in your web browser.

Look for “Atari Breakout” (the trigger for the Easter Egg to appear).

The search results will load the game directly.

The paddle controls move up and down using your keyboard’s left and right arrows.

Mobile:

Open Google Search in your mobile browser or the Google app.

Search for “Atari Breakout.”

The game will load.

Features and Enhancements

The classic Breakout formula is more interesting because of several features and enhancements in the Google Search “Block Breaker” game. However, there are many power-ups and special items beyond the base of the game’s core gameplay. 

Potential power items include extra balls, longer paddles, and different shapes and sizes. The game also features a multi-row progression system.

The player is scored, and though there’s no formal leaderboard. Players are incentivized to want to beat their score and, hopefully, their friends’ scores if they played before them. It’s a mix of these elements that help make the gaming experience more engaging and dynamic.

Availability

It’s readily available via Google Search across multiple platforms. The “Block Breaker” game is triggered by the search “Atari Breakout.” It can be accessed and played on a desktop and mobile web browser. 

Additionally, it’s available on the Google app on Android or iOS devices. All you have to do is open Google Search on any of these platforms and search for “Atari Breakout. ” The game will start on the same search results. There is no need to download or install anything more.

Additional Easter Eggs and Tools

Google Search is full of little surprises and useful tools built into Search. Then, these hidden gems are all fun, practical features that you get directly from the search interface. For example, entering a search for “Google Memory Game” or “Tic Tac Toe” will immediately start up.

In addition to using emojis to create new, never-before-seen versions of them, searching ‘PAC MAN’ opens up a playable version of the iconic arcade game.

Conclusion

All in all, Google Search introduced the game in a new, fun way. Played out Breakout style, this modern rendition of the game provides entertaining gameplay with power-ups, multi-row progression, and scoreboards.

It’s available on desktop and mobile web, as well as the Google app, and it’s easy to enjoy and use. Therefore, users are welcome to try the “Block Breaker” game.

They can explore many other Easter eggs and built-in Google Search tools, which enabled us to discover other fun and helpful functionalities integrated into the app.

More to Read on: What’s New in Google Messages

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Chrome Sync Will Stop Working on Outdated Versions

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |29 Jan 2025

Google announced on Friday that it is changing its Google Chrome Sync policy. Chrome Sync will cease working in early 2025 if your browser is over four years old. 

Keeping your browser updated is less about keeping it secure and more about making it faster to surf the Internet.

Announcement Details

However, if you’ve been using an older version of Chrome, Chrome Sync will no longer work on those older versions. Then, if you’re on an older Chrome, it will stop syncing bookmarks, passwords, history, and other browsing data across your devices. 

Google urges its users to use the latest browser version. It aims to take advantage of security, privacy, and overall web performance improvements. To get the best out of Chrome Sync, ensure your browser is fully updated to the newest version.

Impact on Users

This change will affect the vast majority of users, mainly users who use a cast old version of Chrome. 

At the other end of this spectrum, if you attempt to sync your data, you’ll receive error messages like ‘Please update Chrome to begin sync. ‘

Or ‘use your Chrome data in your Google Account again.’ To continue using Chrome Sync, these users must update their Chrome browser to the new version.

Reasons for the Change

To close down Chrome Sync support on older versions to give maximum experience and security to all Chrome users. Using an old version of Chrome, you may fall prey to security vulnerabilities, allowing user data to be leaked to the bad guys. 

Another is that if you have older versions, you will be barred from using the new web technologies, and hence, your performances may be slow and sometimes even insecure.

Running a Chrome version less than the latest may get you the latest security patches. Performance improvements, new features, and a safe browsing experience.

New Sync Experience

The new ‘identity model’ will replace Chrome’s automatic syncing ‘identity model.’ Since we’re using the latest model, the syncing should be simplified. This way, it automatically syncs across all your devices with your other devices. The Google account you are logged into.

That can be a valid way to eliminate time spent syncing and pushing settings. It’s newer, and its integration is much better and more seamless.

There will also be convenience attached to this new ‘identity model’ – by way of a mobile app that will auto-sync data so everyone’s experience is updated and consistent across the board.

Steps to Update Chrome

Check for Updates:

If you use Chrome, go to Menu (three dots), Help, and About Google Chrome.

Chrome checks for auto updates.

Update & Relaunch:

If yours is up to date, it’ll just kindly ask you to close out and re-open.

Install relaunch, and the update is just another click away.

Conclusion

We will finally turn it off after four years of service for previous versions of Chrome sync. We’ll continue to work to update the sync experience, and it will be disabled. This will make security and performance improvements available to all Chrome users. 

You’ll get new features, security updates, and more if you update your Chrome browser. Second, it will help with streamlined sync from the capability to issue an ‘identity model. ‘ You’ll be able to sync by refreshing your browser.

Go Deeper: Chromecast Bug Shrinks Time and Weather in Ambient Mode

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

The Devices You Need to Run YouTube TV

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |29 Jan 2025

YouTube TV is a streaming portal that offers live channels, on-demand content, and unlimited DVR storage. To get the most out of YouTube TV and enjoy a first-class experience, you’ll need the right hardware. 

In this guide, we will discuss the suggested hardware configurations for running YouTube TV perfectly on streaming devices, televisions, and internet connectivity.

Supported Devices

YouTube TV

1. Smart TVs

Samsung (2017+ models): Supports modern apps and smart features with Tizen OS.

LG (2016+ models): Runs on webOS with AI-driven enhancements and app support.

Chromecast and voice control are part of Vizio SmartCast (select models).

Hisense (select models): Offers Android or Roku TV with smart streaming.

Sharp (select models): Supports smart apps and voice assistant integration.

Sony (select models): Runs on Google or Android TV for a seamless experience.

Google Assistant and its rich ecosystem of access to Google TVs, Play Store, and Android TVs offer a great deal.

2. Streaming Media Players

YouTube TV

Chromecast with Google TV: Built-in Google Assistant and personalized content recommendations.

Apple TV (4th generation & 4K): It offers stable streaming with nice Apple ecosystem integration and tvOS.

Roku Players & TVs: It has a few streaming apps and a nice, easy-to-use interface.

You can control streaming on Fire TV Sticks (2nd Gen, 3rd Gen, 4K, and Lite) using pure power in a compact form that’s super easy to handle — all with Alexa voice control.

Fire TV Cube: Fast 4K streaming and smart home controls that lays hands-free Alexa.

3. Game Consoles

PlayStation 5, PlayStation 4, PlayStation 4 Pro: It’s packed with fresh, immersive gaming through advanced features like haptic feedback and adaptive triggers but with exclusive titles and 4K support.

Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S, Xbox One, Xbox One S, Xbox One X: These offer high-performance gaming, fast load times, backward compatibility, and loads of exciting games exclusive to every Xbox model.

4. Smartphones & Tablets

Android devices (5.0 Lollipop and above): It is a stripped-down distro that provides the full range of apps, services, and customization possibilities for different manufacturers.

For iPhones and iPads (iOS 11 or later), Apple’s ecosystem delivers a seamless, secure, and up-to-date experience.

5. Smart Displays

Nest Hub and Nest Hub Max: Smart home integration that’s always on, smart displays with Google Assistant and touchscreen controls.

Additional Requirements

If you’re not video streaming smoothly, your internet connection is probably unstable. To have a buffer-free experience, you will need a minimum of 1 Mbps if you are trying to stream in SD quality, 5 Mbps for HD streaming, and 20 Mbps for 4 K Ultra HD streaming. 

To use it to the fullest, you’ll also want to sign in with your Google Account to access personalized recommendations, cloud DVR, and account features.

Conclusion

However, for YouTube TV, users will have to have a compatible gadget such as a smart TV, streaming media player, game console, smartphone, tablet, or smart display. You also need a Google Account and the internet to stay connected. 

Before you get started, avoid interruptions and ensure device compatibility so you’re ready to meet the recommended internet speed requirements. The stream gains a much better experience with a good stream setup.

Related Reading: YouTube TV Price Lock for 6month Before Hike

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Android’s January 2025 Google System Updates

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |28 Jan 2025

Google has rolled out many system updates to clean up the platform, making it cleaner, more functional, and usable. These contain critical patches for Android users to make Android devices less prone to new threats. These performance improvements allow devices to run more smoothly and efficiently, and these security improvements accompany them. 

Google also announced new features that should improve user experience. It includes new app developer tools, new Google Play service features, and updates to Google’s key apps. All these improvements indicate that Google is making a definite attempt to build a secure, easy, and feature-rich ecosystem for its users.

1. Play Protect Enhancements

Google System Updates

Google is adding further layers of device and data protection. It aims to enhance its Advanced Protection Program for users. The feature includes journalists and activists at high risk of targeted device or data attacks.

It will help update your Android and provide better protection from threats through updates that block threats and provide prevention services.

2. Device Connectivity Improvements

Google System Updates

While there were small incremental improvements to mobile device connectivity every year in 2021, 2022, and 2023, January 2025 changed things with Google system updates. It made game-changing modifications in device connectivity. These relate to fixes to services around connectors like Perch, which will smooth things out and increase your users’ reliability. 

They also improve the stability and reliability of Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connections, mobile data connections, and device-to-device connectivity. It improves the performance and response time of connection-dependent functions such as audio streaming, file transfer, and electronic games.

These enhancements guarantee devices behave as expected. They connect to various networks and scenarios to deliver a better, more seamless, and more enjoyable user experience.

3. Wallet Improvements

In addition, the January 2025 Google system updates made some big improvements to Google Wallet. From today, users of Android V+ devices will enjoy a faster, easier, and more reliable tap-to-pay experience. 

Local currency purchases are now available on Google Play in Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, and Senegal. It makes purchases even more convenient and accessible for users in those regions. The enhancements are intended to enable users worldwide to conduct convenient, available, and secure digital payments.

4. VPN Badge for Verified Apps

The January 2025 Google system updates introduced a new feature: a VPN badge for verified apps. Apps that we have independently verified through security and privacy to be high will display this badge. 

This feature lets us visually display verified VPN apps, even when they are still in beta. On a page, we can show the end user another place. It aims to see what VPN apps have gone through the Security and privacy assessment process to ensure they practice security and privacy. 

In all these cases, the user is sure that his VPN services are under protection and in secret. The new feature permits individuals to take action on improved online security and privacy.

5. Search Results Snippets

Among the other improvements launched with Google’s January 2025 system updates, Google also fine-tuned its search results snippets. The idea here is to improve the search result snippets. If you click through, we will preview all those search results. 

One place Google hopes to improve the summarization of these snippets with better algorithms to output more plain and descriptive snippets. The ability allows users to grasp better how relevant these snippets are to a search result. It ultimately makes search more accessible. This improved overall search performance for English (US) user support.

Availability

However, some of these January 2025 Google system updates depend on the Android version and device, on the one hand, and national and carrier policies, on the other. They are mostly made in small batches and won’t break anything. Available updates (those installed when the software is run) could be notified to users to install. 

The rollout could take weeks or months to complete for all qualifying devices. In other words, the Android version is an automatic update. It seems like the Android version that your device runs. These are different times and rollout timelines. These are general guidelines.

Conclusion

Of course, all the Google services could get enhancements after the January 2025 Google system update. Still, they were better in the January 2025 Google system update than at the end of January 2025. Apart from better app connectivity, there are some huge improvements.

They include a better Google Wallet experience, a VPN badge to indicate the verified apps and a better title search snippet. These service changes are designed to improve the security, performance, and other Google services of these services.

Also Read: January 2025 Android Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

What’s New in Google Messages

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |28 Jan 2025

Google Messages, the default messaging application Android users receive, underwent some important changes. 

To provide user comfort features such as intelligent AI help, better privacy tools, and easier functionality were incorporated into the system. 

Updates introduce more communication efficiency features, improve security measures, and provide a messaging interface that users will love.

1. Enhanced Read Receipts

Google Messages

To improve the messaging experience, Google Messages removed read receipt refinement for better viewing. Redesigned receipt features on white backgrounds improve legibility in message discussions. 

New messaging controls and transparency features provide enhanced visibility. Inside the chat window, users can swipe left to see a message’s exact delivery timestamp and end-to-end encryption status.

2. Dual SIM RCS Support

Unlike EMUI 9.0, Google Messages can use RCS features between SIM cards. This means it has functional value for dual SIM device owners. 

Due to RCS technology, users can enjoy improved accessibility and send messages without problems on regular SMS. They may create rich messages using powerful features such as video and image sharing, typing indicators, and message-read receipts. 

The integration accelerates the global mainstream adoption of RCS in terms of efficiency and enjoyment of digital communications.

3. Redesigned Compose Field

It experienced radical modernization to make Google Messages’ composed text field feel equally smooth. This is consistent with the rest of the Messaging app. The new text composition area places content to the left but has a cleaner look. 

The standard text field has two basic functions. With ‘Plus’ menu accessibility, users can stay in their browser. Without interruption, they may use features like Magic Compose, Emoji, and Gallery. 

This built-in integration system helps clear up the insertion of many document types into messages. However, the camera integration went through a major update.

With real-time camera viewing functionality, the revised compose area delivers without disrupting the messaging experience. This smooth interface integration allows users to share visual content more quickly.

4. Improved Media Quality Options

Google Messages users now relish in better media-quality resolutions that can be tweaked to meet image and video-sharing needs. The new feature that truly stands out is the ability to send original-quality media to recipients for maximum resolution quality.

Users now have three media quality settings within a newly expanded choice framework. They can opt to economize their data for quality, selecting multiple media.

5. Magic Compose and Magic Rewrite

Developments to Google Messages’ AI capabilities continue to include improved Magic Compose and Magic Rewrite capabilities. Magic Compose has updated features so users can get more complete suggested responses to create appropriate personalized messages quickly.

One of its top features now is the best emojis. Users can easily express their feelings using gifs and emojis, which improves both efficiency and the end-user experience in communications.

6. Scam Text Detection

Now, the machine learning tech running on the device focuses on locating and verifying suspected fraudulent text messages. This uses the Google Messages feature. Using AI to power machine learning delivers AI capabilities to analyze incoming messages for scam indicators.

The preemptive system uses automatic user alerts for potential risks to protect users from fraudulent actions. The technology is a form of user protection that helps guarantee a secure messaging space.

User Experience

New features in Google Messages make conversations more manageable and more secure. These updates significantly improve overall usability and interaction by:

Streamlining Conversation Management: Media quality preferences can help optimize users’ data consumption. It can send original quality messages, improving the visibility of important content.

Enhancing Security: With device-based machine learning protected scam text detection, users are improved in their protection against messaging threats proactively.

Improving Communication Efficiency: Magic Compose and Magic Rewrite, in particular, introduce AI-powered features to make message creation easier. Users can also list suggested response content based on the messages received.

Conclusion

Google Messages continues to evolve and become an even more pleasant experience for the user. RCS got a makeover, too, with read receipts and dual SIM access. 

AI-enhanced Magic Compose writes messages with Magic Rewrite again, but faster and smarter—with many usability improvements. It includes an enhanced compose field and magic text detection for scam protection.

New messaging features can help improve communication speed, strengthen security measures, and enhance user message experience.

More to Read: Google Messages Set to Gain New Chat Animations

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chromecast Bug Shrinks Time and Weather in Ambient Mode

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |27 Jan 2025

Unfortunately, Ambient Mode users with Chromecast are having a frustrating time. The time and weather displays are far smaller than they should be.

Apart from reducing the visual appeal of the Ambient Mode feature, this bug makes it harder to get an at-a-glance look at things like the time and weather conditions, something that would arguably defeat the point of mining an ambient display.

Description of the Bug

A big bug within Google Chromecast’s Ambient Mode causes the correct time and weather to display. However, they appear unreadable from remote distances in various device setups because of the time. 

The problematic reduction of the displayed information in Ambient Mode size reduces users’ reception of useful information. Especially for distant users, negatively impacting the users’ viewing experience.

Affected Devices

The time and weather display problem relates to Chromecast versions from the first to the third and Chromecast Ultra models. 

However, users of these devices have reported that the time and weather display in Ambient Mode is impossibly small.

This makes the font too difficult to read for comfort. Users don’t encounter the same display issue with the current Chromecast with Google TV devices.

Possible Causes

Instead, experts from different teams are still looking at possible root causes of this integrated app problem.

Server-side Changes: According to market users, new changes made to Ambient Mode services by Google servers caused this problem … For some reason, the way time and weather info are displayed or scaled may have changed on the server.

Firmware Updates: The bug causing problems with the Ambient Mode element display might have crept into a firmware update for older Chromecast versions.

User Reports and Observations

Several users complain that this bug started appearing after a sequence of Google running some changes. 

Users say the problem does strike more often on some TV sets and certain display resolutions. User reports give researchers an idea of what specifically prompted this bug.

Google’s Response

It’s still unclear what bug affects Ambient Mode on older Chromecast models for Google. Without Google’s official statement, we would not have known when this issue would finally be resolved. 

Google has had similar issues in the past. We know that such an investigation will lead to a fix or an update for the bug that will be installed within the next few weeks to months.

Conclusion

Users of older versions who own a Chromecast see a display defect in Ambient Mode. This results in weather and time updates not being displayed properly. When displayed, they become too small to see at a distance, particularly given the time and weather elements. 

The latest server-side changes or even firmware updates could be one factor determining the origin. However, an analysis of the origin is still being done. The company is addressing the issue with Google production, which will be rolled out in the coming months.

Also Read: First 2025 Chromecast with Google TV Update Rolls Out

Continue Reading

Featured

Google TV Increases Free Content With Over 1,100 Channels

New Chromecast with Google TV Update Now Available

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

New Release of September Chromecast with Google TV Update

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Chromecast with Google TV

Chromecast with Google TV Update Is Out 

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Gmail Unveils Redesigned Calendar Card for Mobile

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |27 Jan 2025

To help manage your calendar events even more efficiently, Google released a Redesigned Calendar Card for its Gmail mobile app.

With the card’s updated mobile version, customers have better visual and information access to crucial email information. 

A streamlined display makes fundamental information easy to read and understand before opening each email separately.

Redesigned Calendar Card Detailed Features

Prominent Day/Date and Time: Users can see the top header on the card display with day/date and time information. They can also immediately access dated notes.

Event Details: Each event card features the incident title next to an image and location description. It provides more information about the speakers and topics.

Actionable Buttons: Cards provide quick action capabilities for users with buttons. This includes “Add to Calendar,” “Get Directions,” “View Tickets,” and “Invite Others.”

Past Event Indication: A user can see an event’s completion timestamp. And identify whether it occurred before or after and exactly when made clear by its final timings. This mechanism allows for the change of past and present events without effort.

Visual Enhancements: It comes with a design that elegantly presents content for better readability and high clarity.

Benefits for Users

Not only do emails appear in the tidy form of various cards, but the Gmail card layout also helps with email management. It displays important email information in a neat, easy-to-understand form. 

Functional buttons that provide details about dates, times, events, and other urgent information improve the platform’s usability. All the tickets are condensed into one card. This allows users to see tickets, add events to their calendars,

It saves time and makes organizing event management labor and scheduling much faster and more efficient.

Availability

The broad deployment of Gmail cards is underway to customers across several customer segments. Google Workspace customers, individual Google Workspace subscribers, and personal Google account holders. The update is rolled out based on the user’s location and the type of account they chose.

Conclusion

New features in the implementation of the Gmail card will increase user experience. The obvious improvements include daytime indicators next to entries. It helps easier-to-read event previews, handy direct access buttons, and simpler past/future event notifications. The outcome is smoother event management, improved email handling ability, and a good time for the user.

Latest on Gmail: 2024 for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

What’s New in Android 16 Beta 1

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |26 Jan 2025

The Android 16 Beta 1 release signifies a significant step in the evolution of the Android operating system. This early preview allows developers and early adopters to experience the latest features and enhancements firsthand. 

This beta release is crucial for developers to test their applications’ compatibility and performance with the new operating system. It allows them to identify and address potential issues before the final release.

Major Features

Android 16 Beta 1 introduces the Advanced Professional Video (APV) codec, a groundbreaking technology for mobile video. APV enables high-quality video recording and editing up to 8K resolution with HDR10/10+ support, ensuring exceptional visual fidelity. 

This lossless video quality is a game-changer for professional-grade content creation on mobile devices. It opens up new possibilities for filmmakers, videographers, and content creators.

Live Updates Notifications

 Android 16 Beta 1 introduces Live Updates, a new class of notifications designed to provide real-time information for ongoing activities. This feature is particularly useful for food delivery, ride-sharing, and navigation services.

This feature allows users to track progress easily, estimated arrival times, and other relevant details within the notification. Live Updates also support customizable icons, making it easier to identify different services at a glance.

SystemLevel Improvements

Predictive Back Navigation: Improved back gesture animations for a smoother and more intuitive navigation experience.

ART Updates: Enhanced performance for applications that utilize non-SDK interfaces.

Work Scheduling Fix: Improved performance during lifecycle transitions for applications.

Broadcast Priority Changes: Adjusted the delivery order for broadcasts sent using the same process.

Developer Tools and Frameworks

Universal Resizable By Default: 

Introduced frameworks, tooling, and libraries to assist developers in creating more adaptable and flexible applications that seamlessly adjust to various screen sizes and orientations.

ProgressStyle Notification Template: 

Provided a consistent user experience for Live Updates notifications through a dedicated notification template. This ensures that users can easily understand and interact with real-time updates from different services.

Conclusion

Android 16 Beta 1 introduces new features and improvements, including the groundbreaking Advanced Professional Video codec, real-time Live Updates notifications, and significant system-level optimizations. 

The beta program provides developers with valuable tools and frameworks to enhance their application development process. We encourage developers and early adopters to participate actively in the beta program.

The feedback will play a crucial role in shaping the future of Android. It ensures a seamless and enjoyable user experience for everyone.

Related Reading: Android 16 May Allow 3 Apps on Split-Screen

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

OnePlus Addresses Fingerprint and Face Unlock Issues

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |20 Jan 2025

The company has established a rich tradition of producing smartphones, providing its buyers with a great user experience. These devices excel in having formidable platforms, smooth operating systems, and reasonable costs year in and year out. However, its multiple strengths have not escaped users’ complaints that the Fingerprint and Face Unlock options are sometimes unreliable.

These inconsistencies can throw a wrench into the otherwise smooth experience that OnePlus wants to deliver here. All the above-mentioned problems may not be present throughout the users. These issues will matter in ensuring that OnePlus continues to enjoy a reputation for quality and innovation.

Overview of the Issues

Users have reported a range of problems with fingerprint and face unlock on OnePlus devices:

Inconsistent Recognition:

Descriptors: Frequent cases where the system failed to recognize the registered fingerprints. It needs to scan several times or resort to typing in the password.

Some faces fail in different conditions, such as low light. This is especially true when wearing masks or if the user has grown a beard or mustache.

Slow Response Times:

In some cases, fingerprint and face unlock have quite slow response times. They prevent users from having an efficient working tool by delaying their access to their devices.

Unexpected Disabling:

Some cases have been noted where one of these biometric unlocking methods just one day ceases to work. This makes one defer to other unlocking methods as biometric ones like fingerprint and face ID do not function as before.

Conflicts Between Systems: Some users complained that turning on or off one method hinders the functionality of the other.

User Experience Impact

Frustration and Delays: It may fail if the lock is unlocked often. When it takes very long to be unlocked, this hampers normal activities.

Security Concerns: While not easy to use, unreliable biometrics may pose a security problem. Since users might skip biometrics, the likelihood of unauthorized entry is enhanced.

Diminished Convenience: Biometric authentication is designed to give a user a faster and more secure unlocking than a standard method. When these features are unreliable, they cannot perform the promised task(s).

Proposed Fixes

To address these concerns, OnePlus needs to take a multi-pronged approach:

Software Optimization:

Algorithm Refinement: Enhance the fingerprint and face unlock algorithms. It enables the company to unlock the efficient, reliable, and accurate technology users use to unlock their phones.

Software Updates: Continuously update the software to fix new bugs and increase recognition accuracy. It optimizes the general response of biometric sensors.

Hardware Refinements:

Fingerprint Sensor Improvements: Improve fingerprint recognition hardware by increasing sensitivity and providing a better location for the detector.

Camera Optimization: Fulfill face unlock in low-light conditions and enhance the unlocking office despite minute differences.

User Feedback Integration: Emphasize and continuously address users’ grievances. This regards such problems via formal notice boards/offices, social media platforms, and customer care desks.

Comparison with Competitors

Nevertheless, it is worth mentioning that most other smartphone companies. It includes Google Pixel and Samsung Galaxy, have shown significantly high performance in biometric authentication.

Studying these competitors may provide useful insights for further enhancement of biometric systems in the OnePlus case.

General Recommendations for Users

OnePlus should be more responsible by ensuring people report fingerprints and face unlock issues. An intuitive way of giving feedback should be created to settle such issues. Apps or support services will help block communication gaps between users and the company.

This feedback is essential in pattern recognition, diagnosing the root technical issues, and compiling a comprehensive list of needed remediations. OnePlus can more efficiently address these problems and guarantee optimum performance.

Conclusion

The problems with fingerprint and face unlock should be solved. It aims to retain users and provide an enjoyable experience for those using OnePlus phones and gadgets.

A community forum will also engage the user community. It will help the company implement the proposed fixes to the flaws in the critical features of these OnePlus products and improve their reliability.

Also Read: 5 Samsung Galaxy Features That Outshine OnePlus

Continue Reading

Featured

5 Samsung Galaxy Features That Outshine OnePlus

5 Samsung Galaxy Features Outshine OnePlus

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
3 Major Upgrades in OnePlus Open 2 are Expected Next Year

3 Major Upgrades in OnePlus Open 2 are Expected Next Year 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Android 15 for OnePlus Open But Only in India

Android 15 for OnePlus Open But Only in India

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google says Eclipsa Audio support is arriving in Chrome and Android

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |20 Jan 2025

Chrome and Android will soon begin bundling Eclipsa Audio. This is a sophisticated 3D audio format that Samsung has created. This groundbreaking audio technology aims to provide positional, correct, and realistically immersive sound to improve clients’ applications and devices. 

With Eclipsa Audio, Google contributes to advances in various fields. It includes streaming media, gaming, and audio applications in virtual reality and communication. This expansion is a major advancement in offering people high-quality audio.

What is Eclipsa Audio?

Eclipsa Audio will create a new listening dimension. It comprises motion, optics, and haptic feedback. The audio elements are placed within a virtual 3D space. It creates a sense of the audience being virtually placed in the sound environment. 

This modern technology can change the perception of music, movies, games, and other media. It has already improved superb image quality and depth. From the sweeping melodies of a single music composition to the complex sound effects in a video game, Eclipsa Audio helps raise the value of audio.

Benefits for Users

Integrating Eclipsa Audio into Chrome and Android will allow developers and content authors new opportunities.

Web Developers: Use this technology to make the web even more fun for users. For example, develop web-based 3D audio scenes or games with better spatial audio.

Android App Developers: They may improve their applications’ sound quality, it will give users a more realistic sound environment.

Accessibility and the Future Prospect

Google did not specify the debut date, at least not in detail. However, Eclipse Audio support will be added to Chrome and Android later this year.

This marks a major advancement toward the research and development of better and more widespread use of high-quality spatial audio in various applications and types of vehicles.

Conclusion

This audio software is now at an advanced stage of development. It presents opportunities to change how users interact with sound in various applications and uses. As the pioneers in providing locality and three-dimensional moving sounds, Eclipsa Audio enhances all aspects of daily life. It includes listening to music and movies online, playing computer games, and experiencing virtual reality.

In this context, the integration underlines Google’s intent to elevate audio innovation further and guarantee the users’ immersive auditory experience. Consequently, incorporating such technologies into human life should be able to radically change how users perceive and engage in experiences with digital content.

More to Read: Customize Your Chrome Toolbar: A Guide for Mac and Windows

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Customize Your Chrome Toolbar: A Guide for Mac and Windows

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |18 Jan 2025

The Google Chrome toolbar is particularly useful. It includes certain shortcuts and browser options, such as space navigation controls, bookmarks, extensions, an address bar, and more. However, the default positions of toolbar elements do not always match your regular navigation patterns or sequence of operations. 

Fortunately, Chrome has various settings, and you can customize the toolbar with setting changes. This guide contains procedures for customizing your Chrome toolbar on Mac and Windows OS. You will discover how to move around the icons, handle extensions, and configure Chrome to fit your requirements.

To get to Toolbar Customization Modes

From your computer, click on the Google Chrome icon.

Here, you should click the three vertical dots in the top right edge of the browser window.

You need to click on settings, which can be seen in the drop-down list in the above picture.

Look down and click on “Appearance.”

Go to the next point on the toolbar and click on the “Customize your toolbar” link.

Customize Your Chrome Toolbar

Choose Your Buttons:

Below are toolbar buttons that you can use: “Back,” “Forward,” “Refresh,” “Home,” “New Tab,” “Voice Search,” etc.

Enable the checkmarks in front of the desired buttons.

If you want specific buttons hidden, unselect the check boxes for such buttons.

Reorder Buttons:

Click the buttons, then drag them to the position you want on the toolbar. 

Pin Frequently Used Sites:

This toolbar has buttons to fix your favorite websites for immediate use.

If it is located on the website’s bookmark or address bar, you can pull down the links to the toolbar.

Platform-Specific Observations

Mac: If you own a MacBook with a Touch Bar, you can change the shortcuts shown on the Touch Bar while browsing with Chrome.

Windows: If you want to get to bookmarks even faster, you can pin Chrome browser on your Windows 10 taskbar.

Benefits of Toolbar Customization

Increased Efficiency: Toolbars make browsing easy and convenient by placing the tools you often use on your taskbar.

Improved Workflow: Unneeded buttons often distract the user. By ignoring them, a person can reduce the toolbar and become more focused on browsing.

Personalized Experience: This will also personalize browsing habits, especially the toolbar.

The Closing 

Essentials and easy-to-follow methods to modify the Google Chrome toolbar – a distinct step to better browsing. This way, the most often used instruments will be closer, and you will work faster. The organization of the structure will be more comprehensible according to the identified habits. 

Despite the operating system, you are working on” Mac or Windows. Changing the toolbar goes a long way in making the Chrome browser serve you best. With such additions, you can put into place a working model that is effective, convenient, and tailored to your needs and preferences.

More insights: Android 16 May Allow 3 Apps on Split-Screen

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages Set to Gain New Chat Animations

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |18 Jan 2025

Google Messages, the default messaging application on many Android gadgets, may be preparing for a new design update. Signs from the latest beta versions, like New Chat Animations, suggest that the app is experimenting with a different kind of movement.

Whereas the current format employs a basic slide-up mechanism, an added feature may reveal messages from a confined bubble or pill capsule. It aims to take full size within the chat box, making the messaging more dimensional and comprehensive.

From Static to Dynamic

When the application receives a message, it is obvious in a very basic way using a slide-up animation. This one, functional though it might be, misses a little style on the side. The new animation style is intended to do this. 

Rather than the messages sliding up and down, they will look like they are bloating from a small bubble. It may be a pill symbol within the specific chat interface to their full size.

Enhanced Visual Experience

This slight shift makes the whole interface far more visually interesting.

Sent Messages: The messages can portray some automation. Using them will incorporate the strategy of introducing small movements into the messages by beginning the conversation.

Received Messages: Pop-in messages will look more like the information just popped up, bringing a more near-live experience.

These animations help liven up a boring way of communicating messages and make the entire endeavor look far more exciting.

A Work in Progress

However, it is in the works. We are uncertain that this option will be incorporated into the release of Google Messages. 

Google’s use of these new animations can be in observation in its efforts to make the experience within its messaging application progressively better and more convoluted.

Final Thought 

The probability of new chat animations in Google’s app means that Google does not only mediocre neatly but sparingly iterates to the users’ feeders. Describing them as subtle and significant movements that change the appearance and interaction experience, these matters provide social interactions with a sense of kinetic life. 

These improvements, therefore, supply competitiveness in the messaging platform’s operation, relating to the layered motions and responsiveness. Such updates not only give the UI interface a new look but also ring out the picture of Google spending time working on the app’s functionality.

Read Also: Google Home connects Nest Protect and Matter Smart Locks

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 16 May Allow 3 Apps on Split-Screen

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |17 Jan 2025

Android 16 is said to improve tablet users’ multitasking experience vastly. It allows 3 Apps on Split-Screen simultaneously, which can improve efficiency and benefit users performing several tasks with graphic cards on a large display.

If done, it would be another improvement in optimizing the Android operating system for tabs, meeting the increasing needs of tablet computer multitasking capacity.

Possible Split-Screens From Today

The split screen view only supports two-fingered multitasking, where only Android devices can run two applications simultaneously.

To achieve this, press an application from the recent applications list, then select split screen. The current split screen view has two sections, each running one application.

You can always adjust the size of an application by simply using the actual bar, continuing two applications.

Today’s SplitScreen Possibilities

Limited App Compatibility 

Not all apps support split-screen mode up to the correct degree. This option may not work correctly in some applications or be blocked as unsuitable.

Two-App Restriction 

The split-screen mode currently allows only two applications to run side by side. This does not favor users who want to open multiple applications simultaneously.

Basic Functionality

The current version’s split-screen mode has some simple movements. However, the customary advantage of the given design is that flexibility is absent. The level of service integration also appears to be suboptimal.

Information relating to the Possible Update

A reported update for an Android device can introduce rumors about a three-way split-screening capability that will greatly benefit multitasking. This improvement would allow the user’s screens to run three applications simultaneously.

This could be achieved by partitioning the screen with segments owned by different applications. The users could adjust the width of each segment to whatever they wish.

Advantages of the feature

Enhanced Productivity: Co-workers and consumers could review documents, research, and collaborate with others simultaneously.

Improved Content Consumption: Using music or video while browsing the Internet or reading e-mails would become more natural and convenient.

Greater Flexibility: Features such as application enlargement and the possibility to switch applications’ locations on the screen would be very helpful for users. This is because they would have many more opportunities to control the necessary working space for different tasks.

Privacy and Control

The new feature has certain privacy implications. This is more so considering that users operate different apps simultaneously and can be on one screen. For instance, entries may be observed in another if the two applications intersect in a user’s background. That is why Android has to work with users, their privacy, and the possibility of managing the data process. 

This could be realized by making further modifications to Android Split-Screen for apps. It would be possible to prohibit those apps that involve bank details or messages, etc. However, opacity for the existing background apps can be useful by eliminating distractions and concealing data.

The Extract

A new three-app split-screen mode on Androids could evolve the art of multitasking and the new slide-out options with apps. It might be the beginning of the new developments in how Android manages and supports multitasking views. We hope to see future versions of this feature even more refined.

Analyzing the Android perspective, the expansion is enduring. More interesting innovations and modifications are awaited to enhance users’ mobile experiences. However, we are still intrigued that the three-application split screen view is the next step in realizing this promise of a better future for Android users.

Also Read: Google Home connects Nest Protect and Matter Smart Locks

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Music Adds ‘Samples’ for Easier Song Discovery on Artist Pages

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |17 Jan 2025

The discovery of new songs or artists has not remained constant; it has changed due to the ever-changing music industry. The “Samples” feature is one of the latest additions to music discovery, purporting to make the overall experience easier. 

This application enables users to search for samples applied to a given track to investigate their provenance and source material. 

Several listeners learned about the existence of these specific samples, enhancing their listening experience. At the same time, respecting music and its history becomes far easier.

What is the Samples Feature?

This is the basic idea behind the Samples feature, an innovative tool for finding new music. It uses a smart algorithm to select a collection of short music video pieces. 

Samples build on some features of the YouTube Music library to recommend new cheap artists, genres, and songs. The following approach makes music discovery an exclusive and continual fun affair. It is possible by providing an endless array of enthralling new music.

Key Features 

Personalized Feed: Collection of short clips of music videos based on selected users’ listening history.

Short-Form Video: Made ACP of website and enabled attractive video teaser of songs for playback.

Vertical Swipe Navigation: You can discover new music with just a single swipe in the vertical direction.

YouTube Shorts Integration: Supplements YouTube Shorts in a way that makes it fun.

Music Discovery familiarizes you with new artists and kinds/tracks of music.

User Interface Changes

Of course, let’s move on to how to modify the user interface associated with the Samples feature.

Old Artist Page Design: The previous layout of the artist page is built around textual content. It includes the artist’s bio, discography, and the top tracks.

New Artist Page Design: All tunings are accomplished for the artist page. The new addition to this page is Samples that make a motion. As for now, it’s focused largely on showing parts of the song or music video for its lyrics. That will allow users to move from one track to another and listen to previews of the tracks.

Similarity to Other List Carousels: The samples on the artist page are the same as the list carousels recently added to the Home feed. For instance, “Quick picks,” “Trending,” and “Long listens.” These carousels also consist of short-form video previews and Scrolling-down options. Therefore, the same interface has been maintained throughout the application.

How to use the feature 

For Android Users:

Open the YouTube Music App: 

Go to an Artist Page: 

Locate the “Samples” Section: 

Explore Samples:

For iOS Users:

Open the YouTube Music App: 

Visit an Artist Page: 

Find the “Samples” Section: 

Tap and Listen: 

Public Preview and Feedback

Today, samples were introduced to the service as part of the YouTube Music Public Preview. For more information about this and how to join the program, please click the YouTube Music Help Center link.

It is very important to hear your opinions on developing YouTube Music services. Please also share your feedback about the Sample feature through metrics and modes. Refining this exciting means of sourcing new tunes for subsequent use in the latter will only be useful.

The Climax

Samples are a big step up from listening to new music and adding interactivity. YouTube Music’s goal has been to provide audiences with one of the best ways to listen to music forever. Based on the feedback received, this product will be in an enhanced position.

We will grow this space over time. Please check back for more updates as we strive to make music discovery richer for every user.

More Reading: Android Auto update resolves issues with the SiriusXM app

.

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Home connects Nest Protect and Matter Smart Locks

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |16 Jan 2025

The Google Home app is expanding into the smart home system, allowing users to control Nest Protect smoke and carbon monoxide alarms and Matter Smart Locks. 

This integrated approach conflates these pivotal devices under one app called Google Home; the operation is far more manageable, flexible, and automated, enhancing home security. This article discusses what this rollout is for users and how it benefits the smart home ecosystem.

Nest Protect Integration

Nest Protect offers alarms, announces alerts, and texts your phone on any alert. Linking Nest Protect with the Google Home app means the user can oversee the alarm’s status; hence, using the Google Home app, one can see the status of the Nest Protect alarm from anywhere. 

It also enables the user to be notified through the Google Home app on the phone any time the alarm detects the presence of smoke or carbon monoxide when the owner is not at home. Moreover, this integration makes home automation possible. 

In the alarm scenario, the Google Home app could be set to switch on the lights, unlock the smart locks if integrated, and inform the emergency contacts similarly.

Matter Smart Lock Support

Matter is a new, shared smart home connectivity platform aiming to integrate various ecosystems better. Features that Google currently supports in the Google Home app for Matter-enabled smart locks let users manipulate compatible locks by locking or unlocking the door. 

Consequently, users can schedule the locking and unlocking process according to their presence or timetable page. For instance, doors may be closed when people leave, yet they will be open when someone approaches the home.

Of course, if the Matter smart lock has these options, users may also control it by using their voice and activating the Google Assistant—‘Hey Google, lock the front door.’

Rollout and Availability

These features will likely be updated gradually, so it can take quite a long time before all app users are updated. 

Adding the SMART locks brings new integrations, meaning a user needs a Nest Protect device. It is preferable if it is the latest version, the SMART locks that support Matter. 

It will work to update your Google Home app to the final version available in the Google Play Store or App Store.

User Experience Headways

Introducing Nest Protect and Matter smart locks into the Google Home app has several positive effects on the user interface. Centralizing home safety and security issues in the Google Home app makes it much easier to control them. 

It brings new ways of smart home automation, which adds increased comfort. Electronic supervision and, especially, control of the alarms and locks increase the general security level at homes and make people feel secure.

Possible flaws and limits

However, before proceeding with the following steps, you must have a Nest Protect device compatible with the system, which will likely be the newest model. 

Concerning Matter smart locks, this only makes products with the Matter integration engage appropriately with this integration. Moreover, certain features depend only on the Nest Protect or Matter smart lock model you are using.

The Closing

Google’s new Nest Protect, followed by the Matter smart locks integration in the Google Home app, is a huge leap toward smart homes. 

In this case, Google has all the power of control and presents new automation solutions so that users can regulate the level of security of their homes.

Dig Deeper: Dynamic Color theming Finally Arrives on Google Home App

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android Auto update resolves issues with the SiriusXM app

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |16 Jan 2025

Android Auto will receive an update that will further improve SiriusXM app integration. This makes it easier to listen to the service while on the road.

The update arranges SiriusXM content within Android Auto. The feature makes it more manageable to find the channel list, on-demand content, and voice command areas. 

This enhanced link offers considerable enhancements in in-car entertainment. It is possible by adopting wider solutions for Android Auto and responsive integration with SiriusXM’s platforms.

Overview of the Issue

Previously, several featured concerns and complaints about the SiriusXM app on Android Auto were mainly based on incompatibility with car integration. Issues affecting the user experience were interactive menus and touch controls. Customers could not surf channels, access on-demand programs, or customize options through the car’s integrated touch screen. 

This lack of response sometimes made users almost entirely dependent on verbal instructions. Though helpful, this was less effective in noisy conditions or for intricate operations. Unfortunately, these restrictions greatly affected the user experience and precluded the end-to-end integration achieved by Android Auto.

Details of the Update

The new version of Android Auto, 13.4, includes important enhancements to the SiriusXM app. The update aims to fix problems. It includes unresponsive menus and off-target touch controls for smoother and better application control through the car touch screen. This includes updating the menu response, control tweaks in the touch screen, and optimization for Android Auto. 

Along with these fixes specific to SiriusXM, general stability and performance improvements in Android Auto have been made. This update is larger in scale. It delivers a more pleasant experience when using Android Auto in the car.

Post Update Problems

If you still have SiriusXM issues in Android Auto after the update, try these quick fixes:

Turn on your phone and car.

Ensure the app is updated, make sure both devices are compatible,

Troubleshoot the cable if it’s a wired connection, clear the cache, and reconnect your phone.

If issues are unresolved, contact Google through the Android Auto app or forums or SiriusXM through their website, phone, or messenger.

Feedback and Future Updates

Feedback on the product may affect the continuous enhancement of Android Auto for vehicle owners and SiriusXM integration. Google and SiriusXM request that users report across devices regarding their feelings on their most recent update. 

This feedback is used for bug fixes, performance enhancements, and improving current features and functionality. It also decides what new features need to be developed next and enhances the site’s look and feel. 

Users can directly submit feedback within the Android Auto application, which means they participate directly in shaping future entertainment updates and improvements.

Conclusion

Perhaps the most essential feature is the Android Auto 13.4 update. It finally rectifies problems such as unresponsive menus and control touch during the car’s operation. This update is also prepared to listen to SiriusXM content. 

Subsequent versions will offer even more profound integration, better voice recognition, customized suggestions, and more integration between Google and SiriusXM for an even more immersive experience in-car entertainment.

Also Read: Google App Adds Bottom Toolbar to Search and Discover

Continue Reading

Featured

Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Android Auto Spotify App

Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Upcoming Android Auto Features

Upcoming Android Auto Features and Improvements

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Android Auto falls, YouTube Music leads in the cars

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |15 Jan 2025

The landscape of in-car infotainment is constantly evolving. Recent observations point towards a significant shift. Indeed, the mainstream connected car platform, including Android Auto, may be leveling off or shrinking. In contrast, YouTube Music is quickly becoming omnipotent in in-car entertainment. 

This article examines this emerging trend. It also assesses the possible reasons for Android Auto’s seeming decline and YouTube Music’s concurrent vehicle ascendancy.

The State of Android Auto

Android Auto initially saw a sharp rise in popularity and integration into new vehicles. The guarantee that replication of most smartphone uses would be incorporated into the car’s infotainment system was music to the ears of drivers searching for a connected car. On the other hand, we are concerned that recent data shows that this growth may have plateaued or declined. This could, in part, be associated with the following factors. 

First, new automobiles have more functions and intuitive controls than previous models, so Android Auto applications may seem unnecessary. Second, this system has been experiencing compatibility and connectivity problems, which could slow the wider adoption. 

Thirdly, the presence of other players, including Apple CarPlay, remains challenging as people continue using Apple products. Last, driving card usage may decrease as user habits and preferences change.

The Rise of YouTube Music in Cars

What’s interesting is that Android Auto does not seem ready for take-off. On the other hand, YouTube Music’s adoption of in-car music is growing rapidly. Several reasons make it suitable for the driving environment. 

It can also connect with Google Assistant, which provides hands-free controls. The feature allows the safe use of voice commands when driving. More importantly, YouTube Music is not an application exclusively tied to Android Auto. 

It also exists as a separate application on Android Automotive. This is gradually becoming popular with car makers, thus increasing the company’s presence in the auto market. Users’ growing tendency to enjoy audio content like music, podcasts, and audiobooks.

Impact on the In-Car Entertainment Landscape

Could this trend pose a major threat to Google’s plans in the automotive segment? It could lead to a shift of focus from optimizing and improving Android Auto and including and improving YouTube Music to Android Automotive OS. 

This shift could also limit producers’ choices about development and companion packages with infotainment methods. It might force Google to deepen its cooperation with carmakers regarding Android Automotive OS.

Future of In-Car Entertainment

The future look of automobile infotainment systems can be predicted by analyzing increased connectivity, advanced autonomous features, and user demand. However, as cars become smarter and more connected, music streaming services will play a big part. 

Successful advancements in voice controls and personal assistant AI will improve in-car entertainment. This will be possible by enabling more comprehensive Internet integration. Over the years, self-driving will free up more time. Moreover, the advancement of the automobile industry means that more innovation can be experienced wherever the car is going, especially regarding videos.

The Wrap Up

Although the Android auto market may experience some issues, YouTube Music has already successfully become an important player in the in-car segment. Its immense library is set for further expansion. 

Such a trend might alter Google’s automotive plan and future innovations in functional and entertainment systems in vehicles.

More Reading: Dynamic Color theming Finally Arrives on Google Home App

Continue Reading

Featured

Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Android Auto Spotify App

Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Upcoming Android Auto Features

Upcoming Android Auto Features and Improvements

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google App Adds Bottom Toolbar to Search and Discover

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |15 Jan 2025

Google is working to give its main application, which provides search and discovery tools, a major overhaul emphasizing usability. A new persistent Bottom Toolbar will allow users to quickly access essentials such as Search and Discover.

This shift facilitates a quicker transition between the modes of search for specific information and selected content categories. A new bottom toolbar is essential for creating a better and more convenient interface within the Google app.

Overview of the New Bottom Toolbar

The Google app’s bottom icons are a permanent bar of icons located at the bottom of the screen area. Their basic purpose is to provide quick and easy access to the app’s core functions: Search and Discover. The toolbar typically features two main icons: For Search, a pair of glasses, and for Discover, a map or a star. 

They are always located in an easily noticeable position with or without the discovery mode. This means that after clicking the icon, there is a change between these two application parts. Such a constant location makes it easy to access with the thumb, especially on large devices. It improves the ergonomics of one-handed control and navigation in Google’s application.

User Experience Improvements

Among the new elements introduced in the context of the fresh version of the Google app, the following can be listed:

Benefits 

The most significant benefit is the dramatically improved access to the app’s core functions: Search and Discover. At the bottom of the screen, icons of dedicated sections stay highlighted to enable an easy return to the personal sections.

This negates an application’s prior, inefficient operating methods, such as swiping or top menus. However, it helps to make the application exponentially faster and easier to use. This is especially helpful for those who can toggle between search and browse modes in the application.

Improved Readability 

The previous build of the Google app showed disorganization in the topmost area of the home screen if areas were changed or a search query was performed. 

As shown in the next screenshot, reducing the toolbar from three lines to two frees up the top space. It makes placing the page titles and other features easier. 

This has helped provide an added Navigational interface and enabled users to identify their position within an application easily.

One-handed Access 

While it is not directly connected to Search or Discover, this bottom toolbar can be useful. It aims to adjust one-handed access to the system Share sheet. 

Sometimes, share icons were located at the top of the screen. This made it possible for the share icon to be placed in the body of the shared content.

How to Use the New Toolbar

Open the Google app.

Visit the Search or Discover profiles.

This new refreshing interface has a new bar at the bottom for your use, as shown below.

Privacy and Control

Introducing the bottom toolbar, designed strictly for navigation, does not contribute to new threats to privacy. However, when typing your search or doing feeds on Discover, your data is powerless against Google’s privacy policies. 

Your Web & App Activity can be managed through the Google activity controls. The feed can also be refiltered in the settings tab, selecting users’ preferences within the application.

The Extract

The bottom toolbar is one recent change that is possible only in the beta version of the application. It significantly improves the application. Therefore, integrating the Search and Discover buttons into the taskbar optimizes app key operations. It helps users find the necessary material quickly. It offers them individual content. 

Another newly added feature is UI/UX, which makes the app easier to navigate or use. The choice in favor of convenience means that the following changes will be designed to emphasize convenience for human design. This will serve the increased purpose in the context of Google services.

More to Read: Google Tests Simplified Circle to Search Design

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Dynamic Color theming Finally Arrives on Google Home App

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |14 Jan 2025

Finally, Google is gearing up to introduce Dynamic Color theming support to the Google Home app on its Android platform. 

This long-requested feature enables the application’s color palette to adjust to the phone wallpaper, achieving a more integrated look. 

This article explains this update, how Dynamic Color works on the Google Home app and its implications for users.

What is Dynamic Color?

Dynamic Color is among the foundational pillars of Material You. Google’s design direction is oriented toward personalization and emotions. Dynamic Color takes key colors from your phone’s wallpaper and applies them to multiple areas of the Android interface. It includes apps, widgets, and system dropdown menus. 

This creates a well-coordinated and visually enhanced theme where almost all your interfaces reflect your personality. This feature applies color changes in response to the chosen wallpaper. This makes it possible to change the appearance of your device.

Dynamic Color in the Google Home App

Dynamic Color is now available in the Google Home app. In other words, it will make buttons, backgrounds, icons, and other UI aspects adapt to the look of the wallpaper. 

For instance, the Google Home app might change the primary wallpaper’s color and involve blue and green shades if the provided wallpaper contains them. 

If you change the wallpaper to orange and red, the app color changes accordingly. This helps achieve the inherent app look and feel with the complete Android theme.

Rollout and Availability

Google is gradually introducing Dynamic Color to the Google Home app. This staged rollout method enables Google to establish whether there is any concern. If there is no problem, it makes the transition. 

Your device must have the Android 12 operating system for Dynamic Color. However, it may use any version of the Android OS with support for Material You and Dynamic Color. You can also check whether your Google Home app is up to date.

User Experience Gains

First of all, it leads to significantly better integration of graphic design. Such a design makes the app feel more cohesive. 

In addition, Dynamic Color improves the personalization and customization experiences. Users can continue to add their unique color preferences to their wallpapers. The favored shade of color will appear dynamically across the app’s interface.

Potential Limits and Issues

Dynamic Color is efficient, as a rule, but there are several possible drawbacks. As an app has wallpapers with very few colors, it leads to less variety or energy in the theme seen in the application. 

Minor user interface problems or disparities may occur, which is normal when Google works on improving the program. However, these are often resolved rapidly in the next source update or subsequent research.

The Core Findings

Adding Dynamic Color to the Google Home app is a plus. It opens a new level of sophistication for the application. 

Dynamic Color design in Android dynamically utilizes the Material You design language. It makes the smart home management experience visually consistent, pleasing, and genuinely unique to the device. 

With this update, Google strengthens its promise to give Android users the same experience across all devices.

Related Reading: Google Home Access Levels Bring Admin and Member Features

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Tests Simplified Circle to Search Design

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |14 Jan 2025

Circle to Search is one of Android’s most common and easy ways to search quickly. Google has started refining its look. These simplifications are intended to make the feature even more user-friendly and productive. 

This write-up introduces the topic addressed in the blog. Circle to Search describes the rationale for these changes as a critical development.

History of Circle to Search

Circle to Search was first released with a large pill-shaped field for search, a Translate button, and built-in song recognition. Such features behave in a way that can provide a more flexible and convenient search. 

The following designs aim for simplicity. The latest is the elimination of direct access to Google Lens. It has been done to stage the application as a search engine in its simplest form. Another past “December design” also introduced aesthetic changes to the search UI. It shows that Google is continuously working on tuning Circle to Search into a more cohesive search experience for Android.

New Simplified Design

The new design of the Circle to Search displaces the full search section as a single area. This makes the animation smoother and helps avoid messy or cluttered images.

Other changes include placing close and overflow icons in circles for ease of appearance. The search microphone icon has also been changed to align with these buttons. These changes create a cleaner interface, usability, and multistep improvement to the application’s quality and style.

User Experience Improvements

Reducing Circle to Search has other benefits, such as being more usable and efficient. Combining the search panel into one slideable component streamlines access icons. It allows addressing them with a single tap; it eliminates tiered hierarchy. 

This integration makes using on-screen search less cluttered and the overall look and feel smoother for Android users. Coordinating all the elements also helps with information organization.

How to Use the New Design

You are right; keeping it simple is the best policy! Here’s the most concise way to explain how to use the new Circle to Search design on Android:

Press the Home button for a while (three-button motion) or use the touch ring (swipe motion).

Click or cursor on the desired keywords on the screen in a circle, tapping or highlighting.

Links to the search results are located at the bottom of the page.

Public Preview and Feedback

For this reason, Google occasionally encourages users to participate in public previews of features that are not yet publicly available. If you become one of our program members, you will be among the first to try out the new site design.

It is very important during the Public Preview phase, so the less you provide, the more the participants learn about the technology. As you can read in this article, you can report problems. The readers can suggest and propose to Google for a better Circle to Search for all users.

In the last

Circle to Search is, in fact, a step towards a far better on-screen Search experience in Android. To enhance the components, Google allows users to search for anything directly from any screen faster.

It improves Circle to Search’s accessibility and usability to its maximum value. This helps users make searching a natural part of their mobile usage.

Also Read: Google Tasks May Soon Receive Visual Upgrades

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Tasks May Soon Receive Visual Upgrades

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |13 Jan 2025

Google Tasks helps manage to-dos and information but has long lacked a pretty design. However, this may change soon. Google Tasks May Soon Receive Visual Upgrades. Let’s share some ideas in the following lines.

Google now has several changes in the pipeline that should improve the application’s appearance. This article describes these possible modifications and studies how they may enhance the use of Google Tasks.

Understanding Google Tasks’ Role

However, it will be pertinent to understand Google Tasks’ place. This functions as an app in the Google framework before describing variations that visual redesigning can introduce. 

It is designed as an airy to-do list that integrates with other Google services, such as Gmail and Google Calendar. 

Originally funded with a sound development appeal, its graphic user interface design has been considerably unsophisticated.

Potential Visual Improvements

Based on recent findings and code analysis, here are some of the visual improvements that Google Tasks could soon receive:

Completion Dates for Completed Tasks

Once a task is labeled complete and moved to a completed list with no productive use. Perhaps an extra field could be the addition of a one-minute timer. It shows when exactly a given task was done. It was also useful for the user to be notified when a specific set of activities was accomplished quickly.

List Item Count

Another point that could be considered might be the inclusion of text counters placed at the right of each task list indicating the number of tasks in the list displayed. This would help the user understand how loaded each list is without having to tally the tasks physically.

Possible UI Tweaks

Even though many of them are not described in current implementations of the latter, Google may introduce minor UI changes on the latter to polish the ‘look’ of the app. This could mean switching over font, the spacing between lines, or even the color of the web page.

In What Way These Changes Could Help Improving Google Tasks

These visual improvements, while seemingly small, could have a positive impact on the user experience:

Improved Organization: Deadlines can better define whether a particular work item has been done. Appending item counts to the list from which the load was gathered would indicate where and to what degree the load must be addressed in that list.

Increased User Engagement: A prettier app could mean more usage, leading to increased immersion into Google Tasks, at least according to Google’s theories.

Better Integration with Other Google Services: Although these changes are mostly aesthetic, there is potential to expand collaboration with other Google services, such as viewing task completion statistics in Gmail or Google Calendar.

When to Expect These Changes

These visual enhancements are derived from the code analysis, but Google has not acknowledged them. They can both be edited, deleted, or never posted on the internet in the first place; nobody knows. 

However, if they do, they will do so through an application update within the Google Play Store application.

Conclusion

The future update of Google Tasks may introduce nicer visual changes, making the interface and organization more attractive and easier to use. 

So long as the core of Google Tasks does not change significantly, these little cosmetic enhancements could breathe new life into the application and secure it as one of Google’s more useful offerings to users.

More to Read: YouTube Music Adds Top Songs to Artist Pages

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

5 Samsung Galaxy Features Outshine OnePlus

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |13 Jan 2025

These two companies are quite close rivals in the Android smartphone market. Both brands present rather attractive products with different approaches. OnePlus has developed an image of the OP series as powerful performers who bring a pure, ‘stock-like’ Oxygen OS experience. However, Samsung Galaxy Features provide another level.

Samsung has a different strategy for the Galaxy line. By packing as many features as One UI support can handle along with a massive and intertwined ecosystem. In this article, we will look at five areas where Samsung Galaxy phones often edge out OnePlus phones.

Superior Display Technology

This, therefore, makes display one of Samsung’s most important competitive advantages. Specifically, AMOLED panel manufacturing is one of Samsung’s competencies. This company actively uses it to develop exquisite displays for Galaxy phones. They do this at a higher native contrast ratio with far deeper and richer black. 

In addition, Samsung has mastered the art of high refresh rates. Some of its devices include layouts extending up to 120Hz or even beyond, resulting in smoother scroll-over animation. It is also worth noting that many Samsung devices also provide higher display resolution.

More Versatile Camera Systems

Another sector in which Samsung often outperforms others is camera systems or device setups. Samsung phones frequently provide a more diverse camera system. It rarely consists of a single lens; you usually get wide, ultrawide, and telephoto lenses integrated into Samsung Galaxy phones. That is why this feature allows you to get more diverse shots, ranging from landscapes to portraits. 

Samsung also has more features. The company includes a higher megapixel camera to give clearer photos and optical zoom to enable one to take photos from a distance. To address photography concerns, Samsung has included rich camera software. Single Take—This takes multiple photos and videos with one tap.

Feature-rich software and Ecosystem

Samsung’s One UI makes the software experience on OEM devices luxurious, offering numerous customization options and innumerable features. One UI also includes many customization options for the look and feel of the phones. It enables users to customize settings according to their needs. Other additions, such as Good Lock, extend this even further, allowing users to selectively adjust all aspects of the interface. Furthermore, Samsung has developed a strong system of linked systems and services. 

This ecosystem complements Galaxy Buds, Galaxy Watch wearables, and SmartThings smart home devices. Samsung Pay mobile payments, hence a smooth user experience for all those committed to the Samsung ecosystem. OnePlus is now merging with ColorOS and is generally as close to stock Android without the bloat as possible. Still, it doesn’t come with as many features and the level of ecosystem customization that One UI offers.

The Advantage of DeX

Samsung’s DeX feature brings added value and ensures that Galaxy phones differ from others. DeX enables the user to link the Galaxy phone with an external monitor, keyboard, and mouse. This makes the phone look like a computer. 

It pinpoints important productivity advantages, including multitasking and utilizing relevant desktop applications. This offers better work organization for tasks easily done on a big screen with regular peripheral devices. 

This capability is unavailable on any OnePlus device, which is another unique selling point for Samsung. This is especially true for users who are highly concerned about mobile productivity.

Wider Availability and Stronger Support

Last but not least, Samsung is available far and wide and has a much stronger customer support base. The number of carriers and retail outlets where current Samsung Devices are sold is much higher on average. Samsung also has many service centers and resources that are accessible to its customers. 

OnePlus has shown progressive enhancement in its online support compared to Samsung. It offers several options and a stronger customer support system. Therefore, Samsung mobile users feel more secure and comfortable.

Final Thought

To sum up, both Samsung and OnePlus offer excellent Android devices. Samsung Galaxy Features include a better display, better camera system setup, and the ability to provide an improved and extensive customized software environment.

This includes One UI and other parts of Samsung, an innovative DeX feature designed to turn a smartphone into a desktop. It offers availability at more places and better customer service than OnePlus. 

While Samsung Galaxy phones lack certain key features in contrast to Google Pixel phones, they are quite appealing for users who prioritize features, the ability to integrate with other Samsung merchandise, or availability in a range of more stores.

Also Read: YouTube Music Adds Top Songs to Artist Pages

Continue Reading

Featured

Fingerprint and Face Unlock Issues

OnePlus Addresses Fingerprint and Face Unlock Issues

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
3 Major Upgrades in OnePlus Open 2 are Expected Next Year

3 Major Upgrades in OnePlus Open 2 are Expected Next Year 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Android 15 for OnePlus Open But Only in India

Android 15 for OnePlus Open But Only in India

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

YouTube Music Adds Top Songs to Artist Pages

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |11 Jan 2025

Getting a recommendation for a track you might like is difficult when the world is saturated with several streaming platforms. To this end, a new feature, Top Songs to Artist Pages, is being introduced.

It hopes to change how we find artists and songs that suit our preferences. This post will quickly introduce this feature as a unique new addition to music. This will explain why it greatly improves music discovery.

What is the top song’s carousel?

The Top Songs Carousel is a new addition to an artist’s top songs list view. It effectively allows fans to glance through an artist’s top songs at a glance. Traditional song lists have been replaced with a carousel. It includes the album art or song image, title, and play button. 

This format greatly enhances usability. Users can quickly skim through an artist’s best pieces. They instantly access their most popular songs without diving into endless lists of albums or songs. The horizontal scrolling is particularly helpful for mobile users, providing touch-friendly navigation, 

Primary Sections of the Most Popular Songs Carousel

The Top Songs Carousel is designed with several key features. It aims to enhance usability and provide a comprehensive overview of an artist’s popular works:

Display of Four Songs Per Load (with Pagination)

It organizes four songs in a single instance on the carousel and provides a neat and clean-looking list. To allow users to get exposed to more of such an artist’s popular songs, the carousel supports pagination. 

This means that once more than five or six songs are at one particular artist, the carousel will be split into “sections.” This pagination repeats up to 20 songs in five pages.

Play All” Button 

Top Songs to Artist Pages include the play-all button to enable break-less listening. This button allows a user to play all the songs shown inside the carousel from top to bottom.

It ranges up to the maximum capacity of 20 songs. This is a good feature for someone who desires the program to play the artist’s hits without choosing them individually.

Option to View the Full List of Top Songs

Although it makes listening to a choice of the best songs more convenient, the carousel also has a button that will show all the best songs. A “View All” or any other relevant link close to the carousel often executes this. 

This button leads to another page or tab in the application. The user can see the artist’s favorite songs in their playlist. 

User Interface Changes

The most notable change is the new Top Songs Carousel. The artist page layout progressed from the previously seen list. This reorders the content to prioritize top tracks. It puts them at the top of the page with attractive cards with album art and direct play buttons. 

This design also matches some of our existing carousels on the platform. It includes ‘Quick Picks,’ ‘Trending,’ and ‘Long Listens.’ Thus, it shares a horizontal scroll, card-based structure, clear heading, and ‘View All’ button. This consistency also helps users immediately know how to engage with the Top Songs Carousel. This makes it a natural way to identify an artist’s popular tunes.

How to get to the Top Songs Carousel

Music app for both Android and iOS:

Open YouTube Music.

Search for an artist.

Go to their artist page.

You must scroll down to the page to see the “Top Songs” at the bottom as a carousel.

Advantages of Running a Carousel of Top Songs

The Top Songs Carousel offers several key advantages for both music discovery and user experience within the YouTube Music app:

Enhanced Music Discovery for New and Existing Artists

For New Artists: Carousel allows new artists to feature their most beloved tracks on the site. This will increase their visibility among users and, therefore, their chances of being listened to. It also helps those interested in reading sample pieces from potential favorites conclude.

For Existing Artists: For signed performers with many songs, the carousel presents the tracklist with only those options that can be considered favorites. Thus, it helps occasional listeners or fans of a new generation find familiar tracks. It also provides a user-friendly environment for those reading the comic strip.

Improved Browsing Experience with Quick Access to Top Tracks

Streamlined Navigation: Navigating different sections on the artist’s page becomes far more convenient. The most important tracks are offered right on the main view, without having to scroll through albums or other content.

Faster Discovery: With traditional methods, users have to scroll down the page or turn the magazine pages to get a list of songs. It takes a lot more time to discover an artist’s most popular songs.

Visually Engaging Presentation: Precisely, cutter photos and the selection of the horizontal presentation that imitates animation are less boring than the list or the grid.

Improved Mobile Usability: The carousel is also greatly optimized for mobile platforms. It enables users to browse and find music with as much ease on a small screen as they would on a desktop.

The Climax

The YouTube Music app’s Top Songs to Artist Pages feature is highly beneficial. It allows users to list an artist’s most popular songs and display them cleanly, visually appealingly, and instrumentally. 

The heavy emphasis on the users means that YouTube Music already has plans to evolve. It creates better methods for people to connect with music.

More Reading: Google TV Adds New Features for Nest Doorbell Notifications

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

First 2025 Chromecast with Google TV Update Rolls Out

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |10 Jan 2025

Chromecast with Google TV owners, started receiving the first software update in 2025. Today, details concerning the particulars of the update mainly refer to improvements, new bug patches, and even more internal shifts than the peripheral new additions and modifications. This article will briefly explain how this update will alter your streaming.

Google System Updates for Chromecast with Google TV

Regarding Android TV OS, the term comprises two types – large-scale and regular system updates. Sustained updates generate feature changes mostly associated with new versions of Android. These smaller updates, delivered through the Google Play Services framework, focus on:

Performance optimizations: Better responsiveness to a device or system, quicker application start-up, and other aspects of a system that make it feel much more responsive.

Bug fixes: Some enhancements were made to fix some of the issues users could have encountered.

Security patches: Informing customers of important updates on safety patches to avoid threats.

Minor feature enhancements: Less often, such updates involve improvements in the work done to tweak the features or new abilities that can be insignificant.

The update that will be released in January 2025

This is because it was the first update of the year, and as such, it is far more focused on bug squashing and some general code cleanup. Based on early reports, here’s what we expect:

Performance Enhancements: Hence, customers may observe higher devices’ sensitivity, smoothness of menus, and, of course, shorter time to run the applications.

Bug Fixes: Once again, this update addresses different problems that the users faced, including bugs and glitches, which contribute to improving the system’s stability.

Security Patches: Security updates are, of course, back in the mix here. What are the most recent security fixes that Google published to protect the Android TV OS from certain dangers?

No Major New Features: From the timeline above, it is safe to assume that this update does not generate new functionality or improved interfaces. Therefore, one’s role is to develop and refine the experience already there.

How to Get It

Chromecast with Google TV updates are typically rolled out automatically in the background. However, you can manually check for updates:

Turn ON your Google Chromecast with the Google TV.

Go to settings.

Select System.

Choose About.

Select System update.

Why These Updates Are Important

Even if not a spectacular piece, this system update is vital for maintaining the fantastic user experience nobody wants to lose. They ensure:

Optimal Performance: It should be carried out to enhance the operation of the machine on your device, making it easier and more effective.

Security: Security patches are critical for guarding the risks and threat factors. 3

Stability: Application updates, for instance, provide a patch for a defect that may lead to program failure or other problems.

Looking Ahead

However, more substantial releases should be expected later in the year. January’s maintenance update may include important additions and all kinds of changes in the user interface. 

Google frequently releases updates to the Android TV OS, so for one to maximize its use, one’s TV must be updated to the current version.

The Extract

The next update for Chromecast with Google TV is here. As expected, the first update in 2025 mainly consists of performance enhancements, bug fixes, and a security patch. It is not one of these big releases with interesting featured updates. 

However, it is progressing towards building a stable and secure prioritized base. Subscribers are advised to upgrade their equipment to support these enhancements.

Also Read: New Chromecast with Google TV Update Now Available

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google TV Adds New Features for Nest Doorbell Notifications

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |10 Jan 2025

The smart home market constantly expands, with new technologies and additional functions added more often. Nest Doorbell Notifications will provide a better coordinated and harmonious use of smart home devices. 

This post briefly describes these aspects and discusses their significance for developing smart home integration. Let’s get started without further ado!

Enhanced Notifications

There is a new Preview UI for Nest Doorbell Notifications.

Google is now testing a new UI for Nest Doorbell notifications. It will make it even easier to interact with them from your lock screen or notification shade. 

This new UI aims to provide a bigger, more nuanced event preview. It led to the notification so that the user could easily decide if it required their attention without opening the Google Home app.

Explanation of the Larger View and Improved Preview Experience:

The largest change is the enlargement of the Notification preview. Earlier, users would see only a small thumbnail. On the other hand, the new UI would show a big image or video of that event. This makes it much simpler to identify. 

In the case of video events, the preview may incorporate a short animated video within the notification itself. The new UI also reduces the number of interaction buttons so the doorbell and other connected features can be answered quickly. For instance, by speaking through the doorbell and viewing the live feed.

Benefits of the Enhanced Notifications for User Experience:

These enhanced notifications offer several key benefits for users:

Faster Assessment: The features of the larger preview enable the users to know what is going on at their doors without opening the App. Whenever a parcel arrives, or there is an impulse visitor, the service comes in handy, especially in the apartment.

Improved Convenience: The new UI offers much more information on the screen. It helps users spend less time opening the Google Home app.

Enhanced Security: Clearer previews can help users understand in advance that there are security issues. It includes when their door buzzer rings or if someone unfamiliar is at the door.

More Engaging Experience: The richer the notifications, the richer the experience becomes. They lead to enhanced home connection awareness, thus being more useful.

Privacy and Control

Google respects user privacy by offering Nest Doorbell with improved notifications and fast response. However, recorded audio and video are in encryption form and governed by Google’s privacy policies.

Notifications can be toggled in the Google Home app. That is why it is useful to review these settings periodically. The user can achieve the optimum convenience and feel comfortable knowing that nobody sees him.

Public Preview and Feedback

To use these additional features and give Google feedback, people can sign up for Google Home Public Preview. This program enables one to use fresh tools and innovative features before others and offer suggestions to the creation team.

Details regarding Public Preview enrollment are most frequently in display in the application, which is a mobile application for Google Home. They may be in position in the application settings or covered in notices inside the application. You might have to sign up for the program and meet certain criteria, such as owning a Google Home.

The Public Preview lets you participate in developing the new Google Home. Your comments on the new notification UI, quick responses feature, and other experimental features are valuable. It allows Google to work on any problems it might detect and improve the users’ experience.

The Extract

Quick Responses let you easily answer your visitors without engaging in an extensive conversation. These enhancements also make the user interface for products based on this platform more enjoyable. Some of these features may also be in the interests of accessibility and privacy.

Future developments of these integrations are certain to persist. They aim to improve crucial aspects of a smart home ecosystem. The focal point is user feedback using programs like Public Preview.

Dig Deeper: PayPal Tap-to-Pay Issue on Google Wallet for Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

January 2025 Android Google System Updates

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |07 Jan 2025

Google System Updates are still incredibly valuable parts of Android. They bring stable updates to devices irrespective of an Android version update. At the same time, the January 2025 patch includes necessary security patches, optimizations, and updates for every aspect of Android. 

It is not always seen, but the change comes with increased security, stability, and smoothness of Android. This paper discusses the major changes made during the Google System Updates of January 2025.

Understanding Google System Updates

We must know what is involved to discuss more of Google System Updates. Unlike full Android version updates, these updates focus on core system components managed directly by Google, such as:

Google Play Services is supposed to be responsible for Android’s elemental features, including updates, location service, and Google account synchronization.

Google Play Store: An app store that receives updates to improve the discovery of apps and shield customers from bad applications.4

Android System Components: These are the system’s subservient aspects that are involved in issues relating to the network, security, and multimedia capabilities.

How to Get the Updates

Google System Updates are mostly carried out in the background as part of system updates. However, you can manually check for updates:

Go to your smartphone or tablet and swipe off the Google Play Store app.

To do this, place your finger on the profile icon at the top right corner of the application screen.

Tap Settings.

Click on About.

Tap the Play Store version. 

Changes in the January 2025 Updates

While particular details can vary depending on the device and Android version, here are some of the general areas of focus for the January 2025 Google System Updates:

Security Patches: 

Of course, one of the greatest concerns is security, as you might expect. January updates of those apps incorporate several vulnerability patches to protect users from possible threats. These patches are useful to make Android as secure as possible.

Google Play Services Improvements:

Improved Account Management: Whenever a new version of Google Play Services is released, there might be changes to activities that involve account management, such as sign-in activities and handling many accounts.

Enhanced Location Accuracy: As with the field review, he stated that Location Services could be improved in correctly identifying a device’s location and managing circumstances where the GPS signal is low.

Background Process Optimizations: ‘’Other increments may also be enacted to background running process like reducing the battery and generalizing the use of the device.’’7

Google Play Store Enhancements:

Improved App Discovery: New enhancements to the Play Store can still focus on enhancing consumers’ capacity to find new applications of interest.

Enhanced Security Scanning: Hong Kong app users can be protected from risky applications by enhanced app security scanning.

UI/UX Refinements: Other amendments to the UI and UX that do not alter how the Play Store is navigated can also be provided.

Connectivity and Networking Improvements: Updates could involve more communication and networking, such as the stability of Wi-Fi connections or higher data rates in mobility.

Developer-Focused Changes: We are now progressing. Some updates describe new facilities, again mainly for the AP developers, such as new APIS or improved development functionalism.

Importance of Staying Updated

That is why applying Google System Updates in Android is crucial. These updates provide safety patches against the worst risks. 

They also provide performance enhancements and even new concepts you might add to enable your users to enjoy.

Conclusion

Google System Updates for January 2025 are the further evolution of firm activity to improve the Android setting. It is not as grand as genuine Android versions, but from a closer look, I see that there are not necessarily big differences. 

However, they are valuable in keeping phones secure, running as they should be, and enjoyable to users. By updating your device to relish the improvements that safeguard yours against these threats, you can keep your phone secure, running as it should be, and enjoying itself.

Previous update: Android December 2024 Google System Updates 

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

PayPal Tap-to-Pay Issue on Google Wallet for Android

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |07 Jan 2025

Google Wallet Tap-to-Pay with PayPal is available for many services. However, this time, the concern has updated the problem: the Google Wallet faces a Tap-to-Pay Issue with the PayPal feature being down on Android. The fix is on the way.

A frustrating issue has recently emerged for Android users. It relies on Google Wallet for contactless payments. Pay with touch functionality is affected by PayPal, and some users have reported their current outages. It looks at the problem at the center of this article and how it affects and could be caused.

The Problem: Tap-to-Pay Outage

Therefore, the primary issue is that users cannot carry out tap-to-pay transactions through their PayPal accounts associated with Google Wallets. 

When trying to perform NFC at payment terminals, the transaction does not start. Google Wallet shows an error message, or PayPal declines the transaction. This issue affects many Android users, regardless of their device or Android version.

Impact on Users

This outage has several negative consequences for users:

Inconvenience at Checkout: Consumers who depend on Google Wallet to make easy payment decisions revert to other payment levels. As a result, they spend a lot of time during the payment process.

Disruption of Daily Routines: This outage impacts the daily life of an average user. This is for users who can pay with the touch of a button through PayPal.

Loss of Trust in the System: More incidents will deteriorate user confidence in the resilience of Google Wallet and the PayPal processing integration.

Limited Payment Options: Some users may frequently use PayPal for online purchases. This break affects the few payment methods they have at physical stores.

Potential Causes

Several factors could be contributing to this tap-to-pay issue:

Server-Side Issues: The most probable reason is that the systems that send and accept consumers’ tap-to-kill signals are not in good condition.

Software Bugs: This problem may be caused by a bug in the Google Wallet app or the Android system.

API Issues: Some issues with the link between Google Wallet and PayPal’s Application Programming Interface (API) may interrupt the transaction process.

Network Congestion: It looks true. However, general network congestion is not likely to be the central contributor to such an enormous points-to-line problem.

Google and PayPal’s Response

Many users have reported the same problem. Both Google and PayPal have said that they are aware of it and are working to resolve it. 

This suggests that the issues must be coming from their side. It is rather than due to user errors or some of the users’ devices. 

Some people should monitor the official announcements of both companies to see whether the situation has changed.

What Users Can Do in the Meantime

While waiting for a fix, users can consider the following workarounds:

Use Alternative Payment Methods in Google Wallet: 

You can use tap-to-pay using other cards or payment methods associated with Google Wallet, such as credit or debit cards.

Use the Physical PayPal Card  

You can physically pay for the merchandise if you have a PayPal debit card.

Use Other Contactless Payment Methods: If your bank provides contactless payment solutions, like Apple Pay or Samsung Pay, you can use them instead.

Check for App Updates: Check that you have installed the latest application version. It is to enable the opening of Google Wallet and PayPal Apps. This may not solve the problem as we’ve looked at it, but Updating all your Apps is always good.

Expected Resolution

Since both Google and PayPal have accepted this issue, the remedy will likely be released shortly through an application or server update. Users should ensure they update their apps regularly and follow the channels through which official notifications are made.

The Extract

A common problem for Android users is that Google has turned off the tap-and-pay option with PayPal. This is a big inconvenience, but both companies have come out in the open.

They are already redesigning means a fix is just around the corner. Meanwhile, it is possible to use d implementation to reduce inconveniences for users and their daily lives.

 Also Read: A Pill-shaped Search Bar debut in Amazon for Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

A Pill-shaped Search Bar debut in Amazon for Android

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |06 Jan 2025

Recently, Amazon started testing a new, Pill-shaped Search Bar at the top of its Android app. It’s a big visual refresh of the app with a far more ‘familiar’ layout.

This hints at Amazon’s efforts to make user experience and navigation on mobile devices more light. In this article, we will examine the details of this new design.

There will be a discussion on its features, potential impact, and what that means for Amazon’s Android users.

The New Design

One of the biggest noticeable changes in this update is the shift. It ranges from a standard rectangular search bar to a rounded ‘pill’ search bar. This new search bar sits at the app’s top.

It is a central focal point for people trying to find products. This change is accompanied by a shift to a cleaner, more modern header that is nearly colorless or subdued.

Comparison

The Android Amazon app previously had a more portal-like, rectangular search bar with a colored background. As design trends shift towards softer pill-shaped apps, the new pill-shaped design harmonizes with those trends.

Cleaning off the colored header further enhances the clean aesthetic and highlights the search functionality more. The change of structure also helps to make the search bar more visible.

Features and Functionality

Search Functionality

The search bar’s shape is different. However, what stands out is that the core search functionality is still largely the same. The app still lets users type in keywords to search for products. It continues to suggest autocomplete suggestions as users type.

The update keeps voice search intact, allowing users to search the app by speaking. Importantly, the new design still integrates with Amazon Lens, allowing users to search products by images.

User Experience:

The new design aims to improve usability and accessibility by:

Increased Visibility: The search bar is pretty easy to spot, and that could encourage people to use it more.

Modern Aesthetic: This cleaner design gives a more contemporary and visually appealing experience.

Improved Touch Target: The search bar’s round shape may provide more torque to the user’s target touch if the hand has many fingers.

Rollout and Availability

Testing Phase

Amazon is now testing this new design with a small jet of users in a few regional areas. As for this phased rollout, Amazon can gather user feedback and figure out any problems before a wider release.

Global Rollout

No official date has been announced for when the new design will debut. However, it is expected to roll out once the testing phase is complete. Unwilling users can ensure they have the latest version.

The Last Wording

Amazon has unveiled a sleek, pill-shaped search bar lifted from a sharply raised platform. It signals a visual upgrade to lift the bar for the user experience and simplify navigation. 

Lastly, such a strategy is evident because Amazon has been committed to improving its app interface. Amazon’s priority is to focus on improvements that consider users’ needs and wishes. 

Also Read: 6 Android Apps We Install On Our New Phone Immediately

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google TV is missing the ability to buy some movies

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |06 Jan 2025

Google TV has recently faced a growing issue: Users also gripe about sometimes the absence. It is the missing choice; this is the lack of a straight-buy feature regarding specific movies. 

None of these services allows some of the titles to be rented out without the option to buy them. This makes people who like to make a list of good movies to buy. This article focuses on the problem and outlines its possible causes, effects on users, and possible solutions.

The Problem: No Purchase Option

Google TV has some movies for rent, but others are not available for purchase by other users. This is not because they are out of the market; such movies are not on the platform for sale. 

This is why users’ pan and file downloads have availability differences between rentals and purchases. As customers, we expect a chance to choose the way we would prefer to consume content. Here, there is a format that customers are being pointed at.

Impact on Users

The inability to buy certain movies on Google TV has several negative impacts on users:

Loss of Ownership: Some consumers prefer to own a digital copy of their favorite films. This is because after renting the movie, they can watch it again without re-rental time. The lack of a purchase option minimizes this ownership.

Inconvenience: To own a movie, the consumer must purchase it from another platform (Apple TV or Amazon Prime Video). It creates an uncoordinated combined digital library.

Frustration with the Ecosystem: This issue could be cumbersome for the Google TV ecosystem. It causes users to question the platform’s ability to deliver content in all forms of media.

Limited Access Long-Term: A rental period will be possible, which means the user cannot use the content forever. However, building a continuous brand experience on Google TV is impossible due to the absence of a purchase function.

Potential Causes

Several factors could contribute to the lack of purchase options for certain movies on Google TV:

Licensing Agreements: 

The probable reason may be the multiple layered license agreements that Google has been developing with movie makers. Studios may agree to let Google rent a movie, but studios prevent civil users from downloading a digital copy.

Distribution Strategies: 

Studios may wish to transfer a few titles to other platforms or physical discs.

Platform-Specific Deals: 

Google did not buy some games to sell directly if it had made a deal with other studios.

Technical Issues (Less Likely): 

Though less probable, some concrete and concrete-specific technical peculiarities can be on Google’s servers’ side. They may occasionally contribute to the matter.

Compared to Other Platforms

The problem can be illustrated by comparing Google TV to other digital movie platforms. Streaming services like Apple TV+ or Amazon Prime Video are usually more aligned.

Most of what they provide is either available for rent or to buy. Hence, it retunes Google TV as a significantly weaker contender in the digital movie landscape.

Possible Solutions and What Users Can Do

While users can’t directly fix the licensing issues, there are a few things they can do:

Provide Feedback to Google: 

Customers can give feedback to Google through the Google TV service or any other channel. For example, customers can state they wish to see more purchase opportunities, which may help popularise this matter.

Check Availability on Other Platforms: 

If a particular movie cannot be bought on Google TV, consumers can check other stores to see if it is available.

Support Physical Media (If Desired): 

Thus, users keen on the ownership model can opt for discs, CDs, Blu-ray discs, etc.

Finally

The biggest issue with Google TV is that some of the movies offered for sale cannot be bought. This lessens the possibility of using the app as a home entertainment platform. 

Even if it is rooted in licensing issues, raising the level of clarity would increase users’ satisfaction. This would maintain Google TV’s relevance in the context of the vast digital distribution of movies.

Also Read: Google TV offers 170 free channels for holidays

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

6 Android Apps We Install On Our New Phone Immediately

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |05 Jan 2025

Let us give you a fresh Android phone to see how exciting the world is. We got every notion. It’s the Android Apps you install that open this up the most. 

These must-have apps go beyond the basics. They give you the functionalities needed for productivity, security, and a smoother, more enjoyable user experience. 

This article outlines the essential apps you should download immediately to fully utilize your newly acquired Android device.

1. 1Password

This is a robust password manager and the first in the queue of Android Apps. It simplifies online security by keeping all your login and sensitive data in an encrypted vault. It also generates strong passwords and has auto-filling features across apps and browsers. Furthermore, secures credit card details and notes storage. 

With 1Password, you no longer have to remember many complex passwords. You don’t need to use the same password to access the internet. It reduces online threats and provides a convenient cross-platform solution for managing your digital life.

2. OneDrive

OneDrive is a handy way to store, access, and share your files with and between many devices. It is a central home for documents, photos, videos, etc. Digital content is always readily available and backed up. 

Some of CloudAhoy’s key features include file syncing across devices. You can work on a file from your computer, phone, and tablet.

You can also use great file-sharing and collaboration tools. These tools allow you to share files with others and collaborate on documents in real time. 

3. Microsoft ToDo

Microsoft To-Do is a powerful task management application. It helps you organize your daily life with functionality both at home and at work. It offers a simple and intuitive manner of creating tasks, setting reminders, and ordering to-do lists. Features include making lists, setting due dates and reminders, and breaking bigger tasks into smaller, bite-size pieces. 

If you’re already a Microsoft gunner, its seamless integration makes it a powerful tool. Microsoft To-Do allows you to efficiently manage tasks and streamline workflow via integration with Microsoft 365. It features a user-friendly interface to help you stay organized and handle what you need to do.

4. ExpressVPN

Virtual Private Network (VPN) service ExpressVPN is a leading secure and private internet connection provider. Anonymizing your IP, you can route your internet traffic through some of our encrypted servers worldwide. 

The protocol also includes strong encryption. It offers a wide network of servers in different countries and a strict no-logs policy. This means your online activity isn’t logged or stored. 

Installing ExpressVPN provides a peaceful internet connection by hiding your IP address and enhances your online privacy. The tool allows you to access geo-blocked content by connecting to servers in various cities.

5. Microsoft 365

Microsoft 365 is a suite of the best productivity applications and services for personal and professional scenarios. The gadget delivers all that experience with a subscription. It bundles Word for document creation, Excel for working with spreadsheets and data, and PowerPoint for creating presentations. 

While beneficial for individual applications, Microsoft 365’s real benefit is its cloud integration, which is provided through OneDrive. It supports seamless file storage, synchronization, and collaboration across devices. 

Installing Microsoft 365 gives you access to industry-level productivity tools. It combines cloud storage and collaboration features to help you create documents, manage data, present, and organize.

6. Thunderbird

Thunderbird is a favorite among email users. It is a well-established and mature desktop email client. The app extends its reach to Android devices, offering a robust and feature-rich email experience on mobile devices. 

It offers a secure, customizable platform for handling your email communications. It supports multiple email accounts (IMAP, POP3, Exchange) to combine all your inboxes into one app. With the app, you can easily manage emails from one or multiple accounts and configure them as you wish.

Final Thought

This guide showcases the apps it focuses on: password management and secure cloud storage. Microsoft To-Do is for efficient task management. ExpressVPN is for increased online privacy, and Microsoft 365 is for essential productivity tools.

Moreover, Thunderbird is for advanced mail handling with functionality, security, and productivity. Installing these apps greatly increases your Android experience and helps make your device more secure, organized, and efficient.

More Reading: 5 Top Android File Managers in 2025

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

How to Remove Paired Bluetooth Devices on Android

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |04 Jan 2025

We depend on Bluetooth so much that we pair our phones with headphones/speakers, smartwatches, car systems, you name it. As we pair more devices, we start seeing more paired Bluetooth devices on our Android phones, which can become cluttered. Now, the question arises: How do you remove Paired Bluetooth on Android?

Removing old or unused pairings does more than clean up your Bluetooth menu; it can also help solve connectivity troubles. This guide will show you how to remove paired Bluetooth on your Android device.

Why Unpair Bluetooth Devices?

There are several reasons why you might want to remove a paired Bluetooth device:

Decluttering: Over time, your list of paired devices can become long and difficult to navigate. Deleting devices you don’t use anymore helps you find those you use.

Troubleshooting Connection Issues: Like anything in life, sometimes app pairings cause issues when connecting to other devices. These issues may resolve themselves by removing and repairing a device.

Privacy and Security: Removing the pairing keeps someone from eavesdropping on you. If it is paired with an old device you no longer own or trust, it may use your Bluetooth radio.

Improving Battery Life (Sometimes): As long as the effect is negligible, you can boost your phone’s battery life by removing unused pairings. This will prevent your phone from continually searching for those devices.

Steps to Unpair a Bluetooth Device on Android

Compared with most Android versions and manufacturers, the mechanism of removing paired Bluetooth devices has not changed much. Here’s a general guide:

Open the Settings app.

Find the section “Connections” or “Connected devices.”

Select “Bluetooth”: 

Look for the paired device you want to remove on the top bar.

Choose the settings icon that is close to the device.

Choose between “Unpair,” “Forget,” or “Remove.”

Confirm the unpairing: You may get a dialog indicating you want to remove the device. 

To confirm, you tap ‘OK’ or ‘Unpair.’

Alternative Method (Quick Settings)

You can also access Bluetooth settings quickly through the Quick Settings panel:

Swipe down from the top of the screen: It will open the notification shade.

Swipe down again (if necessary): It will also be added to the Quick Settings panel.

Press and hold the Bluetooth icon. This will take you straight to the Bluetooth settings menu, and you will be fine.

What Happens After Unpairing?

If you unpair a Bluetooth device, your Android phone will not automatically reconnect. As a brand-new device, you will have to start the pairing process again when you are done using it.

Before proceeding, ensure Bluetooth is on, and the device you’re trying to unpair isn’t connected.

After that, if unpairing fails, restart your Android phone and then try to unpair again.

Conclusion

Removing paired Bluetooth devices is a good way to tidy up your Android phone settings. It is a minute process, and it can help resolve complaints about getting a providing device. It is also a small step for security. 

If you take a few precautions following these easy steps, you’ll never struggle to keep up with your Bluetooth connections while having an easy experience with your Bluetooth devices.

More to Read: 5 Top Android File Managers in 2025

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Music Bug Doubles Your Top Listener Badges

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |03 Jan 2025

A YouTube Music Bug has recently been causing a stir among dedicated listeners. It’s been stacking their “Top Listener” badges. Of course, neither of these is a fundamental problem.

Still, it is a noticeable and entertaining bug that users have spoken about in forums. This is also cited in Rant Stories about YouTube Music. In the following article, the author provides the specifics of the bug and its implications for users.

What are Top Listener Badges?

The site gives such badges to users who actively listen to particular artists, albums, or genres. They are a component of loyalty programs. The Lister Badges function as a way of entertaining users and appreciating comic book lovers. 

These badges are usually located in the individual users’ profiles. However, they can also be in a playlist or other app section. They work as merit Scholars to signal a commitment to certain music or other content types. Users can use them to demonstrate their passion for the material.

The Doubling Bug: How It Works

The bug itself is very simplistic. What YouTube Music should show a single “Top Listener” badge for an artist or a category? They are incorrectly highlighting two badges that are the same. This inconsistency doesn’t appear to impact listening data or user figures; it is more of a display issue. 

We believe the bug impacts both applications on handheld operating systems. Thus, there seems to be no correlation between the device’s type and operating system version.

Users reactions and community’s feedback

This new feature has been received with different moods—humor or confusion—in the YouTube Music community. User interaction has been noted, where people post screenshots of their badges displayed doubled up and with some humor added. 

Some people were immediately concerned that their listening data would be affected, but this bug is strictly a surface issue. It is like provocation—not vicious, pointless, silly, or even a joke.

Possible Contributors and Measures Taken by YouTube

It is unclear what triggered the bug. However, it can be believed that the most recent update caused it. The problem might be in the code itself.

YouTube has not reported this bug, but the company must know about it. This is developing a patch because it has affected many users. 

While such relics are not necessarily critical, they are often addressed as high-priority issues. It is because they disrupt users’ perception of system usability despite not being primarily related to impaired function adequacy.

Impact on User Experience

This YouTube Music Bug only has a relatively small effect on a user’s experience. It doesn’t impact music playback, playlists, library, artist profiles, or any part of the YouTube Music experience. These are just double badges, and this factor does not affect the application’s appearance. It has even made some aspects of the overall experience more humorous.

The Final Thought

The YouTube Music Bug that doubles “Top Listener” badges is harmless. This amusing exploit has briefly drawn the attention of the app’s audience. 

Yet, it does not affect the playback of music or the users’ data. It is just a small testimony that even such giants as Apple can sometimes have some software issues. 

We are sure YouTube will fix this minor scalding problem shortly and return the badges to their rightful single position.

More on YouTube Music: New Features For YouTube Music Before the End of 2024

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

5 Top Android File Managers in 2025

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |03 Jan 2025

Organizing files on an Android device is vital today as the world switches to a digital platform. It may be a photo, video, document, or file download. Agood file manager assists in organizing items and facilitating quick access. This article describes the 5 Top Android File Managers based on their functionality, usability, and speed in 2025.

A file manager is a must-have application for any Android user. It lets you view, search, create copies of, transfer, delete, and rename files stored in internal or external media. It includes internal storage and an SD card. 

1. ClickUp

ClickUp boasts of being a significant project management tool. Users will find file management features deeply integrated with project management tools.

This makes it useful for users requiring timely project and task management. Unlike physical storage of files, ClickUp is a single location for files connected to the work done.

Key Features:

Centralized File Organization: The files in ClickUp are easily linked to the tasks, subtasks, and comments within your projects. This creates a nice correlation between the work and documents, images, or other files related to the job.

Collaboration Tools: The files nature of the projects also facilitates sharing as files are conveniently worked into project shares. Team members can review and comment on documents during a task’s progression.

Cloud Integration: One of ClickUp’s key features is its integration with Google Drive, Dropbox, or OneDrive. This also enables you to introduce records from these services to your ClickUp projects.

Document Creation and Editing: ClickUp provides other features, including the built-in document editor. This enables you to develop and share your documents inside ClickUp.

2. Total Commander

Total Commander is well-armed and a popular file manager with a successful presence in Operating Systems. Its Android edition unleashes additional features and settings for the device’s productivity and file management. 

It will be interesting for high-profile power users and those who need fine-tuning. It is structured to be practical and offers unavailable features in other, more basic file browsers.

Key Features:

Advanced File Operations: Total Commander is also ahead of its competitors regarding file manipulations offered. It offers many enhanced options, such as comparing or renaming several files simultaneously.

FTP and SFTP Support: Total Commander incorporates an FTP and SFTP client inside the program. This allows you to access servers located at remote locations

Highly Customizable Interface: Total Commander also comes with an interface that is very easily customizable.

Plugins and Extensions: Additional features include integrated plugins and /or extensions that can be added to enhance the software. Some of the features are things like cloud sync to different services.

3. X-plore File Manager:

X-plore File Manager is a worthy addition to the long list of 5 Top Android File Managers. Its dual-pane interface complements the application’s entertaining and highly efficient approach to file management. 

This design enables users to copy simultaneously with two different folders or storage locations. Its most distinctive feature is a grand view of two concentric circles of differently sized windows.

Key Features:

Dual-Pane Navigation: X-plore’s most striking feature is the ability to work with two folders simultaneously in the two panes of the split interface.

Seamless File Sharing: X-plore provides different features for file sharing, such as Bluetooth, Wi-Fi Direct, formal, and cloud services. This also means files can be opened on other devices or transferred to cloud storage for backup.

Robust Media Management: X-plore’s media handling is well-developed for browsing photo, video, and music file collections and conveniently organizing them.

Root Access (Optional): X-plore has another very beneficial feature that is available to those using Rooted devices. It has root access, meaning you can go deeper into the directory tree and modify files.

4. Files by Google:

Files by Google is one of the 5 Top Android File Managers. It is easy to use, fully customizable and does not require additional features. Its features provide users with a solution for where to store things on a PC.

This explains how to easily access items on storage media and how to share those items. Its simplicity suits those who prefer a less graphical interface than applications.

Key Features:

Simple File Organization: Files by Google will also sort the downloaded items into images, videos, music, and other documents, saving time when browsing the files.

Storage Management Tools: Google’s major concern for Files is optimizing device storage space. It offers recommendations regarding the removal of temporary files.

Offline File Sharing (Nearby Share): Files by Google also include Nearby Share, Google’s service for sending files to other devices.

Google Drive Integration: Combining Google Drive gives users access to their cloud storage. This allows them to back up files to the cloud.

5. Amaze File Manager:

Amaze File Manager is an ad-free, fast, and completely free file manager for Android. It offers only basic features like renaming or copying files and doesn’t require additional services, options, or features. 

This makes it an open-source program continuously developed by various developers and transparent about user privacy.

Key Features:

Secure File Management: Amaze File Manager concentrates on including features to help safeguard your files. Such elements are encryption and file permission management.

Efficient Space Management: Currently, Amaze offers features for managing storage space. It includes examining storage space use and finding larger or similar files.

Root Access (Optional): For more advanced users, there is an additional option—root access in Amaze puts users in control of the device’s file system.

Open Source and Ad-Free: It has no ads to interfere with its interface. The software’s code is open to the public. This is endearing to users who do not want ads or tracking within the apps.

The Final Findings

This means there is no general file manager version since the choice depends on each person. Others like Total Commander or X-plore can be used if, for instance, someone needs complex tools and options. If you prefer a simple app, then Files by Google is something for you. 

ClickUp is well suited for managing projects’ files. On the other hand, Amaze offers the best solution for non-complex file sharing with an emphasis on security. For this purpose, you should experiment with a couple of file managers that can be easily downloaded from the Internet.

Read for same Catogory: 5 Best Android Automotive Apps in 2025

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

5 Best Android Automotive Apps in 2025

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |02 Jan 2025

Picking up the right tool is crucial to getting around today’s world. Like this, the Best Android Automotive Apps make life easier. It depends on whether one is looking for a parking space or listening to new music. 

Picking 5 applications, the article discusses the range of functionality, from electric vehicle charging services and parking options to routes and entertainment. 

Every application has features and enhanced capability functions intended to improve particular aspects of performance and user experience.

1. PlugShare

PlugShare is highly recommended for use by electric vehicles (EVs). It aims to effectively and efficiently locate charging stations that are not easily located. The all-in-one companion for every electric vehicle owner displays charging points. It lets owners filter the results by plug type, network, or charging speed. 

In addition to coordinating stations, PlugShare offers relevant live information. This includes a station’s availability and other users’ reports about its status. This crowdsourced information will provide real value to EV drivers.

2. EasyPark

EasyPark simplifies an otherwise complicated process of parking in central business districts. This simple-to-use app starts a parking session. Detecting the car’s location is useful when entering and exiting a precious parking zone. 

Currently serving over 2,200 cities, EasyPark integrates with your go-to payment method to provide contactless payment. This automation saves time when traveling between the lots and the garages. It also prevents the markup of the charges by only billing what you spend in the utterances.

3. Google Maps

Google Maps is one of the most important innovations. It has emerged as a simple navigation tool but provides much more now. This terrific app gives spoken route instructions for driving, walking, biking, and public transit. 

Google Maps has this feature of showing real-time traffic information. This makes it easy to find a way around and avoid jams, accidents, and even closed roads. Coupled with the rich POIs, it makes navigation easier. It does so by helping you find nearby businesses, restaurants, and other places of interest.

4. Waze

Due to this, Waze carved a niche for itself in the map and navigation application market. It offers real-time traffic updates sourced from other application users. The community’s approach helps provide accurate information about existing traffic conditions. It includes enhanced accident zones, construction areas, and speed check ranges. 

Waze is mostly famous for reporting police check-ins and road hazards. It notifies drivers of the best ways to navigate without being checked. It can be compared to Google Maps. However, it collects user data and provides drivers with live information on road networks.

5. Spotify

Spotify has changed how people listen to music and podcasts. The platform provides unlimited streaming and device compatibility. This is one of the most used streaming services, offering millions of songs, albums, and podcasts in various genres. 

There is the offline mode to save content that you would like to listen to when you are offline, and Spotify Connect allows you to play on other devices with compatible software. Speakers, TVs, and game consoles fall under this category.

For anyone who enjoys listening to music or podcasts, the availability of the content and the easy-to-access functions make Spotify highly recommended.

The Wrap Up

To sum up, we have discussed the 5 Best Android Automotive Apps. This article considers apps for enhancing modern living. PlugShare enables and informs EV drivers, while EasyPark eliminates the fuss of parking.

Google Maps offers elaborate information about city routes, Waze gives real-time traffic information, and Spotify offers access to music and podcasts around the globe. This way, users can control their real and virtual environment and improve the experience.

More Reading: Android Auto Introduces Redesigned Music Player

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

How to transfer Contact from iPhone to Android

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |02 Jan 2025

How to transfer Contact from iPhone to Android from iPhone to Android is always good because this changes the game. The possibilities and features available for Android users differ from those available to iPhone users.

However, individuals are often overwhelmed by the thought of losing their contacts during the switch. Thankfully, importing your contacts is not complex, and several good ways aid the transition.

Read on to learn the safest processes for transferring your all-important contact list from your iPhone to your new Android phone. We will also discuss some techniques to overcome such problems and how to preserve your data indecently during the process.

Using the Move to Android App 

Google offers a specially developed app called Move to Android in the App Store. This process is the most convenient and efficient since it covers all the possible angles of the subject.

Steps:

Download “Move to Android” on your iPhone

Start setting up your Android phone: Go through the first-time setup process on a new Android device.

Choose to copy apps & data: 

Open “Move to Android” on your iPhone

Enter the code on your Android

Select Contacts (and other data)

You can also migrate call logs, messages, photos, videos, and other data.

Ensure both gadgets are connected to a Wi-Fi network and remain on until the transfer is complete.

Using Google Drive 

If you made Google Services your default application on your iPhone and have your contacts linked to your Google account, the sync will be easier.

Steps:

Check your Google account on your iPhone

Add your Google account to your Android. 

Contacts will sync automatically

Choosing the option Export Contacts as a vCard (.vcf) and Importing

This method makes sense if you don’t use Google services on your iPhone or prefer doing it manually.

Steps (Exporting from iPhone):

Click the Contacts app icon from your iPhone home screen to see the list of applications.

Go to iCloud.com on a computer.

Select all contacts

First, click the gear icon at the bottom left of the web page.

Choose “Export vCard.” This will download a .vcf file of all your contacts.

Steps (Importing to Android):

Transfer the .vcf file to your Android

The first step in this process is to locate the Contacts app on your Android that should be opened.

Find the import option

This will lead you to where you have to choose Import from .vcf file or something similar.

Select the .vcf file you transferred.

Your contacts shall be imported.

Which Method is Best?

Information transfer is personal, depending on your situation and which technique you will use. The “Move to Android” app was the simplest app. Although it was only for How to transfer Contact, it was the most inclusive when other data types were transferred.

Manually using the .vcf export/import method is a good idea. Lastly, it is feasible if your carrier permits it. This method is also encouraged because it will support iOS to Android transfer.

The Closing

Given the available techniques, How to transfer Contact from an iPhone to an Android is quite easy. The “Move to Android” app is the safest and most commonly recommended method.

Still, the listed options should prove useful in various circumstances. If you follow the steps, all the contacts will be transferred to the new Android phone without problems.

Also Read: How to recover deleted messages on the Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Top 5 Changes in YouTube in 2024

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |01 Jan 2025

YouTube is in flux, trying to adapt to a new generation of content makers and consumers. In 2024, there were 5 Changes in YouTube, mainly led by Artificial Intelligence and related technologies.

These changes affect how content is generated up to the music discovery process and the analytics side of it. Let us discuss these 5 changes in YouTube in 2024:

1. The Dream Screen and the YouTube Dream Track

One of the most transformative changes on YouTube in 2024 is the introduction of AI-powered creative tools. It includes Dream Screen and YouTube Dream Track, which are two zones.

Each feature enables creators, particularly the Shorts creators, freedom that was virtually unheard of before.

Dream Screen: 

This tool enables creators to create videos with AI-driven backgrounds from easy text input. For example, let’s take a need to shoot a Short set in a Martian environment or a fictional underwater world. 

Dream Screen can produce these images instead of filming them or using stock footage. This greatly reduces the initial cost of producing creative, visually stimulating content.

YouTube Dream Track: 

Dream Track uses artificial intelligence like Dream Screen, which allows users to animate their Shorts. It aims to help creators create original music for their content. 

Concerning details about the genre, mood, or the instruments used in the track. It can take a short time to create the desired soundtrack. 

This feature solves the problem of choosing royalty-free music for the project and expands opportunities for creativity.

2. Song Search by Humming:

Search for a song has always been a puzzle. This was a problem that YouTube directly solved in 2024 with song search by humming. This innovative feature allows users to:

Hum or Sing a Melody: Users should only whistle or sing a couple of lines into the device. It is to find the song they are interested in.

Capture Ambient Music: Otherwise, users can also record the song using their phone’s microphone while playing in a nearby environment.

YouTube’s AI then processes the audio feed and looks for references to select from its pool of songs. This is a great application for those who listen to music but do not follow it so often.

3. YouTube Create Editing App: 

Understanding the growing role of mobile content creation, YouTube first introduced the YouTube Create editing application in 2024. This dedicated mobile app for editing provides an efficient and integrated environment for matters related strictly to YouTube.

Seamless YouTube Integration: YouTube Create works harmoniously with YouTube. It allows for immediate posting of the modified video on the chosen platform.

Mobile-First Editing Tools: The software offers several features for mobile editing, including trimming, transitions, titles, music, and many others.

Simplified Workflow: This app covers all mobile editing processes, defining the flow from shooting to uploading the final video.

YouTube Create enables creators to easily create professional-quality videos from their smartphones, opening content creation to a larger audience.

4. Dubbing on YouTube and Aloud: 

YouTube became available with more options in 2024. With the help of artificial intelligence, the platform added dubbing to the list of tools to facilitate its worldwide use. This feature, powered by Google’s Aloud technology, allows creators to:

Generate Translated Subtitles: Aloud uses artificial intelligence to produce proper subtitles for all the extra languages within the video.

Create AI-Generated Dubs: 

The system then leverages AI voices to synthesize dubbed video versions in the just-translated languages. This feature erases language barriers, making content more understandable to many people. 

5. Expanded Data Stories: 

YouTube also increased its knowledge controls in 2024 with Expanded Data Stories. In return, the creators receive optimized and clear information about the audience and content performance.

Enhanced Analytics in Creator App: The YouTube Creator app now offers elaborate reports and data visualization insights.

Diverse Insights: The enhanced information consists of details of audience characterization, video watch times, traffic sources, and so on.

Actionable Insights: The purpose is to offer valuable recommendations to help creators enhance content strategy generation and increase audience engagement.

The Final Findings

The measures YouTube took in 2024 prove the platform’s transformation to AI-based creativity and broader audience experience improvement. 

These new 5 Changes in YouTube from backgrounds and music by AI to finding a song simply by humming. These updates change how content is produced, discovered, and enjoyed on the platform. 

Please click down to continue reading. YouTube is well positioned on this front, simplifying the viewing experience and empowering creators.

Also Read: YouTube Tests a Button for Simplified Viewing

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

2024 for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |01 Jan 2025

Gmail, Calendar, and other Google Workspace apps are undergoing continuous improvement for everyday users. In 2024, Google Workspace updates. In 2024, this evolution goes even further with a new and complete set of changes and enhancements. They impact product usability, simplifying ever more complicated tasks and promoting teamwork. Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates spearhead Google’s continuous effort to improve its tools and social interactions.

The overall enhancement of Google Workspace has been generally observed, specifically in the collaboration tools. Another aspect for which real-time edits and comments have become even more feature-rich is teamwork between Docs, Sheets, and Slides. Implementing standard and stronger security measures also makes it possible to guard delicate information heavily.

Gmail and Google Calendar Updates

Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

The 2024 updates to Gmail Calendar focus on enhancing productivity and user experience through several key improvements. For in-event communication, it introduced a chat-like reply interface and summary cards. Gmail and Calendar’s new features provide a snapshot of purchases, events, and bills. 

Travel information and integration with the Gemini AI model to apply smart replies and question-and-answer sessions. It discusses a dark theme for the web app and a more effective Google Tasks interface on the Android app. 

Google Workspace Updates

Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Gemini AI will be integrated into Google Workspace in 2024, and improvements will be made to the Google Chat feature. This update also includes additional in-line translation and voice memos, and improved features of Google Drive. 

This contains dark mode, Gemini’s folder support, and admin security control. It offers improved accessibility to the embedded calendar in Google Calendar. These alterations increase efficiency, facilitate better cooperation, and enhance workplace safety and accessibility.

User Experience and Feedback

Despite being hypothetical, users’ likely response to these changes. Gmail calendar and the Google Workspace will still be positive. Especially regarding the chat-style replies, the summary cards, the Gemini integration, and the dark theme.

Some possibilities for enhancement are improving Gemini accuracy and contextual awareness. They provide more options for customizing summary cards, optimizing the mobile experience, and solving performance and stability problems.

The Sum-Up

The 2024 patches for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates signify a new focus. Changes like the new look of the reply interface inside Calendar and the new summary cards are actionable as part of the Gmail improvement plans. 

Other enhancements like dark themes for web apps, better integration with Google Tasks, and better security/ accessibility. They add to the texture of the new polish and refine the user experience. 

These updates show that Google is invested in the ongoing iteration of Workspace. The company is granting users potent tools for productivity, scheduling, and collaboration. Hopefully, we will wait for subsequent releases and enhancements. 

Related Reading: Google Shut Down 8 Products in 2024

Continue Reading

Featured

Gemini AI Side Panel

Google Calendar Introduces Gemini AI Side Panel

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
e-Iink Display

Google Calendar Displays Event Visibility for Shared Calendars

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
How Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks on Android

Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Shut Down 8 Products in 2024

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |31 Dec 2024

By 2024, Google continued to simplify its services and added several new items to its “killer applications” list. This year was another chapter in the company’s growth process. This year, Google Shut Down 8 Products mentioned below.

Google admires continuous innovation and successful attempts to maintain its technological leadership. This method enables Google to direct its efforts on sectors that will demonstrate the most growth.

Although these decisions are concerning, they cause diverse reactions among users. Remember that they prove that Google wants to be a company that responds to changes. It wants to remain relevant to the increasing number of competitors.

1. Chromecast Loses Its Name (Sort Of)

The widely used Chromecast streaming dongle didn’t disappear, but its name did. Suddenly, Google began the transition to “Google Cast.”

It predicts that “Chromecast” will soon be completely erased. This fits with Google’s broader plan to make its brand ‘chromeless.’

2. VPN by Google One Says Goodbye

In June 2024, Google One users who chose the in-built VPN based on security lost the feature. Google shifted resources to other security activities, causing users to seek other VPN providers.

3. Dropcam Meets Its End

Wi-Fi security camera maestro Dropcam, which Google bought in 2014, formally rode off into the proverbial sunset in April 2024.

Google started by urging its users to switch to the Nest Cam lineup for added compatibility with the rest of the Google environment.

4. Google Podcasts App: Updated 2024

For podcast fans, a familiar twist was waiting. The previously standalone Google Podcasts app was no longer available.

Google encouraged users to switch to YouTube Music for podcast consumption, centralizing Google’s audio portfolio into one company.

5. Stadia Fades Completely (Though Technically 2023)

Although Stadia shut down in 2023, the full manifestation of this effect extended to 2024, as all the remaining online functionalities and social aspects of the Stadia cloud streaming service disappeared.

6. The Short-Lived Life of Keen

Keen, an experimental app made in 2020 for curating interests, hasn’t managed to attract a core audience. It became one of the discontinued projects in 2024.

7. Play Movies & TV Gets Rewound 

This veteran service started in 2004 and ended in 2024. The target audiences were redirected to Google choices such as YouTube or Google TV for their movie and Television shows.

The Stack folds up

Even the 2021 project Stack, created to solve the group work problem, seemed to lack a unique selling proposition amidst the rapid increase in such platforms. It was discontinued in 2024.

The Final Word

Concisely, these goodbyes underscore a current strategy that Google popularizes: simplification. For what concerns may lose sight of these ‘gone’ products, it is also about Google’s focus on filing and enhancing its principal offerings and investment towards potential areas.

Looking at the future, we can realize that there will be more technological changes in the coming years. This includes innovations and changes that will occur in 2020.

More to Read: 6 Google Apps Samsung Can’t Compete With

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

6 Google Apps Samsung Can’t Compete With

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |31 Dec 2024

Samsung offers its version of the application for letter, browsing, and calendaring functions. However, Google produces a similar, more frequent application and has become a standard in popularity. Here, we will compare 6 Google Apps and Samsung.

This is because most of them have improved compatibility with Android OS. They enhanced user interfaces and added more features than the others. As most people have noted, this article will also explore why Google apps are better than the Samsung version.

1. Google Drive

Google Drive is an online file hosting and sharing service. It offers tools to gather and sort stored information in one place. You can access it through multiple devices across various Google services and applications. It is essential to the Google ecosystem. Many Android users and all other Google services and products appreciate the app.

Overview:

Google Drive presents quite some features that make it a useful and effective tool.

Cloud Storage: The cloud enables users to share several files, including documents, images, photos, videos, and backup information.

File Syncing: You can view files and give anybody access, irrespective of location. Files are also synchronized with any device on which File Commander is being used.

Integration with Google Services: Google’s integration with features that work seamlessly with its other products, like Gmail, Google Photos, and Google Workspace, formerly G Suite, makes things easier and more productive.

Offline Access: The files have to be downloadable regardless of the internet connection or lack thereof.

Comparison with Samsung Cloud:

Samsung Cloud offers similar cloud storage and backup functionalities for Samsung devices. On the other hand, Google Drive often outperforms it in several key areas:

Storage: The most simplified form of Samsung Cloud offers less free storage capacity (30 GB for all Samsung’s files. Google gives 15 GB for Gmail, Drive, and Photos, respectively. Google One subscriptions offer more space at lower levels of the subscriptions than what Samsung offers at its paid tiers.

Accessibility: The former, Google Drive, can be accessed on more platforms than OneDrive. It includes Android, iOS, Windows, Mac OS, and web browsers. It is applied mostly to Samsung devices. This is rarely used by people who search for an option on different platforms.

Cross-Platform Compatibility: By cross-operating, files, structures, and the contents of Google Drive can be easily moved to other users.

Backup and Restore: Both feature backup and restore features. The main difference is that the Google backup model fits better with the Android OS. It provides a more reliable and easy-to-use backup and restore experience across various devices based on Android OS.

2. Google Clock

Google Clock is more than an application that tells users the time. It is a neat, useful, and versatile tool for alarms, time, and sleep. It is also one of the clean-looking applications. Its design has several thinking behind it, making it one of the favorites among Android users.

Overview:

Google Clock offers a suite of features designed for various time-related needs:

Alarms: Separate the alarms into one-time or recurring and personal vibration and melodious signals and have names for every alarm.

Timers: Use timers for cooking requisites, exercise regimes, or any task that should take a given amount of time.

Stopwatch: Plenty of simple and accurate stopwatches will help measure the time that has passed.

World Clock: Ascertain the time now in various areas.

Comparison with Samsung’s Clock App:

While Samsung’s Clock app offers similar basic functionality, Google Clock often stands out due to specific features and integrations:

Alarm Customization: Additional features are always present in Google Clock. These include gradually getting louder (Gentle wake-up) and offering a wider selection of ringing tones. Samsung’s app has improved greatly, while Google’s app sometimes offers a more refined experience.

Integration with Music Streaming Services: Google Clock’s Music player, which connects to Spotify and YouTube Music, is also useful. When you wake up, it lets you begin your day with your favorite songs or playlists from those services. 

3. Google Play Store

Android Market or Google Play Store is still a marketplace for Android gadgets’ applications, games, and other application-related assets. It can indeed be said that it hosts some applications because it interfaces well with the Android app platform.

Overview:

The Google Play Store provides several key advantages:

Extensive App Library: The Google Play Store lets users download millions of Android applications. Regardless of a user’s needs, the Play Store ensures the user will find the app they want.

Seamless Integration: The Play Store works hand-in-hand with the Android system. It covers everything from an app store and marketplace to downloading, updating, or uninstalling an app. Permissions? It also deals with applications and securities, where it revolves, updates itself, and offers the security needed for the user.

User Reviews and Ratings: Similar to AMO, it provides feedback and rankings of applications. It is because people can know what others think about them. This assists the user in identifying which applications should be installed on the device.

Comparison with the Samsung Galaxy Store:

The Galaxy Store it generally falls short compared to the Google Play Store in several key aspects:

App Selection: The Galaxy Store resembles the second app store, the Google Play Store. However, it has fewer applications, so users have more options. Some of the hottest apps are available only or first on the Play Store.

Compatibility: This is because the Play Store is the official marketplace for Android. As such, applications are designed to be compatible with and work most effectively on as many Android-based devices as possible.

4. Google Assistant

Google Assistant has high application potential because of its connectedness to the Knowledge Graph and many other Google services.

Overview:

Google Assistant offers a wide array of capabilities:

Voice Commands: You can manage your device, call and go out, type a text, be reminded of an event, and listen to music.

Information Retrieval: The most amazing thing about Google Assistant is that if you ask questions about anything, the application will use Google Search and the knowledge graph to answer.

Smart Home Control: With voice, one can command other compatible smart home devices such as lights, thermostats, and appliances.

Comparison with Samsung’s Bixby:

While Samsung offers its virtual assistant, Bixby, Google Assistant is often the preferred choice for many Samsung users. There are many reasons why they choose Andrid’s Google Assistant:

Functionality and Accuracy: Google Assistant is more accurate and efficient in considering natural language and performing tasks. Through integration with Google Search, Google Assistant has improved referent information compared to other questions it answers.

Integration with Google Services: Google Assistant complements other Google applications, such as Gmail, Google Calendar, Google Maps, YouTube, and others.

5. Google Maps

Google Maps has established the application as a global leader in global mapping and navigation. It offers its users far more than mere directions to follow. Due to its high accuracy, this is an absolutely useful and very reliable tool for navigation.

Overview:

Google Maps provides a wide range of features:

Accurate Mapping and Navigation: This service provides current maps and directions for automobiles, other vehicles, walking, bicycles, and public transportation.

Real-time Traffic Updates: It gives data relating to traffic conditions, traffic disruptions, mechanical failures, and raw sporting events. This enables one to locate specific routes.

Points of Interest (POI): Shops, cafes, attractions, and others are different POIs. Other data sources are reviews, ratings, working hours, and images.

Public Transit Information: This site offers timetables, maps, and live arrangements of the timetables of all transport means in many cities.

Comparison with Samsung’s Navigation App (Samsung Maps/Navigation):

While Samsung offers its navigation solutions. Often based on other mapping providers, Google Maps generally outperforms them in several key areas:

Accuracy and Data Coverage: Google Maps has more flexible and precise map data worldwide, especially in rural areas. Another factor that buttresses this conclusion is its rich street-view images.

Real-time Updates: Waze’s traffic update feature is usually less reliable than Google Maps’ real-time traffic update. This is because it conveys the current state of the road and possible congestion to the users. This accrues from the huge amount of data that Google gains from Android users through the app.

 6. Google Photos

Google Photos is a photo and video storage, sharing, and editing service widely used by Android fans.

Overview:

Google Photos offers a cluster of features:

Cloud Storage and Automatic Backups: Originally stored copies of photos and videos in the cloud, they’ll always be accessible even if something happens to the device.

Organization and Search: It creates albums from photos taken on a specific date, in a certain place, or with certain people (face recognition). Smart search makes it easier to find pictures by typing a particular word, object, or place.

Sharing and Collaboration: An ability to share some photos and videos within a group through shared albums, links, or through sharing widgets, social networks, etc.

Comparison with Samsung’s Gallery App:

While Samsung’s Gallery app provides basic photo viewing and organization, Google Photos offers several key advantages:

Cloud Storage and Automatic Backups: Samsung Gallery can work with Samsung Cloud for backup. However, Google Photos has a better cloud storage system, automatic backup, and synchronization with the Android ecosystem. Google Photos also supports platform-level interoperability; you can view your photos on any browser or Google Photos interface.

AI-Powered Enhancements: Google Photos benefits from Google AI by offering auto-sorting, searching, and editing. Crucially, these AI options are superior and broader than those available to users of Samsung Gallery.

Cross-Platform Accessibility: Furthermore, while Google Photos is easily available for Android, iOS, and the Web, Samsung Gallery is tied to the company’s devices. That means Google is more suitable for people using devices of different producers.

The Extract

It is vital to understand that Google apps have priority over Samsung ones in many aspects of the devices developed by Samsung. We have considered ten significant fields where Google apps are often prioritized over the Samsung apps built-in on Samsung devices. 

Samsung’s applications may have replacements that are good enough for certain consumers. Still, the benefits of using Google services are a definite lure for most Samsung product users. 

For some of the applications, we suggest you experiment with the ones presented by both and select the most suitable ones. Don’t forget to tell us your stories in the comments below and share which of these apps is your top pick!

Also Read: A Comprehensive Guide to Move from iOS to Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

A Comprehensive Guide to Move from iOS to Android

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |30 Dec 2024

This strange feeling of moving from one universe to another occurs when the user chooses to Move from iOS to Android.

Although the two operating systems provide comparable fundamental features, their looks, associated applications, and principles differ entirely. 

We aim to make the transition from migrating your data to becoming familiar with Android as easy as possible.

Before You Switch: Preparation is Key

Before you even touch your new Android device, take some time to Move from iOS to Android:

Back-Up Your Data: The most important step is to create a backup of your device using iCloud or iTunes/Finder. This ensures that you have a backup of your data.

Check App Compatibility: Before switching to Android, many of the most common apps support both operating systems. However, you need to ensure that some special apps you use are available for Android.

Consider Your Ecosystem: Before switching, consider that depending on how deeply you are into Apple services. Android has its ecosystem with Wear OS smartwatches and, for instance, various Bluetooth headphones.

Moving Your Data 

This moves your data to be the most crucial step in changing over. Here are the primary methods:

Move to Android App: That is why Google has developed an official app, ‘Move to Android’ available at the App Store. It can wirelessly transfer:

Contacts

Message history

Photos and videos

Calendar events

Using Move to Android:

Get the “Move to Android” app for your iPhone.

It is time to start bringing up your new Android device.

While copying apps and data from DVDs, always select the “iPhone/iPad” option.

The instructions on the two devices’ continuing screens should be followed.

Choose the data you wish to copy and let the system do its job.

Google Drive: When using Google services on your iPhone.

Contacts: You can back up your contacts in electronic business card format (.vcf) from iCloud or your iPhone. Then, you can transfer them to Google Contacts.

Calendar: Make sure the iOS calendar is linked to this iCloud account. Then, add the named iCloud account to the calendar app on your Android smartphone.

Photos and Videos (Google Photos or Computer Transfer):

Google Photos: The first and easiest way is to use Google Photos on your iPhone. The application can then be used on your Android device and will all be available to you.

Computer Transfer: Another option is directly syncing your iPhone device to the computer. Then, manually move the captured photos and videos to an Android phone copy and add them to your phone through a USB port or, better still, through a cloud account.

Music: If you are an Apple Music listener, you must switch to another streaming service available on Android. If you own the music you want to listen to on your computer, transfer the files to your Android device.

Getting to Know Android: Key Differences

Once your data is transferred, familiarize yourself with the Android interface:

Home Screen: Android is more flexible regarding the home screen. It includes widgets, shortcuts, and other home screens.

App Drawer: Many Android gadgets have an app tray and another screen containing a list of all your installed apps.

Navigation: Android uses navigation buttons on the screen or gestures, such as back, home, and recently opened apps.

Notifications: Another big advantage of Android is the possibility of choosing whether to receive messages at all.

Settings: Go through the main Settings to enhance your device and change numerous features and its external appearance.

Finding Your Favorite Apps:

Most of your favorite applications developed for iOS devices are probably also available in the Google Play store. You are advised to search for them by their name or search for recommendations. Some popular alternatives include:

iMessage: Good examples include WhatsApp, Telegram, and Google messages, among others.

FaceTime: Google Meet, WhatsApp, Zoom

Safari: Google Chrome, Firefox

Apple Maps: Google Maps

Embrace the Openness:

Unfortunately, one major issue differentiating Android from iOS is its openness. You can build your device, download apps from different stores (but with deep precautions), and work with other services.

In the Last

How to Move from iOS to Android from one platform to another can be pleasant if one gets the right guides. If one is consistent and ready to learn how to accept newness, one can soon sync with the innovations of Android devices.

It is now possible to get that new Android phone and start experimenting, squeezing, and personalizing it to the desired taste.

Similar Write-Up: How to recover deleted messages on the Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

How to recover deleted messages on Android 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |30 Dec 2024

Losing a text message is needless frustration if the message contains valuable information and the user mistakenly deleted it. In this case, the only possible solution is to recover deleted messages.

There are a few approaches you can use to try to retrieve those unsent messages. They are based on your phone’s brand, the messaging app you use, and whether you have backup features activated on your smartphone. 

Check the Trash/Recycle Bin

Look for the Trash/Recycle Bin (Samsung and Some Other Brands)

Some Android manufacturers, especially Samsung, add the “Recycle Bin” or “Trash’ option on the top of the Messaging application. This serves as a temporary storage space since the messages will be permanently removed once deleted from the bin.

For Samsung Phones:

Open the Messages app.

Click on the three-dot menu, often seen on the top right of the screen, for more options.

Search for Recycle Bin or Trash and choose it.

Here is a list of the latest deleted conversations —or, in other words, the waste bin.

When all your messages are saved in the AOL Mail, you must choose which messages you need to recover.

The icon is usually an upward-pointing or circular arrow; to run the action, tap Restore.

It’s the simplest and fastest method of recovering deleted messages if available on your phone. However, messages in the Recycle Bin folder are purged by default after a certain period (normally 30 days).

Restore from Google Messages Archive 

Google Messages previously had an “Archive” option. It removes messages from the primary conversation list but doesn’t delete them. If you’ve accidentally archived a message instead of deleting it, you can easily retrieve it:

Open the Google Messages app.

Go to your profile icon. It is usually your profile picture or the first letter of your name beside the search bar.

Select Archived.

This can be done by left-safely selecting the message.

Press the Unarchive icon – usually the icon in the shape of an arrow moving up in the box.

This method is only effective if you have specifically archived the messages. It won’t recover messages that have been deleted directly from the trash.

Use a Third-Party Data Recovery App

Third, if the above steps do not help, an intervention by a third-party data recovery app might do the job. In these apps, the feature deleted data, including text messages stored in your phone’s storage, is searched and retrieved.

Recommendations:

Several apps offer Android data recovery, including:

Top 4 data recovery software: 

1. EaseUS Data Recovery; 

2. Stellar Phoenix Data Recovery for Mac; 

3. Disk Drill; 

4. Dr. Fone – Data Recovery (Android)

PhoneRescue for Android

Important Considerations:

Rooting: Many recovery apps claim to help you recover lost data from your Android gadgets. However, some apps may ask you to root your Android device. They can result in a warranty loss and be unsafe for your device. Take time to analyze your device before rooting, and look for more information on how to proceed.

Success Rate: The success of these apps differs based on the time spent erasing. The further usage of the phone storage space. The best course of action is to recover as early as possible.

Cost: Many of these apps use this trick. They can give you a free scan, but you must buy the software to restore your data.

General Steps (Vary by App):

Some recovery apps must be downloaded and installed on your computer.

Plug your Android device into your computer using the USB chord.

You need to activate USB Debugging on your Android phone. It is usually in the developer options. If the option is enabled, you must unlock the developer options first.

According to a specific application, the user must follow the instructions. These are required for the program to search for deleted messages on the device.

Organize the message you want to undelete by previewing them.

If you need to go through the last step of the recovery process, buy the app’s complete version.

The Final Thought

It is difficult to recover deleted messages on Android messaging apps, but the methods mentioned may help. The easiest initial step is to check the Recycle Bin.

If that is not possible, third-party recovery apps or a full backup may be an option, although they also have drawbacks. The most effective means of avoiding data loss is to include means of backing up your device. 

This is important because you can always recover your messages and other crucial information. This includes emails that were deleted by accident or for other reasons.

More Reading: Android Auto Introduces Redesigned Music Player

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Tests a Button for Simplified Viewing

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |28 Dec 2024

YouTube is currently the number one video-sharing site. It has new features known as interphase for better customer experience. One of its latest tests concerns one more Simplified Viewing button. For example, when a person is watching videos, it will help minimize all possible distractions. 

The article examines the state of knowledge regarding this rather recent experiment with YouTube. The possible benefits of using the particular feature to continue the interface’s evolution.

Making the Procedure of Viewing Easier

While presenting numerous functions and materials, the basic interfaces are sometimes quite complicated. 

For this purpose, YouTube is testing a new button. It aims to help mitigate this possible problem of complication with one of the service model’s simplest aspects: watching videos. 

It also helps support WeTV by giving the user a start time as quickly as possible while interrupting the video as seldom as possible.

What about the Simplified Viewing button?

As of this blog’s writing, there appears to be limited data available on the Simplified Viewing button. However, the button implies a new control element that would toggle between skimming and viewing.

It can be named UI simplification, which allows the exclusion of sidebar distractions. It includes video, comments, and other things that this plug-in did not allow to be shown.

Visuals and Placement (Limited Information):

It does not give detailed information about particular images and locations because this is where the test feature is conducted. However, it’s possible the button could appear:

On video thumbnails, it could be an additional layer. It is on top of play icons placed over the thumbnail images of the home feed or search results.

Within the video player: The option to toggle between these two types of search is included in the player itself.

How Might It Work?

The exact functionality of the simplified viewing button is still under wraps. However, we can speculate based on its intended purpose:

Direct Playback: It can also press the button and simultaneously bring up the video playback in minimized or no distractions mode.

Minimized UI: For instance, it is easy to navigate over some options. It includes comments, suggested videos, or any other information placed beneath the video so the footage overpowers.

Toggleable Mode: A toggle that switches between a view where one sees all the controls on the screen and a view with relatively few interruptions.

Potential Benefits for Users

A simplified viewing button could offer several advantages:

Reduced Distractions: Fewer buttons shown in the UI would enable users to pay more attention to the videos they are watching, improving user interaction.

Faster Access to Content: This could mean speeding up the process of starting playback and immediately accessing the videos with other users.

Improved Mobile Experience: It could be really useful for smaller devices to have a simplified view by using as much space as possible for the video.

Testing Phase and Future Rollout

However, as this is a test feature, it is unavailable for all app users. YouTube is also noteworthy for actively trialing new options, providing several users with a specific option to evaluate their effectiveness.

Current Status: The Simplified Viewing button described in this paper is still being tested in beta. Based on the results of any tests that may be administered, it may be changed or even eliminated.

Potential Rollout: If the users’ response is good, this feature will be available to and for all YouTube users. However, this should not mean receiving a full copy of the information.

User Feedback: If you have used the testing feature, it would help if you left feedback on YouTube. The operations of signing in to YouTube could automatically determine the development and subsequent launch of the SVB.

Implications for YouTube’s Interface

The given results prove the effectiveness of the proposed approach. It is for searching for videos with any specified quality from the point of view of both the user interface and children’s items.

YouTube is keen on adapting the interface to the context and testing the less complex viewing button. This is beginning to trend as more firms grant users control over their choice of what to watch and filter out anything irrelevant or disruptive.

The Climax

This, along with several other factors, may be enough to support the opinion that the Simplified Viewing button is a real prospect for introducing a function. In this case, if there is a perspective of maximizing how users engage with this platform. This feature could realize those ideas since it optimizes how much distraction is encountered.  

Although the long-term fate of this feature has not been determined, the trials show that YouTube is willing to experiment and offer a smoother way to watch videos. We ask users to wait for further updates and contribute feedback if they can try this new feature.

Also Read: YouTube for Android experimenting with new feature ‘Play Something’

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Android Auto Introduces Redesigned Music Player

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |28 Dec 2024

Android Auto adds new features and updates that make driving easy and enjoyable. The latest version has added numerous changes. It includes a Redesigned Music Player, more effective communication tools, and a cleaner and more user-friendly interface. Such changes are announced to make people’s driving safer, more enjoyable, and more ‘connected.’

Redesigned Music Player UI

The music player is one of the features included in the newest update. It has been completely revamped. This revamp also gives the in-car entertainment solutions a new and revitalized appearance.

Visual Changes:

The new UI of the music player follows Material You design principles. Its dynamic color accent shifts to match the album art of the current track. 

This results in a better and unique appearance. Since it will be fully integrated with the rest of the Android auto system. 

Thus, we can easily use the color to determine the playing media. It has a better presentation than an older model.

Album Art Placement:

One of the enhancements made to the layout is that the album art has been relocated to another area. Before this, they lay as a top positioning bar alongside the track position control. The album art is now at the left of the view. 

It frees up space for track information and controls in the track. This makes it easier to read and navigate when using. They have shrunk in size compared to prior iterations but are just as easily seen as always.

Track Information:

The progression bar has now shifted to the side. It allows more space to provide data in an easy-to-read format. The progress bar now includes:

Song Title: The current playing song title of the respective band is highlighted.

Artist Name: The name of the artist who sang the song is provided below the title.

Song Length and Progress: The progress bar also shows time markers indicating the current playback status. It includes the track’s total duration and the elapsed time value.

Enhanced Usability

In addition to the visual interfaces, changes to the Music Player UI for the latest version of Android Auto are in the orientation toward functionality.

Playback Controls:

The playback controls (play/pause, skip forward/backward) are new, and the enlarged buttons are much more conveniently located. The buttons are now bigger, and the spacing between them is also bigger. It means those driving don’t have to guess when to tap the screen. 

The spacing of controls is improving with time. It aims to reduce the number of cases where a driver has to look away from the road to adjust the volume of music.

Consistency Across Apps:

The singular most substantial enhancement in usability is the similar arrangement of the music player throughout various music streaming applications. Importantly, this player layout will look familiar whether you use Spotify, Apple Music, YouTube Music, or a similar app. 

Core Benefits

Reduced Cognitive Load: Listeners need not reset their interface familiarization every time they switch between different music apps. It saves the driver’s cognitive load.

Improved Muscle Memory: This consistency of controls increases efficiency to the maximum, allowing the driver to use muscle memory. It is to control the vehicle without even needing to glance at the screen.

Enhanced Safety: Engaging fewer distractions and enhancing the blanketing control, the consistent layout helps in making the commute safer.

Why this option is suitable for Drivers

The improvements in the most recent music player UI in Android Auto hold real value for drivers where safety and distraction are paramount. The new design makes information more comprehensible and keeps the controls as simple as possible. The update also helps drivers safely interact with the system.

One major advantage is the extent to which it helps to minimize conditions. They could distract drivers by reducing the visual noise and presenting only relevant information. This focus on simplicity and clarity is an important factor. It would go a long way in getting automobile users to change their bad habits.

The Extract

The latest update for Android Auto also came with refreshing touches in the form of a music player UI redesign. These included bigger click-through icons for playback controls and coherence in syncing layouts across multiple music apps.

These combined improvements make for a safer and more entertaining in-car entertainment experience. We invite all Android Auto consumers to test the new music player interface and discover these enhancements.

More to Read: Android Auto 13.4 brings Material You accents

Continue Reading

Featured

Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Android Auto Spotify App

Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Upcoming Android Auto Features

Upcoming Android Auto Features and Improvements

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google Must Address Key Android Tablet Issues by 2025

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |27 Dec 2024

Many users envision an optimal auxiliary device between a smartphone and a laptop. This is where Android tablets come in. The devices were developed primarily to have a larger screen for better media consumption, productivity, and creativity. In this write-up, we will discuss some Android Tablet Issues in detail.

Despite this, the Android tablet experience is often much less enjoyable, making users desire more. This article focuses on the challenges Android tablets face. We will also discuss the strategies that can be used to address users’ demands better.

Android Tablet PCs: Their Present State

There is a lot of potential in the participating notebooks or netbooks with the Android operating system. However, it is now hit or miss, with the former having great hardware but bad software.

Performance:

This generation of Android slates packs quite a serious punch in the hardware department. Many tablets pack powerful CPUs, copious amounts of RAM, sharp screen resolutions, and long battery life. Some true monsters are at the top of the Android tablet performance chart.

They could easily outperform some laptops in computational performance. This also shows that good basic hardware allows Android tablets to deliver a high-quality experience to end users.

Software Limitations:

Despite the capable hardware, Android tablets often fall short due to software limitations:

Lack of Proper Desktop Mode: Some Android competitors have refined the experience. They do so by promoting a desktop mode with custom Windows. It allows you to resize them, a taskbar, and better multitasking, which we do not see in Android.

App Optimization: However, many apps have been adapted to tablets from their phone versions. Many of them’ layouts and usability are marked by white spaces and otherwise inefficient screen real estate. The uncoordinated approach to app optimization brings confusion into the interface and greatly affects the usability of Android tablets.

Inconsistent Updates: While smartphones are usually updated regularly and frequently, their Android counterparts- the tablets- are updated less often.

Multitasking Limitations: Android has a split-screen feature. However, the solutions are imperfect and not as well-developed as other tablet systems. Having many apps and moving from one app to another may, at some point, feel rather irritating.

Comparison with Competitors

Analyzing the competitive environment is essential to determining the present position of Android tablets. Two key competitors are the iPad Pro and Samsung’s DeX station.

iPad Pro:

The iPad Pro is a leading tablet for creative professionals and users seeking a premium tablet experience. Several factors contribute to its success:

Powerful Hardware and Software Integration: Apple’s close management of the hardware and the accompanying software ensures unity and better performance.

Polished Desktop Experience (iPadOS): iPadOS is even closer to a desktop operating system than typical Android, looking more sleek. A new addition includes Stage Manage. It helps enhance multitasking with items with adjustable frames and external display compatibility. This makes the iPad Pro a far more feasible laptop substitute for some users.

Strong App Ecosystem: The App Store includes many apps that leverage the full capability of the debatable tablet. Such great app support further extends the utility and desirability of the iPad Pro.

Ecosystem Integration: Most applications run on Apple-supported systems. Hence, the iPad Pro can access files from other Apple devices like iPhone and Mac through easy sharing.

Samsung DeX:

Samsung has tried to fill the gap between tablets and PC by creating the DeX platform. DeX makes some Samsung devices. It includes select tablets and mimics a PC setup if connected to an external display, keyboard, and mouse.

Strengths of DeX: The DeX modifier provides a classic desktop environment with frames for windows, a strip of icons, and the possibility of using a keyboard and mouse. It is much more convenient for multitasking and working compared to ‘classic’ Android on tablets.

Limitations of DeX: However, the presence of a DeX is a rather unique concept. Vendors could probably benefit from and still have some minor issues:

App Optimization: While many applications are ordered in DeX mode, they are not in a classic desktop environment.

Hardware Requirements: DeX is available in some selected Samsung smartphones. At other times, requires an external monitor and expensive and bulky accessories.

Not a Default Experience: DeX is not designed to be your primary tablet experience. This is because who wants to spend their days stuck at a desk? DEX is not required for any Galaxy Tab to work or operate effectively.

User Experience Issues

Several user experience issues contribute to the challenges faced by Android tablets:

Multi-App Windowing:

Android has split-screen multitasking, but even the best Android OEMs deliver less than competitors do in this aspect.

Limited App Compatibility: Splitting the screen is a little difficult. Therefore, apps that can be used in multi-app usage are very rare.

Inconsistent Resizing: Using split screen scaling features of the app windows on site is less optimal, jerky, and difficult to define the optimum positioning.

Lack of True Freeform Windows: Android does not have the ability of a real desktop operating system to be freely resizable. This prevents multiple application scenarios and strong multitasking that can be established across devices.

Drag-and-Drop Limitations: Some drag-and-drop operations can be performed if the application. Though this is not always true, they use the wall to transform into a split view.

The Sum-Up

Below are the key Android Tablet issues. Given the capable hardware of most tablets, all these issues emanate from software constraints. Some include the absence of an ideal desktop mode, continued random application optimization, non-systematic updates, and restricted multi-app windowing and control. Such gaps decrease the potential of Android tablets.

That is why, by addressing these software issues of Android tablets, Google and its partners have a unique chance to give a second life to the nearly stagnant Android tablet market.

We urged Google to make these improvements and take more forceful, decisive action toward making Android tablets the powerful, versatile devices users need.

More to Read: YouTube for Android experimenting with new feature ‘Play Something’

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube for Android experimenting with new feature ‘Play Something’

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |27 Dec 2024

Every Internet user is possibly familiar with YouTube, now the world’s most popular video-sharing and hosting service. Today, it has billions of users globally. YouTube has introduced a new feature to simplify content discovery: the “Play something” radial floating action button (FAB).

This feature allows the audience to go directly to a randomly selected video for consumption. In this article, the “Play something” FAB will also be described in detail and contemplate how it benefits YouTube users.

What is the “Play something” FAB?

The “Play something” button in the YouTube mobile app is a feature presented as a Floating Action Button (FAB). 

An FAB is a large circular button placed in the screen’s lower right-hand corner or elsewhere in the interface design. It is also an emblematic Android design pattern. This is widely applied to mobile apps to indicate the main action for which a given screen is designed.

When exploring YouTube, the “Play something” FAB can review the recommendations list for a certain video. They may watch something randomly without searching for a specific video.

Visuals:

As a result, we cannot display images /screenshots based on the picture within this text/Word document. However, I can describe what the FAB looks like:

This is a circular button, and it mostly has a black background to offset other standardized YouTube features.

It is positioned on the right side of the application and features an inverted triangle as a white icon with a play symbol.

The white “Play something” text is beside the play icon.

How Does it Work?

Finally, the convenience of the “Play something” FAB makes it easy to begin streaming videos as soon as possible. Here’s a breakdown of its functionality and the user experience:

Functionality:

Pushing the “Play something” FAB triggers the jury’s watching of a randomly chosen video by YouTube recommendations. The type of video that plays depends on a few factors:

Shorts vs. Regular Videos: If YouTube’s recommendation systems determine you’ve been watching Shorts, tapping FAB will likely open the video inside the YouTube Shorts interface. There will be a vertical video with a scrolling mechanism.

Personalized Recommendations: “Play something” suggests videos based on what you have watched on the site, subscribed to, and interacted with. This means you’ll probably be recommended more videos from the subscribed channel or topics you have participated in.

User Experience:

Once a video starts playing after tapping the FAB, the user interface presents familiar YouTube elements:

For Shorts:

Swipe Up/Down: How is one Short transformed into another?

Like/Dislike buttons allow you to state your opinion about the current Short.

Comment button: To view and leave comments.

Share button: To disseminate the Short to other users.

Channel icon/name: To effortlessly return to the channel that has shared the Short.

For Regular Videos (Portrait Interface):

Play/Pause button: To control playback.

Volume control: To adjust the audio level.

Progress bar: To view the progress of the video and move to another segment of the video,

Like/Dislike buttons: To give an opinion about the video.

Comment section: To view and leave comments.

Share button: This is for disseminating it among people.

Channel information: To see its name and the subscribe button.

Advantages of the “Play something” FAB

The “Play Something” FAB offers several key advantages for YouTube users, primarily centered around convenience and personalization:

Convenience:

Instant Playback: The main advantage is that you can begin viewing videos at a swifter pastime. One click means that you are instantly taken straight to a video.

Effortless Discovery: It eliminates decision-making problems. It includes presbyopia, which may result from the huge number of videos available in the library. But if you want to watch something without typing out the name of a video, using the “Play something” FAB is just the thing.

Seamless Transition: The switch from scrolling through the home feed to watching a video is instantaneous. This makes it more lively and interactive for users.

Personalization:

Tailored Recommendations: The “Play something” feature is not utterly random. It utilizes YouTube’s intense recommendation system to choose videos according to your watch history, subscriptions, and channel activities. This means that you will be presented with material that interests you.

Discovery of Similar Content: Not only is the “Play something” FAB helpful, but it can also help guide you in an entirely different direction. The first video may show you new channels, topics, or contributors you would not have encountered.

Caters to Different Content Formats: The feature self-learns your mode of watching and helps you decide whether to serve the Shorts or the normal videos as per your choice. This guarantees that your experience depends on the type of content you often prefer.

Testing Phase

It’s important to note that the “Play something” FAB is still in the testing or experimental stage. This means that YouTube has not announced it. People can only find it through special links; sometimes, it is not completely functional. In testing, features may evolve and disappear or be released for some users and not others.

Current Status:

The “Play something” FAB is currently, as of the current information, still under testing with a few users. The quiet launch allows YouTube to take feedback, discover glitches, and adjust the feature before rolling it out. Unfortunately, Google has not provided word on when this feature will be available publically.

Version:

The “Play something” FAB has been identified in the YouTube app’s version 19.50 for the Android operating system. If you have not noticed this feature, it is worth knowing if you are still using an older application version. When your YouTube app has the latest version, chances are high that you might get a fix for new features currently in testing. 

Future Rollout

The “Play Something” FAB is still in the test phase. However, if the feedback is positive, it will probably become available to all YouTube users.

YouTube Innovations include experimenting with different aspects of its service with some users before expanding the change to others. This helps them obtain important data and implement all relevant changes according to the product’s usage.

They have found feedback to be an important component of creating and subsequently enhancing various features. If you can access this “Play something” FAB, YouTube is keen to give feedback through the usual channels. However, it may be limited if it is available to you. 

The Final Word

The “Play something” FAB could be characterized as a potential revolution in how users engage with content on YouTube. This feature will allow people to sample any random video quickly. There is no need to decide what to watch next, adding a more idle nature to the platform’s usage. 

This can be helpful despite the “Play something” FAB still being in the testing phase. Thus, we urge users to try this feature and give YouTube feedback. This feature and its future depend on what is provided to the YouTube community and us.

Also Read: 5 Tips to Extend Your Android Battery Life While Traveling

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

5 Tips to Extend Your Android Battery Life While Traveling

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |26 Dec 2024

Introducing the latest deadliest invention that travels can become a living nightmare if you set off without a phone charger. A smartphone is a must-carry gadget while traveling, from finding our way to an unknown city to taking good moments to treasure. No need to worry; here are 5 tips for battery life to extend battery life while traveling.

The following 5 tips for battery life may provide useful advice to support you while you are on the road and your Android is in use to be fully charged all the time.

1. Enable Battery Saver Mode

Battery Saver mode is the first feature that can significantly conserve battery power on your Android device during travel. It is one of the 5 tips for battery life. This feature allows your device to optimize its resource usage to power itself dynamically.

How to Activate:

Unlock your phone, then go to your phone’s configurations menu.

To do this, go to the Battery option (although the path to reach this menu could be somewhat different depending on the Android version and the tablet’s manufacturing company).

It turns out that it can be called Battery Saver or have a similar name, such as “Power saving mode.”

To turn on Battery Saver, you need to switch on the slider that you will find beside it.

Benefits:

Enabling Battery Saver offers several key advantages:

Reduced Background Activity: It reduces the frequency of how applications run, check for updates, and sync data, which is particularly bad for batteries.

Limited Performance: Although it could minimize the devices’ brightness, the CPU’s speed, and the data received from the background. These tweaks may slightly affect speed but dramatically cut your battery’s lifespan.

Feature Restrictions: Features that need constant power, such as the always-on display feature or particular location services, may be temporarily turned off.

2. Reduced Screen Brightness and Time-out

The screen is one of the most utilized features on an Android device in terms of battery usage. It may be so simple that lowering the brightness and setting a shorter screen dimming time can save battery power while traveling.

Adjust Brightness:

Pull your finger from the top of the screen downward to pull down the notification bar (sometimes, it may take a second slide).

Locate the brightness slider.

Move the bar to the left to decrease the brightness to a comfortable level. If possible, switch to its lowest setting while still being able to read what is on the screen.

Set Shorter Timeout:

The configuration option is screen timeout, which defines when the screen remains on after the user is inactive. Reducing the timeout means your screen turns off soon when idle, thus saving battery power when you are not using it.

Tap on the settings of your phone.

Navigate to Display.

It can be named Screen timeout or Sleep or something close to these terms.

Select a shorter time frame, between 15 seconds and 30 seconds at most. Do not put it on “Never” because your battery will be depleted quickly if you do this.

3. Switch off unwanted connectivity facilities

Some connectivity parts such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and GPS can keep scanning for networks and devices, and this, without any limit, will drain battery power even when it is not in use. 

These features can be turned off whenever they are not required, which helps the Android battery when traveling, for example.

Disable Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and GPS:

Pull your finger down from the top of the screen to do that. This will reveal the Quick Settings panel on your phone.

Switch off the icons for Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Location (or GPS) to the off position. They must be designed to reflect disablement and alert the user.

Enable Airplane Mode:

If you don’t require any connectivity feature, for instance, when on a flight or when there is no network coverage, then enabling airplane mode is the best way to save your battery. Airplane mode does not allow any cellular, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or GPS connections on the airway.

If your finger is down in the top area of the screen to access the Quick Settings panel.

Swipe your finger and touch the Airplane Mode icon to turn it on. You’ll frequently notice an airplane icon being shown in your status bar.

4. Minimize Background App and Notification

Most apps have background operations that run and use battery and data even when you are not interacting with them. 

Likewise, frequent notifications can wake up your device or drain the battery. Controlling background activity and notifications is a good method of improving battery life while traveling.

Restrict Background Data:

Restrictions on background data prevent apps from downloading, uploading, or engaging in any activity when they are not used on mobile data or Wi-Fi. This is especially beneficial for applications that regularly communicate with data or look for refreshes.

First, you need to open your phone’s Settings app.

To get there, tap on the screen option: Network & internet or something similar, depending on the phone’s brand.

Click On Data usage (or Mobile data or something like that).

Press on Data Saver and switch the button to the right. This will limit background data collection for most apps.

Suppose some particular apps must utilize the background data even when the data saver is on. In that case, you can return to the Data Usage screen, touch Mobile data usage, choose the app, and the Background data will be activated.

Disable Push Notifications:

Yet, pushed notifications can become a real problem regarding battery consumption, especially if you have several apps that send you notifications frequently. Avoiding app and system notifications can save some power by simply not operating them.

It is found in your phone’s Settings application.

Tap on Notifications.

Here, you will find the list of your apps. Press the application for which you want to stop receiving notifications.

To turn off all notifications received from the app, switch off the main notification toggle, but to turn off specific categories of notifications within that app, use the app’s notification settings.

5. Use Power-Efficient Apps

It has been found that frequently used apps can greatly affect your device’s battery life. Unsurprisingly, decisions in favor of power-saving options and updating apps can act as logical ways to prolong the usage of an Android while on the go.

Battery-Friendly Apps:

In cases where you need to browse, text, or use navigation, leave unnecessary features on the lite versions of the apps. Most of these lite versions are meant to use less power, especially battery power, and use less space than their regular counterparts. Examples include:

Facebook Lite: An application with fewer features and requires fewer downloading and processing capabilities than the Facebook application.

Messenger Lite: A reduced Facebook Messenger application.

Google Go: An enhanced, simple search and information navigation software.

Maps Go: A stripped-down version of Google Maps for mobiles and other low-powered handsets with slow data access.

App Updates:

Developers often provide updates on productivity, issue resolution, and battery consumption efficiency. One way to use your battery optimally is to ensure that apps are updated to the latest versions.

Use the Google Play Store application on your Android phone.

If you are on the feed or any other page, tap on your profile picture in the top right corner.

Tap Manage apps & device.

Tap Updates available.

Click Update All or select certain applications individually for the update.

Conclusion 

These 5 tips for battery life would prove useful when you decide to fire up your phone while on your next adventure. A few precautions can help avoid many headaches that accompany travel and tours. 

Thus, you can concentrate on creating memories to save time and energy instead of looking for an outlet. Happy travels!

More Reading: 7 Must-Try Android Tips and Tricks for Everyone

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Must-Have Android Apps for smartphone users

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |26 Dec 2024

It is always fun to set up a new Android smartphone. It also has the right apps to enhance the latest smartphone’s functions. On the other hand, Android has some apps that should be installed as default apps. However, downloading popular third-party apps is often how to get the most out of your smartphone. 

These apps can greatly improve the efficiency, connection, and enjoyment of activities and other aspects of your existence. The following article will concentrate on the essential applications you should expect to find in any new Android device. It aims to set the stage for optimized and valuable mobile device usage.

Communication Apps

To remain in touch with friends, family, and other colleagues is one of the primary tasks of any smartphone. Several excellent communication apps enhance the built-in calling and texting capabilities of Android:

WhatsApp: 

WhatsApp is still among the two largest messaging apps in the world. It offers text, voice, video calls and groups, end-to-end encrypted text, and video services for sharing files. 

Due to its popularity, it is one of the most effective means of communication. This keeps me in touch with numerous friends and acquaintances.

Telegram: 

Telegram channels compete with other existing messaging applications. They are mainly recognized for their secure and private messaging and additional features. 

These features include secret chats with end-to-end encryption. It offers large group chats, channels for sending messages to many people, bots, and cloud chat history and files.

Google Messages: 

While not necessitating a download, this app should be highlighted. It is an integral part of Google and is the SMS/MMS app many Android devices use today.

It also supports RCS, which combines straightforward texting with functions like confirmations, reviewing features, and group texting over Wi-Fi/data. If your carrier supports RCS, Google Messages is a strong and easy choice.

Social Media Apps

Social applications are inevitable for exerting extensive influence and reach. We communicate, get information, or even share our lives. Here are some key social media apps for Android:

Facebook: 

Although new social networking sites have emerged, Facebook remains commanding. It is a social utility that connects with friends and family. It is a place to share the latest information and join various interest groups. This content is from friend’s feeds, shared subscriptions, and pages.

Instagram: 

Regarding categories, Instagram is a photo-video-sharing site primarily founded on aesthetics. It has a very active social network and different features.

It includes Stories, Reels, and broadcasting. That is why it is liked by those who want to post and share visual and creative content, including live broadcasts of various events.

Twitter (X): 

Acquired by HAR, Twitter is a popular fast communication platform. It incorporates real-time news and information updates and a mini-messaging format based on different discussion topics. 

It has become a source for following some personalities and news aggregators and joining discussions on topical issues.

Productivity Apps

Improving performance applies to the individual use of a smartphone and for business purposes. Several apps offer powerful tools for managing tasks, creating documents, and staying organized:

Microsoft Office: 

Word, Excel, and PowerPoint are powerful tools in the Microsoft Office suite for producing. They modify and display documents, spreadsheets, and presentations.

These apps provide wonderful synchronization with desktop versions of Office so that files can be edited on any device.

Google Drive: 

This solution is available for cloud storage, file sharing, and collaboration tools. Google Drive helps you save your documents through a cloud storage system.

You can also access your documents from any device/anywhere, and it has an option for document sharing. Google Drive also works in the large productivity toolbox with Google Docs, Sheets, and Slides.

Trello: 

Trello is an application for project management based on a board with elements resembling the functions of a Kanban board. 

It is mainly used for handling projects, monitoring performance, and examining a list of tasks belonging to certain employees. 

Due to its blend of simplicity and flexibility, it can be possibly used for both non-commercial and commercial purposes.

Utility Apps

These apps provide essential tools and functionalities that enhance the overall usability and convenience of your Android device:

Google Maps:

Google Maps is one of the finest Navigation Apps for Android users. It provides mapping services, directions, traffic and transit details, and points of interest. 

It’s essential and priceless when finding our way in different locations promptly.

Evernote:

Evernote is a very popular note-taking application and one of the best on the market. Users can jot down ideas, make checklists, save Web articles, and split their notes into notebooks and tags. 

Evernote can synchronize notes across the switch platform, meaning people can access them from any device. With so many note-taking applications, Evernote has become popular due to its folders, tags, and attributes.

LastPass: 

The problem of forgetting many passwords is relevant in the modern world, and using different passwords is often very dangerous.

LastPass is an application that provides user services for storing and remembering passwords. It also generates new strong passwords for users’ accounts.

Many people show that using a password manager is one of the steps to enhance Internet security.

The Wrap-Up

Installing the right apps can complement this new Android smartphone, improve productivity, stay connected, entertain, and keep the smartphone safe. By selecting apps in the relevant main categories, you can eliminate unwanted applications on your smartphone. 

One app is designed for a specific task, while all of them can be used to get the best out of your device and interact more effectively with it. But start downloading and using these important applications to test your Android phone’s potential fully.

Related Post: 7 Must-Try Android Tips and Tricks for Everyone

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 15: How to Drag and Drop Content Between Apps

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |25 Dec 2024

Multitasking has always been well-supported on Android. Android 15 offers new ways to use it, such as drag and drop. 

It is a useful tool for sharing text, graphics, and files. It includes many formats in different applications and accelerates work. 

This article will explain how to use drag and drop on Android 15. There will be a discussion of the peculiarities of the corresponding usage.

How to Drag and Drop Content

The following general plan is followed in most Android 15 devices. However, there could still be minor deviations due to the manufacturer’s skin provided. Here’s the general procedure:

First, you can select available content to drag. 

With the text, swipe the content lightly with two fingers across its surface while tapping and pinching it. 

After that, it should go up, or what we prefer to call a “rise.”

Slide it to the desired app where you want to drop the content.

However, if the object is a string, then there are two strategies one can opt for:

To access the apps, you must swipe up lightly to the overview. 

Then, tap and hold the target app icon, choose “Split screen”

If you want to use it for drag-and-drop, continue dragging.

To start the target app and position the content just as you want it, first, drag it to the left or right. Once the app is active, snap the content to the centered or preferred spot and then release your finger.

Examples and Use Cases

Dragging Text:

You highlight a portion of text in an article you opened in your web browser. You can transfer that highlighted text directly to Google Keep or Evernote.

Place a few words from an envelope into an iMessage or any other messaging solution.

Dragging Images:

You can share pictures or screen snapshots as soon as possible by dragging them to Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter accounts.

Select an image you want to beautify and pull it into an app like Adobe Photoshop Express or Picsart, in this case.

Dragging Files:

Imagine dragging and dropping the files into Google Drive or the ‘Google Drive’ icon of the other clouds like Dropbox.

To insert an attachment, you can drag and drop a file or several files in a message to which you want to append a file.

Dragging Links:

Click and drag the link on the website where you want further information and drop it on a note.

You can drag the link into the chat and tell friends about it for several minutes.

Tips for Effective Drag and Drop

Split Screen for Easier Dragging: In split-screen mode, it is more convenient to drag and drop. The client application source is visible alongside the application the CAM sits on.

Target Areas: The extremists should make sure that they select a proper area to deposit their content within the desired application. Some apps have predefined drop zones, some of which include text or image boxes.

App Compatibility: Many programs provide a simple text and picture dragging and dropping option. However, some apps do not have this support or in-app drop-drop for some content types.

The Final word

Android 15 drag-and-drop introduces a new mechanism for transferring files and data from one application to another. This makes multitasking easier and more efficient. 

Once this feature is learned, the user can extend the usage of the Android device and foster efficiency in the current world. 

Experiment with various applications and materials, look at the drag-and-drop features, and integrate them into inherent motivational rewards for a mobile client.

More to Read on: What is new in Android 15 QPR2 Beta 2

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

One UI 7: The Ultimate Overview

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |25 Dec 2024

Samsung has turned its One UI into the flagship Android overlay for touch-screen devices. This makes Samsung phones and tablets distinctive from other OEMs offering Android OS. The UX has gone through different versions called One UI. It strives to make the main interactions smoother and more intuitive and harmonize Samsung’s ecosystem. 

Now, the company will release the One UI 7 with new features, improvements, and optimizations. Samsung will add to its interface to achieve new development milestones. 

This is the latest update on such products, and according to users’ experience, it is probably more creative than the previous versions. It is intended to provide a new, improved, and more fitting, well-optimized mobile version with many more features.

Core Attributes of One UI 7

Here are features of One UI 7 that give you a rundown of the changes that emphasized refinement. Key among these are:

Visual Overhaul: One UI 7 continues the evolution of its predecessors. It focuses mainly on the redesigned app icons, widgets, and the system UI widgets. Another is to replace monumental and monotonous styles to meet modern standards. It gives the interface a sense of order in one’s business.

Separation of Notifications and Quick Settings: There is a swipe-down gesture to check and open them at any point in the interface. Swiping to the right in the top corner will take users to quick settings. This split increases usability and eliminates gesture intrusions by opening the quick settings while scanning notifications.

Enhanced Notifications: Notifications look like something but are very different from what appeared before. They are now larger and shaped more like pills, focusing wider sections between which there is a clear color difference. These improvements simplify the application’s look and feel and distinguish between at least two types of notifications.

Increased Quick Settings Toggles: The row of horizontal toggles in the notification panel has been extended from 20 to 24. It provides faster control over Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, mobile internet, and other features. This number of toggles allows a gadget to set it to a certain level Pre…

New Lock Screen Widgets: Samsung has introduced some new widgets on the lock screen in One UI 7. However, compared with previous models, such arrangements are now more flexible. Users can choose where to place the clocks and their size.

The enhancements of the UX in one UI 7

One UI 7 focuses on enhancing the user experience through several key improvements:

AI Integration (Galaxy AI): Following AI from Samsung, One UI 7 utilizes Galaxy AI features with continuing suggestions and notifications. These could comprise contextual suggestions on when to start specific applications and intelligent suggestions. It depends on the user’s location or time and using particular programs and intelligent prompts. This integration will also aim to identify the user’s requirements and the general trends of the activities.

Camera App Improvements: The interface has also been improved to make the app easier to use, specifically with one hand. It could be new skins, a better layout, more transparent settings, upgraded shooting controls, etc. Such enhancements can enhance still-image and video capture in general and potentially with one-handed control.

App and Widget Customization: One UI 6 offered users minor customization in the apps and widgets, while the other UI 7 extended it further. A new color picker to select the app and widget color means the user can set the home screen and app drawer colors.

Future Plans for One UI

Samsung will continue improving One UI with the general public’s response, appending newer features to existing ones. This steady evolution ensures that One UI is a modern, easily navigable environment that achieves maximum success. Like any other product, the car’s features will be hidden until its actual release to the market. However, Samsung has some features it is eager to introduce to One UI to improve the UI front. 

Conclusion

One UI 7 has many changes regarding smoothness and ease of use. These range from changing the entire look to enhancements in and of the app notifications. 

Galaxy AI features, better camera apps, customization, and increased widgets and apps make the mobile experience more personal and versatile.

We encourage all Samsung device users to sample the new One UI 7 as they admire the new interface enhancements.

Related Reading: One UI 7 video recording ability while playing music

Continue Reading

Featured

One UI 8

Enhanced Features of One UI 8 Officially Unveiled

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Earthquake Alert System

Samsung’s Earthquake Alert System Sets a Standard for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Second One UI 8 Beta

Second One UI 8 Beta Now Rolling Out to Samsung Users

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

7 Essential YouTube Features to Simplify Your Life

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |24 Dec 2024

YouTube is now the biggest video-sharing site in the world and has been integrated into people’s lives. This article looks at 7 Essential YouTube Features. YouTube boasts a tailored library of videos in all categories.

With billions of users globally, how users move around this giant can be a factor in a positive user experience. 

In this article, you will read about seven great changes. They make your experience with YouTube much more enjoyable and productive. These features help you find the content you wish and sort through it.

1. PicturesPicture (PiP) Mode

Picture-in-Picture (PiP) lets users watch YouTube videos in a floating resizable window while using another app. Thanks to this enhancement, users can continue watching a video fullscreen while simultaneously web browsing or using other applications.

How to Use PiP:

Open the app – YouTube, and begin playing a video.

Depending on the device, you can access your home screen by pressing or swiping the home button.

Towards the end, the video will be minimized to a small window you can drag on the screen.

Tap the thumbnail to exit the PiP and return to the full-screen video.

Benefits: 

PiP mode significantly enhances multitasking by allowing you to:

Sit before a computer and work on a document, open several browsing pages, listen to music, and/or watch a tutorial.

You can watch live streaming events, shows, or broadcasts and browse social networking sites.

Have a map or directions in one tab while maintaining the presence of a video in another tab.

2. Keyboard Shortcuts

Users who use YouTube mostly on a computer can use keyboard shortcuts much faster than a mouse. However, several special movements must be developed to improve the usability of YouTube and video playing.

Useful Keyboard Shortcuts:

Spacebar: Play/Pause the video.

K: Press it again. Play/Pause the video (alternate to the Spacebar).

J: Rewind 10 seconds.

L: Fast forward 10 seconds.

Left arrow key: Rewind 5 seconds.

Right arrow key: Fast forward 5 seconds.

Up arrow key: Increase volume.

Down arrow key: Decrease volume.

M: Mute/Unmute the video.

F: Enter/Exit fullscreen mode.6

0 (zero): Restart the video.

1-9: Jump to 10%-90% of the video.

Home/End: Play/pause.

</> (Less than/Greater than keys): Reduction/Enhancement of the playback rate.

Benefits: 

Using keyboard shortcuts offers several advantages:

Faster navigation: Some users want to fast forward or rewind video play. They may go to specific locations in a video without using a mouse.7

Improved efficiency: Make your viewing efficient by reducing the number of clicks made with your mouse and increasing the use of your keyboard.

Enhanced accessibility: Some benefits of keyboard shortcuts are especially effective for users with motor disorders.

3. Playback Speed Control

The YouTube web allows clients to change the speed of the video by using the built-in controls to make the experience faster or slower as desired. This feature is especially helpful for studying, revisiting dispersed knowledge, or generally grasping new as soon as possible.

How to Adjust Playback Speed:

Start playing a video.

Choose the setting usually symbolized by the gear icon next to the volume control icon at the bottom.

Select “Playback speed.”

Choose your desired speed from the available options:

0.25x (very slow)

0.5x (slow)

0.75x (slightly slow)

Normal

1.25x (slightly faster)

1.5x (faster)

1.75x (even quicker)

2x (very fast)

Benefits: 

Adjusting playback speed offers several benefits:

Faster learning: Use online videos for education purposes, but listen slightly slower to capture details of the contents shared.

Quick reviews: Watch the previously watched material again, but at a much faster rate to help you recall info.

Time-saving: Some content is difficult to follow up on or may take time. The playback speed can be adjusted to a faster rate.

Improved comprehension: In general, slowing down the speed of videos with fast-moving speakers is the best approach.

Accessibility: This is particularly so within applications because minimizing the facility and rate with which one can listen to sound can assist users with auditory processing issues.

4. Transcript View

Using the opportunity, we also wanted to inform you about a useful function of YouTube. A transcript is the written text of words the presenter or in the video speaks.

How to Access Transcripts:

Start playing a video.

If you cannot find this menu in the video player, it is also located below the player as three dots.

The third and final option you will find in the options bar under Tools is Transcription Status. 

Please choose Show transcript (or Transcript).

The text will be shown below the video in a small window. It is on the right or left part of the screen.

Features of the Transcript:

Timestamps: The transcript is aligned to the video. It means that every line in the script corresponds to the time stamp on the video.

Clickable timestamps: A single click will start the video from the highlighted area when a timestamp appears on the video.

Searchable text: The text format also allows simple video content navigation. It uses keywords or phrases to search for a part of the transmission.

Benefits: 

The transcript feature offers several key advantages:

Easy navigation: Finally, there is a search bar to type any word. Click on the timeline to go to that frame exactly.

Improved comprehension: With such text, a reader can read the text while listening to spoken words. It may be useful when complicating concepts or understanding a hard-to-understand accent.

Accessibility: Transcripts ensure deaf or hard-of-hearing viewers also watch the videos.

Note-taking: The transcript is neatly formatted. This is to make it easy for the artist to copy and paste text for note-taking or other uses.

Learning languages: The phrase can be utilized to justify following along with the transcribe of real utterance and enhanced comprehensiveness of the used language.

5. Playlist Creation

Along with searching for videos, users like to create special lists of clips—playlists. They save clips they like and want to show them again or share them with people. Using YouTube’s feature is one of the easiest ways to manage how you view things.

How to Create a Playlist:

Search for a video that you wish to include in a list.

The “Save” button is at the bottom of the video player. It is a plus button with a line underneath. Click or tap on it.

A menu will appear. You can choose a previous playlist or click the link “Create new playlist.”

When creating a new playlist, provide elements that include a title and its privacy access status, such as Public, Unlisted, or Private.

Click “Create.”

Managing Playlists:

Adding videos: To add more videos to an existing playlist, follow the same process as creating a playlist.

Removing videos: Go to the playlist page. The option to remove a video pops up when you click or tap on the three dots. It is on the right of the video title. Choose “Remove from playlist.”

Editing playlist details: On the playlist page, you can change the list’s name, description, and privacy.

Rearranging videos: In addition to creating playlists, you can rearrange videos within one of them by dragging and dropping them.

Deleting playlists: On the playlist page, right-click and choose the ‘Delete playlist’ option. 

From the playlist page, select the three dots and click ‘Delete playlist.’

Benefits: 

Creating and managing playlists offers several advantages:

Easy access to favorite videos: Easily watch the clips you fancy multiple times.

Curated collections: Use categories, tags, and different concepts to make proper playlists.

Sharing with others: You could open your playlists for everyone. Users can select a few people, friends and relatives, followers, etc.

Learning and research: Splitting them into sets or playlists makes access easier. One can easily refer to the previous lesson in the sequence.

Music organization: Develop several playlists out of your favorite songs or albums.

6. Dark Mode

YouTube’s dark mode, or dark theme, reverses the usual website layout. It changes almost all the background colors to darker shades of gray and black rather than white. This feature is useful when watching in low light and trying to prevent eye strain.

How to Activate Dark Mode:

On Desktop:

Tap the icon on the top right corner that looks like your account picture.

Click “Appearance.”

Select “Dark theme.”

On Mobile (App):

Tap your profile picture.

Click “Settings.”

Tap “General.”

Hit the “Appearance.” button.

Select “Dark theme.”

Benefits: 

Dark mode offers several benefits, especially for nighttime viewing:

Reduced eye strain: It is true that shades of black cut off the amount of blue light produced by the screen. It minimizes eye strain and improves sleep quality, especially when using the computer at night.

Improved readability in low light: If the specified color scheme is applied, then the texts on the site will be dark in color. On a light background, it is barely visible when the light is low. That is why dark mode offers superior contrast and ease of reading when it is dark.

Reduced glare: It also helps decrease screen brightness, eliminating glare when used in a brightly lit environment.

Battery saving: Platforms with OLED displays are particularly handy for saving battery. They do so by switching to the dark mode, where the black pixels are switched off.

7. Off-line Watching (YouTube Red)

One of YouTube Premium’s most useful options is the chance to download videos offline. This means you can access your programs whenever possible, even if the internet connection is unavailable. This is fantastic for trips, commuting, or any place with a weak or no internet connection.

How to Download Videos for Offline Viewing (Requires YouTube Premium):

Look for the video you wish to download.

Click on the “Download” button that appears as a downward-facing arrow.

Select the quality of the video to download; the higher quality means the larger the video’s space.

This one will start downloading as a video. Once you have downloaded a video, it can be found in the “Library” section, “Downloads”.

Managing Downloaded Videos:

To view downloaded videos, Move to the “Library” section in the upper part of the Moodle site and click on the “Downloads” link.

Removing downloaded videos: Right-click on a downloaded video and then click “delete from downloads.”

Managing download quality: The YouTube app’s settings allow you to change the default download quality.

Benefits: 

Offline viewing provides several key advantages:

Entertainment during commutes or travel: Get a free movie experience using planes, trains, or buses without relying on the user’s mobile data.

Access content in areas with limited internet access: If you are in a region with low or no connectivity, watch videos as much as possible.

Save mobile data: Do not use the mobile data to play your videos; download them using Wi-Fi instead to conserve most of the mobile data.

Uninterrupted viewing: You should be able to watch videos without staking. Place high in intervals following a break in the internet connection.

The Sum Up

These 7 new features enable efficient and comfortable use of YouTube. The features include picture-in-picture for multitasking, keyboard shortcuts, speed control, transcripts, playlists for video organization, comfortable Dark Mode, and offline viewing with YouTube Premium downloads. 

All tips have advantages, from time savings through convenience to better opportunities to work and read without eye strain. Users may access the materials wherever they are. We recommend that you start using these features to understand how you can make your experience on YouTube more unique, enjoyable, and productive.

More insights on YouTube: YouTube tests a practical new landscape layout

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

New Features For YouTube Music Before the End of 2024

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |24 Dec 2024

YouTube Music is a new contender for music platforming that recently appeared on the Internet. FM presents officially accredited MVs, live performances, remixes, and covers of popular UK bands.

This integration allows users to sift through music using different criteria modes. It includes official music videos and live and backstage sessions. This article will tell you about these great new choices and what they can do for your ears.

Synopsis of 2024 Updates

As a result, changes are closer to the latter, and additional ones may be convenient for the users. YouTube Music started featuring a new format called the ‘New Features Highlights’ in 2024, which rolls out every quarter. It also provides a crystal clear model for conveying information and improvements across. 

However, in December, YouTube Music published a summary of features released during the year’s second half. This consolidated update will notify all clients of the updates to the features and enhancements implemented during the period.

Core Attributes

From the second half of 2024, YouTube Music has brought some features to optimize several types of service use. Here’s a breakdown by month:

July Updates: 

In July, some more features were in the orientation toward personalization. This is an innovation station where users send their favorite songs.

At the same time, the idea of shelf headers also evolved. It was simplified so that people could understand how they could help find necessary areas in the application.

August Updates: 

As a next step, we introduced an in-app feature called Ask, August. This feature allowed fans to ask questions. These are related to the music being played, and the answers were provided using a Google knowledge graph. This month, a mobile app launch animation slightly improves the appearance of the application’s launch.

September Updates: 

October was about podcasts and content curation. New columns to recommend podcasts currently consumed were in the list to the system to improve podcast recommendation. 

Also, the application’s basic grid format began to mimic unwatched episodes, bringing the relevant episodes in the library into focus.

October Updates: 

The updates in October were visual updates and interaction updates. A new artist header presents a better-looking and more informative artist page than the previous one. 

Clearing sub-items from queues and playlists was less invasive; one only needed a swipe to eliminate them. Last, haptic improvements in Android OS improved the feeling of touch during communications within the application.

November Updates:

November’s theme was playlists and cooperation. New and improved filter techniques included features that enriched the playlists and enabled users to sort them more efficiently. 

In our view, the most important of these was the opportunity to create and modify several playlists, suggested as collective ones, Which means that several users can add their own choices.

User Experience Enhancements

The new features are good and will be in selling in mid-2024. They improve YouTube Music for users in the following ways. The shelf headers for texts and the redesigned artist header can be considered improvements in that part of browsing.

This also means the paradigmatic swipe-to-remove gesture enhances all the actions happening inside the playlists and queues. The solutions enhance the recommended system and the target recommendation creation for the playing list listeners. They enhance the finding of new content and organize the episodes. 

Playlists are better when they can be sharable; the latest addition of collaborative playlists has realized this. To a certain extent, more options for filtering increase the ability to choose. It can sort the list of music according to the user’s preferences. 

The Extract

The updates of YouTube Music in 2024 have brought many improvements to this platform. Elements such as User Profile Radio, a new concise Shelf Header, Ask Music, enhanced Podcast recommendations, simplified swipe to remove, and collaborative playlists have made the environment personal, simple, and engaging. 

We call upon all YouTube Music users to try the new features and enjoy the updated environment independently. It amazes me how useful your feedback is to our ongoing efforts. It is to build the future of YouTube Music.

More on YouTube Music: Timestamp Sharing Added to YouTube Music

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

7 Must-Try Android Tips and Tricks for Everyone

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |23 Dec 2024

Android is the number one mobile operating system, running billions of devices, including smartphones, tablets, smartwatches, and TVs. It is not proprietary software; people like it because it has a large app store and high levels of customization. Here, we learn about Android Tips and Tricks.

But even those who have been using the Android OS for quite a long time may know all the tricks incorporated into this mobile operating system, and some may seem smart. 

This article disseminates 7 useful tips and tricks for an Android device. It can help improve work, produce better results, and reveal the gadget’s hidden possibilities.

1. Customize Your Home Screen

Widget and wallpaper enhance your Android home screen from a boring clutter to a preferred and more efficient working environment. Widgets help add information and some basic functionality of the apps to your Home screen at your fingertips. Install the shortcuts to rapidly access the current climate, schedule, songs, etc. Many 

Widgets can also be resized or their information changed as desired. There is virtually nothing satisfying more than using widgets accompanying wallpapers as a blend of aesthetic or tangible personalization. 

Choose any in the gallery as a theme, or select any new and stunning live themes that can change hue and are alive. Thus, it makes your mobile more intriguing and exciting. Widgets can be placed wisely, and selecting the right wallpapers will make the home screen both amicable and effective.

2. Use Google Assistant

Maximize your Android’s capability with Google Assistant, an application that optimizes activity completion using voice directions. You can do almost anything with it using the hot word “Hey Google” or “Ok Google.” The functions include making and receiving calls, sending and receiving messages, setting reminders, turning smart home devices on or off, and browsing the internet. 

In addition to standalone routines, Google Assistant’s predefined routine lets you perform a series of actions with a single command. For example, a “Good morning” routine may require your favorite music or a weather update. Our schedule for the day is all in one voice command. This can greatly improve your productivity for the day and also make many simple tasks easier.

Voice Commands:

You can activate the voice search by using either the “Hey Google” or “OK Google” voice commands (or just long-tapping the home button).

Give your voice instruction (e.g., “Say, ‘Call Mom’” or “Say, set the alarm for 7 AM”).

Routine Setup:

Start the Google Home app (or Google Assistant settings).

Find and select “Routines.”

Select a ready-made set of exercises or define your own.

Define a signal of a certain type (voice, time during the day).

Insert activities into the process (e.g., playing music in the classroom and checking the weather forecast).

3. Enable Developer Options

Read on and discover how to enable Developer Options for extended Android functionality and greater customization. Called invisible as it is collapsed by default, this section provides various highly technical options exclusively for developers. There are numerous useful settings to which any user should pay attention. 

From debugging USB for file transfer to the general feeling of quicker animation scrolling, the Developer Options offer better device control. However, remember that improper adjustments can cause several side effects that do not concern expected behavior.

Accessing Developer Options:

Open Settings.

Scroll down to About Phone.

Tap the Build number rapidly seven times.

A message will appear: “You are now a developer!”

Developer options will now appear in Settings (it can be under System or Additional settings sometimes).

4. Utilise Split Screen Mode

You can increase your multitasking capabilities on Android through the split-screen mode. This option allows you to use two programs simultaneously on a single screen. 

This feature is Invaluable when comparing information, making notes while watching videos, or simply working on different tasks. 

With a split screen, you can use two applications in parallel and take full advantage of your tablet or smartphone.

Activating Split Screen:

Using Recent Apps (Most Common):

Swipe, using two fingers, from the right side of your screen or press the square button if available.

First, click and hold the icon of the first application you want to compare with another one.

Choose Split screen (or any icon similar to that).

Select the second app from the Recent Apps or the app drawer on your Android device.

From Within an App (Android 12+):

Open the first app.

If you see the swipe-up and hold icon, tap on it to enter Recent Apps.

Click on the little icon at the top of the application preview once.

Select Split screen.

Choose the second app.

Referencing documents while writing: You can watch a text in one tab and simultaneously work with an email in another.

Following recipes while cooking: In the other tab, you can watch a recipe while timing an activity or listening to music.

5. Be Careful with Notifications

Don’t get drowned by the numerous notifications on your screen; use Android to take charge and remain productive. With notification channels, you can fine-tune how specific or single-app notifications function.

Meanwhile, the Do Not Disturb mode offers a great method for dealing with unwanted interference when necessary. Understanding and controlling these features will help make a mobile experience more positive, less stressful, and more efficient.

Notification Channels:

Long-press a notification.

Click on a setting button, gear, or bell with a line at the top right corner.

Set individual preferences for each channel’s importance, sound, vibration, and similarity.

Do Not Disturb Mode:

First, go to the Quick Setting panel (swipe down the top of the screen).

Tap the Do Not Disturb icon.

For more choices, right-click the icon and choose Settings > Notifications > Do Not Disturb.

Other settings include schedule, exception (contact), and other options.

6. Battery Saving Techniques

Learn powerful tips and ways to get the most out of your Android device’s battery. The Battery Saver mode can be utilized to save battery quickly.

By restricting the operations performed in the background and recommending particular profiles, the battery optimization concerning particular applications is more certain if the user handles it. If both techniques are used, your device’s runtime will increase, and the charging frequency will decrease.

Battery Saver Mode:

Tear down the top of the screen to reach Quick Settings.

Tap the Battery Saver icon.

For even more, tap on ‘ Settings ‘, then ‘Battery’, then turn on ‘Battery Saver’.

Individual options include turning off the background app or using Battery Saver mode.

App Usage Management:

Proceed to Settings and click on Battery and then Battery Usage (depending on the device, it also says Battery & power usage).

Check the list of apps and the amount of battery it consumes.

For high-usage apps:

Restrict background activity: In the Battery Tor in the app settings.

Force stop the app: In the app’s settings.

Uninstall unused apps.

Decrease app-related settings (for example, do not use the app as frequently as necessary, shut down push notifications).

7. Secure Your Device

Secure your data and shield your application from unauthorized users with enhanced security gadgets for Android.

From strong screen locks to locating a lost or stolen device to even wiping the information stored in the device, these gadgets provide a surety in the event of a device loss.

Using those tips is important to ensure the security of your data.

Screen Lock Options

Go to Settings > More Settings > Security (it may be called differently depending on the device OS).

Choose screen lock or lock screen lock.

Choose a lock type:

Swipe: (Least secure)

Pattern: Draw a pattern.

PIN: Enter a numerical code.

Password: Please type in any characters you want.

Biometric (Fingerprint/Face Unlock): (If available).

The next steps are clarified on the screen of the client device.

Find My Device:

Ensure you are logged in to your Google account on the device; it often selects automatically.

If your device is lost or stolen, try android.com/find on another device or a computer.

Log in with the Google account associated with the lost device.

Use the options:

Rings the device.

Unlike the lock feature, the ‘me’ feature locks the device with a PIN/password.

Wipes all data.

The Climax

These seven tips provide useful strategies to optimize your Android smartphone’s use, from home screen customization and Google Assistant to smart magnifications and device security. T management gains quick access to the information and adds style; you can use widgets and dynamic wallpapers. 

Controlling one’s daily tasks with the help of Google Assistant helps to avoid distractions and makes many tasks more efficient. Notification management assists in timely alert of important information without flooding the choice list, and battery conservation increases the device’s use hours. 

Last, applying solid security features safeguards your information, and you have no reason to doubt it. We hope you try these tips and see how they make your Android device more efficient, personalized, and secure.

More To Read: Android 15: 7 Must-Know Tips and Tricks

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google TV offers 170 free channels for holidays

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |23 Dec 2024

Google TV is a smart TV platform by Google. In time for the holiday season, Google TV offers 170 free channels that can now be accessible in its product. The company plans to increase its library of free content. It offers customers a greater choice of movies without a paid subscription service. 

Google TV is to help you consolidate all your movies and television shows from all streaming platforms into one platform. This makes it easy to look for something to watch in whichever app it is in. Google TV is now adding these free channels. It aims to expand its offering by offering it both as a streaming device and a straightforward linear TV option.

Intent of the Update

Adding more than 170 free channels is an attempt to increase the offerings list for Google TV customers many times. Content is the crown jewel of modern streaming platforms. 

By providing free channels to target, they provide them with options to satisfy everyone’s taste with maximum plausibility. 

This increased variety is good for Google TV because it entices new customers. It is to join by making it into an entertainment hub while keeping current customers engaged.

This is because the timing of this update is pointed at the period before the holiday season. Whenever there is a holiday, people sit together and watch television, and the turnout for any show is much higher.  

Key Characteristics

New Channels

This update adds many free channels to Google TV, increasing user content availability. Among the new channels, there are specifically themed dedicated holiday channels. Like Xumo Free Holiday Movie Channel and Xumo Free Holiday Classics, the channels play specifically selected holiday movies.

These two channels are useful for the Holiday period as they offer the viewers easy access to the Holiday movies. Other channels have also been added to the service, constituting various channels aimed at different interests and genres

Total Channel Count 

This change gives Google TV over 170 free channels and a solid base of free streaming content. These numbers are close to many other free streaming platforms. They add to Google TV, making it a much better proposition. 

Content Categories

The free channels are quite many and, as discussed above, cut across most, if not all, categories. They include:

Movies: Movie channels have been updated to classical and recent modern films. The holiday-themed channels represent the best example of this.

TV Shows: Some available channels provide viewers with a choice of programs and TV shows, both new and old.

News: Be informed about current events by browsing special news feeds.

Sports: Some sports channels may provide sports content, but programs with specific sports material may differ considerably.

Holiday Specials: Aside from the exclusive holiday movie channels, other holiday movie channels could also air special holiday episodes and programs. Due to the disparate character of its content categories, Google TV can be considered a comprehensive entertainment platform.

How to Get to the New Channels

Free channels are viewed through the application called Google TV Freeplay, which has already been installed.

Navigation

Search for Free, Live, or Channel options on the Home Screen.

Follow the channel lists in the “Live” tab to use the live TV guide.

Search for specific channels.

As an example, use your remote to “program surf.”

Benefits for Users

Including over 170 free-of-charge channels in Google TV has advantages, mainly because it gives users free content. Including many applications and programs that can be used without extra subscriptions also deserves special mention. 

Adding specific holiday networks enhances consumers’ Christmas experience by allowing them to find holiday movies easily. This update complements streaming apps with a vast choice of free linear networks so viewers can watch diverse content.

User Experience

The initial receivers’ response to adding more free channels on Google TV was friendly. Most users have noticed the added diversity and the shift towards free content.

The text has received positive feedback. The Freeplay app is very easy to use. The free channels are properly combined into the Google TV program interface. 

Still, some viewers have found that channels stream at inconsistent quality. Sometimes, they have experienced brief interruptions, which any free and ad-funded streaming service can cause.

Forthcoming Scenarios

Continuous Improvement: They remain focused on adding more good Google TV applications, specifically its free channels. 

This implies participating in the users’ feedback process. It defines problem areas and utilizes the received input to determine what content needs added.

Thus, the target is a constant increase in the availability of free-to-air channel options. Enhancing the quality of content can satisfy new consumer demands.

Google has stated that while the initial release of these free channels is already occurring, the company wants to increase the availability of these features.

The Findings

Google TV offers 170 free channels. It includes many channels focused on holidays, movies, TV programs, news, etc. We request that Google TV users try out the new channels introduced through the Freeplay app and see the difference between new entertainment offers. 

Your comments are appreciated as Google enhances its services and offerings, improving Google TV. Feel free to comment and contribute your ideas on what Google TV should look like in the future.

More to Read: Google TV Increases Free Content With Over 1,100 Channels 

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Google plans contract updates to address a search antitrust ruling

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |21 Dec 2024

The most recent high-profile antitrust ruling against Google has caused global attention. The Court found the company guilty of anticompetitive conduct in the online search market. 

As a result of this ruling, Google has submitted large changes to its contracts with original equipment manufacturers of Android devices and browsers. 

These proposed modifications solely and primarily seek to address the Court’s concern and create a far more competitive search environment.

Need of the Changes

These changes were proposed because Google has been under pressure to implement the decision made by the U.S. District Judge. 

The main theme of these proposals is the need to increase competition in the online search business. Google aims to compete fairly with other search providers and browser manufacturers. The imposed changes will open more opportunities to set default search engines.

Key Propositions

Google’s proposed changes center around several key areas:

Non-Exclusive Agreements: One of the proposal’s key aspects is abandoning this exclusivity. This would enable manufacturers of Android mobile devices to integrate other search engines with Google Search on their phones. It may also allow other search engines to be integrated into Android phones and tablets. This enables direct completion from the device’s setup point.

Unbundling Services: For now, Google plans to unbundle search and browsers from other services like the Play Store. This search method existed earlier, but it is now bundled. Thus, it is almost impossible for manufacturers to give customers another search method.

Annual Contracts: Since revenue-sharing agreements emphasize search, these contracts must be set to occur only annually. They aim to allow continuous assessment of searches and cooperation in partnerships. This lessens long-term specificity commitment and guarantees more interaction rivalry.

Multiple Default Search Engines: Google also provides information on how different search engines can make themselves the default for certain browser modes. It includes incognito or any version of operating systems. This again increases users’ cognizance and allows a selective and more particularistic manner of scanning for content.

Comparison with DOJ Proposals

Google’s suggestions against antitrust ruling are still very far removed from the ideas that the Department of Justice (DOJ) has suggested that the company implement.

Google’s Approach: Google’s activities can improve competition through non-horizontal conduct like nonexclusive dealings, vertical disaggregation, and frequent contact renewal. It seeks to continue enjoying market supremacy even as the clientele can choose between various offerings.

DOJ’s Approach: The prior ideas that the DOJ suggested are even worse. It included forcing Googe to spin off Chrome and eradicating the cut with equipment makers. The first two proposals may be relatively straightforward compared to what these proposals are doing. It is to shake the foundations of what Google has been doing up until now.

Effect on Partners and Users

Partners: Such changes could badly impact device producers and software application programmers. This change will likely allow them to pick and choose which SEs get promoted more easily. So, new affiliations and bike sheds full of money may become a reality. However, it creates more dynamics in these relationships for management.

Users: As pointed out above, users should be the main beneficiaries of growing competition. They can use more instruments to provide better query results, more privacy settings variants, and new search modes.

Forthcoming Steps

The destiny of such proposals is chosen only from additional legal actions.

Hearing and Trial: An administrative hearing is scheduled for April 2025, with a trial if needed. These proceedings will help determine whether Google’s service changes will negate antitrust concerns.

Judge’s Decision: The judge is expected to decide before the end of September 2025. Nevertheless, Google has demonstrated its readiness to appeal any unfavorable judgment, meaning the case can run for quite several years.

The Sum Up

Of the recent antitrust ruling, Google’s changes in the Android and browser contracts are the main steps towards the recent ruling. Expecting these strategies, Google is willing to eliminate the exclusive contracts. It obliges the companies to unbundle the various services and renew the contract more frequently. 

However, the Court’s final decision on implementing all these propositions remains. Employment cases are intended to be observed by device manufacturers, software developers, users, and contributors to the cases as they progress. More to the point, this particular case will decide the fate of the future network search.

Read as well: DOJ’s antitrust proceedings against Google

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

3 Major Upgrades in OnePlus Open 2 are Expected Next Year 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |21 Dec 2024

The portable cellular communication market is constant and in flow, and producers implement innovations in technology and design. With the announcement, 3 Major Upgrades in OnePlus Open 2 next year. 

It is expected to be released in the first half of next year with three significant enhancements. Such potential improvements can be based on performance, power, and durability—all considered weak links for foldable devices.

Importance of the Upgrades

Mobile technology has become a fast-moving industry where product performance is crucial. This kind of chip, coupled with the bigger cache, means faster app loading, more efficient multitasking, and better gaming! This upgrade aims to keep the system user-friendly while maintaining high performance, especially when the workload is high.

Going beyond the efficiency levels, the upgrades address a higher degree of convenience in usage. More time between charges is good news. Less time is plugged into electricity, and improved durability is always welcome in case of accidents. These are the enhancements that make a difference in everyday usability and comfort.

Core Upgrades

Snapdragon 8 Gen 4 Elite Chipset: 

At the base of the loudhailer outputs are whispers that the Snapdragon 8 Gen 4 Elite will handle it. This next-generation processor introduces subtle improvements to the structure of CPUs and GPUs compared to earlier machines. This means enhanced speed, display, operation, and power use, and, most importantly, enjoyable gaming.

5,900mAh Battery: 

Battery life is always crucial with portable devices, especially Foldable devices with oversized displays. The battery capacity has been stretched to 5900mAh, and this is one massive increase in size, to say the least. To this end, this allows for much longer usage times. It can get through any given day without a worry about the battery.

IPX9 Waterproofing: 

Folding devices frequently have more hinges, folds, and moving parts and are well known for their susceptibility to water damage. The IPX9 waterproofing scales up the device’s ruggedness from the previous models. This rating implies it can protect against the force and impact of the high-pressure water jet. It makes the OnePlus Open 2 way much safer than the other type from accidental spills and ruthless scenarios.

Additional Features

Beyond the core upgrades, rumors also suggest the OnePlus Open 2 may include:

Wireless Charging: Integration of this non-wired characteristic would also bring another beautiful way of charging the device.

Triple Camera Setup: The standalone speaker also has a sophisticated camera system. It is expected to employ a 50MP main camera sensor to boost the impact of phoning shooting.

Slimmer Design: The device’s width and thickness will also be reduced, making handling convenient. It is light and consumes little power.

Expected Release Timeline

Through hearsay, the firm was estimated to have taken approximately one year to design and launch a particular product. 

Hence, we should expect the OnePlus Open 2 in Q1 of 2025. After that, the terminal will be introduced into the local market and later to the international market.

Benefits for Users

Enhanced Performance: The new chipset must improve multitasking, faster application startups, and gaming.

Longer Battery Life: This much larger capacity greatly lengthens usage time, meaning charging must happen much less frequently.

Improved Durability: The extra touch added by IPX9 and wireless charging are two device enhancements. It enhances the waterproof feature and easy control. However, they offer the device a lot of protection.

What Users Experience

There is no such feedback until the set device is manufactured. Although the information that technology gurus and analysts have developed an upbeat impression of the gadget is useful. 

It does so with new foldable models, comparing them to previous models and rival gadgets. It points out its ability to become a real competitor in the market.

The Final Thought

Here is what has been said about 3 Major Upgrades in OnePlus Open 2. The new Aqicionar SD 8 Gen 4 Elite chip, 5900mAh battery, and IPX9 waterproofing are generally large leaps in the foldable smartphone realm. 

They can produce a substantially tougher, longer-lasting, and denser tool, which, in its application, could elevate the foldable even further. The users are advised to wait and hear from OnePlus and get even more information from the firm.

More to Read: OxygenOS 15 Open Beta is available for OnePlus 12 in Europe and North America

Continue Reading

Featured

Fingerprint and Face Unlock Issues

OnePlus Addresses Fingerprint and Face Unlock Issues

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
5 Samsung Galaxy Features That Outshine OnePlus

5 Samsung Galaxy Features Outshine OnePlus

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Android 15 for OnePlus Open But Only in India

Android 15 for OnePlus Open But Only in India

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Keep rounded corners and reloading bugs on Android

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |20 Dec 2024

Google has released a new Android update, rounded corners, and reloading bugs. In this mode, the update entails basic graphic changes to enhance the ease and simplicity of the covering of the design to the user. 

In addition, it fixes many reported issues, making the system smoother and faster. One of the things that Google has planned for the future of Android is to improve it. This turns a feature that was not so good or boring into a good and interesting one.

Why users need this Update

More significant changes regarding the goals of this specific update concern improving Android’s visual appearance throughout. It also improves particular performance issues.

As with the contextual menus, Google said the system will have rounded corners at every part of the UI to provide a more appealing feel. These changes to the design will lead to a neater and more interlinked look all around the system.

Among such ones, it is necessary to name the fix for a problem that caused some applications to constantly reload on iOS 11 up to version 11.2. Due to this problem, Google intends to improve the stability of both mobile applications and, consequently, their utilization.

Fundamental Attributes

This latest Android update brings a couple of notable improvements:

The most noticeable improvement in this version is that the corners of numerous system interfaces have been made around. 

If you do not care how the icon is made, you may end up with something like this: This design change makes the system look more sleeker. 

Well-rounded corners are appreciated and desirable even in buttons, menus, and dialogue boxes.

Addressing the Reload Bug

One grievance was that, at times, a particular user could experience an app reloading without being in control of it. 

This particular update does this exactly right. It solves the problem squarely, improves the application’s solidity, and reduces unpredictability. 

Therefore, if this bug is rectified, Google will avoid interruption and provide users with a more efficient service.

How to Access the Update

First, ensure that your device is connected to the WiFi. 

Keep your device charged. 

If these are available from the system’s settings, your device will receive and install such updates. 

Manual Check: 

Firstly, you have to access the Settings folder on your device. 

Go to System > System Update. 

Tap “Check for Updates.” 

Special screens will be displayed. You can use the update by following the directions provided on the screen.

What is in it for Users

This latest Android update, rounded corners, and reloading bugs offer several advantages for users:

Windows and buttons are new and improved, giving the program a polished look and avoiding sharp angles at corners. By doing this, the look and feel of the video are more visually appealing than being strained on the eyes.

The reload bug problem contributes to the system’s additional solidity and increased efficiency. There are a limited number of application failures, and automatically reloads; consequently, the user is not aware of them.

This is in addition to other general layout improvements and fixes that make the site more user-friendly. Fantastic interacting surfaces and clean edges add to the satisfaction of using your device.

Plans for Next

Some of our features are under continuous improvement, and new features are being designed by analyzing the feedback received from its operations using an iterative model. 

This will be done incrementally to avoid disturbances and maintain product stability. No timeline for this wider release has been set, but the information will be out as soon as approval has been cleared.

The Final Findings

Lastly, the most recent update for Google Keep on Android alters the look of icons—now all are rounded. Most importantly, it patches the audaciously infuriating reload issue, making it even more usable.

However, we would like to politely suggest to all Android users to update the Google Keep app so that you can enjoy these changes.

Related Reading: Google Keep FAB Redesign Pushes New Notes a Two-Step Process

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Apps on Apple Watch

Google Keep Removed from Google Apps on Apple Watch

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Update

Google Keep Text Formatting Available on Web App

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google Wallet State IDs

Google Keep widget gets a redesign to match Android guidelines

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Android Auto 13.4 brings Material You accents

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |20 Dec 2024

The newest Android update, 13.4, is out now, and fixes have been made specifically to improve the look. One of those features is the increased support for Material You accents – an enhancement of the color-matching tool. 

It adjusts your device’s color scheme to correspond with your wallpaper. With 13.4, this customization concerns even more aspects of Android’s interface and makes its appearance more attractive.

Update Initiative

Android 13.4 is here to make your device look slicker. The key reason is that Google wants to bring Material You accents to more users. The company also desires to make the user interface more coherent and personal.

With this update, users can use many colors on anything, from buttons to sliders to menus. This proves useful for the following reasons: It also contributes to visual appeal, which is important to the user experience.

Feature Overview

Material You has improved even further with Android 13.4. By analyzing the wallpaper, the system identifies some important colors and applies these colorations to more than one system component. This is for good reason, as it creates a uniform and appealing living environment.

A Colorful Transformation

System Elements: In this update, buttons, toggles, and background colors of cards and menus are aligned to the wallpaper.

Settings Menu: The new Material You flavors also streamline the Settings menu, notifications, and the notification center.

A Note on Third-Party Apps

So far, Material You accents mainly localize to Android system widgets. However, third-party apps can apply these design principles while their usage is at the discretion of particular developers. We hope for more apps with Material You inclusion in future updates.

How to Enable the Update

Automatic Updates:

It is common knowledge that most Android phones and tablets are configured to download and install updates at night. To ensure you’re receiving updates:

Wi-Fi Connection: Ensure your device is on a good network and connected to the internet.

Battery Level: You must ensure your device is well charged for this.

Automatic Updates: Ensure your device has a setting that automatically downloads and installs updates. You can normally locate it under ‘System’ or ‘About Phone’ on your settings menu.

Manual Update:

If you want to check for and install the update manually:

To do this, click on the settings button at the bottom of your device in your app’s menu.

Then go to the “System” tab.

Press a button that says “System Update” or something like that.

Your device will scan for available updates.

If an update is available, follow the guidelines on your screen to download and install it.

Why It’s Better for Users

Android 13.4 offers a new, bright appearance to your Android devices. With Material You accents, Google has extended how to introduce your phone color drawn from your wallpaper. 

Not only does it make the whole interface more attractive, but it also makes navigation much more logical and flawless. This carry-over look and feel now extends to your car’s Android Auto interface, giving the device an integration feel.

Usability

The first public response to Android 13.4 seems positive. Users enjoy new Material You colors and additional choices to customize their devices’ look. Most users found the new color scheme and design elements one of the best improvements. They perceived the change as more engaging.

Compared with the previous Android operating system versions, 13.4 is more integrated and consumer-oriented. That integrated option to change the style based on the wallpaper is a nice twist. The idea of having a setup that reflects personal taste is also good. 

Most reviewers did not have problems with their chosen devices. As other users embrace the update, further information and feedback will be gathered. They enable Google to enhance the experience.

Upcoming Developments

Google continues to develop Android 13.4 periodically after fieldwork and feedback. More improvements are expected as the update will be for a larger list of devices with users as its beneficiaries. 

Any differences in the exact timing of a full-scale distribution should be attributed to the device makers and carriers alone. However, the update is expected to reach most Android users in the coming months.

The Sum-Up

 Users are invited to check for updates, and names have been given for the newly released update of Android 13.4. Now that Material You accents are growing, the phone interface gains spirit and exclusivity. First, buttons, sliders, and the Settings menu are now context-aware: they look and function differently based on your wallpaper.

If you missed it, read the article to see how your Android device would look after the 13.4 update. When using this update, remember to provide feedback to Google to assist it in designing future Android updates.

More on Android Auto: Android Auto Reporting Google Maps Police Alerts Made Easy

Continue Reading

Featured

Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Android Auto Spotify App

Android Auto Spotify App Receives Major Redesign 

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Upcoming Android Auto Features

Upcoming Android Auto Features and Improvements

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Android 16 Developer Preview 2 Released for Pixel Devices

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |19 Dec 2024

Google is moving on to the next step in Android’s future with the Android 16 Developer Preview 2. This second developer preview includes many new features and changes that improve users’ usability and developers’ workability. 

It’s still several months before Android 16 comes out. However, this preview gives an idea of what Android’s next major update will bring.

Purpose of the Update

Implicit in Android 16 Developer Preview 2 are the advancement of new features and improving the ROE’s quality. 

Google wants to help developers create more usable and optimized applications using the latest tools and APIs. The update concerns better performance, improved security, and a friendlier user interface.

Key Features

New Haptic APIs: This update allows developers to be more specific with haptic feedback and make users’ actions more realistic.

Adaptive Refresh Rate Improvements: The system automatically changes the refresh rate for better energy efficiency. It has improved for smoother rate switching and battery performance.

Cloud Search for Photo Picker: This release also includes the ability for users to find media in local and cloud storage to ensure the right files are retrieved.

Activity Intensity Metric: A new kind of data in Health Connect enables better accuracy in tracking health related to physical activity.

Screen-off Fingerprint Unlock: Users can authenticate their personalized in-display fingerprint sensors even if the screen is off.

Predictive Back Gestures: The way gesture navigation works has been refined, and predictive animations have been added to make it even better.

Bluetooth Battery Ring: A small icon on the Quick Settings panel represents the battery percentage of connected Bluetooth devices.

How to manually update your device to Android 16 Developer Preview 2

Check that your Pixel device runs Android 16 Developer Preview 2.

Some users have reported that you should back up important data because this update may erase your device.

Over-the-Air (OTA) Update:

Sign up your device at Android Beta to become a member of the Android Beta Program.

You’ll find it under Settings > System > System Update and download the preview.

Manual Installation (Factory Image):

Get the factory image of your device from the Android Developer website for free.

You need first to unlock the USB debugging and OEM of your gadget.

This image could be flashed through the Android Flash Tool, or fast boot commands could be typed directly into it.

At the end of this process, your device will unlock, restart, and follow the rest of the setup.

Benefits for Users

The Android 16 Developer Preview 2 offers several benefits for users, including:

Enhanced Usability: Such changes as the screen-off fingerprint unlock and predictive back gestures are added to enhance everyday usability.

Better Performance: The adaptive refresh rate enhancements and the general factor of system optimization offer a much faster and more fluid computing experience.

Health and Security Enhancements: The health monitoring option that includes the Activity Intensity Metric, among other features, is useful to customers. Security enhancements are ongoing.

User Experience

Users who tested Android 16 Developer Preview 2 have also given enthusiastic reviews. Several developers and enthusiasts have emphasized how the new versions of Android offer better and more handy results. This illustrates the encouragement of new elements in the Android environment.

Improvements in system performance, new or improved animation appearance, and visibility of changes in basic functionalities have been especially appreciated. Others have also claimed that battery optimization and resource management were more optimized than before with the previous preview version.

Future Plans

Google continues to enhance its features and tackles problems in the Android 16 Developer Preview. We can only anticipate minor changes over the next few months. It includes user feedback and fixing the flaws before the final release.

The updated form of Android 16 is due in the last quarter of the year. It is because an alpha level is currently being distributed. This level still has several bugs and is not at the optimization level for stable use by the general public.

Moreover, further performance, stability, and usability amelioration are foreseen. The development continues, strengthening Android’s position among the mobile OS leaders.

Developer-early adopters play an important role in this process; they help define the software through each stage. As Android 16 approaches, we eagerly await your feedback on the software upgrade.

Conclusion

Why Android 16 Developer Preview 2 is a major leap forward and a sneak peek of the future of Android. As a platform designed to meet or improve user experience, developer productivity, and security, it is to provide a more engaging and efficient mobile environment. 

Android Developer Preview is the Bottom line. Google again invites users to try it out and share feedback to build Android’s future.

Also Read: Android 16 Developer Preview Installation Guide

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

December 2024 update enhances Nest Wi-Fi mesh performance

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |19 Dec 2024

Nest Wi-Fi mesh performance, scheduled for December 2024, will also be enhanced for users. The update will be for those who rely on this type of functionality. This release is dedicated to improving the speed and overall stability of all the devices in the mesh network system. 

To the end users, the internet is smoother for streaming. It has an even faster download when they watch videos in different sections of their houses or offices. This update eradicates most of the troubles common with mesh networks; the connection solution is much better.

Significance of the Update

The primary goal of the update in December 2024 is that mesh networks perform better dynamically. Wi-Fi is generally more pleasant for the user. Basic issues such as data transmission to other nodes in the successive layer cause quality degradation. 

This update solves these problems directly as it refines basic mesh networking communication needs like the routing and handoff procedures. This amounts to enhanced quality every time a video is streamed and the best gaming experience while using the internet. Not to mention, there was a consistent connection for all internet-related activities, hence a better experience.

Hallmark Traits

The December 2024 update introduces several key features designed to bolster mesh network performance and user experience:

Improved Wi-Fi Mesh Connection Stability: This update fixes issues that may negatively affect a mesh network’s stability and performance. It may also remove mesh connections entirely, though only temporarily. 

Enhanced Roaming Experience: Consumer mobility or navigation within the premises is one of the primary features of the mesh network. Whereby consumers switch from connecting to the primary router to the mesh points. 

Faster Switching Speeds: This feature enhances the roaming by continuously transmitting. The update improves the general interactions of the mesh nodes.

Stability and Security Fixes: This build includes important stability and security bug fixes and performance tweaks. They reduce possible drawbacks in the mesh network.

How to Review for the Update

Open the Google Home app.

Tap “Settings”.

Click the “Wi-Fi” option.

Tap “Network settings.”

Hit “Advanced networking.”

Tap “Mesh network.”

Search for an update feature (the name can be different).

Advantages Delivered

The December 2024 update of Nest Wi-Fi mesh performance offers the following core benefits: stability in connectivity, easy roaming, and reliability. Such improvements include increased Wi-Fi functionality, which means less connection disruption, faster connections, and a stable Internet. 

The enhanced motion means you do not get a break while moving from one point to another. The main router or the mesh points cover it. Last, including stability and security for safer and more efficient technical space.

UX Dynamics

The overall response to the Mesh update in December 2024 is reconstructive. Some users stated that they felt a solid improvement in the stability of the network’s connections. Having a similar customer interface to Windows as one of its key resources makes updating the firmware mostly unproblematic. 

New firmware versions have had fewer problems than earlier ones. This feedback appears to contain many remarks concerning stability and roaming compared to previous feedback. The fundamental set of changes was issued in the December 2024 update.

The Climax

Work is being carried out to enhance the mesh Wi-Fi solution for the release scheduled for December 2024. This update focuses on many core areas. The primary advantages included stable connections, fewer dropouts of Wi-Fi mesh connections, and improved roaming to get the meshes quicker and with superior movement.

We welcome all your feedback. We hope to improve this system and provide all users a good experience. To enhance and deliver the best mesh networking experience, please report any positive or negative feedback about this product on official support forums.

More on the Category: Nеst Lеarning Thеrmostat: A Complete Guide 

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 update

Google Nest Wifi Pro July 2025 Update Boosts Performance

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google is Rolling out the Nest Wifi Update October 2024

Google Rolls out the Nest Wifi Update October 2024

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Googlе Homе App Rеdеsigns Nеst Thеrmostat Controls and Rolling Out Now

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Latest

One UI 7 video recording ability while playing music

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |18 Dec 2024

One of the major issues when using a mobile device is that the music cannot be played during video recording. This is a thing of the past; audio and video recording can go hand in hand. In this post, with One UI 7 video recording ability, you do not have to select the sound or visuals of recorded videos.

This update is claimed to deliver a more comprehensive, engaging, and personalized overview of your favorite music. This feature makes creating videos for whatever purpose and recording a family event easier.

Why this Update

This update, One UI 7 recording videos ability, turns the device into a camera. It offers the option of playing background music. It aims to offer LOA-U purchasers a significantly better experience every time.

Enhanced User Experience:

Allowing music playback during One UI 7 video recording ability addresses a long-standing limitation and offers several key improvements to the user experience:

Seamless Capture: Earlier, the final call was whether to produce a video or listen to songs. This update removes that constraint and provides the users with an unencumbered and natural method of capturing images. In this case, users can now record a particular event (live) with background music of their choice.

Improved Creative Workflow: This feature can be decisive for content creators. Especially video creators, as it saves them much time on post-production audio editing. It makes work easier for users by removing the trivial task of holding the phone.

More Engaging Content: Lay music can significantly influence video content’s actual and perceived quality and the emotions it elicits. This update offered a chance to create engaging videos from the device.

Mimicking Real-Life Experiences: It is noteworthy that percussion often accompanies most of the events and situations in real life. This feature allows users to shoot videos that illustrate such life incidents more realistically. It makes the program more realistic for the audience.

Social Media Integration:

This feature directly benefits users who want to share videos on social media platforms by:

Simplified Content Creation for Social Media: Background music use is associated with numerous social media trends and challenges. This feature makes tracking such trends and producing content for TikTok, IG Reels, and YouTube Shorts much less challenging.

Increased Engagement on Social Media: When background music is added to a video, viewership and interaction are generally more lively on social media platforms.

Direct Sharing with Music: To formally do that, users share the piece through the social media buttons available while recording with music playing. This eliminates the use of a separate application to incorporate music. It makes sharing easier and significantly accelerates generating and distributing the best content.

Essential Attributes

This update, One UI 7 video recording ability, introduces one of the brand-new features: the ability to use music while making videos in the background. However, there are a few very important things to note concerning limitations.

Background Music Playback:

New widgets included having one tap on the specific features in the system. Camera music control enables listening to music during the video recording. This means:

Uninterrupted Audio: By selecting a streaming service, the music will keep playing when you record.

In-App Control (Potentially): Some could be controlled from within the camera app’s operations. The buttons on the right-hand side are Related Audio Controls, where you can increase, decrease, or mute the music. This will depend on the specifications of the particular UTP the manufacturing firm uses.

System-Wide Integration: This feature will also make connecting with most music apps and the gadget’s other general audio input information feed possible.

Limitations:

While the background music playback feature is a significant improvement. There are a couple of key limitations to keep in mind:

360 Audio Recording: For 360 audio recording, the system must capture the portrayal of the environment’s sound. Therefore, the background music playback will be paused before the start of the 360 audio recording and played back. It is to avoid interference and capture the best recording.

Bluetooth Microphone Usage: Playback of other music used as background music will also be ceased when recording using a Bluetooth microphone. This is because the system priority is afforded to the external sound source. It is through the Bluetooth microphone to warrant probable sound monitoring without interference. This is because when using a Bluetooth microphone, there is a need for quality and fewer interferences.

How to Use the New Feature

Switch on the music and simultaneously strike the record button to shoot your video.

If preferences need to be changed, the configurations can be accessed in settings under the Music and Video tab.

Benefits for Users

That is why the opportunity to record videos and play music simultaneously has several fundamental advantages:

Improved Creativity:

This feature significantly expands creative possibilities for users by:

Enhanced Storytelling: There are more ways to tell a story, and users can tell our stories with even more feeling if background music exists. Especially if it was a travel vlog where the video had happy songs playing in the background.

Dynamic Content Creation: Hearing live performances in the background makes producing engaging and interactive material easier. In real-time, users can record dancers, choreography, musical occurrences, or any other event with the right background music.

Simplified Music Integration: Before, incorporating songs into clips meant incorporating them in post-production. It could have been more varied and manageable. This feature skips that step and makes creating videos with exactly interlinked music very easy.

Participation in Social Media Trends: Most social media trends and challenges involve using specific songs or music clips. This helps users understand these trends and generate interesting content related to a particular trend.

Seamless Integration:

The seamless integration of background music playback during video recording offers several advantages:

Uninterrupted Experience: Users can no longer listen to music or record videos. The continuity of tracks avoids interruption and gives users a fantastic time.

Real-Time Sync: The sound volume and picture match as the music is played during the recording. There is no need for synchronization in a postproduction process.

Simplified Workflow: This feature saves time when making videos by eliminating one very time-consuming process. With the help of available updates, users can quickly and painlessly create the necessary videos with background music.

User-Friendly:

The feature is designed to be user-friendly and accessible to everyone:

Easy to Use: There are no complex settings or configurations before using this library. The customers play music and then open the camera app to record.

Intuitive Interface: This integration process has been designed to reduce the learning curve and make it very easy to use.

Accessible to All Users: This feature has been created to be useful for anyone who records moments in their life on the go.

Forthcoming Scenarios

The development team will improve the feature and expand the video recording capability with the background music playback feature. All user-provided feedback will likely be gathered actively across the channels.

The wider deployment will likely be incremental and depend on the device makers and their associated software update cycles. Unfortunately, the timeline for all users is unclear. However, general availability is expected through standard software releases in the coming months. It is recommended that users update their devices to get the updated version of the app.

The Finding

Therefore, the new feature of simultaneously recording a video while creating music is remarkable. This update fixed one of the user annoyances that have been around for years. There is an ability to record in the background while playing music. 

It has become possible for users to create more lively, interactive, and interesting visuals. And fun video that goes along with perfectly synchronized audio, no longer having to fix the timing in prospect production. First-time users and professionals in video content production will enjoy this simple workflow for creating all types of content. 

The feature is simple to use and available for installation on all types of computers and devices. The author of this work encourages all users to test this new capability. We appreciate your feedback on the feature. It will help us fine-tune it and guarantee users a more delightful experience.

Also Read: Latest One UI 7 Leak Reveals Samsung Features

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube tests a practical new landscape layout

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |18 Dec 2024

YouTube has finished its first test of a new landscape layout for tablets and foldable phones. The updated two-column design improves usability by providing related suggestions for the same videos. 

They enhance the construction of the Web display. The changes address the constraint of larger screens for viewing and accessing content on the platform.

Update objective

The goal of the recently launched YouTube test for the new landscape layout is to boost UX and navigation. Especially when devices are in a landscape view. Landscape view adjustment is important in gaining as much screen space as possible.

The original landscape view paradigms tend to feature a lot of white space, especially on larger screens. This new two-pane format takes up the full width, thus delivering better visualization. This is especially true with tablets and foldables, which now have more variables to work with to design better devices. 

Finally, this update aims to improve screen space and landscape mode use while using the application. It enhances the usability of viewing videos from this platform on large-screen devices.

Notable features

The new landscape layout being tested by YouTube introduces several key features:

Optimized Layout: The biggest structural change on the right side of the list is the transition to a two-column design. This design completely solves the problem of large areas. They were typical of the previous landscape view and occupied much space.

Channel Updates: The new layout incorporates channel updates under the left navigation side rail. This means that users don’t have to look for new uploads when browsing through the videos in landscape mode. The placement is more convenient for receiving preferred content creators and increases channel frequency.

Improved Video Listings: The suggested and related video lists in the right-hand column have been changed. The thumbnails are also larger, so even if one did not type the content’s name into the search, they would easily recognize it. 

How to Access the New Layout

Get the latest version from the app store.

Open settings and look for “Experimental Features.”

Toggle on the new landscape layout.

Close and reopen YouTube to apply changes.

Benefits for Users

YouTube is trialing a new landscape layout with the following main advantages for users:

Enhanced Usability:

The new layout significantly improves usability, especially on larger screens and foldable devices:

Optimized for Larger Screens: This is because of the green space in movies. It includes tablets and foldable mobile gadgets, and it is used, and a two-column layout makes this possible. There is a nuance of having large areas of wasted space on the side of the video.

Improved Multitasking Potential: The new layout enables better integration on most devices that support split-screen windowed multitasking. Watchers can watch a specific video on one screen quadrant while applying other functionalities.

Reduced Need for Rotation: The expanded landscape view reduces the number of times you switch, making it more convenient.

Better Navigation:

The new layout makes navigating the YouTube app in landscape mode much easier and more intuitive:

Simultaneous Browsing and Viewing: The second-in-frame layout lets users explore the suggested videos. It also plays related content simultaneously with the ongoing playback. The option increases the ability to find new content and improves engagement rates.

Reduced Clutter: Dividing the content into two separate columns helps to eliminate excessive concentration on some pieces.

Faster Content Discovery: The enlargements and better separation between thumbnails in the suggested video list make it more convenient to find videos one is interested in.

Visual Appeal:

The new layout is also more visually appealing:

Modern Design: The two columns correspond with the current design of other video platforms and enhance theYouTubedesign better.

Use of Space: The new configuration improves the design’s balance and proportions by eliminating unnecessary space.

Enhanced Visual Hierarchy: Dividing content into two columns also helps set a clear hierarchy. This will help users grasp the general layout and interface of the application more easily.

Smooth user journey

While some users reported a positive response. Their aim was to attempt to change a site’s layout, and more users applauded the optimization of the screen area. Users of withlets and foldable devices especially appreciate the rational use of a larger screen. 

Others also report finding the designs more modern and aesthetically appealing than this old landscape layout. It sometimes leads to huge pockets of space and needs to be clearer when browsing.

Because of these types of tools, users have responded more satisfied. They feel that they are more convenient and require less device rotation when searching for suggested content. 

Although it is still limited, the feedback is positive. The new landscape layout successfully solves the main problems of usability and orientational navigation. The ad offers viewers, especially those using large screens and devices, a more pleasant experience and ad entertainment.

Closing remarks

Altogether, the latest changes related to the new layout of the YouTube home page are quite major. They bring the site closer regarding its usability regarding the side-by-side viewing option. At the same time, users can watch and browse; Th. The proposed solution will decrease the amount of visual interference. 

The proposed layout’s practical realization will optimize the search for the necessary materials. Although the proposed approach is still being tested, the initial satisfaction indicates that this new solution meets crucial user requirements. 

Your feedback greatly influences the platform’s progress and helps make the watching process smooth and fun for every user.

More Reading: YouTube Custom playback speed option in Android

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

What is new in Android 15 QPR2 Beta 2

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |17 Dec 2024

Android is gradually moving through the development cycle. The availability of What is New in Android 15 QPR2 Beta 2 is another step toward a finished and stable build packed with features.

The latest beta release contains a set of improvements and modifications to user interface elements, performance, and stability based on developers’ and early adopters’ comments. Now that’s done, let’s look at all the new things in Android 15 QPR2 Beta 2.

1. Enhanced Convenience and Sharing

One of the more obvious examples seen here is Material You theming applied to Wi-Fi QR code sharing. This feature is a convenient tool to replace direct entry of Wi-Fi passwords as it can generate a QR code. Users can use a complex string to show the QR code to the guest network or other devices to connect quickly and safely instead of typing it in.

This integration with Material You guarantees that every aspect of the QR code—from the accent colors to the image in the shape of a Q—follows the wallpaper RGB values and the system theme. This small change makes a big difference when sharing Wi-Fi, increasing convenience.

2. Managing Notification Overload

Post-it Notification and Alert Overload Receiving notifications from our devices have become normal in today’s society. Android 15 QPR2 Beta 2 addresses this by adding a “Notification Cooldown. ” Based on its name, you can guess what it does. The new feature will incorporate a two-minute break if a user is nagged with several notifications from one app within a short span.

At this time, the number of notifications that the user can receive – both its frequency and the number of messages – will be limited to avoid any interruptions that may be disruptive during a particular activity. This intelligent nutrition notification system aims to balance the kind of notification and minimize its interrupting nature.

3. Performance Boost for Pixel 9 Series

Specifically targeting the Pixel 9 series, QPR2 Beta 2 introduces a significant performance optimization: loading with an initial 16KB page size. This change elevates the quantity of data that could be read and analyzed simultaneously during the device’s startup.

The outcome will likely be an enhanced device booting time, quicker icon loading, and a decreased battery power draw. Since this optimization harnesses the GPU performance of the Pixel 9 series, it might not work on other Android phones.

4. A More Themed Experience

As a further extension of the tour known as Dynamic theming in Material You, Android 15 QPR2 Beta 2 also applies this theming to app icons. Now, icons can change their appearance color based on the wallpaper, and the system theme can be used or native.

This results in a cleaner, almost uniform-looking user interface, as we see in part two of the chapter and a more personalized environment to enhance smartphone personalization, especially for Android. We would argue that this small but noticeable change helps make the whole OS look more consistent and professional.

5. Early Access to a Linux Terminal

New features in QPR2 Beta 2 include a fully working Linux Terminal app for developers and power users. This app uses the Android Virtualization Framework (AVF) to host a full Linux distribution on Android. It allows developers to test and debug applications on a Linux platform on the mobile gadgets they are developing.

It also supports more enhanced users who need to have a strong command shell for particular activities. This is a step in the right direction in bringing much of the desktop-level functionality to the Android platform.

Addressing Bugs and Enhancing Stability

In addition to the introduced changes, the main emphasis of QPR2 Beta 2 is on bug fixes and system stability. Several key fixes have been implemented:

Developer Options: Microsoft has made preferences within Developer Options available, meaning developers can now adjust graphics settings.

Glucose Sensor Devices: Intermittent complications that affected users of glucometers and glucose sensors have been addressed, making health monitoring seamless.

Call Placement Delays: Issues causing call options to take time to select during call placement have been resolved, enhancing the calling progress.

Charging Optimization: Charging that can reduce battery lifespan has also been added, limiting charging to 80%.

Bluetooth Improvements: Many Bluetooth bugs have been addressed, including LE Audio and LE Link encryption.

Conclusion

Android 15 QPR2 Beta 2 is a major release consisting of several changes. They will familiarize users with numerous performance enhancements and bug fixes. This beta release includes features from Wi-Fi QR code sharing and Notification Cooldown to the Pixel 9 performance enhancement.

A new fun Linux Terminal app demonstrates Google’s endearing dedication to perfecting Android. Beta is available to users so that the OS can be shaped for the final release of Android 15.

More to Read: Android 15 QPR1 Released with December Security Update

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Home Access Levels Bring Admin and Member Features

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |17 Dec 2024

Google Home Access Levels Admin and Member features will be implemented soon. These new levels will enhance security, ease administrative tasks, and provide users with a better experience. 

These modifications give the authorities more sophisticated options for controlling users’ rights. Only relevant personnel can gain individual or collective delegated rights to perform specific operations. They don’t allow them to violate responsibility division. 

It will be easier to manage users on the platform. Users will only be able to see things they require to see, which we all know will make life easier. This document describes the new roles, how to integrate them, their impact, and useful tips.

Intention Behind the Update

In this update for Google Home, we have paid special attention to expanding the user’s control and managing family profiles. As more households incorporate into their lives, a device will always need to centralize their control. 

This update is accompanied by precise permission. Users can control who to allow or deny access to, reducing security and privacy threats. This heightened level of control is important for security, confidentiality customization, and so forth.

This enhanced family management gives users convenience, order, and relief since they manage device access. Lastly, this update ensures that users have control over making the connected home experience more secure, personal, and easy.

Pivotal Components

The following section outlines the changes to the Google Home access levels for Admin Access and Member Access.

Manage Users: You can create new member access, change the type of access for existing members, and delete member access.

Configure Devices: All device settings and changes are possible, from the most basic to the most complex and advanced ones.

Control Home-Wide Settings: Automatically configure all home-wide settings, including automation rules, networks, and preferences of the home’s systems.

View All Activity: None of the devices and users’ activity history shall be restricted; all records shall be fully available.

Member Access:

Basic Access: This tier meets fundamental needs for controlling and monitoring the devices. Users with Basic Access can:

View Live Feeds: Enter command codes and switch to live video and audio streaming from compatible devices such as cameras.

Control Basic Device Functions: Basic operations such as switching on/off lights or adjusting thermostat temperatures are available.

Receive Notifications: Get alerts and notifications from devices.

Settings Access: This tier represents Basic Access plus the possibility of changing the device settings. Users with Settings Access can:

How to Set Up Access Levels

Open the Google Home application on your smart device.

Tap on the Settings icon.

Click through Household & Access Settings.

Add a Member:

Click on Add Member to invite someone.

Provide them with their email address or choose from contacts.

Assign Access Level

Users Advantages

Implemented improvements in access levels have an enormous advantage in improving user security and manageability. Security is provided so that each person has specific, limited permissions. Functions performed by the admin and member are fully separated. This reduces the risk of improper actions; access to devices and data is regulated, ensuring user privacy. 

Custom control is a tiered access system. It allows one to define access to different entities based on need. This also assigns the necessary amount of control to a distinct user. Lastly, the update makes user management easier when using tools that include create, delete, and modify functions.

Seamless user journey

The responses from users of the new access levels have been positive. Users said they feel authority on when to grant device access. This aspect of the new methodology has been complimented for its ease in adding, deleting, and altering users.

Some intended users have pointed out the usefulness of controlling access for different family members. Some basic changes in the layout and design of the interfaces have been criticized, but most have received positive feedback.

It is worth noticing that user management is way less complicated than before. It is the transition from a complex task to a graphical user interface. The presented vision also clarifies other misunderstandings of permissions. 

Final overview

This update brings additional Admin and Member roles. It further boosts the security features and makes the management of Google Home faster and more convenient. The Admin access level gives full control of the system. All the devices attached to it – to another household member or a trusted family partner. The Member access level offers two tiers: 

Basic access only allows you to control and monitor the device, while Settings Access allows you to change its settings. The feedback has been tremendous, so users feel they have more control. This update is a major improvement in contrast to previous approaches.

Users are encouraged to try out these new features to see what a difference they make. Your feedback will help us guarantee that Google Home is still relevant to you. Its only aim is for our connected home solutions to remain effective and safe.

Also Read: Help Me Create by Google Home Tests Custom Automation

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

ChromeOS 131 Simplifies Chromebook Reset Process

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |16 Dec 2024

ChromeOS 131 has released more features and enhancements for Chromebooks, enhancing their user experience. The reset feature has improved evidently, specifically by dropping the option down. This has made resetting the device to factory settings easier and quicker.

This update will simplify and shorten the reset process. Especially for those who may have to troubleshoot or reset the device when selling it to another person. It has been remarkably easy to clean the Chromebook and start all over with just a few steps outlined above.

The goal of the Update

By creating a seamless reset, ChromeOS 131 is improving the device experience. Google aims to make resetting a password attract users with diverse technical skills. This is quite useful to people who may need to fix problems with their software. They plan to sell their Chromebooks or start all over again.

The update lets the user quickly return the device to a state it knows to be clean in case of infection. Of the two methods, Google has ensured that the reset option is more secure and reliable in protecting user data.

Key Segments

Safety Reset

Two for now are special, and one is called Safety Reset in Chrome OS 131. This amazing gadget will enable people using the Chromebook to return to its initial state. Most importantly, it retains entry information on bookmarks, history, and passwords. It is so because the user can immediately return to normal return.

Flash Notifications

As part of improvements to accessibility, Google brings in flash has introduced ChromeOS 131. It can be defined as a set to flash the screen and/ or its articulations. This makes it easier for people with hearing impairment to have no impairment notifications or alerts.

Quick Answers Styling

The evolutionary changes on Quick Answers have been shown on ChromeOS 131, which has featured which features surface. Thus, Google hopes to make the quick answers readable and edging with improved styling and layout. This enhancement gives a more natural feel when input directly from the search box.

Adjoint DNS Support and Chrome OS Flex Auto Enrollment

New versions of Chrome OS 131 have Development Channel support for commercial use. This feature enhances different DNS resolutions on internal and external traffic, thus building stronger network security. Furthermore, ChromeOS Flex auto-enrollment ensures device deployment and management are more convenient. It allows for the integration of ChromeOS devices into businesses’ existing environments.

How to Use the New Features

ChromeOS 131 changes allow for a much easier reset. Key features include:

Safety Reset: It relies on Google Chrome to reset the Brower’s settings but does not show any information.

Flash Notifications: Visual alerts concerning accessibility.

Quick Answers Styling: More citations, excellent read, and engage-able, ty factor.

To use these free management:

Tap on Settings, then click on Reset Settings.

Once again, people with disabilities must turn on the Accessibility.

Type the URLs in the search bar and click on preferred answers.

What Users gain

Chrome OS 131 is quite a hefty release that can bring several advantages. It makes resetting or selling your Chromebook easy if you have problems requiring a reset. The Safety Reset option helps to retain user information during diagnostics and difficulties. Flash Notification is a signal for visually impaired people with hearing problems. 

Quick Answers means that the productivity of finding information is improved compared to information kits. Furthermore, new Split DNS support and the option to auto-enroll ChromeOS Flex devices make it easier for businesses and organizations to securely manage the networks and their ices.

Customer Journey

The first impressions about ChromeOS 131 are mainly positive. The users are happy with having a simpler way of resetting their devices. It will enable them to solve minor issues without erasing their precious data.

The Flash Notifications feature has also been positive, especially for people with some form of disability. It makes notifications more efficient, allowing the user to get notifications when the device alarm is off or when the user is busy.

Unlike prior reset approaches, Safety Reset is a finer process. This means that users can now address precise problems without resetting the whole factory, which may cause much delay. Fixing a particular issue is easier and less time-consuming, enhancing the site’s general use.

Nevertheless, the problem concerns performing a reset. App users follow the instructions on the application display and analyze the impact of each reset button. These problems can, however, be avoided by being very clear and precise.

The Endnote

A range of updates, all included with OS 131, have been designed to improve the browser’s usability. The Checkpoint Reset, and especially the Safety Reset, make it easier and less intrusive to resolve problems. 

Flash Notifications are accessible, and Quick Answers make information accessible. Split DNS support and auto-enrollment options for ChromeOS Flex make it an enticmakepdate for those using ChromeOS 131.

We invite you to explore these new features and share your comments to further the development of ChromeOS. They will also enable you to join others in enhancing this friendly user operating system.

Also Read: ChromeOS 130 Update Introduces Major Features

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Chrome Gets a Tab Group Sync

Chrome 135 Enhances Autofill with Third-Party Password Managers

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
ChromeOS Android Integration redefine seamless multitasking

ChromeOS Android Integration redefine multitasking

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Chrome 131 for iOS Introduces New Google Drive and Maps Integrations

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Discover rolls out the Material 3 redesign

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |16 Dec 2024

The news feed in the Google app recently received a major layout update to bring the Material 3 redesign. This redesign will improve young people’s experience on the website and deliver a more attractive graphic display and layout. 

The update has substituted overly complex shapes with smooth curves, brightened saturated hues, and emphasized typography and spacing. Material 3 also brings responsive colors.

They depend on the content to help the reader feel an enhanced atmosphere and interest. Google Discover is looking to offer users a better, more visually appealing experience with their news feed.

Update Explanation

The main aim of the Material 3 redesign of Google Discover is to optimize its usability. It also aims to make the news feed more appealing. The overhaul creates a cleaner, more focused, and visually pleasing interface. It does so by adopting the aesthetics of Google’s latest design language. 

Material 3 design guidelines and spacing are also incorporated to make reading enjoyable and personalized. As discussed in this article, ALC made Google Discover look better, more functional, and more practical.

Core functionalities

The Material 3 redesign of Google Discover introduces several key features:

Card-Based Design: They have changed the look of the news feed cards. It is to make them taller and give them larger cover/header images to stand out and draw the eye immediately to the card.

Simplified Navigation: The navigation has been simplified: the former buttons with a triangle are substituted by a three-dot button. This is a simple design strategy that aims at work and eliminates any nuisances.

Content Categorization: Google Discover has now added topic cards and Follow options for fast topics on content categorization. This means that users can find topics to which they want to subscribe. They also can view the news feed regarding the mentioned topic.

How to Use the New Design

To use the new Material 3 design of Google Discover, follow these steps:

Accessing Discover:

When you swipe right, Google Discover is from the home screen.

First, go to the home screen of the Google application and swipe right on the screen.

Navigating the New Layout:

The concept is reduced to a card format, so you can comfortably scroll through various articles and topics.

The three horizontal dots at the top right of a card offer options. It includes saving articles, sharing, and adjusting to follow topics.

These cards are marked for specific issues, and you can subscribe to follow the topic of interest.

Key Gains for Users

The changes introduced to Google Discover through the Material 3 redesign benefit users. The new look is cleaner, more modern, and aesthetically pleasing than the previous one. This makes engagement with the news feed more fun. 

The changes in the serpentine card-based look and shortened menu help users navigate the website and obtain the required information more efficiently.

Further, the revised content classification and topic cards allow users to find new content of interest easily. They also make reading the news more personalized and effective.

What’s Next

Thus, the Material 3 redesign of Google Discover is an improvement. However, Google may consider further changes based on users’ experience. As with any service, they could also release new features.

It includes more in-depth personalization of the cards’ appearance and home-like layout or more integration with the other Google services.

Concerning the full implementation, the redesign of Material 3 is being implemented in parts for the users. Google wants to roll out this design to all users to make all devices look modern and unified.

Final Thoughts

In the Material 3 redesign, the Google Discover bar has a new attractive appearance as a personalized news feed. 

This update also brings general usability and accessibility enhancements. Like a less cluttered design, easier and smoother navigation, and better content-finding features. 

We also invite users to try the new look and feel at Google Discover. This gives us more feedback to keep improving the interface.

More Reading: Google Maps rolls out on-device timeline history notifications

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Parent Code Limits Kids Access to YouTube Apps for TV

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |14 Dec 2024

The social media platform has especially started developing a new TV app called Parent Code Limits Kids. This feature means that a parent can program a certain regulation. One has to input to access specific content or features on the platform. 

It should act as an extra barrier for the kids. It aims to reduce exposure to obscene content and occupy less time on screens while letting parents decide what is best for their children.

What’s the Update About?

The primary use of the “parent code” is to give parents more control over what their children watch on YouTube. When parents enter a code to view programs, they make the viewing environment more secure for the desired age. 

YouTube plans to discontinue the YouTube Kids app on smart TVs. This replaces it with the standard YouTube app. This integration gives a better user experience across devices. The “parent code” lock makes having a child lock on the major app possible.

How Parent Code Keeps Kids Protected

Parents can assign a 4-digit PIN to certain features and videos on YouTube TV with the help of the “parent code.” This freedom of choice is secure for the device and oneself because children can only watch their programs.

The feature can be useful to restrict various features, including:

Watching YouTube Signed Out: This also has the added advantage of making it impossible for the kids to have unsupervised access to some materials.

Accessing Older Accounts: It is also crucial when many account profiles are in a link to the TV device. The parent code can restrict more accounts with a specific content type.

Removing Accounts from the TV Device: This is especially true if the accounts are mistakenly out of the record.

How to Set Up the Parent Code Limits Kids

To set up the parent code on your YouTube TV app, follow these steps:

Switch on your Android or smart LED TV, then navigate the YouTube app.

Go to the options or settings of the applications now. 

It should be connected to Parental controls, Family settings, or the Account settings tab. Of course, the wording may differ depending on the TV and YouTube app versions.

Ensure that in the provided field, you set the 4-digit pin in the Box you want.

Last, the user should type the PIN again to ensure he wants the said action done.

Why User Experience Matters

In the early stages of system usage, the client reported sufficient perceptions regarding the parent code characteristic. Since parents have a more enhanced way of regulating what children access on YouTube. This 4-digit PIN requirement is one of the most effective and least noticeable additions to the protection. It prevents many users from accessing restricted material.

The update is affluent compared to earlier parental control features. This offers a finer level of control than many general broad-based rockers. Parents can select which characteristics the operating system prohibits or allows. 

Moreover, the parent code is easy to operate and interface with, so anybody can handle it properly. While with the previous features, age limits or content filtering could help the parent.

Forthcoming Objectives

The site starts with the Parent Code Limits Kids to eliminate the problem. It might be useful to enhance parents’ control even more so that YouTube can consider it. Users discredited the filter and did not see any added value. 

Besides, YouTube can strengthen the application of the parent code feature to other devices. It improves interfaces to ensure parental control consistency in the dynamic landscape of the views.

The parent code feature will be carefully rolled out to different YouTube TV apps on smart TV systems. YouTube should start introducing this one for several devices. This will help parents around the globe gain more control.

Key Takeaways

Creating the parent code button on YouTube TV is a good first step. It helps parents prevent their children from being exposed to prohibited content. 

Another measure can be parents’ ability to place restrictions easily and securely through a comfortable setting with a 4-digit PIN. 

We kindly ask parents to enable the parent code for the YouTube TV devices. They should submit YouTube videos to ensure the successful performance of parental control.

Also, Read on YouTube: YouTube Custom playback speed option in Android

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Chat Automatic Translation for Workspace Users

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |14 Dec 2024

Google Chat has introduced a new feature called automatic translation. The update, Google Chat Automatic Translation, enables users to easily transfer messages to their colleagues despite the difference in the language spoken. 

Google Translate helps Google Chat translate messages in real-time. This option is proactive in removing language barriers and improving collaboration.

What’s Behind the Upgrade

Google Chat Automatic Translation is easy to use. It removes language barriers and improves communication between individuals worldwide. This feature helps people who use different languages communicate. It does not need interruption because the messages are in translation format. 

This eliminates manual translation and improves the time and effort needed to analyze and reply to messages. When accessible, automatic translations make communication faster. This increases task productivity while making the organization’s culture more diverse.

The Features You’ll Love

The automatic translation feature in Google Chat offers several key features:

Automatic Detection: This feature can identify the language used in the incoming messages. It translates them into the user’s desired language. The program supports more than 120 languages, proving practically universal compatibility.

In-Line Translations: Interpreted messages are visible as replies to incoming messages and meshed with the original text. This makes using the information and services provided much smoother and easier.

View Original Option: Another button lets users preview the initial message in the sender’s language. This feature is helpful when the user needs extra information.

How to Access and Enable This Feature

To enable automatic translation in Google Chat, follow these steps:

Web Version:

Open Google Chat in your web browser. 

Click the button below to go directly to Google Chat. Then, start a conversation with one contact or in a group.

Tap the avatar next to the search bar in the upper right-hand corner.

From the list that appears next to it, choose “Settings.”

We can say the second group, “Language,” is located in your add-in’s “General” tab.

Mobile Version (Android and iOS):

Open the Google Chat app.

Tap on the profile picture icon at the topmost left corner of the main window.

Next, choose the “Settings” option from the list.

Locate the “Language” part in Safety and Security > General settings.

Turn on the “Translate messages” toggle.

What’s in It for Users

Google Chat users can enjoy many advantages with the auto-translation feature. This leads to enhanced information sharing. The option also helps to overcome communication barriers, as everyone will understand better what other team members are trying to convey. 

It does not require users to translate texts manually. It needs only a pen or a computer mouse to translate, saving time and energy for other productive activities. Moreover, it ensures an integrated collaboration experience regardless of whether a web, Android, or iOS is adopted.

User Satisfaction

Users ‘ feedback has been positive from the first moments of the automatic translation of motions, comments, or discussions initiated through Google Chat. People have found it much easier to conduct their conversations through the tool it provides as a platform. This is particularly good when done directly in the conversation, without switching between windows or threads.

Despite the automation feature, automatic translation provides certain benefits compared to previous means of translation, such as manual external translation. 

It saves much time that would have been spent on manual translation, produces fewer errors, and provides real-time translations. TCT enhances the efficiency and reliability of information passing in an organization, particularly when operations are fast.

The Bottom Line

Google Chat Automatic Translation ability is a powerful aid that improves customer interactions and cooperation for everyone. By translating messages and responding as and when they are received, this feature reduces language barriers, is time-efficient, and increases productivity. 

We recommend that all users of Google Workspace turn on this feature and see the advantages for themselves. Your feedback is helpful for adjustments in the future of this feature of Google.

More Reading: Google Chat Testing Audio Huddle Backed by Meet

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Messages Expands Text Field Beyond Four Lines

Google Chat Expands Markdown Support and Gemini Summaries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google Chat Adds Group Renaming and New Board Tab

Google Chat Testing Audio Huddle Backed by Meet

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
search-status bar bug

Googlе Chat gets Sidеbar with Custom Sеctions

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube TV Price Lock for 6month Before Hike

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |13 Dec 2024

 YouTube TV 6Month Price Lock surprises all users. It will be before the base price goes up to $82.99 monthly in January 2025. 

This offer is for subscribers. It will help them stay with YouTube TV’s service without increasing their rates during the subsequent six months. 

This is especially true for YouTube TV. It must keep its users subscribed as more channels and platforms struggle with increasing content costs.

Why this Update

The price lock is YouTUbe TV’s loyalty measure aimed at reducing potential churners’ sub-exertion. This is due to a planned price increase in the next six months. In another change, the monthly rate for YouTube TV’s base package will rise from $72.99 to $82.99 starting in January 2025. 

Increasing costs for content licensing and improving service quality explain this price surge concerning YouTube TV. With the price lock, YouTube TV seeks to temporarily relieve current subscribers. So they can continue to use the service at this price for the next six months.

Key Characteristics

The main highlight of this update is the six-month price lock. Existing customers can opt into the current monthly price of $72.99 for six months. It avoids the incoming monthly fee of $82.99.

Eligibility: Customers who are already subscribed to YouTube TV may be allowed to avail of the price lock offer. However, some requirements may be followed in detail to determine who is eligible for the program. These specifics can be conveyed to qualified clients directly through YouTube TV notifications and emails.

This information is derived from the announcement of the price lock feature. It needs to be taken with the necessary seriousness. More details concerning these requirements and any other condition for efficiency may also differ.

 How to Avail the Price Lock

 In this case, you might have to start the cancellation process if you want to enjoy the 6-month price lock. This may lead YouTube TV to give you a discount. It is to keep your current rate locked for the next 6 months.

Here’s a general outline of the process:

On the YouTube TV Website:

Unlock your YouTube TV account by signing into it.

Go to the specific area of settings for your user account.

The most common name for this section is “Membership” or “Subscription”.

Select “Cancel” or “Manage”, and complete the necessary actions on the displayed pop-up window.

On the YouTube TV App:

Open the YouTube TV app.

Tap on your profile image positioned in the top left corner.

There is a time on the software when you must select “Settings” or “Membership.”

Click on “Cancel” or “Manage”, and follow other options provided on the screen.

Accepting the Offer:

If you qualify, you are expected to be offered a six-month freeze of your current rate during the cancellation process.

It will be good to familiarise oneself with as many details of the offer as possible. First of all, regarding the terms and conditions of the offer,

If you agree to the offer, follow the instructions given here > > > to make the selections once only.

 Advantages for Users

The 6-month price lock offers several benefits for eligible YouTube TV subscribers:

Cost Savings: Another advantage of locking into the current rate is the cut in this price. It may cushion users from the shock of the next emanating price. This means they can keep enjoying YouTube TV services at this same cost for another six months. It gives them huge savings, especially in the short term.

Time to Decide: The price lock also provides users a great opportunity. It is to consider other streaming options, compare prices, and review their entertainment expenditures. This also gives them ample time to deal with the coming change in the subscription’s price.

The Climax

Hence, YouTube TV’s 6-month price lock benefits subscribers who will soon face a price hike. Consumers can realise these cost benefits with more options at the current rate. In the same breath, it gains extra time to reflect. 

This helps them consider themselves efficiently protecting their entertainment expenditure and understand where they can stream alternatively. All subscribers who meet the price lock offer’s conditions should consider it a way to adapt to the upcoming price change.

More Reading: Enjoy the Zen Stream Arrives on YouTube TV

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

YouTube Custom playback speed option in Android

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |13 Dec 2024

YouTube’s latest update welcomes a new feature to its web platform: a custom playback speed option. This feature, already included under mobile usage, allows fine-tuning the playback of video materials. 

YouTube helps users set a preferred speed. So viewers can consume content as they want, advance through guides, and enjoy frames with people. They can even listen to podcasts quickly. 

Adjustable size improves the total outlook and makes the screen useful for various users and consumers.

Key Features

YouTube’s latest update brings a welcome addition to its web platform: Custom playback speed option. This feature, which mobile users already know, gives specific options to manage videos more efficiently. 

YouTube enables viewers to watch content at their own speed. Speed options are set between 0.25x and 2.0x, with a default of 0.05x. In our globalized world, you can reduce the speed of complex tutorials to grasp the material better. Users can also increase the speed of uninteresting content to save time or listen to podcasts faster. This feature allows you to choose the right pace for viewing content. 

To access it, right-click the video player’s gears and select the correct playback speed from the dropdown list. This friendly layout guarantees a smooth application interaction, making it easy to regulate the speed and engage with interesting content.

Benefits for Users

Custom playback speed controls in YouTube’s web platform offer the following advantages. First, they offer better control over how the program is watched. Moreover, setting the speed in increments allows the user to make all the content more suitable for their understanding. 

This feature allows the learner to make all the relevant adjustments. It ranges from repeating the audio and video to reducing the length of boring content while studying.

Secondly, this update is punctuated to ensure a related feature is shared between different devices. Former users can easily transfer impressions to the World Wide Web. This integrated design helps to optimize the users’ experience. It obviates the necessity to alter settings for transportation velocity between different networks.

How to Use the New Feature

To use the new custom playback speed controls on YouTube’s web platform, follow these simple steps:

Access the Playback Speed Menu:

Navigate to that specific YouTube video you wish to view.

The video player’s bottom right corner has a gear icon next to the video.

When clicked, a menu with different videos will appear.

Adjust the Playback Speed:

On the menu, you will see a slider labeled “Playback speed.”

Adjust the slider to the required speed by clicking and moving along the horizontal line. 

The video will immediately respond to a new playback speed that the viewer has set.

User Experience

First impressions of users interacting with the new customized playback speed options on the YouTube web client have been encouraging. People like the fine-tuning option because it allows them to select their preferred playback speed, and they can use it.

Like before, it has a selection of playback speeds. It is relatively low compared to its present feature of allowing more flexible speed control through synchronization. Users have welcomed this enhanced control. Watching their programs has resulted in a much more personal and fun experience.

Future Plans

New custom playback speed controls have been positively adopted. However, YouTube may still seek further improvement based on users’ responses to complement them. This could include improving one of the icons for easier access and defining better speeds for media playback.

For the wider rollout, the feature is only available on YouTube’s website. Another recommendation for YouTube is to make it accessible as an application on websites, mobile devices, smart TVs, and gaming consoles with similar interfaces. It functions to provide users with a common experience.

Conclusion

YouTube’s latest update introduces a game-changing feature for its web users. This new concept also allows viewers to decide how they want information. Through specific Custom control of the player’s speeds, users can easily rewind hard lectures, fast-forward uninteresting ones, or listen to a podcast comfortably.

We invite you to familiarise yourself with this new feature and enjoy the greater level of control it provides. By employing the adjustable speed button, YouTube development can better understand how best to address future enhancements.

Also Read: Translucent bottom bar rolling out in YouTube app

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Android’s ”Unknown Tracker Alerts Introduces ‘Find Nearby’

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |12 Dec 2024

Mobile devices running under Android are becoming more proactive in protecting users’ privacy. Expanded FMD tag support for Unknown Tracker Alerts and the improved “Find Nearby” are perfect examples of this effort. 

By identifying those malicious Bluetooth trackers, notifying users about them, and offering specific directions for the location of the misplaced FMD tags, Android enables users to regulate the digital and physical functionality of the Update positively.

Enhanced Privacy Alerts

The update aims to improve user safety and privacy by dealing with another emerging problem: unauthorized tracking. 

In light of the unknown Bluetooth trackers, the Android apparatus informs users about potential privacy threats and helps to reduce them. 

Also, the altered “Find Nearby” function FMD nuisance personalizes users’ privacy and helps them easily recover their possessions and calmness.

Core Features

We have developed a new feature aimed at improving user protection and management functionalities. Find Nearby enables users to trace the location of the FMD tag engaged on the device consecutively. This feature is valuable when a user receives a notification about an unknown tracker and needs to find its root. 

Also, the Temporarily Pause Location Location functionality prevents users from sharing their location data by pausing location tracking for up to 24 hours. This ensures that a need does not learn the location data of the source device during this time, which is a plus for the consumer.

How to Use the New Features

Sometimes, you can access Unknown Trstopsn través of the Settings app on your device.

Go to Safety & emergency.

Join unknown tracker alerts and turn the feature on.

Temporarily Pausing Location:

First of all, turn on your device’s settings app.

Navigate to Location.

Seek out For-Screening to stop location tracking or an equivalent option. 

Look for a way to deactivate this feature by hiding it and stopping updates of your location for some time.

And for other contexts that require it, remember to turn it on again when needed.

Benefits for Users

Modern location sharing in the context of Android impacts the services’ privacy, safety, and usability.

Improved Privacy

Security is an essential value in the context of the twenty-first century, and the new functions of Android help get to grips with it.

Enhanced Control:

Using some options in iOS 8, users can control the application’s ability to track their location in advance and stop it. This provides more assurance when completing any task.

Early Detection:

Android unveiled real-time alerts about unknown trackers. This feature informs users. Some of the newest updates on Android allow users to take full control of their applications and easily overcome privacy infringement.

Data Transparency:

The privacy statuses are intuitive and easy to understand. They allow users to determine which apps and services use location data to determine permissions.

Enhanced Safety

Recent safety-oriented features are designed to save people from espionage and tracking and protect them in real and virtual worlds.

Efficient Location:

The Find Nearby feature is an effective innovation that identifies the trackers within the radius. Users can block or eject these wrongdoers and protect their territory.

Integrated Protection:

 This is elaborated by collaboration with reliable partners, improves the efficacy of threat identification and neutralization, and, as a result, provides a consistent safety experience to allow the user to move across the unidentified monitoring gadgets that could follow the suspect. This way, specialized functionality is guaranteed to be complemented by ease of use, and all customers can use it.

Intuitive Navigation:

 It concludes that redesigned settings and deliberately colored options enable users to obtain and alter new p without requiring technical prowess.

Simplified Process:

Consequently, basic and extended instructions on identifying and eliminating various marginal trackers help ensure that almost every user without extensive IT knowledge can easily perform this.

Personalization Options:

Regular users can still modify the application’s safety and privacy settings, making them more useful and enjoyable. They can also retrieve these settings from the operating system. 

Generally, new features have brought mostly wide compliments. Feedback includes the setting of privacy options and flexibility in finding and turning off undesired unknown trackers. 

Additional options that some users have proposed involve making some of the trackers’ blocks persistent and increasing the information the app informs about the detected tracker, including its make and model. For the effort features, there is a solid base for user privacy and security, while more continuous user feedback may be useful in future updates for the overall usage experience.

Conclusion

The Android update recently introduced new features concerning users’ privacy and security. Tracker Alerts enables users to identify privacy threats, and the Nearby element provides ease and safety. Thus, having received new upgrades, users can enjoy those options and maintain digital privacy.

Related: Tеsting thе Effеctivеnеss of Googlе’s Find My Dеvicе Nеtwork

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Maps rolls out on-device timeline history notifications

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |12 Dec 2024

 Google Maps has navigated and explored our world and helped users find nearby businesses. It has navigated the social world, from getting the shortest route to a destination to searching for restaurant reviews.  One major element of Google Maps is timeline history notifications.

The tool tracks down a user’s history and the places it visited. Now, Google is widely rolling out a significant change to handling this data: on-device Timeline history.

The objective of the Update

The primary purpose of moving Google Maps timeline history notifications is to improve users’ privacy. It is to provide more opportunities for them to control their data.

Enhanced Privacy: The article explains why Google is moving timeline history notifications to the device. The location of Timeline data on Google’s servers had the advantages of easy accessibility from different devices and data backup.

Minimising Data Sharing: Less information is transmitted to Google’s servers because it mainly goes to the local storage. This means Google cannot closely log in and examine your location details.

Reducing Risk of Data Breaches: Distribution of data on personal handheld devices minimises the chance of a corporate disaster. It strikes a central database server. As much as it is still possible that we are likely to see device-specific hacks, the effect is limited.

Addressing User Concerns: By enabling users to download, Google meets their privacy needs head-on. Its shift also fits a paradigm shift in which the major technology firms are beginning to focus on their users’ privacy.

User Control 

On-device storage empowers users with greater control over their Timeline data in several ways:

Direct Data Management: Users can directly administer and remove the Timeline information saved on their devices. This makes handling the location history more open and less indirect.

Choice and Transparency: It is evident that users possess sovereign rights to the data. They know the difference between storing and syncing data on the device with a cloud.

Reduced Reliance on Google’s Servers: Synchronizing data locally means that users are not dependent on Google servers. They are the primary repository for the history of the user’s location. In a way, this gives them somewhat more control over their information.

Potential for Offline Access: At times, this enables the storage of some or most of the Timeline data on the device. However, some of the functionalities might be unavailable offline.

Core Components

The shift to on-device Timeline history in Google Maps brings several key features that enhance user privacy and control:

On-Device Storage: Information on how the History of Timeline is now safe locally on the device

The shift is from having can storage at the cloud level to personal on-device storage. This means:

Reduced Data Transmission: This reduces the extent of the reduction data that goes to Google. Some features, such as optimum amo and the formation for fundamental Maps operations and guidance, are worth mentioning.

Device Dependency: Your Timeline is in a connection to the part now the device that records it. This means your timeline on your phone will differ from any timeline for your table, for instance.

Offline Access: In the future, some aspects of the app will be in implementation. The timeline may be accessed only partially using some features without an Internet connection.

Backup and Restore

On-the-device storage is still more private than cloud storage but requires managing one’s backup. Google is providing mechanisms for this:

Backup Option: The platform’s new feature allows users to back up their on-device Timeline data. These backups will probably go to the cloud, probably Google Drive, but the producers should control the process transfer. 

Between Devices: Google also offers methods to share Timeline data with other devices or back up its contents. This is especially important for those users who changed their phones. It is not precise how this transfer will occur.

Considerations for Backup: It is, however, nice. However, if you do not synchronise or Timeline data, it will be permanently deleted if your device is lost, damaged, or restored to factory settings.

Auto-Delete Option

To further enhance user control over their data, Google is also implementing an auto-delete option for Timeline data:

Automated Deletion: This feature enables the users to choose the rod upon which their Timduringe information should be deleted. 

Monthsanular Control: Users can choose to delete their entire Timeline data or selectively delete only some.

Proactive Privacy Management: By default, location history poses a privacy issue. Anyone can steal your location history without permission. Hence, auto-delete offers a worthy solution for removing unwanted history without deleting it.

How to access Facebook’s new timeline

Open Google Maps.

Click on your picture in the top right corner of the Facebook homepage.

Select “Your Timeline.”

Navigating Timeline:

Click on this date at the top to select the day.

It allows for viewing of places visited and routes taken on the routes in the list.

Tap a place for more details.

Timeline-specific settings, then choosing a sto, auto-delete, and backups for the device.

User Gains

These changes introduce advantages that users mostly consider. They revolve around the organisation of timeline history on user devices. It is easier to manage and does not share personal data with Google Maps so openly. As a result, storing data locally on the device reduces data transmission to Google. It creates controversy periodically and makes it vulnerable to large-scale data leakage incidents. 

Users obtain higher levels of data control. Through opt-in mechanisms, they are provided direct access to manage, delete, and back up their data with higher privacy and security. Finally, the auto-delete feature makes it easy for users to delete their location. Backup and transfer make data easily and safely, guaranteeing a timeline during device exchange or loss.

User Insights

The user’s reaction impressions are as follows: Some users find privacy beneficial, and the auto-delete feature is another feature that most users like. However, users may face data loss when devices are missing or reset. There is a need for sophisticated and simple backup and transfer mechanisms. 

For now, several users have mentioned having difficulty dealing with the backup and transfer work and have recommended that it be simpler.  By addressing these points, Google will be a better place to make the feature more private and facilitate its usability.

The Sum-Up

Adding timeline history notifications in Google Maps on users’ devices also helps move from spoon-feeding users. It location information towards giving them more privacy and control over that information. This new feature enables users to upload their travel history to their devices independently from Google.

The auto-delete option accompanying enhanced backup/transfer also helps simplify data management and gives the user far more direct control over the timeline. Google wants all its users to try out this new feature, and users need feedback to fine-tune it.

By interacting with the on-device timeline and contributing their personal experiences, users can significantly influence Google Maps’ privacy policy regarding their garbage data.

More Reading: Android Auto Reporting Google Maps Police Alerts Made Easy

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Messages ‘Your Profile’ Settings added for Customization

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |11 Dec 2024

Google Messages ‘Your Profile’ Settings allows people to put a name and photo. This new feature setting will significantly improve Messenger‘s general functionality and make the conversation more personal. 

By including a profile photo and username, people know the other users in group or one-on-one conversations. This option is now being spread to users. It will be open to all users in the next couple of weeks.

Purpose of the Update

The new “Your profile” option in Google Messages creates setting changes to increase user interaction customisation and privacy. The app becomes more friendly as users can add their names and profile pictures. It is because people with whom they are in a group or one-on-one conversation are easily recognisable. 

Unlike a traditional app, this feature makes it user-friendly for managing their information. Optional settings include whether the user’s name and a picture of the user are visible or not at all.

How to Use the New Settings

Here’s a step-by-step guide on how to access and customise the Your Profile settings in Google Messages:

Accessing the Settings

To access the ‘Your Profile’ settings:

Click on the three horizontal lines at the top of the right of the screen.

From the drop-down menu, click on Settings.

Scroll down and touch on the Your profile link to load your profile customisation area.

Customizing Name and Picture

To update your name and profile picture:

When in Your profile, click Name or Profile Picture in the link.

To alter information in the corresponding text field, tap the save button.

Click on the camera icon or choose from the gallery to select an image from your device.

Select the photo you want to use by clicking on it and then improving and finalizing it as necessary.

Adjusting Visibility

To choose who can view your profile:

Now go to Your profile settings and scroll to the Visibility section.

Select one of the following options based on your preferences:

The profile will be noticeable to any user you have exchanged messages with.

Your profile will be private, so only people you allow through your contact list can see it.

Select any options, and your profile visibility will be adjusted immediately.

Pivotal Features

The “Your Profile” setting in Google Messages introduces several powerful tools that enhance user control, privacy, and integration:

Profile Sharing

We now call this feature “Profile Discovery” or “Profile Sharing.” Since it enables users to share their profile information with others. When you want to meet new people in your field or just update. This feature helps streamline that process.

Visibility Options

Users have full control over who can view their profile through three customisable visibility settings:

People you message: ‘Your profile’ will be visible to anyone you have conversed with. This makes it easy for other persons you come across to identify you.

Only your contacts: This limits the ability to see people on the app and the contacts app. The update makes it more secure.

No one: Perfect for users who want to hide their identity as the profile remains private.

Google Account Integration

It must be noted that the “Your Profile” setting is linked to your Google profile. This means that your Google Messages profile will automatically be linked to your Google account profile. This is helpful to the consumer because the requirements are the same for all Google services.

Why It Matters

These features help users better control their privacy and presence. They are useful for one or several Google services and for better organising their accounts on multiple Google platforms.

The Wrap-Up

New “Your Profile” options in Google Messages give users more privacy and personalisation powers. You can add or remove information, including your profile image. This can be considered in this aspect. 

By marking these options, you can choose whether to share your information with everyone you message, limit it to people you know, or keep it private. These changes make your online profile safer and simpler to manage.

More Reading: Text Field Redesign Rolling Out in Google Messages

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Docs new templates, 40 fresh designs quietly added

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |11 Dec 2024

Google Docs is bringing in 40 new templates to make your documents look fabulous with little effort. These templates are in the intention for use across businesses and industries. Google Docs’ new templates will produce business reports, promotional material, personal records, and customised artistic designs.

Numerous fresh and professionally designed layouts, styles, and formats will pop up using these new templates. This will prove helpful since it frees you from independently designing your document’s layout, leaving you to worry about substance instead.

Recap of Google Docs’ new templates

The new Google Docs templates provide an even greater number of tastefully sleek and highly professional-looking fonts. These templates are modern and business-like, ensuring high-quality moments are produced.

Another feature of these new templates is that they are pageless. This means that you do not need to bother about the formations and arrangements of the page breaks and margins. New and existing sections can be an addition and removed from the template.

Varieties of Templates

Templates are pre-made plans that address all sorts of needs and make work more delta-shaped and effective. Here’s an expanded overview of the types of templates available for different purposes:

Personal Use

Personal use templates are in the application to plan day-to-day tasks, hobbies, or self-enhancement activities. Some examples include:

Journals: Dated formats that can be daily, weekly, or used for gratitude purposes. It is to check up on thoughts, emotions, and objectives.

Reading Lists: Thesis management formats or systems to organise the books, articles, or research papers you intend to read or have read.

Personal Notes: The paper notebooks have blank spaces for the topics and sticky notes for ideas. They can also compose lists and individual projects.

Business Use

Business templates help make professional endeavours smoother and help turn documents into more professional-looking documents. Examples include:

Business Proposals: Standardized templates are ideally suitable for interacting with clients or other stakeholders regarding projects, goals, and financial potential.

Project Roadmaps: Create visual layouts of project timelines using a Gantt chart to guide teams toward their various objectives and milestones.

Marketing Plans: Skeletal blueprints for how the campaigns will be functional. The key performance indicators and evaluation procedures will be attainable.

Sales Emails: Outlook or any other client-friendly type of email that can be useful for promotions or follow-up.

Educational Use

Education purpose templates are created mainly for learners, instructors and scholars to assist them in learning and planning. Examples include:

Class Notes: Easy arrangements to keep notes for summarising the delivered lectures, important points, and other materials.

Competitive Analysis: Tables comparing and contrasting competitors based on features, prices, or market segments appropriate for research and business analysis.

Content Calendars: Schedules and pro forma for academic organising in general, particular projects or assignments and content production in an online environment.

How to Access the New Templates

Here are the Easy Measures for Using the New Templates

From the File Menu

Open a new Google Doc.

Go to the File menu, select New from the options provided, and then select New from the template gallery.

Navigate through the page to select templates already arranged by usage—business, Education, Personal, etc.

It is also possible to use the Template Suggestion Chip.

Open a new document.

The first thing you need to see is the light blue chip that says “Templates” in the upper right corner of the page.

To view and select templates, click on the chip that appears and choose what you are looking for.

Users Benefits

Templates have several advantages that help them become true treasures when creating documents to fit certain templates perfectly. Here are the key benefits:

Time-Saving

Templates solve the problem of creating something new from scratch; an object is already designed, and users can modify everything. This is a lot of time to be gained, particularly where activities are repetitive, such as preparing reports, proposals, and calendars.

Consistency

Templates guarantee a professional look and feel when developing documents, which is very important for business or school purposes. This makes sustaining the corporate image and quality of work easier because individuals become familiar with the programs.

Ease of Use

Templates are useful tools for creating documents. They provide a ready-made structure that any user may freely use. However, they do not have a deep knowledge of the document’s design or formatting. Templates and themes minimise the importance of design, enabling users to concentrate on content.

Audience Response

The first reactions concerning the context of new Google Docs templates are mostly positive. Readers make many positive comments about the aesthetics of the designs. The benefits of pageless style and useful organisation aids include document tabs and blob placeholders. However, some people complain that there is still a need for numerous templates. Especially those relevant to specific areas of business. 

Some users also complained that they wanted a higher level of control than provided by values. Thus, considering the feedback can further enhance the template library, enabling Google to offer more effective tools for document development.

The Final Findings

The upgrade includes new formats. They allow users to create documents customised for personal, business, and educational needs quickly and without complications. 

These templates have occasion-saving layouts, the same design plans, and friendly user features. They are considered to give the new documents neat and professional looks.

Users should review the many templates provided and fully utilise such tools to make projects more efficient.

Related Reading: What You Need to Know About Creating an Outline in Google Docs

Continue Reading

Featured

search-status bar bug

Google Docs Android addresses the search-status bar bug 

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Imagen 3 Image Generation Added to Google Docs

Imagen 3 Image Generation Added to Google Docs

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Googlе Docs Adds Voicе Typing Support for Safari and Edgе

What You Need to Know About Creating an Outline in Google Docs

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Android December 2024 Google System Updates 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |10 Dec 2024

In December 2024, Google released monthly system updates to improve Android devices’ security, performance, and usability. These Google System Updates are essential for maintaining your device’s security against recently appeared threats, stable operation, and new options. If you follow these updates, your Android device will stay as secure, optimized, and high-performing as possible.

Key Updates in December 2024

Google has made a series of updates that will be fully implemented in December 2024. The update targets Android and improves security, performance, and user experience. Here’s a detailed breakdown of the changes:

Google Play Services

As a result, Google Play Services provides substantial importance in managing the working mechanisms and securing the devices. The latest update includes:

Enhanced Security: Enhanced steps to protect users’ data and devices from attacks and minimize threats and risks.

Optimized Performance: Background process optimizations increase the app’s performance, make it more prompt, and help save battery life.

New Features:

A new precise method of locating and geotagging through enhanced location services.

It includes an enhanced facility for accessing the content through screen reader technology. This makes it more accessible to various disabled users.

Google Play Store

Updates to the Play Store aim to improve the app discovery and downloading experience:

Improved Search: Most new algorithms offer closely tuned suggestions of certain apps that may interest a particular user.

Enhanced User Interface: A redesign improves usability and the visual appeal of the browsing experience.

Faster Downloads: Enhanced server networking communication can increase the rate of downloads and installations, thus saving time.

Google Play System Updates

Core system updates ensure your device remains secure and efficient:

Security Patches: These undertake known risks and strengthen device security against cyber threats as critical fixes imply.

Performance Improvements: Greater efficiency in system processes results in faster launch application time, seamless switching between applications, and minimum system stuttering.

Feature Enhancements:

A new form of digital well-being features includes better tracking and management of screen time and app use.

New privacy tools offer users more opportunities to comprehend and manage permissions for sharing information.

Google system updates with new features and changes

Live Captions Feedback UI bug fixes

New changes were made to improve the performance and stability of the Live Captions feature. Furthermore, enhancements were made to the feedback interface to provide efficient responses to captioning users who report problems across the platform.

App Update Notifications

A new addition to the modifications now warns users whenever they need to update applications to fix problems within the systems. This keeps core applications current and running, thus avoiding compatibility or operational instabilities.

Audio Clip Sampling

Google has also enabled sampling sound waves from applications before downloading them from the Play Store. This feature will improve the user experience by previewing audio-based applications and features like music and sound design applications.

Purchase Readiness Completion Offer

The options to make a first deposit have been introduced on the Play Onboarding flow, helping to encourage customers to complete the setup. They improve return on investment by increasing participation and making onboarding more efficient.

Interface Improvements

Some new tools have been developed to improve the application development for the connection of devices. These updates bring cleaner and more intuitive support for multi-device experiences, homes, and wearables.

Google Wallet for Wear OS

The update has added corporate badges, campus ID cards, and similar identification capabilities. This update makes life easier for Wear OS by bringing critical identification features into the user’s wrist accessories.

ESPR Charging Requirements

Some enhancements have been made in the charging field to support the ESPR charging standard. This ensures that the device meets the rent charging standards.

Impact on Users

The security patches of December 2024 provide Android users with greater security against many different threats. The updates above address important infrastructure weaknesses, thus minimizing ID theft and malicious incidences. Also, it comes with new improvements and the latest updates, and the major enhancements it offers to the user are joyful. 

These enhancements may include better app optimization, increased battery life, and accessibility features. This is very helpful for people who like using the Android application. After installing updates, users can be safer, more secure, and thoroughly entertained.

Future Developments

Google still focuses on Android devices’ security and user experience. Subsequent releases will incorporate better security measures, such as using forms of identification other than fingerprints and real-time threat identification. Google is also dedicated to helping developers have all the required tools and facilities to develop new and safe applications. 

This includes new APIs, SDKs, and development frameworks to enable new application developers. It aims to build the highest-quality Android applications that leverage the latest Android features. Android users can expect even more security, improved performance, and new possibilities based on this update.

The Final Word

Significant improvements were made in December 2024 in the Google System Updates for the platform. These include better security, overall performance, and highly useful features like better app update notifications. Moreover, this list includes audio clip sampling and support for modern charging standards. 

These updates are released solely to increase the capability of the devices. It makes the operation more friendly and easier with a display of better accessibility. Users always call for updates on their devices to enable them to utilize these enhancements and discover more about the available features.

For the Previous update, read: What’s New in the November 2024 Google System Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Translucent bottom bar rolling out in YouTube app 

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |10 Dec 2024

Introducing the Youtube app’s latest innovation: the Translucent bottom bar. This clean and stylish component fits nicely into your application. It allows users to quickly access critical features without intruding on the visual space of your content. 

Thus, the transparent bottom bar does not overwhelm you with its presence. This lets you forget about it and concentrate on what needs your attention. I appreciate this smart and attractive addition to your site and can feel the difference in the navigation experience.

Overview of the Translucent bottom bar

The Translucent bottom bar is a new concept that is more engaging to the user than a normal bar. This new element is a semi-transparent color bar that covers the entire screen but makes the content underneath somewhat visible. 

This slight modification improves the user interface’s appearance and eliminates unnecessary information. This update will be rolled out to all subscribers with supporting devices. The update gives people the same experience no matter their device.

Pivotal Features

The Translucent Bottom Bar has several important features that will be explained below. The new application’s design has been changed considerably, and the interface looks better and more stylish. The semi-transparent feel minimizes visual noise, making the interface cleaner and less intrusive. 

The new design also improves navigation by offering more obvious signs of what to do next. The Translucent Bottom Bar also supports Dark Mode. So it will look in the right place regardless of your chosen theme.

Benefits for Users

The Transparent Bottom Bar has several advantages for users, especially on the user interface. The developers designed the app to look more visually attractive and up-to-date. It improves the look of the entire application. The semi-transparency minimizes visual noise, giving the interface a sense of openness and less invasiveness. Moreover, the new design enhances user navigation by displaying more apparent guidance for the most crucial actions.

Also, the Translucent Bottom Bar has been developed with accessibility in mind. Thus, the contrast and distinguishability of the elements are in fine shape to help users with visual disabilities use the app. About accessibility guidelines, we have endeavored to create an environment that is easy for anyone to use.

Future Updates

We aim to enhance the user experience and look forward to future Translucent Bottom Bar updates. Several design improvements are in the investigation. One is the ability to make the overlay semi-transparent and adjust the level of transparency according to content or user settings. 

We may also add new visually appealing elements, such as buttons or animation, to make the experience more engaging. We always appreciate your feedback. Users would like to hear from you and welcome your feedback through our feedback channels. By joining this survey, you will help us define the future of the Translucent Bottom Bar.

The Climax

The Translucent Bottom Bar is the latest addition to the app. It has greatly improved the user experience of our app. This design element is innovative and very pleasing. The update provides easy-to-navigate means for the user to interact with the application. 

Thus, the translucent bar’s design does not divert the user’s attention and makes the interface more engaging. We invite you to update the app to the newest version to see the new feature in action.

Suggested Blog: YouTube Premium Unlock Its Full Potential

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Major streaming services on Google TV offer student discount

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |09 Dec 2024

Streaming services on Google TV have made entertainment a new ball game in the digital age. Students have taken to these platforms because they want cheap and convenient access to original content. With the demand for streaming services, Google TV has become a favorite among students. It is because of its smooth and personalized viewing experience. 

TV has recently introduced a series of enticing student discount offers to meet the needs of its student audience. These discounts are great on various streaming services and can help students enjoy their favorite content without spending a fortune.

List of streaming services on Google TV

Here’s an expanded look at the major streaming services offering student discounts, all available through Google TV:

Hulu:

Hulu is offering students the opportunity to get the ad-supported service for only $1.99 a month instead of the $7.99 they would usually pay. One of the plans provides access to Hulu’s vast library of TV shows, movies, and originals.

Amazon Prime Video:

 All students can take 50 percent of the benefits of Amazon Prime, including Prime Video. Students can also access thousands of movies, TV shows, Amazon on Originals, and other Prime perks, such as free shipping.

Spotify Premium with Hulu and Showtime:

 Students get an incredible deal when Spotify bundles Spotify Premium and Hulu ad-supported time for just $4.99/month. This package includes ad-free TV shows, movies, and meanders; you can listen offline.

YouTube Premium:

 Students can pay for YouTube Music Premium at a reduced rate. They now get all YouTube content, including the YouTube Music Premium subscription, plus ex and YouTube Originals, ad-free and ad-free.

Eligibility Criteria

To qualify for student discounts streaming services on Google TV, you need to meet the following eligibility criteria:

Student Verification:

Educational Institution Email: Some streaming services require that you verify that you are a student through your officially issued educational institution email address.

Third-Party Verification Services: This, however, does not imply that all services partner with a third-party verification service like UNiDAYS to help you verify your student status.

Age and Enrollment Status:

Age: Student discounts are normally open to those under 24, depending on the part.

Enrollment Status: You must be a full-time accredited college or university student.

How to Avail the Discounts

Here’s a general guide on how to avail student discounts on Google TV:

Ensure you qualify for the above-listed candidates, including age, enrolment status, and a valid student email address.

To subscribe, go to the desired streaming service, such as Hulu, Amazon Prime Video, or Spotify Premium.

Check the website or app for a “Student Discount” or “Special Offers” section.

We may ask you to prove your student status to verify your student email address or use a third-party provider such as UNiDAYS.

If you don’t have an account with the streaming service, create one with your verified student email address.

Once you have, follow the on-screen instructions to apply the student discount you created to your subscription.

You can enjoy your favorite movies on your Google TV when your discount activates. 

Benefits for Students

Cost Savings:

Significant Price Reductions: Stream student discounts can greatly reduce streaming monthly costs, allowing students to spend their budgets elsewhere. Savings: Taking advantage of these discounts, students spend a lot of money on their studies. This money saved could help them pay off their loans. Note that credit card debt could be better for students.

Access to a Wide Range of Content:

Diverse Content Library: Streaming services have a massive library of stuff, even on the movies and TV show side—lots of movies and TV shows (but not as many as Netflix. But all documentaries and other content, and of ours, a lot of their original content.

Global Content: The global Myschool App allows students to access content worldwide, expanding their cultural horizons and language learning opportunities.

Additional Perks

Ad-Free Viewing: Some student discounts allow for ad-free viewing, so there are interruptions when watching your entertainment.

Exclusive Content and Offers: You can access special offers and exclusive content as a student.

Offline as a result Viewing: Other services allow watching TV shows and movies offline wherever they go.

Impact on Streaming Service Usage

Student discounts on Google TV help students save a percentage on popular streaming services like Hulu, Amazon Prime Video, and Spotify Premium. This makes streaming movies, TV shows, and music more accessible. 

Not only does this help students financially, but they will also enjoy more diverse content and perks they wouldn’t otherwise have. Consequently, the student demographic will offer higher subscription rates, engagement, and brand loyalty toward streaming services.

Conclusion

Google TV makes access to students’ favorite entertainment easier without breaking the bank. Exclusive student discounts on popular streaming services on Google TV, such as Hulu, Amazon Prime Video, and Spot, if Premium gives students a whole host of content. 

In addition to saving students money, these discounts allow them to enjoy ad-free, vad-free content unique to discounts and other premium features. For students, you can take advantage of these spectacular deals and increase your entertainment experience.

Also Read: Google TV Advisors Sharing Insights on New Features

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Timestamp Sharing Added to YouTube Music

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |09 Dec 2024

YouTube Music is a very familiar music streaming application. It enables its users to listen to more than millions of songs and music videos. Recently, it released a new feature known as Timestamp Sharing for YouTube music. This feature allows users to number and post clips of a particular part of the song.

In the case of podcasts, who is the timestamp sharing most helpful for? Originally, podcast listeners could only drop and pause the podcast. However, they can now selectively share fascinating or relevant excerpts with someone else. 

This makes discussing podcast-related content easier and fosters interest in podcast listening. We also like YouTube Music’s new feature of timestamp sharing, which is good for content creators and consumers.

Core Features of Timestamp Sharing

Purpose:  

Podcasters, interviewers, and anyone creating longer-form content will find timestamp sharing helpful. It enables creators and listeners to shade the exact area of interest. This makes it easy for users to go straight to the segment they want to listen to. 

Well, for podcasts, people can fast-forward with a button or two. This saves time, as the user does not have to listen to all the stuff between what they want. Timestamp sharing also enables creators to interact with their audiences more effectively. They guide them to scenes without physically searching through audio or video files.

How It Works:

Creating a timestamp is simple. While watching content, the user can pause the video at any time. They can also select the shareable timestamp from the options they are given. On the other hand, some apps offer users an interface where they can type the exact timestamp.

After the link has been shared, the recipient can access the content when the link is forwarded. This will enable YouTube Music users to return to certain parts of the content quickly.

Integration

You will remember that the YouTube Music app has included the feature of sharing content by time-stamps for its videos. This feature is particularly helpful for such content formats. The tool allows users to set timestamps for audio and video files.

This is because it is downloadable from the app-sharing menu, while the post and time stamps are flexible for all platforms. The integration is as straightforward as possible. It works well whether you’re sharing a clip from a podcast episode or a part of the music video.

Benefits for Users

Here are some additional benefits of timestamp sharing for users:

Enhanced Listening Experience:

Time-saving: Instead of listening to a long podcast, the audience can move to specific parts that interest them.

Focused Listening: By assigning and labeling, users can guide other users to a certain point, read, or topic. This makes the conversation more specific and meaningful.

Improved Content Discovery: Timestamps will enable users to search for new and exciting shows in the podcast. They will likely extend their listening experience even further.

Ease of Sharing:

Simplified Sharing: This is a technique for sharing particular parts of an episode’s events with friends, family, or a group. No need for others is to listen to the rest of the episode.

Contextual Sharing: This is why, with the timestamp feature, users can describe in detail what led them to choose a particular segment.

Increased Reach: Milliseconds enhance audience turn-up by allowing consumers to share some parts of the content with others on social networks or other platforms.

Alliance and Community Building:

Fostered Discussions can generate discourses and controversies concerning the topic or the propositions over a certain podcast.

Community Engagement: It is normal to have specific timestamps. Listeners can occasionally refer to them in everyday conversations to discuss what they like.

Collaborative Learning: Time stamps are especially helpful in group discussions. The students must recall certain information to understand the ongoing conversation.

Use Cases

This blog also finds that sharing time can be implemented to amplify different forms of content. That is why, for podcasts, creators can allow viewers to share specific episodes. The viewers can help lead others to particular parts of the episode. 

In the music industry, artists should be able to remove the teasers from songs. They can promote some parts that can probably go viral. Timestamps can be useful in podcasts, lectures, and other materials. This is because an educator can point to some parts, and a student can return to the important moments.

User Venture

In general, the design of the application and the interface for creating and sharing timestamps should be plain and simple. For instance, a small button or an icon could be positioned in the player’s control bar. However, one has to note that after creating the use case, the user’s time stamp can be shared in any manner.

Among users’ most frequent comments is that the stamps help them share certain moments with friends. Other users have also proposed improvements to how the shared data is presented. For instance, the ability to comment on a specific timestamp or even note it.

The Climax

To us, sharing timestamps is a great tool. It provides a new approach to consuming and exchanging audio and video materials. 

This is because the timestamps take the comments back to the user’s highlighted segment in the content. It enhances interaction and collaboration and makes communication easier. 

However, as this feature will gradually develop, we kindly ask the website visitors to try it out and provide feedback.

Also Read: YouTube Music Announces ‘Your Music Character’ Feature

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

YouTube Music Keeps Refining Its Now Playing Redesign

Author AvatarDan Burrows
YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

5 Features YouTube Music Could Remix from Rivals

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube’s UI

YouTube Music Rolls Out Consistent Volume on Android & iOS

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Chrome Tab Group on Android Makes Tabbing Easier

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |07 Dec 2024

With the increased use of smartphones, switching between multiple tabs is impossible. Numerous windows are always open simultaneously, from work-related to shopping, research, and leisure-related. Yet this can quickly become a disadvantage, continuing a buildup of unnecessary things. It includes kids’ toys, remote controls, and magazines, amongst other things, which makes working or looking for something specific difficult. 

To this end, Chrome for Android has developed the Chrome Tab Group feature to solve this problem. This new feature adds to the enhancement of open tab handling. Users can cluster related tabs by topic, job, or project. In this article, you will learn how Chrome Tab Groups function and what advantages are inherent in this feature.

Chrome Tab Group Feature?

The Chrome Tab Group feature enables Android users to group the differences. This makes it easy for users to move from one tab to another. Tabbing will allow users to avoid the feeling of going through a large number of tabs. 

This feature helps simultaneously study tasks, study, work, or be busy with many things simultaneously. The feature is within the browser and is executed through Chrome, so installing anything else is unnecessary.

How to Use Chrome Tab Group on Android

Getting started with the Chrome Tab Group feature is easy. The process can be broken down into a few simple steps:

Open Google Chrome on your Android mobile device.

The Tab Overview icon is on the right side of the screen. It quickly references all the windows you have opened simultaneously.

To group table A, tap and hold one of the tabs you give to the group. You will be given choices; select “Add to new group.”

Add Tabs to; you can add other open groups by adding other-To add tabs to the selected group Name.

For any other tab, swipe and hold it, then drag the icon into the group you created.

You can unfold any group and fold it whenever you like.

Key Features of Chrome Tab Group

The Chrome Tab Group feature offers several options that make tab management easier and more intuitive:

Customisable Labels: Each can be named according to its contents. However, it is better to give tabs within each group a name for convenience.

Tab Group Expansion and Collapse: Collapsing tab groups are useful for keeping many tabs open simultaneously. Merged groups conceal their constituents.

Advantages of Applying Chrome Organization: Chrome allows one to arrange tabs according to topics related to online detection. This is helpful because you don’t have to scroll through the multiple tabs opened in a particular browser window.

Increased Productivity: For office workers and people working on many projects, optimising the use of space by allowing users to work.

Reduced Browser Clutter: An open tab environment can easily get out of hand, especially when working with websites simultaneously. Tab groups alleviate this problem by grouping the tabs, making the browsing window appear much less cluttered and more navigable.

Improved Navigation: We described it with the example that users can go between the tabs instead of continuously flicking or scrolling. Subtabsbing a group will unveil only the tos that belong to this category, while the collapsed groups occupy little space on the screen.

Better Focus: Organized in the current format with tabs one divided by relevance, the idea follows to remain focused. Onn another.   It is useful in moving from one task to another or taking a break from work and remembering what tabs to open and which ones to avoid.

The Finale

The Chrome Tab groups for Android allow groupings to open for people with difficulty. They enable the grouping of browsing tabs and enhance productivity. When studying or working by exploring the Internet, Tab groups bring some order and transition between tasks and websites.

Lastly, Chrome Tab Group adds value to Android browsing. It enables better multitasking with open tabs, task switching, and keeping the Chrome browser clean and neat. For learners, profess and casual users, this feature allows better control over the sessions, which defines productivity and efficiency. Discover Chrome Tab Groups now and take advantage of smarter browsing.

Also Read: How to Use the Google Chrome Tab Compare Feature

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google TV Advisors Sharing Insights on New Features

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |07 Dec 2024

The specific Google TV Advisors program is an online community. In this regard, the current features of this program allow members to express their opinions on any new creation. It opts for modifications or highly recommends a new addition because it is almost certain it will be released.

Through the membership, Google TV enthusiasts can share knowledge and experiences as they help develop the platform. This underlines one of Google’s key strategies: user–centricity, where users act as drivers of new developments on Google TV. 

Goals of Google TV Advisors

The user’s perspective is an essential factor in creating new products. Google TV’s success truly lies in being a part of the user’s life. This has much potential for generating insights into emerging user needs and pain points and obtaining product feedback. The advisors provide this feedback to the company.

For instance, new aspects and facilities have been devised as Google TV continues to establish itself. These features can be introduced within the early stages of a project, and advisors receive important insights into the functions. This way, the improvement and optimisation processes of the new components are adjustable. The product released to the public is more polished and intuitive.

Eligibility and Recruitment Process

Who Can Apply?

To be eligible to join the Google TV Advisors program, you must:

To a large extent, Google TV should be passionately useful.

Be willing and free to give constructive criticism.

Be capable of keeping secrets regarding unknown features.

It may be useful to be pro-technical in general and sure about different kinds of gadgets.

Application Process

To apply for the program, you’ll need to:

Express Interest: You can apply online through the Google TV website or register at a platform of your choice.

Complete a Questionnaire: Ask questions about use, preferences, and feedback received regarding Google TV.

Provide Consent: Sign on to the policy and compliance with the program concerning data and information privacy and compliance with non-disclosure agreements.

Selection Criteria

The contestant will be in selection based on various factors, including:

Diversity of perspectives: Google TV hopes to get several advisors from across demographic backgrounds, geographical areas, and use cases.

Active engagement: In the second part, only advisors who show interest in giving feedback will be in consideration. They are engaged in the program.

Technical expertise: In the case of technology, it may be advantageous since Advisors will have a clearer vision of their evaluation.

Commitment to confidentiality: Google must be able to keep the scrapped features from the public since they are part of its proprietary information.

Google TV Advisors: Their Function and Duties

Respondents in Surveys & Interviews

As a Google TV Advisor, you can have an invitation to participate in various feedback methods, including:

Online Surveys: Share your opinions regarding your impressions of Google TV and post answers regarding its features. It includes its response speed and adopted motif.

In-depth Interviews: Disseminate information with Google TV researchers through one-on-one discussions to give detailed accounts about the product.

Focus Groups: Discuss with other Advisors what they do in coaching calls or client meetings and exchange ideas about trends and reformation.

Beta Testing

You’ll have the opportunity to test pre-release versions of Google TV, allowing you to:

Identify bugs and glitches: Submit any problems that you experience. So that they can be solveable to make the product more stable.

Evaluate new features: Provide input on how some new features would be easy to use, fast, efficient, and easy to navigate.

Suggest improvements: Let us know what you think could be the addition to the current features or what new features you would like added.

Regular Communication

Google TV maintains regular communication with its Advisors through various channels:

Dedicated Online Forums: These forums allow the advisors to discuss various topics and pass feedback on to other participants.

Email Updates: Informative newsletters containing details about new features, the possibility of changing something, and general updates.

Direct Communication: Methods where one-on-one interaction with the Google TV team regarding specifics is possible.

Advantages of Registering in the Google TV Advisors

One of the most significant impacts of environmental factors on organisations is the influence on product development.

Through Advisors, you can contribute to and help shape Google TV’s future. The development team highly appreciates users’ opinions, and every idea you provide will significantly impact the product’s future. 

Your contribution can count here, from ideas for new features to bugs and suggestions for improving the user interface.

Early Access

As an Advisor, you can access new features and functionalities before others do. This allows you to:

Try out new features: Only a few people have had a chance to try out the latest inventions on Google TV directly.

Provide early feedback: This will allow us to influence the future content of the features before they have fully developed.

Shape the future: Let us apply our skills to improve the features and make them closer to customers’ needs.

Recognition and Rewards

The advisor’s program will focus on the fact that people join Google TV to participate actively in developing certain products. However, it might give its participants bonuses or other means of appreciation. These may include:

Exclusive perks: Exclusive promotions, promotional coupons, special invitations to new promotions without registering.

Public recognition: In the blog, social media, and public domain, including but not limited to 30 official identifying references in posts or blogs.

Opportunities to connect with the Google TV team: The possibility to talk to developers and product managers directly.

Impact on Google TV

The Google TV Advisors program could revolutionise Google TV’s development by encouraging a user-centred approach. Thus, Google TV can make TV browsing, watching, and usage more natural, smooth, and engaging. It is possible through the proper combination of active user participation. 

Moreover, the response to certain functions, such as voice search or parental controls, can provide information about areas for improvement. Google TV should ensure the client’s needs and wants are put front and centre to achieve the consumer’s desired product.

The Closing

The Google TV Advisors program is a great chance for fans to help develop the Google TV platform. Advisors are engaged in helping the Google TV core team create a progressive application. It captures market needs and demand by offering feedback and testing new features.

If you frequently use Google TV and want to be a change-maker, we welcome you to apply to join this community. Don’t underestimate your power in making everyone’s experience more customised, smooth, and fun.

Suggested Blog: Google TV Ads Introduce Large QR Codes

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Help Me Create by Google Home Tests Custom Automation

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |06 Dec 2024

Google Home has new interesting options. One such addition is “Help Me Create,” which will be your creative partner. Available for MacOS, this state-of-the-art application lets users take full control of their day. The app allows you to create a new automation, set a distinctive sound routine, or—why not—write a poem.

With “Help me create,” you can tell Google Home your desired result. It will then give you specific recommendations and example codes. This can remove the need for knowledge of complex scripting language and bring automation to the masses.

Overview of ‘Help Me Create’

One of the most beneficial forms of ‘Help Me Create’ is linked with Google Home’s functionality. It helps users with different aspects of creativity. With AvocadoScript, users can create their automation, sound routines, and more—simply, using easy-to-understand natural language instructions.

Currently, the ‘Help me create’ option is a beta. It means that only a limited number of people can play with it. Most importantly, this testing phase is important to collect data from the user. It makes the necessary changes to add the feature in its most user-friendly structure.

Core Features

The “Help me create” feature offers a user-friendly interface that simplifies the automation process:

Step-by-Step Guidance: Google Home instructs the user, taking a step-by-step approach to creating automation.

Predefined Templates: For convenience, numerous basic automation templates are available for users to leverage to kick-start their Automation application. These templates include scenarios for switching the lights on and off at a particular time and programming sound routines.

Customization Options: Two interesting subcategories are the “Help me create” option, which offers users as many options as possible. A user can edit standard templates or create new ones by defining specific instructions for what should be done.

Case Studies

The “Help me create” feature opens up a world of possibilities for home automation:

Home Automation Scenarios:

Morning Routine: Program automation that switches on the lights and plays your favourite morning music. It sets the room temperature to your liking.

Home Security: In your absence, turn the lights on and off at various times to give the impression that people are inside the house.

Energy Saving: As part of smart energy management, it is recommended that rules be set for use. It will automatically switch off the lights and other appliances once they are not used.

Multi-Device Support

Smart Home Devices: Help me create one aspect of the application that can connect with smart home gadgets. It includes smart bulbs, heaters, alarms, etc.

Google Assistant: Smart touch controls let you connect with Google Assistant for voice access and control.

User Perspectives

One of the additional options worth mentioning is “Help me create.” It makes Google Homelife a lot easier for people with no coding skills who wish to automate their houses. 

Automations are easy to set up. Thanks to a wide range of predefined templates and options, the user can create an automation for any particular case. This feature enables users to take charge of their home environment most efficiently and conveniently.

As a “beta” application, Help Me Create received good feedback from those early testers. We noted that users are fond of the application because of its simplicity and potentiality, which is open to infinity. The branding of this feature will offer a new way for people to engage with smart homes.

The Findings

Help me create is a great addition to making smart home automation easy for anyone. Because it allows users to create different home automations easily, Google Home is a perfect tool for managing household settings. Over time, the feature has the propensity to change how one engages with a house or a home.

Join the beta testing program and share your thoughts with us to contribute to further developing this exciting innovation. Your feedback can help improve the “Help Me Create” tool.

More to Read: A Deep Dive Into Google’s December 2024 Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Android 15 QPR1 Released with December Security Update

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |06 Dec 2024

Google announced the Android 15 QPR1 update to Pixel devices, which includes this update. Continuing our commitment to updating, this update focuses on enhancing the plugin’s speed and comes with critical security enhancements. It is vital always to update it to ensure your device remains secure.

Updating also protects your privacy and data by preventing unauthorised access. Updates also enhance your device’s performance and dependability. You should update your Android occasionally to ensure a secure and smooth operation.

Top Attributes of Android 15 QPR1

The Android 15 QPR1 update brings a range of exciting features and refinements:

Material You Settings Redesign: This release’s most significant UI changes are for the Settings app. This is where Apple introduced a pill-shaped search bar. It is at the centre of the app instead of in the previous top-centre position.

Battery Optimization: The new Charging optimisation menu and Adaptive Charging allow you to turn on charging. It aims to preserve battery health and set the charging limit to 80%.

Status Bar Enhancements: In light mode, Pixel 9 series users can now have a thicker status bar, lighter-themed icons, and pastel colour shades.

Lockscreen Widgets: Pixel Tablet users can now change lockscreen with widgets to access information easily.

Desktop Windowing: A recent change is that new desktop-like free-form windows have become available for developers.

Security Updates

This release involves the Android 15 QPR1 update and ZenFone 8 bundled with the December 2024. These holes could be the points through which hackers can control your gadget. So you should update it as soon as possible.

December 2024 Security Patch: This patch addresses six critical vulnerabilities found on December 1 and 8 more found on December 5.

Additional Fixes: Google has added 14 incremental security fixes for Google-made devices.

User Experience Improvements

The Android 15 QPR1 update also introduces several user experience refinements:

Predictive Back with Gboard: The idea behind this new addition to Gboard is to make it easier to swipe through by anticipating the following move.

Quick Settings Tile Animation: The new and larger container has a new animation and vibration to enhance the touch-and-feel experience.

Scalloped Loading Indicator: During long reboots, a new scalloped loading indicator is displayed. It provides a new look and an information-based loading bar.

The Extract

Android 15 is officially out for Pixel devices with the QPR1 update. It introduces exciting features and the best security for the Pixel series. Cortana gets integration, so you get better battery life, a more secure Settings app design, and much more with this update.

All Pixel device owners are encouraged to upgrade to the new Android 15 QPR1 release for the best performance or security enhancements. As such, you can get the current requested attributes, enhance your device protection, and enhance your general Android experience.

FAQs

1. What is the Android 15 QPR1 release?

Google’s latest release for Pixel devices is Android 15 QPR1. This update may improve performance and resolution. Moreover, changes to the user interface and security enhancements aim to make the device safer.

2. What new features does Android 15 QPR1 bring?

The update introduces several exciting features, including:

A new look Material You Settings screen.

Battery optimisation option so that the battery can be charged in the best manner for its best performance.

Smart icons on the lock screen are available for instant use on Pixel Tablets.

More flavours of desktop windowing for a rich experience that operates with the virtual desktop interface.

3. Why are the security updates in Android 15 QPR1 crucial?

The update features the December 2024 security patch, which fixes 22 issues that can compromise your device with threats. Security updates should also be performed often to avoid the leakage of your valuable information and personal data.

4. In terms of how they are updated, in what way do the three sources enhance the user experience?

Android 15 QPR1 enhances the user experience with features like:

Adding more cruise control with Predictive Back on Gboard.

Introducing new Quick Settings tile animations for enhanced visual feedback mechanisms and related changes.

5. How can I upgrade to Android 15 QPR1?

To update your Pixel device, navigate to Settings > System > System Update and look for updates. Ensure that your particular device model is update-compatible. It has a battery charge, as an update may require completion even when the device’s battery has drained to empty.

More Reading: Googlе Rеlеasеs Final Android 15 Bеta 4.2 Fееdback Survеy

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Building Android Apps with Smart Contracts

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |05 Dec 2024

Blockchain technology has benefited mobile apps and dApps. It enables developers to build Android Apps with Smart Contracts. At its core, it is possible through smart contracts—code embedded directly into the blockchain representing digital agreements. Smart contracts simplify existing processes and eliminate all but the essential stages. Blockchain is good for finance, health care, and supply chain.

This is because nearly all smart contracts developed in those programming languages work on the Ethereum platform, which is Android-friendly. Therefore, this guide will teach you the striking features that are useful in developing Android applications on blockchain and smart contracts. This article will provide development for those unfamiliar with blockchain — or for those who are developers. So, let us master how we will use Smart contracts in our Android applications.

What are Smart Contracts and Blockchain?

Blockchain is simply a technology in a series of decentralized records. It stores data across several decentralized nodes to guarantee that it is robust, incorruptible, and easily accessed. The blocks are in connection to their pre-progressing blocks through cryptography. This structure makes it almost impossible for someone to change data without the network’s consent.

Smart contracts are legalistic applications operating in a blockchain between buyers and sellers. They inoculate rules they want to enforce into their code beforehand. According to their definition, decentralized applications embody applications of smart contracts that enable agreement implementation between parties. 

They are trustless, lack intermediaries, and need to be more knowledgeable once deployed to work. This is due to their role in enhancing the parties’ transparency, effectiveness, and credibility in a digitized transaction.

What is Blockchain in Android Application Development?

Improved Security: Because the apps are based on blockchain, their distributed structure and cryptic seal make them difficult targets for hacking and data loss. This ensures that individual user data and transactions are safe, and nobody can alter this after doing it.

Trust and Transparency: All transactions are in encryption form by blockchain and made unalterable to open to all authorized players. The transparency used here assists in forming trust between users and channels.

Minimized Third Parties: Smart contracts do not require third-party validation, which reduces overhead and time in any operation.

Decentralization: Blockchain is an open, distributed database. This contributes to higher availability, improved fault tolerance, and a less centralized system or nearly single points of failure.

Development Setup and Business Basics

The first part encompasses fundamentals, including developing an Android app that connects with a Blockchain and smart contracts:

IDEs of the present: Android Studio is the future IDE for Android development. It has everything you need to design, build, and debug your app. They ensure it meets the right standards.

Solidity is useful for writing smart contracts on the Ethereum platform. This piece of code will describe your blockchain-based solution’s rationale and rules.

Ganache: You rely on it to upload your contracts and develop your applications. However, it also serves as a testing ground. It is where new changes can be easy without engaging the Ethereum mainnet.

Web3j: A small Java library that allows developers to integrate Ethereum blockchain properties into their Android projects. It enables your application to communicate with the smart contract and the blockchain node.

Steps to Set Up

Download, install, and configure Android Studio and those SDKs required for Android development.

Download Ganache, open it, and launch a new personal Ethereum Blockchain to implement your solidity code.

To use Web3j in Android, Web3j is added as a dependency on your Android project.

MetaMask (recommended) — the free, friendly, and easy-to-use browser extension to interact with Ethereum without logging in on your Android device.

Testing and Deploying the App

It is important to test your app to make sure everything is working fine:

It is recommended that the Ganache platform be used to test individual methods in the smart contract.

Complete the last step in the Android-Blockchain-Smart Contract interaction channel.

Ensure the app is ok and easy to use by its clients with a proper layout without any complications

Essential Security Measures and Best Practices

Here are some best practices for developing Android apps with blockchain and smart contracts:

Gas Fees: Ether is paid for every interaction with the blockchain. Following the optimization techniques described above can reduce the costs generally associated with smart contracts.

Protect Private Keys and Wallets: Private keys need protection. Some methods of working with wallets include using MetaMask in programs and libraries like Web3j.

Smart Contract Audits: Keep your smart contract from going directly to the live network to avoid exploiting common weaknesses.

Low user experience: Blockchain is difficult for users, which is a statement we can derive from this analysis. Ensure the app is seamless and the blockchain technology is visible and understood only in the background.

The Wrap-Up

Consequently, blockchain and smart contracts can be incorporated into several Android applications. They aim to enhance security and decentralization and reduce reliance on third parties. With enhanced safety and effectiveness, you can integrate these as smart contracts in your Android Apps.

With the advancement of blockchain technology, mobile App Development will inevitably shift towards blockchain to bring more value to developers or end-users.

FAQs

What is blockchain in Android apps?

Blockchain provides security, transparency, and decentralized applications for enhanced apps. It eradicates intermediates through intelligent, well-designed contracts and increases the value of operations.

How does blockchain enhance the security of Android App apps?

Due to their decentralized and cryptography nature, most blockchains are highly immune to cyber hackers and data manipulation. Every transaction is final and fundamental, and like in blockchain, consensus is achieved, making data integrity inherent.

How do we execute smart contracts’ testing while avoiding the main Ethereum network from being affected?

Ganache is a personal Ethereum blockchain that helps optimize the use of the mainnet, its costs, and associated risks.

What is web3j, and why is it important for Android app development?

Web3j is an Android-based Java application that uses the Ethereum blockchain. Your app can easily handle activities like deploying smart contracts, querying for data on the blockchain, and firing transactions.

Suggested Blog: The Future of Using Blockchain in Android Development

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Enjoy the Zen Stream Arrives on YouTube TV

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |05 Dec 2024

YouTube TV officially announced the creation of a new 24/7 channel. It will teach people to relax and focus on their well-being. The new addition is called Enjoy the Zen, referencing the eye-opening and sound fests that became famous as ad breaks.

Now, viewers can watch endlessly beautiful nature, calm music, and other inspiring and calming videos. They will not get bored because they are interrupted by advertisements.

Enjoy the Zen is a specific program channel that helps viewers produce videos. With this channel, YouTube TV continues its extremely diverse offering to viewers to have fun and watch movies.

Purpose of the Channel, Enjoy the Zen

One of YouTube TV’s recent channels is “Enjoy the Zen,” which aims to offer the audience only calming content. As a result of its success, YouTube TV felt that having brief zen moments in the middle of the commercials was a good idea. Therefore, it launched a new channel featuring footage people can watch to relax. This channel is aimed at a wide audience, including those who:

Need a mental break: Relaxed people can work here. They may fully go through their daily routines to relax and have fun.

Practice mindfulness: These pictures with accompanying sounds are useful to improve mindfulness.

Have trouble sleeping: The material can help people calm down and rest.”

Want to relax: Anyone looking for a movie that will give him or her a quiet time without much stress.

Content Offered

The “Enjoy the Zen” channel offers a variety of calming content, including:

Nature Soundscapes: Nature sounds that include anything from rain, wind, the sound of an ocean, and other such elements generally combined with calming visuals.

Meditation Guides: Relaxation programs and interesting guided meditations that teach the audience to relax and have less stress.

Relaxation Videos: Categories of videos include slow-motion nature films or any other low-intensity films.

Scenic Landscapes: Nature videos, such as forests, mountains, etc., are good for depicting any natural environment.

Value for Viewers

The “Enjoy the Zen” channel offers numerous benefits for viewers:

Mental Health and Well-being:

Stress Relief: Vision and audio can greatly help decrease stress or anxiety.

Improved Focus: The channel can inform viewers how to draw their attention and help them do it.

Better Sleep: Their supposed relaxing content could relax the viewer enough before bed and thus start having a sound sleep.

Accessibility:

YouTube TV: The channel is swiftly accessible to YouTube TV subscribers.

Device Compatibility: The content can be watched on different gadgets, such as Smart TVs, mobile phones, and tablets.

User Journey

The YouTube TV channel “Enjoy the Zen” has numerous videos. It seeks to help viewers find ways to relax and relieve stress. The channel provides users with carefully collected episodes of calming music, nature sounds, meditation with voices, and relaxing songs. 

For this reason, its operational ease and direct access option remain advantages. According to the first response, the viewers also approved of the channel. Many of them pointed out that watching it helps them relax and contributes to forming a healthy mental state.

Roadmap Ahead

The “Enjoy the Zen” channel will grow and develop as YouTube TV evolves. Plans include continuing new content formats like mobile meditation and establishing inherent application-based meeting and relaxation offers.

Further, partnering with famous wellness gurus and content producers makes it possible to share industry information and content. Tinubu always changes and adds more content to the channel. It is YouTube TV’s main strategy for becoming one of the go-to channels for people who want to relax and unwind.

The Climax

Enjoy the Zen on YouTube TV is about taking a break from the noisy corporate world. The channel offers only materials to help people relax and release stress to benefit their health. 

‘Enjoy the Zen’ aims to provide satisfactory results for people who wish to spend no more than five minutes without being occupied. You are welcome to visit the channel and enjoy the relaxation it offers to anybody who visits it.

Also Read: YouTube TV for Android gets a resizable PiP-style mini-player

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Text Field Redesign Rolling Out in Google Messages

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |04 Dec 2024

Google Messages is receiving a significant update, Text Field Redesign. This is valuable for messaging upgrades, as small changes greatly impact usability since they rely on intuitive user interfaces.

Subtle changes go a long way. The new design simplifies the interface without removing necessary functionality while speeding up users’ experiences.

Overview of the Redesign

Weakness of Older Design: The previous generation of the Google Messages app had some issues, especially with the text entry area. 

The text field layout could have been clearer for users, as most users found it crowded, and some could not quickly cover all the frequently used features. 

The emoji and attachment buttons were awkward, making them difficult to use, so the overall message flow was slightly slower than it could have been.

New Design Features

The new update, Text Field Redesign, brings a new layout, with the text field aligned to the left to accommodate more message typing. The button order has also been restructured to group tasks more logically. 

The Plus button is now on the left, flanked by the Magic Compose, Emoji, and Gallery buttons. 

The most significant difference is that the Voice Memo and Send buttons are now placed outside the text field area, making them more accessible and reducing visual clutter.

User Experience Enhancements

We have also enhanced usability with Text Field Redesign, which allows seamless access to the features you use most. This button reordering will enable users to work on setting up the actions they need more recently and spend less time browsing the app.

Intuitive placement of design elements would make navigation easier. In the text field area, additional spacing and arranged buttons allow users to distinguish between options easily. According to reports, it enhances the messaging user experience with a fast and seamless experience.

Additional Updates

Changing Read Receipts: Another big change was made in read receipts. In this new update, read receipts appear directly in the main message list. With this update, users will find that tracking the status of their messages is now clearer and more visible, as they can easily tell if their messages are read.

Beta Update Information: The rollout version of this update is in 20241202_01_RC00 (beta). A small group of beta testers is currently testing it and can give feedback on the whole experience. This release incorporates every new design update and enhancement to functionality.

User Feedback

Early Impressions from Beta Testers: Feedback from beta testers has so far been mostly positive. The new text field design is received a lot better by the users because it’s cleaner and easier to spot. Many say it speeds up typing and navigating the app. However, a few testers suggested adjusting to the redesign could be challenging, particularly for people used to the older interface.

Other Areas for Dramatizing: There have been positive vibes across the board, but there have been some indications that the sizes of some buttons could be modified slightly to make tapping those buttons easier. Users are requested to be given more customisation aspects to fit their desires.

The Extract

With its latest text field redesign, Google Messages is getting a big user interface boost. The new skin is designed for better usability, visual clarity, and message flow. As additional users receive the update, more adjustments will probably be made in response to users’ feedback. Google Messages is still quite a young service, and it’s only getting better and better with more updates and changes coming.

This format allows people to consider the new redesign in its entirety without cutting to criticism as soon as there is an opportunity to do so. Then, insight into user reactions could be featured, revealing a more positive side and how these aspects may be mitigated. Or even if you’d like to go into more detail about different sections!

More Reading: A Deep Dive Into Google’s December 2024 Updates

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chrome Android Speedometer Score Doubles for Faster Browsing

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |04 Dec 2024

Google Chrome for Android has doubled its Speedometer score in the latest benchmarks. Speedometer is a popular benchmark tool. It measures the responsiveness and interactivity of web applications. This allows us to see how well browsers handle complex tasks and dynamic web content.

This is just one of many improvements Google has made to Chrome for Android. These optimizations involve the browser’s rendering engine, memory management, and enhancements in working with Android’s system resources.

Performance Improvements

Chrome Android Speedometer score has received an incredible speed-up thanks to numerous optimizations throughout the different pillars:

Build Optimizations:

New ARM64 Transition: Transitioned from 32-bit ARM to use our 64-bit ARM64 to achieve major performance enhancements on modern devices.

Compilers apply modern optimizations: These compiler optimization flags (like -O2 and -O3) greatly improve performance by applying various modern optimizations.

Profile-Guided Optimization (PGO): It deeply analyzes the application’s runtime behaviour and determines optimization opportunities based on profile-guided optimizations. It could result in significant performance improvements.

The new features are V8 JavaScript Engine Improvements:

New Compiler: With these new compilers, JavaScript execution has become faster, especially when running complex workloads.

Low-Priority HTML Parser: Chrome has optimized its HTML parser for better performance of innerHTML attributes, which means faster page loading.

Updates to Blink Rendering Engine

Better Cross-Function Code Ordering: This is just a reminder that we can improve how we order our functions. The rendering engine can reduce the number of context switches, thus increasing performance.

Improved Rendering Speed: The rendering pipeline has received several optimizations. They speed up the conversion of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript into pixels on your screen.

Real-World Impact

These performance enhancements had a real and positive impact on user experience:

Faster Page Loads: Users will see a huge reduction in loading times for countless web 

Pages Example: Loading Google Docs documents is now significantly faster, allowing users to start editing their documents faster.

Improved User Experience: There is an overall increase in the smoothness and responsiveness of the browsing experience. Web apps like online games and video streaming services run smoother, with less lag and stutter.

Collaboration with Partners

Part of these performance improvements owes to our partnership with major industry players:

Silicon and SoC Partners:

ARM—Close collaboration with ARM allowed Chrome for ARM64 architecture to be optimized, improving performance and providing a more fluid experience.

Qualcomm: Collaborating with Qualcomm has made optimizing code for individual Snapdragon processors easier, improving performance and battery life.

Android Team Collaboration:

Developers in Google’s Android team cooperated in-depth with developers of the Chrome team to improve thread scheduling and interactions with the OS. It also leads to better multitasking and less latency, so Chrome for Android is more responsive.

The Final Word

Chrome Android Speedometer score has been improving significantly in terms of performance. Using the latest technologies, such as ARM64 architecture, new compiler optimizations, and unique engine improvements, Chrome provides a speedier browsing experience.

These advancements are not abstract concepts; they translate into faster page loads and smoother interactions. Collaborations with industry partners such as ARM and Qualcomm have also been key to these performance improvements.

Chrome is constantly improving, and we can expect further performance improvements. With a dedication to providing a superior browsing experience and continuous developments in hardware and software technology, we can be confident that Chrome will continue leading the performance charge on the web.

Also Read: Google Chrome for Desktop to Unveil Visual Cues for Copy Actions 

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Custom Notification Sounds A Step-by-Step Guide

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |03 Dec 2024

How to use Custom Notification Sounds on an Android phone is a good way to make your phone feel one-of-a-kind. Whether you’re managing notifications from work emails, social media, or messaging apps, assigning specific sounds to each app allows you to pick up alerts.

It’s not only about personalization but also a practical way of managing the daily onslaught of messages we see. We could even recognize if a work email is important or just a casual use of sound. This helps you prioritize where your attention is, and it drastically helps with multitasking.

You should note that the process may differ slightly. It depends on your phone’s model, Android version, and app, but these steps are quite straightforward. Here is a step-by-step tutorial for setting up unique notification sounds for each app on your Android phone. Follow along to take back control over your notifications and customize your device how you want.

What is the need for Custom Notification Sounds?

Advantages of Custom Notification Sounds

Customizing notification sounds is more than adding a personal touch to your Android phone. It also provides some practical benefits for your daily digital activities. Here’s how it helps:

Quick Identification

You can uniquely identify apps by assigning distinctive sounds to instantly know which app has pinged you without looking at your screen. You can, for instance, assign a different sound to your email app so you can know when an important work e-mail comes in.

Better Organization

This keeps you alert by differentiating notification sounds. Work-necessary apps utilize subtle, work-appropriate tones, while social media or messaging might use more playful or casual sounds. This lets you handle your notifications more efficiently and keep seeing important updates.

Personalization

Custom notification sounds to let you bring a touch of your personality to your device. Whether you like soft chimes, quirky sounds, or a segment of your favorite song, you can have your phone sound how you want. It’s a simple way to customize your device while boosting its performance to be more uniquely yours.

Prerequisites

Before you continue, make sure you have the following in place

Before setting up personalized notification sounds for every app, there are a few things you’ll need to know. These set-up requirements will enable you to simplify the setup of your custom sounds. They ensure the sounds are available in locations on your device where they will be useful.

Audio Files

You must download the custom notification sound files directly to your device. You can download sounds from the internet or record your own. If you’re using a custom sound from your favorite song or a voice note, ensure the file is short and clear enough to act as a notification alert.

Storage Access

To utilize shock sound files on your Android device, you must save them to a location the device can reach quickly. In the best scenario, you can transfer these files to the “Notification” folder in your internal storage. That will ensure they appear in your device’s notification sound settings when you select them.

Internal Storage/Notifications.

If you don’t, you can create a “Notifications” folder or put the files somewhere you can easily find using the file manager app.

Step-by-Step Guide

Your custom sounds will be selectable by going to:

Launch a file manager app on your Android phone.

Go to the folder where you store your audio files.

Paste it or move it to your internal storage’s “Notifications” folder.

For Android 10 and Above

Go to your phone’s settings.

Tap either Apps & Notifications (or just Apps, depending on your phone).

Choose the app you want to customize.

Scroll down to Notifications and tap on a specific notification category or channel to see the options.

For a messaging app, you may find categories such as “Messages” or “Calls.”

Change Sound:

Click Sound or Advanced > Sound.

A window will open listing available sounds, including your custom ones.

Choose the custom sound you want to use.

Repeat for other apps and categories as applicable.

For Older Android Versions

Open the app for which you want to customize the appearance.

Access SettingsNavigate to app notification or sound settings

Choose the audio you want from the options.

Test your custom sounds

After you’ve set sounds for your apps:

Send yourself a test notification to ensure the custom sound plays.

If needed, set the volume levels.

Conclusion

Using custom notification sounds for individual apps on your Android phone is easy. This hack is highly appreciated and can make your device work more efficiently and exactly as you need it. 

Keeping up with all the alerts flooding our phones can be difficult in our fast-paced, notification-driven lives. Personalizing notification sounds helps you tell apart the different notifications you get. This allows you to prioritize your attention without needing to check your phone.

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google December 2024 Updates A Deep Dive

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |03 Dec 2024

Google consistently delivers monthly system stability improvements to its Android OS. It ensures that devices remain reliable, secure, and feature-rich. December 2024 is no exception, bringing robust updates designed to enhance functionality and user experience. This month, Google December 2024 Updates focus on several key areas. It includes improved connectivity, expanded digital wallet features, optimized app performance, and increased security measures to address emerging vulnerabilities.

The Google December 2024 Updates underscore Google’s commitment to refining the Android ecosystem. It reflects its dedication to providing tools and innovations that benefit developers and users alike. From seamless integration of Waze data in Google Maps to new onboarding flows for app users, these enhancements aim to make Android devices more intuitive and enjoyable. Furthermore, including new tools for developers highlights Google’s focus on empowering app creators to deliver cutting-edge experiences.

Update Google Play Services (Version 24.47)

Device Connectivity: The company has new developer features in Google December 2024 Updates. This is to help ensure that both Google and third-party app developers can optimize device connectivity. These features improve app performance, reduce loading time, and provide better connections, enhancing the user experience.

Wallet Improvements: Wear OS users have a special treat. Google Wallet will now support hotel keys, college campus IDs, and company badges. This seamless integration lets you access vital information and services directly from your wrist, integrating them into your daily routines.

Update: Google Play Store (43.9)

A simplified onboarding flow with new users to the Google Play Store, allowing them to begin purchasing more seamlessly.

Settings Services: Optimized Settings Services to be leveraged by ESPR charging constraints. With the new updates on Android, your device gets the best performance, and its battery life is also extended. It ensures that you can continue using your Android device all day.

Security update from Android (December 2024)

The Google security patch for December 2024 fixes critical-level vulnerabilities that could leak your device. It Updates your tool to the latest security patch level (2024-12-01 o, at the minimum, 2024-12-05).

This will help stave off several threats, such as escalation of privilege exploits, remote code execution, and software flaws within the Qualcomm, MediaTek, and PowerVR components.

Android Auto and Google Maps Update

Waze Stats are coming to Google Maps: Google Maps under Android Auto will get smarter with Waze reporting stats. That way, you will get real-time traffic updates, road closures, and other critical alerts to help you take the right route efficiently and safely.

Improved Reporting: Reporting an incident on Google Maps has become more straightforward. You can report police activity, accidents, and other hazards faster and easier than ever. This makes the road safer for everyone.

Conclusion

The Google December 2024 Updates reflect an ongoing effort to enhance the Android experience. These updates aim to provide additional functionality to your Android device, whether it be improved security, connectivity, user experience, or innovative features. With their eyes toward the future, we can look forward to many more exciting innovations from Google.

Related Reading: What is new on Google System Updates for October 2024

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Resizable PiP-Style Mini-Player on YouTube TV Gets Update

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |02 Dec 2024

YouTube TV has released a significant feature for Android users: a resizable PiP-style mini-player. This update enables users to watch videos, which, in the process, they would conduct other activities on the said item. 

However, with the help of the new feature, the size of the floating video window can be changed. It opens new opportunities for users and personalizes the viewing process.

What is the resizable PiP-style mini-player?

The resizable PiP-style mini-player enables users to shrink a video pane and position it on top of other applications. Although the PiP’s interface still occupies part of this screen. This seems perfect for multitasking, as you can watch your favorite shows using different applications.

This update extends this view by adding the ability for users to resize the PiP window. Before, the window size was always defined, which defined how much of the video’s screen could take. Now, users can collapse it using a pinch. They can also expand it by spreading their fingers on the touch screen to resize it.

Key Benefits

Improved Multitasking

The resizable PiP-style mini-player feature is especially suited for people doing contracts, business, or other activities. They require someone to use another device while they are using their phone.

You can still watch YouTube TV, search a site, and reply to emails. It eliminates intermission and enhances comfort: It is the perfect four-in-one.

Customizable Viewing

One can choose the size of the window into which the video is inserted; the content is more intimate. For instance, by using the mouse, one can shrink the size of the video. Such flexibility allows the completion of the main activity without much interference from the video.

Enhanced Usability

The permanently floating window enlarges the preview. It can be moved across the screen with a button, meaning it does not interfere with information in other applications. This means it becomes possible to tow many other apps without being deaf to the video.

User Feedback

Reading the audiences’ messages, it is possible to conclude that a resizable PiP-style mini-player has been highly appreciated. The addition has been reported to enhance watching experiences. Some users’ verbal feedback includes appreciating the update due to its functional and ergonomic use.

Another potential way to make it more pointed is to resize the second display’s small window. This would benefit those with small appliances because screens are scarce and prized assets.

They can either reduce or minimize it if they wish to use it in a certain way. It will not disrupt the use of other applications, and they can expand it to get a broader view of what it contains.

Conclusion

The fully adjustable resizable PiP-style mini-player for YouTube TV on Android has to be a multitasker’s dream. It can free up the users’ time from watching videos or switching to a new app. It is where videos can be made because, with this app, videos can be viewed without interruption. 

Tt is a primary streaming service, YouTube TV allows viewers to determine the video’s size and placement. This update has demonstrated that YouTube TV understands its work of delivering features that can meet today’s user needs.

Also Read: ChromeOS Android Integration redefine seamless multitasking

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

YouTube TV Preps Test of Custom Multiviews for Non-Sports Content

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
YouTube TV App

YouTube TV App Puts Shorts First, Subscriptions Hidden

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
AI Radio Tuning

YouTube TV’s 6-Month Discount Window Closing Soon

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

The Future of Using Blockchain in Android Development

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |02 Dec 2024

Android has revolutionized human-consumer interfaces with technology. Many developers have created a very high level of innovation using Blockchain in Android Development.  

New technologies are the basis for change over time. Blockchain technology is the most effective reform within the development of mobile applications.

However, this article will describe Android Blockchain in detail and to what extent this innovative technology is beginning to affect the Android app development process.

Why Should We Understand Blockchain in Android Development?

This paper seeks to provide some insight into the suitability of blockchain for application development.

Blockchain technology is an open, distributed register that stores transactions over a distributed computer system. 

This distributed characteristic of blockchain makes it fairly clear, safe, and, most importantly, unalterable. Each block can contain an entry. After the entry has been created, you cannot manipulate it since it forms a bloc with the chain.

Advantages of Blockchain in Android Development

In the context of mobile app development, blockchain offers several advantages:

Trust and Transparency: Blockchain can play an important role in the trust model between the app’s users and developers. This is because the record of the transactions and other data can be recognized as true.

Data Protection: In the blockchain sample, data is stored within a network that can be more protected and private.

Security: The security of data in the blockchain is ensured by using cryptographic techniques.

Decentralization: Blockchain eliminates middlemen who, in most cases, serve to cut down on costs and enhance effectiveness.

Blockchain in Android Apps Use Cases

Blockchain has a wide range of usage in the Android application; here we mention a few main applications:

Enhanced Security

The distribution of risks in blockchain’s ciphers and algorithms has made it one of the most suitable security technologies for Android applications.

Decentralized Authentication: Blockchain can also improve the job of game developers. It does so by eradicating the risks of data breaches by storing end-user credentials in a distributed database.

Secure Data Storage: Encryption techniques can add a layer of security to a document or data. This is about or has personal detail information or medical details in a blockchain.

In-App Payments

Another main feature is that the app allows users to purchase cryptocurrency for convenience and security.

Borderless Transactions: According to the case, cryptocurrencies are instruments that allow international transactions to be made without a bank.

Reduced Fees: Due to the lower charges, blockchain charges are cheaper than physical charges.

Decentralized Apps (dApps)

dApp is an application with no particular controller based on a distributed system. They offer several advantages over traditional apps:

No Central Control: Another advantage linked tightly to dApps is that the latter does not belong to someone. The users can not shut down or censor it.

User Ownership of Data: Data is owned by users and consumers, who should choose what happens.

Open-Source Development: However, dApps are mainly in developed condition based on an open-source platform so that developers can continue to enhance them.

Linking Supply Chain Management and IoT

Blockchain can be useful for tracking the movement of products throughout the supply chain:

Transparency and Traceability: Blockchain technology will assist organizations in documenting information related to products. It includes their source and journey, making processes more transparent and accountable.

IoT Device Connectivity: Today, various devices are in connection to IoT. They share data with cloud servers, so blockchain can provide a secure channel.

Gaming and NFTs

With Blockchain technology, a lot has changed in the Gaming industry. It enables the creation of non-fungible tokens):

Digital Asset Ownership: NFT is a tokenized digital asset. It is where the tokenization of a digital good implies possessing at least one part of a tokenized item.

Play-to-Earn Models: Mobile app users should get rewards with cryptocurrency based on players’ activities in games built on the blockchain.

There are several questions that one needs to answer when planning to integrate blockchain with an Android app:

Blockchain, an Emerging Technology in Android Development

The potential for the adoption of blockchain in Android application development is staggering. As the technology offered by Blockchain becomes more popular, it will become the norm for in-app protection and transaction processing. By harnessing blockchain’s abilities, developers can build better, more secure, reliable, and new Android applications.

That is why everyone can expect the growing integration of Android developers with blockchain platforms. This would ensure the creation of convenient blockchain applications that work smoothly with the prevailing Android environments. Application developers may use blockchain providers to access superior solutions. They enhance their ability to develop scalability solutions for their apps.

Here is the Wrap-Up

One of the most significant opportunities for using blockchains for the development of Android apps is the apport from existing risks, a greater degree of reliability, tranny, and exciting features. Due to such characteristics of blockchain, developers can build better applications, focusing on ordinary folks’ security and dependability.

In our case, we want to motivate Android developers to experiment with blockchain applications. It is to look forward to the prospects awaiting the concept and the risks and benefits associated with its implementation. By strengthening the developers’ innovativeness, blockchain could reach its full potential and define the future of mobile application development.

FAQs

What is blockchain technology in app development?

Blockchain is a distributed public data ledger that promotes mobile app information and operations’ accuracy, integrity, and trustworthiness.

Predicting the role of blockchain technology in improving security in Android applications?

Risks such as breaches are out of chance because they employ cryptographic methods to store data securely.

How do Decentralized applications work on the Android platform?

Decentralized apps run on the blockchain. They provide data ownership, but there is no authority to govern them and, more importantly, open-source code.

Will Android applications be able to use blockchain payments?

Yes, blockchain allows for safe cross-border, in-app purchases with cryptocurrency and has lower fees.

Which aspect of data security does blockchain do concerning Android applications?

They have decentralized communications, making it difficult for hackers to penetrate the database.

Which industries can leverage blockchain for Android application development?

Blockchain can achieve transparency and accuracy in the gaming, healthcare providers, supply chain, and financial services sectors.

What are the issues in adopting blockchain for Android applications?

Issues are as follows: developers’ experience, application’s capability to run on mobile devices, and compliance with regulation.

What is the position of blockchain in managerial Android apps empowering IoT?

It protects the interaction and information sharing in the IoT setting and prevents corrupting the connected devices.

In what ways has NFT an integration into Android gaming applications?

Blockchain enables creation and trading of unique digital commodities (NFTs) concerning virtual assets and P2E.

What role will Android development play in Blockchain? What is next for Android concerning blockchain?

Blockchain will establish itself as normality for application protection, payments, and decentralized application environments.

More to Read: Best VPNs for Android in 2024

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

ChromeOS Android Integration redefine multitasking

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |30 Nov 2024

Surprisingly, ChromeOS and Android are among the leading global operating systems. Rumours have been circulating that Google plans ChromeOS Android Integration. ChromeOS is more optimised for performance and better in cloud storage and PAAS than Android.

On the other hand, Android overpowers the mobile segment with its extensive app support.  If they achieve an instantaneous and incredibly strong blending, this could change the whole technology world.

Historical Context

Google developed Chrome OS based on the cloud environment. It was first released in 2011 with the design to offer a simple and fast experience, mostly through web apps. Due to its cheapness, security, and simplicity, it has gradually established itself, especially in learning institutions and the commercial world.

ChromeOS comes with a cloud computing base. Users can view and even work on files and applications from other devices connected to the internet.

Android, however, entered the mobile industry in 2008 and has since been the consumer’s choice platform. Since Google created it, which was initially based on Linux, Android has been the world’s most popular mobile operating system. 

ChromeOS Android Integration enhances efficiency

If ChromeOS Android Integration happens, they could create great value for all users and developers.

Seamless User Experience

Unified Ecosystem: Such a single OS could optimise user interactions on one or more devices, such as smartphones, laptops, etc. Clients could exchange data, organisational settings, and even notifications while interacting between their devices.

Cross-Platform Compatibility: Another provided several additional levels over existing mobile apps, such as the complete integration of mobile, tablet and notebook formats without developing new versions for each one. Eventually, This would improve conformity to the usability principles and intuitive interface design.

Enhanced Productivity

Integration of Apps and Services: This ChromeOS Android Integration allows viewers to access the screens and applications of both platforms. It aims to take advantage of more effective productivity apps and services. For instance, a user can begin writing a document on their phone.

Multitasking Capabilities: A unified OS could enhance the multitasking setup. A new window snapping and virtual desktop could be easily supportive.

Innovation and Development

Developer Opportunities: A common platform would entice more developers to develop applications for a single integrated environment. This would create more applications and diversity. It would also reduce the cost and time required to develop applications targeting a single platform.

Technological Advancements: The integration could stimulate innovation as new technologies from the two sites complement each other. This has resulted in the inventions of artificial intelligence, machine learning, and augmented reality.

Possible Challenges

Although the combination of ChromeOS and Android provides a proper synergy in most aspects.

Technical Hurdles

Codebase Integration: There will be many conflicts if two different sets of code are in the joining condition. This will affect the design and coding style used by the two organisations.

Hardware Compatibility: It could be very difficult to make it compatible with almost every device. It ranges from feature phones to high-end computers.

Performance Optimization: Another challenge would be achieving optimal performance. You may say battery and efficiency on different devices and use cases.

User Transition

Learning Curve: It must be designed for a more or less integrative environment. The subscribers must conform to, depending on the degree. The merger affects the user interface and the processes facilitating product use.

App Compatibility: Interoperability might challenge existing and other service applications, especially those built for the older platform.

Security Concerns: This would require more security measures to protect users’ personal information across all devices and platforms.

Market Impact

The integration of ChromeOS and Android may transform the dynamics and market appeal of the entire technology sector.

Competitive Landscape

iOS and Windows: The merged platform could seriously threaten Apple’s iOS and Microsoft’s Windows. Google has an incredible chance of attracting more consumers to its platform. This is due to the smooth handover between devices and more access to many applications.

Other Android OEMs: Array Of Android pointed out that having three different versions of Android could benefit some companies, including Samsung, Xiaomi, and OnePlus. These companies might prefer a more coordinated experience to create more innovative devices and software.

Consumer Appeal

Tech Enthusiasts: Tech enthusiasts are most likely to be enticed by the possibility of both development and performance enhancement. A unified platform could eventually result in better devices and additional high levels of functionality.

General Public: The general public may be interesting. This is because many users want an uninterrupted, coherent user experience across devices. The same idea can be noted in the second benefit of using a unified platform. It may let the users of the terminal switch between their devices and get their data and applications in front of their eyes.

The Closing

ChromeOS and Android can be merged, which could change the course of the technological sector. If these two great platforms were to be integrated under Google, it would be efficient in creating seamless devices. It would also increase user productivity and encourage innovation. These are the advantages of such a merger.

Nonetheless, some technical barriers remain even before the migration is achieved. The user transition factors must be overcome. If tackled, the challenges outlined above will determine whether or not the merger is successful. Since it relies more on Google’s ability to provide a good user experience.

Suggested Blog: ChromeOS 130 Update Introduces Major Features

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Chrome Gets a Tab Group Sync

Chrome 135 Enhances Autofill with Third-Party Password Managers

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
ChromeOS 131 Simplifies Chromebook Reset Process

ChromeOS 131 Simplifies Chromebook Reset Process

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez

Chrome 131 for iOS Introduces New Google Drive and Maps Integrations

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Gmail Recipient Switching made easy with a new feature

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |30 Nov 2024

.

Email has also become a key component of work-related communication today. Since Gmail is one of the most popular email platforms. The constant changes are being made to improve the user experience and the exchange of messages. With Gmail Recipient Switching, Gmail has taken a significant step forward by addressing a common user frustration: switching email recipients.

This new feature aims to improve the ease of managing the recipient fields. In this way, Gmail speeds up email work. It excludes the possibility of making a mistake, such as sending an email to the wrong recipient.

This article examines this exciting feature, its importance, and what users stand to benefit from as Gmail progresses. Regardless of your experience with email and email services, this update will make your work easier and more efficient.

What’s New in Gmail?

Before, moving the name from one folder, such as To, CC, or BCC, meant clicking on the corresponding folder several times while dragging. 

Regarding the flow of composing emails, this process became disruptive. It happens when done frequently or when one has many recipients or constant updates. This likely led to errors, especially when managing a long list of recipients.

With this update, Gmail users have received additional ease using the drag-and-drop feature. Today, users can click on an email address with a mouse. It easily holds the mouse button and drags the address between two recipient fields. This cuts repetition and saves time in the most impressive manner possible.

Besides this, the new look of the recipient fields in the new version of Gmail has been optimised. The new design eliminates clutter and provides better control when addressing more than one user at a time. All these changes enable managing recipient lists significantly faster and with minimum effort compared to before. They fit the overall concept of Gmail—to make users’ work easier.

How the New Feature Works

Go to your Gmail and create a new mail.

Choose an email address and move it between ‘To’, ‘Cc’, and ‘BCC’ in one go.

Real-time alterations are made to the recipient list by Gmail to facilitate the overall experience.

Key Benefits of the Update

Improved Efficiency: It reduces the number of steps to compose an email by simplifying the handling of recipient fields.

Enhanced Accuracy: This helps eliminate simple issues, like completing the recipient field and typing the name of a person who is neither a colleague nor a friend. This can cause an error when the tag entry is incorrect.

User-Friendly Design: Attends to Gmail’s constant quest to make email management easier and seamless.

User Feedback and Reactions

Users have applauded Gmail Recipient Switching since its launch on the market. A common praise of the simplified nature of the program has been the convenience of dragging on messages. It can be dropped into folders. 

Users have also acknowledged Gmail’s constant effort to improve usability through change. There is a common belief that this feature helps solve one of those minor problems. However, recurrent issues that people often experience when working with emails.

Why This Feature Matters

This update may seem like a minor enhancement at first glance. Still, it signifies a much larger shift in modern software design. It focuses on user experience as the dominant idea. Today, usability is especially valued, and even minor enhancements may benefit users of a particular platform. 

One of the most frequently reported pain points in managing messages is assigning recipients in the ‘To,’ ‘CC,’ and ‘BCC’ fields. Thus, Gmail successfully live out its competitive strategy of engaging users’ pain points ahead of fix.

This small, thoughtful update pays off in terms of time and increases the general value of communication. In doing so, Gmail continues to provide one of the best services to people worldwide. It allows them to access their email accounts. The case of Google Maps is a very good example of how minor changes over time can meet users’ needs.

Final Thoughts

The new Gmail Recipient Switching feature is a boon for anyone relying on email. Whether the situation is client communications, team awareness, or simple personal messages, this change makes it easier.

If you haven’t done so, open your Gmail account and see how this tool can revolutionize your email management.

Also Read: How to Forward Your Gmail Messages to Proton Mail

Continue Reading

Featured

Manage Subscriptions

Gmail Rolls Out ‘Manage Subscriptions’ Feature Across Platforms

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Mark as Read

Gmail for Android Launches ‘Mark as Read’ Button in Notification

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV

Gmail for Android Gets a Fresh Look with Material 3 Expressive

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Android Auto Reporting Google Maps Police Alerts Made Easy

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |29 Nov 2024

With its latest update for Android Auto Reporting, the application for millions of Android phone and tablet owners has remained at the cutting edge of growth. This enhancement mainly targets evaluating road safety and ease of use for vehicles. One of the changes in the application allows users to report traffic accidents and dangers. 

This way, disabled functionality facilitates those in the driver’s seat. It helps provide information to other road users without necessarily removing their eyes from the road. By integrating community-driven reporting, the Android Auto component in Google Maps tries to deliver more accurate, active, and safer navigation for consumers.

What’s Fresh in the Update

This update is about making the road safer for everyone using the Navigation & Maps app by Google Maps on Android Auto. According to the new features, reporting traffic incidents through your car’s screen is now possible. Before, it was only accessible via the phone application; before that, it wasn’t available.

With this update, drivers can report an accident or a hazard on the roadway. They may report the existence of a police car, all without ever needing to look away from the road. This little but useful option may greatly enhance the general situation in the streets and help avoid traffic accidents.

How to Use New Reporting Update

Here’s a quick guide to using the new police reporting feature on Google Maps for Android Auto:

Go to Google Maps to find directions on the car’s touch screen.

Press the button on the incident report.

Select “Police” amongst the choices.

Confirm the report.

Top Features in the Update

Prominent Police Reporting: The previously hidden “Police” option has been moved to the top function of the incident reporting menu.

Expanded Police Reporting: The category “Speed traps” has been changed to “Police.” So that people can report more police actions, such as checkpoint stops.

Improved User Experience: The list of available options changed; the “Police” button is larger and closer to the others. So it is easier to reach out and report an incident.

Cross-Platform Compatibility: The update will also support Android Auto and Apple CarPlay. It provides users with the same conveniences regardless of platform.

Perks of the Update

Enhanced Real-Time Road Safety: Drivers ought to report occurrences. Doing so helps fellow drivers avoid presumed dangers as they make the necessary decisions.

Reduced Reporting Time: Simple reporting eliminates unwanted time consumption and keeps the drivers free from unnecessary interruptions.

Improved Traffic Flow: If incidents are reported early, traffic authorities can easily regulate traffic so that certain areas are not congested.

Increased Road Awareness: The implication of a well-informed driving community can, in dire consequence, result in safer roads for all.

What Users Are Saying

Reports about Google Maps’ new police reporting feature have had a good preliminary reception by users. 

Many users observed that they could report incidents directly from the car display without looking away from the road. Some of them have applauded its usefulness and simplicity in enhancing road safety.

It was recently pointed out that alternative options could be added to the feature. It includes allowing users to report construction zones and other problem areas. Still, this would be quite useful in Google Maps and helpful for drivers in one way or another.

It remains to be seen how much the feature develops over time as more people use it. Google is likely to develop the service based on feedback.

The Finding

Accordingly, the feature helps simplify reporting of police activity and makes drivers preceding agents of meaningful change for safer driving. This simple interface and compatibility with different operating systems provide an excellent tool for motorists.

With enhancing technology like Android Auto Reporting, the capability of navigation and road safety features will be improved too in the future. As a user experience and innovative company, Google Maps has the chance to become the market leader in in-car navigation.

More to Read: Best Wireless Android Auto Adapter Enhanced by AAWireless TWO

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Chrome Bookmarks Bar is Coming to Android 

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |28 Nov 2024

The best-known web browser in the world, Google Chrome, has become an inalienable part of most Android devices. Its ease of use and enhanced functionality have made it the best choice for millions of people around the globe. Now, Google is taking a step further by introducing a highly anticipated feature: the Chrome Bookmarks Bar. This new option will help you quickly access your favorite sites on your smartphone or tablet.

What is the Chrome Bookmarks Bar?

The Chrome Bookmarks Bar lets you quickly access the pages you like by presenting them as icons on the browser interface. It is like a toolbar that allows users to store links to the most used websites.

The bookmarks bar understood on conventional desktop operating systems, is implemented slightly differently on mobile platforms. In Android, it may be a smaller and more dynamically adjustable bar.

There should also be some options, like making the bar invisible. It should be automatically visible or only visible when you move the cursor to the top of the browser. It is there so that the bar appears as a bar aimed at providing the most convenient browsing for the user.

Core features

Major characteristics of the Chrome Bookmarks Bar on the Android.

Ease of Access: This feature allows you to always and easily reach your favorite websites. It does so without navigating through menus or history.

Customization Options: You can add and remove bookmarks to fit your browsing habits. Users can organize them into folders to keep them neat and tidy.

Synchronization: Auto-saving links save your bookmarks on all devices and allow you to continue browsing without interruption.

User-Friendly Design: On Android, it will be set into the Chrome application’s toolbar. It provides easy access to defined bookmarks via a bookmarks bar.

Benefits of the Chrome Bookmarks Bar

Android users are welcome to download the next update of Google Chrome. Here, they can find the function of the Bookmark Bar. 

This feature is one of the most eagerly expected ones. It will provide a rapid and simple mechanism for site launch on portable devices. 

This fully customizable, well-synched, and intelligently and ergonomically developed bookmark bar will simplify and organize your browsing.

How to activate the Chrome Bookmarks Bar

Enabling the Bookmarks Bar:

Start using the web browser software as the Chrome application on your Android-based OS portable device.

In the upper right corner of the screen, click the three horizontal lines, and then click the “Settings” option.

Continue scrolling down, and you will find the “Bookmarks” line in the middle of the program.

To use the bookmark, click on it and turn on the ‘Show Bookmarks Bar’ option. 

Customizing the Bookmarks Bar:

Click on the star left to the address bar to bookmark the page.

Right-click a site from your browsing history or search results.

Select ‘Add to bookmarks’ — then drag it to the bookmarks bar.

Organize Bookmarks:

Tap and hold the mouse pointer on a blank area of the bookmarks toolbar icons. Then, choose “New Folder” and enter your name in the menu.

This allows for bookmarking sites and putting them in folders by drag and drop.

Edit Bookmarks:

To edit a bookmark’s title or URL, select it and tap.

Hold your finger down until the editing window appears.

Disabled to swipe left in the bookmark tab to remove it.

User Feedback and Reactions

The edging of a progress bar for new bookmarks for the Android app was shown with great results for Chrome. This feature also empowers users in terms of productivity and efficiency. It works when browsing, enabling users to grasp their preferred websites’ locations quickly. 

A few questions have been raised relating to the take-up of screen space. Especially in compact devices, but the advantages far outweigh the disadvantages. With increased user feedback enhancement, the bookmark bar is set to become a necessary aid to Android users.

The Final words

Adding the Chrome Bookmarks Bar on Android is a great move in the mobile browsing platform. This feature’s benefits include efficiency in work and organization of web pages and other documents. Since you can pull up your favorite websites with it, the bookmarks bar makes work easier and more efficient.

This is because Google is working tirelessly to improve its products. Therefore, one can be sure that the bookmarks bar will soon receive additional and better improvements. With each update, we get closer to making Chrome on Android an even more useful and essential part of people’s lives worldwide.

More Reading: How to Use the Google Chrome Tab Compare Feature

Continue Reading

Featured

Tab Group Management

Android Chrome Updates Tab Group Management

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Chrome 137 updates

Chrome 137 updates menus and Tab Group layout

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Google Chrome is relocating the Tab Search button

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Chat Testing Audio Huddle Backed by Meet

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |28 Nov 2024

This form of Google application supports communication and cooperation within working teams. It has instant messaging, documents, multimedia sharing, and voice and video calling features. In this regard, Google Chat Testing Audio Huddle is a recent update. It seeks to make real-time collaboration possible within the platform.

Huddles in Google Meet are an audio-first meeting tool that is accessible from the chat conversation in the Chat interface. It enables anyone to have a voice-based conversation immediately without ending the chat conversation. Huddles are excellent for users to catch up quickly, share ideas, or collaborate on an item in near real-time.

What Are Huddles?

Huddles are voice-based meetings that can be initiated right within the Google Chat interface. They are an efficient means of having real-time discussions with other team members without relying on another platform.

It allows switching between text and voice. All huddles are based on Google Meet, which is as reliable as larger video conferences.

How to Use Huddles

Starting a Huddle:

Open a Chat

Click the More Options Button

Select” “Start a Huddle” 

Adding Video and Screen Sharing:

Once in thHuddlele, you can easily switch to video or share your screen:

To activate your video, tap the camera icon.

To start sharing your screen with others, click the icon for screen sharing at the bottom of your screen.

Ending a Huddle:

To bring Huddlele, click ‘End Call’.

Key Features of Huddles

Quick and Easy Setup: Organize the start of a huddle in only a few clicks right within the Google Chat conversation.

Crystal-Clear Audio: You will be glad to know that Google Meet has a high-quality audio feature for your meeting.

Seamless Integration: One of the nicest features of huddles is that they always work in Google Chat. They allow switching between the text and voice chatting modes.

Background Noise Reduction: Advanced noise reduction means that callers can easily hear each other irrespective of the level of background noise.

Multi-Tasking Capabilities: You can adjust the size of the huddle window, include video, and display your content with other applications running simultaneously.

Benefits of Huddles

Reducing Meeting Fatigue for Hybrid Workers: 

Huddles are also more effective in communication since they allow for avoiding numerous long video sessions and eliminating burnout. It often occurs when people spend a lot of time in front of screens.

Eliminating the Need for Lengthy Email Discussions: 

Huddles are great because of some core features. They are short, have face-to-face interactions, and free up time already consumed by endless email threads and meetings.

Enhancing Real-Time Collaboration Within Chat: 

By including Google Chat, Huddles enhance the real-time sharing of ideas and thinking to complete the loop and enhance teamwork.

Comparison with Rival

Huddles backed by Google Meet have excellent sound quality and perfect interactivity. They are smart enough to cancel out noise. First, by replacing time-consuming e-mail discussions and counteracting meeting burnout, Huddles optimise real-time interaction and work throughput.

Similar features can be found in Slack and Microsoft Teams. However, Huddles are closely integrated with Google Chat. They have better sound and video quality and are designed for speed and simplicity.

The Final Thought

Despite the relatively simple interface, Google Chat Testing Audio Huddle is one of the most effective instruments for today’s teamwork. By facilitating real-time communication to eliminate meeting fatigue and other processes, huddles are set to disrupt how workers coordinate work. Due to the constant development of Google services, there’s more to look forward to from its collaboration suite in the future. 

Workplace communication has a bright future. It ranges from state-of-the-art AI support to more flexible and versatile interaction. With other Google Workspace applications, it aims to offer innovative approaches to business, social, and different types of connections and collaboration.

Also Read: Googlе Mееt for Android Introducеs Edgе to Edgе Vidеo UI

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Messages Expands Text Field Beyond Four Lines

Google Chat Expands Markdown Support and Gemini Summaries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google Chat Automatic Translation for Workspace Users

Google Chat Automatic Translation for Workspace Users

Author AvatarDan Burrows
search-status bar bug

Googlе Chat gets Sidеbar with Custom Sеctions

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

YouTube Premium Unlock Its Full Potential

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |27 Nov 2024

YouTube has become one of the most important parts of today’s digital entertainment. The platform has everything, as seen in tutorials, music videos, live streams, vlogs, and much more. However, this is available without any hassle. That’s where YouTube Premium comes in. It ensconces users to improve the overall platform with features.

But does this value correspond to the high price of a premium subscription? It may seem like an unrequired addition to the average viewer. This article will explain YouTube Premium. It elaborates on what it can offer and its advantages and disadvantages for people with various needs and preferences.

Key Features

YouTube Premium eliminates ad interruptions that you get in other videos, enabling continuous streaming.

Offline Downloads

All the special programs can be downloaded and watched later. This is great for traveling and has a limited internet connection.

Background Play

Let videos or music continue to play in the background while other apps are open or when the screen is locked. It will be a plus for those who like to multitask.

YouTube Music Premium

You will be able to enjoy over 40 million songs. The users can enjoy it without ads, download it for offline listening, and with tailored recommendations for each user – YouTube Music Premium.

Benefits of YouTube Premium

Enhanced Productivity: Background play means listening to a lecture, a podcast, or music while working or doing other activities.

Uninterrupted Viewing: Ideal for shows and movies because the commercials or soap operas make no interruption.

Family Plans: Invite up to 5 family members to benefit from your subscription at a very low cost.

Improved Travel Experience: Offline downloads prove particularly beneficial in areas with little or no access to the network.

Drawbacks of YouTube Premium

Subscription Cost: At about $11.99 per month, it is quite an expense compared to the free YouTube.

Limited Exclusive Content: However, Originals are a nice bonus and probably will not be greatly appreciated by everyone.

Depends on Usage: If you don’t actively participate in the YouTube platform, the returns will not justify the expense.

For whom is YouTube Premium relevant?

YouTube Premium is an ideal platform for frequent users. It includes NO ads and background play, among others. The subscription is convenient for music fans. The YouTube Music Premium package is also included in the subscription. It will be an interesting proposal for subscribers of musical platforms. 

This app is highly valuable for frequent travelers. It allows them to get delta content even in territories with a weak signal. Some of the members of this plan that may suit families include the Premium family plan. This allows many users in a household to access all the features the application offers under a single plan.

How to subscribe to YouTube Premium

Group multiple clips or songs into a playlist for easy access and playback.

Choose to activate Restricted Mode for better protection of children.

Watch videos beforehand for when you are on the go, such as in a car or plane.

Subscribers should ensure they get as much value as possible from their subscription package to get exclusive shows.

The Extract

Thus, is it worth subscribing to YouTube Premium? Depending on your usage and preference, it can only be as simple. So, suppose you are a regular YouTube consumer and want to remove ads or add extra features, namely – downloading videos for offline use and playing them in the background. 

In that case, it’s worth paying for. However, normal viewers who can go and watch movies without necessarily subscribing to a service such as Netflix will find the content in the free version useful. Check your routines and determine whether it benefits you.

Also Read: YouTube Music Announces ‘Your Music Character’ Feature

Continue Reading

Featured

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

YouTube Introduces Redesigned mini-player for Mobile Users

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
YouTube Targets Endless Short Scrolling

YouTube Premium Lite Expands Its Availability to More Countries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

NFL 2025 opener streams free on YouTube only

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |27 Nov 2024

Google Calendar gets a major Android upgrade with Google Tasks. This is one feature you’ve been waiting for. The update is Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks. It’s all your schedule and your to-do lists in one convenient place. 

This integration allows you to manage your tasks with just a few taps. It also lets you set reminders and track progress within the quality Google Calendar app. 

This potent duo will keep you on the straight and narrow while keeping you on track. Finally, it will help you manage your workload and improve your productivity.

Top Attributes

The Google Calendar Integration brings a host of new features to enhance your productivity:

Full-Screen Task View: You can do all this with a single full-screen view to focus on your tasks alone. You can easily create new tasks, deadlines, and notes.

Unified Experience: To access tasks, go to Calendar. A simple tap can switch between your schedule and task list.

Task Management: You can edit and delete tasks right inside the Calendar. With To Do, you can set reminders, mark dates, and mark tasks as complete.

Customer Journey

Google Calendar’s latest update on Android brings Google Tasks right to the app. This integration gives you a one-place experience of seamlessly managing your schedule and tasks. 

Creating, editing, and prioritizing tasks is easy with our full-screen task view, intuitive navigation, and familiar design. You spend more time working because this integration lets you move seamlessly from one functionality to another. The users can use it in their favorite apps without losing time switching back and forth.

Major Perks

The integration of Google Tasks into Google Calendar offers several benefits for users:

Increased Productivity: You can prioritize and set reminders by putting your schedule and to-do lists into one app. It aims to progress through the day and better see the bigger picture. This streamlined method works fine if you want to remain organized and focused.

Seamless Transition: The interface is unifying: Between calendar events and the task list, it just works. This saves time and lowers the cognitive burden of switching between apps, a badly needed change.

Future Prospects: This integration is currently available on Android. However, the updates might also roll out across other platforms, like iOS. This would also give it a wider platform experience and seamless access to Google tasks and Calendar features.

The Climax

Google Calendar Integration with Google Tasks on Android is a big leap forward for task management. By combining these powerful tools, Google has created a more effective and user-friendly experience.

Finally, we hope you will test out these new features and find ways in which they can increase productivity. We will witness more excitement and further enhancements from Google as it toys with innovation. More updates will help you stay organized and reach your goals.

More to Read: Google Tasks Integrated with Google Calendar on Android

Continue Reading

Featured

Gemini AI Side Panel

Google Calendar Introduces Gemini AI Side Panel

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
e-Iink Display

Google Calendar Displays Event Visibility for Shared Calendars

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

2024 for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Police Reporting Feature Google Maps introduces an update

Author Avatar Bena Ilyas |26 Nov 2024

Google Maps has gone beyond simply detailing where speed cameras are situated, allowing people to report back using the Police Reporting Feature.

The most recent update allows users to inform the application about the location of police patrols on the roads, thus enhancing the application’s safety.

An Overview of Police Reporting Feature

There is some very important news for Google Maps users—the site has changed the reporting of incidents. While before, users could only report a specific type of traffic enforcement, such as “speed traps,” the new version provides the more general “police” option. The update allows the site to offer customers better and more precise road data.

As Google Maps adds many more reporting options, it aims to increase road safety and make the driving experience more pleasant. This change lets users describe all sorts of police encounters, be it a police stop for jaywalking or speeding, police set-up checkpoints, or the presence of a police officer.

Reporting capabilities may also expand to areas that could let drivers make better decisions, change their behavior on the road, or avoid traffic violations and extra time on the road.

How to Use the Police Reporting Feature

Step-by-step guide on how to report police presence on Google Maps:

Go to Google Maps and begin the journey.

Click on the plus sign/ the report icon.

Click on the Police option presented in the list of options.

Confirm the report.

Benefits of the Update

Enhanced Accuracy:

More Precise Information: This way, the previously limited reporting category will allow the users themselves to distinguish the nature of police activity further, be it a traffic stop, roadblock, or accident scene.

Real-time Updates: The capacity to refresh the details of an area sent by users assists in making the information on Google Maps current.

Improved Driver Behavior and Road Safety:

Increased Awareness: With information on likely police patrols, drivers can slow down and avoid reckless driving and other unlawful traffic conduct.

Deterring Reckless Driving: Such awareness that police may be ahead will likely make drivers more careful on the road.

Better Community-Driven Data:

Enhanced Navigation: Informed and detailed information about the state of roads and traffic density will enable Google Maps to offer better directions.

Improved Traffic Flow: Although notifying drivers of possible slow-moving traffic and congestion is not always effective, this factor can help clear the traffic and reduce travel time.

User Experience Enhancements

Adding a Police Reporting Feature that identifies police presence in Google Maps makes a difference for users. In the current world, many people consume information from the internet while driving; with the activity updates, the users will make the right decisions when driving. This feature is especially useful in cases like reducing speed limits, choosing another route that will help to avoid congestion, or simply cytological awareness. 

For example, if the user comes across a police officer setting a speed trap, then the user can slow down or seek another route to avoid being ticketed. In that context, another benefit of the feature is that it can be useful to inform other drivers about dangers on the road roadblocks created by police cars.

Comparison with Other Apps

That is why while other apps, including Waze, also use user-generated content to inform about traffic jams and other dangerous situations, Google Maps’s ability to report police presence is a bonus. Users can report many road-related issues by marking their location on the map; one is the Police. Nevertheless, Google Maps has thought out the details of its application in a much tighter-bound manner solely for safe and efficient navigation.

Google Maps has many rivals but needs more user databases and connections with the rest of Google’s services, as this application has. The advantage of making police presence reports within the app, coupled with Google Maps technologies, is that it helps users get relevant information within that area. The integration enables users who actively use Google for work or anything throughout the day to smoothly transition between all tasks simultaneously.

Privacy and Ethical Considerations

Although the Police Reporting Feature’s presence in Google Maps is useful, it has some implications for privacy and ethical issues. When using real-time location data and police activity information, sharing details of people’s locations could raise privacy issues.

Following the activities of different search engines, Google has a superb sense of privacy about users and data. Thus, the company has adopted data security conditions to prevent users’ information misuse. 

Google underlines such values as relevance and relevancy of data provided and protecting users’ details. To address some privacy issues, Google anonymizes users’ data and restricts personal data usage while using this feature.

The Wrap-Up

Google Maps has added to the next level of updates, enabling users to register Police Reporting Feature interaction on the roads. These are important as they deliver better information on road characteristics, hence improved decisions that will reduce dangers that may be ahead. 

Google Maps, therefore, seeks to enable ordinary users to provide updates, thus helping increase road safety and enhance the driving experience.

Everyone is welcome to test this new feature and become an active community member. By sharing timely and correct data, we make the roads productive and secure for all users.

Continue Reading

Featured

Gmail for Android in Redesigned Menu

Gmail Now Syncs Desktop Signature to Mobile Devices

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Timeline History notification

Missing Maps ‘Timeline History’ is Fixed by Google

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

2024 for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

Google Drive File Picker Redesigned on Android

Author Avatar Salman Hafeez |26 Nov 2024

Google Drive has revolutionized how people operate and share files; sometimes, the files are accessible. The service is a mobile and portable cloud space. Today, we are glad to share a significant step forward in the Android Google Drive File Picker.

It is where one can initiate, collaborate, review, and modify writings, figures, displays, and just about anything else. They exist in various flavors. This redesigned version improves file selection and organization in simplicity and efficiency.

Snapshot of the Redesign

Many new Google Drive File Picker updates are visual or functional. The LCD is enhanced with a new graphical layout that is simpler, easier to understand and looks better. The file selection task is much simpler now.

Key Design Changes:

Modernized UI: The main change to the file picker is made, which now looks more Material Design-compliant.

Intuitive Navigation: These navigation elements are simple and neatly located to enhance the clients’ convenience.

Enhanced Search Functionality: It was also evident that the bar to submit a search query is larger. You can get the results more rapidly and with less imprecision.

Visual Clarity: The file list is easier on the eyes and differentiates the files, folders, and other types.

Goals of the Redesign:

Improved Usability: The main criterion is searching for an increase in the initial pleasure threshold when choosing files. Thus, the efforts can be attributed to the changes. They enhance the Utility’s usability, its interface’s simplification, and its search capabilities’ enhancements.

Enhanced User Experience: The new format of the file selector is brighter. It does not burden the viewer’s cognitive ability to remember and recognize the structure, thus enriching its functionality.

Aligning with Google’s Design Language: The file selector incorporates Material Design. It is to look familiar to the rest of the Google apps and services on desktop and mobile.

Incorporated Features of the Redesigned File Picker

The redesigned Google Drive File Picker on Android offers a variety of new features to enhance your file management experience:

Enhanced Navigation

Simplified Structure: The UI’s clean look contributes to a cozy feeling in a file system.

Quick Access to Favorites: Additionalities like the favorite bar help with more convenient initialization. They bring up the most used document and directory.

Improved Search Functionality

Faster Search Results: Get better speed in your searches with more improved algorithms in place.

Advanced Search Filters: You can filter it by type, size, and other things.

Flexible Viewing Options

Grid and List Views: We particularly love this feature. Since you can switch between the list and the grid depending on your mood.

Large File Previews: PowerPoint files with larger icons represent more important things. The detailed content makes it much easier to judge your file organization by looking at it.

Powerful Organization Tools

New Filters and Sorting Options: Filter and sort options allow you to search your files in many ways.

Recent Files Section: Quickly return to the documents you were reading to avoid wasting time.

UX Improvements

Google Drive application Android users now enjoy a newer file pick-up that has improved the file flow system. Enhanced layouts for navigation with search capabilities and other viewing options make accessibility rather easy. 

Thanks to the new organization, the software’s presented layouts are more effective and satisfying for the user. Google’s decision to emphasize the user benefit led to the developing of a good and efficient file picker.

Suggestion for Growth

From the product users, we get quite a good first impression of the redesigned Google Drive file picker. This makes it easier to compare with the previous version. Since it is not cluttered and is faster for searching and navigating. Many have pointed out the efficiency coupled with the ability and ease of using this when dealing with many files.

Nevertheless, most users seem indifferent to the possibility of readability. Some may be in trouble with minor issues with features or usability. The above matters are still on Google’s radar. Howvere, the firm has mentioned that the feedback will be incorporated into subsequent releases.

This dedicated team is charged with effective improvement and is willing to integrate users’ opinions to improve the file picker. Future upgrades may include new opportunities for further customization of the search and new possibilities for people with disabilities.

The Final Review

Android’s latest Google Drive File Picker is a new way of viewing files. This update is intended to improve the suitability of using SBA for research. Another purpose is to make the site’s design and search capabilities cleaner and more versatile. 

Thanks to focusing on simplicity and effectiveness, Google designed a file selector. It will help you find, arrange, and access files. We invite everyone to use the new design and provide their opinion. We highly appreciate your feedback as we continue to enhance the capabilities of the file picker manager.

Suggested Blog: Google Drive for Windows Adds ARM Beta Support

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Drive Redesign

Google Drive Redesign Brings Modern Look to Android App

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Scanner to Bottom Bar

Google Drive Shifts Scanner to Bottom Bar for Android

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool
Google Drive Supercharges video search with transcripts

Google Drive Supercharges video search with transcripts

Author AvatarBena Ilyas

Latest

Android 15 for OnePlus Open But Only in India

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |25 Nov 2024

OnePlus plans to take a giant leap forward with the announcement that the Android 15 for OnePlus Open is coming. This update includes several new functionalities and improvements that enrich users’ experience. Android 15 for the OnePlus Open is being rolled out at the regional level.

It depends on the region, beginning with some noticing the arrival of this new version. OnePlus also guarantees that those who decide to use its products will receive a trouble-free and, most importantly, timely update. Let’s get started with the following details.

Outline of the Update

The serious approach of the OnePlus Open to the search for new talent. The substantial resources allocated for this purpose have produced a leap forward effect.

So, the OnePlus Open has been updated to Android 15. It offers new features and performance improvements to enhance mobile life.

Key Android 15 Features:

Enhanced Privacy and Security: Android 15’s new features are oriented toward security and privacy. Now, you have the best opportunity to protect your personal information.

Improved Performance: Complimented system resources help you get better graphics and animation with applications, increased multitasking convenience, and, of course, battery savings.

Personalized User Experience: Customize your device themes, font types, and icons to your liking.

Innovative Features: Visit the new and improved camera controls area and see how the AI works or learn about the latest available accessibility options.

OxygenOS 15 Enhancements:

In addition to the core Android 15 features, the OnePlus Open will benefit from the latest OxygenOS 15 enhancements, including:

Seamless User Interface: Experience a unique and enjoyable design with smooth scrollable pages and locations that harmonize with the folded design.

Faster App Launch: Enjoy faster app response time and switch from one app to another.

Improved Camera Experience: Take beautiful pictures and shoot videos with better cameras and improvements made by artificial intelligence.

Enhanced Gaming Performance: Experience mobile gaming to the fullest in a way optimized for performance and set for the gaming experience.

Thus, Android 15 and OxygenOS 15-based OnePlus Open will provide an excellent mobile experience. If you want to enhance your device’s functionality significantly, please wait for the update to be released globally in your area.

Regional Rollout

Initial Rollout: India

Android 15 update for the One Plus Open has started to roll out in India. You get the latest features and improvements first, so users in this region are the first lucky ones.

Planned Expansion:

OnePlus is planning to expand the rollout to other regions in the coming weeks:

North America (US)

Europe (EU)

Global

Timeline:

OnePlus has yet to determine an exact date for the rollout in these regions, but it should be soon. People living in these areas should visit the respective forums on the OnePlus Community.

How to Check for the Update:

To monitor for the update on your OnePlus Open:

Go to Settings.

Tap on System.

Select System Update.

They also check for any available updates it will have.

Future Updates

Potential Future Enhancements and Features:

The specific details about future updates haven’t been officially announced. We can anticipate the following potential enhancements based on industry trends and OnePlus’s commitment to user experience:

Improved Camera Capabilities: OnePlus may add more AI elements, enhance night mode, and use better sensors and features.

Enhanced Battery Life and Charging: Better battery life, improved charging rates, and enhanced power control might be relatively close.

Optimized Foldable Experience: Later updates of the Nord might improve the mechanism, the hinges’ overall strength, and the crease line’s invisibility.

Advanced Software Features: Later releases and updates might improve the multitasking environment, productivity tools, and user experience by adjusting to their preferences.

Expanding the Rollout:

Android 15 for OnePlus Open and future updates for more regions and One Plus devices. As the firm expands its global presence, software updates are expected to be widely available across a network of One Plus devices. Therefore, future foldable One Plus models will receive updates periodically.

Stay Updated:

To stay connected with the latest updates and news regarding the OnePlus Open and other OnePlus devices, it’s recommended to:

Official OnePlus Channels: Monitor the company and brand-specific relevant website, social media account, and the OnePlus Community forum.

Software Update Notifications: Always look for new updates on your OnePlus Open software for enhancement.

Tech News and Reviews: To get current information, it is recommended that you stick to reliable news sites and entrust the reviews to experts.

The Ending Note

Android 15 for OnePlus Open Vice hugely upgrades your instrumentity. This update offers users improved privacy and performance for a better mobile experience in the Indian region.

If you haven’t done so already, we suggest that you upgrade your OnePlus Open to Android 15. Discover the novelties, configure everything within an inch of your life, and benefit from a more fluid, faster, safer, and more personal performance.

More Reading: OnePlus November changes to screenshots and weather app

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google Tasks Integrated with Google Calendar

Author Avatar Mumtaz Batool |25 Nov 2024

Google Tasks, the basic yet extremely functional tool, is preparing to become even more easily available to Android phone users. Google has declared an independent application of Google Tasks Integrated with Google Calendar as part of the Google Calendar application for Android.

This integration will make task activity much easier to understand. It will also enable users to be closer to their calendar events and activities. With these advantages, Google Calendar and Google Tasks are powerful tools that help users arrange their time and priorities.

Synopsis of the Integration

The future rollout of the full Google Tasks application in Google Calendar for Android will transform task and time management. This strategic move seems to improve users’ ability to arrange their daily activities.

One would expect synchronizing Google Tasks with Google Calendar to be perfect. This is because tasks and calendar activities are linkable.

Unified View: A presentation of tasks and calendar events on a single, integrated interface.

Easy Switching: Switch between the tasks and events with simple taps on the devices’ screen.

Smart Task Suggestions: Get more effective and efficient tasks based on your schedule and previous actions or responses.

Cross-Device Sync: Adjacent, synchronize tasks and events effortlessly across all your Google devices.

This integration will empower users to:

Prioritize Tasks Effectively: Task arranging with attention to the calendar and visually.

Improve Time Management: They should appropriately schedule time over potential tasks and events.

Reduce Overwhelm: The upside of this organization is that all your arrangements are in one area. So it isn’t hard to remain centered.

Standout Features

The synchronization of Google Tasks and Google Calendar helps to provide a strong and effective tool for completing tasks. Here are some of the key features:

Task Creation and Management:

Quick Task Creation: A new task can be created on the fly and easily using the Calendar app.

Intuitive Editing: Update task description, deadline, and priority since it only takes a few clicks.

Flexible Organization: To enhance the organization processes, list activities with subtasks.

Task Synchronization:

When end-users create or update a task in one app, it synchronizes with the other.

Real-time Updates: Receive daily updates of the current status of tasks from all your computers.

Reminders and Notifications:

Customizable Reminders: Setting calendar reminders for single tasks and to-do lists is possible.

Timely Notifications: Emails with reminders of important dates to ensure you never miss any of them.

Priority-Based Alerts: This means that to notify a user about important tasks, it is better to use design elements that are aimed at solving them.

Enhanced User Journey

Integrating Google Tasks into Google Calendar can help users improve their productivity and daily management. This integration allows users to switch between their schedules and tasks for the day easily. 

This coordinated approach eliminates the need for users. It aims to jump between different applications to accomplish a task, which reduces time and effort.

Furthermore, the integration helps to provide focus on a particular task that can be visually compared with calendar activity. 

This is useful to users since it assists in scheduling appropriate times for certain activities or tasks, reducing situations of label clash. However, users can set reminders for tasks and events to meet their obligations.

Rollout Plan

As of this writing, Google’s complete Google Tasks integration is being released and enabled for Android users. This update offers a significantly better solution for managing tasks inside the Google Calendar app. To use the new features, Google Calendar on Android should be updated to the most current edition of the application. 

The integration should be updated automatically, but you must check for app updates in the Google Play Store. After updating, switching between calendar events and tasks becomes smooth. You can create and edit tasks from the app and be notified about the tasks at hand on time.

The Takeaway

It’s worth mentioning the addition of the full Google Tasks Integrated with Google Calendar for Android. This thing extends work with tasks and time. Previously, people had to switch between their schedules and to-do list apps. Now, it integrates both, making users much more efficient and productive. 

Android users should update the Google Calendar app to take advantage of the new feature set mentioned above. Who could have thought that task management would become so easy with Google’s twisted invention?

More to Read on: Googlе Kееp and Google Task are going to merge soon by Google

Continue Reading

Featured

Gemini AI Side Panel

Google Calendar Introduces Gemini AI Side Panel

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
e-Iink Display

Google Calendar Displays Event Visibility for Shared Calendars

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

2024 for Gmail Calendar and Workspace updates

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

New Version Number System on Android & iOS

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |23 Nov 2024

Google Maps has provided great convenience for traveling. It provides traffic information, specific instructions, and a map of cities and countries. Since then, it has become a must-have tool for daily transportation, regular travel, and even walking or bike riding. Now, Google Maps is revamping its New Version Number System on Android and iOS.

This is a clear sign that this change is a complex experience makeover or new skin. It is a sign that new features and significant improvements are coming. These are all intended to help improve your experience. The system’s latest version may bring more efficiency in updates, improved performance, and new tools to generate smarter navigation concepts. 

Outline of the New Version Number System on Android and iOS

Google Maps always had specific version numbers for Android and iOS platforms. Like 11.155.0103 for Android and 6.142.0 for iOS. Still, it often did not give information about particular releases of new features or updates. 

It is necessary to mention the new version number system, 24.47.01.697822364, as an example, where the breakdown is also detailed. 

This structure contains details regarding large releases, new revisions, intranet builds and updates, exact modifications, etc. This would help users and developers keep track of existing projects and solidify their relationships.

The framework of the New Version Numbers

The new structure relating to versions of Google Maps is a structured system. Three fundamental aspects of version naming characterize it. The first part refers to the year and week number, thus the ease of identifying when the update was released as 24.11. It indicates the eleventh week of the year 2024. 

The second one corresponds to evolutions or bugfixes, where only the number after the point increases. For instance, from 24.11.0 to 24.11.1, minor changes or patches to the first release. 

Lastly, the element number in the version makes each release as small as possible. Thus, traceability helps the developers test and debug any particular build. This received structure expands the clarity for the end user and developers by organizing and providing productivity to the updates in Google Maps.

Perks of the New System

Clarity and Consistency: Creating a homogeneous system enhances users’ ability to compare Android and iOS versions and study update reports.

Accurate Reflection of Updates: This new structure is more amicable. It can grant a more accurate representation of frequent updates and server-side changes. This implies that users can constantly access the latest improvements and features.

Simplified Identification: Throughout the application’s development and use, developers and users can understand. They can also upgrade to the currently available version if needed, making staying up-to-date easier.

Launch Process

Another reason users may have seen 7.8 instead of the ‘pure’ 7. Google is gradually releasing the new version number system to users of both the Android os and the Apple OS. The specifics are still unclear and may depend on the area and hardware. To ensure you have the latest version:

Check for Updates:

Android: 

Open the Google Play Store. 

Look at your profile picture at the top right corner, click on it, and then click “Manage apps & devices.” 

Check out the list and ascertain whether Google Maps has updates available.

iOS: 

Launch iTunes, 

Go to Featured, 

Click on your account icon. 

Select ‘Updates.’ Google Maps will appear in the list of suggestions. If the option is available, tap ‘Update.’

On the computer screen, click on the instructions to utilize the latest version of Google Maps.

Audience Experience

The new version of the number system is mostly an alteration at the back end. So, it will not be part of your user experience. It’s important to note that nothing will change how Google Maps works or looks. It’s just a continuation of what it has been up to now.

The system’s new organizational structure ensures a better approach to displaying and making upgrades. It is a technical change intended to make the development process less problematic for users and developers.

Upcoming Changes

Google Maps’ development is not over; we might notice new novelties and updates. Some potential enhancements include:

Enhanced Augmented Reality Navigation: AR experiences that involve users more help them, particularly when they are in new locations.

Improved Public Transportation Information: Real-time information, better routing, and connection to other forms of public transportation.

Personalized Recommendations: Individualized recommendations for places to visit, such as restaurants, stores, and attractions for which the user is inclined.

Advanced Sustainability Features: Carbon footprint calculators, tools that suggest environmentally friendly routes to follow, and information on the types of transport that can be taken.

Final Finding

Google Maps has decided to advance to a new version number scheme. This change brings greater clarity and stability. The new point release structure for updates makes these changes more fine-grained and understandable for users. This helps document the changes from the development side. 

Even though this change is technical, it is an important demonstration that Google is constantly improving. The company wants to improve the user experience. New updates are always great, containing new features and important optimizations. Therefore, it is important to update the Google Maps app. That way, you’ll open up a whole new universe and can make the most of your next trip.

More to Read: Google Maps now lets you customize your virtual car

Continue Reading

Featured

Charts and Personalized Recommendations

YouTube Charts and Personalized Recommendations replace the Trending tab

Author AvatarSalman Hafeez
Google System Updates

Android July 2025 Google System Updates

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Notifications for Google Maps

Android’s Upgraded Notifications for Google Maps

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Google TV Ads Introduce Large QR Codes

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |23 Nov 2024

Google TV Ads is ready to change how we use advertisements. The platform is launching a new ad format based on giant QR codes. This invention takes QR codes in advertisements to the limelight, enabling users to engage with commercials via smartphone. 

The audience can obtain promotional messages by putting these QR codes on the screen. It contributes to the combination of traditional banner advertisements and new media trends. This shift is particularistic to smart TV advertising and underlines Google’s sincere desire to improve the user experience.

Overview of the New Ad Format

The newly introduced interactive TV ads in Google TV blend images of QR codes into advertisements. These codes become the doorways to QR code marketing strategies. This is because they direct the viewers on their television set to other content online. 

The format helps avoid jumping between the TV ads with QR codes and mobilized platforms, focusing on the second screening. 

Users are taken to a product page, a promotion, or an animation by pressing a QR code. Thus, it shows how Google Advertisements are changing to suit consumer needs.

Examples of Ads

Leading brands are the first to choose this format. A recent marketing Google TV Ads by Range Rover was sharp. An enormous QR code led to a virtual tour of their latest car model. 

Likewise, Xbox incorporated interactive marketing communication to advertise the new games; the code imprinted was QR, directing users to exclusive store offers. 

These examples amplify the observation that smart advancement strategies are improving ad interactions and building fluid user experiences.

Implementation and Design

The aim of these adverts is also important for their design. QR codes in advertising on Google TV are smartly put. It is the point where they can be scanned conveniently without obliterating the ad’s content. The QR code engagement is also increased by adapting the code design concept to reflect the brand style guide. 

The second condition is that the connected content should also be easy to use. This aligns with the adverts’ goals since this will keep the viewers engaged. However, this strategy tracks the current ITV ads and other interactive TV advertising trends.

User Feedback

Early response to this change in format is encouraging. People like that do not have to type in the information they see in certain TV ads through the QR code scan. The second-screen engagement approach makes it easy to become involved with an advertisement.

These television ads lead users to the targeted websites through QR codes. Advertisers must provide high-quality content linked with these codes to meet the users’ expectations. They optimize the use of QR codes.

Conclusion

Google TV Ads latest advertising model for smart TVs is incredible: giant QR codes. These ads blend the two worlds perfectly, giving interactive advertising a completely revamped concept. 

As more and more advertisers try this format, Google’s advertising strategies define new creative possibilities in engaging online ads. 

This is great news for QR code marketing, and numerous opportunities are waiting for both brand owners and customers.

Suggested Blog: New Chromecast with Google TV Update Now Available

Continue Reading

Featured

Android TV Homescreen

Android TV Homescreen Update Adds Promoted Content to ‘Play Next’ Row

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Google TV

Google TV Unleashes Simplified & Quick Setup

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Google TV Shows Material 3 Design in Android 16

Author AvatarDan Burrows

Latest

Android 16 Developer Preview Installation Guide

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |22 Nov 2024

Google has confused the tech market by releasing an Android 16 Developer Preview for the first attempt than expected. This means a change in Google’s release cycle. Because it has to deliver feature changes to users as soon as possible.

The New Android version contains topics such as Looks on Android 10 Settings, Bluetooth Audio Share, and Notification Cool Down. As the first, the developer preview will allow developers to twitch their apps to be compatible. It will also give a sneak peek of all future Android offers.

Thus, as Android 16 is developed, it would be nice to see more of them. They would also like to see optimizations of already existing ones. Kindly wait for more details, photo and video updates, and the unveiling of Android 16.

Eligibility and Requirements

You will need a compatible device, a reference device, and a development environment to participate.

Supported Devices:

Pixel 6

The Pixel 6 Pro

Pixel 7

The Pixel 7 Pro

Pixel 7a

The Pixel Tablet

Requirements for Installation:

A compatible Pixel device

A computer with Windows, macOS, or a Linux operating system

A good quality USB cable

Android Studio is a new version of the development environment.

How to Enable  Developer Options

Instructions on how to enable developer options:

Go to Settings > About Phone.

To allow a developer, you must tap the build number seven times.

Return to Settings, System, Advanced, and then Developers.

This is done by going to settings, then developer options, enabling USB debugging and OEM unlocking.

Unlocking the Bootloader

To qualify for the Android 16 Developer Preview, you must first unlock your device’s bootloader. This will wipe out everything on the device, so we recommend backing up the required data before proceeding.

Here’s a general guide on how to unlock the bootloader:

Enable Developer Options:

Go to Settings > About Phone.

Next, tap on the “Build Number” several times until the device shows the message “You are now a developer.”

Enable USB Debugging:

Swipe down the notification center and go to settings, then system, and finally developers.

Enable “USB debugging.”

Connect Your Device:

Make sure Pixel is connected to the computer through cable.

Unlock the Bootloader:

For Windows, open the command prompt, and for MAC users, open the terminal window on the computer.

Unlock the bootloader utilizing fast boot; otherwise, it is a command-line tool.

You will be instructed through your device’s screen on activities that can be performed to unlock the phone.

Using the Android Flash Tool

Android Flash Tools are tools one can use to perform the Android update. They may also manually install the Android operating system on their device. These tools are most commonly developed and made available for advanced users or developers or for diagnosing problems with software. 

Through Fastboot, ADB, or TWRP, consumers can install custom ROMs, repair specific software issues, and achieve root access. However, customers might lose their warranty account while using this service.

Almost all manufacturers don’t allow unlocking the bootloader and flashing the device with custom software. Secondly, it can become very unstable if not optimized properly.

Step-by-step guide on using the Android Flash Tool

Navigating to flash.android.com while using a supported browser such as Chrome or Edge brings up the next screen.

Give ADB access, and then connect your phone.

Find and click on your chosen phone and then click “Install build.”.

The rest of the installation process will initiated automatically with the help of on-screen instructions.

Manual Installation

To install the Android 16 Developer Preview, you’ll need to: 

1. Save Factory Image on your Pixel device. 

2. To perform this operation, you must unlock your mobile device’s bootloader. 

3. flash the image using the fast-boot tool. Flash the image using the fast-boot tool. 

4. Reboot your device.

Post-Installation Steps

After installation: 

1. Re-lock your bootloader. 

2. If you are still experiencing the problem, restore your files from your earlier backup. 

3. Keep your device updated.

Conclusion

Thus, installing the Android 16 Developer Preview is thrilling for developers who want to test this operating system’s innovations. Some measures should be taken before the process. Check whether your devices are compatible, enable Android Developer options, USB debugging, and OEM unlocking.

The installation process includes downloading the Developer Preview version and installing ADB and Fastboot on your device. Android 16 improves performance, security features, UI/UX characteristics, and abundant opportunities. 

This is why we recommend developers test these features exhaustively. Try out the new APIs and share their feedback. They will contribute to improving the final version of the operating system. You are an important part of designing the future Android 16 Profile.

Related Reading: Android 16 Developer Preview: A Deep Dive

Continue Reading

Featured

Android 16’s Advanced Protection

Android 16’s Advanced Protection Explained

Author AvatarDan Burrows
System Services

New ‘System Services’ Settings Page Launches for Google Apps

Author AvatarBena Ilyas
Adapters

GetPairr Wireless CarPlay & Android Auto Adapters Now on Sale

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf

Latest

Googlе Chat gets Sidеbar with Custom Sеctions

Author Avatar Muhammad Yousuf |22 Nov 2024

Google has now released a massive overhaul of the Sidеbar with Custom Sеctions. It aims to improve the interface and expand the opportunities to configure communication and spaces. This update brings a significantly less cluttered and more elegant interface whose fundamental goal is to provide refinement and utility.

This specific feature allows users to add and label sections on the sidebar and provides more collapsibility. Whether used for categorizing project-based rooms or chats, personal talk, or anything else, custom sections are designed to prevent all sorts of messes that make work worse.

The changes in the sidebar layout are intended to bring some flexibility and focus to the user in Google Chat. The tool allows users to take control over their communication in a manner they find most convenient. It depends on their working environment and the organization they work for.

Overview of the Redesign

Google has implemented a new Google Chat Sidеbar with Custom Sеctions. It improves the navigation flow and overall usability for separate and team chats. The emphasis is on efficiency, that is, the ability to work on minimization of noise and increase accessibility to workspaces.

key improvements

The Google Chat sidebar redesign brings several key improvements aimed at boosting user productivity and offering more personalization options:

Revamped Interface: It has great spacing, an attractive look and feel, and is responsive across mobile devices.

Improved Visibility: Streams and channels are now more highlighted. Accompanied by a more conspicuous status and brighter interface for notifying message contents. A smoother search bar is visible at the bottom of the screen.

Customization Options: Users can also change the order of the chat list. They also may set the sidebarís width and select visual themes, such as dark mode.

Custom Sections: New functionality, which allows creating personal sections 

Custom Sections

Google Docs has released a new feature known as Custom Sections. This feature can make documents more orderly and look better. It allows you to show your document in different sections with different formats and styles. Custom sections enable you to improve the organization and appearance of the papers, making them scalable.

How to get  Custom Sections?

Under the menu tab in Chat, look for the direct messages or spaces option.

Click the menu in the top-right corner of the screen.

Select “Create a new section.”

For”, click the link to”create a new custom section, enter the section’s name, and hit enter.

Additional Features

Improved administration with additional sections

Google Docs now has a new feature called “Custom Sections, ” which can be much more pleasant for users than the former. This feature enables breaking a document into sections.

Apart from custom sections, the next option—the “Apps” section—has been changed. It is now combined “with Direct Messages and Spaces. This makes the system very coherent since all subparts are mastered concertedly within a single interface. Thus, it enables easy and fast transitions from one point of the app to another.

Benefits of the New Features:

Improved Organization: Custom sections enable you to categorize your documents well to enhance understanding and readability.

Enhanced Navigation: These changes make moving from one application area to another easier by consolidating the links into a unified “Apps” section.

Better Focus: Id” as s”ch working in chunks, working in section ns, and not multitasking are all the same, as they highlight that it helps when you are not distracted.

User Experdon’t Enhancements

Specifically, at the beginning of the year, Google updated its Docs and applied so-called Custom Sections. These sections enable users to split their documents into several segments for clearer structure.

Furthermore, layout changes include the previous line of icons; now, you can quickly navigate DMs and Spaces under the “Apps” section. 

These enhance”ts r” due to the interface friction, allowing the user to concentrate better on the job. Whether you need to work with big papers or just segment your paperwork, research material, or layout, Custom Sections will help you get through it.

Availability and Rollout

This new release of the redesigned sidebar and the new custom sections feature is gradually rolling out to Google Workspace users. The update slows the overall distribution. This enables Google to track the update’s performance while simultaneously solving some problems. 

The development of these features might also have different levels of accessibility. They depend on individual user preferences, organizational settings, and regional rollout calendars. Finally, update decisions in large organizations may be centralized. Workspace administrators have decided to schedule the update, although they can engage a few teams to try the new features.

Future Updates

Google remains committed to improving the Workspace suite. The recent changes to the side-by-side Google Chat side bird demonstrate a step toward transforming the business communication platform into a more efficient tool of value to users. This update indicates that Google is a company. It is attentive to users’ needs by delivering an environment that is easy to customize. This will help increase productivity in terms of collaboration.

In the future, Google seems to develop better updates with even more robust tools and enhancements. Such innovations are in orientation to enhance the impact of talents and groups. The Workspace will become vital for prompt interactions, productive projects, and effective collaboration. Over time, the strategies are based on users’ feedback. They are aimed at addressing clients’ needs in modern businesses.

Conclusion

This change, Sidеbar with Custom Sеctions, brings a clean and contemporary interface to control the flow of discussions. It paves the way for Google Chat to become the more challenging contender.

The improved sidebar options and new custom sections are aimed straight at users who want more control over their experience. These features are especially attractive to users and groups who need easy and fast message access.

It also makes Google Chat more useful since users can find the settings that suit their requirements. It emphasizes the application’s function of integrating G Suite services across work and personal spaces.

More to Read: DOJ’s antitrust proceedings against Google to sell Chrome

Continue Reading

Featured

Google Messages Expands Text Field Beyond Four Lines

Google Chat Expands Markdown Support and Gemini Summaries

Author AvatarMuhammad Yousuf
Google Chat Automatic Translation for Workspace Users

Google Chat Automatic Translation for Workspace Users

Author AvatarDan Burrows
Google Chat Adds Group Renaming and New Board Tab

Google Chat Testing Audio Huddle Backed by Meet

Author AvatarMumtaz Batool

Latest

DOJ’s antitrust proceedings against Google

Author Avatar Dan Burrows |21 Nov 2024

The Department of Justice of the U.S.A. has reached a significant milestone in its DOJ’s antitrust proceedings. Recently, in a Court document, the DOJ suggested that Google sell its Chrome browser. The Android operating system was also mentioned as a potential sacrificial lamb.

Such a radical approach to solving the problem is intended to weaken Google’s position in the market for digital services, mainly advertising services. However, this write-up will explain the reason behind this proceeding.

Background on the Antitrust Case

In 2020, the DOJ’s antitrust proceedings against Google has been started. It was for unlawfully maintaining its monopolistic practices in online search. The government claims that Google employs anti-competitive monopolization practices. It includes device distribution-only contracts requiring the installation of Google Search as the primary search engine.

Moreover, a recent Court decision established that Google remains within the law’s reach since it breached US antitrust regulations. According to the Court, Google did so by practicing restrictive competition. This decision has created a groundwork for the remedy the DOJ has provided. The Court nominated that the company give up its Chrome browser and possibly the Android OS.

DOJ’s Proposal 

The DOJ’s suggested remedy attempts to force Google to divest its Chrome browser. The antitrust division seeks to separate Chrome from other Google products to help other browsers compete. This would broaden the market reach of browsers like Microsoft Edge, Mozilla Firefox, and Apple Safari. The DOJ argues that there is no other way to free Google from dominance in search apart from the demolition of Chrome. 

Remember that Google is the default search engine for billions of international audiences and accounts for millions of direct traffic. The proceeds from Chrome’s sales would create an opportunity for non-Google goods to thrive. The DOJ regards this alteration as significant to the undertaking. 

Suppose the DOJ’s plan to divest Chrome does not achieve the necessary level of rivalry for that browser. In that case, the government may look for alternatives, such as separating Android from Google. This is, however, an extreme option as it would face many legal and technical challenges.